summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-27 09:25:00 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-27 09:25:00 -0800
commit2893d52f7ebd3d70c4a683c344a5dd77036dcc7e (patch)
treee11eb420cf1992129eeb06026066a4d0d07b0349
parentc7a58d06ad7951f9b19f9a84a4112a1f88951b4b (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/60170-0.txt13613
-rw-r--r--old/60170-0.zipbin268491 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h.zipbin5024221 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/60170-h.htm14597
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/cover.jpgbin101428 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_035.jpgbin100695 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_036f.jpgbin101168 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_050f.jpgbin99372 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_054.jpgbin98524 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_066.jpgbin98648 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_071.jpgbin93605 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_081.jpgbin75187 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_088.jpgbin102220 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_097.jpgbin67069 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_108f.jpgbin101929 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_116fa.jpgbin100154 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_116fb.jpgbin101410 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_118f.jpgbin96807 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_132f.jpgbin101621 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_136f.jpgbin99384 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_142fa.jpgbin96779 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_142fb.jpgbin101566 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_146f.jpgbin93984 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_174f.jpgbin102005 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_177.jpgbin96226 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_190f.jpgbin99245 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_196f.jpgbin120343 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_200.jpgbin90935 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_216f.jpgbin98525 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_227.jpgbin80677 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_238fa.jpgbin99629 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_238fb.jpgbin99616 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_264.jpgbin61949 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_288f.jpgbin95004 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_297f.jpgbin99456 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_311.jpgbin53832 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_339f.jpgbin100631 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_340f.jpgbin100659 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_342fa.jpgbin99108 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_342fb.jpgbin99256 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_344fa.jpgbin99720 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_344fb.jpgbin99417 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_348.jpgbin101923 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_350f.jpgbin101632 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_352f.jpgbin100315 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_356f.jpgbin99854 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_390f.jpgbin100119 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_398f.jpgbin101536 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_408f.jpgbin101194 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_418f.jpgbin99062 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_422fa.jpgbin101971 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_422fb.jpgbin101712 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/60170-h/images/i_frontis.jpgbin101269 -> 0 bytes
56 files changed, 17 insertions, 28210 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1149b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #60170 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/60170)
diff --git a/old/60170-0.txt b/old/60170-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ffa58e..0000000
--- a/old/60170-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13613 +0,0 @@
-Project Gutenberg's Travels Amongst American Indians, by Lindesay Brine
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll
-have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
-this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: Travels Amongst American Indians
- Their Ancient Earthworks and Temples
-
-Author: Lindesay Brine
-
-Release Date: August 25, 2019 [EBook #60170]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS AMONGST AMERICAN INDIANS ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by MFR, Robert Tonsing, and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
-produced from images generously made available by The
-Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: ALTAR-PIECE, TEMPLE OF THE CROSS, PALENQUE.]
-
-
-
-
- TRAVELS AMONGST
- AMERICAN INDIANS
- THEIR ANCIENT EARTHWORKS
- AND TEMPLES;
-
- INCLUDING A JOURNEY IN
- GUATEMALA, MEXICO AND YUCATAN,
- AND A VISIT TO
- THE RUINS OF PATINAMIT, UTATLAN, PALENQUE
- AND UXMAL.
-
- BY
- VICE-ADMIRAL LINDESAY BRINE,
-
- (_Member of Council of the Royal Geographical and Hakluyt Societies._)
- _Author of “The Taeping Rebellion in China; a Narrative of its Rise
- and Progress.”_
-
-
- LONDON
- SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON & COMPANY,
- _LIMITED_,
- St. Dunstan’s House,
- FETTER LANE, FLEET STREET, E.C.
- 1894.
-
-
-
-
- LONDON:
- FARMER & SONS, PRINTERS, 295, EDGWARE ROAD, W.;
- AND AT KENSINGTON.
-
-
-
-
- PREFACE.
-
-
-The attention of archæologists and students of the ancient Mexican
-hieroglyphs has latterly been directed to the mysterious subject of the
-origin of the astronomical and architectural knowledge that existed
-in Mexico, Guatemala, and Yucatan before the discovery of America.
-In the United States researches have also been made for the purpose
-of establishing, upon a scientific basis, conclusions respecting the
-tribes who made the extraordinary ramparts and geometrically planned
-inclosures in Ohio.
-
-It is a remarkable fact that although, since the period when Mexico was
-conquered by Cortes, an almost uninterrupted series of investigations
-have taken place into the peculiar conditions of civilization of the
-Mexican and Central American Indians, nothing satisfactory has yet been
-ascertained which explains the manner in which that civilization could
-have arisen amongst those exceptionally instructed races.
-
-Las Casas who, in the sixteenth century, lived for many years amongst
-the Indians in his diocese of Chiapas and Yucatan and saw several of
-the temples in that region, declared that the land contained a secret.
-That secret may possibly be discovered if the hieroglyphs and symbolic
-characters of the Toltecs and Aztecs can be interpreted. But until
-trustworthy methods of decipherment are determined, all conclusions, in
-default of other evidence, must necessarily be conjectural.
-
-It was with the vague expectation that I should observe, either amongst
-the earthworks in the North or in the constructions at Palenque and
-Uxmal, analogies with the works of other races in Asia or Polynesia,
-that the travels described in this volume were undertaken. After my
-arrival in England a brief paper upon the subject of those travels,
-so far as they related to Guatemala and Mexico, was read before the
-British Association in Edinburgh and was afterwards published in 1872
-under the title of “The Ruined Cities of Central America.”
-
-More than twenty years then elapsed before the approaching termination
-of my naval career gave me sufficient leisure to examine my journals
-with that exclusive attention which the complicated and perplexing
-nature of the subject required. This interval of time has enabled
-me to obtain a more vivid perception of the relative proportions
-of the problem, and to bring together in a more defined focus the
-impressions and observations which had been written during the journey.
-The theories then adopted have been modified or strengthened by the
-knowledge that has been subsequently acquired in other quarters of the
-world.
-
-It will be observed, upon an examination of the illustrations of the
-ruins of Uxmal, that the Indians in Yucatan must have possessed great
-architectural capacities. Pyramids, Temples, Monasteries and other
-religious structures were built under most difficult circumstances, in
-a manner which commands admiration.
-
-But it is not only the later civilization of the Mexican Indians that
-has to be taken into consideration in any attempts that may be made
-to solve the difficult and complex problem of this Indian advance
-towards higher conditions of life. Underlying the whole question
-are the native proclivities based upon the strange and significant
-practices of earlier forms of Pagan superstitions and sacrifices. Some
-of the profoundly interesting characteristics of these developments of
-the aboriginal Indian belief in supernatural influences have formed
-the subject of that chapter which relates to the ancient religious
-observances of the North American Indians.
-
- ATHENÆUM CLUB, _May_ 15, 1894.
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS.
-
-
- CHAPTER I.
-
- PAGE.
- New York. — Mr. Grinnell. — Search for Sir John Franklin. —
- Southern States. — The Negroes and their prospects. — Naval
- Academy at Annapolis. — Military Academy at West Point. —
- Shakers. — Boston. — Professor Agassiz. — Prairies and
- Glacial Action. — Coral Reefs in Florida. — Mr. Ticknor. —
- Shell Mounds in Florida. — Schools. — Dr. Howe’s Institution
- for the Blind. — Laura Bridgman 1
-
- CHAPTER II.
-
- Professor Wyman. — Indian Antiquities. — Concord. — Mr. Ralph
- Waldo Emerson. — Margaret Fuller. — Note upon a visit to Mr.
- Longfellow. — Saturday Club. — Dinner at Harvard
- University. — Shell Mounds at Concord and Damariscotta. —
- Note upon the Ancient Inscription upon the Dighton Rock 19
-
- CHAPTER III.
-
- Indian Reservations. — Lake Superior. — Beavers and their
- works. — The Forest. — Houghton. — Ancient Indian mining pits
- and trenches. — An Indian battle ground. — The Glacial
- Drift. — Note regarding the Dauphin 34
-
- CHAPTER IV.
-
- ANCIENT INDIAN MOUNDS AND EARTHWORKS IN OHIO. — Earthworks of the
- Mound Builders and their geographical position. — Miamisburgh
- Mound. — Grave Creek Mound. — Ages and contents of burial
- mounds. — Rectangular, circular and octagonal Inclosures near
- Newark. — Marietta Earthworks. — Discoveries made in a burial
- mound. — Fortifications near Portsmouth. — Encampments in the
- valley of the Scioto 55
-
- CHAPTER V.
-
- MOUNDS AND EARTHWORKS IN OHIO. — Ancient Fortified Inclosures at
- Circleville. — Discoveries in a Burial Mound. — Alligator
- Totem near Newark. — Fort Ancient. — Age of Trees growing
- upon the Ramparts at Fort Hill. — Traditions. — Geometrical
- Ground Plans of Indian Inclosures. — Conclusions 79
-
- CHAPTER VI.
-
- The burning of the Steamer Stonewall. — Indian Mounds and
- Earthworks at Cahokia. — Confluence of the Mississippi and
- Missouri. — Sacs and Foxes. — Education of Indians. —
- Nauvoo. — Winona. — Sioux Encampment. — Ancient Mounds near
- St. Paul’s. — The Sioux War in Minnesota. — Note upon the
- Ogallalas 104
-
- CHAPTER VII.
-
- Prairies in Minnesota and Iowa. — Boulders. — Glacial Drift. —
- Wild Rice. — Snow Storm. — Nebraska. — The Pawnees. — Human
- Sacrifices. — Note on Indian Customs in War and
- Cannibalism. — Prairie Fires. — Prairie-Dog Villages. —
- Rattlesnakes. — Variations in the succession of growths of
- Trees. — Causes of absence of Trees upon Prairies. — Shoshone
- Indians on the Western Deserts. — Note upon Ute Indians and
- Fuegians 124
-
- CHAPTER VIII.
-
- North American Indians. — Diversity of Languages. — The
- Iroquois. — Dialects. — Descent of Iroquois chiefs through
- the female line. — Pagan Indians. — Belief in a Great
- Spirit. — Ceremonies. — Dakotas. — Superstitions. — Dreams. —
- Fasts. — Sun worship. — Medicine men. — Customs of mourning
- by widows. — Supernatural influences. — Lightning. —
- Transmigration. — Worship of Spirit rocks. — Serpent
- worship. — Human sacrifices. — Burial customs. — Method of
- curing sickness by steam. — Note upon analogies between the
- customs of the Indians, Maoris, and the natives of the
- Sandwich Islands 149
-
- CHAPTER IX.
-
- The Golden City. — Coast of California — Cape San Lucas. —
- Manzanillo. — Alligators and Sharks. — Acapulco. — San José
- de Guatemala. — Escuintla. — City of Guatemala. — Indian
- pilgrims from Esquipulas. — Ancient mounds on the plains of
- Mixco. — Insurrection of Indians. — Decapitation of their
- leader. — Preparations for the journey across the Continent
- to Palenque and Yucatan 176
-
- CHAPTER X.
-
- Mixco. — La Antigua Guatemala. — Volcanoes of Fire and Water. —
- Comolapa. — Ancient Indian Ruins of Patinamit. — Kachiquel
- Indians. — A Dominican Priest. — Barrancas. — Las Godinas. —
- Panajachel. — Human Sacrifices to the Lakes and Volcanoes. —
- Lake Atitlan. — Sololá. — Orchids. — San Tomas. — Quiché
- Indians 194
-
- CHAPTER XI.
-
- Barrancas. — Santa Cruz del Quiché. — Padre Andres Guicola. —
- Ruins of Utatlan. — Report of Don Garcia de Palacio upon
- human sacrifices to the gods in Central America, Statement
- of Bernal Diaz, about the sacrifices in Mexico. — Burning of
- the Quiché Caciques at Utatlan. — Worship of idols by the
- Quichés. — Sierras. — Gueguetenango 216
-
- CHAPTER XII.
-
- The Sierra Madre. — Todos Santos. — Evening Prayer (La
- Oracion). — Indian domestic habits. — Religious devotion. —
- Goitre. — Jacaltenango. — Indian Festival. — A Temblor. —
- Indian Idolatry. — Custom of ancient inhabitants to serve the
- parents whose daughters they wished to marry. — Doubtful
- fidelity of my guide. — Condition of Mule. — Mexican
- Frontier. — Comitan. — Note on President Juarez, and the
- Execution of the Emperor Maximilian 238
-
- CHAPTER XIII.
-
- Camping on the plains. — A night amongst the hills in Chiapas. —
- Lopez. — Indian Sun worship. — Ocosingo. — An ancient idol. —
- Proposed expedition through the unknown region occupied by
- the Lacandones to British Honduras. — Bachajon. — Tzendal
- Indians. — Chilon. — Indian Carnival. — Yajalon. — Carnival
- amongst the Tzendales. — Drunkenness. — Dances. — Horse
- races. — Ruined Churches and Convents. — Influence of the
- Priests over the Indian Tribes. — Las Casas. — Forced
- labour. — The Presbitero Fernando Macal 259
-
- CHAPTER XIV.
-
- An Indian steam bath. — Tumbalá. — Sierras and Forests. — San
- Pedro. — Desertion of guide. — Alguazils. — Construction of
- Indian huts. — Habits of Indians. — Cargadores. — Crossing a
- River. — Forests beyond San Pedro. — Powers of endurance of
- Indians. — Arrival at San Domingo del Palenque 278
-
- CHAPTER XV.
-
- Palenque. — The Forest. — The Palace or Monastery. — Night at
- Palenque. — Brilliancy of the light of the fireflies. —
- Pyramidal Mounds and Temples. — Tablet of the Cross. —
- Hieroglyphs. — An Indian Statue. — Antiquity of the
- Buildings. — The Tower. — Stucco Ornamentation. — Action of
- the tropical climate upon the Ruins. — Note upon the
- decipherment of the hieroglyphic characters 297
-
- CHAPTER XVI.
-
- Mounds in the valley of the
- Usamacinta. — Lacandones. — Catasaja. — Canoe voyage. —
- Rivers and Lagoons. — Alligators. — Jonuta. — Cortes’s March
- to Honduras. — Cannibalism. — The Mexican Emperor
- Guatimozin. — Palisada. — Laguna de Terminos. — Island of
- Carmen. — Campeachy. — Yucatan. — Pyramidal Altar. — Human
- sacrifices. — Tzibalché. — Maya Indians. — Arrival at Uxmal 318
-
- CHAPTER XVII.
-
- Uxmal. — Extent of ground occupied by the Ruins. — Teocallis. —
- Burial places at the foot of the Pyramid of the Dwarf. —
- Evening Service at the chapel of the hacienda. — Casa del
- Gobernador. — Sacrificial customs. — Preservation of the
- wooden lintels. — The Nunnery or Casa de las Monjas. —
- Religious customs of the Indians. — Emblem of the Serpent. —
- Sculptures. — Conjectures respecting the possibility of
- Moorish, Spanish, or Oriental influence upon architectural
- design. — Methods of construction. — Note upon a fall of rain
- supposed to be caused by the fires of the Indians 339
-
- CHAPTER XVIII.
-
- Departure from Uxmal. — Indian officials at Abalá. — Indian
- Ceremonies. — Worship of demons. — Baptismal customs. — Laws
- of the Emperor Charles V. for the government of the natives
- in Yucatan. — Superstitions. — An Indian Well. — Halt at
- night. — Merida. — Convent of the Conceptionistas. — Sisal. —
- The Basque brig Aguinaga. — Departure for Cuba and Florida. —
- Tampa. — Cedar Keys. — Buccaneers. — Shell Mounds. — Ancient
- Burial Mounds. — Florida Indians 360
-
- CHAPTER XIX.
-
- Mounds and Earthworks in North and Central America. — Migrations
- of the Toltecs and Aztecs. — The Quichés. — Aboriginal
- races. — Palenque. — Hieroglyphs. — Temples. — Desertion of
- the Temples and stone buildings in Yucatan. — Conquest of
- Yucatan by the Aztecs. — Antiquity of Palenque and Uxmal. —
- Aztec custom of imprisoning captives in cages and sacrificing
- them to the gods. — Civilisation of the Toltecs. — Note upon
- the symbol or Totem of the Serpent 378
-
- CHAPTER XX.
-
- Conjectures respecting the descendants of the tribes who built
- the Temples. — Knowledge and education of the Caciques and
- Priests. — Traditions of the arrival of white strangers from
- the East. — Las Casas. — Quetzal-Coatl. — Crosses found in
- Yucatan. — Gomara. — Legend of the flight of Spaniards by sea
- towards the West after the conquest of Spain by the
- Saracens. — Fabulous island of Antilia. — Columbus on his
- outward voyage steers for Antilia. — Trade-winds. —
- Considerations upon the probabilities of vessels being driven
- across the Atlantic or Pacific Oceans towards America 400
-
- INDEX 423
-
-
-
-
- ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-
- PLATES.
-
- PAGE.
-
- ALTAR-PIECE, TEMPLE OF THE CROSS, PALENQUE _Frontispiece_.
-
- BEAVER DAM, LODGE AND POND, NEAR ISHPEMING 36
-
- CHIPPEWA CHIEF (West of Lake Superior) 50
-
- INDIAN MOUNDS, CAHOKIA 108
-
- CHIPPEWA ENCAMPMENT 116
-
- SIOUX ENCAMPMENT 116
-
- SPIRIT ROCK 118
-
- PAWNEE, (SHA-TO-KO) Blue-Hawk 132
-
- PAWNEE WOMAN 136
-
- PRAIRIE AND BOULDERS, NORTH IOWA 142
-
- PRAIRIE DOGS, NEBRASKA 142
-
- INDIAN, SALT LAKE VALLEY, UTAH 146
-
- CHIEFS OF THE OGALLALAS (Dakotas) 174
-
- ANCIENT INDIAN MOUNDS NEAR GUATEMALA 190
-
- CATHEDRAL AND SQUARE, LA ANTIGUA GUATEMALA 196
-
- QUICHÉ INDIAN HOLDING THE OFFICE OF ALGUAZIL 216
-
- BARRANCA, CENTRAL AMERICA 238
-
- INDIAN HUTS 238
-
- INDIAN WOMAN GRINDING CHOCOLATE, (Central America) 288
-
- PALACE OR MONASTERY, PALENQUE (EAST FRONT) 297
-
- †UXMAL 339
-
- †PYRAMID AND TEMPLE OF THE DWARF 340
-
- †AN ANGLE OF THE CASA DE LAS MONJAS 342
-
- †CASA DEL GOBERNADOR 342
-
- †AN ANGLE OF THE CASA DE LAS MONJAS 344
-
- †CASA DE LAS MONJAS 344
-
- SERPENT EMBLEM, CASA DE LAS MONJAS 350
-
- †INTERIOR OF THE CASA DE LAS MONJAS AND ITS ADJOINING PYRAMID
- AND TEMPLE, UXMAL 352
-
- †QUADRANGLE, CASA DE LAS MONJAS 356
-
- PART OF THE ALTAR-PIECE IN A TEMPLE AT PALENQUE 390
-
- MEXICAN CACIQUE MAKING AN OFFERING 398
-
- MEXICAN CALENDAR STONE 408
-
-
- MAPS AND PLANS.
-
- LAKE SUPERIOR 35
-
- REGION OF THE MOUND BUILDERS 54
-
- INCLOSURES NEAR NEWARK 66
-
- INCLOSURES AT MARIETTA 71
-
- INCLOSURES AT CIRCLEVILLE 81
-
- FORT ANCIENT 88
-
- OCTAGONAL AND CIRCULAR INCLOSURES, NEWARK 97
-
- ANTILIA (from Ruysch’s Map of the World, 1508) 418
-
- CENTRAL AMERICA AND YUCATAN
-
- UNITED STATES AND MEXICO
-
-
- ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT.
-
- THE GOLDEN CITY PASSING THE SEAL ROCKS 177
-
- VOLCAN DE AGUA AND VOLCAN DE FUEGO 200
-
- APPROACH TO UTATLAN 227
-
- INDIAN STATUE, OCOSINGO 264
-
- INDIAN STATUE, PALENQUE 311
-
- ENTRANCE TO THE CASA DE LAS MONJAS 348
-
-
- NOTE.—The illustration of the Serpent Emblem in the Casa de las
- Monjas is reproduced from a large photograph taken at Uxmal by
- William D. James, Esq. It will be observed that the details of
- the sculpture of the rattlesnake are very clearly defined.
-
- The illustrations marked † are from a series of valuable
- photographs, also taken at Uxmal, by Captain Herbert Dowding,
- Royal Navy, who placed at my disposal such of them as I
- considered to be required for the purposes of this work.
-
- I wish to call particular attention to the representation of
- that part of the Casa de las Monjas where the adjacent Temple
- of the Dwarf is seen. In comparing the structures with the
- pyramid, it has to be remembered that the Casa de las Monjas is
- placed upon a raised platform not less than seventeen feet in
- height. The Pyramid of the Dwarf is completely detached.
-
- Upon an examination of the frontispiece it will be noticed that
- the centre stone which, when I saw it lying on the ground at
- Palenque, was uninjured, is there shown in two portions which
- are kept in position by iron clamps.
-
- It was accidentally broken when being removed from Palenque to
- the museum in the City of Mexico.
-
- The left slab, upon which is graven the smaller figure, is from
- a photograph of a moulding made by M. Desiré Charnay. The right
- slab is from a photograph of the original stone now placed in
- the museum at Washington, and which was represented in the
- Memoir upon the Palenque Tablet written by Professor Rau, and
- published by the Smithsonian Institution. The photographs of
- the right and left slabs have been reduced to the size of that
- of the centre, and thus an exact reproduction of the whole of
- the Tablet of the Cross has been obtained. The representation
- in the frontispiece is, approximately, upon the scale of one
- inch to the foot and is therefore a twelfth of the size of the
- original tablet when it was in its position within the temple.
-
- The illustrations of Indians are from photographs collected by
- me during my travels and were selected as being typical of the
- respective tribes. My small sketch of the entrance to the Casa
- de las Monjas at Uxmal is drawn to scale, and the character of
- the Indian horizontal arch is delineated in its architectural
- proportions.
-
-
-
-
- TRAVELS AMONGST AMERICAN INDIANS:
- THEIR
- ANCIENT EARTHWORKS AND TEMPLES.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I.
-
- New York. — Mr. Grinnell. — Search for Sir John Franklin. —
- Southern States. — The Negroes and their prospects. — Naval
- Academy at Annapolis. — Military Academy at West Point. —
- Shakers. — Boston. — Professor Agassiz. — Prairies and Glacial
- Action. — Coral Reefs in Florida. — Mr. Ticknor. — Shell Mounds
- in Florida. — Schools. — Dr. Howe’s Institution for the Blind.—
- Laura Bridgman.
-
-
-Upon my return to England, after having completed several years of
-foreign service, I obtained permission from the Admiralty to proceed
-upon a journey into North and Central America.
-
-There were certain subjects that I particularly wished to examine,
-especially those that were connected with the mounds or earthworks in
-the valley of the Ohio, and the ruined temples of the southern regions
-of Mexico and Guatemala. In the lands inhabited, at the time of the
-Spanish Conquest, by Indian tribes who had reached a singular form
-of civilisation, the origin of which has not yet been traced, it is
-probable that some discovery will be made which will throw light upon
-the manner in which their knowledge was obtained.
-
-The problems which have yet to be solved with respect to the ruins
-at Palenque, and in Yucatan, have a fascination for those who are
-interested in the endeavour to seek an explanation of the strange
-events that must have happened amongst the Indians who inhabited that
-part of the world. It is possible that evidences may be found which
-will lead to the conclusion that at some period, not very remote, there
-has been an introduction amongst the aboriginal races of influences
-derived from Europe or Asia, and it is not unreasonable to expect that
-when the hieroglyphs within the altars of Palenque are interpreted,
-much that is now unintelligible will be made clear. The investigations
-of Mr. Stephens, in 1840, together with the earlier reports of Del
-Rio and Dupaix, directed attention to the extraordinary character of
-the pyramids and stone structures that were found deserted and ruined
-within the tropical lands and forests.
-
-In the North the field of research has been carefully examined by
-competent explorers, but, even in that region, there is much that is
-open to theory or conjecture with regard to the purposes for which the
-great earthworks in the interior of the Continent were raised. There is
-also an almost complete absence of definite knowledge respecting the
-race and subsequent migrations of the tribes that dwelt within those
-embankments. The extensive shell heaps or kitchen middens found near
-the seacoasts, have been partly excavated, and, judging from the
-implements of bone and the weapons which they contain, it has been made
-evident that the Indians must have had customs singularly corresponding
-with those of the tribes who formed the shell mounds in Europe.
-
-I had no theories to establish, but I expected to find that the tribes
-in the West and North-West resembled the Manchu race I had seen in the
-North of China, and that the Indians in Central America would show
-traces of kindred with the Malays. I also thought that, in the ruined
-temples, there would be seen architectural affinities with the Buddhist
-monasteries in Upper Burmah and Cambodia. These were however only
-surmises, and I was prepared to recognise that it would be necessary to
-adopt other conclusions.
-
-It was difficult to arrange for any decided plan of travel, but I
-intended, in the first instance, to visit the Navy Yards and observe
-what progress was being made with respect to ships and their armaments;
-and then to proceed to those parts of America where the principal works
-of the aboriginal tribes still remain. Finally, I hoped to be able to
-cross the Continent and go down the Mexican and Guatemalan coasts, and
-from one of the ports on the Western seaboard, cross Central America
-from the Pacific to the Atlantic towards Yucatan. Such was the outline
-of the direction that I proposed to follow, but which would be varied
-or changed as circumstances might require.
-
-We left Liverpool in the Samaria on the 15th of March, 1869, and
-reached New York late in the evening of the 28th, after having
-experienced a continuation of head winds and stormy weather, which
-made our passage across the Atlantic long and tedious. My first care,
-upon arrival, was to call upon Mr. Henry Grinnell,[1] whose exertions
-and services in prosecuting, at his own expense, the search for Sir
-John Franklin and the ships beset in the Arctic ice, are so well known.
-
-In the year 1850 Lady Franklin sent her appeal to the President of the
-United States, in which she urged the Americans, as a kindred people,
-to help in the enterprise of rescuing our sailors from perishing from
-cold and starvation in those Northern latitudes. The appeal was not
-unanswered, but in consequence of the unavoidable delays incidental to
-obtaining the sanction of Congress for the necessary expenditure, there
-was much risk of the season becoming too advanced for reaching the
-channels in time, and that, consequently, a whole year’s work would be
-lost. It was then that Mr. Grinnell, a leading merchant and shipowner,
-prepared and fitted out for Arctic service two of his own vessels.
-These ships, respectively called the “Advance” and the “Rescue,” were
-officered and manned by the Naval Department and reached the ice in
-time to do useful work. The fate, however, of Sir John Franklin and his
-crew was not ascertained, although traces of his winter quarters were
-discovered.
-
-At Washington, I found that Congress was sitting. Political affairs
-were in an unusually excited condition in consequence of the state of
-things resulting from the Civil War and the admission of negroes to
-the franchise. Soon after my arrival I attended the Levée of President
-Grant, and in the evening dined with our Minister, Mr. Thornton, at the
-Legation. Several members of the Diplomatic body were present, some of
-whom I had previously met in Europe.
-
-The question of the capacity of the negroes with respect to their
-taking an equal share with the white citizens in the management of the
-government policy occupied the attention of politicians. It was thought
-impossible to foresee what would be the effect of the emancipation of
-over three millions of slaves. It seemed certain that the Americans
-would have eventually a complicated problem to deal with, presenting
-grave difficulties.
-
-From Washington I went into the Southern States. In the districts
-where large numbers of slaves had been employed, the subject of their
-education was being seriously considered, and schools were established
-for the purpose of advancing the intelligence of the black children.
-The ignorant and hopeful parents were speculating upon the brilliant
-future that seemed to be opening before them. They had vague dreams
-that some new and prosperous destiny was going to be granted to their
-race. They thought that, as a result of freedom and education, their
-children would become active and useful citizens, equal, if they had
-fair opportunities, to those who had been their masters.
-
-Such was the universal belief amongst the elders, and great will be the
-disappointment amongst the children upon growing up into manhood to
-discover, that, in obedience to an unexplained law, there seems to be a
-limit to their power of reaching the standard of proficiency to which
-they aspired.
-
-I had seen the emancipated negroes in the islands of the West Indies,
-and the extraordinary condition of Hayti when under the rule of the
-black emperor Soulouque. It was therefore not possible to think that
-there was any probability of these school children rising to an
-equality with the white races around them. There was something almost
-painful in listening to the faith of the fathers in the prospects of
-their sons, and the earnest manner in which they spoke of their future
-career, if they worked hard and did their best to deserve success.
-
-After passing through the low-lying lands near the coast, which had
-in previous years been cultivated by this race, I proceeded up the
-Chesapeake Bay, and stopped at Annapolis for the purpose of looking
-at the Naval Academy. The system of training officers for sea service
-is, in many respects, radically different from that which is followed
-in England. With regard to the comparative results it is difficult to
-form an opinion. It is presumable that the English system is the best
-for developing the naval capacity of English lads, and the regulations
-carried out at Annapolis may be more suitable for the Americans. Both
-schools succeed in producing efficient young officers.
-
-The principle underlying the policy of the training system in England
-is youth. It is thought that in order to make a good sailor, officer
-or man, the future seaman must be entered when young, and thus begin
-his sea life while he is still capable of being naturally accustomed to
-the performance of his duties. In America and also with the maritime
-powers on the European continent different conclusions are held. At
-Annapolis the age for entry is between fourteen and sixteen, and as the
-entries usually take place at the latest period, the age upon passing
-out into sea service is about twenty. The preliminary training is
-thoroughly carried out, and the Academy is exceptionally fortunate in
-being situated on the shores of a large and well-sheltered bay where
-there is room for practising the necessary gunnery exercises.
-
-The Military Academy at West Point is placed in a very beautiful
-situation. Nothing can be finer than the scenery at that part of
-the Hudson river. The site has been well selected with regard to
-the various requirements for training officers for general service,
-with reference to drills, cavalry exercises, and topographical and
-engineering studies. Professor Bartlett, to whom I had a letter of
-introduction from Professor Henry, of the Smithsonian Institute, did
-everything that was in his power to make my stay agreeable. I was also
-much indebted to General Pitcher, the officer in command, who made me
-acquainted with all the details of the system in operation.
-
-The Cadets are chosen in the same manner as at Annapolis. Ten are
-appointed annually by the President, and the remainder are usually
-nominated by members of Congress from their respective states. Private
-allowances are discouraged, and the Government make a grant of 500
-dollars a year for each pupil, or the same allowance that is given to
-the midshipmen at Annapolis. General Pitcher told me that about one
-half of the candidates usually failed at the preliminary examination,
-and that, upon the average, one-third of the remainder were rejected at
-the succeeding examinations, a proportion of failures which corresponds
-with that at the Naval Academy. They rise at five, clean their rooms,
-place everything in order, attend early drills, and are constantly
-at work throughout the day. The series of drills and studies is very
-continuous, and there is only just sufficient time allowed for meals,
-and very little time for recreation. The average age of the lads
-is over twenty-one; the term is for four years. Many distinguished
-officers have graduated here and habits of self-reliance are strictly
-enforced. The principle which governs the system which is maintained
-during the earlier part of the training is that of accustoming each
-cadet to be independent of help.
-
-In proceeding from West Point, I visited the Shakers at their
-settlements, near the village of Lebanon. I was received by their chief
-Elder, a man named Evans, who, by his energy and firmness of will, had
-obtained much personal influence over the community. The Shakers had
-been successful in securing for themselves a considerable degree of
-financial prosperity which was the result of their economy and industry.
-
-Evans was acquainted with the scheme of life contemplated by Mr.
-Harris, near Brocton. The community established there had been joined
-by Mr. Laurence Oliphant,[2] and I was interested in hearing the
-opinions of the Shakers about them. Evans thought that they could not
-long keep together, because marriage was permitted amongst its members.
-Marriage, he said, meant personal property and where that existed a
-communistic society could not succeed.
-
-A few days after arriving at Boston, I dined with Mr. Charles Francis
-Adams, who had for many years been the United States Minister in
-England. I had met him frequently at the house of Sir Charles Lyell in
-London. The conversation turned chiefly upon the conduct of the troops
-in the Civil War,[3] all the details of which were eagerly discussed.
-
-An officer present, who had commanded a brigade with distinction
-throughout the campaign, gave us some information with regard to the
-behaviour of the troops of the Northern army under fire, from the point
-of view of their respective nationalities. Of the negroes he spoke
-highly from personal knowledge, for during a part of his service, a
-regiment of those troops was placed under his command. He said that
-they were not intelligent, but were easily disciplined and controlled.
-They were found to be useful in covering an assault as they did not
-appear to be shaken in their courage or firmness by any great slaughter
-in their ranks.
-
-The Germans were expected to be cool and phlegmatic, but it was found
-that they were excitable and easily startled and unsettled. The Irish
-were always ready to fight, but they were soon depressed by any
-reverses. The Americans were excellent as cavalry, as infantry they
-were steady and deliberate.
-
-I mentioned that, at West Point, I had met General Vogdes, who had
-commanded a negro regiment, and that he considered his men to have
-proved that they were reliable and obedient, and capable upon occasions
-of showing that they were not wanting in daring. In the operations
-around Nashville, a great proportion of the losses in the army fell
-upon the coloured troops in consequence, as the general commanding
-reported, of the brilliant manner in which they charged the enemy’s
-earthworks. This kind of dashing courage on the part of negroes, who
-had been bred in slavery, was surprising. I was deeply interested in
-hearing the details of the war, particularly such of them as related to
-the conduct of the black troops when under fire.
-
-I had seen in the South, the emotional side of the character of the
-American born negroes, as shown in their political meetings and their
-religious services, but I had not been previously aware that these
-apparently lethargic people had by nature, the capacity for becoming
-brave and impulsive soldiers. It is obvious that they felt they were
-fighting for freedom, and for the emancipation of their wives and
-children, the most powerful incentives that could stimulate their
-actions. They were ready and willing to face the risk of death in order
-to obtain that freedom which, to those that have it not, must be the
-most coveted prize that this world can give.
-
-One afternoon I went to Cambridge for the purpose of meeting Mr.
-Bartlett, a partner in the publishing firm of Messrs. Little and Brown.
-I was indebted to him for many kind acts in assisting me in visiting
-the museums, and we had arranged to go to the Harvard University
-together, in order to have an interview with Professor Agassiz, who
-had returned from Florida, where he had been engaged in the examination
-of the coral reefs.
-
-After looking at the extensive collection of corals and shells which
-had been placed in the Museum, we walked across the college grounds
-to the Professor’s house. I delivered my letter of introduction, and
-was received with great courtesy. Agassiz for some time talked about
-his varied experiences in many parts of the world and his recent
-researches, but upon hearing that I was going to visit the prairies in
-the North-west, he showed much interest in the details of the journey
-that I proposed to take.
-
-He said that he had been in many parts of those prairies, and had made
-several careful investigations with the object of establishing certain
-facts with regard to their formation, and had come to the conclusion
-that they were caused by glacial action. He thought that the theory
-that they were once sea beaches was erroneous, for he was convinced
-that the sea had never been in those regions. He also spoke about the
-consequences of the habits of the numerous herds of buffaloes that had
-roamed, in remote times, over those lands and had made their wallows
-there. These shallow depressions collected large quantities of water,
-and influenced the manner in which many of the streams originated.
-
-After having drawn my attention to the chief objects of geological
-interest that might possibly come within my notice in the region to the
-south of Lake Superior, Agassiz mentioned his work in Florida. He had
-given much consideration to the outlying banks fringing the southern
-coasts of that promontory. The facts he had established were not in
-accordance with the views of Darwin and Lyell. “If,” he said, “the
-Pacific formations were as described by Darwin and others, those on
-the coast of Florida were entirely different. In no way could Darwin’s
-theory explain the Florida formations.” He had ascertained that the
-corals grew up from great depths, for he had dredged to a depth of
-eight hundred fathoms and had brought up live corallines; thus proving
-that they existed and worked in very deep waters. It was his opinion
-that Darwin’s coral theories had not had a sufficient study of evidence
-given to them.
-
-In the evening, at Mr. Ticknor’s house, there were present at dinner
-Commodore Rogers, Superintendent of the Navy Yard; Mr. Francis
-Parkman, author of several historical works relating to the early
-European settlements in North America; Mr. Hillard, also an author of
-considerable reputation, and Mr. Frank Parker. Mr. Ticknor[4] told us
-anecdotes of his travels in Europe soon after the restoration of Louis
-XVIII. He had known many of the celebrities of that time, and spoke of
-Sir Walter Scott, Sir Humphrey Davy, Mrs. Siddons, Lord and Lady Byron,
-Talleyrand, Madame de Stael and Madame Récamier.
-
-There was a long discussion upon the uncertain future of the republic.
-It seemed to be considered that as America became more populated, it
-was much to be feared that universal suffrage, freedom and equality
-of race, would lead to disorder. Mr. Ticknor mentioned that Prince
-Metternich, when speaking to him about this subject, remarked that
-there was a great difference between old Austria and America. In
-Austria he had always to look out for mischief and prepare to meet
-it or contrive a remedy. In America, he said, a mischief, if it
-exists, takes time and grows until it gradually forces itself upon the
-attention of the people. Finally, if it becomes alarming, the mass
-deals with it and arrests its progress as it best can, and then things
-go on as before.
-
-Professor Jeffries Wyman,[5] who had discovered several extensive
-shell banks on the eastern coasts of Florida, gave me, at his house at
-Cambridge, an interesting account of his investigations. He thought
-that the mounds were entirely formed by the refuse of the food eaten by
-the tribes dwelling near the sea; but, whether by a large settlement
-of tribes in a comparatively short time, or by a small tribe in a
-long time, it was difficult to determine. Some of the banks were from
-fourteen to twenty-five feet high. They varied in length from one
-hundred to five hundred yards. On the tops of several of them he had
-seen large trees, whose age he estimated to be not less than eight
-hundred years. It did not appear that the mounds followed the outlines
-of any particular plan of encampment, except in an instance where one
-of the longest of them had the shape of an amphitheatre.
-
-He also examined some fresh water shell heaps. These, he thought, were
-made in the same manner as the sea shell mounds, by the Indians eating
-the fish and piling up the shells. In all of them he had discovered
-fragments of pottery and other marks of human life. The Professor
-proposed that I should make an appointment with him in order to have a
-thorough examination of his collection, not only from the shell heaps,
-but also from the tumuli of the mound builders and other Indian tribes.
-A day for this purpose was accordingly fixed. In the meanwhile my time
-was occupied in visiting the public schools: Mr. Frank Parker, who was
-interested in educational work, usually went with me.
-
-From a national point of view it was considered of great importance
-that the children of the emigrants should receive a sound education
-so as to enable them to become useful and self-respecting citizens.
-The majority of the parents upon their arrival at New York or Boston,
-do not attempt to seek their fortunes away in the West, but settle in
-those quarters of these cities where they find that others of their
-race are already established. The elder members of the emigrating
-families are quite aware that their age or other circumstances
-practically debar them from all hope of success in any attempts to
-gain a livelihood by their own work. Thus their attention is directed
-to the training of their children, so that these may have a fair start
-in life. For this purpose, the free and thoroughly practical system of
-education carried out in the schools seems to be excellent.
-
-It is needless to dwell upon the methods adopted in American cities
-for raising the standard of knowledge among the boys and girls of the
-poorer classes, for they are well known. Nothing can be more pleasing
-than to observe the development of the minds of these young wanderers
-from other lands, where their fate was adverse and their lives were
-without hope. They appear to seize with eagerness the chances that are
-given them to attain, by their own intelligence, higher and more secure
-positions, and thus break away from the discouraging conditions into
-which they were born. The construction and size of the school buildings
-were well adapted for their purpose. The health and attention of the
-students are, therefore, not affected by close confinement or the
-insufficiency of pure air.
-
-There was an institution in Boston, devoted to the work of teaching
-the blind, which had an especial interest of its own, and I was
-therefore glad to accept Dr. Howe’s invitation to dine with him and
-then see Laura Bridgman,[6] the blind girl, whose education had been so
-successfully managed, and whose history had, for many years, attracted
-observation.
-
-After dinner Laura came into the room. I noticed that she was of
-average height and looked thin, pale and delicate. She had a shy and
-peculiar manner. Mrs. Howe placed herself in communication with her,
-and Laura immediately became more assured. When I was introduced she
-expressed, by the movements of her fingers, that she was much pleased
-to have my companionship. I asked if she wished to inquire about any
-English friends? She replied, “Yes. Do you know Dickens, how is he?”
-Then suddenly, before I had made any answer, she felt Mrs. Howe’s
-sleeve and said, “You have a new dress,” and named the material—a
-sort of French silk. Mrs. Howe said that the guess was correct. She
-then became more animated and bright, but showed a singularly quick
-impatience when wanting Mrs. Howe to listen to her. When not occupied
-in maintaining a conversation she became quiet and looked sad.
-
-Mrs. Howe asked in what way she amused herself and what was her
-greatest pleasure. She replied, “reading.” “What reading do you like
-best?” To this question Laura replied, “Bible, hymns and psalms.” Mrs.
-Howe turned round to me and said this answer was very curious as Dr.
-Howe had brought her up without any religious training, because he did
-not wish to give her mind any especial bent in that matter; but owing,
-it was supposed, to the influence and teaching of some friend, she had
-been made acquainted with the Bible and had become intensely attached
-to it.
-
-It was said that Laura was able to articulate two words—“Doctor” and
-“Grandmother”—and I asked her to say them. “Doctor,” was pronounced in
-a distinct manner giving the sound “Dok-tá.” The word “Grandmother”
-was not so clearly spoken and she gave the sound very rapidly. It
-was however sufficiently expressed to be understood. I was told that
-these words had in some manner been learnt by feeling the throats of
-other people who pronounced them, and finding that certain expansions
-of the muscles occurred when the sounds were made. She conversed by
-holding out one hand and moving the fingers. Mrs. Howe held her wrist
-and communicated her remarks by touch upon it. In this manner an
-intelligent conversation was carried on. Laura evidently enjoyed the
-excitement caused by this interchange of ideas, for when thus engaged
-she looked very happy.
-
-She was blind, deaf and dumb.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II.
-
- Professor Wyman. — Indian Antiquities. — Concord. — Mr. Ralph
- Waldo Emerson. — Margaret Fuller. — Note upon a visit to Mr.
- Longfellow. — Saturday Club. — Dinner at Harvard University.—
- Shell Mounds at Concord and Damariscotta. — Note upon the
- Ancient Inscription upon the Dighton Rock.
-
-
-Upon the day arranged for my visit to Cambridge, I found Professor
-Wyman prepared to employ several hours in examining the Indian
-collections. He proposed that we should begin by looking carefully over
-the contents of a case within which was placed everything that had been
-discovered in a burial mound in Illinois. The mound had contained the
-bones of nine adults, several fragments of rude stone implements, and
-some arrowheads. The skulls had been flattened and shaped by pressure.
-
-We then examined the collections of human skulls that had been received
-from all parts of the continent. Amongst these, were several of an
-important character, obtained by Mr. Squier in Central America. They
-were long and flattened upon the top, and were supposed to have
-belonged to the race that built the stone temples in Yucatan. Other
-groups were then compared. It was observable that some tribes had the
-custom of pressing in the back of the head to such an extent as to make
-it nearly perpendicular. Others pressed the skulls so as to give them
-great length. In a few instances, they were given a tall, oval form.
-The Californian Indians appear to have given their children a high,
-receding forehead. This method of shaping the head is still followed by
-the Flathead Indians in the West. It is done by the pressure of boards
-tied together in such a manner that the infant gets its skull shaped
-when it is in the cradle.
-
-A question arose as to the effect of the artificial shapes of the
-head upon the character of the tribes; and particularly, whether, in
-accordance with certain theories, there was any known difference in
-disposition between the tribes who flattened the forehead and those who
-flattened the skull at the back. The Professor said that the matter
-had been the subject of inquiry. It was considered, as far as could
-be ascertained, that the alterations in shape made no difference in
-the character, and that the Indians, whether with long, high, or flat
-heads, were similar in their savage nature.
-
-Amongst the Mexican antiquities were a number of terra-cotta figures
-which were thought to be emblematic of the worship of serpents,
-lizards, and other reptiles. There were also idols carved out of
-hard, volcanic stone. After having seen these, and also quantities of
-rudely shaped stones, which were probably used by the Indians on the
-north-east coast for sinking their nets, the Professor began to examine
-the various things that had been taken from the American shell mounds.
-
-First, in order, were the collections that had been brought from Maine
-and Massachusetts. There were oyster shells, the bones of wolves, deer
-and birds, fragments of coarse pottery, layers of charcoal, and bone
-awls. In the shell heaps at Concord there had been discovered various
-stone weapons and flint arrowheads. In the Florida mounds there were
-found the remains of crocodiles, implements made of stone, the bones of
-deer, and numbers of small sharp needles, made from bird bones, which
-had been used by hand.
-
-It appears from the evidence obtained by the investigation of the
-shell banks, that tribes of similar habits dwelt on the cold coasts
-of New England and the almost tropical shores of Florida. It is also
-clear, that in many of their customs and methods of obtaining food they
-resembled the races that formed the kitchen middens in Denmark. Their
-stone and flint implements and their bone awls and needles were of the
-same shapes as those used by the prehistoric people who lived upon the
-shores of the Swiss lakes.
-
-Many of the stone axes and arrowheads that have been found in
-the burial mounds, or in the neighbourhood of the ancient Indian
-encampments in North America are of the same type, and show the same
-system of workmanship as those that were made by the aboriginal tribes
-in Western Europe. The similarities in form, size and methods of
-adaptation for use are remarkable, for, although it may be expected
-that men, in an uncivilised condition would, in all parts of the
-world, have the same wants or necessities, yet it must be considered
-surprising that in the construction of the implements for war and for
-domestic purposes, the methods of design should be so singularly alike
-amongst the savages of the old and new continents.
-
-Upon a subsequent occasion, when the doubtful question of the influence
-of the formation of the skull upon the mind was discussed, Mr. Ticknor
-mentioned the singular fact that the head of Daniel Webster[7] grew
-larger after he had passed middle age. His attention had been drawn
-to this circumstance by observing a change in the likeness of that
-statesman, and, as he knew Webster intimately, he asked him about
-the matter, and Webster said, “Yes, I find that I have constantly to
-increase the size of my hats.”
-
-Towards the latter part of my stay in Boston, I received a letter from
-Mr. Ralph Waldo Emerson, asking me to dine with him at Concord, and
-mentioning that he had also invited Mrs. Julia Ward Howe. Upon the day
-he had fixed for the purpose, we travelled down to the station, and
-were met by Miss Emerson, who drove us home in her quaint old-fashioned
-carriage. The pony, she told us, was a friend who had been in the
-family for twenty years. We were received by Mr. and Mrs. Emerson. A
-few other guests came from Cambridge, and then we went in to dinner.
-Mr. Emerson talked much of De Quincey, whom he had known at Lasswade,
-near Edinburgh, and then referring to our English poets, mentioned
-with admiration, Tennyson’s poem, “Tithonus.” One of his daughters
-spoke with enthusiasm about Professor Agassiz’s deep sea dredgings, the
-lectures upon which she had been attending.
-
-Finally, the (always) absorbing topic of American politics was dwelt
-upon, especially with respect to the effect of democratic institutions
-upon the character of the people. Mr. Emerson alluded with much sadness
-to those evil influences of political corruption and office-seeking
-which appeared to be inevitable blots upon all systems of democracy,
-but he said that he thought things would come right in the end. Upon
-the various occasions that I met and conversed with leading politicians
-(amongst whom was Chief Justice Chase), I observed that they usually
-spoke of the future of their country with the same anxiety.
-
-There was much doubt and uncertainty as to what was going to happen
-in the Southern States, which had so recently been made desolate.
-Men’s minds were still agitated by the memory of the serious events
-that had happened during the Civil War. That great national convulsion
-had engaged the thoughts and actions of all American citizens to the
-fullest extent, and had necessarily diverted the conduct of affairs
-from the ordinary channels. There was consequently a feeling of
-disquietude amongst those who loved their country, their freedom and
-their laws. But this temporary form of misgiving was always accompanied
-by the firm conviction that in some manner, not then quite clear, the
-nation would ultimately triumph over all difficulties.
-
-After dinner, Mr. Emerson took me into the library, and began to look
-over his books and point out his favourites. He said that what he most
-delighted in were the translations from Persian and other Eastern
-works. Finding that I was interested in his Oriental studies, he did
-not care to quit his books, and so we remained in the library until it
-was time to leave. In the meanwhile, he had taken down from the shelves
-many volumes. He also showed me photographs of his friends, and drew my
-attention to a likeness of Margaret Fuller, whom he had known for many
-years, and for whom he had felt great regard and esteem.
-
-Margaret Fuller, who must have been a woman of extraordinary
-genius, was one of the leaders of the school of thought called
-Transcendentalism. Her end was as strange as her life. She crossed
-the Atlantic, travelled in Italy, married the Marchese d’Ossoli and
-was in Europe when the Revolution of 1848 broke out. Her sympathies
-being entirely with the cause of Italian freedom, she took a prominent
-part, under the direction of Mazzini, Garibaldi and other patriots, in
-the defence of Rome, doing much good service in the hospitals. After
-the adverse events of 1849, she embarked with her husband on board a
-sailing vessel bound for her own land, on the shores of which she was
-wrecked in a storm and all perished.
-
-Before we went away, Mr. Emerson suggested that I should look at the
-exterior of the house, in which he seemed to take great interest. He
-told me that he had lived in it thirty-five years and had only made one
-change—the addition of the drawing room. It was an unpretending plank
-building of two stories, standing in its own small grounds, and was
-chiefly noticeable in consequence of having some fine chestnut trees in
-front between the door and the road.
-
-Upon our return to the city, the President of the University asked me
-to be the guest of the Alumni of Harvard. His letter ran thus:—
-
- “_June_ 23.”
-
- “MY DEAR SIR,”
-
- “On behalf of the Alumni of Harvard College, I invite you to be
- present at the Commencement Dinner in Harvard Hall, Cambridge,
- on Tuesday, the 29th inst. The Alumni and their guests will
- assemble in Gore Hall, the Library, at 2 p.m. on that day. I
- hope to receive your acceptance, and to have the pleasure of
- meeting you on the occasion.”
-
- “Very respectfully yours,
- WM. GRAY,
- _Pres. of Alumni Assoc._”
-
-At one of the customary afternoon meetings of the members of the
-Saturday Club, I dined with them as the guest of Dr. Howe. Among
-those present were Mr. Sumner, Professor Wyman, Mr. Lowell, Judge
-Hoar, Mr. Oliver Wendell Holmes, and Professor Gurney, the editor
-of the North American Review. Mr. Emerson was the chairman. The
-possibility of spontaneous generation, was the topic that happened to
-be chiefly discussed. Professor Wyman had been carrying out a series of
-experiments at Cambridge, and he told us what had been the results of
-his experience. He said that he had ascertained that the theory that
-boiling water killed life was, to a certain extent, erroneous. A first
-boiling killed some of the living creatures, a second boiling killed
-more, living organisms being reduced gradually in quantity. After a
-fourth severe boiling he failed to trace any life whatever. Finally
-after having carried out with great care, tests of all natures, he
-doubted the possibility of creating life where no life had previously
-existed.
-
- In the following year I accepted the invitation of Mr. Ticknor
- to stay a few days with him before leaving America, and I was
- fortunate in meeting at his house, Mr. Longfellow, who, at
- the time of my previous visit to Boston, was away from home,
- travelling in England, chiefly, as he afterwards told me,
- amongst the English lakes and in Devonshire. He proposed that
- I should go and see him at Cambridge, and this was arranged,
- and I went down there upon the first available day. I found
- him in his study, a small room looking out upon the lawn, and
- commanding a view of the country towards the bridge.
-
- Before dinner, he showed me a bill of fare which had been
- given to him at a public banquet in London, which was framed
- and placed on the mantel piece of the dining-room. It was
- a coloured drawing of a scene described in his poem of
- “Hiawatha.” The sun was shining on the still waters of a
- lake, or inland sea, and a group of Indians were gazing at
- it. I think it was meant to represent the final departure of
- Hiawatha, westwards towards the sunset.
-
- Mr. Longfellow said that he was much pleased with this mark of
- attention, not only on account of the merit of the picture, but
- because he appreciated the feeling that prompted the gift, as
- “Hiawatha” was the poem by which he most cared to be remembered.
-
- He expressed strong sympathies with the poetical legends and
- traditions of the Iroquois and Dakota Indians. His conversation
- was, however, chiefly directed to the question of the future
- social and political condition of the negroes in the Southern
- States.
-
-Later in the day, I witnessed a most important triumph of mechanics,
-as applied to the removal of a heavy building. The house that was
-being moved was large and strongly constructed of stone. It stood at
-the corner of a street which was about to be widened, and therefore it
-was necessary, either to pull it down or place it in another position,
-and it had been decided to execute the latter operation. The building
-had a frontage of seventy feet and a depth of one hundred feet. It was
-composed of a basement, five principal stories and a Mansard roof.
-The engineer in charge of the works told me that his calculations
-were based upon having to move a weight of fifty thousand tons. At
-the time I saw the house, it was full of residents, many of whom were
-looking out of the windows and watching the proceedings. The contractor
-permitted me to go underneath and observe the process of moving. The
-weight was taken by a vast number of screw jacks, and the building was
-lifted off the foundations. It was progressing towards its new site at
-the rate of fourteen inches in one hour.
-
-On Commencement Day I went down to Cambridge early in the afternoon,
-and after being received by the President, fell into my place in the
-ranks of the procession formed in the college grounds. We then marched
-into dinner and I took my seat at the table. My immediate neighbours
-were Mr. Lowell, Mr. Oliver Wendell Holmes, Judge Hoar and Judge Grey.
-About six hundred were present in the hall and three hundred dined in
-another room. The gradations of age corresponded with the positions of
-the tables. The seats towards the left were occupied by comparatively
-young men, but on the right, were successive rows of heads, showing
-advancing years, until upon the extreme right were the white haired
-seniors.
-
-At the conclusion of the dinner, in accordance with an ancient custom,
-all stood up and sang a Psalm to the tune known by the name of St.
-Martin. The President then gave his annual address and the usual
-speeches followed. Mr. Adams made a good speech and referred to his
-late absence as the United States Minister to Great Britain. The
-President then rose and told the Alumni that a “representative of Great
-Britain” was present and called upon me to respond. This I did as
-briefly as possible, and upon resuming my seat I was astonished at the
-enthusiastic manner with which the said representative was received.
-After much cheering, the band played “God save the Queen,” which was
-again the occasion for a strong outburst of cordial good feeling
-towards England. As I looked down the hall I saw the slight, tall form
-of Mr. Emerson bending forward as he joined in our National Anthem. Mr.
-Holmes then recited a poem and Mr. Lowell gave a speech in which he
-alluded to the question of the Alabama which was causing such bitter
-feeling in America, and after speaking of the volcanic ground into
-which he had wandered, said
-
- “O matre pulchra filia pulchrior,
- Pout if you will, but sulk not into war.
- Had Adams stayed, this danger had not been,
- This less than kindness of two more than kin.”
-
-The singing of “Auld Lang Syne” was the fitting conclusion to an
-interesting day.
-
-Professor Wyman told me that, before leaving the States, I ought to
-visit the shell mounds at Damariscotta in Maine and also those near
-Concord. The latter were considered to be remarkable on account of
-their being composed of fresh-water shells. Mr. Emerson had offered to
-help me in my examination of them, but not wishing to occupy his time
-in this unusual manner, I went down to Concord and tried to find them
-by myself. In this attempt I failed, and, finally, I decided to obtain
-his help. Fortunately, he was at home and at once put the harness on
-his pony and drove me down to the place. We crossed some fields and
-found the shell heaps near a sharp bend of the river. They were about a
-hundred and fifty yards long, twenty yards wide and twelve feet high,
-and were chiefly composed of mussel shells. For more than an hour we
-worked zealously and made slight excavations at different parts of the
-banks, and found some fragments of bones which had been shaped by hand,
-but we were not successful in seeing any stone celts. We then went to
-an adjoining hillock upon which the Indians were accustomed to encamp
-and there we picked up three rudely-made arrow heads which had been
-formed out of hard porphyritic stone.
-
-After finishing the inspection of the middens, we went back to the
-house, and remained for an hour or two in the library where we had tea.
-Mr. Emerson told me that in order to pass through, with comparative
-comfort, the long winter, he and others had formed a society of
-twenty-five members and arrangements were made for meeting at their
-respective houses. Each member gave a reception in turn upon Tuesdays.
-When the time was at hand for going to the train he went to the stable,
-and again harnessed the pony, and drove me to the station. When saying
-“Good-bye,” he expressed many kind wishes with regard to my projected
-journey.
-
-Americans must naturally feel interested in whatever relates to the
-past history of the native races who were the original inhabitants of
-their country, and who possessed, in combination with their savage
-nature and cruel practices, certain qualities of honour and fortitude
-which seem to point to the existence of latent conditions of mind
-placing them upon a different footing from other ordinary savage races.
-Theories which relate to the migrations of the tribes who entered
-Mexico from the North have also much attraction. As years roll onwards,
-and the events, that then occurred, are more distant or obscure, the
-causes of those movements and the origin of the influences that created
-the subsequent advance in civilisation amongst those Indians are
-becoming almost incomprehensible.
-
-On the way from Concord towards Canada I stopped at Portsmouth for
-the purpose of seeing the Navy Yard,[8] which was the last naval
-establishment that I had to visit on the eastern coast, and then
-proceeded to the remotely situated village of Damariscotta.
-
-The shell mounds near the adjacent river far exceeded in magnitude
-what I had expected to find. They were placed about twelve miles from
-the sea within the limits of the ebb and the flow of the tides, and
-formed the banks of a small promontory round which the river made a
-sharp bend. Within these banks was a flat space of land which had been
-used by the Indians for their camping ground, and which is known to
-have been visited by small bands of them as late as the end of the last
-century. The heaps extend along the shores of the river and round the
-promontory for a length of about six hundred yards, and vary in height
-from fifteen to thirty-five feet. It was difficult to estimate their
-average width, but in many places it was not less than twenty-two yards.
-
-The mound that I chiefly examined rose directly from the beach close to
-the line of the present high water mark. It was thirty-three feet high,
-sixty feet wide and one hundred and fifty feet long. Looking from the
-river, it presented the appearance of a steep cliff formed of compact
-layers of large oyster shells. In consequence of the face of this cliff
-being exposed, it was possible to trace all the horizontal strata.
-Beginning from the top of the bank there was, in the first place, a
-deposit of shells closely packed about eighteen inches thick. Then
-there was a well-defined layer of earth or mould, averaging a thickness
-of half-an-inch throughout the whole length of the bank without any
-break or change in its width. The next layer was not so deep as that on
-the top, and was one foot thick. Then came another deposit of mould,
-half-an-inch in thickness, resting upon another layer of shells. In
-this manner, the alternating deposits of earth and shells succeeded
-each other down to the base.
-
-There were not any signs of kitchen midden refuse amongst the shells,
-but in the intermediate layers of earth I saw fragments of broken
-pottery, charred wood, several rounded stones, small quantities of
-bones of animals, and one bone awl which had evidently been much used.
-A portion of the cliff which had been undermined by the action of the
-river had slipped down upon the beach, consequently the interior of the
-mound was exposed. I made an excavation into this new face and found a
-stone knife, or scraper, and a small stone chisel. In another part of
-the bank I discovered a plank lying flat upon the third layer of mould
-below the surface. It was made of fir, and was four feet six inches
-long, six inches wide and half-an-inch thick.
-
-These shell heaps, the relics of the feasts and food of the Indians,
-although interesting as evidences of the habits of life of the savage
-races that once occupied this part of America, prove but little more
-than the fact that those races have existed and passed away. The
-successive layers of earth in the heaps would enable an estimate to be
-made of their age, if the length of the intervals of time that elapsed
-between the encampments could be known. The saw-cut plank, resting upon
-the third layer is an evidence that the two upper deposits of shells
-were made since the arrival of the English colonists. The Indians then
-dwelling on these lands were called the Abenakis. These oyster heaps
-may have been raised by them when they visited the coast of Maine after
-leaving their hunting grounds.[9]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III.
-
- Indian Reservations. — Lake Superior. — Beavers and their
- works. — The Forest. — Houghton. — Ancient Indian mining pits
- and trenches. — An Indian battle ground. — The Glacial Drift. —
- Note regarding the Dauphin.
-
-
-From Damariscotta I went up the valley of the St. Lawrence, and visited
-the reservation lands of the Algonquins, Hurons, and other tribes
-that had originally held possession of that part of the country. The
-most important assemblage of Indians was placed upon a large tract
-of land near the banks of the Grand river in Upper Canada. There I
-saw, dwelling in their separate villages, the descendants of the once
-powerful confederacy of the Iroquois, who had been our faithful allies
-in our wars.
-
-Nearly three thousand Indians were gathered together belonging to
-the tribes of the Senecas, Onondagas, Mohawks, Cayugas, Oneidas and
-Tuscaroras. Some of them had been converted, but many still maintained
-their ancient faiths and performed their customary Pagan ceremonies.
-
-It was extraordinary to observe how unavailing had been the influence
-of European civilisation in advancing the intellectual capacities of
-the tribes. The French missionaries at Lorette, Oka, and St. Régis,
-many of whom were well acquainted with the language of the converts
-put under their care, told me that all their efforts were useless, and
-that the labours of nearly three centuries were absolutely without any
-practical result.
-
-After having passed a few weeks in the vicinity of the lakes, for the
-purpose of seeing the condition of various remnants of certain North
-American Indian tribes placed upon reservations, I reached the shores
-of the Georgian bay, and then proceeded to the port of Marquette in
-Michigan.
-
-[Illustration: Plan of the Lake Superior Iron and Copper region.]
-
-My chief object in landing upon the southern shores of Lake Superior,
-was to visit the places where ancient Indian mining operations had
-been discovered, in order that I might be, in some degree conversant
-with matters relating to the origin of the copper ornaments that had
-been found in some of the burial mounds in Ohio. I also wished to make
-some excursions into the forests where, amongst the numerous lakes and
-rivers, the beavers were still constructing their dams and building
-their lodges. I desired to see something of beaver life and work before
-the advance of civilisation had removed these forests and beavers away
-for ever.
-
-I obtained convenient quarters in the mining village of Ishpeming,
-placed in a clearing that had been made in the forest, on the summit of
-the hills ten miles from the coast. In the interior, within a few miles
-from the settlement were two rivers called the Carp and the Esconauba.
-Upon these streams and their connected ponds, the works of the beavers
-were numerous. They consisted of lodges, dams, canals, excavations, and
-the open spaces in the forests called beaver meadows.
-
-There happened to be an unusually large work constructed across one of
-the principal bends of the Carp, which by its action in confining the
-waters had created a small lake. As the size and formation of that dam
-give a good knowledge of the capacity of the beavers, and their powers
-of executing works of considerable magnitude, it will be interesting to
-describe it with some detail.
-
-It was two hundred and sixty-two feet in length and nearly six feet
-high in the centre, where the water was deep. This height diminished
-gradually towards the banks. The average width upon the top was two
-feet. The slope outwards was in the direction of the angle which
-happened to give the utmost resisting power. The base was about
-fourteen feet wide. The dam was not made in a direct line across the
-stream, but had curves which were convex towards the current, and were
-placed at the points of the greatest pressure. The slopes were formed
-in such a manner that the upper side acted as a barrier against the
-water, and the opposite side acted as a supporting buttress.
-
-[Illustration: BEAVER DAM, LODGE, AND POND, NEAR ISHPEMING, MICHIGAN.]
-
-The entire construction was evidently made with a correct knowledge
-of the strength that was necessary to resist the outward pushing
-force that was exerted against it. When an engineering work of this
-nature, so great in proportion to the power and intelligence of
-its constructors, is examined, and its fitness for the object for
-which it has been made and for the duty it has to perform, has been
-ascertained, it occurs to the mind to consider whether such operations
-are the results of instinct or of some exceptional degree of reasoning
-faculties.
-
-Within the pond was the lodge. It was placed near to the bank which by
-its curve gave the most shelter. It was shaped like a rounded beehive
-and measured nearly eight feet in diameter, and twenty-two feet over
-the outer circumference. The exterior was composed of small sticks cut
-in nearly equal lengths, and so intertwined, crossed and plastered with
-mud as to give great cohesion.
-
-There were three entrances, two of them leading in the direction of the
-bank, and one towards the middle of the pond. The former are said to be
-used as the approaches to the inner room, and the latter for escape.
-All these entrances were below the surface of the water, and ran
-upwards into the dwelling room which was a dry comfortable apartment,
-the floor being well above the highest water level.
-
-The beavers, when cutting the branches of the trees into the requisite
-lengths, seem to have an accurate perception of what is necessary for
-the special works that are then in progress. Thus in their lodges,
-which are chiefly made for shelter and warmth, the sticks composing
-them are small, and when well plastered together with mud make a
-good compact residence. The dams which have a different purpose are
-differently built, and in these the sticks are often of considerable
-size, being sometimes fully six feet long. Some of the cuttings,
-however, are small and many of them are like short poles, having a
-diameter about the size of a man’s arm.
-
-The methods of forming the foundations of their dams are most
-practical, and the manner in which earth, stones, mud, twigs, fibres
-and brushwood are combined, not only show marvellous ingenuity, but
-prove that beavers work perseveringly together with incessant labour
-for long periods of time.
-
-The superstructures are differently made. They are composed of a
-framework of sticks placed at various angles inclined upwards. This
-open form of disposition appears to be intended to allow the surface
-waters to escape to the extent that is necessary to keep the level of
-the pond at the uniform height that is desirable.
-
-Although it is usually considered that the intelligence of the beaver
-communities is chiefly shown by their ability in raising works of
-construction, I was informed by men who were intimately acquainted with
-the habits of these animals, that a greater sagacity was displayed
-in the methods adopted by them, under especial circumstances, for
-maintaining communications between their dwelling places and the woods
-from which they obtained their food and building materials.
-
-These rare and singular works of excavation are called beaver canals.
-One of these, which was the largest that was known to occur in this
-part of Michigan, I examined with the utmost attention. It was an open
-trench or channel, about half a mile long, two to three feet wide,
-and from one to two feet deep. The bottom was of the same width as
-the surface, the sides being perpendicular. It connected a large pond
-with the adjacent forest. The canal was sufficiently large to give
-room for a beaver to swim in it and push in front of him the cutting
-of birchwood that was to be conveyed to the lodge and there stored for
-the winter supply of food. The depth was enough for the purpose of
-concealment.
-
-I also examined some other canals connecting the ponds with trees,
-which were of a different character and much smaller. The Indians were
-of opinion that these must have been made exclusively for escape when
-the beavers, whilst at work, were suddenly alarmed.
-
-But the most important results of the actions of the beavers are the
-alterations made by them in the aspect of the country, in consequence
-of their raising the levels of the water and causing large spaces of
-land to be subject to overflow. Thus, when the dams are in order and
-efficiently maintained, much of the adjoining land, when it lies low,
-becomes a swamp and the trees decay and fall. Then if the works are
-neglected and the waters follow their usual direction, the lands become
-dry and are changed into fertile grass meadows. Some of these meadows
-are of considerable extent. Around Ishpeming they supply the fodder
-required for the cattle employed at the mines. One of them, which
-occupies a large acreage, yields over fifty tons of hay annually.
-
-An explorer who happened to pass through a region of this nature after
-it had been deserted by the beavers, would be surprised, when following
-the trail through the forest, to find himself entering into one of
-these open spaces, which have the appearance of small savannahs, and he
-would be unable to understand how such sharply defined inclosures could
-have been formed.
-
-Near the borders of the meadows and ponds, several birches were
-undergoing the process of being felled. The operations were extremely
-curious, and it was evident that the beavers are both careful and
-ingenious in the execution of the work.
-
-The trees selected for their purposes are generally about three or
-four feet in circumference at the part that is within reach. The trunk
-of each tree is, in the first place, gnawed evenly round, until only
-a portion of the centre, about two inches in diameter, is left to
-maintain it in an upright position. It is then carefully gnawed from
-the direction towards which the tree is intended to fall, which is
-often a matter of some importance. When it is lying upon the ground,
-the bark is stripped and stored for food, the branches are cut into
-the requisite lengths and used also partly for winter provision, but
-chiefly with regard to what may be wanted for the construction and
-repair of the dams and lodges.
-
-Upon returning one afternoon from the River Carp, I found that, by some
-inattention, I had left the track and had wandered into the forest. Men
-who are accustomed to explore this region had stated that the safest
-course to adopt when such an event occurred was to observe the position
-of the marks of the weather upon the trunks of the trees. In Michigan,
-it held been noticed that these evidences of exposure, consisting of
-moss or lichen, were upon the Northern sides, and it was considered
-that by watching these indications, a line of direction could be
-followed.
-
-It is possible that in places where the trees are much exposed this
-system may be useful, but in this case I did not find it so.
-
-The indications of weather were often very faint and difficult to
-trace. Where they did clearly exist, they varied so greatly in
-their position, that it was impossible to follow a straight line. I
-consequently soon gave up the attempt to find the trail by this method.
-Night was approaching, and the outlook was becoming grave. In all
-directions but one, there was nothing but many miles of dense forest,
-which it would be hopeless to attempt to pass through.
-
-The direction which was available had a broad base, being the road
-from Ishpeming to Marquette. This I knew must lie between south and
-south-west. Consequently if I could follow a line between these points,
-it was probable that the road would soon be reached, as its distance
-was less than three miles. I had my watch with me, and fortunately,
-the sun could be seen occasionally, so it was possible to make that my
-guide.
-
-Upon a rough calculation of the true bearing of the approaching
-sunset, I found that by keeping the glimmer of the light on the right
-hand, and walking steadily forward, the road ought to be reached before
-dark. It was, however, anxious work and it was getting late when I
-unexpectedly emerged into an open clearing, where a squatter had
-temporarily settled. It was with no slight pleasure that I heard the
-sounds of life, the lowing of cattle, and the welcome movements of a
-busy farmyard.[10]
-
-After concluding my expeditions to the lands and ponds of the beavers,
-I went to that part of Michigan where the ancient mining pits and
-trenches have been discovered. The earliest knowledge of them was
-obtained by an American explorer who, in the year 1847, when seeking
-for indications of metal ore, noticed several depressions in the
-ground, and saw lying in a heap, near what seemed to be an ancient
-excavation, a number of rude stone hammers that he thought had probably
-been used by hand.
-
-In the following year another excavation was discovered, and after
-clearing this out to a depth of eighteen feet, there was found a
-detached mass of copper weighing over six tons which rested upon oak
-sleepers, and beneath it there was a vein of copper five feet thick.
-There were also several stone hammers, grooved for the purpose of
-having handles attached to them, and a copper chisel with a socket for
-a wooden handle, a fragment of which although much decayed, was still
-in its place. In an adjoining pit at a depth of ten feet, there was
-a wooden bowl and some charcoal.[11] In some workings, subsequently
-discovered upon Isle Royale and near the end of the Kee-wai-wona
-promontory, a number of wooden wedges were seen, together with traces
-of extensive trenches.
-
-In consequence of these discoveries further investigations were
-made, and a large number of ancient pits were found in the forests,
-especially in the districts where are now placed the towns of Ontonagon
-and Houghton. It was within a few miles from the latter town, that the
-explorers observed the heap of stone hammers, and their attention was
-directed to the fact that they had been preceded in the search for
-copper by men of some unknown race, who possessed capacities for mining
-operations greater than could be attributed to the Chippewas who then
-occupied the land.
-
-In order to examine this heap I engaged a man—who knew the mining and
-forest region—to guide me to the spot where the hammers still remained.
-After crossing the Portage Lake and passing over some low neighbouring
-hills, we came to a depression in the ground which looked like an old
-ditch or trench. At the side of this ditch, I saw several hundreds of
-rounded water-worn stones of various sizes. These had evidently been
-chosen on account of the convenience of their shape, for the purpose of
-being used for crushing the rocks that contained metal.
-
-A few of the stones appeared to have been partly shaped by hand,
-but the majority of them were in their natural form. Several were
-perforated by small round holes, caused probably by the action of
-water. Some men who happened to be employed at one of the mines in the
-neighbourhood, told me that in their opinion they had been made for
-thumb holes. They were, however, much too small for such a purpose.
-
-Upon my return to Houghton I met Mr. I. H. Forster, who was the agent
-for mines and a Senator for the State. He proposed to accompany me to
-the sites of those ancient workings that he had personally inspected.
-After passing through a forest of birch and pine trees, we reached an
-open space where we saw the evidences of the nature of the operations
-that had been executed.
-
-The direction of the trenches could be easily traced, although they
-were filled with earth and leaves. Several of the pits had been cleared
-out by the men employed at one of the new mines, and it was therefore
-possible to go down to the bottom of them and observe the methods of
-excavation. The first that I examined was twelve feet deep; from the
-base there ran two nearly horizontal galleries or adits, following the
-direction of the lode which ran N.W. and S.E. These adits were five
-feet wide and extended laterally about six feet. Upon the surface, near
-the edge of the pit, was the stump of a basswood tree, six feet in
-circumference, and at the opposite edge was the stump of a pine, four
-feet in circumference.
-
-The second pit was twenty yards from the first, and had evidently been
-sunk in the direction required in order to reach the same lode. It was
-ten feet deep. From the base there was one adit following the direction
-of the deposit of copper. Close to the edge of this pit was the stump
-of a small birch tree. Beyond this were seven other pits, from twenty
-to fifty yards apart, and in connection with these, there were several
-short trenches from two to four feet wide.
-
-The pits were discovered in 1865. Some animals were being driven along
-a track in the forest, when one of them straying from the path, plunged
-his feet deep into the ground; this was noticed, and an explorer for
-copper examined the place and pushed his stick down it. This led to a
-further search, and the hole was found to be an ancient pit. Shafts
-were sunk, and the result has been, that, one of the most important
-mines in the district was established near the spot.
-
-Upon another occasion I went with Mr. Forster to look at the trenches
-and pits that had been found in a more distant part of the forest.
-These pits were smaller than those that I had previously seen, but the
-trenches were frequently of considerable depth. I measured several that
-exceeded six feet deep. These trenches were usually in short lengths,
-but one of them was nearly two hundred feet long. Upon making inquiries
-amongst the leading men of the various copper mines that have been
-placed in the neighbourhood of the earlier workings, I was told that
-the practical miners were of opinion that these excavations were of
-considerable antiquity. It has, however, been proved by the condition
-of the things that were found in the pits that these conjectures are
-not well founded.
-
-Near Ontonagon, to the south-west of Portage Lake, a line of trenches
-was observed in 1863, and a shaft was sunk in a depression which was
-considered to be an old pit. At a depth of nine feet, one of the
-workmen drew out upon the point of his pickaxe, a small untanned
-leather bag in a good state of preservation. It was noticed that the
-mouth of the bag was traversed by a leather string, which was in its
-place and could be used for drawing the opening together. The bag was
-seven inches wide and eleven inches deep.
-
-Two years afterwards, some men exploring the same part of the forest,
-observed a small mound about six feet high. After digging through
-it down to the ground, they reached the surface of a pit, which was
-carefully excavated by them. At the top there was a deposit of sand;
-below that, were many closely pressed layers of decayed leaves. At
-the bottom of the pit they saw a birch bark basket, in all respects,
-similar to those that are made and used by the modern Chippewas. Near
-the basket they also found a bit of beaver or otter skin with the fur
-upon it, portions of the jaw of a bear, several pieces of charcoal, a
-beating block—fourteen inches square and three inches thick—made out
-of a lump of copper conglomerate, some lengths of knotted strips of
-buckskin, and a rough bit of wood about three feet long, which the
-miners call a digging stick. A collection of these things had been
-placed in an office at Houghton, where I saw them. I noticed that the
-digging stick was worn and frayed at the end where it had been used,
-and that the fur on the beaver skin was still in good condition.
-
-In the same forest country as that where the pits were dug, several
-copper spear heads have been picked up. Those examined by me were
-unquestionably made by persons skilled in the working of metal.
-Several of the members attached to the mission at Sault Ste. Marie,[12]
-in the early part of the eighteenth century, made crosses and ornaments
-from copper that was brought to them by Indians, who had found small
-lumps of the metal on the surface of the ground. The spear heads may
-have been made at the mission house.
-
-After the cession of the Canadas to Great Britain in 1763, an English
-Company was formed for the purpose of searching for metal in this
-region. The operations were conducted by Mr. Alexander Henry, and it
-has been ascertained that for several years he worked near Ontonagon,
-and at other places upon the Kee-wai-wona promontory. Judging from the
-method in which, at the ancient workings, the lodes of copper have
-been traced through dense forests, it is evident that fixed plans of
-operations must have been pursued, and I came to the conclusion that
-the surveyor who directed them, must have had a competent knowledge of
-the use of the compass. It is therefore not unreasonable to assume,
-that all the pits and trenches were excavated under the superintendence
-of Europeans, at some period later than the sixteenth century.
-
-Several miles to the south of these works I was shown the spot
-where the last and decisive battle was fought between the Chippewas
-and Iroquois. This battle field, which was on a point of land near
-Kee-wai-wona bay, was remarkable because it affords an instance of
-the great distances that were sometimes traversed by Indians when
-conducting their wars of extermination. The Iroquois whose territories
-and villages were upon the southern shores of Lakes Ontario and Erie,
-crossed into the Chippewa lands by the way of the channels leading to
-Sault Ste. Marie. Therefore, supposing that they followed the most
-direct line to the place where the battle was fought, they must have
-passed over a distance of not less than six hundred miles.
-
-One of the burial mounds which had been opened, contained a large
-skull, a pipe made of dark slate and a stone hatchet. Upon the
-top of the mound was a pine tree which measured thirty inches in
-circumference. The scattered descendants of the Chippewa tribes dwell
-in the districts to the west of Lake Superior, but they occasionally
-wander into their original country. I met some of them near the shores
-of that great inland sea.
-
-During the time that I was travelling in these iron and copper regions,
-I took the opportunity of accompanying the superintendent of one of the
-mines to look at the evidences of the action of the glacial drift upon
-the surfaces of the hills that had been cleared for the purpose of
-executing some preliminary mining operations. Some of these hills were
-composed of solid hematite iron and jasper, and yet these hard rocks
-were deeply grooved by the pressure that had been exerted against them.
-
-Near Ishpeming there was a low range of hills or knobs, whose formation
-was a compact greenstone with wide veins of iron, which had been
-subjected to a severe grinding, and was furrowed with grooves two feet
-wide and five and a half inches deep. The general direction of this
-range was from E.N.E. to W.S.W. and the action of pressure was greatest
-where the sides of the hills faced towards the north. The grooves were
-about nine hundred feet above the level of Lake Superior. Large erratic
-boulders covered the surface of the land. I measured one of them which
-was lying exposed in a depression between two conical hills, eight
-hundred and fifty feet above the lake. It must have weighed over twenty
-tons. The boulders were usually masses of basalt, black or red granite,
-porphyry and jasper. Rounded boulders of pure copper are sometimes
-found. One of these, of exceptional size, was in the forest, in the
-direction of Ontonagon, and was estimated to weigh about eighteen tons.
-
-Near Houghton, Mr. Forster showed me the surface of a hill, four
-hundred feet above the lake, which had been made perfectly smooth by
-the action of the drift passing over it. At another part where the rock
-was exposed we counted fifty-seven grooves over a space of sixty-seven
-feet of surface. Judging from the direction of the groovings on the
-Kee-wai-wona promontory and the iron hills of Michigan, the boulders
-appear to have been carried from Labrador.
-
-[Illustration: CHIPPEWA CHIEF.
-
- (WEST OF LAKE SUPERIOR.)]
-
-The waters and floating icebergs must have swept over this country with
-much force for in many places the pressure exerted seems to have been
-enormous.
-
-On my way south from this land, which contained so much that attracted
-attention, I visited the reservation of the Oneidas, at the spot where
-the council fire of that tribe was originally established, near Lake
-Ontario. I was received by the hereditary chief of that tribe, who
-was named Beech-tree. As he could not speak a word of English, our
-conversation was carried on with the assistance of his grandson, who
-acted as interpreter. Beech-tree was a large, broad shouldered man,
-with a remarkably massive head. If I had met him in the north of China,
-I should have taken him for a Manchu Tartar. His hair was very long and
-black, and tinged with grey.
-
-He told his grandson to say that he was proud of his unmixed descent
-from the ancient chiefs of his nation, which had once been powerful,
-and that the land upon which we stood belonged by right to the Oneidas,
-and was the place where they held their great councils and decided
-upon questions of war or peace. After having made, with assumed
-dignity, this brief oration, Beech-tree retired into the interior of
-his hut, and I returned to my country cart, which had conveyed me to
-his territory, and finally reached the shores of Lake Erie. After
-traversing Lakes Huron and Michigan, I proceeded to the banks of the
-Ohio river, with the purpose of making expeditions to the works of the
-Mound Builders.
-
-Before quitting the Oneida reservation, I made inquiries about a man
-named Williams, concerning whom I had heard, when at Boston, a strange
-and romantic story. It appears that Williams, whose parentage was
-uncertain or unknown, was sent early in the present century from the
-Indian village of St. Régis, to act as a missionary among the Oneidas.
-Some years later, rumours were spread to the effect that he was the
-true Dauphin, the son of Louis XVI. These rumours were stated to be
-based upon grounds which warranted a fair degree of belief.
-
-The story as told to me at Oneida was that Williams was supposed to
-have been born at St. Régis (a picturesque village reservation on the
-South bank of the St. Lawrence, and which, at the time that I saw it,
-contained a population of fifteen hundred Iroquois, the majority of
-whom were half-breeds).
-
-In early manhood he was sent to a college, trained for missionary work,
-and ultimately appointed to preach among the Oneidas. I was informed,
-by those who had previously known him, that he was an honest, zealous
-missionary, who was quite incapable of attempting any form of imposture.
-
-It however happened (such is the story,) that the Prince de Joinville,
-when travelling in America, came to Oneida and saw Williams. It is also
-stated that he visited him on a second occasion. After this second
-meeting, it was thought by the residents in the neighbourhood, that
-Williams was possibly the Dauphin.
-
-A picture of Simon, the gaoler who treated the young prisoner in
-the Temple with such incredible brutality, was shown to him, and he
-instantly started back with horror, as if recalling some painful
-memory. Williams had no recollection of anything about his youth before
-the age of fourteen.
-
-In consequence of these apparent corroborations of the local surmises,
-it was conjectured that after the execution of Louis XVI., the young
-Dauphin was removed from the prison, sent to America and placed in an
-Indian family at St. Régis. Williams lived for many years with the
-Oneidas, and died at an advanced age. He was described as having been
-a man of portly physique, with large features and big hands and feet.
-His complexion was rather dark. I think it is probable that he was
-descended from half-breed Indian parents.
-
-It will be observed, that, the whole value of the evidence supporting
-the theory of his being the Dauphin, depends upon the accuracy of the
-story that he received two visits from the Prince de Joinville. This
-statement, if correct, appears however to establish the presumption
-that the Royal Family of France, may have had some doubts with regard
-to the truth of the report of the death of Louis XVII. in the Temple.
-It is certain that a boy, said to have been that young prince, was
-buried by the orders of the Commune in an obscure churchyard in the
-Faubourg St. Antoine, in the year 1795; but the evidence is scarcely
-conclusive upon the subject.
-
-[Illustration: _Plan of the region within which are the Earthworks of
- the Mound builders._]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV.
-
- ANCIENT INDIAN MOUNDS AND EARTHWORKS IN OHIO.
-
- Earthworks of the Mound Builders and their geographical
- position. — Miamisburgh Mound. — Grave Creek Mound. — Ages
- and contents of burial mounds. — Rectangular, circular and
- octagonal Inclosures near Newark. — Marietta Earthworks. —
- Discoveries made in a burial mound. — Fortifications near
- Portsmouth. — Encampments in the valley of the Scioto.
-
-
-The great earthworks in Ohio are the subject of much antiquarian
-interest and conjecture. Several surveys of them have been made for the
-purpose of ascertaining their purpose and the probable period of their
-construction, but nothing definite has yet been determined.
-
-In considering the various theories respecting the migrations of
-the aboriginal tribes, it is strange that traces of the same kind
-of encampments have not been found either in the North-West towards
-Asia, or in the southern parts of the valley of the Mississippi. It
-is difficult to understand how it happens that these works only occur
-within a comparatively confined region. Their actual geographical
-limits are contained within an area bounded approximately, towards the
-South, by the left bank of the river Ohio, from the neighbourhood of
-Cincinnati towards the West, to Wheeling towards the East, and not
-extending northwards beyond a line drawn from East to West through the
-centre of Ohio.
-
-Consequently it will be seen, upon making a reference to the map, that
-the works of the people called the Mound Builders, are situated within
-the southern division of the State including both banks of the Ohio
-river. These were their extreme limits, but the part of the country
-chiefly occupied by them has a much lesser area.
-
-It is evident from the positions of the earthworks, that the tribes
-which raised them thought it necessary to maintain their communications
-by water with the valley of the Ohio, and on the banks of that river
-they had several important fortifications or encampments. It is,
-however, upon the banks of the tributaries that fall into the Ohio from
-the North, that their settlements were most numerous, especially upon
-the Scioto, the Muskinghum and the streams entering those rivers near
-Newark and Chillicothe.
-
-The first earthwork that I visited was the great mound of Miamisburgh,
-which is situated upon the summit of high ground overlooking the
-valley of the Little Miami river. It was opened and examined in 1869,
-a few months before I saw it. In appearance and shape it resembled the
-largest of the Tumuli that were raised upon the plains of Troy, but the
-dimensions of this American mound are much greater. It is sixty-eight
-feet high, and has a circumference at the base of about eight hundred
-and thirty feet.
-
-A perpendicular shaft was sunk from the centre of the summit to the
-centre of the base, and two horizontal shafts were made, one at
-eighteen feet, and another at thirty-six feet respectively. At a
-depth of four feet from the top, there was a layer of wood ashes. At
-eight feet there was discovered a skeleton and some decayed wood. At
-fifteen feet there was a layer of charcoal and lime. At the depth of
-twenty-four feet a singular construction was found. It consisted of an
-upright stone, standing upon two flat stones, together with a number of
-rounded water-worn stones. With these there was some closely pressed
-material, looking like a kind of cloth made from wood fibre. Upon
-reaching the depth of thirty feet, there was discovered a quantity of
-charcoal and ashes. Six feet below this was a hollow space and, from
-the character of the contents within, it was supposed that there must
-have been a vault there, which had been surrounded and covered with
-logs of wood. At the base of the mound there was a large quantity of
-charcoal.
-
-Before the tumulus was opened, it had been conjectured that it was
-raised by the Indians for the purposes of observation. It is situated
-at the extreme western limit of the territories of the Mound Builders,
-and at a considerable distance from any of their other earthworks.
-The other great burial mound was placed in a similar manner beyond
-the eastern boundary at the confluence of a small stream called the
-Grave Creek with the Ohio, near Wheeling. On my way there by the
-river, I passed the mouths of the Scioto and Muskinghum, and the towns
-of Portsmouth and Marietta,[13] where are the remains of extensive
-encampments.
-
-The Grave Creek Mound is similar to that at Miamisburgh, but it is, in
-all its measurements, rather larger and rises to a height of seventy
-feet. In the early part of the present century, some slight excavations
-were made upon the slopes, and it was then ascertained that numerous
-skeletons were buried there.
-
-In the year 1838, a more thorough system of examination was adopted.
-A shaft was carried through horizontally from the surface of the
-ground at the base to the centre. Then a perpendicular shaft was sunk
-from the centre of the summit to the base, connecting these with the
-passage already opened. At three feet from the summit there was found
-a skeleton in a complete state of decay. Thirty-two feet lower down,
-there was a small vault or structure of logs of wood, within which was
-another skeleton also decayed. At the base there was a larger vault,
-containing two skeletons which were in a sufficiently well preserved
-condition to enable them, subsequently, to be exhibited. These
-skeletons were found to be partly enveloped in a fibrous material, and
-they were placed within a structure, formed by a number of upright logs
-of wood, covered by other similar logs placed horizontally. Upon the
-top of this roof there had been piled a small heap of stones.
-
-The excavation of the horizontal shaft, near the surface, disclosed a
-very singular system of burial.
-
-Dr. Clemens,[14] in his account of this operation, states that at a
-distance of twelve or fifteen feet were found masses of a substance
-composed of charcoal and burnt bones, and also that when enlarging the
-lower vault, in which were the two skeletons, ten more skeletons were
-discovered, all of them in a sitting posture, but in a state so fragile
-as to defy all attempts to preserve them. In this lower vault there
-were six hundred and fifty beads made of shell and perforated in the
-centre. In the smaller vault above, in which was the single skeleton,
-there were seventeen hundred shell beads, about one hundred and fifty
-small plates of mica perforated at their sides and corners, five
-hundred marine shells and five copper bands or bracelets which were
-placed on the bones of the arms.
-
-There was a tree growing upon the top of the mound which interfered
-with the operations. Dr. Clemens stated that it was two-and-a-half
-feet in diameter, and had three hundred growths from centre to
-circumference. Some years earlier another oak which had become decayed
-was cut down by the proprietor, who said that he had counted upon it
-nearly five hundred annual rings. The number of rings in the trunk of
-a tree, growing upon any part of the mound, gives clear evidence upon
-the question of its least age, and therefore it may be assumed that the
-date of the completion of the burial mound cannot be later than the
-fourteenth century. It is, however, possible that there may have been
-several successive growths of trees on the slopes, and in that case it
-may have been raised at some earlier period. The Miamisburgh mound, at
-the time when I saw it, was covered with trees, none of which appeared
-to be of great age. They must have been preceded by other growths.
-
-The nature of the ornaments buried with the skeletons in the Grave
-Creek mound, seems to prove that there must have been communications
-between these Ohio races, and the tribes dwelling to the South of
-the Mississippi valley,[15] for the small sea shells were considered
-to be of the same kind as those seen on the beaches in Florida. The
-glittering flat slabs of mica, which hung over the breast, either as
-ornaments or marks of distinction, were similar to those discovered in
-burial mounds in the Iroquois country, near Lake Ontario. The copper
-bracelets were of rude workmanship, and were probably hammered into
-their shape from lumps of native copper. Similar bracelets have been
-found in some smaller burial mounds in other parts of Ohio. Those
-examined by me were made in the most rough and simple manner. The
-copper seems to have been beaten out into the required lengths, and
-then bent over to form the bracelets. The shapes resembled the bangles
-made in Hindostan and Persia.
-
-There are circumstances with respect to the manner of burial by the
-Mound Builders which require to be noticed. It seems from the evidence
-of the various excavations that have been made, that it was frequently
-the custom to construct in the centre of the spot intended to be a
-burial place, a vault surrounded by upright logs of wood. In this was
-put the earliest burial, which was probably that of a chief. This vault
-was then covered with a roof of logs, and over it was piled a heap of
-stones. Other mounds were added in the course of time, and were placed
-on the surface of the ground in a circle surrounding the vault. This
-system of placing mounds was then continued in circles, one outside
-the other, until the space or area intended to be occupied was filled
-up. The later interments were probably made successively one above the
-other, until the tumulus was completed. The time that would elapse
-before a tribe had raised such a high mound as that at the Grave Creek,
-would necessarily be very long.
-
-In the town of Newark, situated in a part of the country which appears
-to have been much occupied by the races that built the ancient
-earthworks, a very interesting collection of local antiquities had been
-brought together. Amongst the various relics discovered in the mounds
-were, stone axes and chisels, quantities of rude coarse pottery, many
-shell beads, and some copper bracelets.
-
-Dr. Wilson, who was a resident in the neighbourhood, and took much
-personal interest in antiquarian investigations, told me he had
-observed that the larger burial places seemed to have been raised
-gradually, and at intervals. He had formed the opinion that the
-Indians usually traced upon the surface of the ground the outer base
-of the tumulus. Within the inclosed space a number of skeletons were
-then laid and covered over with layers of earth or small mounds. Over
-these, after a certain time had elapsed, more skeletons were placed
-and similarly covered. This system of burial was continued until the
-mound was completed. There were evidences of a great burning having
-taken place upon the top of every successive series of burials. The
-nature of the contents of such of the smaller mounds as had been opened
-varied in many respects. In some instances nothing was found except
-ashes and broken pottery. In others were skeletons together with stone
-pipes, chisels made of hard greenstone, flint arrow heads, bone awls
-and numerous beads. There were also occasionally found a few rudely
-made copper rings. In a mound which was supposed to be a child’s grave,
-a necklace of beads, strung upon a kind of fibre, was placed round the
-neck of the skeleton.
-
-There was a large cairn, above forty feet in height, placed a few
-miles south of the town, which was destroyed about the middle of the
-present century in order to obtain materials for constructing a portion
-of the banks of a canal. When the stones were removed, fifteen small
-mounds composed of earth were discovered ranged in a circle at some
-distance from the centre, and near the outer part of the base. There
-was also a central mound which contained a quantity of human bones. In
-one of the outer mounds the explorers saw a hollow wooden trough, in
-which was a skeleton and several rings made of copper. I examined some
-fragments of this trough that were preserved in the Museum. The wood
-was black and very hard. It was considered that the mounds beneath the
-cairn contained earth that must have been brought from a distance. This
-singular fact is in accordance with what has been observed in other
-Indian works, and probably has a special significance.
-
-Judging from the character of the relics that have been discovered
-in the Ohio mounds,[16] it does not appear that there is any reason
-to justify the conclusion that the Mound Builders differed in
-their condition of civilisation from the other Indian tribes. The
-consideration of this subject has been made perplexing in consequence
-of the existence of the numerous burial places of the tribes who were
-settled in this region after the arrival of the Europeans. In several
-mounds were found gunbarrels, silver crosses and other objects which
-are undoubtedly of foreign workmanship. The crosses were usually placed
-upon the breasts of the skeletons, and from this circumstance it is
-probable that they belonged to Indians who had been converted by the
-French missionaries.
-
-After I had seen the principal burial places of the Mound Builders, I
-proceeded to look at the largest and most important group of that class
-of earthworks, which were considered by Messrs. Squier and Davis, who
-surveyed them in 1845, to have been raised for the purpose of religious
-ceremonial, and who accordingly called them sacred inclosures. It has
-also been conjectured that they may have been fortified camps.
-
-They are situated a few miles from Newark, upon a slightly elevated
-plain, about forty feet above a river now called the Licking Creek.
-Upon two sides of them there are smaller streams, respectively named,
-South Fork and Racoon Creek: thus the camps are surrounded on three
-sides by water. The site chosen by the Indians was well adapted for
-the purpose of defence, when the habits or requirements of the tribes
-were such as to make it desirable for them to establish their dwelling
-places as near as possible to a river. The inclosures are designed
-with skill, and their construction must have involved arduous and long
-continued labour, which was probably executed in consequence of the
-apprehension of serious danger from the attacks of enemies. Upon an
-examination of their formation, it becomes evident that the men who
-traced the lines of the embankments, followed clear and well-defined
-rules.
-
-As these earthworks are, with respect to their principles of
-construction, the most remarkable of their kind in North America, it
-is expedient to investigate their plans with careful attention. The
-inclosure, which is marked A on the annexed ground plan, consists
-of a large octagonal work connected with a smaller circular work.
-The octagon contains an area of about forty acres, surrounded by an
-embankment whose existing average height slightly exceeds five feet.
-There are eight entrances or gateways placed at equal distances from
-each other. They are guarded by mounds, made sufficiently wide to
-extend a little beyond the width of the openings and thus cover the
-approach. These mounds are of the same height as the ramparts, and are
-placed within them. They were made flat upon the top, and possibly the
-platform thus made was useful for defensive operations.
-
-At one end of the inclosure the ramparts leave the octagon, and form
-two parallel banks leading into the circle B. This approach
-is nearly one hundred yards long and about fifteen yards wide. At its
-termination the banks turn to the right and left, and form a circular
-work containing an area of twenty acres. At the outer edge of the
-circle and opposite to the entrance, is placed a large flat-topped
-mound, attached to, but outside the general line of the banks. This
-mound, according to my measurements, was twelve feet in perpendicular
-height, and had a platform on its summit which was about one hundred
-and eighty feet long by thirty feet wide. In consequence of being
-several feet higher than the embankments and outside their line, it
-commands the approaches to that part of the inclosure. There is no
-exterior or interior ditch to either of these works.
-
-[Illustration: _Plan of Indian Inclosures and Parallel Embankments near
- Newark, Ohio_]
-
-From the central, or eastern opening of the octagon a long low line
-of parallel embankments connect it with another group of earthworks
-which, in the plan, is marked C. The inclosure has been, in
-many parts, destroyed or levelled, but it is possible to trace its
-original form. It appears to have been an exact square, containing
-an area of twenty acres. This square is connected with the circular
-work D by parallel banks in the same manner as the octagon
-is joined to the circle B, but they are of greater length
-and magnitude. At the entrance, where the banks diverge outwards and
-begin to form the curve of the circle, they rise to a height exceeding
-fifteen feet.
-
-The appearance of these great avenues of approach, and the inclosing
-banks, covered with forest trees, is very impressive, and it can be
-well understood why it has been thought probable that the circular
-work was raised for the purpose of performing religious or sacrificial
-ceremonies. With respect to that opinion it should be observed that, in
-this particular instance, the theory that the lofty banks were intended
-as a fortification is to some extent doubtful, because it happens that
-the ditch is placed within the ramparts. This method of defence is
-unquestionably opposed to all the rules of European fortification.
-Possibly in the systems of Indian warfare where stockades were
-generally used, and sometimes placed on the sides of sloping banks, an
-inner ditch may have been considered more capable of defence than one
-placed externally.
-
-The inclosure, like that at B, is in the shape of a circle.
-It contains an area of about twenty-six acres. The ramparts have an
-average height of nearly twelve feet, and the depth of the ditch is
-over nine feet. At that part of the work which is near the entrance,
-the dimensions are, however, of still greater importance, and the
-perpendicular height measured from the bottom of the ditch exceeds
-twenty-eight feet. The length of the inner slope may be estimated as
-being about forty-two feet. In the centre of the inclosure, there is a
-low heap of earth and stones which, in consequence of its shape, has
-received the name of the eagle mound. It is not improbable that this
-was the spot where, after the Indians returned from their wars, their
-prisoners were tied to a stake, then tortured, and burnt in accordance
-with the usual customs, and war dances with other savage ceremonies,
-were performed in the presence of the women and children assembled
-around.
-
-When taking into consideration the various circumstances which are
-apparent in the[17]Newark inclosures, particular attention should be
-given to the fact that their ground plans are geometrical figures.
-Thus the circle B is accurately traced. D has some small difference
-in the lengths of its diameters, but is very nearly a true circle.
-The square has its four sides equal, and all its angles are right
-angles. The octagon is carefully laid down, and its angles are almost
-mathematically correct.
-
-The plans and measurements are evidences of the existence of mental
-capacities which were far in advance of those of the present Indian
-races, who are remarkable for their extreme indifference to all ideas
-of regularity of form, and who have not, and never could have had, the
-slightest acquaintance with the rules of geometry.
-
-The Licking river, after passing these inclosures, finally enters the
-Muskinghum, and the Muskinghum falls into the Ohio. The confluence
-takes place near the town of Marietta, where there are groups of
-earthworks which, in many respects, resemble those at Newark, and
-some of the areas were equal. The positions for the inclosures
-were evidently chosen upon similar principles. They were upon a
-comparatively elevated plateau, and had direct communication with the
-river.
-
-In the early part of the present century some discoveries were made,
-which were considered to be of the utmost importance. It was thought
-that they had a direct bearing upon the question of the civilisation
-and antiquity of the Mound Builders, and a letter, written by Dr.
-Hildreth, has been acknowledged to be a very important contribution to
-the evidence upon these subjects.[18]
-
-The letter ran as follows:-
-
- “Marietta, July 19th, 1819.
-
- “In removing the earth which composed an ancient mound in one
- of the streets of Marietta, on the margin of the plain, near
- the fortifications, several curious articles were discovered
- the latter part of June last. They appear to have been buried
- with the body of the person to whose memory this mound was
- erected.
-
-[Illustration: INCLOSURES AT MARIETTA. 1837.]
-
- “Lying immediately over, or on the forehead of the body, were
- found three large circular bosses, or ornaments for a sword
- belt, or a buckler; they are composed of copper, overlaid
- with a thick plate of silver. The fronts of them are slightly
- convex, with a depression, like a cup, in the centre, and
- measure two inches and a quarter across the face of each. On
- the back side, opposite the depressed portion, is a copper
- rivet or nail, around which are two separate plates, by which
- they were fastened to the leather. Two small pieces of the
- leather were found lying between the plates of one of the
- bosses; they resemble the skin of an old mummy, and seem to
- have been preserved by the salts of the copper. The plates of
- copper are nearly reduced to an oxyde, or rust. The silver
- looks quite black, but is not much corroded, and on rubbing,
- it becomes quite brilliant. Two of these are yet entire; the
- third one is so much wasted, that it dropped in pieces on
- removing it from the earth. Around the rivet of one of them
- is a small quantity of flax or hemp, in a tolerable state of
- preservation. Near the side of the body was found a plate of
- silver which appears to have been the upper part of a sword
- scabbard; it is six inches in length and two inches in breadth,
- and weighs one ounce; it has no ornaments or figures, but has
- three longitudinal ridges, which probably corresponded with
- edges, or ridges of the sword; it seems to have been fastened
- to the scabbard by three or four rivets, the holes of which
- yet remain in the silver.
-
- “Two or three broken pieces of a copper tube, were also found,
- filled with iron rust. These pieces, from their appearance,
- composed the lower end of the scabbard, near the point of the
- sword. No sign of the sword itself was discovered, except the
- appearance of rust above mentioned.
-
- “Near the feet, was found a piece of copper, weighing three
- ounces. From its shape it appears to have been used as a plumb,
- or for an ornament, as near one of the ends is a circular
- crease, or groove, for tying a thread; it is round, two inches
- and a half in length, one inch in diameter at the centre, and
- half-an-inch at each end. It is composed of small pieces of
- native copper, pounded together; and in the cracks between the
- pieces, are stuck several pieces of silver; one nearly the size
- of a four-penny piece, or half a dime. This copper ornament
- was covered with a coat of green rust, and is considerably
- corroded. A piece of red ochre, or paint, and a piece of
- iron ore, which has the appearance of having been partially
- vitrified, or melted, were also found. The ore is about the
- specific gravity of pure iron.
-
- “The body of the person here buried, was laid on the surface of
- the earth, with his face upwards, and his feet pointing to the
- north-east, and head to the south-west. From the appearance of
- several pieces of charcoal, and bits of partially burnt fossil
- coal, and the black colour of the earth, it would appear that
- the funeral obsequies had been celebrated by fire; and while
- the ashes were yet hot and smoking, a circle of flat stones
- had been laid around and over the body. The circular covering
- is about eight feet in diameter, and the stones yet look
- black, as if stained by fire and smoke. This circle of stones
- seems to have been the nucleus on which the mound was formed,
- as immediately over them is heaped the common earth of the
- adjacent plain, composed of a clayey sand and coarse gravel.
- This mound must originally have been about ten feet high, and
- thirty feet in diameter at its base. At the time of opening
- it, the height was six feet, and diameter between thirty and
- forty. It has every appearance of being as old as any in the
- neighbourhood, and was, at the first settlement of Marietta,
- covered with large trees, the remains of whose roots were yet
- apparent in digging away the earth. It also seems to have been
- made for this single personage, as the remains of one skeleton
- only were discovered. The bones were much decayed, and many of
- them crumbled to dust on exposure to the air. From the length
- of some of them, it is supposed the person was about six feet
- in height.
-
- “Nothing unusual was discovered in their form, except that
- those of the skull were uncommonly thick. The situation of
- the mound on high ground, near the margin of the plain, and
- the porous quality of the earth, are admirably calculated
- to preserve any perishable substance from the certain
- decay which would attend it in many other situations. To
- these circumstances, is attributed the tolerable state of
- preservation in which several of the articles above described
- were found, after lying in the earth for several centuries. We
- say _centuries_, from the fact that trees were found growing
- on those ancient works, whose ages were ascertained to amount
- to between four and five hundred years each, by counting the
- concentric circles in the stumps after the trees were cut down;
- and on the ground, besides them, were other trees in a state of
- decay, that appeared to have fallen from old age.”
-
-It should be observed with reference to the statements made in the
-above letter, that the age of the trees, said to have been estimated by
-the early settlers at Marietta, has generally been accepted as being
-correct, and based upon direct and accurate evidence. Consequently it
-would be necessary to admit that the earthworks were raised at some
-period before the fifteenth century.
-
-Passing from the question of this date, as calculated by the annular
-rings counted upon the trees, to the subject of the contents of the
-burial mound which was excavated in the presence of Dr. Hildreth; the
-problem that has chiefly to be solved is the age of the silver-plated
-ornaments. It is difficult to fix the time when these were made, but
-judging from the sketches of them, as published in the account of these
-discoveries, the ornaments appear to have been such as would have been
-placed upon the sword belt and scabbard of a European officer of rank.
-
-When the inclosures and their ramparts were for the first time surveyed
-and described in the year 1805, it was observed that there were
-parallel passages or protected ways leading from the larger of the
-forts down to the river. These appear to correspond with the parallels
-that can still be traced at Newark, and which also lead to the river.
-Those at Marietta were however more remarkable, because, in order to
-obtain the gradual approach which was required, it was necessary,
-apparently, to excavate the river bank in such a manner as to make a
-sunken road. A conveniently sloped communication with the water was
-thus constructed. It is probable that at the river side where the
-protecting embankments terminated, a fleet of canoes was kept ready for
-use or escape.
-
-The next confluence of rivers below Marietta, occurs at the point
-where the Scioto falls into the Ohio. Near the spot where the town of
-Portsmouth is now situated, are traces of an extensive series of low
-embankments which seem to have been made for temporary entrenchments.
-On the opposite or south bank of the river, there was an inclosure
-constructed in the shape of a square, each of the sides being eight
-hundred feet long; the area inclosed was nearly fifteen acres. The
-embankments were over twelve feet high: and there was no ditch.
-
-This fort was brought into especial notice in consequence of a strange
-discovery. A large number of iron pickaxes, shovels and gunbarrels were
-found buried in the ramparts. It has been conjectured that they were
-hidden there by the French soldiers when they retreated down the Ohio
-after the capture of Fort Du Quesne[19] by the British forces in the
-year 1758. The Indian fortifications on the banks of that river were
-placed upon the direct line of the communication with the other French
-forts in the valley of the Mississippi and Louisiana. In the ordinary
-course of events they would probably have been used by the French and
-their Indian allies, when they happened to be in their neighbourhood.
-
-The valley of the river Scioto above Portsmouth, towards Chillicothe,
-was evidently much frequented by the Indians, who dwelt in inclosures
-resembling in their formation the square and circular works at
-Newark, although the embankments were of smaller dimensions. A brief
-description of one of them as it existed when first surveyed, is
-sufficient to give a knowledge of the usual plans of these encampments.
-It was situated on the left bank of a tributary of the Scioto, called
-Paint Creek.
-
-There was a square inclosure, each of whose sides was one thousand and
-eighty feet in length. Attached to this square, which contained an area
-of twenty-seven acres, was a large circular inclosure having a diameter
-of about seventeen hundred feet. This circle had another smaller work
-connected with it which was also circular, and had a diameter of eight
-hundred feet. The embankments of all these inclosures were low, and did
-not anywhere exceed five feet in height. The position of the gateways
-and the mounds protecting them was the same as in the octagonal work
-at Newark. The large circle had an opening into it leading out of the
-square, and the small circle had also one opening which connected it
-with the other.
-
-This part of Ohio was, in the eighteenth century, occupied by
-settlements of the Shawnee tribes. In several of the burial mounds,
-which are supposed to have belonged to them, there have been found
-copper kettles, silver crosses and iron gunbarrels—all of which must
-have been unquestionably made by workmen of European descent.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V.
-
- MOUNDS AND EARTHWORKS IN OHIO.
-
- Ancient Fortified Inclosures at Circleville. — Discoveries in
- a Burial Mound. — Alligator Totem near Newark. — Fort Ancient. —
- Age of Trees growing upon the Ramparts at Fort Hill. —
- Traditions. — Geometrical Ground Plans of Indian Inclosures. —
- Conclusions.
-
-
-Before quitting the subject of those ancient earthworks, which were
-planned upon geometrical figures, it is necessary to take into
-consideration certain inclosures that were situated in the higher parts
-of the Scioto Valley, in a position which is at the present time,
-occupied by the town of Circleville.
-
-The embankments or ramparts have been razed to the ground, and no
-traces remain of what appears to have been one of the most perfect
-examples of the mathematical accuracy of that type of construction. It
-is fortunate that during the demolition of the works, there happened
-to be present an antiquarian of such an acknowledged reputation as
-Mr. Atwater, for he has written a full account of their form and
-dimensions,[20] together with a report upon the strange discoveries
-made when excavating a burial mound, inside the circular inclosure near
-its centre. Mr. Atwater, who evidently took careful measurements,[21]
-wrote a statement which includes the following extracts:-
-
- “There are two forts, one being an exact circle, the other an
- exact square. The former is surrounded by two walls, with a
- deep ditch between them. The latter is encompassed by one wall,
- without any ditch. The former was sixty-nine rods in diameter,
- measuring from outside to outside of the circular outer wall;
- the latter is exactly fifty-five rods square measuring the
- same way. The walls of the circular fort were at least twenty
- feet in height, measuring from the bottom of the ditch, before
- the town of Circleville was built. The inner wall was of clay,
- taken up probably in the northern part of the fort, where was a
- low place, and is still considerably lower than any other part
- of the work. The outside wall was taken from the ditch which
- is between these walls, and is alluvial, consisting of pebbles
- worn smooth in water, and sand, to a very considerable depth,
- more than fifty feet at least. The outside of the walls is
- about five or six feet in height now; on the inside, the ditch
- is, at present, generally not more than fifteen feet. They are
- disappearing before us daily, and will soon be gone. The walls
- of the square fort are at this time, where left standing, about
- ten feet in height. There were eight gateways or openings
- leading into the square fort, and only one into the circular
- fort. Before each of these openings was a mound of earth,
- perhaps four feet high, forty feet perhaps in diameter at the
- base, and twenty or upwards at the summit. These mounds, for
- two rods or more, are exactly in front of the gateways, and
- were intended for the defence of these openings.” ...
-
-[Illustration: INCLOSURES AT CIRCLEVILLE.
-
- Reduced from the survey of Mr. Atwater.]
-
- “The extreme care of the authors of these works to protect and
- defend every part of the circle, is nowhere visible about this
- square fort. The former is defended by two high walls, the
- latter by one. The former has a deep ditch encircling it, this
- has none. The former could be entered at one place only; this
- at eight, and those about twenty feet broad.” ... “The round
- fort was picketed in, if we are to judge from the appearance of
- the ground on and about the walls. Half-way up the outside of
- the inner wall, is a place distinctly to be seen, where a row
- of _pickets_ once stood, and where it was placed when this work
- of defence was originally erected.” ...
-
- “What surprised me on measuring these forts, was the exact
- manner in which they had laid down their circle and square;
- so that after every effort, by the most careful survey, to
- detect some error in their measurement, we found that it was
- impossible, and that the measurement was much more correct
- than it would have been, in all probability, had the present
- inhabitants undertaken to construct such a work.”
-
-The mound that had been raised within the circle was ten feet high.
-Its summit had been levelled in order to obtain a platform which had a
-diameter of nearly thirty feet, and had probably been used as a site
-for the dwelling of the chief of the tribe. Mr. Atwater watched the
-proceedings when this mound was destroyed. He states that it contained:—
-
- (1).—“Two human skeletons lying on what had been the original
- surface of the earth.
-
- (2).—“A great quantity of arrow heads, some of which were so
- large as to induce a belief that they were used for spear heads.
-
- (3).—“The handle either of a small sword or a large knife,
- made of an elk’s horn; around the end where the blade had been
- inserted, was a ferule of silver which, though black, was not
- much injured by time. Though the handle showed the hole where
- the blade had been inserted, yet no iron was found, but an
- oxyde remained of similar shape and size.
-
- (4).—“Charcoal and wood ashes on which these articles lay,
- which were surrounded by several bricks very well burnt. The
- skeleton appeared to have been burned in a large and very hot
- fire, which had almost consumed the bones of the deceased.
- This skeleton was deposited a little to the south of the
- centre of the tumulus, and, about twenty feet to the north of
- it was another, with which were—
-
- (5).—“A large mirror, about three feet in length, and one foot
- and a half in breadth, and one inch and a half in thickness.
- This mirror was of isinglass (mica membranacea) and on it—
-
- (6).—“A plate of iron which had become an oxyde; but before it
- was disturbed by the spade, resembled a plate of cast iron.
- The mirror answered the purpose very well for which it was
- intended. This skeleton had also been burned like the former,
- and lay on charcoal and a considerable quantity of wood ashes.
- A part of the mirror is in my possession as well as a piece of
- brick, taken from the spot at the time.”
-
-About two hundred yards from this tumulus, and outside the circular
-inclosure was a large mound, supposed to have been the common Indian
-cemetery. It contained an immense number of human skeletons of all
-sizes and ages. The skeletons are laid horizontally, with their heads
-generally towards the centre, and the feet towards the outside of the
-tumulus. A considerable part of this work still stands uninjured,
-except by time. In it have been found, besides these skeletons, stone
-axes and knives, and several ornaments with holes through them, by
-means of which, with a cord passing through these perforations, they
-could be worn by their owners.
-
-The vestiges of occupation that have been left by those ancient tribes
-who raised the earthworks in this region are not of a character that
-render it possible to form any absolute conclusions about them.
-
-There are, however, in Ohio two large and important mounds built in the
-shape of animals which may, possibly, have been made for the purpose
-of indicating the emblems which were adopted by the Indians as their
-totems. One of these is placed on the summit of a hill overlooking the
-valley of one of the tributaries of the Licking river, and about three
-miles from the octagonal inclosure near Newark.
-
-In consequence of its shape, it is called the Alligator. There have
-been various theories with regard to this strange earthwork, and it has
-been supposed that sacrificial ceremonies were performed there. I had
-expected to find this figure to a certain extent excavated upon the
-surface of the earth, but I observed, upon examining it, that it was a
-regularly built up mound of considerable size.
-
-The other large totem, which represents a huge serpent, is upon the
-brow of a hill about one hundred miles to the South-west of the
-Alligator, above a small river called the Brush Creek. According to the
-measurements of the earliest surveyors, its length, if extended, is
-about one thousand feet. It was five feet high in the centre, and had,
-at that part, a base of thirty feet, which diminished towards the head
-and tail.[22]
-
-Upon the slopes of the hills near the Alligator, there are numerous
-remains of ancient earthworks. One of the most extensive of them was in
-every respect different from those at Newark, and other geometrically
-designed works, and seems to have been raised for other purposes, or
-possibly by a different tribe. Its embankments, which are irregular in
-their form, are in no part higher than six feet, and are thrown up in
-such a manner as to inclose the top of a small hill, which is situated
-a short distance from the Alligator. The area contained within them is
-about eighteen acres. In the centre there is a small circular earthwork
-nearly one hundred yards in circumference, and in another part of the
-inclosure there are two mounds which have been opened. They contained
-large quantities of ashes and some broken pottery.
-
-There are also other camping grounds near the river. The largest of
-them inclosed a space exceeding twenty acres, and was surrounded
-by a low bank evidently thrown up for the purposes of inclosing a
-temporary encampment. Near the Alligator totem I noticed a singular
-earthwork made in the shape of a half-moon. The farmers living in the
-neighbourhood told me that they had opened and destroyed many of the
-small mounds that had been upon their lands. In all cases they had
-contained nothing but fragments of rough pottery, together with small
-heaps of ashes.[23]
-
-Finally, there remains to be taken into consideration those great
-earthworks on the hills which have been specially classified as having
-been undoubtedly raised for the purposes of defence, and which
-entirely differ from such works as those that were placed upon the
-plains. The largest of these camps has been called Fort Ancient, and
-it must be acknowledged to be one of the most important fortified
-entrenchments that has ever been constructed in any part of the world.
-
-It is placed upon the summit of a hill overlooking the Little Miami
-river about thirty miles above its junction with the Ohio. The site
-that was chosen by the Indians is remarkable for its natural strength
-and is, upon three sides of it, almost impregnable. The hill which is
-about two hundred and thirty feet above the valley, is in the form of
-a narrow promontory having almost precipitous sides except where it is
-joined to the plateau. The Little Miami winds round one part of the
-base, and some small tributary streams join it from the other side.
-
-The shape and length of the embankments are shown in the accompanying
-plan, which is a reduction that I have drawn from one that was made
-in 1843 by Professor Locke of Cincinnati.[24] It will be observed
-that the ramparts follow closely the curves of the ridge of the hill
-and that the camp is practically divided into two parts, the outer
-division being near the plain, and the inner one being at the head of
-the promontory, where the sides of the hill are the most steep and
-inaccessible. The latter was probably intended as a final stronghold in
-the event of the outer work being captured.
-
-The magnitude of the inclosing embankments of the outer camp is
-astonishing. It is here that the position is most open to direct
-attack, and no efforts or labour have been spared in carrying out
-what was thought necessary to prevent capture. No Roman or British
-encampment that I have seen surpasses this great Indian work. I walked
-round the entire circuit of the ramparts. They are not less than four
-miles in length. They follow every curve of the hill and the heads of
-all the numerous ravines.
-
-[Illustration: _Fort Ancient_]
-
-The ground of the inclosure is level. At the time of my visit it was
-covered with forest trees, amongst which were many poplars. Upon the
-slopes of the embankments there was a luxuriant growth of large beeches
-and oaks. The quantity of earth that must have been conveyed and thrown
-up when forming these banks must have been enormous. The ramparts
-vary in height between ten and twenty feet according to the character
-of the natural defence afforded by the slopes of the hill. At the
-approach from the plain they are fifteen feet high and have a base of
-sixty-three feet. The platform at the top averages five feet wide.
-
-There is no ditch. Nothing could more clearly mark the difference
-between this fortification and one that would have been made by a white
-race. An outer ditch is usually considered as not only of essential
-importance in works of defence, but its excavation supplies the earth
-required for the ramparts. It seems evident that either these Indians
-in their method of defensive warfare did not always consider a ditch to
-be useful, or it is possible that, in consequence of not having shovels
-or pickaxes, they preferred obtaining earth in some other manner which
-they found more convenient.
-
-Upon inquiring among the farmers who were occupying the adjacent land,
-I found that there was a prevalent opinion amongst them that the earth
-composing these embankments had been brought from a distance and that
-it had been carried by hand. It was also believed by them that the fort
-could not have been made by Indians and that it was built at a very
-remote period by some other race.
-
-When walking upon the top of the broad ramparts I observed that there
-were no evidences of the excavations that supplied the earth for the
-formation of the enormous banks. In some parts of the interior there
-were some shallow depressions, and also several holes which had been
-made for some unknown purpose, but they could not have provided the
-quantities required. It is possible, and, I think probable, that the
-earth was taken from the surface of the land within the inclosure. A
-shallow excavation made to a depth not exceeding six inches over the
-whole area of one hundred and forty acres would have given a sufficient
-supply. The methods of digging the ground, and of conveying the earth
-must necessarily have been very primitive, and it is surprising that,
-with all the difficulties that had to be overcome, works of such
-magnitude should have been raised.
-
-At a gap in an angle over-looking the river the remains of a road,
-which led down to the water, can still be traced. At the part where
-this road entered the fort it is evident that it had been paved
-with flat water-worn stones. The ramparts here reach their greatest
-dimensions, being fully twenty feet high. The appearance of Fort
-Ancient from this position was very remarkable, and the effect was
-heightened by the beautiful foliage of the forest trees that crowned
-the summits of these lofty earthworks.
-
-The inner part of the camp was strongly fortified. High banks were
-raised across the narrow part of the enclosure at the centre, and
-two mounds guarded the approach. The road to the outer camp from the
-plain was also protected by two mounds, and from these there ran low
-parallels for a distance of nearly fourteen hundred yards. They then
-terminated by closing round another mound which was probably used for
-the purpose of a look-out. Some labourers at a farm near this position
-told me that there once existed other parallel banks connected with the
-fort, which could be traced for several miles, but that these had been
-destroyed.
-
-There are certain features in the construction of this fortification
-which have attracted attention, but their purpose has not been, and
-probably cannot be, explained. There are not less than seventy gaps
-or openings leading out of the embankments. It has been supposed that
-these were intended to allow the escape of water from the interior.
-There is another theory which has been suggested, according to which
-it is thought possible that they were openings made with the object
-of enabling the Indians to rush out at several points to repel their
-enemies, and that they were fenced by stockades.
-
-It, however, happens that these gaps are sometimes in positions where
-the slopes of the hill are so steep as to be practically inaccessible,
-and at other places they are on the level ground from which no surplus
-waters could drain away. They seem to have formed part of the system
-of fortification, for they occur in the same inexplicable manner at
-another hill work of defence, built under similar conditions, on the
-summit of a promontory with precipitous slopes, about forty miles to
-the south-east of this position, which was evidently built by the same
-race.
-
-This large earthwork is called Fort Hill, and it is singular in the
-respect of having afforded to its surveyor the means of forming a
-judgment upon the question of its antiquity. Consequently it has become
-possible to establish well-founded conclusions with respect to the
-dates of the construction of earthworks of a similar character.
-
-Professor Locke, in his report on the geology of that part of Ohio,
-stated that on the top of the wall of Fort Hill stood a chestnut tree
-six feet in diameter. “Counting and measuring,” he observes, “the
-annual layers of wood where an axeman had cut into the trunk, I found
-them at nearly 200 to the foot, which would give to this tree the age
-of 600 years. A poplar tree, seven feet in diameter, standing in the
-ditch, allowing the thickness to the layers which I have found in
-like poplars, 170 to the foot, would give nearly the same result, 607
-years.”[25]
-
-Accepting the deductions of Professor Locke as being correct, it
-follows that the period when this hill fort was constructed was not
-later than the thirteenth century. Admitting that the thirteenth
-century, is therefore the latest age that can be ascribed to works
-of this type, they may be much older, for the forest trees within the
-inclosures may have succeeded earlier growths.
-
-It is not possible to form an estimate of the age of earthworks from
-their appearance,[26] and it is only by counting the annual rings
-of trees that happen to have been growing upon them, that any safe
-theories respecting their antiquity can be adopted.
-
-Looking at the geographical position of Fort Ancient, with reference
-to the other hill works of defence that are supposed to have been
-made by the Mound Builders, there are good reasons for assuming that
-this was their last stronghold, built with the intention of creating
-a permanent barrier against the attacks of their enemies. In time
-of war it was a secure encampment, large enough to contain the men,
-women and children of a numerous tribe. In time of peace it was well
-situated for the usual requirements of Indians. It was in the midst
-of a country abounding with game, and was immediately connected with
-a good navigable river which enabled their canoes to maintain direct
-communications with the Ohio and Mississippi.
-
-Although, as far as I was able to judge, there was nothing in the
-principles of construction of the hill defensive works which appeared
-to be beyond the capacities of a purely Indian race, I invariably
-found that the men who were settled as farmers near the principal
-entrenchments held the opinion that they must have been raised by a
-people possessing a superior condition of civilisation to the tribes
-who occupied the land at the close of the eighteenth century, and who
-were personally known by many of the early settlers.
-
-It is, perhaps, desirable that these local opinions should not be
-altogether disregarded, especially when it is remembered that they are
-supported to some extent by Indian traditions and by the fact that no
-embankments of a similar formation exist in any other part of North
-America. It is therefore necessary that the statements of the Indians,
-respecting the previous occupation of parts of Ohio and Kentucky by men
-of a white race, should be given a passing consideration.
-
-The Shawnees, who were found to be in possession of this region,
-informed the European colonists that the ancient forts had been made
-by white people, who after long wars against the Indians had been
-exterminated. Their traditions upon this subject were said to have been
-clear and decided.
-
-On the other hand the statements of the Delawares, who were settled in
-the Northern parts of the State point to other conclusions. They said
-that the men who had raised the forts and entrenchments were called
-the Tallegewi, and that great wars took place between them and the
-Iroquois. After many years the Tallegewi were defeated and left the
-country. The Delawares made no allusion with respect to any differences
-of race or colour between the Tallegewi and the other Indian tribes.
-
-It is much to be regretted that the evidence upon this interesting
-subject is so vague and obscure. If men of foreign origin had been
-settled in Ohio before the fourteenth century it would be reasonable
-to expect that traces of them would have been left there or some
-remaining indications of their religion. In the reports and letters of
-the French missionaries, many of whom spoke and understood the language
-of the tribes amongst whom they lived, there is no mention made of any
-rumours or traditions of white people having dwelt in this part of
-America. There were however at a later period, about the middle of the
-eighteenth century, certain statements made by officers and men who had
-been made prisoners by the Indians, which, at that time, received much
-attention. A cavalry officer, named Stuart, said that in the country
-west of Mississippi he had seen a tribe of Indians who were remarkably
-white in colour and had reddish hair. He was informed by them that
-their forefathers came from a foreign land and had settled in Florida,
-but that when the Spaniards invaded that country they moved to their
-present dwelling places. A fellow-captive, who was a Welshman, declared
-that he understood the language of the tribe, as it differed very
-little from what was spoken in Wales.
-
-Other reports of a similar character were made by men who had lived
-with tribes occupying lands near the southern parts of the Mississippi
-valley. It has also been noticed that Indians having fair hair and
-blue eyes, were living with the Mandans in their settlements near the
-Missouri. With respect to the statements about Welsh speaking Indians,
-it is possible that the captives may have been influenced by the
-belief in the truth of the tradition that ships, under the direction
-of Prince Madoc, left the Welsh coasts in the twelfth century and
-landed their crews and emigrants on the eastern shores of the Florida
-peninsula.[27]
-
-It is not, however, necessary to account for the existence of large
-but irregular embankments, such as those at Fort Ancient, by the
-supposition that the actions of a numerous tribe of Indians were under
-the influence or direction of men belonging to another race. But it is
-otherwise with reference to the geometrical inclosures on the plains,
-for these must have been unquestionally planned by men who possessed a
-competent knowledge of the methods of tracing mathematical designs.
-
-Take for example the plans of the works at Newark and Circleville.
-It may be thought that simple figures, such as the squares, would be
-within the comprehension of uneducated Indians. It would nevertheless
-be found difficult to lay down upon open fields a square, with all the
-sides equal and its angles true right angles, containing so large an
-area as twenty acres.[28]
-
-[Illustration: OCTAGONAL AND CIRCULAR INCLOSURES NEAR NEWARK.]
-
-The execution of the outlines of correct circles inclosing spaces of
-nearly thirty acres, presents still greater difficulties. It would
-have required a specially trained mind to form the conception of a
-circumference having an imaginary point within, from which all lines
-drawn to it would be equal.
-
-But the figure which would have been absolutely impracticable to
-construct without proper surveying appliances for making accurate
-measurements, and fixing the true angles, is that of the octagon. Even
-under the most favourable circumstances, with the help of suitable
-instruments, it would have required much skill and calculation to
-trace a true octagon whose embankments contained within them an area
-exceeding forty acres. It is difficult to suppose that an accurately
-designed work of this shape and magnitude could have been planned by
-Indians, or that the construction of a figure so essentially scientific
-and unusual, could have been originated by them. It is therefore
-possible to conclude, that, the geometrical earthworks in Ohio may have
-been raised by native tribes, acting under the direction of European
-surveyors, or of men who had received a mathematical education.
-
-Considerations upon the subject of the race and capacity of the
-builders, have been to some extent complicated by the reports that were
-made concerning the ages of the trees that grew upon and within the
-ancient ramparts at Marietta. In the letter of Dr. Hildreth, quoted
-in the previous chapter, it is clearly stated that trees were growing
-there which were from four to five hundred years old.
-
-As this evidence is very important it is desirable to examine it with
-attention. This statement was made when he was attempting to fix an
-approximate date for the age of a burial mound which was placed near
-the fortifications. It was at the bottom of this mound that were
-discovered the ornaments of a sword belt and scabbard. These ornaments
-were made of copper and plated with silver, and must therefore have
-been of European manufacture.
-
-The calculation of the age of the trees is probably based upon the
-results of an examination that took place shortly after the settlement
-of Marietta during the latter part of the eighteenth century. It was
-at that time decided by several of the inhabitants to fell some of
-the largest and oldest trees then growing within the earthworks, and
-ascertain their ages by counting the number of annual rings contained
-in them. The operations were executed in the presence of Governor St.
-Clair and the Rev. Dr. Cutler. Several of the trees were found to have
-between three hundred and four hundred circles. One tree was carefully
-examined and Dr. Cutler stated that it contained at least four hundred
-and sixty-three circles.[29]
-
-As nothing can be more conclusive as a proof of age than the number
-of rings found in any tree growing beyond the tropics, this evidence
-establishes an antiquity for these embankments earlier than the middle
-of the fourteenth century.
-
-The ages of the trees growing upon the Marietta inclosures do not
-however enable a date to be estimated for the construction of such
-works as those at Newark, for the shapes at Marietta are irregular
-and, according to the survey, do not appear to have been laid down
-with geometrical accuracy. It is therefore probable that the Newark
-inclosures were made at some later period.
-
-The fact of a ferule of silver and a plate of iron having been placed
-with the skeletons in the burial mound at Circleville leads to the
-conclusion that the tumulus like the one at Marietta was raised since
-the time of the arrival of the Europeans. On account of its having been
-placed within the inclosure it was originally conjectured that it
-belonged to the same people that formed the surrounding embankment, but
-the evidence is not sufficient to establish the correctness of a theory
-of such importance.
-
-It is difficult to understand what could have been the object of the
-Indians in constructing large earthworks in the shapes of squares and
-circles. Various theories have been advanced upon the subject, but
-nothing that can be considered satisfactory has yet been ascertained.
-Upon an examination of the plans it naturally occurs to the mind
-to endeavour to form an opinion as to the reasons which led to the
-adoption of these particular forms.
-
-It is probable that these types of inclosures would be convenient for
-the habits and purposes of an Indian tribe during peace, and that
-they afforded protection in war. The square inclosures may have been
-intended to contain the village, the dwellings of the chiefs, and the
-council house. The circles, with their single opening for approach,
-which could be strongly guarded, would in that case be the strongholds
-in which, during hostilities, would be placed the women and children.
-A circular fort, such as that at Newark, would, under the usual
-conditions of Indian warfare, be practically impregnable. In the event
-of the outer square being captured it would have a sufficient area to
-give the space that would be wanted for the defending tribe.
-
-The antiquity of these works is a problem that does not possess all
-the elements that are required for its solution. But in consequence
-of the exceptional system of construction certain inferences can be
-determined. It may be assumed that the geometrically shaped inclosures
-could not have been planned by Indians, and that therefore the
-square, circular and octagonal works, were constructed at some period
-subsequent to the landing of the Spaniards in Florida, in the beginning
-of the sixteenth century.[30]
-
-If these embankments were raised before that period, it would be
-almost necessary to admit, that white men possessing a knowledge of
-mathematics were living amongst the Indians before the discovery of
-America by Columbus in 1492.
-
-The difficult and interesting questions relating to the origin,
-civilisation and fate of the Mound Builders, have been the subjects of
-frequent investigations and of numerous theories. They appear to have
-inhabited Ohio for many centuries.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI.
-
- The burning of the Steamer Stonewall. — Indian Mounds and
- Earthworks at Cahokia. — Confluence of the Mississippi and
- Missouri. — Sacs and Foxes. — Education of Indians. — Nauvoo. —
- Winona. — Sioux Encampment. — Ancient Mounds near St. Paul’s. —
- The Sioux War in Minnesota. — Note upon the Ogallalas.
-
-
-Upon the conclusion of a navigation of the waters of the Ohio, which
-had extended over a distance exceeding nine hundred miles, we arrived
-at the mouth of that river, and proceeded on our course up the
-Mississippi. Evening was approaching when we saw a large steamer called
-the Stonewall, passing us on her way to New Orleans, crowded with
-passengers happily unaware of the terrible nature of their impending
-fate, and of the event about to happen before nightfall.
-
-At sunset, all those who were on board of our vessel, were assembled
-upon the upper deck, watching the unusual brilliancy of the reflections
-upon the water, and the vivid colouring of the clouds gathering round
-the setting sun. We then supposed these effects to be caused by the
-haze sometimes observed in the atmosphere during that beautiful season
-towards the close of the year, which has been given the name of the
-Indian summer. We were ignorant of the conflagration that was taking
-place lower down the river, or we might have surmised that the glowing
-tints were possibly caused by the smoke and flames rising from the
-burning of the steamer we had seen earlier in the afternoon.
-
-We were afterwards informed that news had been received, that a
-disastrous fire had occurred on board the Stonewall shortly after we
-passed her, and the flames spread with such rapidity, that, although
-she was close to the river banks, only thirty-five out of two hundred
-and forty passengers were saved. The accident was caused by the
-carelessness of a man, who, when lighting his pipe, accidentally set
-fire to a quantity of hay that was carried between the upper decks as
-cargo. It was usual to protect the hay when embarked in this manner,
-by covering it with a tarpaulin, but through some inattention this
-precaution had been neglected. The Stonewall was burnt to the water’s
-edge.
-
-As we drew near to St. Louis, we passed the wide low plains upon which
-is situated the great Cahokia Mound. As it was my purpose to make an
-expedition to that part of Illinois before proceeding to the upper part
-of the Mississippi Valley, I went there a few days after we had landed
-from the steamer.
-
-The mound when seen from the plains, stands out from them in a manner
-so isolated and prominent, that it seems at the first glance, to be
-unquestionable that it must have been raised by human labour; but upon
-a closer investigation there are good reasons for believing it to be
-a natural formation of the land, shaped originally like a rounded
-hillock, and subsequently terraced and altered in such a manner as to
-make it appear to be altogether artificial. It is ninety feet high, and
-the base, if the whole of the irregular and spreading area is included,
-covers a space of about nine acres. The summit is level, and contains
-nearly two acres. Upon this was established a substantial farmhouse,
-which I found to be tenanted by a kind and hospitable family, who were
-evidently in a prosperous condition, and able to cultivate their land
-advantageously.
-
-The hillock has been given locally the name of Monks Mound, in
-consequence of its having been for several years the site of a small
-monastery, belonging to some of the brethren of La Trappe, who, towards
-the close of the last century, emigrated to this remote spot when the
-monastic orders were suppressed during the French Revolution. The
-monks used the lower slopes as a garden, and there still remain the
-indications of the terraced ground which was used by them for their
-solitary walks. The Trappists are supposed to have left Cahokia at the
-time of the restoration of the Bourbons. Probably they returned to
-France when the Monastery of La Trappe was re-established, in the reign
-of Louis XVIII.
-
-Before the mound was used as a farm there was on its summit an Indian
-tumulus. The farmer taking a practical view of this burial heap,
-destroyed it and spread the contents over his land.
-
- The accompanying sketch of the mounds was taken from the slope
- of the Cahokia Mound, at a height of about forty feet above
- the plain. It represents what now remains of these singular
- earthworks; they must originally have been much more numerous.
-
-On the plain below, there exists a remarkable group of circular and
-platform mounds, which, in consequence of their unusual position and
-ground plan, demand careful attention. They differ from the earthworks
-in Ohio, and appear to have been raised by a tribe having exceptional
-customs and habits of life. The mounds are not surrounded by any
-embankments, and were entirely unprotected. They were probably raised
-to make high platforms for the dwellings of the chiefs. One of them was
-used, at the time of my visit to Cahokia, as the site of the village
-schoolhouse.
-
-I endeavoured to trace the plan of the ancient inclosure, which
-contained a group of the greatest archæological importance, but so
-many of the mounds had been levelled, that it was difficult to form
-definite conclusions with regard to its shape or extent. It seems to
-have been an irregular parallelogram, about fifteen hundred yards in
-length, having at each end a large earthwork or mound, with a wide
-and well levelled platform on the top. In the centre, there were two
-conical mounds, which must have been raised in that position for some
-important purpose. They were each about forty feet high, and appeared
-to have been so placed as to dominate the mounds forming the sides of
-the inclosure. The men farming the adjacent plains, stated that there
-had been a large number of small burial mounds on their lands, most of
-which had been destroyed. They had found in them quantities of bones
-and skulls, but no ornaments or stone weapons.
-
-When ploughing the ground, they had seen below the surface, fragments
-of rude pottery and many flint arrow heads. A large and highly polished
-stone spear head was discovered near the settlement and given by the
-finder to the young American lady who was then acting as teacher at the
-school house on the mound. It was a hard kind of flinty chert, and was
-a singularly fine specimen of Indian workmanship.[31]
-
-When I had completed the measurement of the spaces inclosed by the
-mounds on the plain, I returned to the great mound in order to examine
-it, and my previous conjecture that it was a natural formation remained
-unchanged. It was, however, impossible to form a decided opinion
-upon the subject, for it required a properly executed scientific
-investigation to be made, before the problem of the construction could
-be determined. If it should be proved to be artificial, its position
-and shape as a high platform earthwork, would support a theory, that it
-was raised by the same race that built the greater temple platform of
-Cholula, in Mexico.
-
-After quitting the Cahokia mounds and traversing several miles of the
-plains, where for centuries many generations of Indians had encamped,
-I returned to St. Louis and embarked on board the Muscatine, a steamer
-about to proceed to the highest part of the navigable waters of the
-Mississippi. Sixteen miles above St. Louis we passed the mouth of the
-Missouri, and observed how its waters, thickly charged with earth,
-entirely changed the character of the river into which it flowed. Above
-the confluence, the Mississippi is a clear, tranquil stream, but after
-receiving the Missouri it becomes muddy, rushing, and turbulent.[32]
-
-[Illustration: INDIAN MOUNDS, CAHOKIA.]
-
-It had been my intention to have gone up the Missouri to Nebraska, and
-the ancient hunting grounds of the Pawnees, but there were certain
-difficulties which made that plan impracticable, so I decided to
-proceed northwards, and then to cross the prairies of Minnesota, and
-Iowa towards the valley of the river Platte. I was fortunate in having
-as a companion on board the steamer, an American judge, who, before
-being appointed to the post he then held, had been for many years
-acting as Indian agent to the Sacs and Foxes, and was well acquainted
-with the habits of the tribes, who were at that time dwelling upon the
-territories bordering on the banks of the river.
-
-Judge Williams had great sympathy for the condition of the tribes with
-whom he lived, and he endeavoured to ascertain if it were possible
-to establish a higher state of civilisation amongst them. He thought
-that the younger members of the Sacs and Foxes might be educated in
-such a manner, that with due attention to the nature of the Indian
-temperament, they could be made capable of taking a sensible part
-in the conduct of affairs, and become fitted to fulfil the duties or
-occupations of useful and peaceful citizens. The authorities with
-whom he consulted, agreed with him as to the utility of the scheme
-suggested. Suitable school buildings were placed upon the reservation,
-and good teachers were selected. For a time the work progressed
-favourably; the boys were in the first place well grounded in the
-English language, and then their attention was directed to mathematics.
-
-After several years of study, the senior class of boys had become so
-far advanced, as to be able to draw geometrical figures and understand
-elementary algebra. The teachers were hopeful, and it was thought
-probable, that some of the pupils might ultimately make such progress
-as to enable them to be prepared for Yale University. All the zeal and
-energies of the masters, were however proved to have been useless.
-One morning the whole of the senior class appeared at school, dressed
-and painted for war. They had thrown off their ordinary clothes, had
-put on mocassins and leggings, twisted their hair in accordance with
-savage customs and had stuck feathers in it. The principal asked them
-what was meant by this extraordinary conduct. “We have come to say,”
-they replied, “that we now leave you; we are no longer boys: we are
-Indians.” They then, without saying another word, abruptly left the
-school and never returned to it.
-
-The experiences of Judge Williams, with respect to the subject of the
-higher education of those tribes of North American Indians, whose
-territories were in the upper part of the valley of the Mississippi,
-corresponded with what I was told by the French Missionaries placed in
-charge of the Indian convents in the valley of the St. Lawrence. More
-than two centuries had elapsed since the work of converting, educating
-and civilising the Iroquois, Chippewa and Algonquin tribes was
-undertaken. During that long time there had been no good result. The
-earnest labours and devotion of their lives to these duties had been
-unavailing, and the attempts to overcome the wild instincts of Indians
-were thoroughly unsuccessful. The Judge was of opinion, that, with all
-Indians, the desire for a free and savage life, became irrepressible
-upon reaching manhood.
-
-On the plains near the river, there were numerous vestiges of native
-encampments. At Nauvoo, I was told by a farmer that he opened a great
-number of low mounds which were on his land, and had found in them
-nothing but broken pottery and charcoal, but in ploughing his fields
-he had discovered quantities of arrow heads, and several grooved stone
-hammers.[33] Higher up the Mississippi we entered the country once
-occupied by the Dakotas, who in the seventeenth century were considered
-to be a most brave and powerful tribe, having superstitious customs
-and tribal regulations of an unusual nature.
-
-One of their minor methods of warfare was noticed by the early
-explorers on the prairies through which we were passing. It was the
-custom with wandering bands of this race, if surprised by a larger body
-of enemies and thus unable to make an open resistance, to dig wide,
-shallow pits, in which they placed the women and children, and obtained
-a certain amount of protection for themselves. These excavations were
-scooped out with great rapidity, the men and their families using
-for this purpose knives, tomahawks and wooden ladles. This method of
-digging the ground, may probably have been similar to that adopted by
-the Mound Builders in raising their ramparts. War pits were also made
-by the Hurons when retreating from the Iroquois. When coasting the
-north shore of Lake Superior, I was shown on the map the positions
-where several of these places of refuge and defence had been observed.
-
-We saw at night upon the bluffs, the fires of Indian camps; it was
-thought probable that these Indians, whose villages were situated far
-towards the West, had come to this part of their ancient territory, for
-the purpose of performing certain forms of worship before one of the
-large detached granite boulders, situated on the plateau near to their
-tents. On the following evening, as we steamed slowly through Lake
-Pepin, we looked with much interest at the high steep promontory, upon
-whose summit the love-distracted maiden Winona[34] sang her death song,
-and then leapt from the edge of the cliff and was dashed to pieces on
-the rocks below, within sight of her tribe who were assembled near
-their tents on the shore.
-
-The Muscatine terminated her long upward voyage against the swift
-stream, at the city of St. Paul’s, nineteen hundred and forty-four
-miles above the mouth of the river, a few miles below the great falls
-of St. Anthony, and near the confluence of the Minnesota. All this
-region was at one time, the principal gathering place of the branch of
-the Dakotas, called Sioux, and near at hand was the cave where their
-annual council meetings took place. To this place were also brought for
-burial, the bones and skulls of their dead, whose bodies had previously
-been placed upon scaffolds, and exposed to the influences of the winds
-and weather.
-
-Upon a bluff overlooking the Mississippi, there are still to be seen a
-strange group of large mounds, whose purpose has not been ascertained.
-The examination of them has failed to afford the slightest clue by
-which any theory or conjecture can be safely established. Soon after my
-arrival I went there to examine them with particular attention, for I
-had observed certain peculiarities in their shape and position, which
-resembled portions of the defensive hill works of the Mound Builders.
-Mr. Hill, a member of the Historical Society of St. Paul’s, accompanied
-me, and pointed out those mounds which had been opened, and carefully
-inspected by competent observers. It has been supposed that they were
-the burial places of the Sioux during long periods of time, and it was
-hoped that some discoveries would be made of antiquarian importance.
-
-The largest of the mounds was first examined, but nothing was found
-in it. There were no signs of burials near the slopes, and at the
-base, contrary to expectation, there was not found any indication of a
-fire having been made, and there was no charcoal. In another conical
-mound, although no bones were seen, there was in the centre a hollow
-space which contained several pieces of charred wood. A comparatively
-low platform mound was then opened. Two skeletons were found buried
-near the surface, but from their position and state of preservation,
-they were considered to be late interments; nothing else was found
-within. Finally a large mound, situated upon the extreme edge of the
-bluff, was thoroughly excavated, and in this there was found, as in
-the previously opened conical earthwork, a small hollow space in the
-centre. In consequence of these negative results, it was not possible
-to form any conclusions as to the object of Indians in raising these
-exceptional works. I thought it not improbable that it might have been
-their intention to use them, either for raised dwelling places, or for
-defensive inclosures which had not been completed.
-
-Their position is almost impregnable; the mounds are not placed
-separately but are closely joined together, so that they form a kind
-of embankment. The outer slopes are so close to the edge of the cliff,
-that they are practically a prolongation of the steep slopes, and thus
-present a singular parallel with portions of those embankments of Fort
-Ancient which overlook the valley of the Little Miami. The similarity
-in the methods of placing the mounds, is made additionally obvious from
-the fact, that there are numerous springs issuing from the upper parts
-of the bluff, which flow down as rivulets into the river below. There
-are altogether fifteen mounds on the top of the promontory; the largest
-of them is about twenty feet high.
-
-Upon our return to St. Paul’s, we heard that a band of Sioux had
-come into the neighbourhood, and were encamped amongst the woods on
-the opposite side of the river. As I wished to see these Indians, I
-crossed over to the settlement of Mendota, and after a walk of a few
-miles, saw their tents pitched close to the borders of a small lake. I
-was greeted with a loud noise of barking from their dogs, who were as
-numerous outside the camp of the Sioux as they usually are around the
-dwellings of the Kurds in Asia Minor. After overcoming some preliminary
-hostile difficulties with these yelping curs, I received a silent and
-not pressing welcome from the Indians, who were mostly squaws and
-children, the men having gone away temporarily upon some expedition.
-
-It was getting dark, and the women were making preparations for supper.
-Good fires were burning brightly in the centre of the wigwams, the
-kettles were hung over them, the water was boiling, and the interiors
-were cheerful scenes of enjoyment. The life within and without, was
-similar to what may be seen in an English gipsy encampment in the New
-Forest in Hampshire. There was something singularly attractive in the
-habits of life amongst these wandering nomads, and the warmth and
-comfort inside the tents, was in pleasing contrast to the cold and
-wintry aspect without. This simple and natural state of existence, has
-unquestionably a great charm for those whose natures are essentially
-Bohemian. It is not surprising that Indian lads, accustomed to this
-kind of life, should feel wearied and cramped by the trammels of
-civilization. It is natural that they should long to get away from the
-confinement and irksome training of school, and return to the freedom
-and independence of their savage hunting and wandering instincts.
-
-There lived at the adjacent town of Mendota, a half-bred Indian,
-of French and Sioux parentage named Faribault, with whom I became
-acquainted. In his youth, he had dwelt with his mother in the
-villages of the Sioux, and spoke their language. In manhood, he had
-acted as an agent and trader for the tribes, and passed much of his
-life in constant communication with them, and possessed an intimate
-acquaintance with their superstitions and religious ceremonies. This
-kind of direct personal knowledge, can only be obtained by a man whom
-the Indians consider as being one of themselves, in consequence of
-his having had an Indian mother belonging to their tribe. It was the
-custom of the Sioux, when they encamped in this part of the country, to
-meet at his house, and several of them happened to be there when I was
-present.
-
-[Illustration: CHIPPEWA ENCAMPMENT.]
-
-[Illustration: SIOUX ENCAMPMENT.]
-
-Faribault, like all Indians, was usually very reticent, but when he
-noticed that I took much interest in matters relating to the habits
-of his tribe, especially such as were connected with their religious
-beliefs and customs, he became frank and outspoken. He told me of his
-own various strange personal experiences, and was particularly earnest
-when he mentioned some of the most remarkable of the rules relating to
-their fasts and sacrifices. The Indians, who were usually standing near
-us listening to what he said, would occasionally, from time to time,
-signify their assent to his statements by harsh grunts of approval.
-
-Amongst the superstitions mentioned by him, none caused more attention
-than those connected with the worship of their Spirit rocks. One of
-these, which has always been considered to be an important Manito,
-happened to be on the plateau above Mendota, and the Indians directed
-me to the spot where it was placed. I found it to be a huge granite
-boulder, which had probably been deposited there by the moving waters
-or icebergs, during that remote period when they were travelling
-southwards from the sub-arctic latitudes. As it had no geological
-relation whatever with the sandstone ground upon which it rested, the
-Sioux might have conjectured, that it had been dropped from the clouds.
-To ignorant savages, unversed in the mysteries and conclusions of
-scientific geology, no other explanation could have been satisfactory.
-It lies upon a level space of land, upon the top of a bluff, commanding
-magnificent views over the valleys of the Mississippi and Minnesota.
-The confluence of these great rivers can be seen, and the steep
-water-worn cliffs below the falls of St. Anthony.
-
-Whilst standing upon the promontory, and looking at this wide prospect,
-I was joined by a priest, who had been fulfilling his duties at a
-neighbouring settlement. We remained near the Spirit rock,[35] looking
-at the solitary mass of granite, glittering in the sunshine, and
-thought that it was not surprising that the Indians believed this
-strange rock to be the manifestation of a great unknown power, and
-should have invested with supernatural attributes what must have seemed
-to them to be marvellous.
-
-The boulder is polygonal in form, and stands about seven feet high
-above the ground. In the other dimensions, it averages a thickness from
-nine to twelve feet. It is composed chiefly of grey granite, and its
-weight must exceed seventy tons. Faribault said that, when he was a
-young man, wandering bands of Sioux occasionally came to this Spirit
-rock and encamped near it. They usually stopped about a week, but
-sometimes during a whole moon. It was their custom during this period
-to continually offer sacrifices, dance round the stone, and paint it
-with various colours, red, blue or white. Finally, before taking down
-their tents, they covered it with their best furs or skins, and left
-them there as propitiatory offerings.
-
-[Illustration: SPIRIT ROCK.
-
- CONFLUENCE OF THE MISSISSIPPI AND MINNESOTA.]
-
-The falls of the Mississippi were also worshipped by the Indians,
-through whose territories that great river flowed in its upper course,
-and the manner in which adoration was made to the Power, which was
-manifested in the movements of these cataracts, is well described
-by Captain Carver, who visited them with one of the chiefs of the
-Winnebagoes in 1767. The chief in the first place, addressed a brief
-invocation to the Manito, and then he made his offerings. In this
-instance he gave everything he possessed, that was valuable, including
-all his ornaments, together with his pipe and roll of tobacco. He
-concluded his acts of devotion[36] by asking the Great Spirit to give
-them his protection, a bright sun, a blue sky, and untroubled waters.
-I visited the spot near which the chief must have stood upon that
-occasion. Much had been changed in the succeeding century, but the wild
-and tumultuous character of the falls, and the noise and foam caused by
-the rushing waters, are still very impressive.
-
-From Mendota I proceeded towards the north-west, in the direction of
-the Minnesota as far as Mankato, with the intention of crossing the
-prairies southwards towards Nebraska. It was also my purpose to visit
-the Winnebagoes at their reservation. This tribe had been removed
-from their lands near Lake Michigan, and settled a few miles from
-Mankato; but upon my arrival at that town, I was informed that they
-had been again removed to a reservation further west, to give room
-for the occupation of the land by the numerous emigrants from Europe,
-especially those thrifty, hard-working agriculturists, who came from
-Sweden and Norway. The new settlements in this part of Minnesota were
-still in an alarmed condition, in consequence of the memory of the
-massacres that had taken place a few years previously, when the Sioux
-rose in rebellion, and committed a grave series of atrocities upon the
-white inhabitants.
-
-At the conclusion of the war, thirty-eight of the chief perpetrators
-of cruelties upon the unoffending white people, were condemned to
-death and were hanged. The events that took place upon that occasion
-were described to me by an eye-witness, as having been exceedingly
-repulsive, in consequence of the defiant shouts and gestures of the
-prisoners. Hanging is a form of execution particularly disliked by
-Indians, because they consider that it is ignominious. The war was
-caused by a belief, spread among the tribes, that they had been treated
-with great injustice. They declared that they were not allowed to
-remain in possession of their lands, and that the treaties which had
-been made with them, had not been fairly carried out. The savage desire
-for revenge was aroused, and barbarous acts were committed by the
-Sioux, whilst they were in a state of passionate excitement.
-
-On a terrace overlooking the waters of the Minnesota, close to the
-spot where the Sioux had been executed, I met a half-breed Indian, who
-was known to have seen some of the unmerciful deeds that had taken
-place. I asked him to give me an explanation of the reasons that had
-caused the Sioux, most of whom had led peaceful lives, to suddenly
-avenge themselves in this brutal manner. He said, that whatever may
-have seemed to be their character, all these Dakotas had an inveterate
-hatred for the pale faces, who had deprived them of their lands,
-their hunting grounds, their freedom, and all that made their lives
-tolerable. After a pause, he observed in a harsh angry tone, that the
-women and children were killed, because, in cases such as these, it was
-a rule with Indians, to not only kill all the men, but also all who
-could become men or give birth to men, and that it was their object to
-secure the total extermination of their enemies.
-
-I afterwards met, near the lands which had been occupied by the
-Winnebagoes, one of those waifs of civilization, who prefer the
-adventurous freedom of the Indians to the ordinary forms of existence
-among the whites. He was a Virginian by birth, and had left his home at
-an early age to join the Apaches, whose hunting grounds were near the
-borders of New Mexico. He lived with them for several years, and then,
-desiring a change, he had joined a band of Chippewas. He was given by
-them the name of Ara-po-gai-sik or Day-Catcher, because he was first
-observed when approaching their camp at daybreak. I found him to be a
-man of considerable intelligence, and conversant with the habits of the
-tribes with whom he had dwelt.
-
-It is unusual to find men of English descent electing, by their own
-wish, to entirely live with Indians. It seems to be different as
-regards the French or French Canadians, who appear to have certain
-instincts in their nature, which enable them to conform readily with
-the domestic customs of Indian life.
-
- The subject of the claims of the Indians to the possession of
- their ancient hunting grounds, was brought to the notice of the
- United States Government during the time I was at Washington,
- after my return from Yucatan in the summer of 1870.
-
- A large deputation from the Ogallalas, a warlike tribe of
- Sioux, who dwelt on the prairies to the west of the Missouri,
- came to the city for the purpose of making a statement of their
- grievances, with regard to their lands. They declared that the
- treaties concerning them had not been faithfully carried out.
-
- The deputation consisted of the principal chief, an Indian
- named Red Cloud, who held a great reputation as a brave and
- daring warrior, and with him were Brave Bear, Rocky Bear, Red
- Dog, and other chiefs, who were also well known for their
- courage and fearlessness, which they had shown upon several
- occasions in fights upon the plains. Several men of the tribe
- accompanied them.
-
- I happened to see those Ogallalas frequently, under various
- circumstances; they had that power, which is characteristic
- with thoroughbred Indians, of assuming when thought necessary,
- a reserved and dignified manner. Red Cloud, especially,
- maintained the deportment consistent with his position as the
- hereditary chief of his nation.
-
- The speeches delivered by them in the presence of the
- Commissioner of Indian affairs were remarkable as proving
- that they possessed great natural oratorical abilities. The
- description of the events occurring in their territories, and
- the unfair treatment which they considered they had received,
- were expressed with much force and poetical imagination.
-
- Their appeals were, however, unavailing. It was made clear
- to them, that it was not possible, that small numbers of
- Indians could be permitted to retain possession of extensive
- grounds, to the exclusion of the necessities of an advancing
- civilization, and that they must accept the fate which was
- inevitable, and accustom themselves to be confined within
- reservations of a limited and definite area.
-
- The Secretary of the Interior, told the Sioux that the existing
- things were changing, and that they might as well try and keep
- back the winds with their hands, as to prevent these changes.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII.
-
- Prairies in Minnesota and Iowa. — Boulders. — Glacial Drift. —
- Wild Rice. — Snow Storm. — Nebraska. — The Pawnees. — Human
- Sacrifices. — Note on Indian Customs in War and Cannibalism. —
- Prairie Fires. — Prairie-Dog Villages. — Rattlesnakes. —
- Variations in the succession of growths of Trees. — Causes
- of absence of Trees upon Prairies. — Shoshone Indians on the
- Western Deserts. — Note upon Ute Indians and Fuegians.
-
-
-It was getting late in the year, when I commenced to cross the prairies
-of Minnesota and Iowa. The higher plateaux were in many places already
-covered with snow, upon which we saw numerous tracks of wolves. The
-long icicles upon the graceful little waterfall of the Minne-ha-ha,
-indicated the approach of a severe winter, and flocks of wild geese
-were flying towards the upper lakes.
-
-For many miles the surface of the land looked black, in consequence
-of the prairie fires that had burnt the grass, during the latter part
-of the autumn. On the eastern borders, near the rivers, we passed
-some scattered villages, chiefly occupied by emigrants of Welsh or
-Scandinavian origin; but towards the interior the land was too wet
-and exposed for the purposes of cultivation. Here and there, on the
-plains, we saw the lonely huts of adventurous squatters, who obtained
-a precarious living by supplying the wants of those who passed near
-them, on their way towards the South. At one of these dwellings
-situated upon the open plain, twenty miles from the nearest village,
-we halted after a long journey over a dreary country, forming the
-watershed of the streams that flowed east or west into the valleys of
-the Missouri and Mississippi.
-
-The hut was occupied by a man, who, with his wife and family, had
-been settled in this remote region for several years. As there was no
-timber to be obtained in the neighbourhood, he had built the walls of
-his house with wide, thick slabs of turf, which made a good protection
-against the storms of winter. He possessed one hundred and fifty acres
-of land, of which he only cultivated the small portion he had been
-able to preserve from the ravages of prairie fires. The difficulty of
-guarding the homestead against this danger, had caused him to feel much
-anxiety, but he said that he had, at last, discovered an effectual
-method of preventing any damage being caused, as far as his crops and
-buildings were concerned.
-
-He saw upon one occasion, that the grass was burning on the verge of
-the southern horizon, and the flames appeared to be advancing rapidly
-in the direction of his farm. It occurred to him to try the plan of
-running two plough furrows in parallel lines between the edge of his
-land and the approaching fire. He made them about twenty yards apart,
-and then burnt the grass, thus leaving a bare space of blackened earth.
-The flames advanced upon their onward course, destroying everything
-before them until they reached the outer furrow, when they were
-stopped by there not being any grass for fuel, and as they could not
-leap over the intervening space, the fire passed to the right and left,
-leaving the farm in the centre untouched. The prairie around this
-squatter’s home, was wild and dreary.
-
-The track led us over a region which had been shaped into hollows and
-undulations, caused by the action of numberless streams and rivulets
-which had cut their way in all directions. There were also many small
-depressions which contained pools of water. We observed in all these
-ponds numerous erratic boulders of various sizes. The majority of them
-were small, but others were of considerable magnitude, and must have
-weighed from fifteen to twenty tons. They were usually composed of
-red, green, and dark grey granites, similar to those I had seen on the
-surface of the country to the south-west of Lake Superior.
-
-The boulders were usually standing detached on the ground near the edge
-of the water, but sometimes they were heaped together in a pile in the
-middle of the pond. Upon an examination of the positions of the strange
-aggregations of stones which had been moved from their original place
-in the north to this plateau, the impression was conveyed to the mind
-that these smaller boulders may have been dropped during the period
-when icebergs were floating over the land. It seemed to be probable
-that some of the icebergs were stranded, and had left on these spots
-the cargo they had carried away from higher latitudes.
-
-Upon other parts of the level prairie where the land was dry, there
-were many isolated masses standing up in their places upon the
-surface, in the same manner as the Spirit rock near Mendota. It was
-remarkable that these boulders, which were often very large, were not
-embedded in the soil, but appeared to have remained in the positions
-in which they had been deposited. Some of the larger ponds contain
-quantities of wild aquatic plants, which yield a kind of rice—the same
-which was frequently mentioned by the French exploring missionaries in
-the seventeenth century—by the name of La Folle Avoine. This wild rice
-was gathered by the Dakotas and Chippewas, and stored by them for food
-in time of scarcity.
-
-As we approached the boundaries of North Iowa, we found that the
-winter had set in earlier than usual, and the prairies were covered
-with several inches of snow. The aspect of the country, upon which the
-only marks of life were the footprints of animals, was exceedingly
-desolate. The horizon was sharply defined by the white edges of the
-land against the sky, and the curvature of the earth was thereby made
-distinct. The land seemed to fall away from the eye at a distance which
-looked very near. On plains of this perfectly level character in these
-latitudes, the actual true distance of the horizon—as seen by a person
-of average height standing upon the ground—would be about three miles;
-but in consequence of the conditions of light upon the surface of the
-snow, it appeared to be less, and the borders of the round line of
-horizon seemed to confine us within a small circle. This effect was
-particularly noticeable when the sun rose and touched the eastern parts
-of the curvature, the sky at that time in the morning being clear and
-cloudless.
-
-The weather became daily more severe, and at last we had to encounter
-a hard gale of wind from the north-west. Suddenly one afternoon, a
-sweeping snow storm overtook us, and in a few hours all vestiges of
-the track were lost. Our position became perilous, as nothing could be
-seen which would help us in the slightest degree as a guide, and enable
-us to steer a straight course. The sky was gloomy and dark with snow
-clouds, and the prairie was as bare as the open sea.
-
-The night was approaching, and matters were beginning to be serious,
-when the coach was stopped by striking against some concealed obstacle,
-and the horses swerved round. After gazing upon the fresh snow for
-a few seconds, the driver said that it was practically useless to
-attempt to follow the track, as it was impossible to make out its
-direction. It was evident that there was not the slightest reason for
-making any endeavours to follow one way more than any other, and we
-had the dangerous prospect before us of having to pass the night under
-circumstances of great hardship.
-
-Fortunately it was suggested, that we might try the experiment of
-maintaining a line of progress by attending to the point from which
-the wind came. It had been observed that, when we were going along the
-straight track, the wind was upon the right hand, nearly abeam, and it
-was considered possible that if we could manage to keep it upon that
-bearing, we ought finally to arrive at our destination. The driver
-thought that this plan did not offer much prospect of success, on
-account of the scattered boulders and the rough nature of the country.
-He however decided to do what was proposed, and started forward. An
-unforeseen difficulty soon arose. The horses having no track before
-them to follow, kept constantly swerving to the left to avoid the wind,
-and it required much skill and energy to keep their heads pointed in
-the right direction.
-
-The obstructions we had to encounter, caused us much anxiety, for
-we were exposed to a bitterly cold gale, and the storm blew against
-us with a severity that was unendurable. It was with no slight
-pleasure that, just before the night, we saw upon the verge of the
-horizon ahead, the lights of the town where we intended to stop.
-When we arrived there, it was found that the roads had become almost
-impassable, in consequence of the great depth of the snow that had
-fallen in a few hours.
-
-As the prairies of Western Iowa had thus become a vast white
-table land, whose ground was hidden from view, I crossed the Missouri
-as soon as possible and proceeded to the interior of Nebraska where
-the storm had not taken place and the surface of the land was still in
-its autumnal condition. I stopped at various places in the valley of
-the river Platte and, at one of the newly formed settlements, obtained
-convenient quarters in the house of a man who had passed the greatest
-part of his life with the Pawnees, a tribe of Indians who have always
-been considered to hold an exceptional position with respect to their
-religious observances and language.
-
-He had lived in the tents and was well acquainted with their habits
-of life, and like all other men whom I had met who had been much
-in contact with the Indians, occupying the country west of the
-Mississippi, he had been impressed by the reality of their personal
-faith in supernatural manifestations of power for good or evil.
-
-I was much interested in ascertaining the existence of certain facts
-which seemed to show analogies between these Pawnees and the race who
-under the name of Toltecs or Aztecs had migrated from some unknown
-country into Mexico. It has not hitherto been explained how it
-happened that this tribe who, as far as is known, have always lived
-in this region, placed in the centre of the continent, should possess
-a language which is absolutely different from that of any other race
-of North American Indians, and that they should have been, for a long
-period of time, surrounded by powerful tribes with whom they could
-never have held any spoken communications. Mr. Albert Gallatin, a
-learned American ethnologist, draws attention to their singularly
-isolated position. He states that “they speak a language altogether
-different from that of the Sioux tribes or of any other Indians known
-to us.”[37]
-
-They do not appear to have been a numerous race, for, when their
-territories were first explored, it was estimated that, including men,
-women and children, their numbers were under seven thousand. At the
-time that I passed through the ancient hunting grounds in Nebraska,
-their descendants (of whom there were said to be about three thousand)
-were gathered together in a reservation north of the Platte. I saw a
-few of them near the banks of that river, and some others who had
-committed a series of ferocious acts on the plains and had carried
-off several scalps. They were captured, imprisoned and condemned to
-death. These men were wild-looking savages who stalked restlessly round
-the cells in which they were confined like intractable and untameable
-animals. Those I saw wandering near the Platte had, for some unknown
-reason, dressed themselves in war paint. Their eyes were encircled by
-broad bands of red ochre. Their faces were covered with blue stripes
-which in their outlines resembled the tattoed lines of the Maoris in
-New Zealand.
-
-The natural colour of the Pawnees I met was rather darker than the
-skins of the Sioux and Chippewas. The men were of more than the
-ordinary stature and were powerfully built. Their heads were broad and
-massive and all of them had remarkably high cheek bones.
-
-The early explorers, sent by the Government towards the West, did
-not learn much about the superstitions of the native tribes, but it
-is mentioned in the Report of the Expedition to the Rocky Mountains
-in 1819–20 that the Pawnees, then living near the forks of the river
-Loup in the valley of the Platte, had originally a custom, which was
-believed to be annual but was no longer followed, of offering a human
-sacrifice to the Great Star.
-
-The victim was always a prisoner that had been captured in war.
-
-Mr. James, one of the members of the exploring party, stated that the
-star to which the sacrifice was made, was the planet Venus. It is
-probable therefore that this ceremony had some connection with the
-worship of the sun, as the Indians, who were accurate observers of all
-natural events, would have noticed that Venus, both as a morning and
-evening star, appeared to govern the movements of the greater light,
-and either announced its approach at dawn or followed its departure at
-sunset.
-
-The Pawnees and the Dakotas are the only North American tribes known
-to have had the custom of killing human beings, for the purpose of
-presenting them to their gods as propitiations in time of distress, or
-as thanksgiving offerings after successful wars. The sacrifices made to
-their gods of war by the Aztecs were probably introduced into Mexico
-by that fierce race. The last human sacrifice offered by the Pawnees
-occurred in the year 1837, and in this case it is believed that the
-offering was made to the spirit who caused the land to produce fertile
-crops.
-
-A young girl of fourteen years of age had been captured during a war
-with the Sioux, and it was decided that she was to be killed and
-sacrificed to this particular Manito. The strange character of the
-method of immolation arrests attention. The girl was carefully secured
-upon a framework made of light poles, raised a few feet above the
-ground. When she was in the right position for the sacrifice, a fire
-was kindled beneath, but before the flames had actually begun to
-touch her, and precisely at the moment when it was perceived that the
-fire was sufficiently strong to begin to burn her, she was suddenly
-killed by a flight of arrows.[38] She was then taken down from the
-scaffolding and the flesh was cut into small portions and taken away
-into the fields, where the blood was sprinkled over certain parts of
-the land which had been planted.
-
-[Illustration: SHA-TO-KO (BLUE HAWK). A PAWNEE.]
-
-The fact of a sacrifice so important as that of a girl on the verge of
-womanhood being made to the god believed to have power over all matters
-relating to the growth of corn and other vegetable produce, proves that
-the Pawnees cultivated the earth to a greater extent than other tribes.
-Their neighbours, the Dakotas, were more exclusively a hunting race,
-and their human sacrifices, as far as has been ascertained by events
-that have happened within the past century, were usually made for the
-purpose of propitiation in the more solemn forms of Sun worship, or of
-appeasing the anger of evil spirits or demons when manifested by storms
-of lightning and thunder.
-
-My host told me that during the time he had lived amongst the Pawnees
-he had not seen anything in their observances which led him to suppose
-that they had any kind of belief in a future state beyond this world,
-or in any absolutely over-ruling Power. The few ceremonies performed by
-them were apparently propitiations of the various supernatural Manitos
-who, they considered, had influence over them either individually or
-as a tribe. One of their most frequent practices consisted of offering
-incense to them in the form of tobacco smoke, and they invariably
-presented it in the same manner by throwing the first whiff upwards
-towards the sky, the next downwards to the ground and then to the right
-and left. He had also observed that when this act was finished, each
-Indian seemed to mutter some brief ejaculation or prayer.
-
-With respect to their superstitions he thought that they were
-practically spiritualists, and believed in the presence of unknown and
-unseen influences below, above or around them, having each in their own
-separate degree powers of good or evil. He mentioned an event which had
-happened within his personal observation.
-
-A Pawnee during a violent storm was injured by a flash of lightning.
-The tribe were convinced that this misfortune had been inflicted upon
-him as a direct punishment for some wrong deed he had committed, or
-that he had in some way, by his own conduct incurred the displeasure of
-the god of Lightning. As a consequence of this belief, he was avoided,
-and compelled to live apart, as a man placed under a curse or malignant
-influence.
-
-These Pawnees had the reputation of being cruel to their prisoners,
-and in that respect had the same usages as the Iroquois who tortured
-the captives and then burnt them at the stake.[39] All North American
-tribes appear to have similar habits when their savage natures are
-aroused by bloodshed and war, but it is also acknowledged by those who
-have had an intimate knowledge of them, that under other and milder
-conditions, they possess qualities of an affectionate nature, which
-are shown in their domestic lives. An event occurred not far from the
-settlement which exemplified their attachment to their children.
-
-The only child of a Pawnee and his wife died and was buried in a grave
-dug in the open prairie near a spot where a small band of Indians
-had temporarily erected their tents. In the grave with the child
-were placed all the things which had belonged to her, including her
-mocassin shoes, her plate and cup and her trinkets. Her father had in
-his possession a good set of sleigh bells, said to be worth seventeen
-dollars which he had intended to sell to one of the white men in the
-neighbourhood, but after the death of his daughter he said that he was
-happy because no one had yet bought his bells, for he was consequently
-able to give them to her, and they were put by the child’s side and
-buried. The father and mother then built round the grave a wooden fence
-to keep the wolves away, as the Pawnees were going to move their tents
-to a distant part of the country. This fence was shortly afterwards
-destroyed by a prairie fire, and the place of the grave is not now
-known.
-
-These fires are becoming less frequent and, when they occur, are
-attributable to carelessness. I happened to see one of them sweeping
-over the plains near the river Missouri, my position at the time being
-at right angles to the line of its direction. A high wind was blowing
-from the South-west and the tall grass was bent over in such a manner
-that the flames instead of going with the wind towards the North-east,
-caught the tops of the grass and consequently travelled steadily to
-windward in the teeth of the gale. The smoke rolled away to leeward
-in dense clouds and the flames leapt upwards on tongues of fire to
-heights of twenty or thirty feet. The movement forward was like that of
-the rapidly advancing crest of a breaking wave. I estimated the length
-of the front of the fire to be nearly two miles.
-
-[Illustration: PAWNEE WOMAN.]
-
-When wandering over the wide Iowa and Nebraska plains, many problems
-present themselves to the mind with regard to their formation and
-existing condition. Of these, none are so perplexing to the farmers
-as those which relate to the absence of trees. Several theories have
-been mooted and many conclusions have been adopted, and thought to be
-rational, but as a rule they cannot be accepted as being altogether
-satisfactory. One of the most general opinions, is that the treeless
-state of the land has been caused by the destructive effects of fire.
-Another opinion is that which attributes the greatest counteracting
-influence to the nature of the soil.
-
-One of the most careful investigators into this subject was the
-accomplished geologist Mr. J. W. Foster, whom I met at Chicago, and
-who was at that time President of the American Association for the
-Advancement of Science. He told me what had been the results of his
-work, and accompanied me to parts of the outlying Illinois prairies,
-to examine the character of the earth near the surface. He had, a
-short time previously, carried out a series of experiments relating to
-the physical geography of the Mississippi valley, and had given his
-attention to the composition of the upper formation of the prairies on
-both sides of the river.
-
-He had arrived at the conclusion that the absence of trees upon them
-was not caused by fires or by the character of the ground, but was the
-consequence of the conditions of rainfall, temperature, climate, and
-exposure, all acting in a direction opposed to that natural order of
-things in which trees would be inclined to flourish.
-
-On the way south from Mankato, I observed that the banks of the Des
-Moines river were thickly timbered, and that on the borders of the
-various rivulets which had cut their way through the ground to a
-considerable depth, there was usually a flourishing growth of trees,
-chiefly consisting of oak, black walnut, basswood, and maple varieties.
-In all these instances the trees were sheltered, but on the exposed
-prairie immediately adjacent the ground was bare, and without a vestige
-of any signs of trees or shrubs. In that particular region it seems
-therefore probable, that the exposure to gales of wind sweeping over
-the plateau, may be the principal cause of trees not being able to take
-root and live.
-
-There are, however, other prairies equally bare of timber which are
-not so exposed. Upon those situated near the water shed or dividing
-ridge of the tributaries of the Missouri and Mississippi, it may be
-the quantities of water lying permanently within a few feet below the
-surface which prevent any growth taking place. No single theory seems
-to explain the facts, but from my own observation, I am inclined to
-think that the chief deterring influence is the nature of the soil.[40]
-
-
-There is an unexplained problem respecting the growth of trees
-in certain parts of North America, which has received much local
-notice. My attention was directed to the subject when I was in the
-neighbourhood of Lake Simcoe in Upper Canada. An Englishman, who had
-established a homestead there and made clearings in the forests, told
-me he had observed that after the old trees had been felled, new shrubs
-and timber of an entirely different character grew up in their place.
-There was nothing in the nature of the surrounding woods which, to his
-mind, could account for the change, as there were no trees of the class
-that had taken root existing in that part of the country.
-
-A similar alteration in the order of succession of forest growths was
-reported by the geologists employed by the Government in conducting
-the early surveys of Michigan. They stated that large tracts of land,
-originally covered with pines, had been succeeded by a second growth
-consisting of white birch, aspen, pine and hazel. In this case the
-primeval forest had been destroyed by high winds and afterwards burnt.
-It was supposed that where clearings had been made by fire, changes
-of the above nature occurred, but no suggestions were given as to the
-manner in which these new and strange growths established themselves.
-
-Near Ishpeming, I saw that in all cases where forest openings had been
-made by the action of fire, luxuriant masses of dense raspberry bushes
-occupied the land; and it was said that where the woods were cut down
-by the axe bushes of another class, bearing different berries, sprang
-up and flourished.
-
-In other parts of the North-west, variations in the succession of
-forest trees have been seen to occur; and usually there seems to be
-some connection between the type of the new plants and the methods by
-which the clearings have been made. As a general rule there are very
-few birds to carry seeds or pips from distant regions and therefore
-it is possible that in places where the ground has never for many
-centuries been previously disturbed and where the thick forest has
-been for the first time removed, and sunlight and fresh atmospheric
-conditions are admitted upon the land, new circumstances arise which
-are favourable to the development of dormant life.[41]
-
-Before leaving the valley of the Platte I made several excursions on
-the plains for the purpose of examining two of the most extensive of
-those singular groups of mounds which have been called prairie-dog
-villages. The largest of them was situated about two hundred miles west
-of the Missouri and three miles north of the Platte. It occupied a
-space exceeding fifty acres, which was covered by the rounded heaps of
-earth and pebbles thrown up by the little marmots when excavating their
-burrows. These creatures, when they are sitting on the tops of their
-mounds in a watchful attitude keeping a sharp look out around them and
-holding their paws before them, resemble a colony of ground squirrels.
-When I was at a certain distance from them they maintained continuous
-and defiant sounds like the shrill yelps of puppies, but upon a nearer
-approach they suddenly disappeared down their holes.
-
-The existence of these isolated groups of burrowing animals, dwelling
-together in communities, was made the subject of observation by
-the expeditions sent by the United States Government to explore
-these regions, and it was reported that it was not unusual to find
-rattlesnakes living in the same holes as the prairie dogs. Captain
-Stansfield, the leader of one of these exploring parties, stated that
-the holes were generally guarded by a rattlesnake, and that when the
-hand was about to be thrust into the hole to draw out the prairie dog
-which had been shot at, but had got into its burrow, the ominous rattle
-of the reptile was heard within.
-
-Twenty years had elapsed since that time, and many changes had taken
-place in the conditions of animal life upon these plains. I thrust
-my stick down various holes but there were no rattlesnakes in them.
-I afterwards heard that in these districts the reptiles, which had
-been so numerous, had disappeared. Another group of these village
-communities which I examined was placed to the south of the Platte.
-Although it covered a comparatively small area it was more fully
-tenanted and the dwellings were closer together, each mound almost
-touching its neighbour. One of the young occupiers of this village
-had been captured and tamed by a squatter living near the settlement
-in which I was then stopping. As it rarely happens that the habits of
-these marmots can be regularly observed, this creature’s actions were
-noticed with great curiosity.
-
-It was the daily habit of this prairie dog to sit for hours upon
-its haunches, with its fore-paws held steadily in front of him,
-continuously maintaining a careful watch upon everything that was
-happening. I observed that although the method of sitting was that
-of the squirrel tribe, the shape and appearance of the body was of
-a different type, and like that of a large guinea-pig. The most
-attractive point about the little animal was its keen manner of keeping
-guard like a sentinel. Nothing seemed to escape its vigilance.
-
-[Illustration: PRAIRIE AND BOULDERS, NORTH IOWA.]
-
-[Illustration: PRAIRIE DOGS, NEBRASKA.
-
- (THE MOUNDS ARE ABOUT EIGHTEEN INCHES HIGH.)]
-
-When the fact of rattlesnakes living in the same holes as the prairie
-dogs was originally made known, there were several theories advanced
-upon the subject; but, in the absence of any direct evidence as to
-the nature of the apparent alliance or friendship, nothing could be
-positively proved. It was however subsequently discovered that young
-marmots were occasionally found inside the bodies of rattlesnakes which
-had been killed near the mounds. It is therefore probable that the
-reptiles used the burrows for their winter residences, after having
-expelled the previous inhabitants.
-
-Nothing is more surprising than the effect of the movement of
-civilisation westwards upon the number of the animals who were
-accustomed to exist upon the prairies. The explorers who passed through
-these waste lands in the beginning of the nineteenth century, reported
-that the surface of the country, especially near the river Platte, was
-often blackened by immense herds of bisons. Fifty years later when I
-went over the same ground no buffaloes were to be seen there, and they
-no longer frequented that part of Nebraska. The rattlesnakes have also
-almost disappeared in consequence of the introduction of animals that
-were hostile to them.[42]
-
-The manner by which this destruction of the snake tribe has been
-carried out, was brought to my notice when I was crossing Lake Erie.
-Near the west shores of the lake there were several islands which had
-been infested with reptiles to such an extent as to make it dangerous
-for men to land upon them. A resident who had lived for many years upon
-the adjacent shore, and who happened to be on board the steamer when we
-passed near one of the largest of the islands, told me that in order
-to clear the ground a large number of hogs were landed upon it, and
-within a short time the island was made perfectly safe. It was observed
-that they rushed immediately forward and when close to the snakes they
-dropped upon their knees and commenced to devour them with the greatest
-avidity. The darting of the fangs upon them did not seem to have the
-slightest injurious effect. It is therefore probable that this strange
-invulnerability of the hog is due to the thickness of its hide, and the
-close stiff bristles which prevent the penetration of the poison.
-
-On the prairies, the explorers mention their having seen, besides
-buffaloes, deer, hares, wolves, eagles, buzzards and ravens. I saw
-several herds of antelopes and a few wolves: one of them belonging to
-the coyote species was observed in the evening to be prowling round
-the huts of settlers at the forks of the Platte. It was caught and
-forthwith dispatched. It was a good sized wolf with a thick coat of
-shaggy iron-grey hair and looked fierce and savage. On the banks of
-the southern branch of the river near this spot I joined an American
-companion in an expedition to look for prairie grouse. We found them
-amongst the brushwood in considerable numbers, but the birds were wild
-and it was difficult to get within range of them. The Platte at this
-part was nearly three thousand feet above the sea.
-
-On the desert, at a height of seven thousand feet, I saw antelopes
-grazing upon the prairie grass which was growing abundantly and
-afforded ample supplies of food for them. Wolves were also on these
-plains skulking in the vicinity doubtless hoping to appease their
-hunger before many hours had elapsed. These wide and lofty table lands
-were the ancient hunting grounds of the Dakotas and Cheyennes.
-
-It was getting late upon a fine winter’s evening when our coach crossed
-the brow of a hill and we caught sight of the calm blue waters of the
-Great Salt Lake surrounded by snow-covered mountains. It was a quiet
-scene of singular beauty. The skies were brilliant with the glowing
-effects caused by the rays of the declining sun. It was nearly dark
-when we arrived at the City of the Mormons and our horses were pulled
-up at the door of an attractive little inn which Brigham Young had
-provided for the accommodation of strangers.
-
-After quitting the prosperous lands of Utah on my way to California
-I stopped in the centre of that part of the American desert situated
-near the borders of Oregon and bounded on the west by the ranges of the
-Sierra Nevada. It was my object to visit a tribe of Shoshones who were
-then encamped in the neighbourhood. I found them dwelling on a dreary
-and exposed plateau in the midst of a region covered with small black
-volcanic stones and fragments (or flakes) of obsidian, with which an
-old arrow head maker was busily engaged fashioning the rude weapons
-required by the tribe. It was the middle of December. The winter was
-cold, and the country around looked bleak and desolate.
-
-The Indians were in wigwams made of saplings or withies, bent over
-in such a manner as to form the shape of a semi-circle or a low
-rounded beehive. They resembled, in their construction and size, the
-temporary huts used by wandering bands of Chippewas upon the shores of
-Lake Superior. The interiors of these rude and miserable lodges were
-not inviting. Squalor, dirt and gloom were present to the eye, and
-influenced the mind.
-
-[Illustration: INDIAN, SALT LAKE VALLEY, UTAH.]
-
-The men differed to some extent from all other Indians that I had seen,
-and were in appearance like the Asiatics in the southern Provinces
-of China, and had not the massive heads and aquiline features of the
-Dakotas or Pawnees; they were also of a more debased type. This,
-however, may have been the result of many centuries of struggles
-against starvation and exposure to the severe weather that must be
-experienced in the deserts upon which they wander. Outside the main
-part of the encampment there was a small group of wigwams, which I
-found to be occupied by Utes, a tribe even more degraded and wretched
-than the Shoshones.
-
-The Utes, or Digger Indians, have always been considered to be the
-lowest in civilization of all the American tribes. It has been thought
-that they may be the descendants of outcasts, but this opinion does not
-seem to be based upon sufficient evidence. There are good reasons for
-believing that they are allied in race and language with the Shoshones,
-and they are apparently treated by them on terms of friendship and
-equality.
-
-The Diggers have been given that name in consequence of it being
-their custom to live chiefly upon roots, or whatever other food they
-can obtain by digging. They also find a scanty support from grass,
-seeds and locusts. They have been occasionally met wandering in Utah
-in a naked and half-starved condition. It is not possible to imagine
-human beings to be in a lower or more harsh state of existence. Misery
-and want do not however appear to influence the natural buoyancy and
-cheerfulness of these nomads. Possibly their freedom, the constant
-occupation of searching the hills and deserts for subsistence, and
-their unconstrained life, give them compensation for the hardships that
-they are forced to endure.
-
- There is only one other race that I have seen living under
- similar conditions of continuous want and wretchedness, with
- whom the struggles for bare existence are equally severe.
-
- That unfortunate people are the Fuegians, who wander in search
- of food upon the rugged coasts of Tierra del Fuego.
-
- When passing through the Straits of Magellan in H.M.S. Pearl
- in January, 1877, we saw several families of the natives in
- Churruca Bay occupying wretched wigwams, placed close to the
- water’s edge.
-
- Some of them embarked in their canoes and came alongside to ask
- for food and tobacco. They appeared to be in a half-starved
- and emaciated state, and were sustaining life upon mussel and
- edible roots. The medical officers of the ship measured the
- men, as I wished to ascertain their size and weight as compared
- with the Patagonians dwelling upon the opposite shores of the
- Straits. It was found that the height of these Fuegians was
- between four feet nine inches and five feet two inches. The
- average stature was under five feet. The measurements round
- the chest were comparatively large, being thirty-four to
- thirty-five inches.
-
- We afterwards anchored in Gregory Bay, Patagonia. As soon as we
- were observed, a numerous tribe of Patagonians rode down to the
- beach, and pitched their tents opposite the ship. Several of
- the chiefs came on board and subsequently allowed themselves to
- be weighed and measured.
-
- It was ascertained that their average height was five feet
- eleven inches, and their chest measurements averaged forty-four
- inches. Their weights averaged two hundred and thirty-two
- pounds.
-
- The contrast in the physical condition between the Patagonians
- and Fuegians is extraordinary when it is considered that only a
- narrow channel of water, easily traversed by canoes, separates
- them. It is probable that the Utes, Shoshones and Fuegians
- may have been forced by adverse circumstances to retreat to
- the inhospitable regions in which they live. No race would
- willingly accept or undergo such unchangeable hardships.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII.
-
- North American Indians. — Diversity of Languages. — The
- Iroquois. — Dialects. — Descent of Iroquois chiefs through the
- female line. — Pagan Indians. — Belief in a Great Spirit. —
- Ceremonies. — Dakotas. — Superstitions. — Dreams. — Fasts. —
- Sun worship. — Medicine men. — Customs of mourning by widows. —
- Supernatural influences. — Lightning. — Transmigration. —
- Worship of Spirit rocks. — Serpent worship. — Human sacrifices. —
- Burial customs. — Method of curing sickness by steam. — Note
- upon analogies between the customs of the Indians, Maoris, and
- the natives of the Sandwich Islands.
-
-
-It is expedient with respect to the condition of the North American
-Indians, to take into consideration some of the circumstances relating
-to their languages, customs, and superstitions; particularly such of
-them as may appear to have remote analogies with the observances of
-other races, or with the more advanced state of civilisation that
-existed in the fifteenth century, among the tribes who had conquered
-the aboriginal inhabitants of Mexico, Central America, and Yucatan.
-It is also especially necessary that a brief investigation should
-be directed to certain exceptional forms of the Indian faith in the
-influence and power of the unknown gods by whom the Dakotas believed
-themselves to be surrounded and who were propitiated by acts of severe
-personal suffering and penance.
-
-In the Northern continent there are two principal facts which attract
-the attention of those who are thrown into contact with the Iroquois,
-Chippewas and Dakotas. The first of these which comes under notice
-is the extraordinary number and diversity of their languages, and
-afterwards, upon a more extended acquaintance with the customs of these
-Indians, the strange and most grave nature of the higher character of
-their ancient religion. With regard to the differences of the languages
-my attention was first called to this circumstance by M. Cuoq, who,
-when I visited the Missionary establishment upon the shores of the “Lac
-des deux Montagnes” in Canada, was in charge of the converts. M. Cuoq
-was a learned philologist and had published a volume of studies upon
-the Indian languages.[43]
-
-The assemblage of Roman Catholic converts brought together at the
-Mission was composed of two tribes, who spoke different languages
-which were so absolutely distinct that they were unable to converse
-with each other. One of these groups were Algonquins, whose ancestors
-originally dwelt to the north of the St. Lawrence, the other was formed
-from the Iroquois who came from territories bordering upon the southern
-banks of that river. M. Cuoq, when conducting the religious services,
-preached to them in their own languages alternately. It is not
-surprising that these scattered remnants of the two great tribes whose
-languages were radically dissimilar should still (although they have
-lived as neighbours for several generations) be unable to understand
-each other. It is, however, a different matter when the conditions
-are considered under which the original Iroquois language has become
-changed into the six languages spoken by the Senecas, Oneidas,
-Cayugas, Onondagas, Mohawks and Tuscaroras. The extraordinary manner
-in which the Iroquois language has thus become separated is especially
-noticeable at the Canadian reservation of those tribes situated near
-the banks of the Grand River.
-
-According to the traditions of the Iroquois it appears that the nations
-were composed originally of one large tribe, all of whom spoke one
-language, and that they dwelt on the southern shores of Lake Ontario.
-It is stated that they became too numerous for the land which they
-occupied, and a great council was held to consider what steps should
-be taken to establish themselves in such a manner as to have hunting
-grounds sufficiently extensive to enable them to obtain supplies
-of food. After long discussion it was decided to disperse and to
-divide into communities. But, in order to prevent disaster from the
-possibility of being conquered by their enemies when thus separated,
-it was arranged that they should dwell near each other and thus be
-able to unite for the purpose of war. It happened, in consequence of
-this dispersion, that the language gradually became so greatly changed
-that the tribes were unable to understand each other, and in a period
-comparatively brief, six distinct dialects were formed which in the
-course of time became practically new languages.
-
-When these Iroquois, who had been our allies in war, were gathered
-together and placed upon lands within the Canadian frontier, it was
-found expedient by them to make one of the dialects a language, which
-might be so far understood by the six nations, as to be employed upon
-all occasions when they had to perform their ceremonies, or carry out
-any purposes which they had in common.
-
-Upon the occasion of my visit to their reservation, I was accompanied
-by two Indians respectively of the Seneca and Cayuga tribes, both
-of whom spoke English intelligibly. I asked the Seneca what was the
-dialect they had chosen to be their language when the Iroquois were
-assembled together. He replied, that it was the Cayuga, because
-they believed it was the original language which had been spoken by
-all of them, and the six nations at the Grand River had learnt it
-sufficiently to enable them to understand what was said when they met
-at the Council house, but, for all ordinary purposes, and amongst
-themselves, each nation spoke its own dialect. With reference to this
-subject of variations in language, it is evident that amongst the
-North American Indians, who are scattered over such a large extent of
-country, the differences in the spoken tongues of the tribes must,
-in many instances, be caused by the fact of there being no written
-language, and of their being divided into races, kept apart by wars.
-It is therefore to be expected that great changes would occur within
-comparatively short intervals of time. With tribes originally belonging
-to one nation, these would rapidly become formed into dialects
-according to the manner in which the tribes moved into other hunting
-grounds, and became settled into distinct tribal groups. But after
-making all due allowances for these conditions, it still remains
-difficult to understand how so great a number of languages have become
-established amongst a comparatively small population. At no time, since
-the discovery of America, have the total numbers of Indians within the
-regions now forming the United States, exceeded five hundred thousand
-men, women and children. In 1829, it was estimated that the Indian
-population slightly exceeded three hundred and thirteen thousand. In
-1850, according to the census, the total numbers were four hundred
-thousand.[44]
-
-The most remarkable fact with regard to the Iroquois tribes is that,
-after having had one original language, they should have become
-unintelligible to each other, although they lived in close proximity.
-Their territories were within the limits now occupied by the State
-of New York. With the Dakotas and Chippewas, whose territories are
-adjacent, the conditions are different, for these languages have no
-relation with each other, and the most careful researches have failed
-to trace any connection between them. The Chippewa dialect belongs to
-the group of languages classified as Algonquin. Dialects belonging to
-that original stock are spoken by the Chippewas, Ottawas, Illinois,
-Shawnees, and all the New England tribes. The Dakota language is at
-present known to be spoken in thirteen principal dialects, and several
-sub-divisions. The Iroquois is exclusively confined to the six dialects
-spoken by the six nations assembled in their reservations.
-
-The history of the dispersion of this race seems to establish the fact
-that Indian languages can, within a comparatively short period, be so
-greatly altered as to become practically distinct. This has happened
-with a nation whose separated tribes have always remained at peace with
-each other and have united for common defence, or for the prosecution
-of a war against powerful enemies. With savage nations whose original
-languages are essentially dissimilar, the constant wars which take
-place between them possibly introduce elements of change which would
-influence very considerably the spoken dialects of the opposing tribes.
-It was a frequent custom after the conclusion of hostilities for the
-conquerors to incorporate in their tribe the women and children of
-those whom they had vanquished. Thus a new dialect would be introduced
-amongst them, and the two languages would necessarily become blended. A
-succession of wars would cause a continuance of variations of language,
-and thus it would gradually come to pass that dialects would be formed
-not only greatly differing from each other, but most difficult to trace
-to any positive origin.
-
-The Iroquois were not only exceptional in having a fixed system of
-confederation which enabled them to combine their forces in a manner
-which increased their fighting strength, but they also had special
-customs with regard to their chiefs. It was established amongst them
-as an unalterable regulation that their hereditary descent should be
-in the female line. This unusual system has attracted much attention.
-When I was at their reservation I asked my Indian companions for an
-explanation of the manner in which this was carried into effect in
-ordinary practice, for it seemed to involve difficulties with regard to
-intermarriage between the respective nations, and I wished to hear some
-direct evidence upon that subject.
-
-The Seneca said: “Our children always take the rank of their mothers
-and join their tribe; thus I, a Seneca, not a chief, married a Cayuga
-woman the daughter of a chief and my son is therefore a Cayuga and
-will be a chief of the Cayugas.” Another Indian said: “I live with the
-Cayugas and my father was a Cayuga, but I am an Onondaga because my
-mother was an Onondaga woman.”
-
-Whilst I was talking with these men, and passing through the villages
-of the Oneidas, Senecas and Tuscaroras, I observed that there was no
-church or any building set apart for religious purposes and I asked
-the Seneca how this happened, as in the other Iroquois reservations
-that I had seen, the church usually was in a prominent position near
-the centre of the settlement. He said that I was amongst men who were
-called Pagan Indians, and that the Grand River Iroquois were divided
-into two classes, Christians and Pagans. The former were settled upon a
-part of the lands a few miles distant. He also told me that they always
-kept themselves distinct from the converts, and were careful to follow
-their ancient belief and maintain, as far as possible, the ceremonies
-and religious customs of their ancestors.
-
-I asked a Cayuga, who had joined us, and who was one of the leading men
-of his tribe, if he would tell me to what extent, and in what form,
-their Pagan worship was practised. I also mentioned, that I wished for
-information with regard to the Iroquois belief in a Supreme Being.
-It was ascertained by the Jesuit missionaries, that a belief in one
-over-ruling Power was found to exist among them, and in this respect
-they differed from all other American Indians, with whom it seemed
-to be conclusively ascertained, that their worship only consisted of
-propitiations of the various powers that they believed had influence
-for good or evil in connection with matters around them. It was found
-by the priests, that the chief obstacle in enabling the savages to
-comprehend the meaning of their teaching, was the want of capacity
-in the minds of the Indians to understand the nature of a Power who
-controlled all movements of the heavens and earth. It was consequently
-interesting to meet an Indian who could intelligently explain this
-unusual peculiarity of the Iroquois belief.
-
-This Cayuga, in reply to my questions, said, “We all believe in the
-Great Spirit whom we call How-wan-ni-yu, and we have four feasts in
-every year made to him. Those at the New Year and at the Harvest time
-are the greatest. We meet at the Long House[45] dressed, as was the
-custom in former times, with skins and feathers, and have our faces
-painted. In the middle of the room we place our offerings of wheat,
-fruit, tobacco, and flesh, according to what we can give, and the
-season of the year. Round this pile of offerings we have a dance. After
-this is over, our principal chief makes a speech and tells us about the
-goodness and nature of How-wan-ni-yu. Then we have another dance, after
-which another chief makes a speech, and so on, until all the speeches
-are finished. Then all the offerings are divided amongst us and the
-meeting ends.”
-
-I asked the Indians if they had any other kind of worship or prayer.
-They said they had nothing more, and that the dance to How-wan-ni-yu
-was not considered by them to be a prayer, but was meant as an
-acknowledgment of the goodness of the harvest. I found a difficulty
-in obtaining from these Iroquois any definite opinion with regard to
-their ideas of the nature of How-wan-ni-yu, but at last the Cayuga
-said abruptly: “We consider him to be the maker of all things upon
-the earth, and we know nothing more about the matter.” There were,
-originally, various ceremonies performed by the tribes in connection
-with the appearance of the first new moon of the year, and there
-were also tribal dances after any success in hunting or in war, but
-these are no longer performed. One of the new moon ceremonies was the
-sacrifice of a dog by fire, and the ashes were scattered over the
-ground as an offering.
-
-Upon leaving the reservation, it was not possible to feel otherwise
-than regret that it had become the fate of the descendants of a
-powerful nation of warriors to be penned within these restricted
-limits. Men, women and children, were leading aimless and useless
-lives. They were pensioners upon Governments which would gladly escape
-from the duties and expenses which the existence of these Indians
-demand, and who are, in many cases, victims to the temptations offered
-to them by the habits of modern civilisation.[46]
-
-The Dakotas and the Iroquois have always been considered as the most
-powerful and warlike of the aboriginal races of North America. Both of
-these tribes also possessed, certain religious customs relating to the
-mental and physical training of their youthful warriors, which were
-intended to strengthen their characters, and to give them the power to
-endure privations and suffering with fortitude. The Dakotas carried
-into effect their observances to an extent far beyond that of any other
-race. Their superstitions and religious ceremonies, with reference
-to this system of preparing the foundations for the establishment of
-the qualities required to enable a Dakota to fulfil his duties as a
-courageous and honourable member of his tribe, are most characteristic,
-and appear to be invaluable elements in the formation of the qualities
-required by a race dwelling in wild and desolate lands, surrounded
-by enemies. It was an invariable rule with all the Dakotas, that the
-youths upon reaching manhood, should pass through a probationary
-period of fasting. This was done for the purpose of enabling each
-young Dakota to obtain a knowledge of the spiritual world by which he
-was surrounded, and to learn, by the revelations that would be made
-to him in dreams, the nature of the Manito which would influence his
-thoughts and actions during his life. The fasts were always performed
-in solitude, far away from the tribe, and frequently continued for a
-considerable time. It was supposed that towards the latter part of this
-probation, his dreams would give him an insight into the mysterious
-conditions of life and nature that appeared to be supernatural, and
-that he would discover the god, animal or other object to which he was
-especially linked and which he was to propitiate by sacrifices.
-
-It was an essential part of this early endurance of trial and
-abstinence, that it not only should be performed in secret, but that
-for the remainder of his life the Indian should hold his faith in
-silence, and never communicate to others what his dreams had revealed
-to him. Thus far this early initiation into the mysteries of the
-unknown world had practically the effect of establishing the mental
-character, and was a form of training which impressed upon each Indian
-a separate individuality. Upon the conclusion of the probation of
-fasting and solitude, the youths had each to pass through trials of
-their physical endurance, and had to suffer various tortures to prove
-themselves to be capable of becoming warriors, and to show their
-manhood by their power of bearing pain with unflinching fortitude.
-
-When I was in that part of the continent which for long periods of
-time had been occupied by the branch of the Dakota race called Sioux,
-I endeavoured to ascertain the nature and practice of these customs as
-far as they were known by the existing Indians. In prosecuting these
-researches into a subject so interesting and exclusive, I was fortunate
-in meeting with a man so well informed upon all matters connected
-with these Indians as the half-breed Faribault. He had lived with the
-Sioux for many years at the time when they had possession of lands
-bordering upon the banks of the Mississippi, and had been present, on
-several occasions, when their most serious superstitious ceremonies
-were performed. Amongst these were the propitiations made to the sun, a
-form of worship which was more rigidly and earnestly practised by the
-Dakotas than by any other nation in North America.
-
-Sun worship existed amongst all the Indian tribes dwelling in the
-Mississippi valley, particularly with the Natchez in Louisiana, but
-the manner and the ceremonies differed, and with none of them were the
-painful personal sufferings and penances, undergone by the worshippers,
-so great as they were with the Dakotas. An instance of the severity
-of this penance occurred in the year 1849, when Faribault was living
-with a Sioux tribe encamped on the western shores of the Mississippi,
-near Prairie la Crosse. “An Indian,” he said, “dreamt that he had
-incurred the displeasure of the Great Spirit, and that it was necessary
-to appease him by sacrificing to him everything that he valued, and
-also to perform penance by undergoing the utmost pain that he was
-able to endure. A scaffolding was raised near the camp, consisting of
-two upright poles—of sufficient length—which were firmly fixed in the
-ground. These were connected near the top by a cross pole. When this
-was completed the Indian stood up and, shortly before daybreak, a cut
-was made within the fleshy parts of each arm near the shoulders through
-which was passed a rope. Cuts or holes were then made in the breasts
-and other ropes were pushed through them. The cords were then tied to
-the stakes in such a manner that the arms were suspended by them. The
-breast ropes were secured in a position such as to allow that a certain
-portion of the man’s weight was held by them. His feet were allowed
-just to touch the ground. His dog was killed and placed in front of
-him together with his blanket, cut into strips, his feathers, his
-ornaments, and all that he possessed.
-
-“When these preparations were made the Indian waited for the rising
-of the sun, and directly it appeared above the eastern horizon he
-threw his head back and fixing his gaze upon it commenced dancing. His
-friends at the same time maintained an incessant beating of a small
-drum. The dancing continued throughout the day, the Indian moving his
-position as the sun moved and taking care always to keep the sun in his
-front and to gaze steadfastly upon it without shrinking from its full
-light. After sunset he remained watching the western sky throughout the
-night. In the morning he turned round towards the dawn and when the sun
-appeared, was immediately cut down from the scaffold and fell exhausted
-upon the ground.”
-
-This act of sun worship is frequently performed, and the Sioux firmly
-believe that if they do not obey the dream which points out to them
-this duty, serious misfortunes will happen to them and their families.
-Instances have been known of men being able to endure long periods of
-torture, and young Indians, when passing through the early trials of
-their strength, will frequently remain for hours entirely suspended
-by ropes rove through their flesh. It is not possible to estimate the
-actual personal suffering thus inflicted upon themselves by these
-North American Indians, by the standard of what would be felt by more
-sensitive and more highly organised races. I have seen Chinamen endure
-with stolid indifference, tortures that would cause Europeans to feel
-the utmost agony.[47]
-
-The Dakotas had another form of sun worship, which is still practised
-by some of the tribes in the West, but which appears to be chiefly
-intended as a tribal thanksgiving or rejoicing. A pole is raised in
-the centre of the encampment and upon it are placed figures of birds,
-beasts and reptiles. The Indians dance round this pole during the day
-taking care to keep their faces towards the sun. Shortly before sunset
-the figures are shot at until they have all fallen upon the ground.
-After this there is another dance which ends when the sun sinks below
-the horizon. The ceremony is then concluded.
-
-Sickness is, with the Dakotas as with the Pawnees, considered to have
-been sent as a punishment for some wrong deed that has been committed
-either by an individual or by the tribe. I was told by Faribault that
-whenever a Sioux found that he was suffering from illness he sent for
-the medicine man,[48] who, upon his arrival, would immediately proceed
-to ascertain what evil act the patient had done, and would then take
-the requisite measures to drive out the evil spirit representing the
-nature of the offence. It is assumed that the offence committed by
-the sick person has some reference to a man, woman or animal. The
-medicine man, who pretends to have the power of second-sight, looks
-steadily at the patient, until he declares that he can see the inner
-demon that torments him. After certain incantations, he makes out
-of clay an image of the creature which is causing the sickness, and
-then shoots at it until it is shattered. It is expected that this act
-will cause the devil to depart. If this method of cure fails, other
-images are made, as it is then assumed that more than one evil deed
-has been perpetrated. Finally, if all these remedies are unsuccessful
-it is pronounced that the patient must perform a penance. This usually
-consists of a long fast, and is considered to be a personal matter
-strictly confined to the relations that exist between the Indian and
-the Manito under whose guidance he believes himself to be, and which
-has been ascertained during the period of the great fast performed in
-his youth.
-
-It was the custom with the Sioux, whenever the head of the household
-died, for the women to mourn for a year. One of their chiefs had died
-a few years before I was at Mendota, and Faribault, who had known him
-intimately, went to the settlement to see the widow. He found her
-engaged in the occupation of cutting deep gashes in her arms and legs.
-She had, in her hand a rounded scalping knife and with this weapon
-she was striking herself and inflicting wounds from which blood was
-flowing. All the furniture and mats had been removed from the tepee or
-tent, and she was sitting upon the earth. At the conclusion of the time
-of mourning it is usual for the women to go to their friends or join
-some other household, and the old tepee is then thrown down and left in
-a heap upon the ground.
-
-At the time that Faribault was speaking about these customs, there
-were present several Sioux, who had come from their encampment, and
-were listening to him. When he had finished his narrative, I took the
-opportunity of asking these men some questions about the belief of
-the Sioux, with respect to lightning and thunder, as I had heard that
-the Dakotas held some especial opinions upon these manifestations of
-supernatural power. One of the beliefs attributed to them was that
-lightning was a stone, and it was difficult to understand what could be
-their reason for holding such a strange belief. They said, in answer
-to my question, that lightning was certainly a stone, and that they
-knew it was so because they had seen it, and it was very hard and like
-a rock. Possibly the Indians had seen the fall of some aerolites, or
-they may have observed the effects of lightning after it had struck the
-earth. They state, that sometimes a small hot stone is found near the
-roots of a tree that has been injured by a flash of lightning.
-
-I asked Faribault, whether any of the tribes with whom he had
-lived, appeared to have any belief in one supreme Great Spirit. He
-replied, that, as far as he had been able to judge of this matter,
-the Sioux held this belief vaguely, but, that it did not influence
-their actions. The Dakotas have a Pagan custom of investing animals,
-hills, mountains, and all remarkable natural manifestations of
-unknown powers with especial spirits of good or evil influence, each
-demanding different forms of worship and propitiation. They have
-also—under certain conditions—a belief in the transmigration of souls
-into animals. They consider that this takes place when an Indian has
-been guilty of some act of cowardice or treachery. In such a case,
-his spirit is supposed, after death, to go into some animal or to
-take its form, and then it is sometimes believed that it haunts the
-neighbourhood of the camp. The superstitious nature of the Sioux is
-often strangely affected by traditions respecting these wandering
-spirits, and when under this influence, it is said by the half-breeds
-living amongst them, that they seem to possess the power of seeing
-supernatural things.
-
-There was an instance of this mentioned as having occurred a few years
-previously. A Sioux died: it was known that he had dreamed that, after
-his death, he would enter the body of a bear, and would then wander
-round the tents of the tribe. After his death, an Indian looked out
-at daybreak, and declared that he saw upon an opposite hill a large
-grey bear. Upon hearing this rumour the tribe assembled, and many of
-the men imagined that they saw it. After this appearance there was a
-universal dread of the bear. It was frequently seen, and the Indians
-were careful to avoid meeting it. During the time that the tribe were
-encamped in this part of the country, south of the Minnesota, the bear
-was occasionally seen prowling over the hills. One of the chiefs was
-asked by a white man, who was trading with this tribe, why it was not
-killed, and he was told, that it was because it contained the spirit
-of a dead brother. There was no doubt in the minds of the Indians
-about the reality of the vision. They were positive in declaring that
-they saw the bear, and would point it out to the half-breeds staying
-in the camp, who could never see it. This power of seeing what is to
-other men unseen, is stated to be possessed by many of the Dakotas, and
-is probably, in a great measure, due to a highly sensitive condition
-of mind, caused by their long periods of self-imposed abstinence.
-Faribault said, that Sioux, when travelling the country, will
-suddenly start and tremble, and point to something not visible to the
-half-breeds, and declare that they see the form of the spirit that they
-dread.
-
-The dreams and fasts of the Dakotas, and the time passed by them
-in solitude, explain much that is strange and exceptional in their
-nature. It is thus intelligible how it happens, that the young Indians
-have such an earnest and vivid belief in the spiritual nature of the
-unknown and mysterious world, and that they invest with supernatural
-attributes the mysterious powers which surround them. It must seem
-natural to them, that thunder and lightning, sun, moon, mountains, and
-rivers, should be considered as manifestations of powerful spirits,
-that require to receive worship and sacrifice. What, however, is not
-so obvious, is the cause which impels them to worship large rocks and
-stones, which cannot, by any stretch of the imagination, be supposed
-to possess active powers of good or evil. Upon this subject I asked
-the Indians for their explanation, saying, that I supposed they did not
-directly worship a stone, such as that near Mendota, but the spirit who
-had placed it there. Faribault said, that this worship also followed
-upon dreams, and the Indians, who were present, concurred in his
-statement. It sometimes happens that a Sioux, in his dream, instead of
-seeing the image of the sun or some animal, will see nothing but one of
-these large Spirit rocks. It is thus conveyed to his mind, that this is
-his god, by which his actions and fate are to be governed during his
-life, and to whom he must offer sacrifices.
-
-The whole tribe will occasionally take part in the worship of a
-boulder.[49] A dreamer, usually in this case, a man who is supposed to
-be gifted with prophetic power, dreams that it has become necessary to
-propitiate some unknown spirit. Then if he afterwards dreams of one of
-these boulders he acquaints the tribe with the nature of his dream, and
-the camp is immediately moved to the neighbourhood of the particular
-stone that is to receive sacrifices. This worship of Spirit rocks
-continues to take place. There is a large rounded mass of granite on
-the west bank of the Mississippi, lying upon the prairie a few miles
-below Lake Pepin, which is still visited by wandering bands of Sioux.
-It had been painted a bright red colour. When passing near the spot
-where it was situated, I saw the fires of the encampment of Indians who
-had come there to perform their ceremonies.
-
-Amongst the various superstitious customs of the Dakotas, none are
-more singular than those which are related to serpent worship, and I
-listened with attention to the opinions of the Sioux upon this subject.
-They said that with serpents, as with other animals, the sacrifices
-made to them were entirely a personal matter, depending upon the
-nature of the dreams and upon the special kind of affinity that an
-Indian might believe himself to possess with them. With regard to
-rattlesnakes the methods of propitiation varied, for it happens that
-some of the men of a tribe find that they have a power of fascination
-over these reptiles. Others are aware of a feeling of dread of them,
-and consequently act differently. Usually a snake worshipper, upon
-meeting a rattlesnake, carefully clears and smooths the ground and
-places upon it his offering. He then fills his pipe with tobacco,
-lights it and turns the mouth-piece towards the snake, holding the bowl
-in his hands. He then makes his request.[50] But, said the Sioux, these
-things are done in secret and very little is known about them. Each
-Indian, especially concerned, knows how and in what manner to offer his
-sacrifice.
-
-There is necessarily a difficulty in comprehending the depth or extent
-of the belief in the supernatural powers of the gods ruling over them,
-as understood and acted upon by ignorant and savage natures, such as
-the Dakotas, whose opinions have been formed after they have undergone
-long periods of fasting and suffering. An event occurred in a tribe
-then dwelling near the banks of the Minnesota, which proved that these
-Indians believed that their gods took a direct part in the government
-of the world beneath them, and manifested their anger by punishing
-those men who had offended them, unless a sufficient sacrifice was made
-as a propitiation. This event was reported in the year 1852, by Mr.
-Prescott, who was residing amongst the Sioux.
-
-His letter ran as follows:—
-
- “St. Peters, _January_ 26, 1852.
-
- “SIR,
-
- “I mentioned an instance of human sacrifice amongst the Sioux,
- but I did not know for what cause at the time, but since I have
- found out the cause of the sacrifice.
-
- “There came up a terrible thunder-storm. The lightning was
- flashing and falling in every direction about the Indian’s
- lodge, and the Indian thought the lightning or thunder was
- angry with him, and was about to kill him; so the Indian took
- his gun and shot his own son, and offered him as a sacrifice to
- the thunder, to save his own life.”[51]
-
-Amongst the Indian races occupying the Northern American continent,
-the Dakotas and the Pawnees are the only tribes who are known to have
-had the custom of sacrificing human beings to their gods. It is of
-importance to remark that these two races dwelt in neighbouring lands,
-and had customs which point to analogies with the Toltecs and Aztecs,
-in Southern Mexico, and the Mound Builders in Ohio. With the Dakotas
-human sacrifices were the greatest of the propitiations to their angry
-gods. It was known that Faribault had dwelt with a tribe of the Sioux
-upon an occasion when one of these sacrifices occurred, and I asked
-him to give me a detailed account of the proceedings that then took
-place, for cases of that serious nature rarely happen, although some
-centuries earlier, when tribal wars were frequent and perilous, it may
-be conjectured that they were numerous.
-
-Faribault said that, at the time when this human sacrifice occurred,
-he was living with a band of Sioux belonging to the Sissiton tribe,
-and they were encamped near the west shores of Lake Pepin. “They
-had come to the conclusion that, for some reason which they did not
-comprehend, a curse was upon them. Everything seemed to go wrong. Game
-was scarce and hard to kill, and there was much distress and sickness.
-Fastings and the usual sacrifices seemed to be of no avail, and nothing
-removed the evil influences which surrounded them. Finally an Indian,
-not a chief, but a man who was an orator and a prophet, had it made
-known to him by a dream what propitiation was required. This man had
-three daughters. The youngest of them was twelve years old; she was a
-beautiful child and her father’s favourite. He dreamt that, to appease
-the Great Spirit, it was necessary to sacrifice this child. In the
-morning before sunrise, he awoke the girl and told her to go out of
-the tent, wash herself and then put on her best dress and all her
-ornaments. He then called the tribe together and told them his dream.
-When they had heard what he declared they removed the tents to an
-adjacent camping ground and remained there until he joined them. He was
-then left alone with his daughter. He told her that in his dream he had
-seen the Great Spirit who had commanded that she should be sacrificed.
-His daughter accordingly stood up, and facing the sun, began to sing
-her death song, which was a kind of hymn. At noon, when the sun had
-risen to its highest point in the sky, he killed her.”
-
-The Sioux stated that after this sacrifice everything prospered,
-sickness ceased, game became abundant and all went well with the
-tribe.[52]
-
-The burial customs of the Dakotas were, in several respects,
-distinctive. The dead were placed upon an open framework or
-scaffolding, which, when the tribes were encamped upon the prairies,
-was raised a sufficient height above the ground to be out of the reach
-of wolves. Ultimately the bones were taken to the tribal burial places.
-It is not improbable that the Mound Builders had similar usages.[53]
-
-The Sacs and Foxes who dwelt on the lands near the southern borders of
-a part of the Dakota territories had different customs. Judge Williams
-told me that, when he was residing amongst them, it was their practice,
-when burying a man, to fix two upright posts. The body was placed in
-a sitting position on the surface of the ground with the back resting
-against one of the posts, and the feet touching the other. It was then
-covered over with earth.
-
-The methods followed by the Dakotas and Chippewas in curing illness by
-the use of steam appear to be of very ancient origin, and evidently are
-the same as those that were described by Clavigero as being practised
-by the Aztecs in the towns of Mexico. They are also adopted by the
-Shoshones in the deserts of Utah. Amongst the Dakotas a low circular
-wigwam is made about four feet high. The frame is usually covered
-with buffalo skins in such a manner that no steam can escape. A small
-opening is left through which the patient can crawl in. In the interior
-of the wigwam some sand is put upon the ground. Stones which have been
-heated by fire are then pushed in under the wigwam and placed upon this
-sand, together with a jar of water. The patient then pours the water
-upon the stones until the interior is filled with vapour or steam.
-
-When the Jesuit missionaries surveyed the shores of Lake Superior in
-1669, they reported that the savages in preparing their meals, used
-a pail made of birch bark, which contained water. Hot stones were
-thrown into this until the water was raised to a temperature which was
-sufficiently high to cook their food. This custom was similar to
-that which was followed by the Maoris in New Zealand.
-
-[Illustration:
-
- BEAR SKIN. RED DOG. ROCKY BEAR.
-
- CHIEFS OF THE OGALLALAS.
-
- (DAKOTAS.)]
-
- It is hazardous to attempt to form any conclusions, based upon
- analogies, respecting the habits and superstitions of savage
- races, but with regard to the Maoris and the Dakotas, there are
- circumstances which require that a passing notice should be
- given to them.
-
- The New Zealanders, like the Dakotas, placed the bodies of the
- dead upon platforms or high scaffoldings. After a certain time
- the bones were scraped and gathered together, and taken to the
- burying place.
-
- The Maoris also had much faith in dreams, and believed that it
- was chiefly through them that they received communications from
- their gods. It was also usual for widows to show their grief,
- upon the death of their husbands, by cutting themselves with
- sharp instruments.
-
- The Sandwich Islanders, who are believed to be of the same race
- as the Maoris, used, in cases of sickness, a steam bath in the
- same manner as the Dakotas.
-
- In 1878, I met a number of Maoris in the valley of the Waikato,
- in the northern island of New Zealand. The men and women
- differed from the Malay type, and resembled, in many respects,
- the North American Indians. I am of opinion, that at a remote
- period, there must have been a communication between the
- aboriginal natives of the Sandwich Islands, and the Indians
- dwelling upon the western coasts of North America.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX.
-
- The Golden City. — Coast of California. — Cape San Lucas. —
- Manzanillo. — Alligators and Sharks. — Acapulco. — San José de
- Guatemala. — Escuintla. — City of Guatemala. — Indian pilgrims
- from Esquipulas. — Ancient mounds on the plains of Mixco. —
- Insurrection of Indians. — Decapitation of their leader. —
- Preparations for the journey across the Continent to Palenque
- and Yucatan.
-
-
-In the forenoon of the third day of January, the “Golden City”
-commanded by Captain Lapidge, left San Francisco for the Central and
-South American Pacific ports.
-
-We had on board, as passengers, several members of the Austrian
-mission, originally embarked in the frigate Danube under their chief
-Rear-Admiral Baron Petz, with instructions to make commercial treaties
-with China, Japan, Siam, Guatemala, Chili and other Spanish-American
-States. This part of the mission had been detached to visit Guatemala
-and it was arranged that upon the completion of their duties in Central
-America, they should rejoin the frigate in the Southern Pacific. Dr.
-Scherzer, the author of the narrative of the voyage of the Novara, and
-who had also published the journal of his travels in Central America,
-was placed in charge of this service. He was accompanied by Baron
-Herbert and Baron Ransonnet, acting as secretaries. I had already met
-these members of the staff and it was a mutual pleasure to find that we
-were proceeding to the same regions.
-
-Soon after leaving the harbour we approached the rocks upon which great
-numbers of seals were seen. They watched our movements with attention,
-and in reply to the sound of the blows of our paddlewheels upon the
-water, bellowed at us defiantly.
-
-[Illustration: The “Golden City” passing the Seal Rocks.]
-
-We at first steered a course near the shore, but finding that there
-was a heavy ground swell, we kept about four miles out from the land,
-a distance sufficiently close to enable us to have a good view of the
-Californian hills. One night, large beacon fires were reported to be
-observed on the heights of the southern extremity of Lower California.
-The course was consequently altered towards a small bay within Cape San
-Lucas, and a boat came alongside conveying passengers. It was very dark
-and the signal fires threw a fitful glare upon the sea and our ship,
-at intervals. As we followed the line of the coast, the scenery became
-very grand as we approached the mountain ranges of Mexico. The weather
-was fine, the sea, rightly called Pacific, was as smooth as glass, and
-there was an effect of atmosphere which gave a marvellously beautiful
-colouring to the slopes and valleys of the mountains.
-
-Several days after our departure from San Francisco we entered the
-little land-locked harbour of Manzanillo. When rounding the point
-we disturbed several flocks of pelicans. They gathered speed with
-a few flaps of their great wings and then swept over the water
-noiselessly without further effort, altering the direction of their
-flight until they were sheltered from observation by some intervening
-rocks.[54] Manzanillo is one of the seaports of the city of Mexico,
-and communicates with the capital by a road leading to Colima and
-Guadelajara. Near the village there is a shallow lake called La Laguna
-de Cuyutlan, in which exist an extraordinary number of alligators.
-
-After our ship had anchored, some of the passengers went to look at
-this quiet reptile-infested lagoon, which is separated from the sea by
-a narrow strip of land. Captain Lapidge told us that a few years before
-our arrival, there had been a long continuance of westerly winds, and
-these together with an unusually high tide caused the sea to flow over
-the isthmus into the lagoon. Numerous alligators then came out from it
-and crossed over into the bay where they were immediately attacked by
-sharks, which abound on this part of the coast. He said that a fearful
-combat took place and for several days the bay was deluged with blood.
-
-It had become dark before we returned from the lagoon, and we passed
-through the Indian village situated near its banks. The women were busy
-grinding, on rounded granite slabs, grains of maize; or cooking various
-herbs and vegetables in small earthern pans. The interior of their huts
-contained one room. The ground was usually bare, but in some instances
-a few mats were laid down. The exterior was formed of long upright
-poles or sticks closely bound together. The roofs, which were high and
-sloped steeply downwards, were made of brushwood and palm leaves.
-
-During the night we continued our voyage near the Mexican coast, and on
-the morning of the 10th entered the harbour of Acapulco. In the crowded
-market place we saw a strange medley of races, Indians, Negroes,
-Ladinos, Mestizos, and Pintos who afforded ample occupation for the
-artistic talents of Baron Ransonnet. The Indians were of moderate
-stature and of a dark swarthy colour, their faces were broad, and
-their hair was long, heavy and very black. All had peculiarly restless
-eyes. We were interested in looking at the Pintos, a numerous race of
-Indians inhabiting the hills of this part of Mexico, who are given that
-name in consequence of the coloured spots on their skin. Some of them
-were merely spotted, others had their feet or hands almost white and of
-a disagreeable livid tint. In several, the dark red skin of the face
-was completely covered with white round spots. These spots always begin
-as blue marks and develop into sores, which afterwards heal into these
-indelible white scars. The Indians say that this kind of leprosy is
-inherited. In all other respects they were perfectly healthy.
-
-At midnight on the 13th, we arrived off San José de Guatemala. Captain
-Lapidge lowered a boat and put us on board the nearest vessel, which
-we afterwards found to be a North German barque called the Gelert.
-Although the sea was smooth she was rolling heavily. The Golden City
-also gave some deep lurches, and it was difficult to get in or out of
-the boat. Baron Ransonnet left us with the intention of proceeding to
-Panama. Finally Dr. Scherzer, Baron Herbert, and myself, made the best
-of our position and slept—or endeavoured to sleep—for the rest of the
-night upon the deck of the Gelert.
-
-The view from the barque when the sun rose above the horizon, was of
-a character not to be forgotten. The great range of volcanoes which,
-commencing in the North in Alaska, runs like a backbone near the
-Pacific Coast through the entire length of the American continent to
-the southern limits of Patagonia, is here very remarkable. The great
-mountains of Agua and Fuego, rising respectively over twelve and
-thirteen thousand feet above the sea, were immediately opposite to us.
-The volcano of Pacaya was on the right, and, on the left, were the
-distant volcanoes near the Lake of Atitlan.
-
-Our landing was accomplished without difficulty, and in the forenoon
-we left San José for the capital in an open carriage, with three good
-horses harnessed abreast. The road ran in a straight line through the
-forest which covered the low tropical plain, extending for a distance
-of forty miles from the sea to the base of the hills. Occasionally
-we passed the huts occupied by the mixed race descended from African
-negroes and Indians, who have been given the name of Zambos.
-
-It would be difficult to account for the existence of a race of African
-descent, dwelling near the Western coasts of the Pacific, if we did not
-possess the statements of the Spanish historians, and their explanation
-of the circumstances which necessitated the introduction of negroes for
-the purpose of working in the mines or plantations, and to take the
-place of the Indians who died in great numbers in consequence of the
-severity of their treatment by the conquerors. The features of these
-Zambos, resembled those of the aboriginal race of Indians, but the hair
-was like that of the negroes on the West coast of Africa.
-
-At the village of Masagua, we saw several Indians who had come down
-from the hills. They were men of unusually diminutive stature, all
-of them being under five feet in height, but they were well-formed,
-muscular and active. The town of Escuintla was reached after sunset,
-and towards midnight I went to the Plaza to see the numerous groups of
-Indians, who were resting there for the night on their way to a church
-festival that was going to be held several days’ journey eastwards.
-The moonlight was extraordinarily brilliant, and the Indians evidently
-considered that its influence was dangerous, for they carefully avoided
-it, and sheltered themselves amongst the trees, or within the deep
-shadows cast by the walls of the church. The platform in front of the
-beautiful façade of that building, was surrounded by colonnades of palm
-trees. Beyond, but seemingly close at hand, were the gigantic forms of
-the twin volcanoes of Water and Fire.
-
-Before daybreak we arrived at the village of Amatitlan, situated on
-the borders of the lake of that name near the base of the volcano of
-Pacaya, and in the morning we saw before us the plateau upon which
-stands the city of Guatemala, five thousand feet above the sea.
-Gradually we found that we were accompanied by Indians belonging to the
-various villages near the road, who were on their way to the market
-place, carrying on their backs heavy loads of wood, crockery and
-vegetables.
-
-As we approached the gates of the city, our horses increased their
-pace, and the scene became very animated. Hundreds of Indians joined
-us from all directions, and ran by the sides of our carriage. The
-bells of the numerous churches were ringing for prayers. We passed the
-castle, the market place crowded with Indian women selling their wares,
-and the cathedral. Priests and sisters of mercy were hurrying along
-the streets; groups of soldiers carrying old-fashioned muskets, were
-lounging near their barracks. Our horses became excited and broke into
-a gallop, and finally, with great noise and speed, we drove up to the
-doors of the Hotel Aleman, and were soon installed in comfortable rooms
-opening into the central court or patio, which forms such an agreeable
-feature in all well-arranged Spanish inns.
-
-Soon after our arrival Colonel Miguel Garcia y Granados, one of the
-Government officials, called upon Dr. Scherzer and gave us a vivid
-report of the political condition of the Republic. The Indians of the
-provinces between Guatemala and the Mexican frontier were in rebellion.
-A large force of them under the leadership of an Indian, named
-Serapio Cruz, were marching towards the city, and a battle between
-them and the Government troops was imminent. He also mentioned some
-interesting facts with respect to the late President Carrera. Carrera
-was a remarkable instance of native capacity. He was an uneducated
-Indian of obscure birth who, by sheer force of character, energy, and
-courage, was, at an early age, placed at the head of large bodies of
-Indians during the various revolutionary outbreaks which succeeded the
-declaration of Independence from Spain. Finally he became President of
-the Republic and governed the people with such obstinate determination
-and firmness of will that, in a few years, he was able to place the
-whole country under a steady system of control. In doing this he was
-assisted by the fact of being an Indian and having, consequently, great
-personal influence over the natives. He also received the support of
-the priests for, like all Indians, he was extremely fanatical.
-
-Colonel Garcia told us that Carrera always had on his writing table
-a toy representing Louis Philippe with his hat in his hand. This toy
-had a rounded base and was so weighted that, when it was touched, it
-rolled backwards and forwards, and would thus represent Louis Philippe
-constantly bowing hat in hand. Carrera when engaged at his official
-work would frequently make the toy move, and then would say to those
-that stood near him “It was in that way, by too much bowing, that
-Louis Philippe lost his throne, I shall take care that I do not make
-the same mistake.” Carrera was not only supported by the priests, but
-also by the Spaniards, who knew that he alone could keep the Indians in
-subjection. Latterly he spoke much of the Indian chief Cruz, and said
-that he was the only man in the State who was to be feared.
-
-During our residence in Guatemala, I was fortunate in having the
-acquaintance of Don Francisco Gavarrete, who held a post under the
-Government and was well informed upon all subjects relating to
-the Indians. He was also, I understood, the proprietor of some of
-the lands within which were the sculptured monoliths and idols of
-Quirigua. At the Museum in the city there was a good collection of
-Indian antiquities which had been found within the territories of
-the Republic, including several idols from Copan and Santa Cruz del
-Quiché. When examining these I was accompanied by him and he directed
-my attention to certain objects of importance. Many of them were well
-carved and it was clear that the sculptors were able to work and shape
-the hardest stone with accuracy and skill.
-
-There was a small idol, made of hard green stone, which had been
-found hidden behind the high altar of a church near the town of
-Gueguetenango. Dr. Scherzer, who during his travels in Central America,
-had learnt much about the religious customs of the natives, told us
-that the priest of a church situated amongst the hills near Atitlan
-had noticed an Indian girl, who was one of his parishioners, showing
-an unusual fervour in her devotions, and he tried to find out the
-cause. He, at last, discovered that she had buried an idol in the
-ground close behind the church beyond the altar, so that although she
-appeared to be praying to what was before her in the church, she was
-actually addressing her requests to the idol outside. This priest
-considered that his Indians were by nature idolaters and that it was
-not practicable to prevent them from returning to their ancient habits.
-Señor Gavarrete said that in the Department of Vera-Paz the Indians
-had still the custom of erecting somewhere near the churches small
-idol-houses in which they kept the image of a saint. To this they
-offered sacrifices of meats and flowers, and at certain seasons they
-were accustomed to keep watch or guard at the door throughout the night.
-
-It is more than strange that nothing has been discovered in the course
-of the explorations of the various ancient sites in this part of the
-continent, which throws any light upon the methods employed by the
-Indians, for the purpose of carving and shaping granite, green marble,
-and hard lava. No mason’s implement of any kind has been found. A
-few copper chisels appear to have been used for some purpose which
-is unknown. They could not apparently have been of much service in
-working stone, for the edges were rounded and the metal was soft. This
-question as to the system adopted by the Indian sculptors in producing
-such excellent work, is as inexplicable now as it was to the Spaniards
-in the sixteenth century.
-
-Señor Gavarrete asked me to accept a fine obsidian spear head which had
-been found amongst the ruins of Quirigua. This black volcanic glass is
-admirably adapted for cutting and wounding purposes. I had previously
-picked up in an ancient earthwork outside the city, several fragments
-of the same substance, which had evidently been placed on the edges of
-wooden daggers or swords which inflicted jagged and dangerous wounds.
-Obsidian knives were used by the Aztec priests when offering human
-sacrifices to their gods. The spear head was in form and in the method
-followed for chipping the mineral into the requisite shape, similar to
-the large arrow heads made by the Indians in the western parts of North
-America, where obsidian is obtained near the volcanic ranges of the
-Sierra Nevada.
-
-During the latter part of the month numerous groups of Indians passed
-through the city on their return from the pilgrimage to Esquipulas.
-The festival of the church at that place occurs annually on the 15th
-of January. It is estimated that upon an average over eighty thousand
-Indians are present upon that occasion. Esquipulas became an important
-shrine in consequence of a wooden crucifix, black from age, having
-been found buried in the ground near that town. It was supposed by
-the Spaniards that it must have been lost by one of their missionary
-priests when passing through that part of the province at some early
-period soon after the conquest. This black crucifix was placed in the
-sanctuary, and from some cause which has not been ascertained, it was
-soon held in the highest veneration by the natives.
-
-Indians assembled there in great numbers from all parts of the country,
-and travelled great distances in order to be present at the festival,
-and to take part in the performance of the religious ceremonies.
-
-At the Cathedral in Guatemala we frequently saw the pilgrims kneeling
-before the shrines and showing much devotional respect to certain
-images. These natives were invariably grown up men and women.
-They journeyed on foot, carrying with them their provisions and
-water-gourds. They seemed to be desirous of avoiding all contact or
-conversation with others. Their conduct was quiet and unobtrusive.
-It was their custom to pass silently through the city. At the doors
-of each church they stopped for a few moments, and then entered and
-knelt before the altar. After the completion of these acts of worship,
-they proceeded on their journey across the plains towards the huts and
-villages scattered over the slopes of the distant hills. They never
-halted in the street, or took any part in the daily movements of the
-inhabitants.
-
-The pilgrimage is also undertaken by Indians from the distant regions
-of Central America. Many of them traverse hundreds of miles. There is
-something in the devotional nature of these ignorant aboriginal people
-which escapes the comprehension of those who observe them. I noticed
-that the Indians varied considerably in stature and complexion. The men
-who dwelt among the Cordilleras seemed to be of a finer race than those
-who were settled on the plains, and were much darker in the colour of
-their skin.
-
-The most attractive spot in the city was the market place. Within the
-square, crowds of people, Indians and Ladinos, were daily assembled,
-all of them buying, selling and carrying on the ordinary traffic, with
-a silence and listless indifference which was in strong contrast with
-the life and animation of the cities in the United States. It was a
-constant pleasure to observe the movements of the younger Indian women,
-who in their appearance and demeanour, were far superior to the men.
-This difference arises from their habits and employment. The women
-have a certain kind of dignity in their manner, caused, in a great
-measure, by their usage of carrying water jars and pans of crockery
-poised upon their heads. They therefore walk slowly and hold themselves
-upright. This custom which begins from early childhood, and forms part
-of their daily life, has the result of giving them good figures and a
-particularly graceful movement.
-
-The men, on the contrary, have a crouching appearance, caused by the
-method in which they have been accustomed, from boyhood, to carry
-their burdens. They relieve the pressure of the weight on their
-backs by means of a broad band passed over the forehead and thus,
-by bending forward, the load is made less oppressive. The men and
-boys consequently contract a stooping posture, and this presents
-an unfavourable contrast to the women, whose bearing is precisely
-the reverse. There is another circumstance which has its influence
-in shaping the figures of the women. They carry all small things on
-the open palm of the left hand, which is thrown back and held well
-raised up. In fact the same causes which affect the appearance of the
-Indians in North America are present here, but with the difference
-that there it is the squaw who contracts the stooping and bent figure,
-through carrying her children and other burdens, and it is the man who
-maintains the upright figure and dignified manner.
-
-On the plains a few miles to the west of the city, in the direction of
-the village of Mixco, there is a large and extensive group of ancient
-Indian mounds of whose construction or purpose nothing is known. They
-have never been scientifically examined and I was not able to ascertain
-that any plans had been made of them. No author has alluded to them
-unless by a mere passing notice, and yet they seemed to throw more
-light upon the question of the Toltecan or Aztecan migrations than any
-other remains of ancient antiquities. Possibly no previous traveller in
-this part of Central America had also seen the mounds of Cahokia, near
-the eastern banks of the Mississippi, or he could hardly have failed to
-have observed that their resemblance is so great, and indeed so evident
-as to place it almost beyond doubt, that the builders of the mounds
-at Cahokia were of the same race as those that dwelt on the plains of
-Mixco.
-
-As it would be highly improbable that any nation would migrate from
-lands abounding with means of food, comfort and warmth to what must
-have been, at that period, the comparatively inhospitable regions of
-North America, the tribes that constructed these mounds must have
-originally migrated from the valley of the Mississippi.
-
-I was employed for several days in making a rough survey of this Indian
-settlement and took measurements of the inclosure. The ground plan was
-made in the form of an extensive and irregular parallelogram about
-twelve hundred yards long and five hundred yards wide. The mounds upon
-the sides of the greatest length vary in their dimensions. Some of them
-are very large and exceed forty-five feet in height. The most important
-are those platform earthworks at each end of the inclosure upon which
-may have been placed the principal communal buildings, or the houses of
-the Caciques. There was also a mound of an exceptional shape, situated
-in the interior which, from its position, may have been intended for
-purposes similar to those that existed within the embankments of Fort
-Ancient in Ohio.
-
-When Carrera was President of Guatemala he wished to know for what
-object these mounds were built, and he therefore gave orders that
-one of the largest of them should be thoroughly examined. It was
-ascertained, contrary to expectation, that it was not a burial place.
-The only thing found in it was a large and well carved granite
-grindstone of the same shape as those at present used by the Indians
-for grinding maize. The results of Carrera’s excavations appeared
-to establish the conclusion that the mounds were chiefly raised for
-the purpose of placing dwellings upon them; and this is also, I was
-informed, the opinion of the natives living in the neighbourhood.
-
-[Illustration: ANCIENT INDIAN MOUNDS NEAR GUATEMALA.]
-
-In the meanwhile from day to day the capital had been disturbed by
-rumours of the movements of the advancing insurgents, and it was
-difficult to make any decided plans with regard to my journey in the
-interior. It was considered by the Government authorities that it would
-be highly imprudent for me to attempt to pass through the disturbed
-provinces, as the natives were known to have become unsettled and
-excited. It was therefore with great satisfaction that I heard that the
-Indians were coming near and that a decisive battle was imminent. The
-President Don Vincente Cerna had taken all proper precautions, and had
-placed the troops under the command of his most able officer, General
-Solares.
-
-On the twenty-third of January we were informed that the rebels were
-approaching, and that an action between the forces was expected to
-take place immediately. Baron Herbert and myself then went into the
-adjoining country with the hope of obtaining a distant view of the
-operations. In the afternoon we heard the firing of guns from the
-castle announcing to the people that the Indians were defeated, and,
-to prevent there being any doubts upon the subject, messengers arrived
-from General Solares bringing with them the head of his opponent. This
-practical method of assuring the inhabitants of the success of the
-Government troops had a good effect. It was afterwards made known that
-the Indians had been surrounded at an early hour and taken by surprise
-whilst they were amongst the ravines. Serapio Cruz fought desperately
-but was killed and decapitated.
-
-Thus ended the Indian rebellion, and a period of considerable local
-anxiety. A political revolution is an event which may be expected to
-occur frequently in Spanish-American republics, but a rising of Indians
-in rebellion or, as it is called, a “Guerra de Castas” (war of races),
-is a far more serious matter, as was proved by the occurrences that
-happened at the time of the revolt of the Indians in Yucatan, in 1847,
-when their war cry was “Death to all Spaniards.”
-
-At a dinner given at the English legation upon the evening of the
-conclusion of the insurrection, the subject of the state of the
-Guatemalan provinces was considered, with reference to the expediency
-of my intention to travel alone through the disturbed districts.
-Many of the members of the foreign legations were present.[55] It
-was thought that the Indian population near the Mexican frontier
-and amongst the remote parts of the Cordilleras would be, for some
-time, in a restless and excitable condition, and might be inclined
-to show their revenge for what had lately happened, by killing any
-white man who should attempt to pass through the country or who
-should by misadventure fall into their power. I was however informed
-by a Spaniard who understood the character of the native races
-that, although this opinion was true with respect to Spaniards, an
-Englishman would probably travel over the Cordilleras with safety. I
-accordingly lost no time in completing my preparations for the journey.
-
-There was a difficulty in obtaining a good ambling mule, without which
-long rides over a rugged country would be necessarily fatiguing.
-Fortunately the Duke de Licignano, who was residing in Guatemala,
-was willing to part with one of his trained mules, and it was with
-great satisfaction that I saw this well-bred animal brought into the
-courtyard of the inn, and placed under the care of my guide.
-
-I received from the Government an official passport or letter of
-recommendation to the Corregidors under their jurisdiction, which I
-hoped would be of service as far as the frontier.
-
-Mexico was reported to be temporarily in a lawless condition, but
-I expected to find upon my arrival within its boundaries, that the
-authority of the republic was sufficiently established to enable me to
-proceed without any serious obstacles to the ruins of Palenque.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X.
-
- Mixco. — La Antigua Guatemala. — Volcanoes of Fire and Water. —
- Comolapa. — Ancient Indian Ruins of Patinamit. — Kachiquel
- Indians. — A Dominican Priest. — Barrancas. — Las Godinas. —
- Panajachel. — Human Sacrifices to the Lakes and Volcanoes. —
- Lake Atitlan. — Sololá. — Orchids. — San Tomas. — Quiché
- Indians.
-
-
-At daybreak on the thirtieth day of January, my Indian guide Anastasio,
-reported that the mules were ready. He had filled the saddle bags with
-a good supply of provisions, together with a store of native chocolate,
-and had otherwise made due arrangements for the mules in the event of
-any mischance happening to them. We then proceeded on our way to the
-town of La Antigua Guatemala. Baron Herbert came with us for several
-miles, and Mr. Hague proposed to accompany me for a day’s journey and
-see me safely started on my road.
-
-When we came near the Indian mounds, I halted for a short time to take
-a sketch of them from some rising ground whence a good view could be
-obtained. On the left rose the Volcan de Agua. In the distance could
-be seen the village of Mixco, and on the right were the Sierras,
-stretching far away towards the North, looking well defined in the
-clear atmosphere of a bright and sunny morning.
-
-At Mixco we stopped for breakfast, and were joined by the cura of the
-parish, who was an agreeable and well-informed man. Mixco is especially
-interesting to Englishmen on account of its having been the curacy
-of our fellow countryman, Thomas Gage.[56] He was appointed there in
-December, 1629, and had the charge of this and some adjacent parishes
-for about seven years. He then left Guatemala and returned to England.
-Beyond the village we obtained a view of the Lake Amatitlan. We then
-passed San Lucas, and reached La Antigua Guatemala in the afternoon.
-
-Upon our arrival we called upon Padre Martinez, and asked him to show
-us the ancient cathedral. It was in a ruined condition, and at the
-time of our visit the nave and aisles were occupied by cattle. In the
-centre of the roof we observed the emblem of the imperial arms of
-Austria, the double-headed eagle, which fixed the date of the erection
-of the building as being in the reign of the Emperor Charles V. There
-still remained within the shrines many fine wood carvings, and it
-could be seen that the ornamentation of the interior must have been in
-accordance with the artistic abilities of the Spanish architects of
-that period. After leaving this fine example of one of the earliest
-churches in Central America, we looked at the ruins of the palace
-and government buildings. It was evident that the ancient Guatemala,
-before it was destroyed by earthquakes, must have well deserved its
-reputation of being, next to Mexico, the most flourishing city in the
-New World.
-
-Close at hand and dominating the ruins, are the lofty twin volcanoes
-of Agua and Fuego (Water and Fire). The former in 1541, caused the
-destruction of the first town established by the Spaniards, which
-is now called La Vieja Guatemala. The manner in which that capital
-was overwhelmed and destroyed, was so exceptional, that it is
-desirable that the events which then occurred should be brought into
-consideration.
-
-It was stated by a Spanish resident who was present on that occasion,
-that although the rainfall had been abundant during the year, there
-was nothing in the other atmospheric conditions to give any reason for
-anxiety. But on the 10th of Sept., 1541, two hours after sunset, a
-mass of water suddenly issued from the crater of the nearest volcano,
-and rushing down the slope of the mountain with great velocity,
-immediately swept away the greater part of the town. This inundation
-was accompanied by the shock of an earthquake. During the night the
-disasters caused by the rapid waters are described as having been
-terrible. The torrents, with which were mingled masses of detached
-rocks and the trunks of uprooted trees, carried away everything before
-them. Amongst those who perished was Doña Beatriz de la Cueva, the
-widow of Alvarado, the conqueror of these southern provinces.[57]
-
-[Illustration: CATHEDRAL AND SQUARE, LA ANTIGUA GUATEMALA.]
-
-The Spanish inhabitants formed the belief that this unusual disaster
-must have been caused by movements of a miraculous nature, and that the
-eruption of a volcano throwing out floods of water was a punishment
-inflicted upon them on account of their sins. They thought that evil
-spirits had been permitted to cast loose upon them the penalties of
-fire, water and earthquake. Bernal Diaz who a few years afterwards
-resided at La Antigua Guatemala, gives in his History of the Conquest a
-vivid but imaginative description of the horrors of that night, based
-upon statements made by the bishop of the diocese. He reports that
-during the tempest great stones were rolled down the mountain and into
-the city by numbers of demons (muchos demonios,) and that many people
-heard shouts, yells, and voices, and saw two monstrous black men moving
-in the rolling waters, calling out, “Forsake everything, for the end of
-all things is at hand.”[58]
-
-Various theories have been suggested in explanation of this outburst
-of water from the volcano. It is supposed that the crater may have
-contained a large volume of water, which after the excessive rainfall
-of the year exerted such pressure as to burst open the inclosing
-sides and that the contents were suddenly set free. If this theory is
-accepted as being correct, it must be granted that the interior of the
-crater was sufficiently compact to enable it to be water-tight, and
-consequently capable of becoming a small reservoir or lake. It is
-possible that the Volcan de Agua may have been for a long time extinct,
-and that consequently the sides of the interior of the crater gradually
-became impermeable. Under ordinary circumstances the materials of which
-volcanic cones are formed, would not be capable of retaining great
-quantities of water.[59]
-
-I believe that the destruction of La Vieja Guatemala by the action of a
-vast torrent of water issuing from a volcano is the only instance that
-is known of such an extraordinary event, and it can be well understood
-how it happened that the superstitious residents in that capital felt
-assured that such a catastrophe must have been the work of demons and
-the powers of darkness. The second city was placed in a position where
-there was less liability to injury from any eruption, but it suffered
-so constantly from the shocks of numerous and successive earthquakes,
-that it was abandoned after having been occupied for more than two
-centuries. The present capital was established in 1775.
-
-The Volcan de Fuego is still occasionally active, and not many years
-before I passed near it, flames and dense volumes of smoke were
-reported to have come out of the crater, but no serious eruptions have
-taken place in this century. In the last century several occurred, and
-upon one occasion the city was enveloped in complete darkness during
-the greater part of the day. At the present time the volcanoes look
-down upon the ruined cities with grandeur and repose.
-
-On the morning of our departure from La Antigua Guatemala, we rode
-through the Plaza and passed near to the ancient palace of the Spanish
-governors, the public buildings, and the cathedral. All these ruins
-looked beautiful in the clear light of dawn.
-
-[Illustration: Volcan de Agua. Volcan de Fuego.]
-
-As the sun rose we began to ascend the hills. When we reached the
-summit I stopped for a few minutes for the purpose of observing,
-towards the south, the lofty cones of Agua and Fuego whose graceful
-outlines were clear and distinct in the atmosphere of a deep blue
-tropical sky. In the forenoon we reached Chimaltenango, which was once
-a place of importance but is now becoming deserted. Beyond this town we
-followed a track leading to the village of Comolapa, and had to descend
-an abrupt and deep ravine, which crossed that part of the country.
-We then rode up a long hill and passed near several groups of oak
-trees, whose leafless branches were made gay by clusters of brilliantly
-coloured orchids.
-
-Upon arriving at Comolapa, I obtained a room in a little inn, where
-we arranged to remain for the night, having already accomplished a
-distance of nine leagues. The parish priest, Padre Rodriguez, proposed
-that I should join him at supper, at which meal there also appeared a
-Mexican, travelling on his way to Guatemala from the frontier, and who
-was able to give me some useful intelligence about the roads and the
-political state of the country in the province of Chiapas. The Padre
-spoke with earnestness about the difficulties he had to overcome with
-regard to the teaching of the Catholic doctrines. He said that there
-were more than two thousand Indians under his charge. They attended
-church as a custom, and seemed to take part in the services, yet, he
-was certain that in their hearts they retained a faith in their ancient
-worship, and that they had shrines concealed amongst the mountains
-where they kept their idols. He had also found, by experience, that
-there was the greatest repugnance amongst them to all attempts at
-education, and no children would attend school after they were seven or
-eight years old.
-
-We looked at the interior of the church. Some of the wood carvings
-at the altars were well designed and executed. Over the western
-porch there was a large coat-of-arms, with lions as supporters. In
-this district a great number of the Mexican allies, who accompanied
-Alvarado in the conquest of Guatemala, were given lands, and many of
-them, during the early periods of the Spanish occupation, were men of
-considerable wealth; but their descendants and their families have now
-disappeared or have become merged into the aboriginal population.
-
-On the following morning we proceeded on our journey to Patinamit. We
-passed a high mound, situated near the path, which in shape was like
-that of Grave Creek, in Virginia; but it was not so large. Its height
-was about fifty-five feet. Augustin proposed that we should take a
-short cut, in consequence of which we lost our way, lengthened the
-ride by over two leagues, and had to descend and ascend a profound and
-precipitous barranca. On the sides of the track we saw many ferns, and
-passed clumps of mountain firs and other trees belonging naturally to
-high altitudes. We were riding over a country at an average height of
-seven thousand feet, and following steep and rough tracks, which tried
-the prudence of our sure-footed mules to the utmost. At noon we reached
-Tepan Guatemala, and were received at the convent by Padre Viatoro.
-The remainder of the day was passed in examining the ruins of ancient
-Patinamit, the chief city of the Kachiquels, a tribe of the same race
-as the Quichés.
-
-Patinamit is placed upon the summit of a height separated from the rest
-of the world by a steep ravine, which, except at one narrow point, so
-completely encircles it as to make it practically a kind of detached
-island. The site resembles that of Fort Ancient, and the earthworks
-are nearly as large as those upon that great fortified hill. It is
-supposed that the palaces and temples of the Kachiquels were built
-upon this plateau, but nothing of them can now be traced. There are a
-few mounds from ten to thirty feet high, and there are several heaps
-of large loose stones, evidently taken from the ravine. The position
-must have been exclusively chosen for the purposes of defence, for
-it is almost impregnable to assault. The surrounding barranca is, in
-several places, perpendicular for a depth of over two hundred feet. The
-slopes are composed of a firm volcanic substance, consisting chiefly of
-pumice, pozzolana, ashes and stones.
-
-It has been stated[60] that, in Patinamit there was, during the rule
-of the Kachiquels, a small building, in which was kept a kind of stand
-formed of a substance resembling glass. The judges sat round this
-building and heard the causes brought before them. In the ravine below
-there was a black transparent stone, in looking into which, could be
-seen the representation of the punishment to be awarded. It was also
-consulted in time of war. Upon my return to the convent, I asked the
-padre if he knew anything about this stone, which might have been an
-unusually large fragment of obsidian, such as would have been found in
-this region, formed of matter thrown out from the craters of volcanoes.
-He said that he had never seen it, and did not know whether it still
-existed. He wished me to understand that he did not take any interest
-in the past history of the parish, but devoted his attention to his
-work amongst the numerous Indians placed under his care.
-
-Upon the morning of our departure, whilst the guide was saddling the
-mules, I went out to the platform in front of the convent walls, to
-look at the wide and distant views which it commanded. This outer court
-was placed well above the ground. On the top of the steps which led
-up to the platform, stood Padre Viatoro, dressed in his robes, and
-receiving the homage of his Indian parishioners as they passed beneath
-him on their way to their daily work. I had already become aware that
-the influence of priests of the Dominican Order was exceptionally great
-amongst the Indian tribes in the Cordilleras, but I had not hitherto
-observed the actual evidence of their personal power over the minds of
-the aboriginal race. The events that were taking place before me, were
-extremely strange and characteristic. Each of the Indians, as he went
-by, bowed down towards the earth, and waited to receive a blessing.
-Several women who had requests to make, knelt and remained in that
-posture. All of these meek, simple and ignorant natives seemed to look
-upon their priest as a being of a far superior nature to themselves,
-and Padre Viatoro by his imperious manner, did not permit them to
-suppose that he could be approached otherwise than with the greatest
-respect and deference.
-
-As we proceeded on our journey, I stopped my mule in order to take
-a final glance at the convent, and saw the tall erect figure of the
-Dominican sharply defined against the sky, whilst men, women and
-children were still passing before him. In the far distance were the
-ranges of the Cordilleras, and close at hand was the great stronghold
-of the Kachiquel conquerors, who, many centuries earlier, held the
-ancestors of this submissive race under their subjection and cruel
-tyranny. It was a scene in all respects so remarkable, that it remains
-fixed upon the memory.
-
-Our path to the hamlet of Las Godinas led over hills and plains, until
-we arrived at the edge of a barranca which we had some difficulty in
-crossing. This great chasm was about one mile wide at the top, and
-was more than a thousand feet deep; it crossed the level country for
-several miles. The sides were almost perpendicular for the first three
-hundred feet of descent, and then sloped sharply downwards. Our path
-was narrow and, in the places where it curved round the projecting
-precipitous banks, looked dangerous, but the mules went forward without
-hesitation. As it seemed to be unadvisable to attempt to guide my mule,
-I adopted the plan which I thought to be the most safe, and dropped the
-bridle over her neck, and she was thus left free to choose the road. I
-soon found by experience, that complete confidence could be placed in
-her wise and cautious judgment.
-
-Upon reaching the bottom we rode for some distance up the valley, and
-then ascended to the level of the plain. After a short ride across the
-open country we came to another equally steep barranca which had to be
-crossed. This chasm I estimated to be nearly twelve hundred feet deep.
-The sides were composed of volcanic ash, pozzolana and blocks of lava.
-The nature of the violent influences that must have been at work in
-the production of the ravines, which have thus separated these plateaux
-has yet to be fully investigated. With regard to the theory that they
-were caused by earthquakes, it may be observed that those around Tepan
-Guatemala must be approximately twenty miles from the nearest volcano.
-
-At noon we reached Las Godinas and halted at a rancho to get breakfast,
-and to give our mules a feed of sacate, which is an excellent and
-nutritious fodder composed of the stalks of maize. At this hamlet
-were assembled a large number of Indians who had come there from the
-adjoining highlands. The men were in many respects like the North
-American Indians. They were of a deep copper colour, and had black
-hair, and large, well shaped noses, broad faces and peculiarly long
-upper lips. Their eyes were round, black, furtive and restless. They
-belonged to the Kachiquel tribe, and spoke a dialect of the Quiché
-language.
-
-After a few hours’ rest we proceeded. Suddenly we opened upon a
-magnificent view. Two thousand feet below us was the great Lake of
-Atitlan, five thousand feet above the sea. It was a bright, calm, sunny
-afternoon, and the still waters, reflecting the colour of the sky, were
-as blue as a sapphire. On the opposite shore, overlooking the lake, was
-the Volcano of Atitlan, eleven thousand, eight hundred feet high, and
-beyond was a continuous chain of volcanoes stretching westwards towards
-Quezaltenango. As we descended the hills the points of view kept
-changing. It would be difficult to surpass these marvellously beautiful
-combinations of lake and volcanic mountain scenery.
-
-In the afternoon we reached Panajachel, and after having found a place
-of shelter for the mules, I asked the way to the house of a lady to
-whom I had a letter of introduction. The envelope bore the address of
-Doña Aña Gertrudio Leon de Montalban. I was told that I should find
-her at home, and that I was to make inquiries at the small grocer’s
-shop in the main street. Accordingly I went to the shop and asked the
-old woman behind the counter, who was at the time employed in selling
-tallow candles, if she could kindly tell me where Doña Aña de Montalban
-was to be found. She said “Señor, permit me to look at the letter,” and
-putting on her spectacles, she gazed at the envelope, opened it and
-slowly read what was inside. After having grasped the meaning of the
-writing, she smiled and said—“I am Doña Aña and this letter is written
-by a very good friend of mine, and Señor, my house is very much at
-your service; if you will wait for a few minutes until I have closed
-the shop, I will give you a room, the cook shall prepare a supper this
-evening, and I hope you will make yourself as comfortable as the poor
-means at my disposal will permit.”
-
-Panajachel was crowded with Indians. It was the day of the festival
-of the Patron Saint of an adjacent church, and they had all been to
-there present offerings and light their candles at the shrines. In
-the evening numerous Indian women dressed in white passed through the
-village, carrying candles home to place before the altar of their own
-house idol.
-
-The cura of the district, Padre Pedro, asked me to join him, after his
-duties were concluded, and talk about the events of the day. The Padre
-was evidently a capable and zealous priest. He had the reputation of
-having studied the character and language of his Indian congregations,
-and of being acquainted with their habits and traditions. I was
-therefore glad to have an opportunity of obtaining from such a good
-authority some well-founded information respecting the reports of
-sacrifices to the lake and volcano.
-
-Father Pedro said that the ancient custom of sacrificing maidens at
-Atitlan, was also followed at the mountain near Quezaltenango. Whenever
-the rumbling noises were heard, threatening an eruption, a maiden
-was offered as a sacrifice to the angry god by throwing her into the
-crater. There used also to be performed some sacrificial ceremonies
-connected with the worship of the goddess of the lake, but he did not
-know what were the customs upon those occasions. The Abbé Brasseur de
-Bourbourg relates, in his notes of a journey through S. Salvador, that
-the lake of Xilopango was originally consecrated to the goddess of
-water, and that in each year, when the maize was about to ripen, four
-young girls were sacrificed.
-
-It was reported that, in some remote districts, sacrifices were still
-offered, but this is very doubtful. The Padre observed that the
-Indians at Panajachel, and in the villages bordering on the lake were
-excessively superstitious. In their houses or huts they usually had
-a room or space set apart for the abode of their saint’s image. This
-image would sometimes be carried to the parish church and be left
-there for a time, and then would be taken back to the house again with
-ceremonies and lighted candles. I mentioned to the Padre how I had
-noticed that the Indian women here had a habit of talking together in a
-low tone. He said this was chiefly owing to the dialect of the Quiché
-language which was spoken in this district, in which many of the sounds
-were expressed like a whisper.
-
-At daybreak Augustin was at the door with the mules, and my kind
-hostess prepared for me a cup of chocolate which she said would
-fortify me for the journey. We then left for Sololá, and soon were
-watching a glorious sunrise. The lake of Atitlan is irregular in its
-shape. According to my travelling map it has a circumference exceeding
-thirty miles. The most remarkable features are its great depth, and
-the almost perpendicular cliffs on the northern side which seem to be
-of volcanic formation. The deep blue of its waters is possibly owing
-to their depth, and the rarefied state of the atmosphere at this
-altitude. Our road led us through several villages containing chiefly
-Indian populations, and then we ascended a long and abrupt hill. As
-the day advanced we were joined by bands of Indians with cargo mules,
-travelling to the market.
-
-Sololá is the chief town of the Department, and the Corregidor was good
-enough to add some recommendations to my government letter. We stopped
-there long enough to rest the mules, and then proceeded on our way to
-San Tomas, eight leagues distant. Upon reaching the upper slopes of
-the hill I dismounted, in order to visit some Indian farm buildings
-that occupied several acres of rising ground near our path. Although
-there were evidences of what may be called comparative wealth, these
-Indians—like all others that I had seen—only possessed a single hut
-with one large room in it. Men, women and lads were all busy; the boys
-cleaning and spinning wool for their black ponchos or cloaks, and the
-women, as usual, engaged in grinding maize and making tortillas.
-
-We followed a steep ascent. The path was cut into broad steps, up which
-my excellent mule clambered with the utmost ease and rapidity, and in
-a manner which brought back to the memory many rides amongst the Druse
-villages in the mountains of the Lebanon. Upon reaching the summit of
-the sierra, I turned the mule’s head round to enable me to look at the
-lake and the group of volcanoes beyond it. It was then a scene of great
-beauty, but at some remote period in the world’s history, it must have
-been a centre of great volcanic violence and devastation.
-
-Our track led, in an almost straight direction, over hills and across
-valleys, maintaining an average altitude of about seven thousand feet.
-In this region orchids were numerous. On the edge of one of the lofty
-plateaux overlooking a narrow valley, I stopped to look at and sketch a
-tall wide-spreading pine, upon whose branches these plants were growing
-with the utmost luxuriance. The orchids in this part of Guatemala are
-constant to a certain altitude which, as nearly as can be estimated, is
-about six thousand five hundred feet. They exclusively prefer to dwell
-upon the branches of oaks and pines, and always cling to such as are
-strong and full-grown.
-
-The manner of their habits in selecting the trees upon which they
-desired to settle, was eccentric. Thus, with respect to the pines,
-they chose those that had broad, spreading branches, and avoided those
-whose branches grew upwards. They adopted the same rule with the
-oaks. In no instance did I see orchids growing upon any trees except
-oaks and pines; all others were left bare. But even when the groups
-seemed to be all well suited for their purpose, they would select
-certain favourites, and upon the branches of these they would abound,
-giving life and colour to them, and leaving the neglected trees dark
-and gloomy by contrast. The majority of the orchids were green, but
-sometimes they were of a bright rose colour, and these when seen, as
-we then saw them, clearly defined against a deep blue sky, gave a
-brilliant colouring to the foreground. They added much to the pleasure
-of our day’s ride. They were gay, capricious and beautiful.
-
-San Tomas stands high and commands wide and extensive views of the
-sierras. Upon reaching the plateau we rode through the village, and
-finally stopped at the gate of the convent within whose walls we were
-received by Padre Hernandez. He afterwards proposed that I should look
-at his church and the altars.
-
-There was much in the interior that had a special interest, in relation
-to the obscure subject of the ancient faith of the Quichés, the great
-tribe that possessed the dominant power in this part of Central America
-at the time of the Spanish Conquest, and whose descendants are believed
-to dwell in this secluded part of the country. There was no religious
-service taking place or about to be held, and there was nobody present
-within or without; but the nave and chapels were illuminated with
-numbers of candles. The church was large and there were several side
-altars. In front of each of them rows of lights had been placed. Down
-the length of the nave there was a long thick block of wood in which
-were fitted sockets for holding candles. There were also quantities
-of offerings placed before each image, or whatever emblem the Indians
-chose to worship.
-
-“For in these matters,” said the Father, “I do not interfere, and in
-fact, I have no power or authority whatever within my own church. The
-Indians come and go as they please, light their candles, hold their own
-services before the altar, and frequently take one of the saints out of
-the church, and carry it away to some hut where, for several days, they
-will perform musical ceremonies before it, and then the saint will be
-brought back to its proper altar.”
-
-Padre Hernandez, although he had lived many years with these Indians,
-had not been able to obtain the slightest positive knowledge of what
-they really believed. All that he knew about the subject was, that they
-were very superstitious and devotional. He said that in many cases in
-the sierras, they had their places of worship where they kept idols,
-and at certain seasons of the year went to make offerings, and also to
-sacrifice animals to them.
-
-After a stroll through the village, I went to the Plaza, in the centre
-of which were assembled the Alcaldes and other parish dignitaries. They
-were sitting round a wood fire, discussing some urgent matters of
-local interest. As I had not hitherto stopped in a populous district or
-village entirely peopled by Indians, and controlled by native Alcaldes,
-I decided to join the group. I received an Indian welcome from these
-Quichés, by not being noticed and was given a place in the circle in
-silence. I soon became interested in listening to their extremely harsh
-and guttural language, and in observing the types of the men, all of
-whom were Indians of leading families.
-
-It was a fine night. The new moon was low in the horizon. The planet
-Venus was just beneath it, and immediately above was Jupiter, a rare
-and beautiful conjunction, looking bright and sharply defined in the
-clear atmosphere of this elevated table land.
-
-When the discussion came to an end I left the Alcaldes engaged in
-toasting tortillas over the embers of the fire, and returned to my
-host at the convent. It had been the fate of Padre Hernandez to have
-passed the best years of his life in the vain endeavour to get these
-Indians to understand the tenets of his faith, but he had latterly
-given up, as useless, all these attempts and left them to follow
-their own wills. One great and unexpected difficulty he had found
-impossible to overcome, in consequence of the imperfection of the
-Quiché language, was his inability to convey in equivalent terms
-the ideas he wished to explain. He also experienced another serious
-hindrance in the execution of his duties. His parish was extensive and
-contained several villages which lie amongst the sierras, remote from
-each other; and as the Quiché is an unwritten language, and there are
-consequently no grammars or dictionaries to create a fixed standard,
-words are forgotten, sometimes their meaning becomes changed or they
-are differently accented or applied; and thus, in the course of time,
-the dialect of one village differs from another.
-
-I observed to the Padre, that, on the way from Sololá, I had noticed
-that the Indians contrived to live in an isolated manner. He said this
-was always the case with them. They were naturally inclined to keep
-much apart. Those who lived amongst the mountains had their huts at
-considerable distances from each other, and the villages maintained
-but little communication; as a natural consequence the language was
-always changing. “All these Quichés,” he said, “are becoming extremely
-ignorant. They keep no record of time or events, and do not seem to
-take interest in anything except the dull procedure of their daily
-lives.”
-
-The Padre had found it impossible to feel in any degree assured,
-that he understood the private feelings or political views of these
-Indians. He considered them to be apparently indifferent to what
-was passing around them, and yet capable of being aroused in a very
-sudden manner, and of acting together for some common purpose. Their
-enthusiasm for anything relating to their superstitious devotion to the
-images was however very evident. One of the things which he thought
-to be inexplicable, was their extraordinary veneration for the rite
-of baptism. They seemed to attach some peculiar importance to this
-ceremony, although the Padre did not think that what was in their
-minds had any reference to the Church tenets. In all matters connected
-with religion, the Indians had become quite independent. They came from
-afar to make offerings of blossoms and leaves, lighted candles before
-the altars of those saints they wished to honour, and then silently
-returned to their huts.
-
-In the morning, before leaving San Tomas, I was interested in observing
-in the crowded Plaza, some of the characteristics of this once
-powerful Indian race. The men were of middle size, strongly built and
-of a swarthy copper colour. Their noses were large and remarkably
-broad at the base. Their eyes were dark and wild. In features many
-of them resembled the Sioux. Their voices were loud and the language
-disagreeably rough. The women had soft voices and were very gentle in
-their manners. They reminded me of the Coptic women of Lower Egypt, in
-their method of carrying their pitchers of water. There was the same
-graceful attitude, and slow and steady walk. What perhaps, added to
-some extent to the resemblance was the long blue dress, and the little
-turban-shaped mat placed on the head to receive the pressure of the
-weight.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI.
-
- Barrancas. — Santa Cruz del Quiché. — Padre Andres Guicola. —
- Ruins of Utatlan. — Report of Don Garcia de Palacio upon human
- sacrifices to the gods in Central America, Statement of Bernal
- Diaz, about the sacrifices in Mexico. — Burning of the Quiché
- Caciques at Utatlan. — Worship of idols by the Quichés. —
- Sierras. — Gueguetenango.
-
-
-The journey from San Tomas to Santa Cruz del Quiché was made
-unexpectedly fatiguing, in consequence of the difficulties placed
-across our track by the numerous barrancas which traversed the plains.
-Several of these ravines were of considerable depth, and their slopes
-were abrupt. It was satisfactory to realize that we were travelling
-in the dry season, and the footing for the mules was therefore fairly
-secure.
-
-Upon our arrival at the village, I rode onwards to the convent steps
-where I was met by Padre Andres Guicola, who was unfeignedly delighted
-to see me. He said that he was glad to welcome me, and talk to somebody
-who was not an Indian, and was particularly pleased to hear that I was
-an Englishman, for he was a Biscayan, and had been born and bred near
-San Sebastian, and had listened to the traditions concerning the great
-Duke of Wellington, and memories, on the part of the ladies, of
-the brave officers of his army. It added much to the pleasure he felt
-in receiving me, to know that his guest was the son of one of those
-officers, who had not only been present at the operations in Biscay and
-on the French frontier, but was also severely wounded at Albuera, a
-battle held in great respect by all patriotic Spaniards.
-
-[Illustration: QUICHÉ INDIAN.
-
- (HOLDING THE OFFICE OF ALGUAZIL.)]
-
-His isolation amongst these secluded mountains, must have been
-repugnant to the nature of this kind hearted and genial padre. He told
-me that he had been living in his parish twenty-one years, having been
-appointed in 1849, and during that long time regularly fulfilled his
-duties amongst his Indians. He declared, in answer to some questions
-that I asked with reference to the adjacent ruins of Utatlan, that he
-knew but little except from what he had read in the history of Juarros.
-The friars of the convent wrote some observations about them, and
-also possessed some documents relating to the ancient customs of the
-Quichés, but these were destroyed during the revolution of 1829, when
-the churches and convents were sacked. Consequently no records existed.
-
-The view from the Convent was magnificent, commanding towards the
-north-west the ranges of the Cordilleras, and towards the south-west
-the hills near Quezaltenango. The lofty plateau upon which it stood,
-was nearly seven thousand feet above the sea. It is upon three sides
-severed from the outer world by a steep barranca which almost surrounds
-it. The ruins of Utatlan, the ancient capital of the Quichés, were
-about one mile distant, and were evidently placed in such a manner as
-to take the greatest advantage of this ravine, in order to form a
-stronghold, which according to the conditions of Indian warfare must
-have been practically impregnable.
-
-After having obtained some local information respecting the structures
-that I wished to examine, I crossed the plain and entered this
-fortress, which once held the reputation of being one of the greatest
-of the Indian cities. I was prepared to see much that would be of the
-highest interest, because no change had taken place within its walls
-since the time when it was destroyed by Alvarado, in 1524. The site has
-never since that period been occupied or in any way disturbed. Upon
-making a slight preliminary survey of the position, it was evident that
-it had been chosen for a fortified inclosure, in the same manner and
-for the same purpose as Patinamit. Both fortresses resembled in their
-character the defensive encampment of Fort Ancient in Ohio.
-
-Utatlan is, with the exception of its narrow approach, surrounded by
-ravines. In consequence of the ground being thus confined, the original
-extent of the city can be easily ascertained, and it is therefore
-indisputable that the population maintained within the ramparts could
-never have been numerous. It is however observable that it must have
-contained buildings, temples, and sacrificial altars of considerable
-magnitude. The sites of many of these were still apparent and their
-ground plans could be traced. Portions of the walls were also standing.
-Parts of the altars were covered with a strong thick cement.
-
-After having walked round the exterior of the fortress, I made a
-series of measurements of the spaces covered by the courts of those
-structures which were supposed to have been temples or places set apart
-for the purposes of religion and instruction. I observed that some
-of the ground plans were similar in their proportions to those that
-I had noticed within some ancient earthworks near the modern city of
-Guatemala.
-
-The pyramidal altars or Teocalli had, in their forms and constructions,
-their platforms and places for idols, many points of resemblance with
-others that were known to have existed in Mexico.
-
-The rectangular courts in front of the altars, were possibly the
-quadrangles within which the ceremonies connected with human sacrifices
-were performed. Nothing is absolutely known with respect to the
-sacrificial customs of the Quichés, and the allusions to them in the
-Quiché manuscripts are not definite. It is, therefore, fortunate that
-there exists a statement made to the King of Spain in the year 1576,
-upon the condition of the country and the customs of the Indians in the
-districts presided over by the government of Guatemala, which describes
-in considerable detail what happened amongst the Chontal and Pipil
-Indians dwelling in the south-eastern parts of the province. It was
-made by the licentiate Don Garcia de Palacio, and with respect to the
-subject of these human sacrifices, there has been nothing written which
-gives so full and evidently accurate an account of those remarkable
-ceremonies. The Report is so valuable and instructive, that it is
-desirable to quote what immediately relates to them. Palacio, after
-describing the country near lake Uxaca, says:—
-
-“Three leagues from this is the village of Micla, where anciently the
-Pipiles Indians of this district performed great devotions, and came
-to offer their gifts and hold their sacrifices; as likewise did the
-Chontales and other adjacent Indians of differing languages. They had
-in their sacrifices some particularities different from other places,
-and had _Kues_ and _teupas_ of great authority, of which there are yet
-large signs and indications.
-
-“Besides the Cacique and usual chief, they had a Pá-pa[61] whom they
-called _Tecti_, who was dressed in a long blue robe and wore on the
-head a diadem, and sometimes a mitre worked in different colours, and
-at the top of this a bunch of very fine feathers, from some birds that
-there are in this country, which they call Quetzales.[62]
-
-“He commonly carried in his hand a staff like a bishop, and all obeyed
-him in whatever related to spiritual matters. Next to him, the second
-place in the priesthood was held by another who was called _tehu a
-matlini_ who was the chief wizard and most learned in their books and
-arts, and who declared the auguries and made prognostications.
-
-“There were, besides these, four priests who were called _teu pixqui_
-dressed in different colours, and with robes down to their feet, black,
-green, red and yellow; and these were of the council in the matters of
-their ceremonies, and were those who assisted in all the superstitions
-and follies of their heathenism.[63]
-
-“There was also a majordomo who had the charge of the jewels and
-ornaments of the sacrifices, and who took out the hearts of those that
-were sacrificed, and performed the other personal things that were
-necessary; and besides there were others who had trumpets and heathen
-instruments to convoke and call together the people to the sacrifices
-that were going to take place.”
-
-Palacio states that the rising sun was worshipped and that there
-were two idols, one representing a man named Quetzalcoatl and the
-other a woman named Itzqueye and that to these all the sacrifices
-were made. There were two special ceremonies which took place, one
-at the commencement of the winter and the other at the beginning of
-the summer, when two boys between the ages of six and twelve were
-sacrificed. Palacio then describes the sacrificial customs in war:—
-
-“The high priest, the learned wizard, and the four priests met
-together, and ascertained by their sortileges and witchcrafts whether
-they should have war or if any one was coming against them, and if the
-sortileges said yes, they called the Cacique and captains of war, and
-told them how the enemies were coming, and where they should go to make
-war.
-
-“The Cacique summoned all his warriors, and went out in search of the
-enemies, and if they gained the victory in the battle, the Cacique
-dispatched a messenger to the high priest, and informed him upon what
-day he had succeeded, and the sage examined unto whom the sacrifice
-should be made. If it was to Quetzalcoatl the ceremonies lasted fifteen
-days, and upon each day one of the Indians of those that had been
-captured in the battle was sacrificed; and if it was to Itzqueye the
-ceremonies lasted five days, and upon each day an Indian was sacrificed.
-
-“The sacrifice was performed in this manner. All those who had been
-in the war came in order singing and dancing, and they brought those
-that they had to sacrifice, with many feathers and _chalchivetes_[64]
-on their feet and hands, and with strings of cacao upon their neck,
-and the captains conducted them in their midst. The high priest and
-priests together with the people went out to receive them with dances
-and music, and the caciques and captains presented to the high priest
-these Indians for the sacrifices, and then they all went together to
-the court of their _teupa_, and they danced all the above said days and
-nights.
-
-“In the middle of the court they placed a stone like a bench, and upon
-this they placed the Indian that was to be sacrificed, and the four
-priests held the Indian by the hands and feet. The majordomo then came
-out with many feathers and covered with bells, with a stone razor in
-his hand, and opened the breast and pulled out the heart, and when he
-had taken it out he threw it upwards towards each of the four cardinal
-points, and the fifth time he threw it in the middle of the court
-directly upwards, thus declaring and giving to the god the reward for
-the victory. This sacrifice was made in public, so that every one both
-small and great could see it.”
-
-It is interesting to turn from the customs described as occurring in
-the remote town of Micla, to the events that happened in the city
-of Mexico, several hundreds of leagues distant. It was late in the
-afternoon of a summer’s day, in the year 1521. The Spaniards had
-been repulsed in one of their most important attacks on the enemy,
-and had been driven back over the causeway after suffering serious
-losses; Cortes was wounded, and sixty Spaniards had been captured,
-together with many of their Indian allies. In accordance with the
-Aztec superstitious rites, these captives were at once conveyed to the
-Teocalli of the war gods.
-
-Bernal Diaz, who had taken a prominent part in the battle, states that
-“during the retreat, they frequently heard the great drum resounding
-with a deep and dismal noise.” At last the Spanish troops reached a
-place of comparative safety, where they were secure from the enemy’s
-attacks, and out of reach of stones and arrows, and then, Diaz says,
-“Sandoval and Francisco de Lugo, and Andres de Tapia with Pedro de
-Alvarado, were each relating what had happened and what orders Cortes
-had given, when the drum of Huitzopotli again began to sound, together
-with kettledrums, shell horns and other instruments like trumpets, and
-these sounds were horrible and dismal, and we looked at the summit of
-the highest Kue, and we saw our companions who had been captured in
-the rout, and that they were being carried up by force, and with blows
-and thrusts, and being taken violently to be sacrificed, and when they
-had reached the top at a place where was the shrine in which were the
-accursed idols, we saw that many of them had feathers put upon their
-heads, others were made to dance before Huitzopotli, and after they had
-danced they were thrown on their backs on the top of the sacrificial
-stone, and then they cut open their breasts with flint knives, and
-pulled out their heating hearts and offered them to the idols that were
-in that place. The bodies and feet were thrown down the steps below,
-where other Indian butchers were waiting, and who cut off their arms
-and legs, and then flayed the skin from their faces, and tanned them
-like glove skins with the beards on, and kept them to show at their
-festivals and when they had their drunken feasts. In this manner were
-all sacrificed; they devoured the legs and arms, and the hearts and
-blood were offered to the idols.[65] These cruelties were seen by the
-whole camp, and by Pedro de Alvarado, and Gonzalo de Sandoval, and all
-the captains, and we said amongst ourselves, thank God that I was not
-carried off to-day to be sacrificed.”[66]
-
-In the whole range of American history, there is nothing which more
-vividly strikes the imagination than the scenes described by the
-Spanish conquerors during the siege of Mexico. The human sacrifices
-and the subsequent cannibalism, represent the most revolting acts of
-superstition that have ever disgraced human nature.
-
-It is strange that, although so much has been recorded of the Aztecs
-and their customs, no clear account has been given of the shape and
-dimensions of their Teocallis within the city of Mexico. We have only
-very doubtful representations given of them. Taking these as the best
-available guides it is evident that the altars in Utatlan were built
-upon similar principles, following upon a smaller scale the same
-general structural plan and proportions. Utatlan was considered as
-one of the most important places in Central America. According to the
-historian Juarros, it held a rank only second to the capital of the
-Aztecs.
-
-Alvarado conquered the city in April, 1524, and he states in his
-official Report to Cortes, that in consequence of the natural strength
-of the place, and the depth of the ravines which prevented a general
-action, he had decided to destroy it. He gave directions to burn the
-chief caciques alive, to set fire to the town and completely reduce it
-to ruins, for it was so strong and dangerous, that it was more like a
-stronghold of bandits than a town of citizens.[67]
-
-A curious circumstance is mentioned by him as happening during his
-march against Utatlan. On the way, and near some rising ground, he
-saw the Indians sacrifice a woman and a dog, and he says that his
-interpreters told him that this act meant defiance. This statement is
-remarkable because it has always been supposed that dogs were not found
-amongst the Mexicans. Bernal Diaz observes that these dogs were of
-small size, that they were used for food, and did not bark.
-
-[Illustration: Approach to Utatlan from the plain.
-
- Height of mound is about 30 feet.]
-
-Before leaving Utatlan, Alvarado placed in office as chief of the
-Quichés, an Indian named Sequechul, who was according to the laws of
-that race the next in succession. From this time nothing more was known
-of the Quichés, until the licentiate Alonzo de Zurita, passed this way
-about the year 1554, in the execution of the duty assigned to him by
-the command of the king, to report upon the condition and customs of
-the Indians, both before and after the conquest. Zurita was informed
-that, before the conquest, the Quichés had three chiefs. The first had
-over his seat or throne three canopies of feathers, the second two, and
-the third one. He says that the city had at one time contained several
-kues, (small pyramidal altars) dedicated to idols, but that they were
-then in ruins, and the successors of the caciques were in the utmost
-poverty.
-
-I passed over the ground where Alvarado’s camp had been pitched,
-and where the caciques were sentenced to be burnt. Certainly the
-sixteenth century witnessed most extraordinary scenes of cruelty
-and carnage in this unhappy country. At this distance of time it
-is difficult to understand what could have been the reasons which
-impelled the Spaniards to burn the Indians in such numbers. Many
-of them were consigned to the flames for disobedience to orders,
-others upon suspicion of treasonable designs against the conquerors,
-others for being discovered worshipping their ancient gods, or for
-not conforming to the new religion. Perhaps the most inexplicable of
-all these cruelties is what happened soon after the conquest of the
-city of Mexico. Cortes, upon his return there after his expedition to
-Honduras, heard that during his absence, there had been a rising of
-Indians in one of the distant provinces, a sort of local rebellion
-which had been suppressed. Upon his making inquiries as to the cause of
-this disaffection, the principal inhabitants of the province came and
-reported to him that the Spaniards under whom they had been placed had
-burnt alive eight of their principal chiefs, five of whom died on the
-spot, and the remaining three a few days afterwards, and although they
-had demanded reparation and justice it had not been granted to them.[68]
-
-Later in the century all the penalties of the Inquisition were
-established, but it was found that the results of these acts to enforce
-the Spanish rule, and to convert the Indians were unsatisfactory. The
-Indians fled to the hills and forests, and would not obey the orders
-to form communities or villages and thus be exposed to such cruelties.
-Finally the punishment of burning alive was abolished, and the milder
-punishment of whipping at the post was introduced and has remained. It
-is at the present time the customary method of punishing the natives
-for any default or misconduct.
-
-In considering this subject of the treatment of the Indians at the
-time of the conquest, due weight has to be given to the influence of
-the priests, their enthusiasm, and their intense desire to convert the
-natives by persuasion or by force. The well-known inveterate hatred
-of the Indians towards their conquerors, a hatred which still exists,
-was a dangerous element always present and to be guarded against by
-adopting severe measures of repression. The good fortune that had
-attended the operations of Cortes and his handful of Spaniards in the
-conquest of this region, was doubtless in a great measure due to the
-condition of the country, and the never ceasing tribal wars. Cortes and
-his generals were consequently always able to obtain the assistance of
-numerous allies who were glad to seize any opportunity of destroying
-their enemies. But when the conquest was completed and the Spaniards
-had the lands distributed amongst them, and the system of _encomiendas_
-was adopted, it became necessary, at all hazards, to prevent any
-combinations of Indians against them, and to put down or crush out with
-unmerciful firmness the slightest tendency to rebel against the iron
-and cruel rule under which they found themselves to be subjected. Many
-risings were quelled, all tendency to insubordination was punished,
-and the Indians remained under control. But this result was only
-obtained after these unfortunate tribes had been subjected to the most
-astonishing severities that have ever been inflicted by a civilised
-race of conquerors.
-
-At the convent at Santa Cruz, Padre Guicola spoke much about his
-parishioners. He said that he was impressed with the conviction that
-the Quichés in many respects still followed their old idolatries, and
-worshipped their idols secretly. He thought that he had discovered
-that certain Indians were “sacerdotes” to these idols, and that in
-some manner which he had not been able to find out, they, amongst
-themselves, maintained their ancient priesthood.
-
-The accommodation for strangers was more monastic than I had expected
-to find. My cell contained nothing but a wide hard board placed upon
-four legs, and there were neither hooks nor posts to which I could hang
-my hammock, consequently it was not practicable to make convenient
-arrangements for securing comfortable quarters at night.
-
-Before my departure I had a conversation with the Padre about the
-history of the convent, and the work that used to be carried out by
-the monks. Some of the descendants of the caciques of Utatlan were
-educated by them, and the traditions of the origin and migrations of
-the Quichés were composed by them, whilst they were still capable of
-remembering what had been related concerning their early history. The
-most important of the manuscripts is stated to have been written in
-1544, by the son of one of the Quiché caciques, who took part in the
-operations of war at the time of the arrival of the Spaniards. The
-Padre was not well acquainted with the subject of the past history of
-his convent, and like the other priests that I had met in the Indian
-parishes, his attention was almost exclusively directed to his duties,
-one of the most significant of which, in the opinion of his Indians,
-was the performance of the rite of baptism.
-
-I asked him what was the best track to follow in crossing the sierras,
-and he made inquiries for me. Several of the inhabitants of the village
-said, that in the remote parts of the hills I wished to cross, the
-paths were not well known, and might be found to be impracticable, and
-there was the danger of meeting scattered bands of rebels. Augustin
-however informed me, that he had learnt from several of the natives, in
-whom he could place confidence, that we need not expect to meet with
-any serious difficulties, and that in the event of being uncertain
-about the right direction, we might rely upon coming across Indians who
-would guide us. My large Government map was of no use in the matter,
-as nothing was marked upon it except ranges of mountains. Meanwhile
-to guard ourselves against possible trouble, I gave directions that
-we should take with us a sufficient supply of food for ourselves and
-the mules, and thus we started upon our road, without feeling any
-hesitation with regard to our future proceedings.
-
-In the forenoon we came to a halt amongst the mountains, and Augustin,
-who was proficient in his knowledge of making a fire out of the most
-scanty materials, prepared breakfast. Whilst we were thus engaged
-we were passed by numbers of Indians carrying goods and provisions.
-Young and old were hurrying rapidly forward, urged by some impulse
-which we were unable to comprehend, towards a destination which was
-to us unknown. They looked wild and restless, and when addressed were
-shy and reserved. In the evening before sunset we arrived at some
-farm buildings, and I slung my hammock to the rafters of a deserted,
-half-ruined shed. Augustin obtained from an adjoining hut some
-tortillas, frijoles[69] and eggs, the three chief elements of Indian
-domestic existence, and with these, together with a good supply of
-sacate for the mules, we made ourselves at home in the Cordilleras.
-
-In accordance with a custom that I usually adopted whenever it was
-possible, I established friendly relations with an Indian family in the
-neighbourhood in order to obtain some knowledge of their language or
-dialect. I had a list of words in Spanish to which I obtained the local
-equivalents. In this manner I made a small vocabulary of the dialects
-spoken by the Indians amongst the Altos near Guatemala, by the Quichés
-at Santa Cruz and San Tomas, by the Kachiquels near Las Godinas, and by
-the tribe near Patinamit. This custom was not only useful in helping
-me to understand the various links or differences in the tribes that
-we met, but it was also a means of bringing about a small degree of
-friendliness, and of overcoming that very decided unsociability which
-forms such an integral part of the Indian nature.
-
-At sunrise we were in our saddles, and soon found ourselves to be
-riding over a difficult and rugged country. The hills were steep, and
-the mule tracks, in many places, almost impassable. In the afternoon we
-crossed a high mountain ridge, and then descended towards the Indian
-hamlet of San Lorenzo, and pushed on as fast as possible, in order to
-reach Gueguetenango before the night. On our arrival, we rode up to the
-convent gate, where I was welcomed by Padre Juan Batista de Terran.
-He was in a highly disturbed and irritated state of mind. His convent
-had been battered and almost destroyed by the artillery of the Indian
-rebels, commanded by Cruz, and his church was filled with soldiers who
-had been quartered there, and were eating and drinking, gambling, and
-leading wild and irreverent lives within the shrines.
-
-On the following day I called upon the Corregidor and obtained a
-passport for Augustin, and then sent him and the baggage mule back
-to Guatemala. He had faithfully performed his duties as guide and
-attendant, and had been careful in looking after the wants of the
-mules, often taking great trouble in finding for them a proper supply
-of forage wherever we were quartered in the night. But he had not
-expected to meet with such rough tracks as we had passed over amongst
-the sierras and down the barrancas, and was glad to be able to return
-by more secure and better known roads.
-
-The inhabitants of Gueguetenango, at the time of our arrival, were
-in an excited and disorganised condition. They had not recovered from
-the alarm caused by the recent events of the rebellion. The Plaza
-was crowded with wild-looking Indians, and throughout the town there
-was an unusual movement of armed men. My chief preoccupation was the
-search of a trustworthy guide, which was a matter for considerable
-difficulty. Finally I succeeded in securing the services of an Indian
-belonging to a local tribe of the Mams. He bore the name of Carlos, and
-spoke Spanish sufficiently well to enable me to keep up a tolerably
-intelligible conversation with him.
-
-I now thought it advisable to make some changes with regard to the
-manner of travelling. Hitherto I had managed very well with Augustin
-and one spare mule. The mule carried in the saddle bags, provisions
-for several days, together with a change of clothing in case of wet
-weather, but experience had shown me that it would be better to reduce
-the weights to what could easily be carried by an Indian in his pack,
-and who, at the same time, could act as guide. I should thus avoid the
-risk of being detained by any accident happening to the cargo mule.
-My own good mule carried nothing but its rider, and a great coat and
-hammock, rolled up in military fashion, and strapped over the pommel of
-the saddle.
-
-Everything being satisfactorily arranged, Carlos appeared at the
-convent steps at daybreak with his pack duly placed over his shoulders,
-and carried by the head band. Into this were put two days’ provisions,
-and part of the change of clothing. My mule carried the halter wound
-round her neck. A small supply of fodder was added to the Indian’s
-load, and thus we started. Carlos took the lead by breaking into a
-quick, rapid pace, or steady Indian run. The mule followed at her
-best speed, and before the sun had risen above the summits of the
-Cordilleras, we were well forward on our way towards Jacaltenango and
-the Mexican frontier.
-
- • • • • •
-
- Gueguetenango, the chief city of the Department, was a place
- of importance before the conquest. It was the capital of the
- Mams, a warlike tribe, whose caciques and principal families
- were of the same race as the Quichés. They were conquered
- and reduced to submission by the Spaniards in 1525. There
- are certain circumstances respecting that campaign and the
- methods of defence adopted by the Mams, which should receive
- particular attention in connection with the theories and Indian
- traditions, respecting the migrations of the mysterious tribe
- who have been named the Toltecs, and who appear to have been
- the predecessors of the Aztecs. There are, in the accounts of
- the campaign several details which are valuable, as leading to
- the conclusion that the Mams, Quichés and Kachiquels, whose
- leaders were all of the same race, pursued systems of defensive
- warfare, which had analogies with the habits of the tribes who
- raised the fortified hill works in Ohio.
-
- When it was decided by Alvarado to attack the Mams, a force
- suitable for the purpose was organized. It consisted of a main
- body of Mexican Indian allies who were supported by a small
- force of Spanish cavalry and infantry; there were three hundred
- Indians carrying spades and hatchets acting as pioneers, and
- many others who were employed in the work of transport. After
- an engagement with the Mams, who were defeated, the attacking
- forces advanced to[70]Gueguetenango. Upon their arrival at
- that place the Spanish General was informed that the Mams had
- retreated to their fortress of Socoleo. The position of this
- entrenched camp was so strong, that it was not possible to
- capture it by direct assault, and the Spaniards in the end
- reduced the Indians to surrender by famine.
-
- The historian Fuentes who is stated to have personally examined
- this fortress about the year 1695, reported (according to
- Juarros) that the approach “was by only one entrance and that
- was so narrow as scarcely to permit a horseman to pass it; from
- the entrance, there ran on the right hand a parapet, raised
- on the berm of the fosse, extending along nearly the whole of
- that side; several vestiges of the counter-scarp and curtain
- of the walls still remain, besides parts of other works, the
- use of which cannot now be easily discovered; in a courtyard
- there stood some large columns, upon the capitals of which were
- placed quantities of pine wood, that being set on fire, gave
- light at night to the surrounding neighbourhood. The citadel or
- lofty cavalier of this great fortification was in the form of
- a square, graduated pyramid, rising twelve or fourteen yards
- from the base to the platform on the top, which was sufficient
- to admit of ten soldiers standing on each side; the next
- step would accommodate a greater number, and the dimensions
- proportionably increased to the last or twenty-eighth step.
- The steps were intersected in unequal portions by parapets
- and curtains, rendering the ascent to the top so extremely
- difficult, that Fuentes says, he attempted several times to
- reach the platform, but was unable to perform the task, until
- his Indian interpreter acted as his guide and conducted him
- to the summit. The ruins of several buildings were then in
- existence; they appeared to have been intended as quarters for
- the soldiers; were extremely well arranged, and distributed
- with due regard to proportion. Between each three or four of
- these buildings there was a square courtyard paved with slabs
- made of stiff clay, lime, and sand; every part of the fortress
- was constructed of hewn stone, in pieces of great size, as
- one which had been displaced, measured three yards in length,
- by one in breadth.” ... “As the place was circumvallated by
- a deep ravine, there was no way by which the walls could be
- approached.”
-
- From the above description of Socoleo it is made clear that
- its construction and position were in accordance with the
- principles and objects which governed the selection of the
- strongholds at Patinamit and Utatlan. The pyramidal structure
- called the citadel must have closely resembled the Resguardo
- which guarded the entrance into the Quiché fortress.
-
- It is of importance to note that the account given by Fuentes
- of Socoleo, establishes to a great extent, the accuracy of
- certain portions of the manuscripts composed by the young
- Quiché caciques which relate to the traditions of the
- migrations of the Quichés from Mexico, and the manner in which
- they divided into separate governments the countries which they
- had conquered, under the names of Quiché, Kachiquel, Mam and
- Zutugil. With regard to the three first-named divisions the
- methods adopted to secure their domination, were so identical,
- that there can be no doubt that the statements recorded in the
- manuscripts, so far as they relate to the historical accounts
- of the Quichés after their arrival in Central America, may be
- assumed to be trustworthy records of the Indian traditions.
-
- According to the dispatches of the Spanish conqueror Alvarado,
- he found that the Quichés inhabited the town of Quezaltenango,
- and it was after the decisive battle fought near that place,
- that they retreated to their entrenchments at Utatlan; thus
- adopting the same tactics as were afterwards followed by the
- Mams, who fought their chief battle near Gueguetenango and then
- after their defeat fled to Socoleo. This custom of the Quichés
- appears to be similar to that of the Mound Builders in Ohio,
- who established their fortified camps in positions which were
- naturally nearly impregnable or most difficult to approach,
- and it is such as would be considered advisable by the chiefs
- of tribes who hold their territories by conquest, and would
- therefore endeavour to maintain their power by having large
- entrenched encampments, within which they would be secured from
- danger in the event of being unable to meet their enemies on
- the plains.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII.
-
- The Sierra Madre. — Todos Santos. — Evening Prayer (La
- Oracion). — Indian domestic habits. — Religious devotion. —
- Goitre. — Jacaltenango. — Indian Festival. — A Temblor. —
- Indian Idolatry. — Custom of ancient inhabitants to serve
- the parents whose daughters they wished to marry. — Doubtful
- fidelity of my guide. — Condition of Mule. — Mexican Frontier. —
- Comitan. — Note on President Juarez, and the Execution of the
- Emperor Maximilian.
-
-
-On our way to Jacaltenango we had to cross the Sierra Madre, a range
-of mountains which traverses the centre of Guatemala. The mule track
-led us over some steep and rugged ascents, and through a long and deep
-barranca filled with a cold damp mist. During the greater part of the
-day we were enveloped in clouds which covered the summits of the hills.
-We finally reached the hamlet of Todos Santos, and obtained shelter at
-an Indian rancho.
-
-Towards nightfall we heard the distant bell of the chapel ringing
-for evening prayer.[71] The Indians stood in front of their huts,
-and looking in the direction of the sound of the bell, recited the
-Ave Maria. This is one of the religious customs taught by the Spanish
-friars that retains its influence upon the inhabitants of these remote
-highlands.
-
-[Illustration: BARRANCA, CENTRAL AMERICA.]
-
-[Illustration: INDIAN HUTS.]
-
-Darkness rapidly succeeds daylight in tropical latitudes, and upon my
-return to the rancho I observed that the hut was lighted by a method
-mentioned by the early historians of the conquest as having been in
-universal use amongst the Mexican Indians. In the centre of the room
-was a rude wooden stand, upon which was placed crosswise, a lighted
-piece of resinous pinewood. The flame gave a sufficient light for all
-practical purposes. After turning into my hammock, I watched by the
-fitful glare of the firebrand, the domestic habits of the Indians. The
-first thing done, was to put the child to bed, and this was managed in
-the following manner:—The mother wrapped the child tightly in swaddling
-clothes, until it looked like a mummy. The head was left exposed. It
-was then fastened upon a flat board about three feet high and eighteen
-inches wide. This board was put upright against an angle of the wall.
-The child remained throughout the night perfectly quiet. The bed upon
-which the father and mother slept, was a low wide frame resting on
-four legs, and raised a few inches above the ground. Everything was of
-the rudest simplicity. The smoke from the fire rose directly upwards
-and escaped through the roof.
-
-In the morning, while Carlos was making a cup of chocolate, the Indian
-came to my side and said that he wished to ask me a question about the
-people who lived beneath the earth (abaxo). He had been told, that men
-like ourselves were living and moving about below us, and he could not
-understand how this was possible. I endeavoured to explain to him that
-the world was round, and that on the other side of the earth beneath,
-things were much the same as at Todos Santos. My attempts to teach the
-laws of gravitation were, however, not successful, and he went away in
-a state of bewilderment, probably under the impression that the people
-below were upside down.
-
-After leaving the hamlet, we passed by the little church whose bell
-we had heard upon the previous night. The door was closed, and I
-noticed that it was charred by burning and blackened by smoke. I was
-told that this remote church was frequently closed during the time
-that the priest was away in other parts of the district, and when the
-Indians came here, they stuck lighted candles upon the door as nearly
-as possible in the direction of the image to which they wished to make
-their offerings. The church door was consequently deeply marked by the
-flames. Here, as also before the closed doors of other chapels in the
-mountains, the Indians have the custom of raising a temporary altar
-outside, before which they place offerings, and sit patiently in
-silence for many hours. They then fill a brazier with chips of resinous
-wood, and light their candles and the brazier and go away to their
-huts, leaving the incense burning. This is possibly a survival of the
-ancient usage of burning copal incense before their idols.
-
-During the forenoon we went over several steep ranges of hills, and
-down very abrupt descents until we arrived at the village of St.
-Martin, when we stopped at a deserted shed, and Carlos proposed that
-he should get ready the breakfast. It was always a pleasure to watch
-an Indian lighting a fire. His materials are usually a few dry sticks,
-some leaves, a flint, a steel, and a roll of prepared cotton, which,
-when slightly burnt, easily catches fire from the sparks of the flint.
-There was often, however, a difficulty in getting the fuel to burst
-into a flame, and the steady persistent patience of Indians in doing
-this is extraordinary. It was a great comfort in riding amongst the
-sierras, to have always the power of making a fire. It was of still
-greater importance to carry your own bed.
-
-Each morning when starting upon a journey over an unknown country,
-with much uncertainty as to where quarters would be found for the
-night, there was a sense of satisfaction in seeing placed upon the
-pommel of the saddle the hammock in which you intended to sleep. It
-gave freedom from all anxiety with regard to the future. There was
-no cause to feel any doubts respecting the beds at a Spanish posada,
-or the rough interior of an Indian hut, and there was always the
-prospect of obtaining, after the fatigues of the day, a good night’s
-rest. In thus travelling and having at hand sufficient provisions and
-fuel to guard against being by any accident in want amongst these
-mountainous regions, there was a feeling of independence which was
-very exhilarating. This kind of gipsy, Bohemian life was singularly
-attractive, and the small element of risk from the possibility of
-meeting hostile Indians was too slight to have any influence upon the
-mind. There was a certain degree of solitude in thus riding without a
-companion, as the guide ran several hundred yards ahead, but this was
-not much felt, for there was a never ending change of scene, and every
-hour brought something new and unexpected.
-
-In the evening as we descended the slopes of the valleys, we met
-numbers of Indians carrying heavy loads on their backs. I had noticed
-when riding amongst the higher parts of these hills that crosses were
-placed upon all remarkable positions, and at the corners where paths
-branched off towards the hamlets. When passing these crosses the men
-invariably took off their broad straw hats, and showed by their manner
-great respect.
-
-I was surprised at observing in the valleys that the Indians suffered
-much from goitre. This unsightly growth seemed chiefly to affect
-the women. It was the same in size and appearance as that which
-exists amongst the inhabitants of several of the secluded valleys in
-Switzerland.
-
-At intervals during the afternoon we heard the distant sound of the
-beating of a drum calling the attention of the Indians for some purpose
-which we did not then understand. When we drew near to Jacaltenango
-we became aware that something was occurring which caused considerable
-excitement amongst the people. We passed an open space at the entrance
-of the pueblo, upon which had been built, temporarily, a “Santo” house.
-It was a small round hut, within which was an image, which had been
-removed from the church and placed there, in order that it should
-receive special honour and devotion. Before this shrine a dance was
-taking place. It represented incidents of the wars between the Spanish
-Christians and the Moors during the period when the latter were finally
-driven out of Spain. A little beyond the “Santo” house was the church
-where an Indian festival was in progress, and an orchestra was busily
-engaged within, performing a musical service. I stopped for a few
-minutes to look at the strange and fantastical scene, and the groups of
-swarthy, wild-looking Indians, and then rode on to the convent, where
-we were welcomed by Padre Juan Chrysostemos Robles. My guide Carlos
-went away to join in the festivities of his tribe.
-
-In the morning an Indian passed rapidly through the village beating a
-small drum, and later in the day, a large crowd of Indians assembled
-in the square in front of the church. It thus became known that an
-important meeting was to be held in order to bring about a settlement
-of some difficulty or disagreement between two hamlets, with respect
-to the buying and selling of lands. About three hundred of the men,
-chiefly interested, gathered together. The speaking began in tones so
-harsh that it was almost inconceivable that human language could have
-developed into such rough and grating sounds.
-
-These Mams were men of strong and muscular frames, compact and well
-made, but they were all short in stature. Their general appearance was
-wild and they had a restless manner. They came from the adjacent hills,
-and it was noticeable with them as with other Indians I had seen in
-the mountains, that they were darker than those living on the plains.
-The meeting lasted for about an hour, and as soon as the business
-was ended they immediately left Jacaltenango and returned to their
-homes. I was told that the matter in dispute had been settled to the
-satisfaction of all present, and that there was no longer any fear of
-local disturbances.
-
-Meanwhile the numerous orchestral services within the church were still
-proceeding. It was a curious scene. The chief instrument was a large
-wooden marimba made on the principle of short and long sounding boards,
-the upper notes of which were played by the leading performers, whilst
-three other men kept up a continuous accompaniment on the bass. It was
-evidently an improvement upon the African marimba which had probably
-been introduced into America by the negro slaves. There were also
-violins and several rudely constructed guitars. The musical ceremonies
-were performed before the altars, the Indian congregation maintaining
-a complete silence. Not the least strange part of the function was the
-fact that Padre Robles was an unconcerned spectator, although it was
-his church that was occupied by the Indians and his “Santos” that were
-being carried about and worshipped, and to whom offerings were made.
-
-Although the music was noisy and monotonous, the players seemed to have
-a correct knowledge of harmony. The Padre explained how this happened.
-He said that this comparative knowledge of music was obtained in
-consequence of the teaching of the friars before the dissolution of the
-monasteries. These friars devoted much of their time to the education
-of a certain number of Indian lads in orchestral music, in order to
-train them to take part in the church services, and he supposed that
-the instruction then given was kept up in some way which he did not
-understand, and that young Indians were taught in their villages for
-this work. He thought that the preparations for the church festivals
-and for the dances were also arranged in a similar manner.
-
-In the afternoon we went to the entrance of one of the valleys, as the
-Padre wished to show me the position of an Indian “_adoratorio_”[72]
-situated on the side of a steep mountain. He said he had not seen it,
-but had been told by his Indians what occurred there. An idol, held
-in much reverence by the Mams had its shrine inside, and the Alcaldes
-charged with the duties of the religious rites and other ceremonies
-relating to Indian sacerdotalism, visited it at certain seasons of
-the year and offered sacrifices to it. The idol had also days for the
-performance of penances, and there was one special day when there
-was a solemn feast, and turkeys were killed and eaten with peculiar
-observances, and the blood of the turkeys was sprinkled and offered in
-a manner unknown to him.
-
-After passing through the place where the “Santo” house was erected,
-and before which dances and other ceremonies were still going on, we
-returned to the convent.
-
-Soon after sunset an event occurred which proved that a disturbance
-had taken place in the interior of the earth. We were sitting inside
-the precincts when we were alarmed by, what was to me, a quite unknown
-rumbling sound amongst the adjacent mountains. At first I thought that
-it was caused by distant thunder reverberating amongst the valleys,
-but it was soon evident that the sounds were of an entirely different
-character.
-
-The Padre, who was listening attentively to the noise, said, after
-a few moments’ pause, that it was a “Temblor” or trembling of the
-earth below, and that it was quite different from a “Terra Moto” or
-earthquake, as it never caused any harm, although it was considered to
-be a warning. According to my map, the nearest crater was the Volcan de
-Tacara, fourteen leagues away in a south-easterly direction. The deep
-sounds rolled like thunder beneath the massive ranges of the Sierra
-Madre.
-
-When living amongst these mountains, and hearing these intimations of
-great volcanic movements below the surface of the ground, it can be
-understood how it came to pass that the superstitious and fanatical
-Indians living in these regions believed that the earth beneath them
-was peopled by evil demons capable of doing injury, who required to be
-propitiated, and that when seeing the expression of their anger in the
-fire, smoke and ashes issuing from the craters, thought it necessary
-to appease them by offering them their daughters. It is probable that
-the sacrifices known to have taken place to the volcanoes near Atitlan
-and Quezaltenango were also customary throughout the long range of
-volcanoes in this part of Central America.
-
-When talking about the present customs of the Indians living in these
-sierras, the Padre said that the ancient rule of young men serving for
-a certain time the parents of the girl they wished to marry had ceased,
-and that now it was usual for an Indian to make up his mind on the
-subject, and then to begin his courtship by giving presents of maize,
-fowls, or clothing to the parents.[73] Finally he proposes to take the
-girl in marriage, and if they consent, he pays for her according to
-his means, generally about two dollars, but sometimes as much as eight
-dollars.
-
-Upon the morning of our departure from Jacaltenango, whilst I was
-engaged in superintending the saddling of the mule and the various
-preparations for the day’s journey, which from the neglected state
-of the road was expected to be long and fatiguing, I observed Padre
-Robles walking rapidly backwards and forwards in front of the convent,
-evidently in a state of much anxiety and alarm.
-
-Presently, when Carlos had moved to another part of the courtyard, the
-Padre hurried to my side and said, in a very decided tone, “Señor you
-must go back at once to Guatemala.” I said, “What is the meaning of
-this! What has happened?” He replied, “I must not tell you, but I know
-that if you do not go back to Guatemala you will be robbed and perhaps
-killed,” and, he added with a look of much distress, “they will steal
-your beautiful mule.” I told him that it was quite impossible that I
-should return to Guatemala, and that I intended to go forward. “But,”
-I said, “if you know anything about which I ought to be informed, you
-should tell me what it is that you fear.”
-
-After some hesitation, he took me aside close to the convent wall and
-said, “It is this, Señor: last night my housekeeper overheard two
-Indians talking together in a low tone. One of them was your guide,
-the other was a man whom she did not know, and she listened to what
-they were saying. They were sitting in a corner of the courtyard, just
-beneath her window, and she could hear what they said. She heard them
-arrange a plan to rob you and to take away your mule. Their plan was
-this: At about an hour’s journey from this pueblo, you have to pass a
-long hedgerow of aloes; when you arrive at the aloes, an Indian will
-jump out from behind them into the road. Your guide will then come to
-you and say, that the man is his brother who wishes to go to Comitan,
-and he will ask if he may be permitted to accompany you. After you
-have gone on for some distance, the Indians intend to come behind you
-and take a favourable opportunity to attack and rob you, and, whatever
-happens you will certainly lose your mule.”
-
-After walking together within the quadrangle for a few minutes to
-discuss the subject, I said, that I had no reason to doubt the fidelity
-of Carlos. He had been recommended to me by the priest at Gueguetenango
-as a trustworthy guide, and was considered to be a good and honest
-man. He had proved himself, so far, to be faithful, and was willing
-and careful; consequently I should still continue to place confidence
-in him. With respect to the conversation that had taken place, I
-thought that the housekeeper must have made some mistake, and had been
-unreasonably alarmed. In any case, however, I said it was necessary for
-me to proceed across the frontier. The Padre looked very unhappy, so I
-told him that he must not be anxious about my fate, and that I would
-take care to send him information about my movements. I hoped that he
-would soon hear of my safe arrival in Mexico. He then gave me a letter
-of introduction to his brother Captain Robles, who commanded the small
-force stationed on the frontier at Lenton.
-
-By this time Carlos had filled his pack, fitted the head band over his
-forehead, and was waiting to start; so I said good-bye to the kind
-Padre, and as I turned round in the saddle to get a last glimpse of
-Jacaltenango, the most beautifully situated village that I had seen in
-Guatemala, I observed him watching us from the top of the convent steps.
-
-I had ridden about a league or more and had quite forgotten all about
-the housekeeper and her forecast of events, when I noticed that we were
-approaching a long row of tall aloes bordering the left side of the
-path, and soon afterwards an Indian—a most villainous and evil-looking
-scoundrel—jumped from his place of concealment amongst the aloes and
-stood before me on the road. At the same moment Carlos ran back close
-to the mule’s head and told me that this man was his brother who wished
-to go to Comitan and asked permission to join us.
-
-The scene was like the realisation of a dream. For a few moments I was
-in doubt as to the best course to pursue, but having been forewarned
-I was forearmed, and knowing that the Indians could not have the
-slightest idea that I was aware of their plans, I decided to go on
-without showing them that I had any suspicions. I said to Carlos “you
-tell me that this man is your brother and perhaps you are stating the
-truth, but he is a stranger to me and I do not like his appearance.”
-However I gave him permission to join us. Carlos thanked me, and the
-other Indian, who did not understand Spanish, gave a guttural sound of
-satisfaction, and then both men ran forward and kept their places well
-in front, at about a hundred yards distance.
-
-In the forenoon we passed St. Marcos and halted at St. Andres, in
-a district remarkable for the luxuriant growth of fruit trees and
-plantains. We then descended a long hill at the foot of which we halted
-for breakfast.
-
-As the mule had shown signs of distress, I took off the saddle and
-noticed that there was a broad low swelling upon her back. A muleteer
-happened to be passing by on his way to Jacaltenango, and I asked him
-to examine the swelling and give me his opinion about it. He told me
-that the mule was ill from a “pica de luna” or moonstroke, and that
-upon some previous night I must have tethered her out in the open air
-exposed to the light of the full moon, whilst her back was still warm
-after the saddle had been removed. I said that I remembered this having
-been done. The muleteer said that the injurious effects of the moon
-was well known, and that the mule ought not to have been exposed to
-it so soon after I had dismounted. He thought that the swelling would
-not prevent my riding her, provided that the pressure was taken off by
-resting the saddle upon pads placed upon each side of the swelling, and
-he arranged some rolls of padding for the purpose.
-
-In the afternoon we were going through a desolate and uninhabited
-part of the country, when I observed that my guide and his brother
-were lagging on the way. Finally they dropped behind, and began to
-run together a few yards in the rear. The time had now come when it
-was necessary to take a decisive action. I had to be careful not to
-let Carlos suppose that there were any doubts in my mind about his
-fidelity, for I knew nothing of the road, and it was important that I
-should appear to have entire confidence in his guidance.
-
-I stopped the mule, and called Carlos up to my side, and said, “Carlos,
-you must not run behind me. You are the guide, and must keep in front
-to enable me to follow you, and not miss the track, and,” I added in
-a more marked manner, “remember that you are to keep well ahead. Let
-there not be any mistake in this matter, and your brother is to be with
-you.” Carlos immediately obeyed my orders. There was no danger to be
-apprehended so long as this precaution was taken, for I always carried
-with me a small loaded revolver to defend myself in case of attack, an
-event which I thought to be improbable.
-
-When we arrived at Lenton, we were given rooms within the quarters
-of the garrison. Captain Robles, the commandant, showed me every
-attention, and at supper I joined the officers’ mess. In the morning
-it was found that although every possible care was taken to raise
-the saddle above the swelling, the mule could not bear any pressure.
-Consequently I asked Captain Robles if he could provide me with a
-horse. After some difficulty an animal was obtained, which although of
-very rough appearance, I thought would answer the purpose of carrying
-me the two days’ journey to Comitan. An Indian lad, called a mozo, was
-hired to bring the horse back, and lead my disabled mule. By the time
-that all these arrangements were completed it was getting late in the
-morning. More than three hours daylight were lost, and it was important
-with regard to my Indians to reach our next stopping place before
-sunset.
-
-For eight leagues the road led through a dreary desert without any
-signs of habitation, and then we reached a pond called San José where
-we halted for an hour. It was quite dark when we reached a hut near
-Sinigiglia within the Mexican frontier, and where I decided to stop. An
-Indian and his wife were inside, but they not only refused to open the
-door and give us shelter, but to all applications for food or water,
-replied in the words so usually employed by all Indians when asked for
-anything, “No hay.” “There is nothing.” The only thing to be done was
-to make the best of the circumstances, so a supper was made from our
-store of provisions, and with the saddle for a pillow, and the hammock
-stretched upon the ground, I passed the night.
-
-On the following day the sun was sinking below the horizon when we
-entered the town of Comitan, and I was not sorry to find myself within
-the walls of a comfortable posada, called the Hotel de la Libertad,
-where I was given a room looking into the court. I was not, however,
-destined to pass the night without disturbance.
-
-After having been asleep for several hours I was startled by hearing
-a peculiar noise. It was a gentle and continuous tapping, accompanied
-by the word Señor spoken in a low, soft voice. It was quite dark so
-I lighted the candle and asked who was there, and I heard “Señor it
-is your mozo from Lenton, and I have brought your saddle, and wish to
-speak to you.” I opened the door and told the lad to explain the reason
-for coming to me in the middle of the night. He came in looking very
-frightened and said that he was afraid of my Indians for he thought
-they were bad men. He had heard them say that it was their intention
-to go back with him, and he feared that when they were in the deserted
-part of the country they would steal the horse; so he came to ask my
-permission to leave at once. The Indians were asleep but he was afraid
-that they would soon awake and prevent him from getting away alone.
-He said also that the mule was safe in the stable, and that he had
-brought with him the saddle, sheepskin and halter which he placed upon
-the floor in a corner of the room. I thought that the fears of the lad
-were perhaps well founded, and gave him directions to leave at once and
-get on as fast as possible. As he still looked anxious, I assured him
-that measures should be taken to prevent the Indians from following him
-for several hours. The mozo thanked me and disappeared into the dark
-courtyard, and I never heard of him or the horse again. It is to be
-hoped that he arrived at his village in safety.
-
-Shortly before sunrise I was awoke by a loud tapping at the door. This
-time it was the landlord who came to tell me that my Indians were
-making a great noise and were very excited. They were calling out
-that the mozo had gone away during the night with my horse, and they
-wished to see me immediately and be paid and discharged. I told the
-landlord what had happened and that the mozo had left by my orders, and
-then requested him not to permit the Indians to leave the inn, and to
-tell them that I would not see them before the middle of the day. “I
-understand you,” said the landlord, “and will do all that is necessary.”
-
-In the afternoon at the time when I estimated that if the mozo had made
-a proper use of his start he would be at least forty miles away, the
-Indians were discharged, and an hour afterwards I was informed that
-they had been seen on the road running fast towards the frontier.
-
-It was now necessary to take steps to cure the mule and get a guide.
-Don Manuel Castillo, to whom I had a letter of introduction, was away
-at his hacienda, but his friend Don Mariana Godillo in the kindest
-manner undertook to arrange everything for me. Upon an examination
-of the mule it was considered advisable that she should have a few
-days’ rest to allow the swelling to subside, and in the meanwhile, the
-experience of local muleteers was made available in applying the most
-approved remedies.
-
-During this time the town of Comitan was in a state of unusual
-excitement in consequence of the arrival of numerous bands of Indians
-to take part in the festival of San Caralampio, to whom was dedicated
-one of the churches. In front of that church numerous Indians were
-assembled. In some respects the scene was like that which took place at
-Jacaltenango, but the proceedings were more of the character of a fair
-than of a religious ceremony. The plaza was covered with booths, and a
-local Indian traffic was being busily transacted. Indian musicians with
-drums, fifes, and fiddles were engaged in making an incessant noise.
-The interior of the church was always crowded, and continuous services
-were performed at the shrines. The women wore white hoods which were
-drawn tightly across the lower part of their faces. The men usually
-wore black yergas.[74]
-
-Upon the fourth morning of my stay in the town, as I could not see any
-signs of improvement in the state of the mule, and it was necessary not
-to lose any more time, I held a small meeting of experts in the stable.
-It was thought that some weeks must elapse before she would be fit to
-travel, and Señor Godillo proposed to give me one of his best mules in
-exchange for her, and also insisted upon giving me twenty dollars, as
-he considered my mule to be well worth that additional value. In the
-end this arrangement was carried out, and thus with infinite regret I
-parted with my intelligent and sure-footed companion.
-
-It was reported at Comitan that the border provinces toward Palenque
-had become settled and had ceased to be in a lawless condition. This
-state of things was undoubtedly due to the remarkable influence of
-the President Juarez over the Indian tribes, and it was probable that
-the cause of this influence was attributable to the fact that, like
-Carrera, the first President of the Republic of Guatemala, he was by
-birth an Indian.
-
-Juarez was known to be an Indian of a good unmixed stock. He was born
-in Oaxaca, the province bordering Chiapas on the west. Of his early
-youth but little is known, but as a young man he took a prominent
-part in the political movements which preceded the declaration
-of Independence. He was elected a Deputy to the Congress, and in
-1858 became President, and was given very extensive authority. In
-considering the characteristics and capacity of the Indians in
-Central America, it can never be forgotten that, during a period of
-great revolutionary agitation, two unknown Indians should, in a most
-extraordinary manner, have risen to the surface, and controlled the
-destinies of the new Republics.
-
-Under such conditions, requiring much administrative ability, it
-might have reasonably been expected that men of a white race, either
-Spaniards or belonging to the large population of half-castes of
-partly Spanish descent, would, in consequence of their superior
-qualifications, or their education, or military training, have taken
-the lead in these revolutions. As a matter of racial capacity, it
-is strange that ordinary Indians with absolutely no help from their
-surrounding circumstances, should have attained the highest power.[75]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII.
-
- Camping on the plains. — A night amongst the hills in Chiapas. —
- Lopez. — Indian Sun worship. — Ocosingo. — An ancient idol. —
- Proposed expedition through the unknown region occupied by the
- Lacandones to British Honduras. — Bachajon. — Tzendal Indians. —
- Chilon. — Indian Carnival. — Yajalon. — Carnival amongst the
- Tzendales. — Drunkenness. — Dances. — Horse races. — Ruined
- Churches and Convents. — Influence of the Priests over the
- Indian Tribes. — Las Casas. — Forced labour. — The Presbitero
- Fernando Macal.
-
-
-It was a fine February morning when we left Comitan. An Indian named
-Lopez was hired to guide me as far as Ocosingo, three days’ journey
-distant. No trustworthy man could be found who was acquainted with the
-country beyond that place. With regard to the subject of safety and
-fidelity, it was arranged that Lopez should receive half his wages in
-advance and the remainder upon his return. The money was deposited
-with my friend who engaged him. Lopez was also to bring back a letter
-from me to the effect that he had performed his duty, and that I
-was satisfied with his conduct. These measures of precaution were
-considered to be advisable.
-
-After a long day’s ride we reached a place where we decided to pass the
-night. It was upon an open plain where we saw some muleteers encamped.
-As there were no trees upon which to hang the hammock, it was necessary
-to sleep on the ground. There was a heavy mist and everything was very
-damp. We noticed that the muleteers had taken off the halters from
-their mules and tied them together and placed the long rope thus made
-in a circle, within which they were sleeping. Lopez said that I must
-follow the same plan, which he explained to be a method employed to
-prevent serpents from crawling near them, the rough fibrous nature of
-the halter being so disagreeable to them that they would not pass over
-it. Consequently I was encircled in this manner and with a saddle for
-a pillow, endeavoured to get rest, but the thick mist was the cause of
-much discomfort. Lopez passed the time on guard, watching the mule.
-
-The next day as early as possible we continued our journey. After
-passing a few huts called Jotána, we entered upon a wide expanse of
-undulating land well studded with trees. Here we met some Mexicans
-travelling on their way from their hacienda or farm. They were men,
-women, boys and girls, all bright and gay, riding horses and mules,
-galloping over the smooth grass land and enjoying the sunny weather.
-I took the opportunity of occasionally joining the laughing cheerful
-group, and I was sorry when we had to part company and follow different
-paths.
-
-In the afternoon we reached a steep, sharp ascent. The track was
-difficult to trace, and in several places was almost impassable. Large
-masses of stone had fallen over it. There were also numerous deep,
-slippery ruts, through which the mule plunged with difficulty. It was
-sunset when, after having made our way over several leagues of this
-rough ground, we came to an open space, where it was thought expedient
-to stop. We found two trees, between which the hammock was secured.
-The mule was tethered within reach, and Lopez went to an adjacent wood
-and got some twigs and leaves to enable us to make a fire. This was a
-work of difficulty requiring great patience; no one but an Indian would
-have succeeded. The first supply of fuel, after half an hour’s useless
-endeavour, could not be ignited, and Lopez made a second expedition
-to find drier materials. Finally, when I thought that it was useless
-to continue the attempt, an accidental spark suddenly set fire to a
-dry leaf and we were soon sitting round a blazing mass of flame, and
-preparing a supper of tortillas and chocolate.
-
-The air was too chilly and damp to permit of our expecting much rest,
-and the night was chiefly occupied in attending to the fire, and
-in listening to Lopez’s account of his superstitions and religious
-beliefs, and those generally held by his tribe. There was something
-in Lopez’s character which showed that he was possessed of a kind of
-devotional enthusiasm, which made his stories of Indian faiths, past
-and present, singularly interesting, because it was evident that he
-spoke with earnestness and as a man convinced. Thus the night passed
-away, and in the morning as soon the earliest signs of dawn appeared in
-the sky, and long before the sun had risen over the hills, we continued
-our journey northwards through Chiapas.
-
-In the forenoon we reached the hamlet of San Carlos. I observed that
-Lopez went to the rising ground near at hand, and stood for several
-moments facing the sun, with the palms of his hands joined together and
-raised to the level of his face. He seemed to be muttering a request.
-When he returned I asked him what he had been doing. He said that the
-Indians of his tribe always thanked the sun in the morning for coming
-and giving light, and thus enabling men to work. In the evening they
-again thanked the sun for what had been done, and asked it to return
-again. They also offered prayers to the moon for the same reason,
-because it gave light and helped men to live. The stars they did not
-worship.
-
-In answer to questions that I put to him, he said that the Indians
-always prayed or made offerings with reference to the world in which
-they lived, and for objects relating to themselves and their wants,
-and never took into consideration anything regarding a future life.
-He thought it was impossible to know if a man was to live again, or
-whether he was to be given some other shape or kind of existence.
-I told Lopez about the “adoratorio” in the Sierra Madre above
-Jacaltenango. He declared that the Indians near Comitan also had a
-stone image in a cave amongst the hills. He went there once a year to
-light a candle, “la sua candela,” before it, but it was usual amongst
-the men of his tribe to go there more frequently. The image was about
-two feet six inches in height, and had its arms folded. It was one of
-the ancient idols worshipped before the conquest.
-
-From San Carlos there was a ride of six leagues over a less difficult
-road, and as we approached Ocosingo we passed through some fine
-scenery. The path followed the line of the summit of the hills, and
-commanded extensive views of both valleys. At Ocosingo, I called upon
-Don Remigio Salorzano, to whom I carried a note of introduction. Don
-Remigio told me that the ancient Indian ruins were over a league from
-the pueblo, but that there was very little to be seen there.
-
-The temples were almost destroyed, and the materials had been taken
-away for building purposes. There were, however, fragments of stones
-covered with hieroglyphic characters still remaining there. I went with
-him to look at some idols that had been brought from the ruins. One of
-these at once arrested my attention. It was made of hard sandstone, and
-was about three feet high. The head was broken off, and had been taken
-away to prevent the Indians from worshipping it. I at first thought
-that the idol must have been made subsequent to the Spanish occupation
-of this part of Mexico, for by the costume it seemed to be intended to
-represent a Spanish cavalier. In front of the waist belt there was a
-small head surmounting a rudely shaped cross.
-
-It appeared as if the native sculptor had wished to make the image
-of a knight holding before him a head, such as is not infrequently
-seen in early sacred pictures.[76] But although this was the vague
-impression made upon the mind by an examination of the front of the
-statue, it was evident upon looking at the reverse side that the date
-of its sculpture was of a much earlier period, for it was covered
-with an upright line of hieroglyphics of the same character as those
-carved upon the idols at Copan. I examined with care the details of the
-figure, and made sketches of the front and back, as I thought that it
-would be useful to preserve a slight memorial of this idol which may
-eventually share the fate of many others and be destroyed.
-
-[Illustration: Indian statue. Ocosingo.]
-
-Two larger idols were placed against the wall of the church. These
-were also headless. Don Remigio showed me several long stones that
-were used for the door steps at the entrance of some of the largest
-of the huts occupied by Ladinos and which had been taken from the
-ruins. One of these, made of limestone, was covered with deeply carved
-hieroglyphics still quite clear and distinct. In front of one of the
-dwellings there was a flat stone measuring about three feet square. On
-the surface of this stone were two figures. A woman in an imploring
-attitude was presenting a cup to a man, who was standing up and bending
-forward to receive the offering. The wall of an adjoining house was
-partly built with stones also taken from the temples. They had a
-perfectly smooth surface and were each about two feet long, one foot
-wide and two inches thick. Similar stones were scattered about the
-pueblo, and many were used as stepping stones across the stream that
-flowed eastwards to join the waters of the river Usamacinta.
-
-The church, from its size and manner of construction, had been
-evidently of considerable importance. It was then in ruins and the roof
-had fallen. As there were no funds available for its restoration it was
-deserted.
-
-The Gefe Politico, who held the appointment in this town and district
-of Civil Governor, spoke to me about an expedition that was under
-consideration, for constructing a road or mule path to connect this
-part of Mexico with the English port of Belize in Honduras. He thought
-that if such a road was practicable it would become the principal
-line for trade, and the ranges of mountains near Tumbalá would be
-avoided. This was to be the primary purpose of the expedition, but
-there were other objects which influenced the minds of the inhabitants
-of Ocosingo. It was thought that the surveyors might make strange
-discoveries in the mysterious and unknown region occupied by the
-Lacandon Indians. Possibly amongst the forests in the sierras, temples
-and hidden treasures might be found; or perhaps a city where the
-ancient ceremonies and sacrifices were still performed.
-
-The Gefe said that a small band of explorers had lately penetrated
-a few leagues into the forest, and had seen several circular shaped
-huts, but the Indians who lived in them had fled. They found maize and
-tomatoes growing upon the open spaces, but they saw no horses, dogs or
-other animals. He pointed out to me the hills amongst which the wild
-Lacandones lived. It was afterwards suggested that I might take the
-post of leader of the proposed expedition.
-
-If I had been quite free, with sufficient time at my disposal, I
-should have been much inclined to assist to the best of my power in
-the formation of a preliminary surveying party. I thought that a
-practicable route would be found to connect Ocosingo with the existing
-road leading from Guatemala to Flores, on the lake of Peten, and
-thence to Honduras, and that, in this manner, the distance to Belize
-would be much shortened. The first portion of the survey would have
-to be conducted through a region which is unknown, and possibly many
-interesting facts would be ascertained, and perhaps an ancient ruined
-temple might be discovered.
-
-Whilst staying at Ocosingo I collected a small vocabulary of the words
-of the local dialect. These were nearly the same as those spoken near
-Comitan, and I was surprised to find that Lopez could not carry on a
-conversation with these men. I asked him how this happened and he said
-that the languages (lenguas) were quite different, and that he could
-not speak with the Ocosingos. It seems probable that, in the course of
-time, the construction of the phrases commonly used, or the manner of
-the application of the words must have become changed. Although it is
-only three days’ journey between the two tribes, it is evident that
-there cannot have been much communication between them for several
-centuries.
-
-As Lopez did not know the country beyond Ocosingo, it was settled that
-he should return to Comitan. I was sorry to part with him. He had
-carried the luggage and provisions, and although a part of the journey
-must have been extremely fatiguing to him he never complained. He
-also showed the utmost zeal in obtaining forage for the mule, and was
-willing and attentive. Don Remigio hired for me a guide named Bito, who
-spoke Spanish and knew the paths as far as Chilon, about eleven leagues
-distant. Bito brought with him a horse, and thus we were able to travel
-at a fair speed. After riding through several leagues of pine forests
-we reached Bachajon in the afternoon.
-
-Bachajon was a strictly Indian village, for the natives objected to any
-white people or Ladinos settling amongst them. In the Plaza we found
-numbers of Indians congregated together. They differed greatly from
-those that I had hitherto seen both in appearance and dialect. The
-men wore a white cloth folded round the head, and white frocks and
-trousers. The women wore a white frock cut open and square over the
-shoulders, and below this a blue skirt reaching nearly to the feet.
-Their thick black hair was tied back with a strip of bright red cotton.
-Many of the younger women were handsome, but their figures were spoilt
-and bent by the custom of carrying large water jars on the hip. The men
-were of a larger stature than the natives on the Pacific side of the
-Cordilleras, and their skin was of a dark copper colour. Their faces
-were broad, but the cheek bones were not so high as is usual with the
-North American Indians. Their hair was long, black and very thick, and
-their eyes were dark, large, round and restless. With all of them the
-nostrils were very wide.
-
-The church was in ruins, the roof had entirely disappeared, and only
-the porch and outer walls remained standing. I remained for several
-hours in the Plaza, and my attention was directed to a remarkable
-observance. The Indians, when returning from their fields upon the
-completion of their day’s work, invariably, before going to their
-huts, went to the front of the ruined porch. There they knelt down
-and prayed for some minutes. I was deeply interested in observing the
-practice of this custom. There was something that appealed strongly to
-the imagination in witnessing the simple and earnest devotion of these
-wild, ignorant and uncivilised people. It was impossible to conjecture
-what was present in their minds, as one by one they, in their solitary
-manner, knelt devoutly before these ruined walls. Possibly they
-worshipped in their memory the images that, many years before, had
-been enshrined within.
-
-In the evening, as we approached Chilon, we met hundreds of Indians,
-men and women, all of whom came forward by the side of my mule, and
-inclined their heads saying “Tá” (Padre.) Bito told me that they
-supposed that I was a priest, and that they expected me to follow the
-custom of the priests and put my hand upon their foreheads. As I did
-not wish to sail under false colours, I made an objection to this
-proceeding, but Bito said that if I did not do it the Indians would
-feel distressed, and would not understand why they were treated in an
-unkind manner. He also begged me to do what they wished, or otherwise
-some trouble might arise, as many of the men appeared to be in a
-half-drunken condition.
-
-At Chilon I was welcomed by the Justicia, to whom I had a letter from
-Don Manuel Cansino. The town was in a state of much excitement. It was
-the commencement of the Carnival, an event which caused a considerable
-degree of anxiety and apprehension in the minds of the officials.
-Processions of Indians, dressed in appropriate costumes, were marching
-through the town, and groups of wild-looking men were dancing to the
-sounds of rudely shaped fifes and hollow wooden drums. In the morning
-these Indians, in accordance with their annual custom, performed a
-dance before the door of each house. These dancers were supposed to be
-dressed like the conquerors. They wore red, slashed doublets, and loose
-white trousers. They carried spears or lances with coloured pennons.
-The scene was bright, gay and picturesque.
-
-During the day I discharged Bito, and obtained a guide to accompany me
-to Yajalon. We arrived there about sunset and the Presbitero Fernando
-Macal received me with much kindness and attention. At Yajalon the
-Indians had assembled in great numbers and the Carnival was at its
-height. Here as at Chilon, the performances chiefly consisted of
-processions and dances. There were also horse races in front of the
-cabildo, and one of the most curious scenes was the representation of
-the Spaniards entering a captured city on horseback. The Indians were
-Tzendales of the same race as those at Bachajon and were very wild
-looking men. An important part of the festival consisted in eating as
-great a quantity of food as possible, and drinking copious draughts of
-strong spirits. In the evening there was much drunkenness.
-
-The Carnival lasted for three days, and during that time I had to
-remain in Yajalon, as no Indian could be found who would willingly
-leave this scene of revelry and excitement. On the second day the
-President called upon me at the convent, and informed me that, in
-his opinion, it would be highly dangerous for a white man who was a
-stranger, to venture out into the open country before the Indians had
-recovered from the effects of the carnival, as, in consequence of their
-known hatred to all white people, it was impossible to say what might
-happen when they were in an excited condition. In anticipation of local
-troubles he had organised a small police force which was employed in
-patrolling the pueblo day and night, for the purpose of preventing any
-quarrels of castes. He had also a company of seventy soldiers prepared
-to act in the event of any serious outbreak. As far as I could judge,
-the Indians, when in a drunken state, were quiet and inoffensive, but
-the President was evidently very anxious about their conduct.
-
-As I had no share in the responsibility for maintaining good order, the
-strange life and the sounds of drums and fifes and marimbas afforded
-me inexhaustible pleasure and amusement. The pretty dresses of the
-women also added much to the charm of the scene. Many of these Tzendal
-women were very handsome. Their heads were well set upon finely shaped
-throats and shoulders. Their costume consisted of a long white frock
-cut open round their neck, and embroidered with red and yellow squares,
-which had a pleasing effect of colour. But not only was the festival
-attractive from the quaint and novel character of the scene, but it was
-also most enjoyable weather. The skies were blue, the sun was bright,
-and the surrounding hills and valleys formed an agreeable contrast.
-There was perhaps a slight, underlying sense of danger and a doubt as
-to what would occur after sunset, and what might be the effect of the
-subsequent orgies upon the savage natures of these Indians. Possibly
-what began at daylight as a drama might end at night as a tragedy.
-The conduct of the timorous half-caste population or Ladinos was
-remarkable. They were conscious that they were hated by the Indians,
-and consequently they remained within their houses, and kept themselves
-out of sight.
-
-The dances and processions are said to have been taught by the Spanish
-monks. It is evident that they usually have some connection with the
-events of the wars between the Spaniards and the Moors, for the Indians
-always speak of these representations under the general name of “los
-Moros.” But they are also mixed up with other subjects which, not
-improbably, have some relation to events that happened before Cortes
-conquered Mexico.
-
-There was a peculiarity in the Indian character which was noticeable in
-all their proceedings. This was the absence of all conversation amongst
-the numerous spectators. The games, races and processions, the beating
-of the wooden drums and the continuous sounds of the marimbas went
-on incessantly, but there was no other noise and no murmur of human
-voices. The gift of speech with these tribes seems almost unnecessary
-for the purposes of their lives, and the language of signs would
-possibly be sufficient for their requirements.
-
-The Spaniards in the sixteenth century were astonished by the
-extraordinary debauchery of the Indians during their festivals. The
-events which occurred upon these occasions, especially in Yucatan,
-surprised the soldiers belonging to a nation remarkable for its
-sobriety. The Indians in Cuba, Hayti, and the islands of the Caribbean
-sea, and those inhabiting Florida, the valley of the Mississippi, and
-other parts of North America, had no knowledge of an intoxicating
-spirit. The origin of the excessive insobriety amongst the Mexican
-Indians is clearly traceable to the indigenous growth of the Maguey
-(_Agave Americana_). This aloe grows abundantly in the sterile regions
-of Central America, and supplies a fluid which, after undergoing
-certain preparations, is highly alcoholic.
-
-At Yajalon, as at Bachajon and Ocosingo, the church was in ruins. There
-was nothing left of it except the bare walls, marks of the old altars
-and parts of the chancel. Long grass was growing over the ground of
-the nave. The convent was also in a ruinous condition and only one
-side of the quadrangle remained. The interior was overgrown with weeds
-and grass, and was used as a pasture for the horses belonging to the
-convent.
-
-The Presbitero was eloquent upon the subject of the wrongs suffered by
-the Catholics in Mexico, and he particularly dwelt upon the harm that
-had been done to the people in consequence of the decrees which had
-nationalised the possessions of the church, suppressed the convents and
-abolished all religious fraternities. He thought that the withdrawal
-of the monks would have an injurious effect upon the condition of
-the Indians, and that they would gradually relapse into a state of
-ignorance and barbarism. Thus the system begun by Bishop Las Casas,
-and carried on afterwards by monks and priests would come to an end,
-and all their efforts to advance and benefit the aboriginal tribes be
-rendered useless and vain.
-
-It is difficult at this distance of time to estimate correctly the
-value of the work done by Las Casas, and the consequences of the
-enactments in favour of the Indians, obtained by his appeals to the
-Spanish government. In this diocese of Chiapas his zeal led to the
-establishment of numerous churches and convents. Dominicans and
-brethren of other orders came over from Europe for the purpose
-of living amongst these Indians, converting them, educating them
-and forming centres of local civilization. To a certain extent the
-ceremonies of the church, and especially the worship of images, seemed
-to obtain a powerful hold upon the devotional nature of many of the
-tribes, and the monks obtained great influence over them.
-
-Thus far the work begun by Las Casas unquestionably did much good in
-this and the adjoining provinces. The exhortations of the principal
-authorities of the Church in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries,
-were also beneficial in moderating the hardships inflicted upon the
-natives by the Spanish landowners. But in advocating the cause of the
-Indians, Las Casas, in the fervour of his zeal, created evils the
-effect of which he could not have foreseen. It was in consequence
-of the measures adopted through the representations of this ardent
-reformer that negro slavery was introduced into America. It was also
-chiefly owing to his efforts that consecutive ordinances was decreed,
-which, although issued with the intention of putting a stop to the
-harsh treatment of the Indians, made it almost impossible to carry on
-successfully the government of New Spain. Thus, by the abolition of
-forced labour, it was found that there was an immediate danger of the
-lands granted to the Spaniards becoming thrown out of cultivation and
-their owners ruined. In no part of New Spain was this danger more to be
-apprehended than in the neighbourhood of La Antigua Guatemala, and in
-the country through which I passed on my way to Santa Cruz del Quiché.
-The lands there were fertile and the farms prosperous. The Indians
-performed labour upon them under fixed rules which, although strict
-and exacting, were not opposed to their previous habits. When these
-regulations were withdrawn the Indians ceased to work. Finally protests
-were made to the government, and it was pointed out that this usage
-of forced labour was not introduced by the Spaniards, but that it had
-previously been practically the base of the tribal administration.
-
-There was another usage which was stopped by orders from Spain. This
-was the employment of natives as carriers of merchandise. The abolition
-of this system was found to be disadvantageous to the prosperity of the
-country, and it was submitted to the king that it had always been the
-custom amongst the Indians to transport all things by men working as
-porters, for before the arrival of the Spaniards there were no horses
-or other beasts of burden. The practice of personally carrying heavy
-loads still forms part of the habits of all the inferior classes of
-Indians in Central America.
-
-The restrictions enforced upon the Spanish landowners did not however
-much affect the prosperity of the church, particularly in the more
-remote districts, where the priests and friars devoted themselves to
-the spiritual welfare and education of the natives. At the convents,
-schools were established for boys and, in the chief towns, sisters
-belonging to nunneries in Spain, came across the Atlantic to teach
-the girls. The monks also endeavoured to arrange that the boys upon
-completing their studies, should teach other Indians and thus spread
-education amongst them. These exertions which, in their origin,
-seemed to promise well were not subsequently attended with success,
-and the authority of the brethren declined. Finally the declarations
-of Independence, the revolutions, and the establishment of republics,
-dealt a fatal blow to all educational work.
-
-Amongst the various consequences of the nationalisation of
-ecclesiastical property, it had come to pass that in the country
-parishes, there were no funds available for maintaining the churches in
-repair, and they were all rapidly falling into ruins. The Presbitero
-was convinced, now that the influence of the priests upon the
-characters of the tribes was no longer felt, and the church services
-were not maintained, that the Indians, especially the Tzendales under
-his care, would return to the practice of their ancient idolatries.
-
-Upon a subject so doubtful as the effect of the teaching of the priests
-upon the minds of the Indians it is difficult to form an opinion.
-In the sixteenth century the Roman Catholic religion appeared to be
-willingly accepted by the natives; but several of the priests that I
-had met and who discussed this question, were in doubt as to whether
-this readiness to conform with the ceremonies had not some vague
-connection with some previous religious customs. The influence of
-the friars also possibly had some relation to the system of Indian
-priesthood before the conquest; for, according to the statements
-of the Spaniards, there was a strange and inexplicable coincidence
-between certain regulations by which they were bound, and those of the
-Franciscans and Dominicans.
-
-It was fortunate that during my detention at Yajalon I was the guest of
-a man so well informed and highly educated as the Presbitero Fernando
-Macal. It was an exceptional fate for him to be thus placed in that
-parish, with its numerous detached hamlets, to perform clerical duties
-amongst these intractable tribes. At the convent in the evening, the
-Presbitero usually discussed questions of theology, together with his
-opinions upon the aboriginal and mixed races in Chiapas. The President
-occasionally joined us, but his mind was preoccupied with anxiety about
-the maintenance of order. All the time, both day and night, the pueblo
-was disturbed by the continuous and monotonous sounds of native music.
-
-On the fourth morning the Carnival was over and a dissipated,
-savage-looking Tzendal named Villafranca appeared at the convent
-wall, and volunteered to act as my guide to Tumbalá and Palenque.
-The necessary arrangements were made to secure the fulfilment of his
-duties. The mule was brought out of the quadrangle and we were soon
-ready to start. I was warned that the paths over the sierras were in a
-bad condition, and that many difficulties would have to be overcome in
-passing through the forests.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV.
-
- An Indian steam bath. — Tumbalá. — Sierras and Forests. — San
- Pedro. — Desertion of guide. — Alguazils. — Construction of
- Indian huts. — Habits of Indians. — Cargadores. — Crossing a
- River. — Forests beyond San Pedro. — Powers of endurance of
- Indians. — Arrival at San Domingo del Palenque.
-
-
-The base of the sierra whose summit we had to reach before night, was
-about two leagues from Yajalon. After having ridden that distance I
-expected to see some indications of Tumbalá, but not being able to make
-out anything, I asked Villafranca where it was. He pointed upwards
-towards the sky, and said “En el núbe, (in the cloud) Señor.” In effect
-it was just possible to see the church amongst the clouds which were
-sweeping over the highest ridge of the Cordilleras.
-
-The greater part of the day was passed in making the ascent, which was
-a steep and continuous rise for over three leagues. In the afternoon,
-when we had attained to a considerable height, we left below us the
-bright and sunny daylight, and entered into the region of cloudland.
-The weather became cold and gloomy, and as we approached Tumbalá it
-was scarcely possible to see our way for we were moving in a dark fog.
-Near the outskirts of the hamlet we passed close to a structure of an
-unusual shape, not unlike an oven. I was afterwards informed that it
-was used by Indians in time of sickness and was practically a steam
-bath. The methods of using it were similar to those adopted by many of
-the tribes in North America. The patient finds inside a supply of water
-to generate steam. Heated stones are passed in from outside and these
-he drops into the water. This system is said to be efficacious in the
-disorders to which men living amongst the Cordilleras are subject, and
-which are probably caused by exposure to sudden changes of temperature.
-It was strange to see amongst these remote sierras a practice which
-seemed to establish the fact that there were links connecting these
-Mexican Indians with the Dakotas in North America, the natives of
-Hawaii, and the Maoris in the distant islands of New Zealand.
-
-When we arrived at the walls of the convent it was evident that there
-was a general state of commotion without and within. Some event had
-happened, the nature of which I was unable to ascertain. The precincts
-were crowded with numerous groups of Indians and Ladinos. The priest
-was living in a large shed. The quadrangle was apparently used as
-a farmyard and was filled with cattle, horses, mules, turkeys and
-fowls, all wandering about at their own free will, and causing an
-indescribable disturbance. The mists were so thick that it was quite
-impossible to make anything out clearly.
-
-Inside the shed the state of affairs was equally confusing. Men, women
-and children were busily engaged in preparing to pass the night under
-the protection of the roof, and were choosing their sleeping places.
-As it was necessary to find room without delay, I told Villafranca to
-hang my hammock to the rafters as near to the fire as possible. We then
-went out and tethered the mule upon a level open space beyond, which we
-thought to be convenient for the purpose, but the clouds were so dense
-that we could not see what we were doing. After some further trouble,
-supplies of forage and water were obtained, and placed within the
-mule’s reach. We then returned to the shed within which the priest was
-endeavouring to find suitable quarters for his numerous visitors.
-
-Later in the evening we were joined by a young couple who had just
-been married, and wanted shelter. It happened that there was an Indian
-bedstead available and this together with two extemporized pillows
-was placed at their disposal. When it became night, we sat round the
-fire and cooked our suppers, and then sleeping mats were unrolled and
-spread upon the ground. The Cura placed his mat near the fire, beneath
-my hammock. Amongst the crowd were several young mothers who had
-their infants with them. These little creatures were duly attended to
-and their wants supplied. The mothers then proceeded to roll them up
-tightly in swaddling clothes until only their heads were visible. They
-were afterwards placed in a row against the wall, where they looked
-like diminutive Egyptian mummies, their large round eyes staring at us
-in a most unmeaning manner. When all these various arrangements were
-completed the doors were closed.
-
-What happened during the night I do not know, but upon awaking in the
-morning I found that I was alone and that the shed was empty. All the
-numerous inmates of the previous night had departed. I turned out of
-my hammock and joined the Cura who was walking in front of his ruined
-convent. He said he would accompany me for a few hundred yards to the
-outer edge of the sierra, to look at the world around and beneath us.
-
-The clouds had disappeared, the sun had risen brightly above the
-eastern horizon, the sky was blue, the air felt pure and exhilarating,
-and the view was magnificent. Not only did we command range upon
-range of these Cordilleras, but there were also extensive views of
-the valleys below us. Beyond, looking northwards, were the savannahs
-and the tropical lowlands near Palenque; and in the far distance the
-sunlight was flashing upon the calm waters of the Laguna de Terminos.
-
-Near at hand were groups of wild-looking Indians watching our
-movements. The Cura said he believed they belonged to the Maya
-race, and were allied to the tribes that occupied Yucatan. In their
-appearance they were like the Tzendales near Bachajon. They were
-strongly built men, rather low in stature, and very dark in colour;
-their eyes had peculiarly rounded orbits, and their long black hair
-was cut square over the forehead. They spoke a language which sounded
-very rough and abrupt. The Cura observed that the Indians dwelling
-amongst the mountains were daily becoming neglected, and that they
-were left entirely free to follow their own beliefs and customs. In
-consequence of there being no regular stipend for the clergy, it had
-become impossible to maintain a sufficient number of priests to
-carry out the duties. He had to superintend the parishes at Tumbalá,
-San Pedro, Palenque and the districts around Las Playas, near the
-river Usamacinta, and therefore he could not attend personally to the
-numerous and scattered Indians placed under his charge.
-
-Upon our return to the convent, Villafranca came to me and reported
-that the mule was ready and that he had got his machete sharpened
-in order to clear away any branches or brushwood that we might find
-to be obstructing the track. He added to his pack some part of the
-weights carried by the mule, as it was necessary that she should be as
-free as possible, to push her way through the woods, and we reduced
-the quantities of food and other necessaries to the lowest amount
-practicable. A young Mexican who was going to the seacoast came with
-us as far as the entrance to the forest. He then told me that he should
-not attempt to go through it with his clothes on, so he stopped and
-stripped to the skin, and tied his clothes up in a bundle which he
-fastened to the top of his head. He was a white man of mixed descent
-and in his action he showed some elements of the nature of his remote
-Indian ancestry. He ran rapidly to the front, plunged into the forest
-like a lithe athletic young savage, and was soon out of sight.
-
-As it was not possible to ride I dismounted, and we began to descend
-the steep sides of the mountain. It was very hard work. Villafranca
-led the way. I followed close to him, holding the halter at its full
-length, to prevent the mule as she slipped forward from falling upon
-me. This manner of progression was made difficult by the obstinate
-conduct of the mule. She would occasionally attempt to choose her own
-way and go the wrong side of a tree, and as no energy expended in
-trying to get her back was of any use, I had always to yield and to
-follow her round the trunk. Upon one occasion she got away into the
-forest and was nearly lost. The guide at once threw off his pack and
-went after her.
-
-The instincts of an Indian were apparent in his proceedings. He
-carefully marked every step of his advance through the dense
-undergrowth by cutting down small branches of the trees and placing
-them on the line of his track. He also here and there, but always
-on the left hand side, cut notches in the trees or bent some twigs
-backwards. After a few minutes interval he returned triumphantly with
-the mule, and after this experience I took care not to allow the halter
-to leave my hands again.
-
-The fatigues of the day were beyond description. I had been prepared
-to expect difficulties from the steepness of the ascents and descents
-and the growth of the underwood, but there were other obstacles which
-were previously unknown. Our track was constantly barred by creepers
-which crossed from tree to tree in festoons like thick ropes. They hung
-loosely in bends and bights in every conceivable shape, but usually
-they swept the ground in semicircles. Others were hanging in graceful
-loops three or four feet above the ground, so that the mule was unable
-to pass under them. There were also miry, swampy places in which the
-mule sometimes sank to an almost dangerous depth. But what I found
-to be the most serious trial was the want of ventilation. There was
-absolutely no movement in the air or any sounds of life, and there was
-very little daylight, for the rays of the sun above did not penetrate
-to the ground.
-
-The forest was dark and gloomy, and the atmosphere most oppressive.
-The want of a proper supply of fresh air to breathe made the journey
-extremely exhausting. After struggling for several hours down the
-rugged slopes of the first mountain, we reached a narrow valley and
-crossed a small stream. We then had to climb up another sierra so
-steep that it required all my available strength to reach the summit.
-From this height there remained another league to be traversed down a
-steep rocky slope to a wide open savannah, upon which was situated San
-Pedro. Towards sunset we arrived at the village and found shelter under
-a shed, within which was installed the official who ruled over the
-district, and who was called the Maestro.
-
-In the morning I discovered that during the night my guide had
-deserted. Possibly some accident may have happened to him, but in my
-opinion his conduct was a deliberate act of desertion. I reported the
-case immediately to the Maestro, but Villafranca could not be found
-and I never saw him again. It was supposed that he found the work and
-fatigue of the day greater than he had expected, and was not willing to
-make his way on the morrow through the equally dense forests between
-San Pedro and Palenque. If this surmise was correct his view of the
-situation was quite intelligible, but as I did not consider that an act
-of this kind should remain unpunished, I arranged with the Maestro that
-a letter from me should be dispatched to Yajalon where the man had
-been hired.
-
-I wrote to the Presbitero Macal an account of the desertion and
-requested him to bring the case to the notice of the alcalde, in order
-that Villafranca should receive a punishment in accordance with the
-custom of the country, and that he should be deprived of his wages
-which had been left in the Presbitero’s charge. I also requested that
-this money should be given to any of his deserving or distressed
-parishioners. In justice however to this Tzendal, it should be noted
-that he did not rob me. I found everything carefully piled up in
-a corner of the shed; saddle, clothes, rug and the remains of the
-provisions sufficient for one day. The mule was safely tethered outside
-the door.
-
-I was thus placed in a very insecure position and had to rely entirely
-upon my own resources. The hamlet was surrounded in all directions
-by sierras and forests, and I had not the slightest knowledge of the
-mountain passes. With regard to food I could manage very well as I was
-able to make a fire and was prepared to make the provisions last for
-more than one day if necessary, but in other respects I was entirely
-dependent upon the good will of the San Pedro Indians about whom very
-little was known, but who were considered to be untrustworthy.
-
-The Maestro declared that he would do all that was in his power to
-assist me, and promised that he would get a guide who would go with
-me to Palenque. But he said that he could not find a man at once, and
-that it would be necessary that I should stop in the convent until the
-following day. In some respects I was not sorry to be detained, for I
-was thus enabled to have some spare time to see something of the habits
-of life amongst the inhabitants of this isolated village, so singularly
-placed in the heart of these remote Cordilleras. I observed that the
-Maestro maintained towards those who were placed under his rule a
-dignified and reserved manner. He was supported in his authority by two
-alcaldes, and two alguazils who were Indians elected annually for these
-posts. The alguazils wore suitable dresses and performed regular police
-duties, walking at intervals about the village, carrying long wands of
-office. It was also their custom to visit the Maestro occasionally,
-attend to his wants, and render such personal service as he required.
-In obedience to his directions, they obtained for me supplies of maize
-and water for the mule, and tortillas and beans for myself, and thus I
-was able to cook a tolerable breakfast.
-
-During the day I wandered amongst the huts within and near the hamlet
-in order to see something of the natives who lived in them and were
-said to follow the ancient customs and habits of domestic life. Near
-the borders of the savannah some Indians were building a large hut and
-I observed a method of construction which, although absolutely the
-reverse of any system that I had previously known, was most suitable
-for their wants. In the first place the roof is built. This when
-completed, looks like an open thatched shed resting upon upright poles.
-The eaves are brought down low, but sufficiently high to enable a man
-of moderate height to pass under them without stooping. When the roof
-is considered firm and secure, the four walls inclosing the room are
-made. They are usually constructed of crossed laths and sticks, and
-thickly plastered over with a kind of mud which has a good binding
-consistence.
-
-The walls are raised until they reach within a short distance from the
-slope of the roof, a sufficient space being left for the escape of
-smoke. The size of the hut and the height of the walls are determined
-by the width and slope of roof. A few rough cross poles are placed
-across the top of the walls for the purpose of hanging up any household
-goods, and sometimes at one end some of these poles are placed close
-together so as to form a platform, where bags of maize and other farm
-produce are kept or dried. When the roof is wide and the overhanging
-eaves are low there is an agreeable and well shaded space outside the
-main hut, where the Indians rest during the day.[77]
-
-As far as it was possible to judge from a passing observation the
-Indians at San Pedro seemed to be a contented race. They cultivated
-their milpas or corn fields sufficiently to get enough to supply them
-with maize bread and pozole, and at most of the huts there were fowls
-and a few pigs. The women laboured in some form of household work,
-and much of their time was occupied in grinding the maize to make
-tortillas. At this village, as in others chiefly inhabited by Indians,
-there was an absence of any human sounds. In the interior of the huts,
-as also outside them, all the occupations of life were performed in
-silence. In the evening, when the men returned home from their work,
-there was the same manner of moving about without noise. There appeared
-to be also an absence of all interest in what was happening around
-them, which gave an element of sadness to the scene. Their lives seem
-to be passed in a state of quiet melancholy and listlessness.
-
-This condition of the Indians is practically the same throughout this
-part of Central America. The problem of existence is worked out in its
-lowest terms. It cannot however be said that they live in want and
-poverty, because they have no wants. They exist, and are apparently
-content to exist, in the state in which they find themselves placed.
-The bare ground, a thatched roof, bedstead, a few mats, some firewood,
-and a small store of maize suffice for the necessities of their lives.
-Their submissive natures assent to these conditions and they seem to
-accept their fate with passive resignation.
-
-Upon my return to the shed in the evening, I found that it was
-enlivened by the arrival of a busy, loud-voiced Spaniard named Don Pepe
-Ortiz. He informed me that he was travelling from Oaxaca towards the
-coast of the Gulf of Campeachy with a cargo of tobacco. He had with
-him a band of cargadores to carry the bales. He also employed for
-his own personal use a man of great strength to carry him in places
-where he could not ride a mule. The direction of his journey over the
-sierras was for some distance the same as my own, and he proposed that
-we should, without delay, make arrangements for crossing a river which
-occasionally was difficult to pass over. I had not heard that there was
-a stream of any importance in our way, and I asked Don Pepe to do what
-was expedient. Accordingly he sent on an Indian to order several canoes
-to be in readiness for us on the following morning.
-
-[Illustration: INDIAN WOMAN GRINDING CHOCOLATE, CENTRAL AMERICA.]
-
-At sunrise my new guide José arrived and we all started together. After
-riding about a league we reached the bank of a river, called the San
-Pedro, which we found to be a deep stream about three hundred yards
-wide. The passage was not made without difficulties, chiefly caused by
-the conduct of the mules, when they reached the opposite bank, which
-was very steep. The canoes were in attendance, and I selected one
-which seemed to be convenient for the moderate weights to be carried.
-The mule was fastened by the halter to the stem of the canoe, and
-swam across with ease, but she obstinately refused to go on shore at
-the proper landing place, and consequently, after several unavailing
-attempts, I allowed her to go free and choose for herself. She swam
-down with the current for about a hundred yards, and then with much
-good judgment she selected her own spot and scrambled safely up the
-bank.
-
-After having successfully accomplished my crossing, I watched the
-movements of Don Pepe and his men in their canoes. It was a picturesque
-scene, but it was within two hours of midday before we were all
-established on the northern side of the river. We then commenced the
-dreaded ascent about which many warnings had been given to me. It was
-a steep climb for five long leagues and it was nearly sunset when we
-reached the summit. We stopped for the night in a small shed which
-sheltered us from the dew.
-
-Don Pepe’s Indians arrived after us and insisted upon lighting a large
-fire just outside the hut, with the object they said of keeping away
-tigers, and kept it burning like a bonfire as long as it was dark. At
-daylight José and myself and mule began the descent of the opposite
-slope of the sierra. I had been told that we should find this part of
-the journey very arduous, but it exceeded in difficulty anything that I
-had imagined.
-
-The track, or opening through the trees had almost disappeared, and
-we had to make our own way between detached masses of sharp, angular
-rocks. Frequently it was necessary to scramble over them or to slide
-down them, and it occasionally seemed to me that we were going at
-random down the side of the mountain. But what made our progress more
-than usually difficult was the fact that, in several places, decaying
-trunks of large trees had fallen across our path, and as it was not
-practicable to get the mule over them, we were obliged to diverge into
-the forest to pass round them. When it was thus necessary to quit our
-line of direction, José would instantly draw his machete and mark
-our movements by cutting down branches, so as to secure the means
-of retreat to our starting point, in case we failed to find the path
-again. I was quite aware of the importance of this action. It was
-astonishing to find how in a few seconds in a dense forest and amongst
-thick growth of underwood and creepers all knowledge of direction seems
-to be lost.
-
-The length of this precipitous descent was a little more than five
-miles, and we took four hours to accomplish the distance. During that
-time I never saw a glimpse of the sky, although I knew that, above the
-trees, the sun was shining brilliantly.
-
-In the forenoon we reached the banks of the Nopá, which ran at the
-base of the sierra, and halted there to rest. We then passed over the
-river, and pushed or cut our way through two leagues of dense forest
-and thick brushwood. There were also several small streams with low but
-steep and slippery banks that had to be crossed. Finally we reached and
-forded the river Michol. The worst was then over, and we emerged from
-the forest and saw before us a savannah where we decided to encamp. I
-obtained a slight shelter under the sloping roof of a little open hut,
-which had been left there by some passing Indians. Thus ended a most
-fatiguing day.
-
-Don Pepe and his Indians arrived after sunset and encamped near us. The
-methods adopted by these Indians when preparing to pass the night upon
-an open savannah were instructive. In the first instance they placed
-upon the ground a quantity of broad dry leaves to protect them from the
-damp grass. They then dispersed, and in a few minutes the adjacent
-forest resounded with the noise of the blows made by their machetes.
-They returned bearing loads of firewood and also several strong forked
-branches. These they sharpened at one end and fixed into the earth
-near the camping place to form supports to carry the bales of tobacco.
-In this manner the cargo was raised about three feet, and thus they
-carried out the invariable rule of Indians who never leave anything
-upon the ground at night. They then lighted a large fire.
-
-There were characteristics with respect to these Oaxaca Indians, which
-I had already observed on the previous day, but which more particularly
-came under my notice upon this occasion. They had gone through a long
-day’s work of most severe labour, and yet upon settling down for
-the night’s rest they neither ate any food or drank any water. My
-guides, who were not, like these men, trained to carry great weights
-for considerable distances, were also able to live upon very small
-quantities of food and never seemed to be tired at the end of the day’s
-journey.
-
-It was the custom of each Indian before leaving his home to provide
-himself with a small quantity of a substance called pozole, which was
-prepared for him by his wife. This was usually made in the following
-manner. A sufficient quantity of maize was partly boiled, until the
-grain could be easily removed from the husks. These softened grains
-were then ground upon the metatl or grindstone until a thick paste was
-made. This was either put into a little bag or rolled up in a green
-leaf. This paste was the principal part of the food that was carried,
-but sometimes the wives gave their husbands a supply of tortillas. To
-make these, the grains of maize, after being slightly boiled, are put
-upon the metatl, and rolled out into a very thin pancake; this is taken
-off the stone and put upon a large leaf and made into a round shape.
-It is then placed upon a pan and held for a few minutes over the fire,
-until it is properly baked, when it becomes a tortilla. With a few of
-these and his scant store of pozole an Indian always considers himself
-to be amply provisioned until he returns to his village or secluded
-country hut.
-
-My guides took their principal meal about noon. A portion of the paste
-was taken out of the leaf and placed upon the palm of the left hand, a
-small quantity of water was then mixed with it until it became slightly
-fluid and then it was eaten. In the evening they usually took more
-pozole and a tortilla, after which they would drink some water mixed
-with enough of the pozole to make it become the colour and consistency
-of thin milk. In this manner they avoided drinking pure cold water.
-This was the daily food of my Indians, upon which they could go long
-journeys carrying considerable weights, and they never appeared to be
-tired.[78]
-
-The cargadores are trained from boyhood to carry heavy burdens over
-great distances. Don Pepe expected them to travel eight leagues a day.
-But when carrying lighter loads they will sometimes travel for several
-consecutive days at the rate of nearly forty English miles a day. When
-the cargo-bearers were moving in single file with their burdens, they
-looked like the Tamemes bearing tribute to Montezuma as represented
-in the ancient pictures. It is probable that these men were enduring
-labours similar to those that had been performed by their ancestors for
-centuries before the arrival of the Spaniards.
-
-In the morning the Indians proceeded on their journey towards the
-coast. We followed a path leading in another direction, through open
-and wooded lowlands. Finally after a ride of four leagues we reached
-the savannah upon which is situated the village of San Domingo del
-Palenque.
-
-Never have I known a moment of more keen pleasure and satisfaction,
-than that when José pointed out to me this beautiful spot. I had become
-fatigued by the hardships of the previous days, and the buoyancy
-of mind that was felt in getting at last into a region of life and
-sunshine cannot be adequately expressed.
-
-We stopped to ask where Doctor Coller lived, and were shown the
-position of a low, thatched cottage, at the door of which stood the
-only European living in the village.[79] I was received by him with
-friendly welcome. My hammock was placed under the shade of the
-projecting thatch. The mule was set free to wander at will amongst the
-plains, and I was advised to take twenty-four hours complete rest. On
-the following forenoon I made arrangements for proceeding to the ruins,
-and a few Indians were sent there to open the path, and to clear the
-inner courts of the palace from weeds and brushwood.
-
-San Domingo del Palenque is placed upon a rising grassy slope studded
-with fine trees. The church was in ruins and roofless. The population
-consisted chiefly of Ladinos. The Indians lived in secluded places near
-the outskirts, where they cultivated their milpas or cornfields. There
-was a charm about this sunny fertile savannah and the simple habits of
-life of its inhabitants, which must be attractive to men of sensitive
-temperaments. The land is fertile, corn is abundant, and cattle, horses
-and mules wander over the green pastures in freedom.
-
-It was an unusual series of circumstances that had caused Dr. Coller to
-settle for life in this remote part of the world. He told me that he
-was a native of Switzerland and was born at Zurich. He was educated in
-that city but completed his studies at Berlin. Much of his early life
-was passed in different countries. About ten years before my arrival,
-he felt a wish to see Palenque and found his way to this region from
-the shores of the Gulf of Mexico. Upon reaching the village he was
-fascinated by its beautiful situation, its repose and its proximity to
-the ancient ruins in which he felt the strongest interest. He found
-that the life at San Domingo had an attraction for him which he did
-not wish to resist, and he decided to make this place his home, and
-married a native who possessed, in her own right, some land in the
-neighbourhood.[80]
-
-Dr. Coller was a man of varied and extensive information and an
-excellent linguist. He had devoted much time, not only to the
-investigation of the Indian antiquities, but also to the study of the
-geology and botany of the district, and I was much pleased when he
-proposed to accompany me to Palenque. It was of the greatest advantage
-thus to have the benefit of his accurate knowledge of the positions of
-the mounds and temples.
-
-[Illustration: PALACE OR MONASTERY, PALENQUE. EAST FRONT.]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV.
-
- Palenque. — The Forest. — The Palace or Monastery. — Night
- at Palenque. — Brilliancy of the light of the fireflies. —
- Pyramidal Mounds and Temples. — Tablet of the Cross. —
- Hieroglyphs. — An Indian Statue. — Antiquity of the Buildings. —
- The Tower. — Stucco Ornamentation. — Action of the tropical
- climate upon the Ruins. — Note upon the decipherment of the
- hieroglyphic characters.
-
-
-It was a bright tropical morning when we mounted our horses and
-followed the narrow path leading to Palenque. After riding for a league
-through woods, savannahs, and cornfields, we reached and crossed the
-river Michol.
-
-As we approached the ruins, the forest was so thick that we were not
-able to see anything beyond the track which had been cleared for us by
-our men. At a distance of about three Spanish leagues from San Domingo,
-we came to the borders of a small running stream. Dr. Coller stopped
-and said that at this point we should dismount, as we had arrived at
-our destination. We then went up a steep slope, on the summit of which
-I could see dimly, the pillars and ruined roof of the “Palace.”
-
-Our Indians met us at the entrance. They had already cleared the
-brushwood which had overgrown the quadrangles, and had removed all that
-interfered with any exploring work that they thought we might wish
-to carry out. The luxuriance of the vegetation was surprising. In one
-of the open courts we observed a large plant which we found to be a
-species of arum. The leaves were of an extraordinary size, and averaged
-four feet six inches long by three feet six inches wide; the stalks
-were over seven feet high.
-
-The greater part of the day was occupied in making a survey of the
-ground plans of the building, as far as it was possible to trace them
-amongst the accumulations of fallen ruins. Upon the completion of this
-work, and after having made an examination of the series of small
-chambers below the corridors, it became evident that the building
-was erected with the intention of establishing a monastery, similar
-to those which were described by the historians of the conquest of
-Mexico as being dedicated to the use of the priests who worshipped
-and performed ceremonies at the shrines of the god Quetzalcoatl, and
-who, in addition to those duties, were given the charge of educating
-the children of the chiefs. They also trained those youths who were
-intended to become priests.
-
-It is to be regretted that this great structure was called by its first
-discoverers “The Palace,” and that its purpose was rendered perplexing
-by theories connected with the dwellings of Kings or Caciques.
-
-According to the investigations of Mr. Stephens, its extreme dimensions
-were two hundred and twenty-eight feet long, by one hundred and eighty
-feet wide. The height of the rectangular mound upon which it is placed
-has been variously estimated. It appears to have been about twenty
-feet high. Upon the summit of this platform was built with stone and
-mortar, the various foundations upon which the buildings and galleries
-of the monastery were erected. The base upon the east front was about
-ten feet high. The height of the building may be estimated to have been
-nearly twenty-four feet. Thus it may be concluded that the whole height
-from the ground to the roof must have been approximately fifty-four
-feet. The architectural proportions seem to have been well designed.
-
-The interior gave me the impression of being Moorish in its style,
-especially with respect to the open inner courts, the arrangement
-of the corridors and the lavish employment of stucco ornamentation,
-brilliantly coloured. A closer investigation into architectural details
-left the subject in doubt, but there still remained upon the mind the
-feeling that in some unintelligible manner, the construction had been
-directed either by foreigners or by Indians who were partly descended
-from men of foreign origin. The forms of ancient mosques and of the
-inner courts and quadrangles of Arabian or Moorish and Spanish public
-buildings were indistinctly recalled to the memory. It was however to
-be observed, upon an examination of the methods adopted at Palenque
-in supporting the weight of the roofs, that the arches (if it is
-permissible for that term to be applied to straight converging slopes
-covered with flat coping stones,) are absolutely exceptional and unlike
-any other arch that is known. I was reminded, to a certain extent, of
-the ruins of Alatri, near Mycenæ on the plains of Argos, and of an
-Etruscan tomb near Perugia, but the system employed by the American
-architects, in placing the cap or terminal cross stones was essentially
-different.
-
-In the exploration of the ruins our attention was chiefly directed
-to certain doubtful points, particularly with regard to the chambers
-which are beneath the corridors, and are entered from the level of the
-courts. There have been several conjectures respecting the purposes
-of these cells. I think that it is probable that they were used as
-dormitories. In some of the chambers there was a low, wide stone table,
-placed against the wall at the end. These benches were large flat
-smooth slabs of limestone supported on four stone legs. In height,
-shape and dimensions they were like the wooden bedsteads used by the
-Indians at the present time.
-
-There is a square tower in one of the inner courts which must be
-considered as the most singular structure in Palenque. In position and
-manner of construction it is abnormal in character. It was probably
-intended for some special object, after the monastery had been
-completed. When Captain Del Rio saw this tower, in 1787, he estimated
-its height to be sixteen yards. In 1870 there were heaps of rubble
-and fallen stones piled against the base, which made it difficult for
-me to make exact measurements, but an approximate estimate gave the
-sides of the square near the base as twenty-three feet, and the height
-about forty-five feet. The peculiarity about the construction is the
-fact that it consists of a tower within a tower. The inner structure
-contains a steep and narrow staircase. Light is obtained through large
-openings in the sides of the outer tower, and then through smaller
-openings in the walls of the interior one. The steps appear to have
-led up to the top. The walls are formed of rough slabs of limestone
-which had been thickly coated over with cement, portions of which
-still remained. It was raised to a height which commanded views of the
-adjacent temples.
-
-Upon my return to the eastern front, I found that the Indians had
-slung the hammocks in the outer corridor overlooking the forest. A
-few minutes before sunset we heard the strange and beautiful notes of
-a solitary bird singing amongst the ruins. The song resembled in its
-tone that of a thrush. Dr. Coller said that the bird was a kind of
-nightingale, and that it was only known to live within and around the
-Palenque temples. The bird sang in a slow, deliberate manner, each of
-the notes having a short interval of time between them. The song was
-maintained during the twilight, and ceased as soon as it became dark
-and the night had begun. It was an evening hymn to the setting sun.
-The hoarse screams and movements of troops of monkeys then disturbed
-the precincts. These harsh noises gradually stopped, and as the
-night advanced the forest became silent. The moon was up and we knew
-that it was shining brightly above the trees, but we could only see
-occasionally its faint glimmer. I had expected to hear the croaking of
-frogs or the sounds of cicadas, the usual accompaniment to a tropical
-evening, but although there was a running stream of water at the foot
-of the mound, these familiar sounds were absent.
-
-The brushwood covering the ground was made brilliant by numerous
-fireflies. The light which shone from these beetles far exceeded
-anything of that nature that I had seen in other regions, and I took
-the opportunity of ascertaining the strength of the illuminating power.
-I sent one of the men into the wood to catch the largest firefly
-that he could find, and then, after having made the corridor dark by
-extinguishing our candles, the insect was held about two inches from a
-blank page of my note book, Dr. Coller watched the experiment. We found
-that the light was steady and shed a soft clear phosphorescent glow
-over the paper. The luminous power was sufficient to enable us to read
-or write with ease over a surface two inches square. After writing a
-few notes upon what had been done during the day we added:—
-
- “Written by the light of a firefly in the Palace, in the ruins
- of Palenque, the night of Wednesday, March 10th, 1870, the
- candle (firefly) held by Dr. Albert Coller. The light about
- equal to that of a small wax candle and very pure. The light
- rather greenish.”
-
- “Dr. A. J. COLLER.”
-
-Before turning into my hammock I visited the horses tethered at the
-base of the mound near the stream. They were much worried by flies,
-mosquitos, and small ticks called garrapátas, which find their way
-under the skin and cause great irritation. In the corridor, thirty
-feet above them, we were not troubled with any of these pests, but
-there were numerous bats. The Indians said that, sometimes, horses were
-seriously injured by bats biting them above their hoofs.
-
-In the morning, upon the earliest indications of dawn, the solitary
-nightingale again began its song, and the clear staccato, and
-singularly musical note was again heard amongst the ruins until
-sunrise, when it ceased. Thus this bird sang its song of praise as the
-herald of the day.
-
-At sunrise Dr. Coller returned to San Domingo, leaving me alone at
-Palenque to carry out the investigation of the mounds and temples, a
-work which he thought would be laborious and oppressive. My guides
-were however well acquainted with the ruins, and I consequently
-knew that I should be spared all unnecessary exertion. But until I
-began the exploration I had no idea of the difficulties that had to
-be encountered. The men were employed in cutting a path through the
-brushwood and it was impracticable to do more than follow a certain
-line of direction and obtain ideas of distances by counting the
-number of paces or by noting intervals of time. I soon ascertained
-that with the means at my disposal it was hopeless to expect to do
-more than obtain a general knowledge of the extent and form of the
-chief structures, and the positions of the mounds. It was a serious
-disappointment to find that it was impossible to make a thorough
-examination without the aid of a large number of Indians to cut down
-the trees and clear the ground. This would have been a work involving
-much time and expenditure and was entirely beyond my power. The forest
-was sombre, for the light that penetrated through the trees, was
-insufficient. It was however possible to obtain a fair knowledge of the
-extent of the space covered by the mounds, and their distances from the
-monastery. The ground plan of the inclosure could also be approximately
-understood.
-
-The first and, with respect to its altar, the most important building
-that I saw, was that known by the name of the Temple of the Cross.
-Before ascending the sides of the mound upon which it stands, I
-examined the formation of an ancient causeway which covered, for some
-distance, the stream near its base. I traced it for about one hundred
-and fifty yards. A small portion was sufficiently preserved to enable
-the system of construction to be ascertained. It appears to have been
-intended for the purpose of confining the rivulet that ran beneath it,
-and thus to secure a dry roadway, or crossing, during the rainy season.
-It was stated by the Indians, that there still existed, in the forest,
-the remains of a stone bridge. As far as I could understand their
-description, it appeared that in shape it was not unlike the ancient
-Chinese bridges, and rose to the centre by steep gradients.
-
-After finishing the measurements of the causeway we began to ascend
-the mound. About halfway up the slope, the men stopped and pointed to
-a place where, lying with its face on the ground, was the stone of
-the cross. As this tablet had been the subject of much investigation,
-and is undoubtedly, with respect to its meaning, the most remarkable
-monument at Palenque, I was anxious to examine it with the utmost care.
-I directed the Indians to turn it over and thoroughly clean it from
-moss and dirt, so as to enable me to make a sketch of it. I found that,
-in consequence of the action of the earth upon the face of the stone,
-parts of the sculpture were difficult to trace, but the central figures
-were quite distinct. I was able to make a satisfactory outline,
-chiefly confining my attention to the cross, the bird surmounting it,
-and the dress of the man, having in his hands what seemed to be a
-child, which he was presenting as a votive offering.
-
-The bird, with its long double tail feathers, was probably the
-representation of the Quetzal, the sacred bird of the Quichés, and
-thus it may be assumed that the temple in which this tablet formed the
-centre of the altar-piece, was dedicated to the worship of the god
-Quetzalcoatl. But, judging by the peculiarities of the dress worn by
-the principal worshipper, I formed the opinion that he was not, as has
-previously been supposed, a priest offering sacrifice. The worshippers
-and the offerings have, I believe, other significations.[81]
-
-The temple, placed upon the top of the mound, must have been—when it
-was externally perfect—a graceful and well proportioned shrine; but
-when I saw it, the outer walls were so enveloped in brushwood and
-enclosed by trees, that it was not practicable to do more than obtain
-a conception of its proportions. After having measured the length,
-breadth and height, and made a ground plan, I examined the interior.
-A corridor ran along the front; within was the chamber which had
-contained the inscribed stone slabs which formed the back of the altar,
-in the centre of which had been the figure of the cross. This, and the
-right and left hand tablets, had been all closely joined together so
-as to form one subject,[82] the meaning of which was probably explained
-by the hieroglyphic characters. The right hand tablet, which had been
-removed, I had already seen at the museum in Washington.
-
-After leaving this sanctuary, we descended the southern slope until
-we reached the base, and then began to ascend the adjoining mound, on
-whose summit was another temple. Thus we proceeded until we reached a
-singular little structure which has been considered to be exceptional,
-from the fact that the figure upon the altar had been placed upon a
-base supported by what are supposed to have been two tigers. I could
-only trace the remains of the feet, as everything within and without
-the temple was in ruins. Following the direction of the quadrangular
-precincts, we finally crossed over an unusually lofty mound, and then
-arrived at the back or western face of the monastery.
-
-We had completed a slight survey of the mounds and temples on the sides
-of the inclosure, having passed successively over them and examined the
-altars, as far as their more or less ruined state permitted. These all
-varied in their dimensions, but they were evidently built for analagous
-purposes as shrines for the worship of the Indian gods.[83] There was,
-however, one important exception which requires to be noticed.
-
-At the south-west angle of the monastery—and connected with it in such
-a manner that it seems to have been an adjunct to the main building—are
-the ruins of a structure which has been considered to have been a
-temple, but which, I think, served for a different purpose. It stands
-upon a mound about forty-five feet high. Its frontage was found to be
-longer than that of any of the other temples. In the interior there
-was no altar, but the upright slabs of stone placed upon the inner
-wall were covered with hieroglyphs. When the Indians, who accompanied
-Mr. Stephens, saw these groups of characters they declared that the
-building was an escuela or schoolhouse. Other opinions were also given,
-but the subject has not received any investigation. I think it is
-probable that the opinion of the Indians was correct, and that it was
-here that the boys were taught the meaning of the hieroglyphic symbols,
-and were thus able to read and interpret the signs placed upon the
-idols and altars.
-
-In the afternoon we re-entered the monastery. We had been for nearly
-seven hours occupied in crossing over the mounds and clearing a path
-through the forest, and yet at no time did I estimate that we were more
-than five hundred yards from our starting point. At the end of this
-part of the day’s work, I found that I was able to establish some
-deductions respecting the positions and heights of the raised platforms
-and the character of the stone edifices.
-
-It may be concluded that Palenque consists of a group of mounds having
-buildings upon them exclusively devoted to the purposes of religion.
-In the year 1840, five of the mounds had temples upon their summits
-which were in a fair state of preservation. The survey of Captain
-Antonio Del Rio was made in the year 1787, and, as he was an officer
-of the Artillery, his Report, with respect to the general plan, and
-the bearings and distances of the mounds then remaining, may be
-accepted as being correct. He states that he visited the ruins called
-Casas de Piedras (stone houses) on the 5th of May, and finding that
-nothing could be distinctly made out in consequence of the forest,
-he engaged a large number of Indians from Tumbalá, who felled the
-trees and afterwards cleared the ground by fire, thus opening up a
-sufficient space to enable him to observe the true positions of the
-mounds and buildings. He found that they were all contained within a
-rectangular area, four hundred and fifty yards long and three hundred
-yards wide. In the centre was the mound upon which stood the largest
-structure. This was surrounded by other edifices, “namely: five to the
-northward, four to the southward, one to the south-west, and three to
-the eastward.”
-
-Thus it appears that in 1787 there were thirteen mounds with buildings
-upon their summits, besides the large platform earthwork upon which
-was placed the “Palace.” In 1806, nearly twenty years afterwards, the
-Spanish Government ordered another survey to be made. The expedition
-was placed under the orders of Captain Dupaix, who had served as
-an officer in the Dragoons. He reported that, at that time, eleven
-temples were still standing. Thirty-four years later, Mr. Stephens
-could only discover five temples not utterly ruined. It is strange that
-in these short intervals of time, such changes should have happened
-amongst monuments of this nature. With regard to this subject, it is
-of consequence to notice the statements given by the local authorities
-who made the original discoveries which led to the survey of Del Rio.
-The explorations were conducted, under the orders of the Spanish
-authorities at Guatemala, by one of the principal inhabitants of
-the village of San Domingo, named Calderon, aided by the Government
-architect, Bernasconi. In their Report, which was made only three years
-before that of Del Rio, they declared that there were evidences of the
-ruins of numerous houses occupying a large space of land to the west
-of the temples. Nothing was known by my Indians upon this subject. It
-should, however, be observed, with respect to undiscovered ruins, that
-any rumours relating to what may, or may not, exist in the heart of a
-tropical forest, must necessarily be doubtful, for where nothing can be
-seen, except what may happen to be found in the direction of the path,
-much must be unknown.
-
-On the slopes of the ground in front of one of the temples I saw a
-large and rudely carved statue, which in consequence of its form
-and manner of sculpture is of much importance. There is reason to
-believe that it was intended to represent Quetzalcoatl, an Indian god,
-a mythical or real personage, who, for many reasons connected with
-Palenque, requires to have an especial consideration given to him. It
-is a distinctive characteristic of this statue, that the features are
-essentially different from those of the Indians whose figures are to be
-seen upon the altars of the temples and within the courts and corridors
-of the monastery. These have receding foreheads and sharply defined
-prominent faces, quite unlike the present races in Central America, but
-in a marked degree resembling the tribes of the North American Indians,
-who had the custom of flattening the heads of their children.
-
-The statue by my measurement, was a few inches more than eight feet in
-height, exclusive of the lower part of the stone, which tapered off in
-such a manner as to show that it had been originally placed upright and
-fixed in the ground. The feet stood on a base upon which was carved the
-hieroglyph which probably denoted the name. The forehead was low and
-straight. The face was completely different in type and expression,
-from that of any known race of Indians. The head was surmounted by a
-kind of high tiara. The left hand held in front of the figure a small
-head, in the same position as in the little figure at Ocosingo.
-
-As, after completing the circuit of the mounds, there were still a few
-hours at my disposal before leaving Palenque so as to reach the village
-before nightfall, I decided to devote the time to the investigation of
-certain problems regarding the age and construction of the buildings.
-But in the first place, attention should be directed to the manner in
-which the open courts within the monastery are disposed, and access is
-obtained to the rooms beneath the corridors. Commencing from the east
-front, there are two ranges of corridors which are separated throughout
-their whole length by a strong wall, which receives the thrust of the
-two inner slopes supporting the roof. There is only one entrance or
-means of communication between them in the existing northern portion
-of the ruins. The interior width of each of these galleries is about
-seven feet four inches. After passing across them, the principal court
-is reached and the floor of the open space is seen ten feet below.
-A wide flight of large and well hewn stone steps leads down to the
-bottom, which appears to have been paved with several layers of cement.
-This court is twenty-eight paces wide. The rooms are entered through
-doorways in the sides of the inclosing walls. Opposite to the first
-flight of steps there are similar steps leading to a second series of
-corridors. Passing through these, another court is reached, and beyond
-is the outer gallery which runs along the western side of the building.
-The total width of this cross section of the monastery is approximately
-one hundred and seventy-six feet.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-When wandering amongst these courts, and looking at the vestiges of
-an unknown state of civilisation, I endeavoured to form conclusions
-with regard to the purpose and antiquity of all that was seen. The
-problem is difficult to solve. It has been surmised that the temples
-of Palenque were erected during a period not exceeding four centuries
-before the Spanish conquest. This opinion was based upon what has been
-observed with respect to the condition of the ruins, and the freshness
-of portions of the colouring of the stucco. This method of estimating
-comparative antiquity presents some local difficulties.
-
-The square tower was originally faced with thick cement, and then
-covered with washes of colour, in the same manner as the walls of the
-Teocallis in the Quiché city of Utatlan upon which the faded colours
-are still visible. If the existing outer coating was the only one that
-had been given it would be reasonable to infer that the age of the
-tower was not great. But it happens that in those places where portions
-of the stucco have fallen, there have been numerous applications
-of colour, and therefore admitting that the latest may look bright
-and fresh, it is not possible to estimate the periods that may have
-elapsed between the dates of successive layers. Although I was at first
-inclined to think that the building could not be ancient, yet a more
-careful examination left the subject indeterminate. Any conclusions
-which may have been thought probable on account of the state of the
-walls and roofs are equally uncertain. With regard to this matter it is
-necessary to take into consideration certain existing conditions.
-
-Immediately behind the ruins are the slopes of the sierras which
-I traversed on the way from Tumbalá. They are covered with loose
-fragments of the limestones of which they are formed. These were the
-building materials used by the architects of the temples. Their small
-size and flat surface were suitable for the purpose, when combined with
-mortar, the mixing of which the Indians well understood. The walls of
-the monastery were made with layers of these flat stones bound together
-with quantities of this mortar. The outer faces were carefully arranged
-to receive a thick casing of cement, which was so hard and sound, that
-it is evident the builders must have had an accurate knowledge of the
-best proportions of the substances required for its composition. The
-cement had a smooth surface and in several places it was still perfect.
-The colours laid upon it are red, blue, yellow and white. They appear
-to have been made more or less vivid and varied in accordance with what
-was thought necessary to obtain good contrasts. The stucco figures and
-scrolls were skilfully designed, and were coloured in a manner which
-was harmonious and effective. The sound state of the cement where
-it is sheltered from the action of the rain is extraordinary. It is
-strange that in this tropical climate where, for half the year there
-are continuous and heavy rainfalls, the variations from the damp, close
-atmosphere in the summer to the dry season of winter should not have
-had a more destructive influence upon buildings, mainly composed of
-rubble and mortar.
-
-In one instance, that of the tower, the astonishing growth of tropical
-vegetation has had the effect of preventing its fall. Thick creepers
-have wound themselves like strong ropes around the walls and bound
-them firmly together. The walls at the corners of the entrances to the
-courts were remarkably uninjured. The cement was intact, and this, even
-in positions where it might have been expected that, in a long course
-of time, in consequence of being partly exposed and partly sheltered,
-it would have broken away and fallen.
-
-It would be justifiable to conclude from these evidences of stability
-that the buildings are comparatively modern. But there is a difficulty
-with regard to this assumption which has to be considered. In the
-year 1525, when Cortes on his march from Mexico to Honduras passed
-with his expeditionary forces within a few leagues of this place, the
-temples had been already abandoned. Consequently not less than four
-centuries must have now elapsed since Palenque was deserted. If then,
-within the tropics, buildings made of such perishable materials have
-remained for that long period in a fair state of preservation, it may
-be inferred that there are some local circumstances which have caused
-an exceptional power of resistance to the disintegrating action of the
-climate. The forest may have afforded some protection, and therefore
-the age of the monastery may be greater than might be estimated from
-the condition of the ruins.
-
-There are, however, other facts which are opposed to any theories
-of great antiquity. The Indians had cleared, for my inspection, the
-stone steps leading from the western side of the principal court.
-Upon these were carved groups of hieroglyphs which were in an almost
-perfect state. The edges of the steps were unworn. It was therefore
-made evident that in an open court, completely exposed to the weather
-and the influence of the tropical rains, inscriptions graven upon the
-surface of these flat stone slabs had remained uninjured.
-
-After looking at the sculptures, and the coloured stucco figures which
-adorned the piers and inner walls, I endeavoured to establish some
-standard of comparison by which I might be able to form well-founded
-conjectures regarding their age. I thought of various ruins in Egypt
-and Asia Minor, then of those belonging to later periods in Italy
-and Great Britain, but there were such essential differences in the
-materials used, and the influences of the atmosphere, that it was not
-possible to establish any assured conclusions. Opinions formed upon
-the results of an examination of the temples on the mounds would
-be equally unsatisfactory, for some of them, especially in their
-interiors, were in a comparatively good condition, others were in
-ruins. But, there are proofs of a moderate antiquity. The lintels
-that once supported the walls over the doorways and other openings
-have completely disappeared. In only one instance, which came under
-my notice, were there any signs of the thick, hard beams of zapote
-wood which had been employed for that purpose. A broad lintel in the
-monastery had left its impress upon the under surface of the wall which
-had weighed downwards upon it. The marks of the fibre and the shape
-of the lintel were clearly defined upon the mortar. Dr. Coller found
-amongst the ruins a piece of this wood. It was exceedingly heavy and
-close-grained, and was of the nature of what is known, in the East
-Indies, by the name of iron wood. The zapote trees grow chiefly in the
-forests in the valley of the Usamacinta and towards the lake of Peten.
-
-When the evening drew near, I called my Indians together and entered
-the forest on the way back to the village. As I rode slowly forward
-I felt that these mysterious ruins contained a secret which has yet
-to be unravelled. The priests of a powerful race, having strange and
-unknown forms of religion, had been for centuries worshipping at these
-shrines. Within the sanctuaries were graven upon tablets of stone those
-records which, when interpreted, may throw some light upon what is now
-obscure.[84]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI.
-
- Mounds in the valley of the Usamacinta. — Lacandones. —
- Catasaja. — Canoe voyage. — Rivers and Lagoons. — Alligators. —
- Jonuta. — Cortes’s March to Honduras. — Cannibalism. — The
- Mexican Emperor Guatimozin. — Palisada. — Laguna de Terminos. —
- Island of Carmen. — Campeachy. — Yucatan. — Pyramidal Altar. —
- Human sacrifices. — Tzibalché. — Maya Indians. — Arrival at
- Uxmal.
-
-
-At San Domingo Dr. Coller showed me a chart which he had drawn of
-the country around for a distance of twelve miles, exclusive of the
-neighbourhood of Palenque where the forest prevented him from making a
-survey. Upon this chart he had placed the positions of eleven mounds
-that he had discovered. They were situated near the left bank of the
-Usamacinta. On the slopes of these mounds were loose slabs of worked
-limestone which he thought must have formed part of houses built on
-their summits. Some excavations had been made and it was proved that
-the mounds were not burial places.
-
-I met in the village the proprietor of a small hacienda near Balancan.
-He told me that in one of his fields there was a large mound forty feet
-high, which must have had a building upon it, for on the top there
-were large blocks of squared stone. He wished to know what the mound
-contained and had therefore dug through it, but he found nothing but
-a curved grindstone precisely similar in shape and size to those now
-used by the women in the neighbourhood. In the adjoining land he had
-found near the surface numerous terra-cotta idols, but he had not seen
-any human bones. It is a coincidence perhaps of some importance, with
-reference to the origin of the race once occupying Palenque, that a
-grindstone was also the only thing found within the mound opened by
-the orders of Carrera on the plains of Mixco, in that part of Central
-America which, before the conquest, had been occupied by the Quichés.
-
-San Domingo is occasionally visited by groups of the wild Indians
-called Lacandones who live isolated amongst the adjacent forests.
-Dr. Coller told me that during his ten years’ residence, he had seen
-several of these men enter the village for the purpose of exchanging
-beans, tobacco and wax for spirits and other goods. They were always
-dressed in long white cotton frocks which reached nearly to their feet,
-and they wore their hair loose and very long. They seemed to be of a
-shy and inoffensive disposition. It is probable that they are of the
-same tribe as the Indians who live scattered amongst the Cordilleras
-near Comitan, a few of whom occasionally come down to that town from
-the forests bringing for barter bags of cocoa beans.
-
-The journey from Palenque to the coast of the Gulf of Mexico had to
-be made by rivers and lagoons. The embarkation place was at Catasaja,
-where canoes were to be obtained. After riding eight leagues through
-forests and savannahs we reached “Las Playas,” where I was welcomed by
-the Licenciado Vadillo. Catasaja was a flourishing village, prettily
-situated on the upper waters of a branch of the Usamacinta. It was in
-an unusually busy state. Preparations were in progress for holding a
-fair, and celebrating the annual festival of the church. Great numbers
-of Indians and Ladinos were expected to arrive from the surrounding
-country, and sheds were being built as shelters for them. In the
-morning, at an early hour, I found that Señor Vadillo had made all
-necessary arrangements for my journey, and had secured for me a good
-canoe manned by trustworthy Indians. With his assistance I was able to
-sell my mule. The saddle and hammock were retained as I should want
-them in Yucatan.
-
-In the forenoon the men reported that the boat was ready. After
-paddling swiftly down the stream for several leagues we entered a
-channel whose muddy banks were covered with alligators. The river also
-swarmed with them. Upon several occasions I thought that the canoe was
-in danger of being capsized by the waves made by the alligators, in
-consequence, as we approached them, of their habit of slipping off the
-bank into the river, and I told the Indians to be careful. They said
-that the canoe was perfectly safe, but that if, by any accident, we
-should be rolled over there was nothing to be feared, as the alligators
-never attacked people in the water. I was doubtful about this theory,
-although it may be correct. It is well known that natives in other
-parts of the world have been seized by alligators when incautiously
-going too near them when they were watching for their prey on the
-banks. But I do not know if there is any evidence to show that they
-would seize men in the same manner if they were actually floating in
-the water.[85]
-
-Lower down the river we came to a place where the stream was sluggish.
-The banks were flat and covered with dense vegetation. Here we saw
-an extraordinary scene. The water was thick, green, and putrid with
-animal matter. The surface was covered with the inflated bodies of dead
-alligators.
-
-Large carrion birds were feeding upon them in the most revolting
-manner. Their claws were firmly fixed upon the hard skin of the
-reptiles, and they drove their beaks, like pickaxes, deep down into
-their entrails and gorged themselves with the decaying flesh. The
-stench was horrible, and together with the oppressive heat, the foul
-state of the air and the enormous mosquitoes, made this part of the
-journey very disgusting.
-
-At sunset we arrived at a place called Jonuta, near the junction of the
-river Palisada with the river Usamacinta, and the canoe was hauled
-up on the bank. We could not have been far from the spot where Cortes
-crossed over on his march to Honduras, one of the most extraordinary
-military expeditions, through an absolutely unknown country and amongst
-unknown men, that has ever been successfully accomplished. This part
-of the march through the forest and across the numerous streams of
-the estuary of the Usamacinta was especially difficult and laborious,
-and at one time, the forces were driven to great straits for want of
-provisions. The events that occurred here are described by Bernal
-Diaz, who accompanied the troops, and by Cortes in his despatch to the
-Emperor Charles V. One of these events was so remarkable that it at
-once arrests the attention.
-
-The Spaniards and their Indian allies had been for several days
-suffering from famine, and the state of affairs in the camp was
-becoming serious. It was then discovered that several acts of
-cannibalism had taken place. “It appeared,” states Bernal Diaz, “that
-certain Caciques from Mexico had captured two or three of the Indians
-belonging to the villages that we had passed through, and had brought
-them hidden amongst their baggage, and on account of the hunger on
-the road they killed them and roasted them in ovens which were made
-under the ground with stones, as was their custom in Mexico, and they
-devoured them, and in the same way they had also secreted the two
-guides that we had with us who had run away, and they ate them. When
-Cortes knew what had happened he ordered the Mexican Caciques to be
-called together and spoke angrily to them, and told them that if such
-things occurred again he would punish them. The Franciscan friar, who
-accompanied us, also preached to them many holy and good sayings and
-after he had concluded his sermon Cortes, as a matter of justice,
-ordered a Mexican Indian to be burnt on account of the murder of the
-Indians that they had eaten.”
-
-Cortes in reporting this punishment to the Emperor says,—“I ordered
-him to be burnt, giving the said Señor to understand the reason for
-this act of justice. That it was because he had killed an Indian and
-eaten him; which act was forbidden by your Majesty and that I, in your
-Royal name, had notified and ordered that it should not be done, and
-that therefore for having killed and eaten him I ordered him to be
-burnt.”[86]
-
-Another strange event that took place whilst the troops were in this
-region, was the tragic fate of Guatimozin, who had succeeded Montezuma
-as Emperor of Mexico. It is difficult to understand what could have
-been the object that Cortes had in view when he ordered this monarch
-to be executed. He may have thought it expedient to destroy, as far
-as possible, the whole race of caciques throughout New Spain and thus
-minimise the risk of any organized rebellion. These chiefs ruled with
-absolute power over the natives, and it is possible that the Spanish
-authorities deemed it advisable to get rid of them. Hundreds of them
-were burnt alive at the stake upon the slightest pretexts. After one
-of the local insurrections the officer who suppressed it reported that
-he had burnt forty of the rebellious caciques. In a similar manner the
-leaders in Cuba and Haiti were also destroyed.
-
-In the case of Guatimozin, Cortes considered that he and his cousin,
-the King of Tlacupa, had been proved guilty of conspiring with other
-Indians to kill the Spaniards; and he accordingly ordered them to be
-put to death. The sentence was immediately carried out, and the two
-Mexican monarchs were hanged upon a tree within sight of the army as it
-continued its march through the forest.
-
-The positions where these events occurred can only be approximately
-determined. The wooden bridges which were constructed for the passage
-of the troops have disappeared. All local records of this famous march
-have passed away. The villages or pueblos mentioned by the conquerors
-no longer exist, and their names are forgotten. It is only by the most
-attentive study that even a presumptive knowledge of the route can be
-obtained. From the accounts given in the official dispatches and the
-statements of Bernal Diaz, and also from the fact that Cortes steered
-a straight course by compass, it may be concluded that the forces must
-have passed near Jonuta and about twenty-eight miles from the ruins of
-Palenque.
-
-With respect to the acts of cannibalism it should be observed, in
-justice to other tribes, that the caciques who devoured the bodies were
-Mexicans, and there are reasons for believing that before the arrival
-of the Aztecs cannibalism was unknown in Central America. The method
-of cooking by baking in ovens which, after the holes had been dug out
-of the ground, were surrounded and covered by heated stones, are the
-same as those that were customary with the Maoris in New Zealand, who,
-after their fights, feasted upon their captured enemies in that manner.
-
-Upon the evening of the day upon which we left Jonuta, we reached
-Palisada and brought to an end our wearisome canoe voyage down the
-Usamacinta. At Palisada the logwood, which is obtained in the forests
-bordering upon the upper parts of the rivers, is gathered together and
-shipped upon small schooners which carry their cargoes of palo tinto
-(red wood) to the town of Laguna on the island of Carmen, whence the
-wood is sent to Europe and other parts of the world.
-
-In one of these little fore-and-aft rigged schooners I embarked and
-proceeded on my way down the river. In the afternoon we stopped in a
-place where we could get some shade until sunset. I found a shelter
-within a hut near the bank. Throughout the night the atmosphere was
-very oppressive. We slowly made our way by the help of a small boat,
-manned by our Indian crew, which took us in tow. All of us suffered
-greatly from the attacks of myriads of mosquitoes. On the following day
-we arrived at an open sheet of water, called the inner lagoon, where
-it was perfectly calm and we had to endure on the open and exposed
-deck, the full strength of the tropical sun. In the evening a strong
-head wind called “el Norte” sprang up, together with heavy squalls and
-showers of rain which continued all that night and the whole of the
-next day. As we could not make any headway we anchored. The sun was
-very powerful and it was not possible to escape from its influence.
-The Indians appeared to be much affected by the weather and were in
-a worn and prostrate condition. I had to endure, equally with them,
-the alternate exposure to extreme heat and cold driving rain. During
-the night the wind moderated, and towards the morning we weighed our
-anchor and proceeded to the entrance of the outer lagoon and waited for
-daylight. As the sun rose, the wind suddenly shifted, and we sailed
-rapidly across the bay to the anchorage off the town, arriving there
-early in the forenoon.
-
-Thus terminated the voyage “par los rios” (by the rivers). The exposure
-to the sun by day, the attacks of mosquitoes by night, and the sickly
-condition of the banks of the rivers and lagoons, had combined to make
-that part of the journey across the continent extremely exhausting.
-
-The long narrow island of Carmen is placed like a natural breakwater,
-sheltering the bay from the open sea of the Gulf of Campeachy. The
-earliest notice of it occurs in the Reports of the Spanish expedition
-under Grijalva in 1518. Bernal Diaz, who was one of those who took
-part in it, mentions a fact that throws some light upon the religious
-customs of the Indians. He observes that the fleet after having
-visited the coasts of Yucatan arrived at this island and remained
-for several days at anchor in the bay. Many of the officers and men
-landed, he being amongst the number. After traversing the island it
-was ascertained that it was not inhabited, but some small temples
-(adoratorios) were seen. These were made of stone and mortar, and
-contained many idols made of clay and of wood, some were like figures
-of gods, others like women, and many seemed to represent serpents. At
-the present time there are no remains visible of these adoratorios.
-The fact, however, of their having been erected upon this island is
-instructive. It tends to prove that temples were placed in positions
-where there were no inhabitants, and thus, to some extent, supports the
-theory that certain holy places were set apart for religious purposes,
-and were not necessarily attached to centres of population.
-
-During the stay of Grijalva’s fleet, a greyhound, belonging to one of
-the ships, strayed on shore and was lost. The following year, upon the
-arrival of a second expedition, when the ships anchored, the dog was
-seen on the beach watching them. Bernal Diaz relates how the dog knew
-his own ship, and fawned upon the crew when they landed, showing the
-utmost happiness and affection. How the dog had obtained food and water
-through such a long period was not known.
-
-Soon after my arrival I was informed that a small schooner called the
-Rosita was about to sail for Campeachy and that her skipper would take
-a few passengers. I accordingly made arrangements with him and went on
-board. I found that the only accommodation was the open hold under the
-main hatch. Here on the top of the cargo, made smooth and level for
-the purpose, were placed mats. We embarked two ladies and some Spanish
-officials and left La Laguna at daylight. The wind was against us and
-we had to make a long tack towards the Yucatan coast, near Champoton.
-During the night the wind became more favourable and in the forenoon
-we sighted the white walls of Campeachy. The cathedral and mediæval
-fortifications looked very picturesque from the sea as we approached
-the coast. The Rosita did not draw much water, so we were able to
-anchor within half a mile of the landing place. I was glad to find in
-the town a tolerable inn called the Paloma, and a worthy, attentive
-landlord named Ruiz. The constant exposure and the hardships endured
-latterly had seriously affected my constitution, and I felt weak and
-ill. It was a comfort to get shelter and quiet, and the shade and rest
-which was obtained by having a large room opening upon an inner court.
-Here I remained for several days suffering from very severe headaches
-and without feeling that I was, in any perceptible degree, regaining my
-strength.
-
-On the morning of the fifth day I heard a gentle tap at the door, and
-my landlady asked if she could come in. She looked at me with much
-sympathy and said, “Señor, may I speak to you?” I replied, “Certainly.”
-She then said, “Señor, you have upon you the lagoon fever, from which
-strangers seldom recover, and I have come to ask you where you keep
-your money and where your friends live, so that I may be able to carry
-out your wishes.” I said, “My kind donna, perhaps I may get better if
-I change the air. Do you know how I can get away?” The landlady looked
-pleased and said that she knew that a certain Señor Escalanta was about
-to start for a village called Tzibalché, and that perhaps he would
-share with me the expenses of a conveyance. This arrangement was made,
-and in the forenoon a covered cart, with three mules harnessed abreast,
-was drawn up at the door of the inn. I took my place upon a mattress,
-and before midday we were several leagues away breathing the pure and
-bracing air of the open country. The change acted like magic. The fever
-seemed almost immediately to leave me, but there remained a persistent
-headache.
-
-We stopped at a village to get dinner, and met an intelligent man who
-was employed as constructor of a new road that was being made on this
-part of the coast. It had happened, that in the course of his work, he
-had made several cuttings and excavations, and discovered many things
-of much antiquarian importance. He told us of a large pyramidal altar
-or Kue which was situated in the neighbourhood, and as I particularly
-wished to see it, Señor Escalanta consented to halt whilst an
-examination of it was made.
-
-We found the altar to be one of that type of structures upon the
-summit of which the Mexican priests were accustomed to perform human
-sacrifices. This Yucatecan Kue was more than fifty feet high and was
-entirely faced with large, squared, well hewn blocks of hard limestone.
-It was very steep. I estimated the angle of the slope to be about
-70°. There were two ledges, respectively one-third and two-thirds up
-the pyramid and on the top was the platform, which was in a ruinous
-condition.
-
-There were a number of small stone chambers built on the sides. The
-existence of these singular little cells had caused the people in the
-adjacent hamlets to form the opinion that the Kue had been inhabited
-by dwarfs. We examined these chambers very carefully, and although it
-was not possible to come to any satisfactory conclusion with regard to
-their purpose, it was clear that they could not have been intended for
-habitation. It seemed probable that they were either places for idols
-or that they were used as vaults for burial. They were built with much
-skill, and the squaring of the masonry was perfect. The inner wall of
-these cells was formed by the stone casing of the pyramid. Several
-small idols were found here. We were chiefly interested in examining
-the method of construction followed by the Indian architects. This was
-made apparent by the fact that portions of the outer casing had been
-demolished. It appeared that the inner portion was a solid mass of
-stones and mortar which, when completed, was covered with thick slabs
-of masonry, smooth and well jointed. On the west face there were the
-remains of a large chamber, but as that part of the pyramid was in a
-ruinous condition, its dimensions could not be measured.
-
-It is strange that so little is known concerning the ancient rites and
-ceremonies performed by the priests upon these high altars. Immediately
-after the conquest these Indian customs ceased, and all the signs of
-their religion and religious usages disappeared like a dream. When
-Grijalva’s expedition reached the Bay of Campeachy, they saw a large
-Kue which must have been similar to that we were examining. Bernal
-Diaz in his history relates that they landed to get a supply of water
-for the ships near a spot where there was a village. The natives came
-down to the beach in a friendly manner, and asked them if they arrived
-from the spot where the sun rose. They then proposed that they should
-go with them to their pueblo, and took them to a large building made
-of stone and mortar. Whilst the Spaniards were looking about them
-and observing the habits of the people, “Ten Indians dressed in long
-white cloaks came out of another adoratorio. Their long thick hair was
-clotted with blood and so twisted, that it could not have been combed
-or spread without cutting it off. These men were sacerdotes of the
-idols, and in New Spain they called themselves Pápas. Again I say that
-in New Spain they called themselves Pápas, and thus I shall name them
-henceforwards. These Pápas brought to us perfumes like a kind of resin
-which they call copal, and with earthen braziers filled with fire they
-commenced to incense us.” Diaz thought that the stone buildings were
-altars, and he saw numerous idols, and “it appeared to us,” he says,
-“that at this time they had been sacrificing to the idols certain
-Indians to give them the victory over us.”
-
-On their further voyage near another part of the Mexican coast, where
-is now situated the town of Vera Cruz, the fleet arrived at the Island
-of Sacrificios, a name that was given to that land in consequence of
-what was observed to take place there. The island was explored by the
-Spaniards, and they discovered two Kues made of lime and stone, and
-ascended by steps. “In these altars,” observes Diaz, “were idols of
-evil figures which were their gods, and here they had sacrificed on
-the previous night five Indians. Their breasts were opened and their
-arms and thighs were cut off and the walls were covered with blood.”
-It happened that the Chaplain-General of the Fleet wrote an itinerary
-of this voyage, and he also visited these temples. He mentioned the
-extraordinary fact of having noticed within one of the shrines “some
-bordered stuff made of silk, similar to what was worn by the Moors and
-which were called by them “Almaizales.”[87] At another temple, situated
-near the coast, four Indian priests were seen, who had lately been
-performing sacrifices. In this instance they had sacrificed two young
-boys. Their breasts had been opened and their hearts had been taken out
-and placed before the idol as an offering. The Spaniards were surprised
-when they observed that these priests were dressed like Dominicans and
-wore long cloaks and capes. This, together with their manner of using
-incense, seemed in some inexplicable degree to resemble the observances
-of their own monastic fraternities.
-
-In the various accounts that have been given by the conquerors
-concerning the Indians, there is nothing mentioned about the burial
-customs, and even at the present time the subject is obscure. I was
-therefore interested in listening to the contractor’s remarks about
-some discoveries made by his workmen when excavating along the line of
-road. They found the ruins of several houses. Each of them contained
-beneath the centre of the principal room a vaulted tomb, in which it
-was supposed that the proprietor had been buried when he died. They
-also found, when tracing the direction of the work, several small Kues
-of pyramidal shapes, around the sides of which were numerous small
-stone cells. The contractor told me that he had measured and surveyed
-these carefully. He had come to the conclusion that they were burial
-places.
-
-These discoveries were important, and corroborated in every essential
-particular the statements of several Indian caciques dwelling beyond
-Uxmal, in the sixteenth century. They informed the Spanish missionaries
-that it had been customary, with the common people in Yucatan, to
-bury their dead either inside their houses or at the back of them.
-In certain cases they afterwards abandoned these dwellings and moved
-elsewhere. The bodies of caciques and chiefs were burnt, and the ashes
-were placed in urns. Small pyramids or temples were sometimes raised
-over them.[88]
-
-I was sorry when it became necessary to proceed on our journey. The
-road contractor was an official who took a comprehensive interest
-in whatever related to the ancient inhabitants, and his practical
-knowledge was invaluable.
-
-It was late when we finished the survey of the pyramid and its
-chambers; we consequently travelled throughout the night at our best
-speed. We passed through the pueblos of Tenabon and Hekelchakan and
-reached Señor Escalanta’s house in Tzibalché at daylight. We were
-received by the ladies of the establishment with cold and tranquil
-apathy. Without saying a word, they turned out of their hammocks, and
-proceeded to carry out their respective household duties. It must be
-understood that the arrangements with all Ladino families are very
-simple. In the tierras calientes or hot regions every one sleeps in a
-hammock. The hammocks are slung to the cross poles in the principal,
-and often, only apartment. At night when the ladies wish to go to bed
-they turn in, to use a sailor’s expression, all standing. The women
-of all ages, young or old, wear but one dress which is always a long
-cotton garment reaching from the shoulders to the feet. This is worn
-day and night. The languid indifference of men and women, towards
-each other and to all around them, is a marked characteristic of the
-whole of the Ladino race throughout Central America. Nothing seems to
-arouse their indolent natures, and although many of them are fairly
-educated, they do not appear to have those qualities which form the
-foundation of a good and energetic population. It cannot be considered
-that the enervating influences of a tropical climate are chiefly the
-cause of this inertness, for it exists in varying altitudes. It should,
-however, be acknowledged that this half-caste race retains much of the
-old-fashioned courtesy of their Spanish ancestors. The Ladinos have
-ceased to intermarry with the Indians, and there is now no sympathy
-between the two races. The Indians have almost as great a dislike to
-them as they have to the Spaniards.
-
-At Tzibalché I enlisted in my service an Indian, named Anastasio, and
-after some difficulty, hired a horse of doubtful merit. Anastasio
-declared that we could avoid the long round to Uxmal by the main roads,
-as he knew a short cut across the country which would shorten the
-journey. By that path, he said, the distance to the hacienda at Uxmal
-did not exceed nine or ten leagues. Accordingly we quitted the village
-at sunrise and soon afterwards entered the bush.
-
-This part of Yucatan was covered with a thin light kind of brushwood
-which grew to a height of about twelve feet. Our path was cut through
-this bush which excluded all view to the right or left. Occasionally
-we passed through a few acres of open land where the Indians were
-cultivating some crops, but the soil was poor and stony. At noon we
-arrived at a farm; the proprietor was inclined to be hospitable and
-gave me food and shelter. I was suffering from a recurrence of what I
-had endured at Campeachy and could scarcely bear the fatigue of the
-journey, especially as the rays of the nearly vertical sun were very
-powerful.
-
-During the afternoon, whilst resting in the shade, I listened to the
-loud, discordant, and grating sounds pronounced by the Indians around
-me. The language spoken was Maya, which has been ascertained to be the
-parent stock of most of the languages and dialects spoken in Guatemala,
-Yucatan and the bordering territories. I asked my host to give me a
-specimen of their dialect. He replied that he would tell me what had
-happened in the morning, and he leant forward and said:—“Ti lé kin
-béhilá, kuch yuayé humpel tzul ingles, bin tiar ten. Tumentin, katah
-uchi y etel tin káhol ta hatchutz apockzi chalé; katin kámá tin nayle,
-katin sah balu hante kati álá téné bin ku bétic Uxmal, tacthoh cásumac
-tuh lú mil.” “This day came here an English Señor and spoke to me.
-Having questioned him and knowing him to be of a good heart, I received
-him in my house and gave him to eat. Then he told me that he was going
-to Uxmal, and thence to Merida and afterwards to his own land.”
-
-Towards the end of the day, when the sun was low, I ventured out of
-the hut, mounted my horse, and pushed forward rapidly towards Uxmal.
-After passing through several plantations of sugar-cane attached to
-small Indian farms, we reached some rising ground and I saw, about four
-miles distant towards the east, the great building, called the Casa
-del Gobernador, with its terraces and adjacent pyramids standing out
-high and distinct. The sun had disappeared below the horizon, and the
-sky was brilliant with the vivid colouring of a tropical sunset. The
-Casa del Gobernador was clear and well defined in the midst of this
-magnificent frame of evening splendour, looking scarcely less beautiful
-than a Greek temple on some lofty headland, when seen at twilight from
-Ægean seas.
-
-It was getting dark when we slowly passed round the base of a Teocalli,
-and it was night when we halted at the hacienda. The proprietor and
-the agent were both absent, but the mayor-domo received me with much
-kindness. He gave me a large room next to one which he told me had
-been occupied by the Empress Charlotte when she visited Uxmal in 1866.
-The next morning, after giving Anastasio directions to join me at the
-Casa del Gobernador and to bring with him my hammock and provisions, I
-walked out to the ruins.
-
-[Illustration:
-
- CASA DEL GOBERNADOR. CASA DE LAS TORTUGAS. CASA DE LAS PALOMAS.
-
- UXMAL.]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII.
-
- Uxmal. — Extent of ground occupied by the Ruins. — Teocallis. —
- Burial places at the foot of the Pyramid of the Dwarf. —
- Evening Service at the chapel of the hacienda. — Casa del
- Gobemador. — Sacrificial customs. — Preservation of the wooden
- lintels. — The Nunnery or Casa de las Monjas. — Religious
- customs of the Indians. — Emblem of the Serpent. — Sculptures. —
- Conjectures respecting the possibility of Moorish, Spanish,
- or Oriental influence upon architectural design. — Methods of
- construction. — Note upon a fall of rain supposed to be caused
- by the fires of the Indians.
-
-
-It is considered that the ruins of Uxmal are, in extent and
-construction, the most important in Yucatan, and therefore, excepting
-in certain particulars, those at Palenque, the most remarkable in
-Central America and Mexico.
-
-The ground occupied by them is in length about six hundred yards.
-The width is slightly more than five hundred yards. Consequently the
-area within which Uxmal is contained, may be approximately estimated
-as being sixty acres. It therefore exceeds by twenty acres the space
-covered by the mounds of Palenque. The buildings are irregularly
-placed. The Casa del Gobernador (House of the Governor) with its
-adjacent pyramids form the principal group towards the south. The
-Casa de las Monjas (House of the Nuns) is situated towards the north.
-These are the two great structures upon which the other temples and
-mounds seem chiefly to depend. There are two smaller edifices called
-respectively, the Casa de las Palomas (House of the Pigeons) and the
-Casa de las Tortugas (House of the Turtles). There is also a detached
-pyramid with a ruined temple upon its summit, which has been given the
-name of the House of the Old Woman. Looking at these ruins as a group,
-they appear to have consisted of quadrangular residences with pyramidal
-mounds attached to them, raised for the purpose of obtaining lofty
-sites for the altars of the Indian gods.
-
-One of the most important of these is that known as the Pyramid of
-the Dwarf. I examined it with particular attention for the purpose
-of studying the character of a series of small stone vaults or cells
-placed round its base, which were similar in size and design to those
-that I had seen on the lower slopes of the Kue near the coast above
-Campeachy. Many of these cells were sufficiently perfect to enable
-their dimensions and shape to be verified. It seemed evident that they
-must have been made for sepulchral purposes. If this conclusion is
-correct it is probable that they were the burial places for the ashes
-of the caciques who ruled over this part of Yucatan.
-
-Upon an investigation of the outer parts of the pyramid, it is to be
-observed that it was not only carefully constructed, but its plan must
-have been accurately drawn and the relative mathematical measurements
-calculated with reference to the space that was required for the
-temple. The magnitude of the base could not be determined, on account
-of the quantities of fallen stones and other débris. In 1841, Mr.
-Stephens considered that it was two hundred and thirty-five feet long
-by one hundred and fifty-five feet wide. The perpendicular height to
-the platform was estimated to be eighty-eight feet.
-
-[Illustration: PYRAMID AND TEMPLE OF THE DWARF.]
-
-The steps leading up to the summit are broad, and must have formed an
-imposing approach, but in consequence of the angle of the slope they
-are necessarily steep, and are placed so close together that there
-is barely sufficient width for the foot to rest. At the base of the
-pyramid there is an open court, which I observed to be similar in shape
-to one adjoining the base of an altar built by the Quichés at Utatlan,
-but it was larger in extent. The court leads to the entrance of the
-Casa de las Monjas.
-
-This building may be considered to be the result of the greatest powers
-of sculpture and ornamentation that the Indians possessed, and judging
-from the condition of many of its chambers, it is probably one of the
-latest of their works. It is nearly quadrangular, and encloses an area
-of over six thousand square yards.
-
-My first day at Uxmal was employed in making a rough survey of the land
-occupied by the ruins.
-
-Upon my return to the hacienda, I found that an evening service, called
-“el Rosario,” was being held in the chapel. A large number of Indians
-were assembled. These Yucatecos had attached to the fingers of the
-church images, many of their own small idols, made of metal. It was
-consequently impossible to know (as the priests in the Cordilleras
-said of their Indian parishioners), whether they were worshipping the
-saints, or following in secret their ancient idolatries.
-
-The next morning I established myself in the “House of the Governor,”
-and selected for our occupation the largest of the outer series of
-apartments, opening upon the eastern courts. The size of these was
-necessarily regulated by the angle of the converging slopes of the
-walls, for the builders were limited in their plans in consequence
-of their incomplete acquaintance with the formation of arches. In
-one of the rooms there were some cross poles made of zapote wood, to
-which Anastasio fastened my hammock. The architectural proportions
-of the exterior are unusual. The length is about three hundred and
-twenty-two feet, but the breadth is only thirty-nine feet, and the
-low, narrow structure, is only twenty-five feet high. The effect,
-however, of the long and elaborately carved façade, is particularly
-pleasing both to the eye and the mind. In all respects, the Casa del
-Gobernador is rightly given the distinction of being the grandest of
-the stone structures that were built by Indians. The platform upon
-which this great edifice stands, is forty feet above the level of the
-ground. Sixteen feet below this is a large open court, which is about
-one hundred and eighty yards long, and over eighty-two yards wide,
-containing a level surface of nearly fifteen thousand square yards—or
-more than three acres. There is a third outer terrace, raised a few
-feet above the plain.
-
-The Casa de las Monjas is also placed upon three terraces, but they are
-of smaller dimensions, and the height of the base of the building
-above the natural ground, is not more than seventeen feet. The terraces
-were surrounded by strongly built walls. Wide stone steps gave access
-to each platform. When looking at these flat spaces, pyramids and
-temples, it is practicable to form reasonable conjectures regarding the
-nature of the religious ceremonies that may have taken place within, or
-before them.
-
-[Illustration: CASA DEL GOBERNADOR.]
-
-[Illustration: AN ANGLE OF THE CASA DE LAS MONJAS.]
-
-Bishop Landa, in his work on Yucatan, which he wrote in that country
-soon after the conquest, gives an account of the feasts and sacrifices
-performed in the temples. His description was based upon information
-which he received from the descendants of caciques, who had governed a
-powerful tribe dwelling east of Uxmal. After mentioning the nature of
-the offerings made to the idols during certain festivals, he observes
-that, besides sacrificing animals, the priests would sometimes on
-occasions of tribulation or public necessity, command that human
-victims should be sacrificed. There is this statement given of what
-then happened.
-
-“Every one took their part in offering contributions, in order that
-slaves should be bought, and some of the more devotional would offer
-their little children. Great care was taken of them that they should
-not run away or commit any fault, and whilst they were conducted from
-village to village with dancing, the priests fasted. Upon the arrival
-of the day, they all came into the patio (court) of the temple, and if
-the victim had to be sacrificed by wounds from arrows he was stripped
-naked, his body was anointed with blue, and a cap like a mitre was
-placed on his head.” He was then, after certain dances made by the
-people in honour of the god, killed by flights of arrows.
-
-It will be remembered that a similar custom was followed by the
-Pawnees in North America who, upon certain occasions, chiefly in
-connection with offering a propitiation to the Manito who had power
-over the harvest, also killed the victim by a flight of arrows.[89] The
-coincidence of this practice is very strange.
-
-Landa, after relating the manner in which these Indians in Yucatan
-conducted the ceremony of inflicting death by arrows, proceeds to
-state what was done if the priests, for some special reasons, directed
-that the victim should be offered to the gods in accordance with their
-more appalling rites. “If it had been decided to take out the heart,
-he was taken to the patio with much pomp, and was accompanied by many
-people, and after being daubed over with blue, and his mitre placed on
-his head, he was carried to the round step which was the place where
-these sacrifices were made, and after the priest (sacerdote) and his
-officials had anointed this stone with blue colour, and had cast out
-the devil by purifying the temple; the unfortunate man that was to be
-sacrificed was then seized, thrown suddenly backwards upon the stone,
-and held there by the legs and arms kept apart from the middle. Then
-came the sacrificer with a stone razor, and struck with much dexterity
-and cruelty, a gash between the ribs of the left side below the
-teat; he then thrust in his hand and took hold of the heart like a
-furious tiger and snatched it out still palpitating, and put it upon a
-dish which he gave to the priest, who took it quickly and anointed the
-faces of the idols with the fresh blood.”[90]
-
-[Illustration: CASA DE LAS MONJAS, UXMAL.]
-
-[Illustration: AN ANGLE OF THE CASA DE LAS MONJAS.]
-
-This statement of the sacrificial customs in Yucatan is in accordance
-with the Report made by Palacio[91] concerning the sacrifices of the
-captives taken in war by the Pipiles, a tribe who were believed to be
-of Mexican origin and were then dwelling near the Pacific coast of
-Guatemala. It may also be surmised that the ceremonies performed by the
-priests of the Quichés upon the altars at Utatlan were of a similar
-nature. It thus seems evident that the barbarous practices that are
-supposed to have been introduced by the Aztecs into Mexico, during some
-period subsequent to the twelfth century, were becoming prevalent in
-Central America.
-
-It is possible that the custom of offering human sacrifices, together
-with subsequent acts of cannibalism, may have become grafted upon
-the religious observances of an earlier and less cruel race. It is,
-however, to be noticed that the plan of the pyramid of the Dwarf with
-its altar, and the open court at the foot of the steps leading down
-from the temple, conform with the particular purposes of the ceremonies
-connected with the sacrifices to the idols. Bernal Diaz, when
-describing the manner in which the Spanish captives were sacrificed and
-eaten during the siege of Mexico, mentions facts which agree with the
-statements made by the caciques in Yucatan, concerning the events that
-occasionally happened in their sacred places.
-
-“Sometimes,” observes Landa, “the sacrifice took place on the stone
-upon the highest step of the temple, and then the body was thrown down
-the steps and rolled below. The officials then seized it and flayed off
-the skin excepting the feet and hands, and the priest, having taken off
-his garments until he was naked, covered himself with it, and danced
-with the others. This was considered to be a matter of much solemnity.
-It was the custom to bury those who were sacrificed in the court of the
-temple, or, if not, they were eaten by the chiefs and those who were
-able to obtain portions; the hands, feet and head were for the priest
-and officials. Those who were thus sacrificed were held as saints
-(tenian por santos). If they were slaves captured in war their owner
-took the bones and kept them to show them in the dances as emblems of
-victory.”
-
-The aboriginal inhabitants of Yucatan were, like those dwelling in the
-neighbouring land of Guatemala, devoted to the worship of idols, and
-travelled great distances to take part in the ceremonies which were
-performed at the shrines of their principal gods. The Island of Cozumel
-was one of the sacred sites which was held in great veneration when
-the fleet of Grijalva arrived there in 1518. It was observed by the
-Spaniards that there and elsewhere, the pyramidal structures or altars
-were maintained in good order, and had regular priests attached to
-them for the purpose of executing the various duties connected with the
-superstitious usages. It was afterwards ascertained that several of the
-larger sacred temples in the interior had at that time been abandoned,
-although many of them looked as if they had not been long built. With
-respect to Uxmal, it was considered that the ruins were comparatively
-modern and belonged to a period but little anterior to the Spanish
-conquest.
-
-The well preserved state of portions of the buildings is, at the
-present time, nearly four centuries after the arrival of the
-Spaniards, especially noticeable. I observed that the wooden lintel
-over the door of my room in the Casa del Gobernador was in perfect
-condition. The edges or corners were still sharp and unworn. It was
-also evident that, although the great weight of the masonry above must
-have exerted a heavy pressure upon the centre of the lintel, there
-were no signs of the slightest deflection. The strength of the wood
-seemed to be unimpaired. The preservation of many of the lintels over
-the doorways of the rooms in the Casa de las Monjas was, in several
-instances, equally sound. Many of the stone carvings on the exterior
-were also apparently uninjured by their exposure to the weather. But,
-before proceeding with this subject, it is expedient to take into
-consideration some of the characteristics of this building.
-
-It is not known why it was called the Casa de las Monjas (House of the
-Nuns). Possibly the Spaniards may have been surprised by its similarity
-in plan with their own nunneries, but it is also not improbable that
-there may have been some tradition received from the Indians which
-caused the adoption of this name. It has been stated by Clavigero, and
-other historians, that there were certain especial customs attending
-the worship of the god Quetzalcoatl. Women served for terms of years
-within his temples. They were dedicated to the performance of religious
-service from an early age, lodged in a convent and instructed in
-religion. They were also educated and employed in a manner suitable
-to their station and sex. It was said that certain vows were made and
-various religious duties were performed.
-
-[Illustration: Entrance to the Casa de las Monjas.]
-
-The main entrance to the nunnery is through a gateway placed in the
-centre of the southern part of the quadrangle. Upon each side of this
-entrance there are four chambers, and it is to be noticed, as an
-evidence of the conventual character of the building, that these are
-the only rooms that have direct access to the outer world. All the
-others are within and look into the court. They had a blank wall at the
-back, which excluded all communication with the exterior. The principal
-front looks towards the pyramids adjoining the Casa del Gobernador.
-The architectural proportions of the archway are symmetrical. The
-height and span, like all other parts of these Indian structures, are
-practically determined by the angle of inclination of the converging
-sides. In this case the arch is about seventeen feet high and nearly
-eleven feet wide. After passing through it, a wide court is entered. It
-is surrounded on four sides by long ranges of low stone buildings. The
-base, or lower part of them, is built of plain square slabs of masonry.
-The upper parts are covered with fanciful designs, sculptured with
-great skill.
-
-The whole of these buildings are exclusively arranged for the purpose
-of providing the greatest possible number of chambers or monastic
-cells. I did not count them, but it has been stated that there are
-altogether eighty-eight. It is perhaps important to note, with
-reference to this unusual number of rooms, that they are too numerous
-to admit of the theory that they were intended for the accommodation
-of the priests serving the adjacent temples, for according to the
-statements of Clavigero, the number of priests always corresponded with
-the number of the Teocallis. It is therefore presumable that these
-cells had some other purpose. The priests may have been lodged in the
-Casa del Gobernador. That building contains twenty-four chambers, the
-majority of which are of the same size and plan as these in the Casa de
-las Monjas. It is useless to attempt to conjecture the precise purposes
-of these buildings, for there has been no exact information obtained
-upon the subject, but everything points to the conclusion that the
-whole of the structures at Uxmal were connected with the worship of the
-gods, and had no relation to the ordinary lives of the Indians.
-
-It is probable that places like Uxmal and Palenque with their temples
-and monasteries, were set apart for religious purposes, and the
-Indians assembled there from the adjacent country with the object of
-being present at the ceremonies, in the same manner as they are now
-accustomed to perform their pilgrimages when the patron saints of the
-churches have their festivals. When taking into consideration the
-question of the period when it may be conjectured that the temples at
-Uxmal were abandoned, it is necessary to direct attention to the design
-or emblem which is placed upon one of the walls of the interior of the
-Casa de las Monjas.
-
-Upon an examination of the accompanying illustration, it will be
-observed that the figure represented is that of a huge serpent or
-rattlesnake. A serpent was also the emblem or Totem of one of the
-tribes of the Mound Builders in Ohio, and there appear to be singular
-resemblances between the reptile carved in stone at Uxmal and that
-which is rudely made of earth and stones, and placed on high ground
-overlooking a valley in North America. Both reptiles have peculiarly
-large mouths, opened wide, ready to devour and swallow their prey
-or their enemies. It is perhaps not unreasonable to infer that the
-tribe who migrated from the north, conquered the unwarlike natives
-of Yucatan, raised the great pyramids, and built the temples in that
-region, were subsequently conquered by a more powerful tribe of the
-same race, also migrating from higher latitudes. The former tribe were
-forced to desert their buildings, and avoided slavery or extermination
-by escaping into the interior. The serpent stands out in bold relief.
-The whole of the façades of the nunnery are elaborately sculptured, and
-the mechanical abilities of the builders are well brought into notice.
-
-[Illustration: SERPENT EMBLEM, CASA DE LAS MONJAS.]
-
-As all investigations or theories respecting these architects and their
-works, depend greatly upon the conclusions that may be drawn from the
-evidence regarding the period when Uxmal was built, I directed my
-attention to certain points bearing upon this subject. Conjectures
-upon the origin and civilisation of the Indians must be influenced by
-what can be ascertained with respect to the probable dates when these
-religious buildings were constructed.
-
-It is to be seen in the Casa de las Monjas that there was a lavish use
-of ornamentation in stone. There is, throughout, a wealth of sculpture
-which is astonishing when it is remembered that the sculptors, as far
-as we know, had no proper implements to work with. Stone chisels and
-obsidian scrapers appear to be inadequate for the purpose.
-
-It can be understood that if the Indian masons and stone cutters had
-wished to show their ability, they might have adorned their buildings
-with barbarous figures or rude idols, such as were carved by the
-natives of Easter Island out of soft volcanic stone. But at Uxmal they
-revelled in their powers. The walls of the Nunnery and the Casa del
-Gobernador are covered with designs deeply cut and perfectly joined.
-Thus it is proved that the sculptors had not only much capacity as
-workmen, but they must have been able to chisel hard limestone with
-ease and facility of execution. In the interior of the Nunnery many
-of the designs are most artistic. Nothing can be more graceful than
-the block of buildings on the eastern side of the quadrangle. The
-lattice work, in its appearance and general effect, seems to have an
-indefinable accordance with the wood and stone carvings that are to
-be seen in the ancient quarters of Cairo, and the interior of the
-earliest Arabian mosques. Upon the opposite side of the quadrangle,
-the ornamentation upon the walls is of a different character and in
-some respects resembles the designs of Hindoo or Buddhist architecture.
-This confusion of styles is puzzling to the eye and embarrassing to the
-judgment.
-
-At Palenque the long corridors, the courts, and the use of coloured
-stucco ornamentation appeared to have some vague relation to a mixed
-style of Moorish and Spanish architecture. If a corsair, with a crew
-of Moors and a cargo of Spanish captives, had been driven by the trade
-wind across the Atlantic, and the strangers, after landing upon the
-new continent, had married the daughters of the caciques; it would be
-intelligible that the descendants of the mixed races might have
-constructed monasteries, temples and pyramids of this strange and
-complex design. Such was my impression when pacing the corridors at
-Palenque.
-
-[Illustration: INTERIOR OF THE CASA DE LAS MONJAS AND ITS ADJOINING
- PYRAMID AND TEMPLE, UXMAL.]
-
-At Uxmal there were no coloured stuccoes and no corridors. The bold and
-fantastic style of the sculptures had a character more Eastern, and it
-might be permissible to imagine that wandering fakirs from Hindostan,
-or Buddhist pilgrims from Java, Burmah or Cambodia, had reached the
-Pacific coasts, and had implanted their incomplete acquaintance with
-the forms of Hindoo or Buddhist temples upon the barbaric ideas of the
-Indians, and that in this manner were produced the fanciful types of
-construction or symbolism that are present at Uxmal.
-
-These are only conjectures, but it cannot be supposed that this
-knowledge of architecture and of sculpture arose as suddenly as it
-disappeared, and sprang into existence as the outcome of the natural
-capacity of the Indian mind. The problem is interesting and attractive.
-It is one that is exceedingly difficult to solve.
-
-There are certain differences in the methods of construction of
-Palenque and Uxmal which have to be analyzed. The walls at Palenque
-are composed of compact masses of stones and mortar covered with thick
-layers of cement. At Uxmal no coatings of cement are used and the walls
-are faced with well-worked masonry. At Palenque there are great numbers
-of human figures either formed of thick stucco, or graven upon slabs
-of stone. At Uxmal there are no human figures, no delineations of
-caciques, priests, or captive victims. The principle of ornamentation
-is different.
-
-Judging from the condition and appearance of the buildings it is clear
-that Uxmal must be more modern than Palenque, and this is particularly
-noticeable upon an examination of the Casa del Gobernador and the
-Casa de las Monjas. The influences of the tropical climate (Uxmal is
-half a degree south of the twenty-first parallel) are such as would
-be expected to act injuriously upon exposed limestone sculptures, for
-between May and November the rains are heavy and continuous. But the
-façades of these structures seem to have been very little affected by
-the weather.
-
-In forming opinions respecting the antiquity of ruins, it is perhaps
-injudicious to give much weight to considerations based upon appearance
-or state of dilapidation, but in the instance of Uxmal there are
-circumstances which make it impossible to admit that it belongs to
-a period more than very few centuries earlier than the arrival of
-the Spaniards. Thus the preservation of the wooden lintels over the
-doorways in the Casa de las Monjas must be taken into consideration,
-when any attempts are made to estimate the age of that building. They
-have had to bear considerable pressure, for there are heavy masses of
-concrete and masonry to be supported.
-
-With regard to this subject, it is necessary to draw attention to the
-size and construction of one of the principal rooms which I measured,
-and it will be understood how the architects were limited or restricted
-in their actions, and to what extent the employment of wood was found
-to be requisite.
-
-It was a narrow chamber twenty feet four inches long, twelve feet
-wide, and about twenty-three feet high. The height of the entrance was
-eight feet, the width six feet seven inches. The interior walls were
-perpendicular up to nine feet three inches from the ground, and then
-curved inwards until they approached within one foot of each other.
-They were capped by broad flat stone slabs. The curvature of the walls
-was correctly formed, and a considerable gain in space was thereby
-obtained. It was evident that the Indians were advancing towards a
-knowledge of the round arch and keystone. This form of rounding the
-inner roof was not however adopted in all the rooms of the nunnery.
-Many of them still retained the straight lines of converging walls, as
-at Palenque. The manner in which the advance in construction had been
-reached was simple and yet ingenious.
-
-I measured a room in another part of the quadrangle which had different
-dimensions, and was more in accordance with the earlier system of
-building. It was twenty-two feet long and ten feet five inches wide.
-The height of the perpendicular portion of the walls was eight feet
-three inches, and the length of the upper slope to the cap-stone was
-eight feet nine inches. The total height of the room about sixteen
-feet. The doorway was a little over seven feet high and the width
-was five feet eight inches. The dimensions of the chambers round the
-quadrangle varied, but the instances I have given represent their
-average sizes. There were two lintels over each doorway, for the width
-of each piece of timber was not sufficient to occupy the full depth of
-the wall. In the first-mentioned chamber they were each nine feet five
-inches long, one foot wide and eight inches deep, and had a bearing
-upon each wall of one foot five inches. In this and other openings the
-inner lintel rested in its place a little lower than the outer one.
-The object of this singular method of placing these supports was not
-apparent. The lintels were externally in perfect condition, and were
-without any signs of decay.
-
-The main mass of the Uxmal walls is composed of rubble limestones, made
-into a strong compact substance, by the plentiful use of good binding
-mortar. Each facing stone was made into a triangular shape, and the
-point or apex seems to have been pushed or fitted into its place, and
-there firmly secured by mortar. This method of applying the masonry
-was adopted not only with the plain smooth blocks of square stone used
-for facing the lower portions of the buildings, but also with all the
-sculptured portions of the walls. The blocks fit closely together
-in their places so accurately and with such careful finish that the
-joints or edges can scarcely be distinguished. It is thus made evident
-that the stone-masons who built Uxmal must have been men capable of
-performing their work with skill. The architect must have possessed a
-competent knowledge of the preparation of a plan or design, and the
-masons, in separately executing their part of the sculpture, must
-have been able to follow the design with an exactness that is almost
-mathematical.
-
-There have been many theories respecting the methods that may have been
-practised by the Indians in executing their carvings upon stone,
-but no knowledge has been obtained which throws sufficient light upon
-the subject.[92] No attention has however been directed to the artisan
-qualities of the workmen who shaped and fitted the lintels, which
-however prove that the workers in wood were as skilful as the masons.
-The lintels were made of wood harder than mahogany. I examined many
-of them with the utmost care, and could not detect the slightest mark
-or dent. It is doubtful whether a good carpenters plane could have
-given them a smoother surface. The zapote trees out of which they
-were formed, must have been fashioned into broad baulks of timber, and
-afterwards squared and divided into the required lengths. The face of
-the timber was levelled and smoothed, and the corners or angles were
-sharply defined. All this work had to be done, as far as is known, with
-stone implements.
-
-[Illustration: QUADRANGLE, CASA DE LAS MONJAS.]
-
-Upon taking a final glance at these ruins it seems reasonable to form
-the conclusion that Uxmal was built exclusively for the purposes of
-religion. The pyramids and their teocallis or temples were devoted as
-shrines for the gods, and monasteries were attached to them. The human
-sacrifices and the ceremonies that were customary in time of war took
-place in the open courts attached to the high altars of the chief idols.
-
- • • • • •
-
- Upon the last day of my stay at Uxmal, the morning was fine
- and the sky was clear. In the forenoon I observed that there
- were dense volumes of light-coloured smoke covering the fields
- towards the east. As the day advanced the air became hot and
- oppressive, and the sky was obscured. Upon inquiring the cause
- of this smoke I was told that the Indians were burning their
- weeds and stalks in accordance with their custom at that time
- of the year.
-
- In the afternoon, whilst I was engaged in sketching the
- south-east angle of the Casa del Gobernador, heavy drops of
- rain began suddenly to fall. As it was the dry season, this
- change of weather was unexpected. The rain drops soon ceased,
- but after an interval there were some slight showers which
- continued for about two hours. At the farmhouse I was told
- that such weather was unusual, and that the rain must have
- been caused by the smoke and heat rising from the fires. If
- this opinion was correct the change may have been caused by
- the heated air rising into a cooler region above, and thus
- producing an atmospherical disturbance.
-
- This fact of rain being produced or caused by human agency
- supports the opinion that the efforts of the rain-makers
- amongst the North American Indians were in accordance with some
- vague knowledge, and were not altogether absurd, and that the
- action of the Californian rain-maker, whose attempts to obtain
- rain were successful, was based upon an experience which was
- practical.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVIII.
-
- Departure from Uxmal. — Indian officials at Abalá. — Indian
- Ceremonies. — Worship of demons. — Baptismal customs. — Laws
- of the Emperor Charles V. for the government of the natives in
- Yucatan. — Superstitions. — An Indian Well. — Halt at night. —
- Merida. — Convent of the Conceptionistas. — Sisal. — The Basque
- brig Aguinaga. — Departure for Cuba and Florida. — Tampa. —
- Cedar Keys. — Buccaneers. — Shell Mounds. — Ancient Burial
- Mounds. — Florida Indians.
-
-
-At sunrise on the day of our departure from Uxmal, the Indians were
-hurrying along the paths on their way to the corn fields, and the women
-were engaged in carrying water from the wells. It was a busy scene of
-life and movement.
-
-We proceeded to Múna and then journeyed onwards to the village of Abalá
-which we reached in the afternoon, having accomplished a distance of
-eight leagues. We obtained shelter in a public building called the
-cabildo, which was used as a travellers’ rest house, where everyone,
-as in a Turkish or Syrian caravansary, selected whatever spot was
-available or unoccupied. Anastasio deposited the luggage in a corner
-and found a place where my hammock could be secured above the ground.
-
-Upon examining my horse I found that it was quite unfit for work, and
-therefore I went at once to the head man of the district, who was an
-Indian holding the office of Judge, and was at the time sitting in the
-Court-house. I asked him if he would give directions that I should be
-supplied with another horse or mule to carry me to Merida. The Judge at
-first made some objections and said that there were no horses, or that,
-if there were any, they were in the fields and would have to be caught.
-Finally, after a long discussion, the second or junior Judge, who
-seemed inclined to help me, promised that a horse should be ready at
-the cabildo on the following day as soon as the sun appeared. Trusting
-in this arrangement, I discharged Anastasio and sent him back with the
-old horse to Tzibalché.
-
-In the morning the sun duly appeared but no horse came, and as
-Anastasio had left at daybreak, I found myself unattended, and
-surrounded by strange groups of Indians passing through Abalá. It
-was fortunate that, in accordance with a local regulation, an Indian
-alguazil was in charge of the cabildo, for this native official
-immediately informed me that he would attend to my requirements. He
-was useful in carrying out my wishes, and performed his duties with
-care and zeal. After waiting for an hour to see if any horse arrived,
-I went again to the Court-house but found that the Judges were not
-sitting, and that they were away for the day upon other occupations. On
-my return to my quarters it was evident that some event had occurred.
-I was told that a band of muleteers on their way from the interior had
-halted there, and intended to proceed to Merida later in the day, after
-their mules had been given rest and food. These men were uncouth and
-noisy, but I thought it would be wise to join them, if they made no
-objection. It happened that they had with them a young horse that was
-not laden. After overcoming some preliminary difficulties, an agreement
-was made that I should hire the horse, but that he was not to carry
-any weight except that of the rider; one of their mules was to convey
-my luggage. As soon as all preparations were completed the leader of
-the muleteers told me that they would be ready to proceed late in the
-afternoon and that he would call for me at the cabildo. The men then
-dispersed.
-
-Having the greater part of the day at my disposal, I walked out beyond
-the village for the purpose of being present at an Indian ceremony. It
-was the commemoration of a death that had taken place in the previous
-year. I was informed that in this part of Yucatan it was the custom
-amongst the Indians to have three services or meetings of this nature.
-The first took place a week after the death; the second after an
-interval of a month, and the last on the anniversary. This was the
-anniversary service and was considered the most important. Very few
-of the religious ceremonies of the Indians have been permitted to be
-maintained, for they were so singularly connected with their worship of
-demons, that it was found necessary to abolish everything that recalled
-their ancient superstitions. These memorial observances are, however,
-to a modified extent yet performed.
-
-Upon arriving at the hut I saw that it was crowded with Indians. I
-was received in the usual manner with apparent inattention, and was
-allowed to take my place with the others. I noticed that my friend
-the junior Judge, who had promised to send me a horse, was one of the
-mourners. As he made no remark and I had made other plans the subject
-was not mentioned, and my attention was directed to what was going
-on around me. The Indians were engaged in making melancholy sounds
-of wailing. In the centre of the room was a table upon which was a
-large plain wooden cross. Before the cross were placed offerings of
-flowers, fruits and baked tortillas. I waited for some time to see what
-ceremonies were going to take place, but nothing happened. The wailing
-continued in a dreary and monotonous manner.
-
-The scene reminded me in some respects of observances of a religious
-character that I had previously witnessed when travelling amongst the
-Cordilleras of Guatemala, and again at a village near Tzibalché, on
-the road to Uxmal. When the Spanish priests settled in their various
-parishes in these regions after the conquest, it was noticed by them
-that the Indians appeared to have a peculiar dread of death. This dread
-did not seem to be caused by any personal fear, but had its origin in
-connection with their belief in demons. They believed that death was
-an evil spirit that required to be propitiated, and whose influence
-over the sick or dying person was malignant. Thus it was usual to make
-offerings to this demon, who was supposed to be lying in wait somewhere
-near the hut. They imagined that he might be contented with what was
-given to him and not carry off his victim. When I was at Palenque,
-I was told that in some of the remote parts of the province, this
-ancient observance still existed and that the Indians placed offerings
-of food outside the door of the hut in the hope that the demon would be
-appeased, and pass by without stopping to enter within.[93] In Yucatan
-a similar custom prevailed, but the method of propitiation was slightly
-different. Various kinds of food and jars of liquid were hung upon the
-walls or thatch outside the hut to gratify the demon and cause him to
-accept the offerings instead of human life.
-
-Amongst the ancient customs of the Indians none, however, are more
-strange than those connected with an almost unintelligible form of
-baptism. The Franciscan missionaries who endeavoured to convert the
-Indians at the time of the conquest, observed with astonishment the
-veneration of the natives for the Catholic rites of baptism and the
-readiness of their converts to accept this part of their teaching.
-In the course of their inquiries upon the subject they discovered
-that a form of baptism already existed, and was considered to be one
-of the most important and essential of their ceremonies.[94] Upon
-an examination of the accounts of the manner in which the Indians
-performed their customary rites, it does not appear that there was
-much analogy with the ceremony that was insisted upon as a duty by the
-friars, except that the Indian baptism was a religious act performed by
-their priests, in which the children were touched with something that
-had been dipped in water.
-
-The Indians, although disinclined to adopt the new faith, showed
-extraordinary ardour and devotion in this particular observance. It was
-found that they would frequently bring their children to be baptised
-again after they had already received baptism. Finally the conduct
-of the Indians in this matter became so unsatisfactory that special
-clauses upon the subject, were introduced into the laws established by
-the order of the Emperor Charles V. for the government of the Indians
-in Yucatan.
-
-One of these clauses ran thus—
-
-“Baptism is one of the sacraments which is not to be repeated, and
-if this is done great offence is committed against the Holy Ghost
-conferred upon us by baptism when it is repeated.
-
-“Many of the natives of this province say that although already
-baptised, they repeat baptism deceiving the ministers of the gospel,
-and furthermore they say that they baptise others and consent that
-others should do so. For which reason I order that henceforth no Indian
-man or woman of this province who has once received legitimately holy
-baptism shall return to be baptised or consent to others doing it, or
-baptise on their own authority any other person.”
-
-Since these orders were put in force many changes have taken place,
-and the Indians have become, in a manner reconciled to the new order
-of things. It is, however, stated that in remote parishes the priests
-are still frequently deceived, and that children are sometimes brought
-three or four times to be given baptism.
-
-The circumstances under which the cross was placed upon the table
-in the hut near Abalá were peculiar. It was clear that the cross
-was looked upon as an idol, and that the offerings made to it were
-propitiations. In Yucatan there were instances known of several of
-the principal Indians keeping a cross in their house. This was not
-necessarily a Latin cross, for it was sometimes formed into a shape
-varying according to the imagination of the owners. The Indians are
-rapidly becoming so neglected with regard to all religious education,
-that it is not improbable that they will gradually return to many of
-their idolatrous practices.
-
-In the beginning of this century the Spanish authorities in Mexico
-ordered an inquiry to be made regarding the condition of the Yucatan
-Indians, and directions were given to ascertain whether they still
-maintained any of the superstitious usages followed before the
-conquest. There was a Report made by the curate of Yaxcabá which was
-considered to be especially deserving of mention, because he had been
-in charge of a large parish and had lived for many years among his
-Indians, and was known to be well acquainted with their language and
-habits. One of the superstitions that he reported is remarkable from
-its having evident analogies with one of the methods adopted by the
-medicine men in curing the sick amongst the Dakotas in North America.
-It will be seen by his account of the custom of divining through the
-medium of a crystal, that ignorant human nature in Yucatan, as in many
-other parts of the world, seeks to learn the future by similar methods.
-
-The curate, in his reply to one of the questions put to him, stated
-as follows[95]:—“Amongst the common masses of the Indians there are
-many superstitions. In the first fifteen years that I held this curacy
-they told me much, but after making examples upon the delinquents by
-punishing them with floggings and penances in accordance with superior
-commands, it is now fully fifteen years that all is done in silence,
-and it is only from time to time that there is any sign.
-
-“The most frequent divination is by means of a piece of crystal which
-they call _zaztun_. This is a clear and transparent stone, by which
-they say that occult things are seen and the causes of sickness. What
-I have been able to understand in this matter is that they have had
-some one who, by a compact with the demon, has divined by the means
-of the said _zaztun_: but the more ordinary way is that those that
-use it are certain cheating impostors who by this means gain credit
-amongst themselves and are consulted and are well treated so that they
-have idle lives, and with their artifices and cunning make the simple
-and ignorant believe that they have divined what they have secretly
-managed. I will take this example which is frequent: they make the sick
-man believe that by the means of the _zaztun_ they have known that
-some malevolent person has bewitched him, and in order to discover the
-wizard or evil doer it is necessary to watch three nights and make
-preparation of ardent spirits or pitarilla, provisions and lighted
-candles; during these three nights they enjoy themselves and eat and
-drink till they are satisfied. When the others are not observing or
-asleep they bury inside the house or near it a small figure of black
-wax having a thorn run into the part corresponding to that where the
-sick person feels the most pain. Finally when all are awake they
-commence to make their operations with the _zaztun_ and go straight to
-the spot where they buried the little figure, they take it out within
-sight of everybody and make them believe that this was the witchcraft.
-They then apply for the cure any herbs that they can find and if
-sometimes by chance the sick person gets cured they gain much credit
-amongst the ignorant.”
-
-A most extraordinary account was given by the curate of Yaxcabá, of
-a religious or superstitious ceremony which at a certain season of
-the year was performed by the Indians of his parish in the beginning
-of this century. They erected near the village a rudely constructed
-table upon which was placed a turkey. When the ceremony commenced, the
-Indian who acted as the priest poured into the beak of the turkey a
-small quantity of pitarilla. He then killed the bird and gave it to
-his assistants at the table, who carried it away to season it and
-prepare it for being eaten. Large tortillas were also prepared and
-when everything was ready the turkey and tortillas were placed upon
-the table together with several jars of pitarilla. “Then,” stated the
-cura, “the sacerdote commences to incense them with copal.”... “And
-then taking some of the pitarilla upon a hissop he sprinkles it towards
-the four winds invoking the four _Pahahtunes_ who are the gods and
-custodians of the rains. Then approaching the table he raises on high
-one of the jars, and offers it to the mouths of the surrounding people,
-who are kneeling. The function concludes by all eating and drinking to
-their satisfaction.”
-
-Near a hamlet a few leagues from Uxmal, I observed a group of Indians
-performing ceremonies similar to those described by the curate of
-Yaxcabá, and I then formed the opinion that they were imitating what
-they had seen in the Spanish churches. It may, however, be possible
-that these native observances have some relation to practices that
-may have been customary amongst the natives before the conquest. Near
-Jacaltenango, amongst the hills of the Sierra Madre, ceremonies and
-sacrifices were still, at certain periods of the year, performed by
-the Mams; turkeys were killed, and special and peculiar rites were
-customary. In Yucatan it was found necessary in the sixteenth century
-to enforce regulations, preventing the caciques from convening meetings
-of the natives which were held for the purpose of maintaining the
-ancient worship of their gods. These meetings usually took place in
-secret, and the services and superstitious propitiations were taught
-or performed by men who were the descendants of the priests or caciques.
-
-The tendency of the Indians to have religious rites performed in their
-houses or in huts set apart for the purpose, and their custom of having
-these ceremonies conducted by one or more men selected from among
-themselves to act as priests, or “sacerdotes,” is noticeable throughout
-Guatemala, Yucatan and Chiapas.
-
-Before leaving Abalá I visited a large and deep cenote or well. It was
-one of those natural caverns the Indians of Yucatan were accustomed to
-use for their supply of water, and which presumably mark the sites of
-the ancient centres of population. It was chiefly fed by the waters
-penetrating through the surrounding calcareous limestone formation. As
-it was late in the dry season of the year, the waters were low and the
-natives were engaged in going up and down the steps cut into and around
-the sides of the cavern. The work of filling their jars was laborious,
-as the depth to which they had to descend was nearly one hundred feet.
-
-After examining this natural well, I returned to the cabildo, where I
-found that everything was ready and the muleteers were waiting for me.
-We started without delay. At night we stopped at what appeared to be a
-farmhouse. The muleteers unloaded the mules and found places to sleep
-in an outer shed. I unrolled my hammock and secured it to the rafters
-outside the dwelling of the young proprietress, and found protection
-from the dew under the overhanging thatch. From this exposed position I
-watched for several hours the clear star-light, regretting that this
-was the last time that I should lead this free and wandering life; for
-on the next day we were to be in Merida. At daybreak we continued our
-journey and arrived in the capital of Yucatan shortly before noon and
-halted in the market place.
-
-My travelling companions then left me and I remained a solitary
-stranger amongst a crowd of busy Indians. I was told that there was no
-hotel, but that possibly I might get a room in an old disused convent
-which was being altered for the purpose of receiving guests. I rode
-up to the gate and there saw a Spaniard who informed me that he had
-lately bought a portion of the ruins, and was re-arranging the interior
-sufficiently to enable him to keep an inn. He had a room at my disposal
-and assured me that he would be pleased if I would occupy it. This room
-had been a nun’s cell, the door of which opened into the quadrangle.
-
-I found that I was quartered within the Convent of the Conceptionistas,
-which after the suppression of the monastic orders had been abandoned.
-Thus, by a strange series of events, I had come from the ruined Indian
-“nunnery” at Uxmal to the ruined Spanish nunnery at Merida. The cells
-and the quadrangle of the Conceptionistas reminded me of the interior
-of the “Casa de las Monjas.”
-
-During my brief sojourn in Merida I was generally occupied during the
-day in observing the habits of the Indians who came into the town from
-the adjacent country. In the evenings, within the convent walls where,
-for many years, the nuns had led their quiet and secluded lives, I
-listened to the plans of my worthy and eager landlord for converting a
-building, constructed for the purposes of solitude and prayer, into a
-busy and prosperous inn. I frequently thought of the past of this land.
-The monastic institutions of an unknown race of Indians had flourished
-and had been destroyed, and were succeeded by the churches and convents
-established by an enthusiastic race of devoted missionaries who came
-across the Atlantic to spread their faith in the New World. Many
-changes had happened, the old order of things had passed away. The
-work of the Spanish priests for the education and conversion of the
-Indians, maintained for centuries with such zeal and self-sacrifice,
-was destined to become useless, and in their turn the monasteries of
-the Spaniards are doomed to fall into the same condition of ruin as the
-temples and religious structures of the Indians.
-
-One evening the landlord (Miguel Yturran) told me that a brig had
-arrived and was at anchor off the port of Sisal, and was going to sail
-for Cuba on the afternoon of the next day. I accordingly arranged to
-leave on the following morning. A good level road led to the northern
-coast, the distance was about thirty-eight miles. We changed mules at a
-village called Junucuma, and reached Sisal before nine in the morning.
-We had left Merida at daybreak and travelled at an average speed
-exceeding twelve miles an hour. In the offing we saw the brig with her
-sails loosed, preparing for sea.
-
-Upon getting on board I was told that she was the Aguinaga, belonging
-to the port of San Sebastian. She was manned by a crew of Basques.
-Shortly before weighing our anchor, I was leaning over the port side
-of the vessel looking at the long, low, line of coast stretching
-far away towards the east, when my attention was called to an
-animated conversation that was taking place between the Basques and
-a boat’s-crew of Indians who had come alongside, bringing provisions
-and fruit. It was surprising to hear a conversation carried on between
-men of races so absolutely distinct, and I asked the skipper, who was
-standing near me, how this power of communicating ideas between his
-crew and these Yucatan Indians had been established.
-
-He said that he did not know, but as a matter of fact, his men,
-speaking Basque, were able to make themselves understood by the Indians
-living on these coasts, especially in the regions around Tabasco beyond
-Carmen and the bay of Terminos.
-
-In the afternoon we left Sisal and were employed in beating against a
-fresh N.E. wind, usually standing in towards the coast during the day
-and tacking out to sea at night. It was not until the sixth day that
-we weathered the parallel of Cape Catoche, the extreme eastern point
-of Yucatan, and it was with no slight satisfaction that, after having
-been nine tedious days at sea, I heard that Cuba was in sight. The
-confinement on board the brig had been extremely irksome, and had only
-been made tolerable by the novelty of being thrown amongst a race of
-men that I had never met before and whose language was unintelligible.
-
-These Basques were excellent sailors, quick and handy at their work
-aloft or on deck, and although incessantly employed, were willing and
-obedient. My messmates in the cabin consisted of the skipper, the
-boatswain and the mate, and a fellow passenger who had been for the
-greater part of his life a Honduras pilot. There was also a second
-class passenger who usually lived under the forecastle. This man was a
-wanderer upon the earth; an exile from his own land who, in the course
-of his travels, had seen much of men and manners. He told me that he
-was a Frenchman and had been drawn for the conscription, but he managed
-to evade his duty and had got away from France, consequently he was
-not able to return to his home as he was liable to be punished. He had
-managed to subsist by following various trades and he was about to try
-his fortune in one of the islands.
-
-Upon approaching Havannah we at last got a fair wind and were able
-to find an obscure berth amongst the merchant shipping without
-difficulty.[96] After leaving the brig and her Basque crew I proceeded
-across the Gulf to Florida. Amongst the various places that I visited
-was Tampa, situated at the head of a bay, near the spot where Hernando
-de Soto landed in 1539 and began the conquest of that part of America.
-
-About one hundred miles to the north of Tampa are numerous sand
-islets. Upon one of these was situated the old settlement of Cedar
-Keys. I was fortunate in meeting there a good seaman and enthusiastic
-antiquary named Clarke, who had made his home at that place. He was
-well acquainted with the various channels and bays of the coast, and
-in consequence of the interest that he felt in all that related to
-the customs of the Indian tribes, had gathered together a store of
-information that was exceedingly curious. He had also made discoveries
-respecting the haunts of the buccaneers, and knew of stories about
-hidden treasure. Fragments of old vessels that were supposed to have
-belonged to the pirates had been found, and clearings in the forest had
-been noticed, where it is supposed they formed their camps when the
-crews were landed. This part of the Florida coast with its tortuous
-channels and land-locked bays is precisely the position that buccaneers
-would have chosen for careening their vessels and for all purposes that
-required concealment after their raids upon the Spaniards.
-
-Upon one of the islands near the main-land there was an ancient kitchen
-midden or shell mound of unusual size. We found that it extended along
-the beach for eight hundred yards. It averaged eighty yards in width
-and was forty feet high. It was composed principally of large oyster
-shells, but there were also the shells of clam fish and numerous
-smaller shells. The mound throughout its length presented on its face
-a series of alternate layers of earth, about half-an-inch thick. The
-thickness of these intervening deposits of shells was greater than at
-Damariscotta in Maine, from which fact it may be inferred that the
-tribes who came here were more numerous, or that they were capable
-of extraordinary powers of consuming oysters. Upon cutting away
-portions of the outer slope of the mound, we found many fish bones and
-quantities of fragments of broken pottery.
-
-Not far from the shell mound was an ancient Indian burial place.
-Captain Clarke had made excavations into it, and amongst the
-accumulation of bones he had found some flint arrow heads and a few
-rude stone axes. I examined these and noticed that they were similar
-to those that had been found in several of the burial mounds of the
-Iroquois. As I wished to see this mound for the purpose of ascertaining
-certain points respecting the methods of burial adopted by the Florida
-Indians, Captain Clarke proposed that we should make an examination of
-it.
-
-The heap was irregular in shape and about four hundred yards in
-circumference at the base. It consisted entirely of quantities of human
-skulls and bones. We examined it sufficiently to enable certain facts
-to be made clear. From the manner in which groups of skulls and thigh
-bones were placed and separated, it was evident that the burials took
-place at considerable intervals of time. This is in accordance with
-what is known of the funeral customs of the Indians in Florida and the
-southern parts of the Mississippi Valley at the time of the expedition
-of De Soto.
-
-It was then ascertained that in each of the villages there was a large
-building in which were kept boxes containing human bones. Before the
-bones were collected in this manner, the bodies had been placed in
-the adjacent forest, exposed to the air but raised on a scaffolding
-sufficiently high to prevent them from being disturbed by wild animals.
-After a suitable time had elapsed the bones were separated and
-cleaned, and were then deposited in the charnel-house, where religious
-ceremonies were frequently performed. Upon certain occasions, when the
-boxes were getting full, the bones were taken away and conveyed to the
-tribal burial place.
-
-Judging from the manner in which the bones were deposited in the mound,
-it is probable that they were brought in their separate cases, and that
-the contents of each case were carefully kept together and finally
-thrown out in separate heaps. The occasions when the bones were brought
-here, may have been those when the tribes made their migrations to
-the seacoast. The methods of cleaning and removing the bones of the
-Indians in Florida were similar to those of the Dakotas.
-
-On the coast, a few miles north of Cedar Keys, there were other large
-shell mounds, and in Tampa Bay I was shown the position of a long and
-extensive range of similar heaps on its southern shores. It is evident
-that before the sixteenth century there must have been a numerous
-aboriginal race inhabiting these coasts. The scattered remnants of the
-tribes that remained in Florida at the conclusion of the last Indian
-war in this region, have been removed and placed upon lands beyond the
-Mississippi.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIX.
-
- Mounds and Earthworks in North and Central America. —
- Migrations of the Toltecs and Aztecs. — The Quichés. —
- Aboriginal races. — Palenque. — Hieroglyphs. — Temples. —
- Desertion of the Temples and stone buildings in Yucatan. —
- Conquest of Yucatan by the Aztecs. — Antiquity of Palenque and
- Uxmal. — Aztec custom of imprisoning captives in cages and
- sacrificing them to the gods. — Civilisation of the Toltecs. —
- Note upon the symbol or Totem of the Serpent.
-
-
-In the following chapters I propose to bring together the various notes
-upon the Indians and their temples and earthworks which were made when
-traversing Central America, and to add to them the conclusions which
-have been formed subsequently.
-
-There are certain problems which particularly require to be examined.
-With respect to the antiquity of the stone buildings and pyramids,
-it would be difficult to attempt to do more than endeavour to form
-reasonable deductions from the evidence afforded by the state of those
-ruins, and the information given about them by the Indians at the time
-of the conquest. The conquerors, after they had settled in Yucatan and
-Guatemala, were accompanied by Spanish missionaries of great ability.
-We possess in the writings of Bishop Las Casas and Bishop Landa works
-of the greatest value, for both those prelates when they were engaged
-in their duties of converting the natives, were acquainted with the
-language of the tribes amongst whom they worked.
-
-In the prosecution of researches into subjects which relate to Central
-America, it is desirable as a preliminary step to consider the
-comparative civilisation of the Indians, as far as that is brought
-into evidence by what has been discovered with respect to mounds and
-earthworks, not only in that region, but also throughout the valley of
-the Mississippi. A distinction must also be made between earthworks
-which are unquestionably of great antiquity, and those that possibly
-may have been raised since the date of the arrival of European
-settlers. Therefore the geometrically planned inclosures in Ohio should
-be excluded from this inquiry. It is otherwise with great ramparts such
-as those inclosing Fort Ancient on the steep promontory in the valley
-of the Little Miami, which are of special importance on account of the
-parallelisms with the similar fortifications made by the Quichés and
-Kachiquels in Guatemala.
-
-There are exceptional circumstances connected with the mounds in North
-America. It has to be remembered that they were not always burial
-places. When De Soto arrived with his fleet in Florida, the chief
-cacique of the tribe dwelling near the landing place, was living on the
-top of a mound about fifty feet high. This mound was pointed out to me
-when I was at Tampa. It appeared to be made for the purpose of placing
-huts upon its summit. The platform was sufficiently large to give room
-for several dwellings. There are also mounds near the western bank of
-the Mississippi, between Natchez and the mouth of the Arkansas. One of
-them resembled that at Tampa, and had a wide level space on the summit.
-
-When the earliest Spanish expedition passed through that part of the
-country, it was observed that the Indians frequently placed their
-houses upon artificial earthworks raised sufficiently high to be above
-the inundations. At Natchez the tribe, which, from their peculiar
-customs, have been called the sun worshippers, raised mounds primarily
-for the residence of their chiefs, who differed from other Indians of
-that rank, in being invested with special attributes in connection with
-ceremonies performed before the rising sun. But there were customs with
-respect to them which require to be noticed. It was stated by Father le
-Petit, who was for many years a missionary amongst the Natchez, that
-when their principal chief died his hut was demolished and a new mound
-was raised, upon which was built the wooden cabin of his successor in
-that dignity. It can be understood that where a large tribe having
-this custom dwelt for a long time in one place, it might happen that
-a series of connected platform mounds, forming an inclosure, would
-probably have a rectangular shape.
-
-Higher up the Mississippi, above the junction of the Ohio, are the
-Cahokia earthworks. There were also several mounds placed on high
-ground near the east bank of the river, not far from the borders of
-Illinois and Wisconsin. One of these, which was about forty feet
-high, was opened ten years before I went to St. Paul’s. A vault was
-discovered beneath the level of the ground, which contained several
-skeletons sitting in a circle. The earth of which it was composed was
-a kind of loam, not occurring in the vicinity, and it was supposed
-that it must have been brought from a considerable distance by Indians
-who wished to show their respect for the burial place of their chiefs,
-by bringing tributes of earth taken from the ground near their
-encampments. The high mounds placed around the edge of the promontory,
-now called Dayton’s Bluff, and which are the most northern group in the
-valley of the Mississippi, have been described in a preceding chapter.
-
-When I was in Chiapas, the Presbitero Macal told me that he was present
-when two mounds were examined in 1860, near San Cristobal. They were
-each ten feet high and covered vaults made of large flat slabs of
-stone. Within these tombs were two skulls, but nothing else was found.
-There were no weapons or fragments of pottery. In the vault under the
-mound in Illinois there were several large pieces of pottery, and on
-the surface, immediately above the tomb, were ashes and other evidences
-of fire.
-
-But before proceeding farther with this subject, it is necessary to
-bring under consideration the progress of archæological knowledge in
-North America, since the date of my visit to the ancient mounds and
-earthworks in Ohio. Great advances have been made in the classification
-of the discoveries that have taken place in the burial mounds that
-exist throughout the United States. Deductions can consequently be
-established with regard to the civilisation of the Indians, and it has
-become possible to establish, upon a scientific basis, their position
-as a race. A long series of investigations have been completed, and a
-summary of the results published, under the auspices of the Smithsonian
-Institution, by Professor Cyrus Thomas.[97]
-
-“It seems desirable at the present time,” he observes, “to make a
-statement explaining the plans and describing the work of the mound
-exploring division of the Bureau of Ethnology.”... “The questions
-relating to prehistoric America are to be determined not alone by
-the study of its ancient monuments, but by the study also of the
-languages, customs, art, beliefs, and folk-lore of the aborigines.
-Only by such a comprehensive study can the exact relations of the
-ancient archæological remains to the historic Indian tribes be made
-apparent. Major J. W. Powell, the Director of the Bureau, taking this
-comprehensive and scientific view of the subject, saw at the outset the
-necessity of deciding as soon as possible the question ‘Were the mound
-builders Indians?’”
-
-The work was carried on for several years, and Professor Thomas states
-that “Over two thousand mounds have been explored, including almost
-every known type as to form.... Nothing trustworthy has been discovered
-to justify the theory that the mound builders belonged to a highly
-civilised race, or that they were a people who had attained a higher
-culture status than the Indians. It is true that works and papers
-on American archæology are full of statements to the contrary, which
-are generally based on the theory that the mound builders belonged to
-a race of much higher culture than the Indians. Yet when the facts
-on which this opinion is based are examined with sober, scientific
-care, the splendid fabric which has been built upon them by that
-great workman, imagination, fades from sight.” Professor Thomas also
-observes—“That the links discovered directly connecting the Indians and
-mound builders are so numerous and well established that there should
-be no longer any hesitancy in accepting the theory that the two are one
-and the same people.”
-
-The origin and nature of the American mounds, and the customs of the
-Indians who raised them, have also been investigated by Professor
-Lucien Carr. He claims “that the mounds and inclosures of Ohio, like
-those in New York and the Gulf States, were the work of the red Indians
-of historic times, or of their immediate ancestors.”[98]
-
-With reference to this much debated question of the formation of these
-inclosures, a re-survey of several of them was made. The measurements
-of Professor Thomas and his assistants appear to have established the
-fact of the geometrical accuracy of the octagonal, square and circular
-works near Newark.[99] In the introduction to the memoir upon the
-Ohio mounds, Professor Thomas observes that “The constantly recurring
-question ‘Who constructed these works?’ has brought before the public
-a number of widely different theories, though the one which has been
-most generally accepted is that they originated with a people long
-since extinct or driven from the country, who had attained a culture
-status much in advance of that reached by the aborigines inhabiting
-the country at the time of its discovery by Europeans. The opinions
-advanced in this paper, in support of which evidence will be presented,
-is that the ancient works of the State are due to Indians of several
-different tribes, and that some at least of the typical works, were
-built by the ancestors of the modern Cherokees.”[100]
-
-As a consequence of the examination of the Indian mounds throughout
-the United States, the majority of the modern American archæologists
-consider that the aboriginal inhabitants were never in a higher
-state of civilisation than they were when they first became known to
-Europeans. It is not however the questions of the burial mounds, and
-the importance of what has been found in them which have chiefly to
-be considered here. Attention should be principally directed to the
-difficult problem respecting the great fortified ramparts of Fort
-Ancient.
-
-The traditions of the Delawares,[101] which affirmed that the defensive
-earthworks of Ohio were built by the Tallegwi, have generally been
-accepted as being well founded. They were stated to have been a
-powerful tribe who built fortifications and entrenchments. Finally
-they abandoned their lands and went southwards, down the valley of the
-Mississippi and never returned. It may be conjectured, after observing
-the similar works and methods of selecting their defensive positions
-in Guatemala, that the Tallegwi were the same race who were afterwards
-known as Toltecs. The probability of this assumption being reasonable,
-becomes more evident when the group of platform and circular mounds on
-the plains near Mixco are observed to be similar to those raised on the
-plains of Cahokia near the banks of the Mississippi.
-
-The question of the condition of intelligence amongst the North
-American Indians, has a direct bearing upon the problem of the origin
-of the civilisation of the Toltecs and Aztecs, and it is satisfactory
-to know that there are sound reasons for supposing that the Indians
-who constructed the fortified camps in Ohio were not more advanced in
-knowledge than the tribes who were dwelling in that region at the time
-of the discovery of America by Columbus.
-
-Several years after the conquest of Mexico, the Spaniards sent
-expeditions into the southern parts of Central America, and conquered
-the Quichés and the surrounding country, in which were situated
-the ramparts defending Utatlan and Patinamit. It was subsequently
-considered desirable that investigations should be made into the
-ancient systems by which the aboriginal inhabitants had been governed
-by their caciques, and orders were given to this effect by the Emperor
-Charles the Fifth and by his successor Philip the Second. In the
-reports of the officers who conducted these inquiries, it was stated
-that an extraordinarily rigid line of caste was maintained amongst the
-Quichés. There was an absolute distinction between the ruling families
-descended from the caciques, and the great mass of the races who were
-under their control. It was also evident, judging from the language of
-several appeals made by Indian chiefs to obtain justice and to have
-their rank and authority acknowledged, that they considered the working
-classes of Indians as their absolute slaves.
-
-“There was no instance,” states the historian Juarros, “of any person
-being appointed to a public office, high or low, who was not selected
-from the nobility; for which reason, great anxiety was felt by them
-to keep the purity of their lineage unsullied. To preserve this rank
-untainted in blood, it was decreed by the law, that if any cacique
-or noble should marry a woman who was not of noble family, he should
-be degraded to the caste of mazegual or plebeian, assume the name of
-his wife, and be subject to all the duties and services imposed upon
-plebeians.” These services generally consisted of works performed
-by forced labour. The lands belonging to the ruling families were
-cultivated in this manner, and, in fact, the Indians of the native
-and working class were entirely at the disposal of their masters. One
-of the Spanish bishops, whose diocese was in Mexico, mentions that he
-had ascertained that these mazeguales could be sold or killed by their
-owners. There were marked differences in the dress of the people. The
-mazeguales wore, as a rule, nothing but the loin cloth, or sometimes,
-as is the case now with the Lacandones, a long cotton shirt, reaching
-nearly to the feet. It was a matter of observation amongst the
-conquerors that the inferior classes of Indians were submissive, but
-that their rulers were intractable, harsh and warlike.
-
-It is inexpedient to pursue this particular subject to any great
-extent, for it is made clear by the reports of the Spanish authorities
-that the relations of the governing class of the Quichés to the
-other Indians under their rule were those of a race of conquerors
-to a race of slaves, and the victors treated those whom they had
-conquered in a manner in accordance with the habits of a savage and
-barbarous tribe of North American Indians. This much may be admitted
-from the consideration of the circumstances of the laws and customs
-of the Quichés at the time of the arrival of the Spaniards. But if a
-due estimation is also given to the evidence afforded by the strange
-and otherwise inexplicable similarities in the methods of choosing
-fortified positions and raising ramparts with those in Ohio, it becomes
-reasonable to infer that the Quiché chiefs originally migrated from
-that part of North America.
-
-It is however necessary to note that, at whatever period their
-migration may have taken place, it cannot be granted or inferred that
-the Ohio tribes brought with them any knowledge of architecture, or
-of any form of civilisation, for had it been otherwise, they would
-have left behind them some vestiges of that civilisation or mechanical
-skill. It is especially remarkable that throughout the length and
-breadth of North America there is not the smallest fragment of any
-hewn stone building, or of any carved stone hieroglyphic characters.
-Thus the theory of migratory tribes of Indians bringing with them from
-the North into Mexico, a comparatively advanced knowledge of arts
-and sciences is opposed to all evidence. It is almost certain that
-the state of civilisation that at one time existed in the regions of
-Chiapas and Yucatan, was introduced into the country at some period
-subsequent to the arrival of the invading tribe, unless it can be
-established that the aboriginal races already possessed a competent
-intelligence, and an architectural capacity. A proposition of this
-character cannot be reasonably maintained, for it is known that in
-the fifteenth century the Indians in Cuba and Haiti, the Caribs on
-the coasts south of Yucatan, and the aborigines in the interior were
-savages, existing in a low state of human intelligence. This subject
-respecting the Indian migrations and the state of civilisation that was
-existing, or had existed, in Central America, can be more definitely
-considered after attention has been directed to the question of the
-antiquity and purpose of the buildings at Palenque and Uxmal. It is
-much to be regretted that Palenque was not known to the Spaniards when
-Cortes marched within a few leagues of it in 1524. Possibly, at that
-time it had not been long abandoned, and perhaps some of the caciques
-dwelling in that part of the valley of the Usamacinta might have been
-able to explain the meaning of the hieroglyphs. Unfortunately the
-ruins were not discovered until more than two centuries had elapsed,
-and nothing could be ascertained from the Indians which gave the
-slightest clue to their signification. It has been surmised—and there
-are good reasons for thinking that the surmise may be correct—that the
-characters relate to the migrations of the tribes. But in consequence
-of the incomplete knowledge of these Indian hieroglyphs, it would be
-impossible to attempt to form any satisfactory conjectures regarding
-their meaning.
-
-There exists, however, graven on the tablet of the cross, two figures
-which, if I am correct in my opinion with regard to them, are of the
-greatest importance in establishing certain facts with regard to the
-builders of Palenque. Upon referring to the illustration of the altar
-tablet that was placed within the temple of the cross, it will be
-noticed that the two standing figures offering sacrifice to the quetzal
-or sacred bird of Quiché, are evidently intended to represent persons
-actually living at the time that the altar was designed, for there is
-nothing fantastic in the costume that is worn by them. If a careful
-examination is made into the details of their dress it will, I think,
-be concluded that these men were the chief caciques of the Quichés.
-
-“The nobles,” observes Juarros, “wore a dress of white cotton dyed or
-stained with different colours, the use of which was prohibited to the
-other ranks. This vestment consisted of a shirt and white breeches,
-decorated with fringes; over these was drawn another pair of breeches,
-reaching to the knees and ornamented with a species of embroidery;
-the legs were bare; the feet protected by sandals, fastened over the
-instep and at the heel by thongs of leather; the sleeves of the shirt
-were looped above the elbow, with a blue or red band; the hair was
-worn long, and tressed behind with a cord of the colour used upon the
-sleeves, and terminating in a tassel, which was a distinction peculiar
-to the great captains; the waist was girded with a piece of cloth of
-various colours, fastened in a knot before; over the shoulders was
-thrown a white mantle, ornamented with figures of birds, lions and
-other decorations of cord and fringe. The ears and lower lip were
-pierced, to receive star-shaped pendants of gold or silver.”
-
-Upon an examination of the figures it will be observed that, although
-their dress corresponds with what is described as being worn by the
-Quiché caciques, neither of them are wearing sandals. But, on the
-altar of the temple placed on an adjacent mound, the same figures are
-again offering sacrifices, and the tallest of them is wearing sandals
-precisely as described above. It was the custom among the Quichés
-to associate with the principal cacique another chief, to whom was
-intrusted the control and management of the troops and the conduct of
-all hostilities, and it is stated that sometimes this chief was the
-eldest son of the cacique. As the second temple appears to have been
-dedicated to the god of war, it may be assumed that the shorter figure
-was intended to represent a war chief. He is dressed in accordance
-with that rank and wears a mantle and a heavy tassel. In this temple
-the chief is drawn as standing upon a kneeling captive, but in that
-dedicated to Quetzalcoatl he is placed upon a block of stone, upon
-which is a hieroglyph. To Quetzalcoatl the offering appears to have
-been in conformity with the attributes assigned to him, of religion
-and education. Possibly the child, held in the hands of the tallest
-cacique, was dedicated to serve in the temple after having been trained
-for the priesthood in the monastery.
-
-[Illustration: PART OF THE ALTAR-PIECE IN A TEMPLE AT PALENQUE.]
-
-It is satisfactory to be able to establish the conclusion that the
-figures are caciques of the Quichés, for it thereby becomes possible to
-advance a few steps towards the solution of a problem which presents
-many difficulties with regard to the period of the construction of
-Palenque, and state of civilization of the builders. In a manuscript
-left in a Franciscan convent by one of the descendants of the Quichés,
-an account was given of the migrations of that tribe before they
-settled near Utatlan. It was stated that they reached that country
-after a long journey from Mexico, and adopted the name of Quiché in
-memory of one of their leaders; but before that time the people were
-called Toltecs.
-
-Before endeavouring to establish conclusions with regard to Palenque,
-attention should be directed to the temples and other stone buildings
-in the adjacent regions. With respect to the numerous groups of
-ruins in Yucatan, we possess the testimony of the Spanish priests who
-dwelt in their parishes in that country at a period when many of the
-governing class of Indians were of the same generation as those who
-inhabited the land when it was conquered. One of these missionaries
-was Father Landa, who was not only zealous in the performance of his
-duties, but also studied the language and civilisation of the race
-amongst whom he dwelt. He was present in Tihoo soon after the capture
-of that Indian settlement, which was afterwards chosen for the site of
-the city of Merida.
-
-He states that in that place there were several stone edifices. He made
-a plan of the largest of them from which it is evident that they were
-of the same character as those at Uxmal. Tihoo was occupied by the
-Spanish forces in 1541, and the terraces, upon which were placed the
-principal buildings, were given to the Franciscans as a site for their
-convent. The friars began their work in 1547. Thus only six years had
-elapsed since the Indians had left their town. Landa’s descriptions
-of the state and condition of the ancient ruins are therefore of the
-greatest assistance in forming conclusions with regard to them.
-
-The principal edifice was placed upon the highest of three terraces,
-each of which was surrounded or faced by thick walls, and approached
-by steps. There was a large interior quadrangle having ranges of
-rooms or cells occupying the four sides. These were similar to those
-in the “House of the Nuns” at Uxmal. In the vicinity there were
-several pyramids which had small temples on their summits. It was
-observed that all these structures appeared to have been disused for a
-considerable period. The Franciscans found that the Indian structures
-were covered with thick brushwood. This was cleared away. The buildings
-were destroyed and the materials supplied the stone required for their
-church and convent.[102]
-
-The fact that the desertion of the temples had occurred before the
-arrival of the Spaniards is important. It explains many of the
-circumstances then existing in Yucatan which otherwise would be
-unintelligible. When the conquerors settled in that land they were
-surprised to find numerous stone buildings in various parts of the
-country, all of which were unoccupied. They were informed that they had
-not been abandoned in consequence of their conquest. They found that
-it was impracticable to obtain from the natives any explanation of the
-nature of the events which had happened and had caused this change.
-Thus the problem regarding the purposes of these extensive buildings,
-and the architectural skill of the constructors was as obscure to them
-at that time as it is now to the present inhabitants.
-
-At Izamal, about thirty-five miles east of Tihoo, there were also
-numerous temples, and it was noticed by Landa that there were evidences
-of there having been a paved road between the two places. A Franciscan
-convent was established at Izamal, and a brief account of its temples
-was written in 1663 by Father Lizana, in which he states, with respect
-to the ruins in Yucatan, that the deserted edifices appeared to
-have been of one style of architecture, and that some of them were
-so perfect that it might be said that twenty years had not elapsed
-since they were built. These edifices were however, he observes, not
-inhabited by the Indians when the Spaniards arrived. The natives lived
-scattered in huts amongst the woods, but they used them as temples or
-sanctuaries, and occasionally performed religious ceremonies and fasts
-there.[103]
-
-The Franciscan missionaries were not able to obtain from the natives
-an intelligible explanation of the events that had occurred which had
-caused the temples to be abandoned. But they were informed that an
-invasion had taken place about two hundred years before their arrival,
-and many of the caciques and ruling families had been driven out of the
-land. The invaders did not occupy the sacred buildings, and allowed
-them to fall into ruin, but they were visited occasionally by those who
-still had faith in the ancient gods and wished to offer sacrifices to
-them. It was ascertained that the greater part of Yucatan had become
-subject to the control of chiefs belonging to the Aztec race, and that
-several of them paid tribute to Montezuma.
-
-The question of the antiquity of the temples of Palenque, Uxmal and
-other structures of that character must therefore, in a great degree,
-be decided by the evidence upon which are based the traditions of the
-migrations of the Toltecs who preceded the Aztecs, and were the first
-of the hordes who conquered the aboriginal races of Central America.
-The historians who have investigated those traditions concur in
-considering that the arrival of the Toltecs within Mexican territory
-happened in the seventh century. After remaining some time in the
-northern part of the country, they migrated southwards to Cholula,
-Palenque and Yucatan.[104] If the historic evidence is accepted as
-being trustworthy, it follows that all the stone edifices in these
-regions must have been erected later than that date. The Aztecs arrived
-at the close of the twelfth century. Therefore it may be concluded that
-Palenque was built later than the eighth century, and was deserted
-before the fourteenth century. Uxmal is evidently more modern than
-Palenque, and it may be assumed that it was constructed after the tenth
-century, and abandoned not much earlier than a hundred years before
-the Spaniards landed upon the shores of the New World.
-
-The Aztec chiefs introduced into Yucatan one of their barbarous
-customs which was similar to what was practised by them elsewhere.
-It was found by the conquerors, that in Mexico they kept slaves and
-prisoners in cages, where these victims were fattened and prepared for
-sacrifice.[105] After having been killed and offered as propitiations
-to the gods their bodies were eaten. In 1511, it happened that a
-Spanish vessel was wrecked upon some shoals fifteen leagues south of
-the island of Jamaica. The crew after having been thirteen days in
-an open boat, landed upon the north-eastern shores of Yucatan near
-Cape Catoche, and were made captives by the cacique of the district.
-Valdivia, who was in command, together with four of his men, were at
-once sacrificed and eaten, others were put in cages, but several of
-these men escaped. When the fleet under the command of Cortes anchored
-off Cozumel, in 1519, one of the captives, named Aguilar, went on board
-the flagship.
-
-Bernal Diaz, who was with the expedition and saw this man when he
-arrived, relates that when Aguilar came before the presence of Cortes
-he cowered down according to the manner of Indian slaves. Aguilar
-stated that only he and another Spaniard named Gonzalo Guerrero, were
-then alive. Most of his companions had been sacrificed to the gods,
-but some had died, and two women who were with them had perished from
-misery and the severity of the labour of grinding maize. Guerrero had
-married an Indian woman and followed the native customs. He had been
-tattoed, his ears were pierced and his lips were turned down.[106]
-Aguilar had become acquainted with the Maya language, and was
-afterwards employed by Cortes as an interpreter. Guerrero remained in
-Yucatan with the Indians.
-
-Upon a review of the facts ascertained by the conquerors in the
-sixteenth century in Mexico and Guatemala, and by the Franciscan and
-Dominican missionaries in Yucatan and Chiapas, together with the
-researches made since that time by archæologists and explorers, it
-appears to be possible to form certain conclusions. The architectural
-and mechanical knowledge, and the advance towards writing characters,
-forming calendars and reckoning time by astronomical observations must
-have been reached within a period of less than four centuries. It is
-therefore probable that the priests of the Toltecs became acquainted
-with their arts and sciences not long after they had left North America
-and had migrated to the regions around Téotihuacan in the direction
-of the shores of the Gulf of Mexico. In what manner and under what
-circumstances their knowledge was obtained, is a problem which requires
-to be given a careful investigation.
-
- • • • • •
-
- In an Aztec or Toltec manuscript which forms part of the
- collection of ancient Mexican codices placed in the library of
- the Vatican, there is a representation of a cacique making an
- offering to a rattlesnake.
-
- The manner of propitiation resembles the methods of sacrificing
- to this Manito which were followed by the Dakotas (see p. 170).
- The head dress of the cacique which consists of plumed feathers
- is similar to that worn by the chiefs of that race, and is
- placed in the same position as the feathers of Rocky Bear
- (illustration, chapter viii).
-
- The rattlesnake appears to have been the Totem of the Toltecs
- and is the chief emblem at Uxmal and Chichen Itza.
-
- It is thought that a serpent is represented upon the central
- stone of the tablet of the cross at Palenque and as the
- god to whom the temple is dedicated was named Bird-Serpent
- (Quetzal-Coatl), it is probable that the sculptors delineated
- the symbol in a manner that was intelligible to the Quichés.
-
- Upon an examination of the illustration of the centre tablet,
- which is an exact reproduction from a photograph of the
- original stone (see frontispiece), these symbols may perhaps
- be traced. I may here venture to express the opinion that the
- Toltecs may have been the tribe that once dwelt in that part of
- Ohio to the west of the river Scioto, where is still to be seen
- the Totem of the serpent.
-
- The illustration of the propitiation to the serpent is taken
- from a part of the Mexican manuscript represented in Humboldt’s
- “Vues des Cordilléres.”
-
-[Illustration: MEXICAN CACIQUE (?) MAKING AN OFFERING TO A
- RATTLESNAKE.
-
- (FROM AN ANCIENT TOLTEC OR AZTEC MANUSCRIPT.)]
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XX.
-
- Conjectures respecting the descendants of the tribes who built
- the Temples. — Knowledge and education of the Caciques and
- Priests. — Traditions of the arrival of white strangers from
- the East. — Las Casas. — Quetzal-Coatl. — Crosses found in
- Yucatan. — Gomara. — Legend of the flight of Spaniards by sea
- towards the West after the conquest of Spain by the Saracens. —
- Fabulous island of Antilia. — Columbus on his outward voyage
- steers for Antilia. — Trade-winds. — Considerations upon the
- probabilities of vessels being driven across the Atlantic or
- Pacific Oceans towards America.
-
-
-The subject of the origin and migrations of the Toltecs has been given
-much attention. It has been a matter of conjecture whether any of
-the descendants of the people who built the temples of Palenque, and
-inscribed upon tablets of stone their hieroglyphic records, are at
-present living in Central America.
-
-The chief difficulty in attempting to form a decision upon this
-question, is the uncertainty regarding the distinction to be made
-between the people belonging to the conquering Quichés and the
-aboriginal races whom they had reduced to slavery, and who constituted
-the greater part of the population. It is known that the caciques and
-other members of the governing families of Utatlan became gradually
-reduced to the utmost poverty. But there were other chiefs of tribes of
-Quiché origin who did not resist the Spaniards, and who volunteered
-to become their allies. Many of these were permitted to hold lands in
-the neighbourhood of Lake Atitlan, and lived in a prosperous condition
-until the early part of the eighteenth century, when they disappeared
-from notice. Possibly, in accordance with Quiché customs, they may have
-kept apart from those who were mazeguales, and intermarried amongst
-Indians of the same race as themselves.
-
-The statements of the grandsons of the caciques of Utatlan, as recorded
-in their manuscripts, with regard to the dates of the arrival of their
-tribe, the building of the fortresses, and their system of dividing the
-country they had conquered into separate governments, are undoubtedly
-entitled to be considered as deserving of attention. They agree in
-a remarkable manner with what has been since ascertained. It may be
-inferred from the account of their migrations and the list of their
-kings or chief caciques, that they had been settled in Guatemala about
-three or four hundred years before Utatlan was conquered by Alvarado.
-
-During the time that I was crossing the Cordilleras in the region
-which had been governed by the Quichés, I endeavoured to ascertain if
-there were any marked differences in the types or characters of the
-tribes then occupying the land. Near Patinamit I saw several groups of
-Kachiquels who were of the same race as the Quichés, and I noticed that
-in many respects they resembled the Dakotas, and in appearance were
-unlike the ordinary natives. I also observed in the district adjacent
-to Santa Cruz del Quiché that the Indians holding official positions
-in the villages were usually of a larger stature than the inferior men
-and, in their harsh and overbearing manner and features, recalled to
-mind the chiefs of the North American tribes. I found, however, that it
-was not possible to form definite conclusions based upon the facts that
-came within my personal observation. The Quichés are reserved in their
-intercourse with strangers. Whatever may be their comparative condition
-of wealth or poverty they all live in the same manner, and seem to be
-satisfied with the barest necessaries. Near Jacaltenango, when amongst
-the Mams, I met one of the richest and most influential of the Indians
-of that tribe. He was living like the meanest of the people, although
-he was the owner of a prosperous estate. This apparent equality in the
-habits of life is universal amongst the Indians.
-
-In the sixteenth century, after the conquest, the caciques of the
-Quichés and Mams who had submitted to the Spaniards were accustomed
-to maintain a state ceremonial of considerable dignity; and at a
-later period the Indians who claimed to have held high rank and who
-were granted lands and privileges lived in a manner suitable to their
-condition. This comparative distinction has entirely disappeared. With
-respect to the migrations of the governing classes of the Quichés it is
-a matter of interest to observe that several of the Indian chiefs who
-accompanied the Spanish conquerors from Mexico, married the daughters
-of these Quichés, and said that they did so because they had discovered
-that they were of the same race as themselves.
-
-In the consideration of subjects relating to the Indians it is
-necessary to discriminate between the observances of the aboriginal
-inhabitants and those of the races who were of foreign origin. Thus
-with respect to the superstitious and extremely devotional inclinations
-of the natives in Guatemala and Chiapas, it may be assumed that those
-instincts belong to the race who dwelt in those lands before they were
-conquered by the Toltecs and Aztecs; but the customs of sacrificing
-human beings to the gods together with other acts of barbarity were
-introduced from North America.
-
-The Spaniards considered that the most evident proclivities of the
-masses of the natives were drunkenness and idolatry. The latter
-tendency prevailed to an excessive degree. Las Casas states that
-throughout New Spain the idols were so numerous that they could not
-be counted. During his journeys he found them in every place and of
-every kind, in their huts, in the villages, amongst the hills and in
-the sacred places. The numbers of them, he relates, were infinite.
-In the sixteenth century the Indians were gradually, but not without
-difficulty, brought under the control of the Spanish ecclesiastics. The
-idols were destroyed, and the superstitious practices, especially all
-those which were connected with the worship of demons, were suppressed.
-
-The national instinct of idolatry still remains. There is in the
-nature of the aboriginal races a religious fervour which apparently
-forms an integral part of their character. They are also submissive
-and inoffensive, and it can be understood how any invading and warlike
-tribe would, without difficulty, conquer and control people having
-this mild disposition. It is not surprising that a fierce tribe of
-North American Indians was able to reduce them into a state of servile
-obedience. The Toltecs and, afterwards, the Aztecs would undoubtedly
-have introduced into Mexico the barbarous usages which prevailed
-amongst the tribes dwelling in the valleys of the Mississippi and Ohio,
-and these usages, when grafted upon the vices which existed amongst the
-natives, may have been the inciting cause of the revolting condition of
-national demoralisation which was so severely described by Bernal Diaz
-and other Spanish historians.
-
-The Dominican missionaries in Guatemala observed that the Indians
-were passionately fond of dancing and singing. The joyousness which
-originally existed in their nature or temperament has become extinct.
-The usual tenour of their lives seems to be accompanied by a quiet,
-subdued melancholy. It is not improbable that, as a consequence of
-several centuries of Spanish domination, the aboriginal races have
-sunk into a dull and apathetic state. It is however possible that
-other influences acted upon the taciturn and wild natures of these
-tribes.[107] The innate disposition of the natives to worship idols in
-Guatemala was found to be equally existing with the Mayas in Yucatan,
-who also had the custom of making pilgrimages to the shrines. It is
-mentioned by Landa that the pilgrims stopped when passing near any of
-the deserted or ruined temples, and were accustomed to mutter prayers,
-and offer incense. This custom was in accordance with the acts of
-devotion which I saw practised by the Tzendal Indians in Chiapas before
-the ruined walls of the church at Bachajon.
-
-There are circumstances connected with the domination of the Aztecs,
-and possibly also with that of their predecessors the Quiché-Toltecs,
-which require to be noticed. It is unquestionable that slavery would
-have been the fate of any tribe or race conquered by North American
-Indians. But the fact of slaves or captives being bought and sold for
-the purpose of being killed and offered to the gods is extraordinary.
-Great numbers of the natives were annually sacrificed, and astonishing
-acts of cannibalism were committed. Whatever may have been the
-hardships inflicted by the Spaniards upon the Mexican Indians, it is
-satisfactory to be assured that the discovery of America, and the
-conquests of Cortes put an end to the most horrible condition of things
-that has ever been known to have existed in any part of the world.
-
-There are, however, other facts to be taken into consideration. It has
-been assumed that there was a condition of comparative civilisation
-amongst the ruling tribes, which seemed to be in such a progressive
-state as to lead to the conclusion that there were elements of
-knowledge which might have been so far developed in the course of
-time as to have brought these Indians into the ranks of civilised
-nations. With regard to this subject it should be observed that when
-the Spaniards conquered Central America, the progress that may have
-been partially made had already ceased. The monasteries at Palenque and
-in Yucatan had been abandoned. Even when they were flourishing, the
-knowledge that was taught did not extend to the people. It was confined
-to the priesthood, the caciques, and the few scholars who were trained
-for the purpose of interpreting the signs and characters by which
-information was spread abroad. It was by one of these interpreters that
-Cortes was made acquainted with the conspiracy that was being organized
-against him by Guatimozin during the march to Honduras. How or in what
-manner this comparative intelligence arose suddenly in the land is a
-problem of the greatest difficulty.
-
-The possibility of a previous condition of civilisation having existed
-amongst the aboriginal tribes cannot be considered as being within the
-limits of reasonable conjecture, for there are no vestiges of any stone
-buildings, sculptures, or of hieroglyphic inscribed characters, used as
-a means of recording events, except in those regions which are known
-to have been occupied by the Toltecs or Aztecs. With especial regard
-to the temples on the mounds at Palenque, it is evident that these and
-their sculptures and hieroglyphs were the results of a certain degree
-of architectural knowledge obtained by the Quiché-Toltecs after they
-had migrated into Mexico.
-
-But admitting that this may have been the case, it becomes extremely
-difficult to understand how their mechanical skill could have sprung
-into existence within such a limited period of time. It was found
-that the Indian progress in their peculiar civilisation was very
-local. Bishop Landa, writing exclusively about Yucatan, states that
-all education was under the management of the priests attached to the
-monasteries. Similar systems appeared to have been followed in other
-regions which had been under the rule of the Toltecs.[108] The results
-of the investigations into the subject of the extent and methods which
-were adopted for the purpose of maintaining knowledge amongst the
-Indians, confirm the opinion that the literature and civilisation found
-to have existed in Mexico and Yucatan was exclusively caused by the
-teaching of the priests.
-
-Explanations of the circumstances under which the priests became
-acquainted with their sciences were given to the Spaniards by the chief
-priests attached to the temple of Quetzalcoatl at Cholula and also by
-certain caciques in Yucatan.
-
-[Illustration: MEXICAN CALENDAR STONE.]
-
-Las Casas relates that when he was making a journey within his diocese,
-he met one of his missionaries named Francisco Hernandez, who had been
-for some years living in Yucatan, and had become acquainted with the
-language. Thinking that this ecclesiastic would be useful for the work
-of converting the Indians to the faith, he made him his vicar and sent
-him into the interior to preach amongst the natives. After a lapse
-of several months he received a letter from the vicar stating that
-he had been told by one of the principal caciques, that it was known
-that, anciently, there had arrived in Yucatan twenty strangers. They
-were dressed in long robes, had sandals upon their feet, and taught
-religion. It was also mentioned that these men wore long beards,[109]
-and that they had a leader who was named Cucul-can (Quetzalcoatl).
-
-Las Casas concludes by observing that “Certainly the land and kingdom
-of Yucatan gives us to understand most especial things, and of the
-greatest antiquity with regard to the grand, admirable and exquisite
-styles of ancient edifices, and writings of certain characters which
-are in no other place. Finally, these are secrets which God only knows.
-(Finalmente, secretos son estos que sólo Dios los sabe).”[110]
-
-But the most explicit statements with regard to Quetzalcoatl were
-those which were given by the chief-priests of the temples raised to
-his memory at Cholula.[111] They affirmed the tradition of the arrival
-of strangers of a white race and foreign origin coming by sea in
-vessels from the east. These strangers were said to have taught the
-Indians to build monasteries, and maintain seminaries for religious
-instruction. According to Clavigero, they taught certain natives the
-methods of arranging the divisions of time and the use of the calendar.
-The priests also showed the Spaniards some ornaments which they said
-had been worn by the chief of these strangers.
-
-The positive declarations about white people having landed upon the
-shores of the Mexican Gulf have been carefully investigated. It has
-been usually considered that they were the result of a myth, or that
-they were based upon vague traditions relating to events which, if
-they had any foundation, must have happened at a period exceedingly
-remote and possibly referred to early migrations from Asia. But it has
-to be remembered that the facts reported by the caciques and priests
-invariably related to a period when their tribes were established in
-Yucatan or Mexico; and the arrival of the strangers was always said to
-have taken place on the eastern seaboard of those lands. As the Toltecs
-according to the Indian records were not established there before the
-sixth century the event, if it occurred, must have happened after that
-date.
-
-There are also other circumstances connected with this legend which
-appear, to some extent, to remove it from a mythical character and to
-place it within the limits of legitimate inquiry and investigation. The
-Indians who described the events spoke of them in a manner which was
-not vague, but was clear and decided, and as being within the personal
-knowledge of their ancestors. They also always gave a description of
-the monuments of the strangers or of their chief. Thus, in Yucatan,
-the leader was said to have left that region for the coast of Mexico.
-At Cholula, it was the tradition that Quetzalcoatl, with several of
-his companions, went away to the sea shore near Goascoalco, in the
-direction of Yucatan and never returned. In the regions of the interior
-of Chiapas and Guatemala, it was stated that in several of the native
-manuscripts accounts were given of a great leader or chief named
-Votan who was believed to have arrived in that country with nineteen
-companions or other chiefs. Votan was supposed to have landed in
-America near the Laguna de Terminos and to have established his first
-settlement near Palenque.[112]
-
-The most singular circumstance relating to the worship of Quetzalcoatl
-is the fact that a cross should have been the chief emblem in the
-temple especially dedicated to him at Palenque. The fact of this symbol
-being worshipped by the Indians in the New World may perhaps not be
-deemed particularly strange, but it has to be taken into consideration
-that there is no record of any figure in the shape of a cross having
-been an object of devotion in any part of America, except in the
-regions that had been occupied by the Toltecs.
-
-When the Spaniards arrived in Yucatan they reported that they saw in
-the court of a temple at Cozumel a cross made of lime and stone which
-was worshipped by the natives. There were some doubts about the precise
-meaning assigned to this image, possibly owing to the difficulties of
-understanding the Maya language, but it was afterwards ascertained that
-it represented the god of rain.
-
-The cross on the altar at Palenque is of an entirely different
-character, and evidently forms the principal part of the emblem
-representing Quetzalcoatl. How did it come to pass that this
-exceptional figure of a cross should have been sculptured upon the
-tablet representing the emblems of the white stranger who, according
-to the Indian traditions, landed upon their shores, coming from the
-east in a sacerdotal dress, wearing sandals upon his feet and having
-red crosses embroidered upon his cape?[113]
-
-It is this coincidence that causes attention to be directed to an
-endeavour to form some reasonable solution of the problem. It will be
-observed, upon an examination of the illustration of the tablet of the
-cross, that the name Quetzalcoatl is represented by the quetzal, the
-emblematic bird of the Quichés, and by peculiar marks surrounding the
-cross which are thought to be intended to denote a serpent (coatl)
-which, as at Uxmal, was probably the Totem of the tribe.[114] But
-the principal figure placed in the centre of the altar is the cross.
-This by its shape and position must have been intended to have had an
-especial significance.
-
-It is related by Gomara that, upon the occasion of the discovery of
-Yucatan by the expedition under the command of Francisco Hernandez
-in 1517, the Spaniards observed in the country near Cape Catoche,
-crosses of brass and wood placed over graves. The unexpected finding of
-these crosses in an hitherto unknown land attracted the attention of
-geographers in Spain and, to some extent, led to theories with regard
-to the possible arrival in Yucatan of the Spanish ecclesiastics who
-had, according to an ancient legend, fled from Spain when that country
-was conquered by the Saracens in the eighth century, and were believed
-to have reached an island in the western parts of the Atlantic ocean
-called Antilia.
-
-What Gomara wrote upon this subject is as follows:—
-
-“In that place there were found crosses of brass and wood over the
-dead, from whence some argue that many Spaniards had fled to this land
-when the destruction of Spain was done by the Moors in the time of
-the King Don Roderick: but I do not believe it; since there are not
-any in the islands that we have mentioned: in some one of which it is
-necessary, and also compulsory to touch at, before arriving there.”
-
-Gomara was undoubtedly correct in not believing that these crosses
-were placed over the graves of Spaniards who had arrived in Yucatan
-after the defeat and flight of King Roderick. It is not requisite to
-go back to events that occurred in Spain in the eighth century to
-account for the existence of crosses on the promontory of Cape Catoche.
-When Hernandez landed there in 1517, nearly a quarter of a century
-had elapsed since Columbus had founded his settlements in Cuba and
-Hispaniola, and during that interval many small expeditions had been
-organised by Spanish adventurers for the purpose of exploring the
-coasts in the direction of Honduras and Nicaragua. In pursuing these
-voyages of discovery their vessels must have frequently passed at no
-great distance from the eastern shores of Yucatan where, on their
-return from the south, they would have been baffled by contrary winds
-and currents. Under such conditions it is not improbable that one of
-the vessels may have been wrecked or abandoned off Cape Catoche, and
-that some of the crew perished and were buried by the survivors near
-the seacoast.
-
-The Spanish legend to which Gomara refers is, with respect to America,
-chiefly remarkable for its surprising concurrence in date and other
-circumstances with the Toltec legend of the arrival of strangers
-wearing cassocks. It is therefore necessary to ascertain if there
-are sufficient reasons for placing any confidence in statements that
-appear to be founded upon tradition, and whether the event that was
-believed to have taken place could have been possible. The tradition
-did not escape the attention of Washington Irving. In his “Life of
-Columbus”[115] he states that “It was recorded in an ancient legend,
-that at the time of the conquest of Spain and Portugal by the Moors,
-when the inhabitants fled in every direction to escape from slavery,
-seven bishops, followed by a great number of their people, took
-shipping, and abandoned themselves to their fate on the high seas.
-After tossing about for some time, they landed upon an unknown island
-in the midst of the ocean. Here the bishops burnt the ships to prevent
-the desertion of their followers, and founded seven cities.”[116]
-
-In the principal maps published during the fifteenth century, before
-the discovery of America, the island of Antilia was usually given a
-position in the middle of the western Atlantic, south of the Azores.
-In the chart of the geographer Toscanelli, which was sent to Columbus,
-Antilia was placed in the direct track by sea from the Canary islands
-to Cipango (Japan), the large and prosperous country supposed at that
-time to be situated in the extreme west, near the eastern limits of
-Asia. It is evident that Columbus firmly believed in the existence of
-Antilia, for when he left the Canaries on his outward voyage, he shaped
-his course for that island and steered due west for about sixteen
-hundred miles.
-
-Upon reaching the latitude and longitude where he expected to see
-land, the admiral conferred with his captains, but as nothing had been
-observed it was thought that the ships must have passed the island.
-At sunset, the captain of the Pinta hailed the admiral and reported
-that land was in sight to the south-west. The course of the ships was
-accordingly altered towards that direction. On the next day it was
-found that what had been seen was cloudland. The ships resumed their
-course and proceeded until the landfall was made upon the island of
-Guanahani.
-
-The belief in the existence of the legendary island was, however,
-not then dispelled and it is remarkable, as a proof of the opinions
-of geographers, that in the important map of the world by Ruysch,
-published in 1508, in which were placed the latest discoveries in the
-west; Antilia still retained its position.[117]
-
-[Illustration: FROM RUYSCH’S MAP OF THE WORLD (1508).
-
- (NORDENSKIÖLD’S FACSIMILE ATLAS.)]
-
-In the early part of the sixteenth century, several expeditionary
-fleets were fitted out and sailed across the seas towards the New
-World. Many islands were seen, but Antilia was not found. Thus when it
-became known that Yucatan had been discovered and that a cross placed
-within a stone temple was worshipped by the Indians, and that other
-crosses had been seen placed over graves, it was surmised that the
-bishops must have finally reached that distant land.
-
-Such an event may be thought to be improbable, but as, in consequence
-of the trade-winds, it is not impossible, it is expedient to consider
-in what manner it might have happened. It has to be assumed that the
-legend, so far as it relates to Christian fugitives escaping from the
-tyranny of Mahometan conquerors, may be considered as being within the
-limits of reasonable historical inquiry. Men deliberately leaving
-their own country to seek a place of refuge where they would be free to
-establish their religion, would, before embarking upon unknown seas,
-take with them supplies of provisions and water, and thus, by proper
-precautions, secure themselves from the risk of starvation. It is also
-probable that they were informed by the pilots or other navigators
-acquainted with the adjacent shores, that there were islands situated
-beyond the Mauritanian coasts within a distance not too great for them
-to undertake the voyage with a fair prospect of reaching land.
-
-In the eighth century the Canary Islands had not been discovered by
-Europeans, but their position was known to the Arabs and Moors and
-rumours concerning them and their proximity to the coast of Morocco
-were doubtless familiar to the sea-faring men living near Cadiz. The
-pilots would, therefore, have shaped a course for the Canaries. They
-would have expected to reach those islands within eight or ten days.
-But a slight error in their course would have taken the vessels into
-the trade-winds and, in that case, they would have been driven across
-the Atlantic in the direction of Florida, whose coasts might easily
-have been reached in less than six weeks from the date of the departure
-from Spain. It is also possible that they may have been chased by some
-of the armed vessels which had conveyed the Saracens from Mauritania.
-
-It is not, however, necessary to pursue this investigation to any
-greater length. It is sufficiently clear that if the event, as recorded
-by tradition, actually happened, there is no difficulty in accepting
-the conclusion that several of the bishops and their companions may
-have reached America in safety.[118] Thus the statements of the Indian
-priests, that white strangers wearing beards and dressed in cassocks
-had arrived from the East, would be confirmed.
-
-Upon an examination of the laws that govern the direction of the
-trade-winds in the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, it is found that there
-is a strong easterly wind continuously blowing across the Atlantic
-towards Florida, Mexico and Yucatan. There is also a strong westerly
-wind invariably blowing across the North Pacific, over the regions
-between the fortieth and fiftieth parallels of latitude, from Japan
-towards the north-west coast of North America. In consequence of this
-prevailing wind several junks have been driven out of their course
-and have reached the American seacoasts. In 1833 a junk was wrecked
-near Vancouver island and several of the crew landed and were received
-by the Indians. In the previous year a Japanese junk laden with fish
-arrived at the Sandwich islands. She had been driven across the seas by
-a violent storm which had caught her off Japan. Four of her men were
-alive and they were taken to Honolulu.
-
-Taking therefore into consideration the prevalence of trade-winds
-blowing towards America, and the peculiar conditions of architectural
-and astronomical intelligence possessed by the Mexican Indians, there
-are certain inferences which may be accepted. It is not improbable that
-men belonging to European, Moorish, or Asiatic races arrived in Central
-America during a period between the sixth and eleventh centuries.
-There is not sufficient evidence to determine in what manner this may
-have happened; but after giving due weight to the statements of the
-Indian priests and caciques, and the traditions of the circumstances
-under which their knowledge was introduced into Mexico, together with
-the adoption of monastic institutions, and the systems of education,
-it is reasonable to conjecture that the comparative civilisation of
-the Toltecs and Aztecs was originally caused by the influence and
-instruction of strangers who came to their land in vessels which had
-crossed the Atlantic.
-
-[Illustration:
-
- A Map to illustrate
- “TRAVELS AMONGST AMERICAN INDIANS”
- by Admiral Lindesay Brine.
-
- _London: Stanford’s Geog^l. Estab^t._]
-
-[Illustration:
-
- A Map of
- THE UNITED STATES,
- MEXICO &c.
- to accompany “Travels amongst American Indians”
-
- _London: Stanford’s Geog^l. Estab^t._]
-
-
-
-
- INDEX.
-
-
- Abalá, village of, 360–362, 366, 370.
-
- Abenakis Indians, 33.
-
- Acapulco, 179.
-
- Adams, Mr. Charles Francis, 9, 28.
-
- _Adoratorio_, an Indian, 245, 246, 262.
-
- Agassiz, Professor, 12, 13, 23.
-
- Agua, volcano, 181, 182, 194, 196–200.
-
- Aguilar, 397.
-
- Aguinaga, brig, 372–374.
-
- Albatrosses in the South Pacific, 178.
-
- Alcaldes, the, at San Tomas, 212, 213.
-
- Algonquin tribe of Indians, 34, 111, 150, 153.
-
- Alligator totem, 85, 86.
-
- Alligators, 179, 320–322.
-
- Alumni, the, of Harvard, 25–28.
-
- Alvarado, Pedro de, 202, 218, 225–228, 235–237.
-
- Amatitlan, village of, 182.
-
- American Civil War, 9–11.
-
- American politics, 23.
-
- Annapolis, Naval Academy at, 6–8.
-
- Antilia, Island of, 417–419.
-
- Apache Indians, 122.
-
- Ara-po-gai-sik (Day-catcher), 122.
-
- Atitlan, volcano of, 206.
-
- Atwater, Mr., and the Circleville Inclosures, 79–84.
-
- Aztecs, the, 130, 172, 174, 385, 394, 404–406, 422:
- sacrifices of, 132, 224–226, 345:
- barbarous custom of, 396–398:
- obsidian knives used by, 186.
-
-
- Bachajon, village, of 267, 268, 273.
-
- Baird, Dr., 98.
-
- Baptismal customs, Yucatan Indians, 364–366.
-
- Barrancas (ravines), 205, 216.
-
- Bartlett, Professor, 7, 11.
-
- Bartram, Mr., 322.
-
- Basques, crew of, 372, 373.
-
- Bates, Mr., 321.
-
- Beaver dams, 36–40.
-
- Beech-tree, chief of the Oneidas tribe, 51.
-
- Bisons, herds of, 143.
-
- Boulders, on the Minnesota prairies, 126, 127:
- Sioux worship of, 169.
-
- Braddock, General, 134.
-
- Bridgman, Laura, 16–18.
-
- Burial customs; of the Dakotas, 173:
- of the Sacs and Foxes, 174:
- in Yucatan, 333, 334.
-
- Burial by the Mound Builders, manner, 61–63.
-
- Burial mounds in Illinois, 19:
- (_see also_ Ohio, &c.).
-
- Burial place of Sioux, 114.
-
-
- Cabarrus, M. de, 192.
-
- Cahokia earthworks, the, 105–108, 189, 380, 385.
-
- Californian Indians, 20.
-
- Cambridge, Indian collections at, 19–21:
- Commencement Day at, 27, 28.
-
- Campeachy, 328, 329:
- gulf of, 327.
-
- Cannibalism, 135, 323–325, 345.
-
- Cape San Lucas, 177.
-
- Cargadores, the, 293, 294.
-
- Carmen, Island of, 326–328.
-
- Carnival, an Indian, 269–272, 277.
-
- Carp, River, 36, 41.
-
- Carr, Professor Lucien, 383.
-
- Carrera, President, 183, 184, 190, 256.
-
- Carver, Captain, 119, 120.
-
- Casa de las Monjas at Uxmal, xiv, xv, 339–343, 347–358.
-
- Casa del Gobernador at Uxmal, 337–343, 347–358.
-
- Castillo, Don Manuel, 255.
-
- Catasaja, 319, 320.
-
- Catherwood, Mr., 294.
-
- Cayugas, tribe, 34, 151, 152, 155, 156, 158.
-
- Cedar Keys, settlement of, 375.
-
- Ceremonies of the Dakotas, 157, 158.
-
- Cerna, President Don Vincente, 191.
-
- Charnay, M. Desiré, xv, 44.
-
- Chase, Chief Justice, 23.
-
- Cherokee Indians, 384.
-
- Cheyenne Indians, 145.
-
- Chiapas, mounds in, 261, 277, 381.
-
- Chimaltenango, 200.
-
- Chilon, 269.
-
- Chippewas, Indians, 44, 47, 49, 111, 127, 131, 135, 150, 153, 173,
- 174.
-
- Cholula, temple at, 410, 412.
-
- Chontal Indians, 220–224.
-
- Circleville, inclosures at, 79–84, 96–102.
-
- Civil War, troops in the American, 9–11.
-
- Clarke, Capt., of Cedar Keys, 375.
-
- Clavigero, 411.
-
- Clemens, Dr., and the Grave Creek Mound, 58–60.
-
- Coller, Dr., at Palenque, 138, 294–297, 301–303, 316–319.
-
- Columbus and the island of Antilia, 416–419, 421.
-
- Commencement Day at Cambridge, 27, 28.
-
- Comitan, town of, 253, 255.
-
- Comolapa, village of, 200, 201.
-
- Conceptionistas, Convent of the, 371, 372.
-
- Concord, shell heaps at, 21, 28, 29.
-
- Copan, 410, 411:
- idols at, 264.
-
- Copper mines in Michigan, 35, 43–51.
-
- Corbett, Mr., 192.
-
- Cordilleras, the, 204–205, 278.
-
- Cortes, 228, 314, 323–325, 397, 406.
-
- Cozumel, island of, 346:
- cross at, 414.
-
- Cruz, Serapio, Indian named, 183, 184, 191, 233.
-
- Cuba, 373.
-
- Cuoq, M., 150.
-
- Curing illness by steam, 174, 175.
-
- Cutler, Rev. Dr., 100.
-
-
- Dakota Indians, 127, 133, 145, 147–149, 150, 153, 154, 159:
- human sacrifices of the, 132–134, 171–173, 401:
- language of, 159, 160:
- and sun worship, 163, 164:
- and sickness, 164–165:
- and lightning, 166:
- and transmigration, 167–168:
- fasts of the, 168–169:
- and serpent worship, 170:
- burial customs of, 173, 175:
- curing illness by steam, 174–175:
- burial mound, 377.
- (_see also_ Sioux.)
-
- Damariscotta, shell mounds at, 27, 30–33, 376.
-
- Dance, Indian, at Chilon, 269–272.
-
- Dancing, Indians and, 404.
-
- Darwin’s coral theories, 13.
-
- Dauphin, the (Williams), 52, 53.
-
- Davis, Mr., 64.
-
- Dayton’s Bluff, 381.
-
- Debauchery of the Mexican Indians, 272, 403.
-
- Demons, Indian offerings to, 363, 364.
-
- Des Moines River, 138.
-
- Delaware Indians, 94, 134, 385.
-
- Dialect at Ocosingo, 266, 267.
-
- Dialects of the North American Indians, 151–154:
- of Guatemala Indians, 232.
-
- Diaz, Bernal, 197, 220, 223–227, 323–328, 331–333, 346, 396–398, 404.
-
- Digger Indians, 147, 148.
-
- Dighton, rock at, 33.
-
- Dowding, Captain Herbert, xv.
-
- Dupaix, Captain, 309.
-
-
- Earthworks in Ohio, ancient Indian, 54–103, 379–385.
-
- Emerson, Mr. Ralph Waldo, 22–26, 28, 29.
-
- Escalanta, Señor, 335.
-
- Esconauba, River, 36.
-
- Escuintla, town of, 181.
-
- Esquipulas, pilgrimage to, 186–188.
-
- Evans, chief Elder of the Shakers, 8, 9.
-
-
- Faribault, half-breed Indian, 117–119, 161, 164–169, 172, 173.
-
- Fasting of the Dakotas, 159, 160.
-
- Festival, Indian, at Jacaltenango, 243–245.
-
- Festival of San Caralampio, 255.
-
- Fire, Indian method of lighting a, 241, 261.
-
- Flathead Indians, 20.
-
- Florida, 102, 103:
- Professor Agassiz and, 12, 13:
- shell mounds in, 14, 21:
- rivers in, 322:
- coast of 374–377:
- Indians in, 376, 377.
-
- Forests; in Michigan, 41, 139, 140:
- near Palenque, 42, 138, 139:
- of Aracan, 140, 141:
- between San Pedro and Palenque, 282–284, 290–294, 303.
-
- Forster, Mr. J. H., 45, 46, 51.
-
- Foster, Mr. J. W., 137.
-
- Fort Ancient, on the Little Miami river, 87–96, 190, 202.
-
- Fort Du Quesne, 76, 77.
-
- Fort Hill, 92.
-
- Foxes, Indian tribe, 109, 174.
-
- Franciscan Missionaries in Yucatan, 364–366.
-
- Franklin, Sir John and Lady, 4.
-
- Fuegians similar to the Ute Indians, 148.
-
- Fuego, volcano, 181, 182, 196, 199, 200.
-
- Fuentes, the historian, 236, 237.
-
- Fuller, Margaret, 24.
-
-
- Gage, Thomas, 195.
-
- Gallatin, Mr. Albert, 130.
-
- Game in the Platte valley, 145.
-
- Garcia y Granados, Colonel, 183, 184.
-
- Gavarrete, Señor, 184–186.
-
- Glacial action near Ishpeming, 50.
-
- Godillo, Don Mariana, 255, 256.
-
- Goitre, Indians suffering with, 242.
-
- _Golden City_, ship, 176, 177, 180.
-
- Gomara, 415, 416.
-
- Grant, President, 5.
-
- Grave Creek Mound, 58–61.
-
- Great Britain, Daniel Webster on, 22.
-
- Great Salt Lake, the, 146.
-
- Great Star, human sacrifice to the 131–134.
-
- Grey, Judge, 27.
-
- Grinnell, Mr. Henry, 4.
-
- Grijalva, 346.
-
- Guatemala, city of, 182, 183:
- museum at, 184–187:
- cathedral in, 187:
- market place, 188:
- foreign residents in, 192.
-
- Guatimozin, Emperor, 224, 406:
- execution of, 324, 325.
-
- Gueguetenango, 233–237.
-
- Guerrero, Gonzalo, 397.
-
- Guicola, Padre Andres, 216, 230.
-
- Guides, Indian; Anastasio, 194, 231–233:
- Bito, 267, 269, 270:
- Carlos, 234, 235, 240, 241, 248–252:
- José, 289, 290:
- Lopez, 259–262, 267:
- Villafranca, 277, 278, 282–285.
-
- Gurney, Professor, 26.
-
-
- Hague, Mr., 192, 194.
-
- Hardy, M., 192.
-
- Harris, Mr., 8.
-
- Harvard, the Alumni of, 25.
-
- Haven, Mr., 98.
-
- Henry, Mr. Alexander, 7, 48, 135.
-
- Herbert, Baron, 176, 180, 191, 194.
-
- Hernandez, Padre, 211–214, 409, 415.
-
- Hieroglyphs in temples at Palenque, 307, 315, 389.
-
- Hildreth, Dr., and inclosures at Marietta, 70–75, 99.
-
- Hill, Mr. of S. Pauls’ city, 114.
-
- Hillard, Mr., 13.
-
- Hoar, Judge, 26, 27.
-
- Hockmeyer, Mr. and Mrs., 192.
-
- Hogs, and destruction of rattlesnakes, 144, 145.
-
- Holmes, Mr. Oliver Wendell, 26–28.
-
- Houghton, town of, 44, 45, 47, 50.
-
- Howe, Dr., 25:
- institution in Boston, 16–18:
- Mrs. Julia Ward, 22.
-
- How-wan-ni-yu (the Great Spirit), 156–158.
-
- Huitzopotli, 224.
-
- Human sacrifices: of the Pawnees, 131–134, 171–173:
- of the Dakotas, 171–173:
- of the Pipil Indians, 220–224:
- in Yucatan, 332, 333.
-
- Humboldt and the Toltecs, 395.
-
- Hunting grounds of Indians, the U.S. Government and, 122, 123.
-
- Hurons, tribe of Indians, 34, 112.
-
- Huts, Indian construction of, 286, 287.
-
-
- Idolatry of Indians, 403.
-
- Idols, Indian, 221–223:
- in Museum at Guatemala, 184–186:
- at Ocosingo, 263–265:
- in Yucatan, worship of, 346, 347.
-
- Illinois, burial mound in, 19.
-
- Illinois, Indians, 153.
-
- Inclosures, sacred; near Newark, 64–70:
- at Marietta, 70–76:
- at Circleville, 79–84, 96–102.
-
- Indian, battlefield, 49:
- baptismal customs, 364–366:
- carnival, an, 269–272, 277:
- ceremonies in Yucatan, 362–365:
- cemetery, 84:
- civilisation in Yucatan, 406–8:
- collections at Cambridge, 19–21:
- construction of huts, 286–287:
- debauchery, 272:
- dialects, 232:
- domestic habits, 239–241:
- earthworks in Ohio, 54–103:
- education, Judge Williams and, 109–111:
- farmhouse, an, 209, 210:
- festival, an, 243–245:
- idols, 184–186, 221, 245–6:
- inclosures, _see_ Circleville, Marietta, Newark, &c.:
- marriage custom in the Sierra Madre, 247:
- mines round Lake Superior, 35, 36:
- officials at Abalá, 361, 362:
- mounds in Ohio, 54–103:
- pilgrims, 186–188:
- population in North America, 153:
- reservations in North America, 34:
- rebellion in Guatemala, 183, 191:
- religious devotion, 240, 241,
- _see also_ Yucatan:
- skulls, 19, 20:
- statue at Ocosingo, 264:
- steam bath, 279:
- traditions, Ohio earthworks, 94–103:
- warfare, 112:
- war customs, 134–5:
- well, an, 370.
-
- Indians, diversity of languages, 150–154:
- hunting grounds of, the U S. Government and, 122, 123:
- shell heaps of, 14, 21, 28–33.
-
- Indians; _see_ Abenakis, Algonquins, Apaches, Californian, Cheyennes,
- Chippewas, Chontal, Dakotas, Delaware, Flathead, Florida, Foxes,
- Hurons, Iroquois, Kachiquels, Lacandon, Maya, Mohawks, Natchez,
- Oaxaca, Oneidas, Onondagas, Pawnees, Pipiles, Quichés, Sacs,
- Senecas, Shawnees, Shoshones, Sioux, Tzendales, Utes, Winnebagoes,
- Yucatan, Zambos, &c., &c.
-
- Insurrections of Indians in Guatemala, 183–4, 191.
-
- Iowa, prairies in, 124–127, 129, 137.
-
- Iron mines in Michigan, 35, 45–51.
-
- Iroquois, Indians, 34, 77, 111, 112, 134, 150, 159:
- battle with the Chippewas, 49:
- burial mounds of the, 63, 376:
- traditions and customs of, 151–155:
- the Grand River, 155, 156.
-
- Ishpeming, village of, 36, 40, 50, 140.
-
- Itzqueye, idol of, 221–223.
-
- Izamal, 393.
-
-
- Jacaltenango, 235, 243–249, 369, 402.
-
- James, Mr. William D., xiv, 131.
-
- Jesuit Mission at Sault St. Marie, 48.
-
- Jonuta, 322, 326.
-
- Jotána, 260.
-
- Juarez, President, 256–258.
-
- Juarros, the historian, 226, 386, 387, 390, 410.
-
-
- Kachiquels Indians, 202, 203, 205, 206, 235–237, 401.
-
- Kee-wai-wona Bay, 48, 49.
-
- Kue (altar) at Yucatan, 330–334.
-
-
- La Antigua Guatemala, 194, 195.
-
- Lacandon Indians, 266, 319.
-
- Ladinos, the, 179, 271, 295, 335.
-
- Laguna de Terminos, 281.
-
- Lake Amatitlan, 195.
-
- Lake Atitlan, 181, 206, 209.
-
- Lake Ontario, mound near, 60.
-
- Lake Pepin, 113.
-
- Lake Simcoe, 139.
-
- Lake Superior, 48, 112:
- ancient Indian mines round, 35, 36.
-
- La Laguna de Cuyutlan, 178, 326, 328.
-
- Landa, Bishop, work on Yucatan, 343–346, 364, 378, 392, 393, 405, 407.
-
- Languages, diversity of, among Indians, 150–154.
-
- La Oracion, a prayer in Guatemala, 238, 239.
-
- Lapidge, Captain, 176, 179, 180.
-
- Las Casas, Bishop, iii, iv, 247, 273–276, 378, 403, 408, 409, 414.
-
- Las Godinas, 205, 206.
-
- La Vieja Guatemala, 196, 199, 200.
-
- Lenton, 252.
-
- Licignano, Duke de, 192, 193.
-
- Licking Creek, 64, 70.
-
- Little Miami River, the, 87.
-
- Lizana, Father, 394.
-
- Locke, Professor, 87, 92.
-
- Longfellow, Mr., 25, 26.
-
- Lowell, Mr., J. R., 26–28.
-
-
- Macal, Presbitero Fernando, 270, 277, 285, 381.
-
- Madoc, Prince, 96.
-
- Maguey (aloe), 272, 273.
-
- Maine, shell mounds in, 28–33.
-
- Mams tribe, 234–237, 244, 245, 402.
-
- Mandans, the, 95.
-
- Mankato, 120, 138.
-
- Manzanillo, 178.
-
- Marietta, mounds at, 57, 58:
- inclosures at, 70–76, 99–101.
-
- Marimba (instrument), 244.
-
- Maoris; curing illness by steam, 175:
- method of cooking, 326.
-
- Marquette in Michigan, 35.
-
- Martinez, Padre, 195.
-
- Masagua, village, 181.
-
- Maudslay, Mr., 357.
-
- Maximilian, Emperor, execution of, 257–258.
-
- Maya race of Indians, 281, 336, 405.
-
- Mechanics, a triumph of, 26, 27,
-
- Medicine man, the, 164, 165.
-
- Mendota, settlement of, 116, 118, 120, 169.
-
- Merida, 371, 392, 393.
-
- Mestizos, the, 179.
-
- Metternich, Prince, 14.
-
- Mexican antiquities at Cambridge, 20.
-
- Miamisburgh mound, 56–59.
-
- Michigan, beavers in, 36–40:
- ancient mining pits in, 42–51:
- early surveys of, 139, 140.
-
- Michol River, 291, 297.
-
- Micla, village of, 220–223.
-
- Military Academy at West Point, 7, 8.
-
- Mines in Michigan, ancient Indian, 35, 36, 42–51.
-
- Minnesota, prairies in, 124–127.
-
- Mississippi River, 108, 109:
- falls of, 119.
-
- Missouri River, 108, 109.
-
- Mitla, ruins of, 357.
-
- Mixco, ancient mounds near, 189–191, 194, 385.
-
- Mohawks, tribe, 34, 151, 157.
-
- Monastery at Palenque, 297–302, 307–317.
-
- Monks Mound, 106.
-
- Montalban, Doña Aña de, 207.
-
- Montezuma, 411.
-
- Morgan, Mr. Lewis, 103, 159.
-
- Mormons, the, 111, 112.
-
- Mounds and earthworks of Indians in Ohio, 54–103, 379–385:
- near Mixco, 189–191, 194, 385.
-
- Mounds near St. Paul, 114, 115:
- near Lake Ontario, 60,
- _see_ Mixco, Palenque, &c.
-
- Mourning customs of the Sioux, 165, 166.
-
- Múna, 360.
-
- Murray, Hon. C. A., 144.
-
- Muskinghum River, 70.
-
-
- Natchez Indians, 161, 380.
-
- Nauvoo, 111.
-
- Naval Academy at Annapolis, 6–8.
-
- Naval power, the Atlantic seaboard, and, 30, 31.
-
- Nebraska, 129, 130:
- plains in, 137.
-
- Negroes in the Southern States, 5:
- in the American Civil War, 11.
-
- Newark, town of, 61:
- inclosures at, 64–70, 96–103.
-
- New Zealanders, burial custom of, 175.
-
- Nightingale, a, at Palenque, 301, 303.
-
- Nopá river, 291.
-
- North American Indians, _see_ Indians.
-
- Norwood, Dr. Joseph, 141.
-
-
- Oaxaca Indians, 292.
-
- Obsidian knives used by Aztecs, 186.
-
- Ocosingo, 259, 263–267, 273.
-
- Ogallalas, tribe of Sioux, 122, 123.
-
- Ohio, ancient Indian mounds and earthworks in 54–103, 384, 385.
-
- Oliphant, Mr. Laurence, 9.
-
- Omaha, prison at, 163.
-
- Oneidas tribe, 34, 151, 155:
- reservation of the, 51–53.
-
- Onondagas, tribe, 34, 151.
-
- Ontonagon, town of, 44, 46, 48.
-
- Orchids in Guatemala, 210, 211.
-
- Ortiz, Don Pepe, 288–294.
-
- Ottawa Indians, 153.
-
-
- Pacaya, volcano, 181, 182.
-
- Palacio, Don Garcia de, 219–223.
-
- Palenque, ruins and temples at, 2, 193, 303–307, 350–358, 389,
- 391–395, 406, 413:
- arrival at, 294–296:
- “Palace” or monastery at, 297–302, 307–317, 406:
- square tower in 300, 301, 312–314:
- mounds about, 318–320.
-
- Palisada, 326:
- river, 322.
-
- Panajachel, 207, 208.
-
- Parker, Mr. Frank, 13, 15.
-
- Parkman, Mr. Francis B., 158, 159.
-
- Patinamit, Indian ruins of, 202, 203.
-
- Pawnees, the, 109, 129–136, 147, 163–165, 344.
-
- Pedro, Padre, 207–209.
-
- Pelicans, flocks of, 178.
-
- Penance of Indians, 161–163.
-
- Petz, Rear-Admiral Baron, 176.
-
- Pilgrimage to Esquipulas, 186–188.
-
- Pipiles, Indians, 220–224.
-
- Pintos, the, 179, 180.
-
- Pitcher, General, 7, 8.
-
- Platte, valley of the, 141, 143, 145.
-
- Portsmouth Ohio, Indian entrenchments at, 57, 58.
-
- Pozole, substance called, 292, 293.
-
- Prairie-dog villages, 141–143.
-
- Prairie fires, 125, 126, 136, 137.
-
- Prairies and glacial action, 12.
-
- Prairies in Minnesota and Iowa, 124–129.
-
- Prescott, Mr., 171.
-
- Pyramid of the Dwarf, Uxmal, xv, 340–342, 345.
-
- Pyramidal altars, Yucatan, 330–334.
-
-
- Quezaltenango, 206, 208, 217, 237.
-
- Quetzalcoatl, god named, 221–223, 310, 348, 391, 409, 412, 413, 414.
-
- Quetzales (birds), 220, 305.
-
- Quichés Indians, 202, 206, 209, 214–5, 230, 387, 389–391, 400–402:
- religious ceremonies of the, 212, 213, 219:
- chiefs, 227–8:
- traditions of, 235–7,
- _see also_ Utatlan.
-
- Quirigua, idols at, 184:
- ruins of, 186, 410.
-
-
- Rae, Dr., 141.
-
- Rain, a fall of, 358, 359.
-
- Rain-makers, 164, 359.
-
- Ransonnet, Baron, 177, 179, 180.
-
- Rattlesnake totem, xiv, 398, 399.
-
- Rattlesnakes, 142, 170.
-
- Rau, Professor Charles, xv., 316, 317, 414.
-
- Red Cloud, a chief of the Sioux, 123.
-
- Religious ceremonies in Yucatan, 362–365, 368–369.
-
- Religious devotion of Indians, 240–241.
-
- Reservation lands for Indians, 34.
-
- Rigdon (Mormon preacher), 111, 112.
-
- Rio, Captain Antonio del, 300, 308, 309.
-
- Robles, Captain, 249, 252.
-
- Robles, Padre Juan C., 243–249.
-
- Rodriguez, Padre, 201.
-
- Rogers, Commodore, 13.
-
- Romero, Señor Matias, 257.
-
- Roubaud, Father, 135.
-
- Ruins, of Uxmal, 339–358, 389, 394, 395.
- _see also_ Palenque, &c.
-
-
- Sacrificial customs at Uxmal, 343–346.
-
- Sacrificial rites of the Aztecs, 224–226.
-
- Sacrifices of the Indians to Volcanoes and Lakes, 208.
- _see also_ Human.
-
- Sacrificios, island of, 332.
-
- Sacs tribe of Indians, 109, 174.
-
- St. Andres, 250.
-
- St. Clair, Governor, 100.
-
- St. Louis, 108.
-
- St. Martin, village of, 241.
-
- St. Paul, city of, 113–115
-
- Salorzano, Don Remigio, 263–265, 267.
-
- Salt Lake City, 112, 146.
-
- San Caralampio, festival of, 255.
-
- San Carlos, 261.
-
- San Domingo de Palenque. _see_ Palenque.
-
- San José de Guatemala, 180.
-
- San Pedro, 284–288:
- Indians, 285–288:
- River, 289.
-
- Santa Cruz del Quiché, 216, 230.
-
- Santorin, island of, 198.
-
- San Tomas, 209, 211, 215.
-
- Sault Ste. Marie, Jesuit Mission at, 48.
-
- Scherzer, Dr., 176, 180, 183, 185.
-
- Scioto River, 76, 77.
-
- Seal rocks, the, 177.
-
- Senecas tribe, 34, 151, 152, 155, 157.
-
- Sequechul, Indian named, 227.
-
- Serpent totems, xiv, 350, 351.
-
- Serpent worship, 398, 399:
- by the Dakotas, 170.
-
- Seward, Mr., 257–258.
-
- Shakers, the, 8, 9.
-
- Shawnee tribe, 94, 153:
- burial mounds of, 78.
-
- Shell heaps at Concord, 21.
-
- Shell mounds in Florida, 14, 375, 377:
- in Maine, 28–33.
-
- Shoshone Indians, 146–148, 174.
-
- Sierra Madre mountains, 238, 246, 247.
-
- Sierras between San Pedro & Palenque, 282–284, 290–294.
-
- Sinigiglia, 253.
-
- Sioux Indians, 131:
- methods of burial with, 63:
- an encampment of, 114–116:
- worship of spirit rocks, 117–119, 169:
- the Ogallalas tribe of, 122, 123:
- Red Cloud, chief of the, 123:
- and sun worship, 162, 163:
- medicine man, 164, 165:
- mourning customs, 165–166:
- and lightning, 166:
- and transmigration, 167–168:
- human sacrifice of, 172, 173.
-
- Sioux War, the, 120–122.
-
- Sisal, port of, 372, 373.
-
- Sissiton tribe of Sioux, 172, 173.
-
- Skulls of Indians, 19, 20.
-
- Smith, Mr. James, 134.
-
- Smith, Joseph, founder of Mormonism, 111, 112.
-
- Snowstorm, a violent, 128, 129.
-
- Socoleo, fortress of, 235–237.
-
- Solares, General, 191.
-
- Sololá, 209.
-
- Southern States of America, 5.
-
- Spain and Utatlan, 226–231:
- and employment of natives as carriers in Mexico, 275.
-
- Spaniards kept in cages by Aztecs, 397.
-
- Spirit rocks, Sioux worship of, 117–119, 169.
-
- Squier, Mr. E. G., 19, 64, 159, 221.
-
- Stansfield, Captain, 142.
-
- Steam bath, an Indian, 279.
-
- Stephens, Mr., 2, 294, 298, 307, 309, 341.
-
- Stone at Dighton, 33.
-
- Stone hammers, 44.
-
- _Stonewall_, S.S., 104, 105.
-
- Succession of forest trees, 139, 140.
-
- Sumner, Mr., 26.
-
- Sun worship, by the Pawnees, 133:
- by all the Indian tribes in Mississippi valley, 161–164, 261–262.
-
- Sun worshippers, the Natchez tribe, 381.
-
- Superstition, the Pawnees and, 134:
- the Dakotas and, 170:
- Yucatan Indians and, 366–369.
-
-
- Tacara, volcano, 246.
-
- Tallegewi, the, 94, 385.
-
- Tampa, 374, 377, 379.
-
- “Temblor,” a, 246.
-
- Téotihuacan, pyramids of, 395.
-
- Temples at Izamal, 393:
- at Uxmal, 339–358, 394, 395.
-
- Temple of the Cross, at Palenque, 304–306.
-
- Tepan Guatemala, 202, 206.
-
- Terran, Padre Juan Batista de, 233.
-
- Thomas, Professor Cyrus, 68, 69, 382–384.
-
- Thornton, Mr., 5.
-
- Ticknor, Mr., 13, 14, 22, 25.
-
- Tihoo, 392, 393.
-
- Tlacupa, King of, 325.
-
- Todos Santos, 238–241.
-
- Toltecs, 391, 395, 398, 400–404, 422,
- _see also_ Aztecs, Tallegwi.
-
- Totems of Indians, 84–86:
- of the Toltecs, 398, 399.
-
- Trade-winds in the Atlantic, 419, 420:
- in the Pacific, 421–422.
-
- Traditions, Indian, _re_ Ohio earthworks, 94–103.
-
- Trappists, the, at Cahokia, 106.
-
- Trees, marking forest, as a guide, 42, 43:
- Professor Locke and age of, 92, 93:
- absence of, on the Iowa plains, 137–138:
- succession of forest, 139, 140.
-
- Troops in the American Civil War, 9–11.
-
- Tumbalá, 278–282.
-
- Tuscaroras tribe, 34, 151, 155.
-
- Tzendales, Indians, 270, 271, 276, 281, 405.
-
- Tzibalché, 335, 336, 363.
-
-
- Usamacinta River, 318–323, 326.
-
- Utatlan, ruins of, 217–220, 312, 401:
- conquest of, 226–9.
-
- Utes, the, or Digger Indians, 147, 148.
-
- Uxmal, 336–338:
- ruins of, 339–358, 389:
- antiquity of temple at, 394, 395.
-
-
- Vadillo, Señor, 320.
-
- Valdivia, 397.
-
- Vestal the (frigate), 374, 421.
-
- Viatoro, Padre, 202, 204.
-
- Vogdes, General, 10, 11.
-
- Volcanoes in the American Continent, 180, 181, 247,
- _see also_ Agua, Atitlan, Fuego, Pacaya, Tacara.
-
- Votan, chief, 412, 413.
-
-
- Washington, 5.
-
- Webster, Daniel, 22.
-
- Well, an Indian, 370.
-
- Welsh speaking Indians, 95, 96.
-
- West Point, Military Academy at, 7, 8.
-
- Whittlesea, Mr., 98.
-
- Williams, Judge, 174:
- and Indian education, 109–112.
-
- Williams (the Dauphin), 52, 53.
-
- Wilson, Professor Daniel, 60, 62, 159.
-
- Winnebagoes, the, 119–123.
-
- Winona, an Indian maiden, 113.
-
- Woolner, Mr., 357.
-
- Wyman, Professor Jeffries, 14, 19–21, 26, 28.
-
- Wynne, Dr., 192.
-
-
- Yajalon, 270, 273, 277.
-
- Yaxcabá, curate of, 366–369.
-
- Young, Brigham, 112, 146.
-
- Yucatan, pyramidal altars at, 330–334:
- Indians in, 336.
-
- Yucatan, Bishop Landa’s work on, 343–346:
- worship of idols in, 346–347:
- religious ceremonies in, 362–365:
- superstition of Indians, 366–368:
- ruins in, 394:
- education in, 407–408:
- discovery of, 415.
-
- Yule, Colonel, 140.
-
-
- Zambos Indians, 181.
-
- Zurita, Alonzo de, 227.
-
-
- • • • • •
- Farmer & Sons, Printers, 295, Edgware Road, W.
-
-
-
-+----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| |
-| FOOTNOTES: |
-| |
-| [1] Many of those who were interested in Arctic research and the |
-| then unknown fate of Sir John Franklin, will remember the meetings |
-| at Lady Franklin’s house at Kensington Gore, and how greatly Mr. |
-| Grinnell’s exertions and enterprise were appreciated. |
-| |
-| [2] Mr. Laurence Oliphant, whom I had known in other parts of the |
-| world, was then living with his community upon the Southern shores |
-| of Lake Erie. |
-| |
-| The last time that I saw him was at a Levée, held in St. James’s |
-| extreme Palace, in the year 1880, under circumstances which were |
-| in contrast with his daily life of labour at Brocton. I understood |
-| that he had come over to England to arrange some business matters |
-| connected with the affairs of his society. |
-| |
-| America is the home of many groups of people endeavouring to carry |
-| out their various schemes of communistic life. I visited several |
-| of their settlements and found that their methods of management |
-| were very different. The prosperity and the harmony of the men and |
-| women, evidently depended upon their faith in their own strange |
-| forms of religion. It was also observable that, in all cases, the |
-| leaders were men of dogmatic character. |
-| |
-| [3] The question respecting the proportion of foreigners in the |
-| armies of the North came under consideration. |
-| |
-| It had been supposed that a large number of the troops consisted |
-| of men of foreign nationalities, but an investigation that had |
-| been made into the subject has proved that the alien strength of |
-| the army had been the subject of much exaggeration. |
-| |
-| Upon the examination of the numbers it will be seen, however, |
-| that the composition of the forces deserves attention. Their |
-| classification was as follows:— |
-| |
-| British Americans (volunteers from |
-| British possessions in N. America) 53,500 |
-| English 45,000 |
-| Irish 144,000 |
-| German 176,800 |
-| Men of unknown nationality 74,900 |
-| Negroes (about) 140,000 |
-| National Americans 1,523,000 |
-| |
-| National Americans include all emigrants who in consequence of |
-| having been five years in the States are entitled to become |
-| citizens. |
-| |
-| [4] Mr. Ticknor preceded Mr. Longfellow at Harvard University as |
-| Professor of Modern Languages. As an author he is well known by |
-| his History of Spanish Literature, and the biography of his friend |
-| Mr. Prescott, the historian. |
-| |
-| [5] Then Professor of Anatomy in Harvard College, and Curator of |
-| the Peabody Museum of Archæology and Ethnology. |
-| |
-| [6] Laura Bridgman was born in 1829 so, at the time that I saw her, |
-| she was forty years old. |
-| |
-| [7] In one of the many brilliant speeches made by this orator, the |
-| following graceful allusion to the mother-country may be mentioned |
-| here. “Great Britain,” he said, “had dotted over the whole surface |
-| of the globe with her possessions and military posts, whose |
-| morning drum-beat, following the sun and keeping company with the |
-| hours, circles the earth daily with one continuous and unbroken |
-| strain of martial music.” |
-| |
-| [8] The geographical conditions of the Atlantic seaboard are so |
-| favourable for the development of naval power, that it is evident |
-| that the United States have every possible natural advantage |
-| placed at their disposal to enable them to become a great maritime |
-| nation. |
-| |
-| There is, however, a difficulty for them to surmount. Serviceable |
-| American-born men do not readily volunteer to join their ships |
-| of war, and, consequently, the crews are largely composed of |
-| foreigners, chiefly of English and German origin. The reasons |
-| for this disinclination on the part of the Americans to accept |
-| sea service seem to be caused by the fact that the prospects |
-| for success in life in other directions are sufficiently good |
-| to prevent them from seeking an employment in which they would |
-| be subject to discipline and have to sacrifice their habits of |
-| independence. It will probably be found expedient, ultimately, to |
-| adopt a system of entry and training for seamen similar to that |
-| which has been found to succeed in England. The systems followed |
-| on the European continent, and which are based upon conscription, |
-| could find no place amongst a people with whom all service must be |
-| essentially voluntary. |
-| |
-| If the difficulties with regard to men can be overcome, the naval |
-| strength of the United States may be as great as Congress may |
-| deem desirable, for, with respect to the capacities of harbours |
-| and dockyards and the means available for the construction and |
-| armaments of ships, there is practically no limit to the power of |
-| fitting out and maintaining large fleets. |
-| |
-| [9] In the summer of 1870 I went to the village of Dighton to look |
-| at the inscribed stone in the river near that place. |
-| |
-| Upon my arrival there it was high water and the rock was covered. |
-| The next day, when the tide was low, I hired a boat, pulled down |
-| the stream and stopped by its side, which was then fully exposed, |
-| and examined it with care. It was a boulder formed of hard close |
-| grained granite. |
-| |
-| As the inscription was originally supposed by Danish and other |
-| antiquarians to have had some relation with the history of the |
-| arrival of the Northmen upon that coast, I traced the figures and |
-| rude characters with particular attention. |
-| |
-| I have seen rolls of birch bark scratched in the same manner by |
-| Chippewas, for the purpose of giving information of the movements |
-| of their hunting parties, and I think that the figures on the |
-| Dighton stone were meant to represent similar events. As, however, |
-| the inscriptions are deeply cut, and as it must have taken some |
-| considerable time to execute them, it may be granted that the |
-| Indians wished to leave, near the mouth of the river, a permanent |
-| record which would be intelligible to others. |
-| |
-| At many parts of this seaboard the New England tribes, as at |
-| Damariscotta visited the tidal waters to obtain food. |
-| |
-| [10] When afterwards passing through the forests near Palenque, |
-| in Central America, I observed that whenever the Indians found |
-| it necessary to quit the track, they immediately broke off small |
-| branches from the trees, and placed them on the ground over which |
-| they had trodden. As an additional precaution, they also made |
-| marks on the trunks with their hatchets. It was thus easy for |
-| them to get back to the place from which they had started. It is |
-| however evident, that this plan is only useful in those cases |
-| where the path is intentionally left. When the path is |
-| accidentally missed, it is of the greatest importance not to lose |
-| touch with the spot where you happen to be when your error is |
-| discovered. This position will necessarily be within a short |
-| distance by a straight line from the place from which you |
-| wandered. It has been ascertained that it is the tendency of men |
-| who have lost their way to unconsciously move in a circle, and |
-| thus much time may be wasted in trusting to personal judgment. It |
-| is a good plan to make a series of short tentative marches in |
-| different directions, in straight lines from your starting point, |
-| which should be considered as a central position to which you can |
-| always return if necessary. Such straight lines of direction can |
-| be made by marking trees, and keeping them as much as possible in |
-| line with each other. In dense forests a watch is not serviceable, |
-| as the sun does not penetrate them, and its bearing cannot be |
-| seen. A compass is useful to a certain extent, but the constant |
-| deviations that have to be made to avoid obstacles, tend to make |
-| the line of progress a succession of broken curves, and it becomes |
-| unsafe to rely upon the accuracy of the direction. Explorers have |
-| found it desirable to send men occasionally to the tops of the |
-| tallest trees to observe the nature of the country that is being |
-| traversed. When Cortes made his celebrated expedition from Mexico |
-| to Honduras, he maintained a straight march by the use of a ship’s |
-| compass, but in that case there was no difficulty, for the |
-| direction was followed by cutting down the trees that were in the |
-| line of the advance. |
-| |
-| [11] See “Report on the Geology and Topography of a portion of the |
-| Lake Superior Land District,” by I. W. Foster and I. D. Whitney. |
-| Washington, 1850. |
-| |
-| [12] The Jesuit Mission that was placed at Sault Ste. Marie, at |
-| the entrance of Lake Superior was, during the seventeenth and |
-| eighteenth centuries, one of the most important and influential |
-| of the missionary establishments in North America. Many of the |
-| Fathers who were attached to it had received a good mathematical |
-| education and were capable of making accurate geographical |
-| surveys. An excellent plan of Lake Superior and its islands was |
-| made by them in 1670, and the coast lines and bays were traced |
-| over a distance exceeding fifteen hundred miles. Amongst the |
-| distinguished men who worked at the mission were the Fathers |
-| Jogues, Allouez, Mesnard (who lost his way and perished in the |
-| forest when travelling across the Kee-wai-wona promontory), |
-| Dablon, and the well-known and devoted missionary, Jacques |
-| Marquette. |
-| |
-| [13] At Marietta, there still exists an ancient Indian mound or |
-| tumulus, about thirty feet high. It is situated near the |
-| south-east limits of the inclosures. When I saw it, it was under |
-| the care of the local authorities. |
-| |
-| [14] Morton’s Crania Americana, pp. 221. |
-| |
-| [15] It is known that a communication between the south-western |
-| extremity of Lake Superior and the Mississippi Valley, existed |
-| from an early time. When I was at Toronto, Professor Daniel |
-| Wilson, to whom I was indebted for much information upon subjects |
-| relating to American archæology, told me that it had been |
-| ascertained that the copper found in these mounds, was of the same |
-| character as that in the Lake Superior Mines: so that the question |
-| of its origin was practically settled. It thus seems probable that |
-| some of the small lumps of pure copper found in the forests and on |
-| the shores of the lake, near the Kee-wai-wona promontory, were |
-| brought into Ohio. |
-| |
-| A mound that was opened near Lake Ontario, and whose contents I |
-| examined, was stated to have been twelve feet high. Within it were |
-| about twenty skeletons, some coarse pottery, a number of arrow |
-| heads made of a hard flinty stone and several flat rectangular |
-| stones, pierced with one or two holes, which had been used as |
-| breast ornaments, possibly denoting a certain rank. There were |
-| also stone gouges, some stone axes and many fragments of charred |
-| wood. This was probably an Iroquois grave. |
-| |
-| [16] In the valley of the Mississippi, especially in the northern |
-| part which had been occupied by the Dakotas, I afterwards saw many |
-| burial mounds, which, with the exception of the unusually great |
-| mounds near Miamisburgh and Wheeling, resembled in all respects |
-| those in Ohio. The methods of burial with the Sioux were evidently |
-| similar to those of the Mound Builders, with respect to the custom |
-| of conveying skeletons from considerable distances for the purpose |
-| of placing them together in one burying heap. |
-| |
-| In several of the ancient burial mounds in Ohio, thin flat plates |
-| or slabs of mica are placed with the skeletons. This shining and |
-| silvery looking mineral appears to have been greatly valued by |
-| Indians. When I was on the coast of California, I happened to |
-| be present when a shell bank was cut open and a section of it |
-| examined. There was found, piled within it, a confused heap of |
-| skulls and shells, together with a larger quantity of rough pieces |
-| of mica. It is remarkable that the use of mica as an ornament |
-| should have been prevalent over such a wide geographical area |
-| amongst tribes dwelling so far apart. |
-| |
-| [17] I have seen a re-survey of the Newark inclosures made on |
-| behalf of the Smithsonian Institution, under the direction of |
-| Professor Cyrus Thomas. The results of this survey are very |
-| useful. The measurements have evidently been taken with much care. |
-| With respect to the Octagon, Professor Thomas observes that, “The |
-| angles at the crossings of the diagonals and diameters at the |
-| centre O, are so nearly right angles as to be worthy of notice in |
-| this connection. For instance, the angles at the crossings of the |
-| diagonals BF and DH, differ but 10´ from true right angles, while |
-| those at the crossing of the diameters AE and CG differ but 2´.” |
-| |
-| As regards the Square he states, that, “This inclosure varies but |
-| slightly from a true square, the course of the opposite sides in |
-| one case differing but 31´, and the other but 6´. The greatest |
-| variation at the corners from a true right angle is 57´.” |
-| |
-| The large Circle D is said to have a difference of diameters of |
-| twenty-six feet, these being respectively 1189 feet and 1163 feet. |
-| |
-| The Observatory Circle, which is the inclosure connected with the |
-| Octagon, was found to have been made with remarkable correctness. |
-| “The widest divergence between the line of the survey and the |
-| circumference of the true circle is four feet. It is therefore |
-| evident that the inclosure approaches in form very nearly an |
-| absolute circle.” |
-| |
-| Professor Thomas also states with reference to the Observatory |
-| Circle, that the radius is almost an exact multiple of the |
-| surveyor’s chain. |
-| |
-| The geometrical accuracy of the lines of embankments and of the |
-| inclosed areas in earthworks of such great dimensions, covering |
-| such large spaces of ground, is not the least strange fact |
-| concerning these works. |
-| |
-| [18] Archæologia Americana, Vol. I. The plan of the Marietta |
-| Inclosures is a reduction of a part of the survey made in 1837 |
-| by Mr. Charles Whittlesea, and published by the Smithsonian |
-| Institution in 1848. |
-| |
-| [19] Fort Du Quesne was built about the year 1752. It was |
-| situated near the spot where is now the town of Pittsburgh. In |
-| 1731 the Indians who then occupied the lands near Marietta formed |
-| an alliance with the French, and obtained their assistance in |
-| protecting them from the attacks of hostile tribes. These were |
-| probably the Iroquois, who at that period had made a treaty with |
-| the English, and were their allies during the wars against the |
-| French in Canada and this part of North America. |
-| |
-| [20] Archæologia Americana, Vol. I. |
-| |
-| [21] See Plan. |
-| |
-| [22] Upon an examination of the map it will be seen that the |
-| Serpent is placed in the territory west of the Scioto, and that |
-| the Alligator is east of that river. |
-| |
-| The mouth of the serpent is described as being opened wide. This |
-| peculiarity is observable with the serpent carved upon the walls |
-| of the Casa de las Monjas at Uxmal. |
-| |
-| [23] The valley below the Alligator is in the possession of a race |
-| of Welsh colonists who emigrated from Wales about the year 1802. |
-| At that time they did not speak English, and for many years |
-| refrained from learning that language. |
-| |
-| The church services are held in their town of Granville. |
-| |
-| These colonists were prosperous and contented. The majority of |
-| them bore the names of Griffith, Price, Lewis, and others which |
-| are usual in the seaboard counties of Wales. |
-| |
-| The adjacent high lands are called the Welsh hills. |
-| |
-| [24] “Ancient Monuments of the Mississippi Valley,” pp. 19. |
-| |
-| [25] Second Annual Report of the Geological Survey of the State of |
-| Ohio, 1838, pp. 269. |
-| |
-| [26] The earthworks thrown up between Gallipoli and the Gulf of |
-| Saros during the Crimean war in 1854–1855 had the appearance of |
-| considerable antiquity when I saw them nearly a quarter of a |
-| century afterwards in 1878. |
-| |
-| [27] According to Hakluyt, Madoc “prepared certaine ships with |
-| men and munition, and sought adventures by seas; sailing West and |
-| leaving the coast of Ireland so farre North, that he came vnto a |
-| land vnknowen, where he saw many strange things. |
-| |
-| Of the voyage and returne of this Madoc there be many fables |
-| fained, as the common people do vse in distance of place and |
-| length of time, rather to augment than to diminish: but sure it is |
-| there he was.... This Madoc arriving in that Westerne countrey, |
-| vnto the which he came in the yere 1170, left most of his people |
-| there, and returning backe for more of his owne nation, |
-| acquaintance and friends to inhabit that faire and large countrey, |
-| went thither again with ten sailes, as I find noted by Gutyn Owen. |
-| |
-| I am of opinion that the land whereunto he came was some part of |
-| the West Indies.” |
-| |
-| Hakluyt’s Voyages, vol. iii, p. 21. |
-| |
-| [28] When examining the inclosures near Newark, I had with me |
-| the plan of the survey of Mr. Atwater, published in 1820 in the |
-| 1st Volume of the Archæologia Americana. The plan pp. 66 is, in |
-| its proportions, a reduction that I made of the survey of Mr. |
-| Whittlesea, but the inclosures are drawn according to the plan of |
-| Mr. Atwater. |
-| |
-| The survey of Mr. Whittlesea is given at pp. 67 “Ancient Monuments |
-| of the Mississippi Valley.” Some of the smaller earthworks and |
-| parallels no longer exist, having been probably removed by the |
-| plough. |
-| |
-| With respect to the subject of Archæology in North America, I have |
-| to thank Dr. Baird, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, |
-| for having placed in my hands the valuable and impartial work |
-| written by Mr. Haven. |
-| |
-| [29] See the Journal of Mr. Thaddeus Harris, pp. 54, published in |
-| Boston in 1805. |
-| |
-| [30] Florida was discovered in 1512 by Ponce de Leon, the aged |
-| governor of Porto Rico, who was then seeking for the Fountain of |
-| Youth, which, according to the statements of the historian of the |
-| voyage, was believed to have the power to rejuvenate old men, and |
-| restore to them the vigour of early manhood. |
-| |
-| An expedition undertaken a few years later, in 1528, by Pamphilo |
-| de Narvaez had a disastrous termination. Many Spaniards were left |
-| behind, the majority of whom were probably tortured and killed. |
-| Others, in accordance with Indian customs, may have been chosen by |
-| squaws to be their husbands, and would have consequently taken |
-| part in the conduct of tribal affairs. |
-| |
-| It is not unlikely that some of these Spanish adventurers, would |
-| have taken advantage of any opportunity that may have occurred, to |
-| proceed into the interior of the new continent. Due consideration |
-| should also be given to the fact that the French may have assisted |
-| the Indians in the construction of their forts on the plains, at |
-| any period between the dates of their first partial occupation of |
-| Canada in 1541, and the final abandonment of their positions in |
-| the valley of the Ohio in 1758. |
-| |
-| Amongst the various opinions that have been held with respect to |
-| the Mound Builders, there is one which attributes their origin to |
-| the northern part of Mexico. |
-| |
-| Mr. Lewis Morgan, whose works upon the subject of the Indian races |
-| have placed him in the position of being a high authority upon all |
-| matters relating to them, wrote to me a letter upon the question |
-| of their migrations, in which he observed as follows:—“Any opinion |
-| as to who were the mound builders must be speculative. It is quite |
-| probable that they were village Indians from New Mexico, and |
-| having found the climate too severe for their type of village |
-| life, retired gradually from the country.” Although it has to be |
-| admitted that all theories as to the Mound Builders must be |
-| necessarily indeterminate, yet nothing has been found amongst the |
-| ornaments or weapons that were placed in their burial mounds, |
-| which supports the hypothesis that they were different in race or |
-| intelligence from the tribes that surrounded them. |
-| |
-| [31] The school teacher, Miss Maud Osborn, requested me to accept |
-| this spear head in memory of my visit. |
-| |
-| [32] The Missouri joins the Mississippi after having pursued a |
-| devious course from the Rocky Mountains, for a distance estimated |
-| to be nearly three thousand miles, of which the greater part is |
-| navigable at that season of the year when its waters are at their |
-| highest level. |
-| |
-| [33] Nauvoo was once brought into prominent notice in connection |
-| with the Mormons, as it was here that they built their first great |
-| temple. |
-| |
-| Judge Williams had personally known Joseph Smith, the founder of |
-| Mormonism, and Rigdon his chief colleague. Joseph Smith, he said, |
-| was an illiterate man, but, was remarkable for a kind of |
-| shrewdness combined with great insight into character. |
-| |
-| Rigdon, who had been formerly a Baptist preacher, was well |
-| educated, and was generally employed in obtaining converts and |
-| explaining to them the meaning of Smith’s visions and the |
-| doctrines of the new religion. |
-| |
-| He described Brigham Young, with whom he was also acquainted, as |
-| being a person of determined character, with a domineering manner. |
-| |
-| When I was at Salt Lake City, in the following December, I had a |
-| long interview with that able and astute leader of men. |
-| |
-| Within twenty years from the time when he conducted the flight |
-| of the Mormons across the deserts from Nauvoo to Utah, he had |
-| succeeded in establishing a highly satisfactory condition of |
-| good order and prosperity throughout the territories under his |
-| government; and controlled, with unquestioned authority, a |
-| community consisting of one hundred and forty thousand people. |
-| |
-| [34] As I looked at the cliff and the reflection of its shadow in |
-| the calm smooth waters of the lake, I recalled to mind a similar |
-| scene viewed from the deck of H.M.S. Racer when passing at sunset |
-| the promontory of Cape Leucate, in Santa Maura, the classical site |
-| of Sappho’s leap. There is a special interest attached to the |
-| fate of Winona, for it proves that Indian girls of Dakota birth |
-| are capable of higher degrees of sentiment with regard to their |
-| marriage, than those believed to exist among other tribes. She |
-| was not permitted for some tribal reason to marry the man she had |
-| chosen, and preferred death to marriage with the warrior to whom |
-| she was assigned by the command of her parents. |
-| |
-| [35] The accompanying illustration is drawn from a pencil sketch |
-| made by the author near this spot. |
-| |
-| [36] “I was greatly surprised,” states Captain Carver, “at |
-| beholding an instance of such elevated devotion in so young an |
-| Indian, and instead of ridiculing the ceremonies attending it, as |
-| I observed my Catholic servant tacitly did, I looked on the prince |
-| with a greater degree of respect for these sincere proofs he gave |
-| of his piety; and I doubt not, but that his offerings and prayers, |
-| were as acceptable to the universal Parent of mankind, as if they |
-| had been made with greater pomp, or in a consecrated place.” |
-| _Travels in North America_, pp. 62. |
-| |
-| [37] Archæologia Americana, Vol. II, pp. 128. |
-| |
-| [38] In Chapter xvii it will be seen that the Aztecs or Toltecs in |
-| Yucatan, also, in certain cases, killed the victim by a flight of |
-| arrows. |
-| |
-| [39] One of the best authenticated instances of this custom of |
-| torturing prisoners was witnessed by a Mr. James Smith who, during |
-| the time that he was a captive amongst the Delawares, was present |
-| when the English prisoners taken after General Braddock’s defeat |
-| were brought into camp by the Indians. |
-| |
-| He states that, upon that occasion, about a dozen of the prisoners |
-| were stripped and tied to stakes, tortured with fire-brands and |
-| burnt to death. |
-| |
-| The ferocity of the Indians towards their captives after battle |
-| was well known to the British and French commanders, and was one |
-| of the difficulties that attended their employment as allies. |
-| There is a subject indirectly connected with these Indian customs |
-| in war which may here be considered. It is that of cannibalism. |
-| |
-| Investigations into this question lead to the conclusion that |
-| there is no evidence to show that any of the North American tribes |
-| were in the habit of following this revolting custom except under |
-| rare circumstances during the prosecution of a serious war. |
-| |
-| I only know of two instances, seen and recorded, of Indians |
-| devouring human flesh. In both cases it is evident that the acts |
-| were committed in accordance with the usages of hostile tribes |
-| when engaged in war. |
-| |
-| The first case is mentioned in a report made to his superiors, by |
-| the French missionary, Father Roubaud, who accompanied the Indian |
-| allies of the French troops during the operations against the |
-| British forces in 1757. |
-| |
-| An English captive, who was believed to have been an officer, was |
-| cooked and eaten by the Ottawas under circumstances singularly |
-| repulsive. The Father Roubaud, who was present and witnessed part |
-| of the proceedings, was horrified by what he saw, and finding that |
-| he could do nothing to check the tribe in their savage feast was |
-| forced to withdraw to his tent. |
-| |
-| The other instance occurred after the capture of the garrison of |
-| Michel Mackinac by the Chippewas. Mr. Alexander Henry, the same |
-| person who, at another time, undertook the mining operations on |
-| the shores of Lake Superior which are mentioned in a preceding |
-| chapter, was a captive. He states that one of the white prisoners |
-| was killed and divided into five parts which were cooked in five |
-| kettles and then eaten at a special feast. |
-| |
-| Mr. Henry was of opinion, from what he observed, that this food |
-| was taken with repugnance. An Indian told him that what he saw was |
-| done to inspire the warriors with courage. |
-| |
-| [40] When I was at the village of San Domingo del Palenque in |
-| Central America, Dr. Coller, a resident there, told me he had |
-| carried out, during several years, a series of investigations to |
-| ascertain the reasons for the existence of large green savannahs |
-| in the heart of the adjacent forests. He had formed the conclusion |
-| that those open spaces were caused by the exceptional character of |
-| the ground which, he said, differed from that upon which the trees |
-| grew. The similar openings amongst the forests in Ceylon called |
-| patenas, are, I believe, also supposed to be the effect of the |
-| nature or poverty of the land. |
-| |
-| It is noticeable that the forests usually skirt or surround |
-| savannahs in sharp well-defined outlines like an enclosing |
-| barrier, in the same manner as the meadows, formed by the |
-| consequences of the action of beavers, occur in Michigan. |
-| |
-| [41] After my return to England I happened to discuss this subject |
-| with Colonel Yule, who had just then completed his work of editing |
-| the Travels of Marco Polo. He told me that when he was in Burmah, |
-| Lord Dalhousie, who was at that time Governor-General of India, |
-| sent him into the interior to visit the forests of Aracan. |
-| |
-| He found within them several large clearings, and observed that |
-| the new growths were of a different character from the old trees |
-| and were invariably bamboos. He also saw amongst the mountains |
-| many deciduous trees which were quite bare of leaves whilst their |
-| branches were covered with brilliantly coloured flowers. |
-| |
-| Upon another occasion Dr. Rae, who had passed much of his life in |
-| the Hudson Bay Territories and became known by his discovery of |
-| the relics of Sir John Franklin’s expedition, mentioned to me that |
-| he had frequently seen that when trees had been uprooted, |
-| raspberry bushes sprang up in their place thus showing that their |
-| seeds must have been in the ground. Dr. Joseph Norwood, Assistant |
-| Geologist, in his report of the survey of the region west of Lake |
-| Superior, undertaken in 1847, states that from facts which had |
-| come under his observation, he was led to believe that, “if after |
-| the clearing of the pine forests, the annual fires cease, a growth |
-| of oak springs up in some places and aspen in others.” (_Owen’s |
-| Geological Survey_, pp. 296). In British Columbia the ancient |
-| forest pines are often succeeded by cedars or alders. |
-| |
-| [42] The subject of the destruction of snakes is mentioned by Mr. |
-| Murray, in his “Travels in North America.” |
-| |
-| When passing through a ravine in the territories of the Pawnees |
-| he observed, “I never should have believed it possible that so |
-| many rattlesnakes could have been assembled together as I saw in |
-| that ravine. I think there must have been nearly enough to fatten |
-| a drove of Missouri hogs,” and he adds in a note. “It is well |
-| known that in the Western States where rattlesnakes are still |
-| plentiful the hogs kill and eat them; nor is their bite formidable |
-| to their swinish enemy, on whom its venomous fangs seem to produce |
-| no effect. It is owing to this well-known fact that families |
-| resident in those districts conceive that hogs-lard must be a kind |
-| of antidote to their poison, and frequently use it (I believe |
-| successfully) as a remedy.” (_Travels in North America, by Hon. |
-| Charles Augustus Murray, Vol._ ii, _pp._ 42.) |
-| |
-| An Englishman who had a large farm in West Virginia, told me that |
-| the hillsides were cleared of the snakes, which had previously |
-| infested them, by turning out pigs upon them. |
-| |
-| A similar result took place in Minnesota and upon the prairies |
-| east of the Missouri. |
-| |
-| [43] “Etudes Philologiques sur quelques Langues Sauvages de |
-| L’Amérique,” Montreal, 1866. |
-| |
-| [44] In the Encyclopædia Americana (1886), the total Indian |
-| population is said to be (exclusive of Alaska) 264,369. The |
-| Dakotas are stated to number thirty-one thousand. |
-| |
-| [45] The Council building on the reservation was called the Long |
-| House, not on account of its size or shape, but in accordance with |
-| an ancient tradition. |
-| |
-| When the separation of the Iroquois took place, it was decided by |
-| the Council that the expression Long House was to be used as a |
-| symbol, that the nations were theoretically under one roof, which |
-| extended over all the lands occupied by them. In pursuance of this |
-| theory, certain tribes were given particular duties. The Senecas |
-| had to guard the gates looking towards the sunset, and the Mohawks |
-| were to watch the approaches to the gates placed in the direction |
-| of sunrise. |
-| |
-| As far as it is possible to form conclusions, with respect to the |
-| state of the Indian tribes in the sixteenth century, it appears |
-| that the Iroquois, in consequence of their league, had attained |
-| to a comparatively advanced state of warlike capacity, and had |
-| organised methods of conducting a campaign. |
-| |
-| They also formed regular alliances, and made treaties which they |
-| faithfully executed. |
-| |
-| In their treatment of captives they were cruel and barbarous, but |
-| they possessed in the highest degree the qualities of courage and |
-| endurance. |
-| |
-| [46] I should here mention that, when I was at Boston, I was much |
-| assisted in making investigations into certain characteristics of |
-| the North American Indians by Mr. Francis Parkman, whose |
-| researches upon all subjects relating to the condition of the |
-| aboriginal tribes in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, have |
-| placed him in the first rank of the historians of that period. |
-| |
-| Mr. Parkman was personally well acquainted with the Dakotas, |
-| amongst whom he had dwelt for nearly two years. |
-| |
-| He, on several occasions arranged, in the kindest manner, that I |
-| should meet those who were interested in the native races. Upon |
-| one of these occasions I met Mr. E. G. Squier, whose original |
-| surveys of the ancient earthworks in Ohio were published by the |
-| Smithsonian Institution. |
-| |
-| The introductions given to me by Mr. Parkman to the distinguished |
-| archæologists, Mr. Lewis Morgan and Professor Daniel Wilson, were |
-| also most useful. |
-| |
-| [47] In the prison at Omaha I saw three Pawnees named Blue-Hawk, |
-| Yellow-Son and Tall-Wolf, who had endeavoured to commit suicide in |
-| order to avoid being hanged. One of them, I think it was Blue-Hawk |
-| (Sha-to-ko), had managed to conceal a long piece of hard wood, |
-| one end of which he had rubbed down to a sharp point. He was |
-| employed in pushing this through his body, between the ribs, when |
-| he was observed by the warder and prevented from completing his |
-| purpose. Another prisoner had removed a brick from the floor and |
-| was trying to fracture his skull with it. All of them had torn |
-| away portions of their skin and cut themselves in many places with |
-| small fragments of glass which they had obtained secretly. The |
-| warder told me that he had taken every precaution to stop these |
-| desperate attempts of the Indians to destroy themselves. They |
-| seemed to be able to bear these self inflicted wounds without |
-| showing signs of distress. |
-| |
-| [48] The supernatural powers attributed to the “medicine men” are |
-| not worthy of attention, except so far as they illustrate the |
-| credulity of Indians, and show the influence of certain methods of |
-| imposture upon them. Their tricks are usually of a kind which are |
-| perfectly within the capacity of an ordinary juggler. |
-| |
-| Their pretension of possessing the power of making rain is however |
-| a subject of a different nature. |
-| |
-| This particular act is chiefly remarkable because there is no form |
-| of imposture which can be so readily detected. Nevertheless the |
-| Indian tribes throughout the western parts of North America |
-| usually have “Rain-makers,” in whose powers they appear to have |
-| confidence. |
-| |
-| I met in California a young Englishman who had been living for |
-| several months with various tribes near the coast, between British |
-| Columbia and New Mexico. |
-| |
-| He told me that he had been present upon an occasion when a |
-| successful attempt at rain-making occurred. The event took place |
-| upon a promontory in the southern part of California. |
-| |
-| The tribe wanted rain, and their rain-maker declared that he could |
-| obtain what was desired. He proceeded to make upon an adjoining |
-| hill, a large bonfire which was kept well supplied with fuel and |
-| gave out dense volumes of smoke. The fire was kept burning for |
-| over twenty-four hours, and then the efforts of the rain-maker |
-| were rewarded by a good and sufficient fall of rain. Here, as |
-| elsewhere, the Indians employed fire and smoke as agents for |
-| producing rain. |
-| |
-| [49] See Chapter VI. |
-| |
-| [50] The offerings are sometimes made to appease the angry spirit |
-| dwelling in the serpent. |
-| |
-| Occasionally the Dakotas sacrifice a dog to it. |
-| |
-| [51] “Indian Tribes of North America.” Vol. IV. pp. 51. |
-| |
-| [52] The remaining daughters were alive when I was in Minnesota. |
-| One of them was married to a man of the tribe. The other was the |
-| wife of a white man, who, Faribault said, was employed as a |
-| drummer at Fort Snelling. |
-| |
-| [53] With many of the Dakota and Chippewa tribes there existed a |
-| custom of placing upon the scaffolding a wand which was painted |
-| red, blue and white. They believed that the spirit of the Indian |
-| had to cross a river over which was a long log of wood. Upon |
-| reaching the opposite bank, the spirit met the spirits of his |
-| enemies. To one of them he would show the red, to another the |
-| blue, and finally he pointed to the white and then all enmities |
-| ceased. |
-| |
-| [54] The albatrosses in the Southern ocean which, like the |
-| pelicans, are birds of great size and weight (I have measured some |
-| which exceeded twelve feet across the wings) maintain for hours an |
-| equal height above the level of the sea. |
-| |
-| In the high latitudes south of the Cape of Good Hope and the |
-| Crozet Islands there is always a strong gale blowing, and |
-| consequently by a very slight and imperceptible movement or |
-| inclination of the wings the albatrosses obtained the necessary |
-| pressure which enabled them to rise, descend, or maintain their |
-| hovering position. |
-| |
-| In the case of pelicans moving rapidly in a perfect calm, the |
-| method by which they maintain their height in the air is not so |
-| easily understood. |
-| |
-| [55] The foreign residents living in Guatemala, included Mr. |
-| Corbett, our Chargé d’affaires; M. de Cabarrus, chief of the |
-| French legation; the Duke and Duchess de Licignano, Dr. Wynne, Mr. |
-| and Mrs. Hague, Mr. and Mrs. Hockmeyer, and M. Hardy: to all of |
-| whom I was indebted for much kindness and hospitality. |
-| |
-| [56] Author of “A New Survey of the West Indies,” published in 1648. |
-| |
-| [57] “Relation of what happened by the Will of God, on Saturday, |
-| the 10th of September, 1541, two hours after sunset in the town of |
-| Santiago de Guatimala.” Ternaux-Compans. |
-| |
-| [58] Historia Verdadera de la Conquista de la Nueva España escrita |
-| por el Capitan Bernal Diaz del Castillo, uno de sus |
-| Conquistadores. |
-| |
-| [59] The substances thrown out from craters frequently differ in |
-| their character. Judging from the composition of the surface of |
-| portions of the land near the Guatemala volcanoes, especially upon |
-| the slopes of the barrancas, it is evident that large quantities |
-| of pozzolana were ejected. One of the latest eruptions that has |
-| occurred was at the Island of Santorin in the Grecian Archipelago |
-| in February, 1866. I was present when the new volcano emerged from |
-| the sea. |
-| |
-| The inhabitants of Santorin, upon seeing volumes of steam and |
-| smoke issuing from the waters of the bay, apprehended some serious |
-| peril to be imminent. They feared the possibility of their town |
-| being overwhelmed by an eruption of ashes, and made a request that |
-| a ship of war should be sent to the spot to render any assistance |
-| that might be necessary. I immediately went there in the “Racer” |
-| and remained until all fears of danger had passed away. |
-| |
-| The crater of the volcano, afterwards called Aphroessa, rose |
-| slowly from the surface of the water, and it was possible to |
-| observe the nature of the interior during the intervals between |
-| the eruptions. There was no lava or pozzolana, but only large |
-| cinders which, as they issued from the crater, were thrown into |
-| the air, and then fell upon the outer slopes, thus gradually |
-| forming an island. |
-| |
-| It was a very remarkable scene; during the day there were heavy |
-| volumes of smoke and constant rumbling sounds, as the pent up |
-| forces below the mouth of the crater were gathering strength to |
-| throw forth the mass of cinders that closed them in. At night the |
-| glare caused by the reflection of the fire of the interior upon |
-| the dense clouds immediately overhanging it was very vivid. The |
-| surface of the surrounding waters was over-spread by running |
-| tongues of brilliantly coloured flames. The island was composed of |
-| cinders and ashes, whose porous nature could never permit any |
-| lodgement of water upon them. I examined several of the craters of |
-| the extinct volcanoes on the islands adjacent to Aphroessa, and |
-| there was no instance of any small pond or collection of water |
-| existing within them. The interior of the Volcan de Agua, possibly |
-| contained a thick substratum of water-bearing pozzolana. |
-| |
-| An account of the volcanoes of Santorin was given by Sir Charles |
-| Lyell. “Principles of Geology.” Vol. ii, pp. 70. |
-| |
-| [60] “History of the Kingdom of Guatemala,” by Don Domingo Juarros, |
-| translated by J. Baily, Lieutenant R.M., pp. 384. |
-| |
-| [61] Bernal Diaz states that “Pá-pa,” was the name given by the |
-| Indians in Yucatan to their chief-priests. The Spaniards were much |
-| surprised to find upon their arrival in America, that the Indian |
-| chief-priests were called by the same name as the Pope of Rome. |
-| “Kues” were temples or altars. |
-| |
-| [62] Quetzales are birds with bright green plumage, having their |
-| tail feathers of great length, and are found chiefly in the |
-| highlands of Guatemala. |
-| |
-| [63] Palacio’s Report was published for the first time in the |
-| original Spanish by Mr. E. G. Squier, in 1860. As it is important |
-| that the author’s meaning should not be misunderstood, I have |
-| translated it literally, as far as this is possible, considering |
-| that it is written in the Spanish of the 16th century. |
-| |
-| [64] Carved and polished ornaments made of hard stone of green |
-| colour. |
-| |
-| [65] Diaz observes that Guatimozin—who, after the death of |
-| Montezuma had become the Emperor of the Mexicans—sent the hands |
-| and feet of the Spaniards that had been sacrificed, together with |
-| the heads of the horses that had been killed, to the Indian chiefs |
-| who had formed a league of alliance with Cortes, and sent them |
-| messages to the effect, that the remaining Spaniards would soon be |
-| conquered, and that consequently those chiefs should submit to the |
-| Aztec power and send ambassadors to him. In the meantime, human |
-| sacrifices took place daily in the great temple, accompanied by |
-| the dismal sound of the drum, the discordant noises of the shell |
-| trumpets, and the horrible shouts and yells of the Mexicans. |
-| During the night large fires were kept burning on the platform, |
-| and on each night several Spaniards were sacrificed. |
-| |
-| These ceremonies lasted for ten days, until all the captives had |
-| been sacrificed; and during this time the Mexicans made frequent |
-| and furious attacks upon the troops. Diaz relates, that the Indian |
-| soldiers told them that they were wretched creatures who would |
-| soon be all killed, and that their flesh was disagreeable to taste |
-| and bad to eat. “Vuestras carnes son tan malas para comer.” |
-| |
-| The last Spaniard who was sacrificed was Christobal de Guzman. |
-| |
-| [66] Bernal Diaz, Historia Verdadera, chap. clii. |
-| |
-| [67] First Report of Pedro de Alvarado to Cortes, dated Utatlan, |
-| 11th April, 1524. |
-| |
-| [68] See the 5th letter of Cortes, to the Emperor Charles V. |
-| |
-| [69] Small black beans. |
-| |
-| [70] Juarros, Baily’s Translation, p. 457. |
-| |
-| [71] In Guatemala this prayer is called La Oracion. |
-| |
-| This custom is familiar to those who have travelled upon the |
-| Italian coasts, or who have visited the western parts of Brittany |
-| near Carnac and in the Morbihan, where the faith of the peasants |
-| still remains strong. |
-| |
-| The Indians living amongst the hills frequently assemble in |
-| considerable numbers, and, kneeling on the ground, worship outside |
-| the doors of their churches; and there is a singular resemblance |
-| in the manner of their devotion to what is to be seen at the |
-| “Pardons” of the Bretons, where the peasants come from long |
-| distances, light their candles, and kneel before the church door, |
-| the line of the worshippers often extending beyond the precincts |
-| of the churchyard. |
-| |
-| [72] A name given by Spanish priests to the ancient temples and |
-| shrines of the Indians. |
-| |
-| [73] Las Casas, who was Bishop of the adjacent diocese of Chiapas |
-| in the sixteenth century, mentions that it was the custom there |
-| amongst the lower classes to give a year’s service to the |
-| parents.—“Pero la gente comun tenía de costumbre de servir in sus |
-| labores un año al padre de la que por mujer queria, de la manera |
-| que Jacob sirvio à Laban por sus hijas Rachel y Lya.” This was |
-| also the custom in Yucatan. |
-| |
-| [74] Long capes made of sackcloth. |
-| |
-| [75] When I passed through Mexico, the execution of the Emperor |
-| Maximilian and the unhappy fate of the Empress Carlotta, were |
-| subjects of discussion. It has often been a matter of surprise, |
-| that Juarez should have thought it necessary that the sentence of |
-| the court-martial should be carried out. The French troops, upon |
-| whom the stability of the empire depended, had been withdrawn, |
-| and the success of the National party was assured. An act of |
-| forbearance upon this occasion would have met with approval, and |
-| have been acknowledged as a wise exercise of superior authority. |
-| It was however otherwise determined, and the Emperor was shot |
-| outside the walls of Querétaro. |
-| |
-| In the American official book upon Mexican affairs, there is a |
-| memorandum of the conversation between Mr. Seward, the Foreign |
-| Secretary, and Señor Matias Romero, the Mexican Minister, at |
-| Washington. Mr. Seward stated, that England, France and Austria, |
-| had desired the United States to use their good offices for |
-| Maximilian, and further observed, that “Mr. Seward does not fear |
-| any contingency possible in virtue whereof any European power may |
-| attempt to invade or interfere in future in Mexico, or in any |
-| other Republican nation on this continent. For this reason he does |
-| not think that Mexico need fear any attempt at reprisals on the |
-| part of any European powers, as a consequence of any extreme |
-| decision which the Mexican Government may take; but at the same |
-| time, Mr. Seward also believes that a feeling universally |
-| favourable, conciliatory and friendly towards the Republic of |
-| Mexico and the other American Republics, would probably be the |
-| result of the act of clemency and magnanimity, which the United |
-| States have thought proper to recommend.” |
-| |
-| Clemency is not a quality that naturally exists in the mind of a |
-| North or Central American Indian. |
-| |
-| [76] It recalled to my memory an old Spanish picture belonging to |
-| Dr. Pusey, which always held the principal place upon the walls of |
-| his library in Christ Church, Oxford. |
-| |
-| [77] The method of building their huts varies amongst different |
-| tribes, but the general principles are much the same. I have |
-| passed many hours of the day and night within them, and noticed |
-| their practical convenience in tropical climates; and although, |
-| according to civilised ideas of comfort, there is much that is |
-| wanting, yet for the purposes of the simple and solitary lives of |
-| these shy and inoffensive Indians, it would be difficult to |
-| contrive any shelter more suitable for their requirements. |
-| |
-| [78] I had previously observed when travelling in the Cyrenaica in |
-| the regions around Cyrene, that the Bedouins could perform a long |
-| day’s hard work and subsist upon a few handfuls of grains of wheat |
-| moistened with water. |
-| |
-| [79] Dr. Coller was surprised to see me. It was supposed that I was |
-| the first Englishman who had come to Palenque from the coasts of |
-| the Pacific, Mr. Stephens, my predecessor being an American. I am |
-| however under the impression that his companion, Mr. Catherwood, |
-| was an Englishman. |
-| |
-| [80] Dr. Coller’s hut at San Domingo del Palenque was not a Castle |
-| of Lirias, but probably the lines quoted by Gil Blas were often in |
-| his mind. Indeed there are many others who, if they saw that |
-| hamlet as I saw it in the month of March, would concur with him in |
-| saying: |
-| |
-| “Inveni portum. Spes et Fortuna valete. |
-| Sat me lusistis: ludite nunc alios.” |
-| |
-| [81] In the final chapters, xix-xx, will be found the conclusions |
-| that I have formed with regard to the temple and tablet of the |
-| cross. |
-| |
-| [82] See frontispiece. |
-| |
-| [83] The areas occupied by the temples differed considerably in |
-| their extent. The largest of them which I measured was that of the |
-| Temple of the Cross. |
-| |
-| Its interior dimensions were forty-three feet seven inches long |
-| by twenty-five feet four inches deep; the outer walls were three |
-| feet thick. Therefore the ground space covered by the building was |
-| nearly fifty feet in frontage and a little more than thirty-one |
-| feet in depth. Its exterior height was about twenty feet. The |
-| measurements of the temple on the adjoining pyramid were less. |
-| |
-| [84] A clear and instructive memoir by Professor Charles Rau, upon |
-| the subject of the interpretation of the Palenque hieroglyphs, is |
-| to be found in one of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, |
-| published in 1879. |
-| |
-| Investigations have also been made in England, France and Germany. |
-| I believe it has been ascertained that a dot means one, a bar |
-| five, a bar with two dots seven, and two bars represent ten. It |
-| has also been discovered that the hieroglyphs are to be read from |
-| left to right, and from the top downwards. If this is correct it |
-| is a discovery of considerable importance. Upon an examination of |
-| the illustration in the frontispiece of the Palenque altar tablet |
-| it will be observed, from the position of the leading groups of |
-| figures on the left slab, that the heads are probably intended to |
-| represent the chiefs of the Toltec tribe. |
-| |
-| The numerous explorations that have latterly taken place |
-| throughout Mexico, Guatemala and Yucatan have practically |
-| determined the positions and extent of all the ancient Indian |
-| ruins that still exist in those lands. Therefore it is not |
-| expected that any more discoveries of importance will be made. It |
-| is however possible that one or more small temples or structures |
-| may be found hidden among the forests in the line of direction |
-| between Ocosingo and Flores. |
-| |
-| In the United States much attention is being given to the study of |
-| the Mexican and Maya manuscripts. |
-| |
-| It is to be hoped that methods of interpretation will be |
-| established upon a sound basis, and that the characters written |
-| upon the codices, and the hieroglyphs graven upon the idols and |
-| stone tablets will be ultimately deciphered. |
-| |
-| [85] Some years after my return to England I had a long |
-| conversation upon the subject of alligators with Mr. Bates, who |
-| was then our Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society, and |
-| whose knowledge upon all matters concerning the habits of animals |
-| in tropical lands was very extensive. In his book “The Naturalist |
-| on the Amazons,” he mentions a case that happened at a place |
-| called Carcara. |
-| |
-| An Indian, one of the crew belonging to a trading canoe, whilst in |
-| a half-drunken state went down to bathe in the lake and stumbled. |
-| A pair of gaping jaws seized him round the waist and dragged him |
-| under water; after a short lapse of time the brute came up to |
-| breathe and was seen with one leg of the man sticking out from his |
-| jaws. |
-| |
-| Other instances of this kind have been mentioned by naturalists, |
-| but I do not remember any cases of men being seized when actually |
-| swimming in the water. Possibly my Indians may have known from |
-| hearsay or experience the truth of what they stated. |
-| |
-| It has been said that alligators, owing to the formation of their |
-| throats, cannot swallow their prey in the water, but are obliged |
-| to go to the banks for that purpose. |
-| |
-| It was not, however, upon the subject of the danger to men from |
-| approaching these reptiles that the conversation chiefly turned. |
-| |
-| We discussed the question of their food supply. Mr. Bates said |
-| that they lived upon fish. I observed, with reference to that part |
-| of the river where I had seen them congregated in such amazing |
-| numbers, that it was impossible that the supply of food from fish |
-| alone could be sufficient, and also that in consequence of the |
-| filthy state of the water no fish could live in it. |
-| |
-| Mr. Bates after some consideration said that their food must be |
-| fish, but he added, that it was probable that they could live in |
-| an almost torpid condition for long periods. |
-| |
-| Mr. Bates felt assured that fish formed the food of alligators. It |
-| was not possible to feel quite satisfied with this solution of the |
-| problem, especially under circumstances where alligators abound in |
-| stagnant lagoons in which fish must necessarily be scarce. |
-| |
-| In the unfrequented parts of the estuaries of rivers flowing into |
-| the Caribbean sea, it can be understood that at certain seasons of |
-| the year the supply of fish may be great, and we have the |
-| authority of that careful observer Mr. Bartram, for the statement |
-| that upon those occasions the numbers of alligators crowding the |
-| rivers in Florida were astonishing. |
-| |
-| In 1853 the “Vestal” happened to be cruising off Cuba, and I was |
-| sent in charge of the boats to look for fresh water in Guantanomo |
-| harbour, at a spot which was reputed to have been a favourite |
-| haunt of pirates in the seventeenth century. |
-| |
-| After some search we discovered a small stream, but the entrance |
-| was defended by such crowds of alligators that we had great |
-| difficulty in passing through them. If, as was possible, they were |
-| waiting for the arrival of fish from the upper waters, it may be |
-| inferred that a comparatively small supply of food suffices for |
-| their sustenance. |
-| |
-| [86] “Cartas de Hernan Cortes,” collected by Don Pascual de |
-| Gayangos, p. 407. |
-| |
-| [87] “Almaizal, a sort of veil or head attire used by the Moorish |
-| women, made of thin silk, striped of several colours, and shagged |
-| at the ends, which hangs down on the back.” Baretti’s Dictionary, |
-| 1807. |
-| |
-| [88] See “Landa’s Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan,” edited and |
-| translated by L’Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg. |
-| |
-| [89] See chapter vii. |
-| |
-| [90] Landa “Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan.” p. 164. |
-| |
-| [91] See chapter xi. |
-| |
-| [92] The facing stones placed upon the walls of the ruins of Mitla, |
-| in the Mexican province of Oaxaca, are fitted, or bedded, into the |
-| mortar and rubble in the same manner as at Uxmal. |
-| |
-| At one of the evening conversaziones given by the Royal Society at |
-| Burlington House, in the spring of 1892, I happened to discuss the |
-| subject of Palenque and Uxmal with Mr. Woolner, the sculptor. Some |
-| experiments had previously been carried out in France which had |
-| proved that with stone chisels it was possible to carve granite, |
-| limestones, and hard sandstones. |
-| |
-| The investigations did not, however, make it clear how it could |
-| have happened that the Indian sculptors were able to work with |
-| such facility that they covered their buildings with deeply |
-| chiselled ornamentation. Mr. Woolner said that he thought it |
-| probable that the Indians may have been acquainted with some |
-| strong acids, and that they may have used these to soften the |
-| stone and make it more workable. |
-| |
-| We were looking at some photographs exhibited by Mr. Maudslay, |
-| who had lately returned from Palenque, and the question of the |
-| method of carving the outlines of the figures on the stone slabs |
-| of the courts came under consideration. Mr. Woolner thought that |
-| the subject was very difficult, but that it was possible that the |
-| figures had been previously traced and then worked with acid as he |
-| had already suggested. |
-| |
-| [93] When I heard of this Indian practice my thoughts went far away |
-| from the forests of Palenque. Memories of the Eton playing fields |
-| were recalled and an old Eton Latin grammar, and the familiar |
-| line, “Pallida mors æquo pulsat pede pauperum tabernas regumque |
-| turres.” With Indians, as with others, the fatal footstep cannot |
-| be turned aside. |
-| |
-| [94] For a description of this ceremony see Landa, chap. xxvi. |
-| “Manner of baptism in Yucatan. How it was celebrated.” |
-| |
-| [95] See “Historia de la Guerra de Castas de Yucatan,” p. 77. |
-| Merida, 1866. |
-| |
-| [96] As the little Aguinaga was timidly seeking for an anchorage, I |
-| remembered a far different scene in which I had taken part in |
-| 1853, seventeen years earlier. |
-| |
-| The Vestal, a twenty-six gun frigate in which I was then serving, |
-| had captured three slavers off the north coast of Cuba. One of |
-| them was a fast sailing vessel called the Venus. She had become |
-| notorious for her success in evading our cruisers and landing |
-| large cargoes of slaves. |
-| |
-| When we arrived off the mouth of the port of Havannah we formed |
-| our fleet of prizes into line and passed between the castles in |
-| triumph: our movements being watched by thousands of the Spanish |
-| inhabitants as we took up our anchorage in the centre of the |
-| harbour. |
-| |
-| [97] “Work in Mound Exploration of the Bureau of Ethnology,” by |
-| Cyrus Thomas, Washington, 1887. |
-| |
-| [98] “The Mounds of the Mississippi Valley, Historically |
-| Considered,” by Lucien Carr, Assistant Curator of the Peabody |
-| Museum of American Archæology and Ethnology, Cambridge, Mass. |
-| |
-| [99] See Note, chapter iv., p. 69. |
-| |
-| [100] In the sixteenth century, the Cherokees occupied the lands in |
-| that part of America where the States of North Carolina, Alabama |
-| and Georgia border upon the State of Tennessee. |
-| |
-| [101] See chapter v., p. 94. |
-| |
-| [102] Merida now occupies the site of Tihoo. The stones, with which |
-| were built the pyramids and temples, were used in the construction |
-| of the new city. |
-| |
-| [103] Relation des choses de Yucatan, p. 351. |
-| |
-| [104] According to Humboldt, the Toltecs arrived in Anáhuac |
-| (Mexico) A.D. 648, and reached Tula in 670. The pyramids of |
-| Téotihuacan, a few leagues north of the modern city of Mexico, |
-| were built by them. They afterwards raised the great pyramid of |
-| Cholula, and on its platform built a temple for the worship of |
-| Quetzalcoatl. From Cholula, colonies of the Toltecs went to |
-| Tabasco and Yucatan. |
-| |
-| The Aztecs arrived in Mexico in 1190, and found there the pyramids |
-| which they believed to hive been the work of their predecessors |
-| the Toltecs, who had obtained a knowledge of hieroglyphics and |
-| of methods of computing time by calendars. The Aztecs founded |
-| Tenochtitlan (the city of Mexico) in 1325. |
-| |
-| [105] The custom of confining captives or slaves in wooden cages |
-| for the purpose of being prepared for sacrifice, was supposed to |
-| have been established by the Aztecs about a century after they had |
-| settled in Mexico. |
-| |
-| There is reason to believe that in consequence of their being |
-| surrounded by enemies and engaged in constant wars, they |
-| considered it necessary to propitiate the war god in the most |
-| terrific manner. Thus when the great Teocalli, erected for the |
-| worship of Huitzil-pochli, was completed, many thousands of |
-| victims were sacrificed as propitiatory offerings. When colonies |
-| of the Aztec race were advancing in the direction of Tabasco and |
-| Yucatan, similar sacrificial ceremonies were performed. |
-| |
-| Bernal Diaz saw, in one of the Indian towns that had been captured |
-| by the Spaniards, three large cages full of prisoners who were |
-| waiting to be sacrificed. They were fastened by collars to prevent |
-| their escape. They were taken out of the cages and sent back to |
-| their own tribes. He elsewhere observes that the Indians devoured |
-| human flesh after the victims had been sacrificed, in the same way |
-| as the Spaniards devoured oxen. It is evident that great numbers |
-| of the aboriginal natives must have been kept in slavery and, in |
-| time of war, were killed and eaten by the Aztecs. |
-| |
-| [106] Bernal Diaz, chapter xxix, and Landa, p. 12. |
-| |
-| [107] It was noticed soon after the Spanish conquest that the |
-| Indians died rapidly from causes of a mental character. They died |
-| because they did not wish to live. The conditions of slavery they |
-| were forced to endure had such an effect upon them that they |
-| gradually lost their strength. After submitting for a time to |
-| the hardships imposed upon them they appeared to become resigned |
-| to their fate. Life was a burden. They lost heart and died from |
-| misery. This was particularly the case in Cuba and Hispaniola. |
-| |
-| [108] The Indians in Yucatan, had a chief priest who had a general |
-| control over all matters relating to the priesthood. He nominated |
-| the priests to the villages, examined them in their sciences and |
-| ceremonies, provided them with books and sent them to attend in |
-| the service of the temples. |
-| |
-| According to Landa “they taught the sons of other priests and the |
-| younger sons of the chiefs that were brought to them for this |
-| purpose when they were children, if it was observed that they were |
-| inclined towards this office. The sciences which they taught were |
-| the computations of the years, months, and days, the festivals and |
-| ceremonies, the administration of their sacraments, the days and |
-| times that were fatal, the manner of divinations and prophecies |
-| and coming events, the remedies for sickness and things concerning |
-| antiquities, and to read and write with their books, and |
-| characters with which they wrote and with figures which explained |
-| the writings.” |
-| |
-| In Yucatan, as in Mexico, the calendar was carefully constructed. |
-| The year consisted of three hundred and sixty-five days and six |
-| hours. Landa observes that the months were of two kinds. One was |
-| lunar and was regulated by the movements of the moon. The other |
-| method of computation was formed by dividing the year into |
-| eighteen divisions or months, each consisting of twenty days and |
-| there were five days and six hours over. Of these six hours one |
-| day was made every four years. For these three hundred and |
-| sixty-six days they had twenty letters or characters by which they |
-| were named. (Relacion de las cosas de Yucatan, pp. 42; 202). |
-| |
-| Las Casas observes in his Apologética Historia, chapter cxxi, that |
-| “the year of the Mexican people consisted of three hundred and |
-| sixty-five days divided into eighteen months and five days. Each |
-| month was twenty days, and the week was thirteen days of which |
-| they had constituted a calendar, and for each day of the week, of |
-| the month and of the year they had its idol with its own name, and |
-| these names were of men, or of women which they held or had held |
-| as gods; and thus all the days were filled up with these idols |
-| and names and figures in the same manner as our breviaries and |
-| calendars have for each day its saint.” |
-| |
-| The illustration of the calendar stone is from a photograph |
-| taken from the original stone in the city of Mexico. This great |
-| astronomical record was discovered in the year 1790, buried |
-| several feet below the surface, in the spot where stood the chief |
-| pyramid and temple of the Aztecs. It is made from a large mass of |
-| basalt, and the circular part has a circumference of more than |
-| thirty-eight feet. It is probably one of the earliest and one of |
-| the most elaborate of the sculptured works of the Toltecs. It will |
-| be observed that the points have a singular resemblance to those |
-| of the mariner’s compass. The head placed in the centre has been |
-| supposed to represent the Mexican god of the sun. It is possible |
-| that it may have been intended to represent Quetzalcoatl, the |
-| traditional teacher and originator of the Mexican knowledge of |
-| astronomy. |
-| |
-| [109] The fact of men wearing beards would be considered |
-| extraordinary by the American Indians. Landa states that |
-| “Cucul-can raised several temples, established regulations for the |
-| maintenance of good order, and then left Yucatan and proceeded |
-| towards Mexico.” |
-| |
-| [110] Apologética Historia, chapter cxxiii. |
-| |
-| [111] With respect to the ancient Indian structures it is expedient |
-| to give a brief consideration to those that were raised at Copan |
-| and Quirigua. The earliest account of the sculptures existing at |
-| Copan was given by Palacio in 1576. In his Report to the King of |
-| Spain he mentions that within the ruins was a stone cross three |
-| palms high, and beyond it “There was a statue more than four yards |
-| high, sculptured like a bishop in his pontifical robes with his |
-| mitre well worked and with rings in his hands.” |
-| |
-| After describing other large statues and the ruins overlooking the |
-| river, Palacio observes, “I enquired with all possible attention |
-| for any traditions from the ancient people as to what people lived |
-| here, and if anything was known of their ancestors, and whether |
-| there were any books concerning these antiquities ... They say |
-| that anciently there came there a great chief of the province of |
-| Yucatan who made these edifices, and after several years he went |
-| back to his country, and left them solitary and unpeopled.... It |
-| also appears that the style of the said edifices is like what was |
-| found in other places by the Spaniards who first discovered |
-| Yucatan and Tabasco, where figures of bishops were seen and armed |
-| men and crosses, and since such things have not been found in |
-| other regions it can be believed that those that made them were |
-| probably of one nation.” (Report of the Licentiate Dr. Don Diego |
-| Garcia de Palacio to the King of Spain, 1576.) |
-| |
-| It is recorded by Juarros that in the year 1700, Fuentes, who |
-| wrote the Chronicles of Guatemala, stated with respect to Copan, |
-| that the figures, “both male and female were of very excellent |
-| sculpture, which then retained the colours they had been enamelled |
-| with; and what was not less remarkable, the whole of them were |
-| habited in the Castilian costume.” The same author relates that at |
-| “a short distance, there was a portal constructed of stone, on the |
-| columns of which were the figures of men likewise represented in |
-| Spanish habits, with hose, ruff round the neck, sword, cap, and |
-| short cloak”.... |
-| |
-| “All the circumstances,” observes Juarros, “lead to a belief that |
-| there must have been some intercourse between the inhabitants of |
-| the old and new world at very remote periods.” |
-| |
-| The information given traditionally by the Indians living at |
-| Copan, is singularly in accordance with the traditions of the |
-| priests and caciques in Mexico and Yucatan with respect to the |
-| arrival of a stranger who commanded temples and pyramids to be |
-| built and then went away and never returned. |
-| |
-| It is remarkable that, in the first interview between Montezuma |
-| and Cortes, a singular tradition was mentioned by that Emperor. |
-| Cortes in his second letter (Segunda carta-relacion) dated 30th |
-| October, 1520, relates that Montezuma spoke to him as follows:—“We |
-| know from our writings that we received from our ancestors, that I |
-| and all those who live in this land are not the natives of it. We |
-| are strangers and came into it from very distant regions. We also |
-| know that our nation was led here by a chief whose vassals all |
-| were. He afterwards went back to his native country. Afterwards he |
-| returned and found that those he had left had married the native |
-| women (mujeres naturales) and had many children, and had built |
-| villages where they lived, and when he wished them to proceed with |
-| him they did not want to go, or even receive him as their chief |
-| and therefore he went away.” |
-| |
-| [112] The author of the Popol Vuh, does not mention the tradition |
-| about Votan. |
-| |
-| [113] Las Casas in commenting upon the subject of the Cozumel |
-| cross, mentions that it was ten palms high. In the course of |
-| the extensive explorations carried out by M. Desiré Charnay, in |
-| 1880–82, a similar stone was discovered at Téotihuacan. It is |
-| considered to be the emblem of Tlaloc, the god of rain. |
-| |
-| [114] Professor Rau in his memoir upon the Palenque tablet, states |
-| that it is his belief that the Maya language, or a kindred |
-| dialect, was spoken by the builders of Palenque. |
-| |
-| With regard to this subject it has to be observed that when the |
-| Toltec tribes, or the tribe that built the temples, settled at |
-| Palenque they had possibly forgotten their own original language, |
-| which may have been a Pawnee or Dakota dialect. |
-| |
-| It would naturally happen after their wives had been taken from |
-| among the aboriginal race, that the children would speak the |
-| dialects of their mothers. It has been mentioned by an early |
-| Spanish writer that the Aztecs, when they settled in Mexico, |
-| endeavoured to establish their own language, but without success. |
-| |
-| [115] Vol. iv., p. 333. |
-| |
-| [116] According to Gibbon, the Goths under the command of King |
-| Roderick, were defeated by the Saracens on the plains of Xeres in |
-| the neighbourhood of Cadiz, upon July 19–26, A.D. 711. This great |
-| battle decided the fate of Spain. It was supposed that Roderick |
-| was drowned in the river but it was not known with certainty what |
-| became of him as his body was never found. |
-| |
-| Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, chap. li. |
-| |
-| The subject of the flight of the bishops, was afterwards brought |
-| into notice by a report of the discovery of the island where they |
-| had settled. This fabulous report was believed, in the fifteenth |
-| century, to be true. An historian states that:— |
-| |
-| “In this yeare also, 1447, it happened that there came a Portugal |
-| ship through the Streight of Gibraltar; and being taken with a |
-| great tempest, was forced to runne westward more than willingly |
-| the men would, and at last they fell vpon an island which had |
-| seuen cities, and the people spake the Portugall toong, and they |
-| demanded if the Moores did yet trouble Spaine, whence they had |
-| fled for the loss which they had received by the death of the King |
-| of Spain, Don Roderigo. |
-| |
-| The boatswaine of the ship brought home a little of the sand, and |
-| sold it unto a goldsmith of Lisbon, out of the which he had a good |
-| quantitie of gold. |
-| |
-| Don Pedro, understanding this, being then gouernor of the realme, |
-| caused all the things thus brought home, and made knowne, to be |
-| recorded in the house of Justice.” |
-| |
-| The Discoveries of the World, by Antonio Galvano. |
-| |
-| [117] Antilia appears as a large island in the Atlantic in the rare |
-| maps of Andreas Bianco (1436) and Bartolomeo Pareto (1454). On |
-| Martin Behaim’s globe (1492) it is placed about eighteen hundred |
-| miles west of the Canaries. In the earliest maps published after |
-| the return of Columbus to Spain, Antilia is placed near the newly |
-| discovered islands of the West Indies. |
-| |
-| The legend upon the accompanying map may be rendered as follows:— |
-| |
-| “The island of Antilia was, at some period, discovered by the |
-| Lusitanians, but the exact time is not known. There have been |
-| found there in it families who speak Spanish as it was spoken in |
-| the days of Roderick, who was the last King of Spain in the time |
-| of the Goths, and they are supposed to have fled to this island |
-| from the face of the Barbarians who had then invaded Spain. They |
-| have here one Archbishop with six other Bishops, each of whom has |
-| his own proper city, hence it is called by many the island of the |
-| seven cities. The population are strict Christians and abound in |
-| all this world’s wealth.” |
-| |
-| [118] In the first voyage of Columbus the vessels left the Canaries |
-| on the 6th of September and arrived off Guanahani on the night |
-| of the 11th of October, having been thirty days at sea. They had |
-| traversed a distance, according to the Admiral’s journal, of 1,092 |
-| leagues or 3,276 miles. On the second voyage from the Canaries to |
-| Dominica they left on the 3rd of October and arrived on the 3rd of |
-| November. Upon the last voyage, Columbus left Ferro (one of the |
-| Canary islands) on the 26th of May and reached St. Lucia in the |
-| West Indies on the 15th of June. This was a quick passage and only |
-| occupied twenty days. |
-| |
-| In the Vestal, a sailing frigate of 26 guns, we left the island |
-| of Gran Canaria in the year 1852, on the morning of the 27th of |
-| September, and passed between Antigua and Guadeloupe at noon on |
-| the 16th of October after a voyage of nineteen days, having sailed |
-| over a distance of 2,800 miles. During the whole of this time we |
-| were running before the wind with our studding sails set, steering |
-| West. A favourable N.E. wind prevails from Florida to Yucatan and |
-| the Mexican coast. With respect to Columbus’s first voyage it |
-| should be observed that his landfall at Guanahani was four or five |
-| days’ sail further west than the islands of Dominica and St. |
-| Lucia. |
-| |
-+----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-
-Transcriber’s Notes:
- - Text enclosed by underscores is in italics (_italics_).
- - Redundant title page has been removed.
- - Blank pages have been removed.
- - Silently corrected typographical errors.
- - Spelling and hyphenation variations made consistent.
- - Page 416: Nicuaragua corrected to Nicaragua.
- - Anchor added for footnote 111.
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Travels Amongst American Indians, by Lindesay Brine
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS AMONGST AMERICAN INDIANS ***
-
-***** This file should be named 60170-0.txt or 60170-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/1/7/60170/
-
-Produced by MFR, Robert Tonsing, and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
-produced from images generously made available by The
-Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/60170-0.zip b/old/60170-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9059540..0000000
--- a/old/60170-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h.zip b/old/60170-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 971e702..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/60170-h.htm b/old/60170-h/60170-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 45f2a2f..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/60170-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14597 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
-
-<head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- Travels Amongst American Indians, Their Ancient Earthworks and Temples, by Vice-Admiral Lindesay Brine&mdash;A Project Gutenberg eBook
- </title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
- body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
- }
-
- h1, h2, h3 {
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
- }
-
- h1 {
- margin-top: 10%;
- margin-bottom: 5%;
- font-weight: normal;
- page-break-before: always;
- }
-
- h2 {
- margin-top: 7%;
- margin-bottom: 3%;
- font-weight: normal;
- page-break-before: avoid;
- }
-
- h2.no-break
- {
- page-break-before: avoid;
- padding-top: 0;
- }
-
- h3 {
- font-size: medium;
- font-weight: normal;
- margin-top: 5%;
- }
-
- /* === h2 Subheading === */
- .subhead {
- line-height: 1.2em;
- font-size: small;
- margin-top: 5%;
- display: inline-block;
- text-align: justify;
- }
-
- p {
- margin-top: .5em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .5em;
- text-indent: 1em;
- }
-
- p.hang {
- text-indent: -0.6em;;
- padding-left: 0.6em;
- }
-
- /* === Continuation after illo or poetry === */
- p.noindent {
- text-indent: 0;
- margin-left: 0%;
- }
-
- /* === look like h2 === */
- .ph2 {
- margin-top: 1%;
- font-size: x-large;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
- text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0;
- line-height: 1.5em;
- }
-
- /* === Required for epub breaks === */
- div.chapter {
- clear: both;
- margin-top: 10%;
- margin-bottom: 4%;
- page-break-before: always;
- }
-
- hr { width: 35%; margin: 1% 32.5%; clear: both; }
- hr.tb { width: 45%; margin: 3% 27.5%; }
- hr.short { width: 10%; margin: 3% 45%; }
- hr.page { width: 65%; margin: 5% 17.5%; }
- hr.full { width: 95%; margin: 5% 2.5% 0 2.5%; }
-
- /* === Fonts === */
- .xsmall {font-size: x-small;}
- .small {font-size: small;}
- .large {font-size: large;}
- .xlarge {font-size: x-large;}
- .xxxlarge { font-size: 140%; }
- .smcap { font-variant: small-caps; }
- .gothic { font-family: 'Old English Text MT', 'Old English', serif; }
-
- /* === Alignment === */
- .mt5 { margin-top: 5%; }
- .mt10 { margin-top: 10%; }
- .mb5 { margin-bottom: 5%; }
- .lh1 { line-height: 1em; }
- .lh2 { line-height: 2em; }
- .lh3 { line-height: 2.2em; }
- .clear { clear: both; }
- .center { text-align: center; }
- .right { text-align: right; margin-right: 2%; }
-
- /* === Page #s === */
- .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- right: 1%;
- font-size: x-small;
- background-color: inherit;
- color: silver;
- text-indent: 0;
- text-align: right;
- position: absolute;
- border: thin solid silver;
- padding: .1em .2em;
- font-style: normal;
- font-variant: normal;
- font-weight: normal;
- text-decoration: none;
- }
-
- /* === Lists === */
- ul {
- list-style-type: none;
- text-align: left;
- padding-left: 1.1em;
- text-indent: -1.1em;
- }
-
- ol {
- list-style-type: none;
- padding-left: 2.3em;
- text-indent: -1em;
- text-align: justify;
- }
- ol li:before {
- content: "(" counter(list, decimal) ").—";
- }
- ol li { counter-increment: list; }
-
- /* === Tables === */
- table {
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- min-width: 75%;
- }
-
- .tdl {
- text-align: justify;
- padding-left: 1.6em;
- text-indent: -1.6em;
- }
-
- .tdc {
- font-size: 130%;
- text-align: center;
- padding-top: 5%;
- height: 1.6em;
- }
-
- .tdc0 {
- font-size: 130%;
- padding-top: 1%;
- text-align: center;
- height: 1.6em;
- }
-
- .tdr {
- padding-left: 1em;
- vertical-align: bottom;
- }
-
- .tdr div { text-align: right; }
-
- /* === Footnotes === */
- .footheader {
- font-size: 150%;
- text-align: center;
- font-weight: bold;
- margin-top: 2%;
- margin-bottom: 2%;
- }
- .footnotes {
- margin-top: 10%;
- border: dashed 1px;
- }
- .footnote {
- margin-left: 6.5%;
- margin-right: 4%;
- font-size: 0.9em;
- }
- .footnote .label {
- position: absolute;
- right: 85%;
- text-align: right;
- }
- .fnanchor {
- vertical-align: super;
- font-size: .8em;
- text-decoration: none;
- }
-
- /* === Poetry === */
- .center-container {
- text-align:center;
- margin: 1% auto;
- }
-
- .poetry {
- display: inline-block;
- text-align: left;
- font-size: 90%;
- padding-left: 4.5em;
- }
-
- .stanza { margin: 3% auto 0% auto; }
- .stanza div.i0 { text-indent: -4.5em; }
-
- /* === Images === */
- .figcenter {
- margin: 4% auto 3% auto;
- text-align: center;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- }
-
- .caption {
- margin-top: 1%;
- font-size: small;
- font-weight: bold;
- }
-
- img {
- max-width: 100%;
- height: auto;
- }
-
- .attribr {
- float: right;
- font-size: xx-small;
- font-style: italic;
- line-height: 0;
- margin-bottom: 2%;
- }
-
- .w700 { width: 700px; }
-
- /* === Transcriber's notes === */
- .transnote {
- background-color: #E6E6FA;
- color: black;
- font-size: smaller;
- padding: 0.5em;
- margin-bottom: 5em;
- font-family: sans-serif, serif;
- }
-
- /* === Display format overrides === */
- @media screen, print
- {
- }
-
- @media handheld
- {
- body { margin: 0; }
-
- .poetry {
- display: block;
- margin-left: 2.5em;
- }
-
- /* Hide chapter dividers */
- hr.page { display: none; }
-
- h2 { page-break-before: avoid; }
-
- .attribr {
- float: right;
- font-size: xx-small;
- font-style: italic;
- line-height: 0;
- margin-bottom: 2%;
- }
-
- .w700 { width: 700px; }
- }
-
- </style>
-</head>
-
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-Project Gutenberg's Travels Amongst American Indians, by Lindesay Brine
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll
-have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
-this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: Travels Amongst American Indians
- Their Ancient Earthworks and Temples
-
-Author: Lindesay Brine
-
-Release Date: August 25, 2019 [EBook #60170]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS AMONGST AMERICAN INDIANS ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by MFR, Robert Tonsing, and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
-produced from images generously made available by The
-Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/cover.jpg" width="500" height="800" alt="" />
- </div>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_frontis"><img src="images/i_frontis.jpg" width="700" height="392" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption">ALTAR-PIECE, TEMPLE OF THE CROSS, PALENQUE.</div>
- </div>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_iii">iii</span></p>
-
- <h1><span class="xlarge lh3">TRAVELS AMONGST</span><br />
- <span class="xxxlarge lh3">AMERICAN INDIANS</span><br />
- <span class="large">THEIR ANCIENT EARTHWORKS<br />
- AND TEMPLES;</span>
- </h1>
-
- <div class="center">
- <div class="lh2">
- <span class="xsmall">INCLUDING A JOURNEY IN</span><br />
- GUATEMALA, MEXICO AND YUCATAN,<br />
- <span class="xsmall">AND A VISIT TO</span><br />
- THE RUINS OF PATINAMIT, UTATLAN, PALENQUE<br />
- AND UXMAL.
- </div>
-
- <div class="mt5 mb5 lh2">
- <span class="xsmall">BY</span><br />
- <span class="large smcap">Vice-Admiral LINDESAY BRINE,</span><br />
- <span class="xsmall">(<i>Member of Council of the Royal Geographical and Hakluyt Societies.</i>)<br />
- <i>Author of “The Taeping Rebellion in China; a Narrative of its Rise
- and Progress.”</i></span>
- </div>
-
- <hr class="short" />
-
- <div class="mt5 lh1">
- <span class="small">LONDON</span><br />
- SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON &amp; COMPANY,<br />
- <span class="small"><i>LIMITED</i>,</span><br />
- <span class="small gothic">St. Dunstan’s House,</span><br />
- <span class="small">FETTER LANE, FLEET STREET, E.C.<br />
- 1894.</span>
- </div>
- </div>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_iv">iv</span></p>
- <div class="center xsmall smcap">london:<br />
- Farmer &amp; Sons, Printers, 295, Edgware Road, W.;<br />
- and at kensington.
- </div>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="PREFACE">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_v">v</span>
- <h2>PREFACE.</h2>
- </div>
- <hr class="short" />
-
- <p><span class="smcap">The</span> attention of archæologists and students of the ancient Mexican
- hieroglyphs has latterly been directed to the mysterious subject of the
- origin of the astronomical and architectural knowledge that existed
- in Mexico, Guatemala, and Yucatan before the discovery of America.
- In the United States researches have also been made for the purpose
- of establishing, upon a scientific basis, conclusions respecting the
- tribes who made the extraordinary ramparts and geometrically planned
- inclosures in Ohio.</p>
-
- <p>It is a remarkable fact that although, since the period when Mexico was
- conquered by Cortes, an almost uninterrupted series of investigations
- have taken place into the peculiar conditions of civilization of the
- Mexican and Central American Indians, nothing satisfactory has yet been
- ascertained which explains the manner in which that civilization could
- have arisen amongst those exceptionally instructed races.</p>
-
- <p>Las Casas who, in the sixteenth century, lived for many years amongst
- the Indians in his diocese of Chiapas and Yucatan and saw several of
- the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_vi">vi</span> temples in that region,
- declared that the land contained a secret.
- That secret may possibly be discovered if the hieroglyphs and symbolic
- characters of the Toltecs and Aztecs can be interpreted. But until
- trustworthy methods of decipherment are determined, all conclusions, in
- default of other evidence, must necessarily be conjectural.</p>
-
- <p>It was with the vague expectation that I should observe, either amongst
- the earthworks in the North or in the constructions at Palenque and
- Uxmal, analogies with the works of other races in Asia or Polynesia,
- that the travels described in this volume were undertaken. After my
- arrival in England a brief paper upon the subject of those travels,
- so far as they related to Guatemala and Mexico, was read before the
- British Association in Edinburgh and was afterwards published in 1872
- under the title of “The Ruined Cities of Central America.”</p>
-
- <p>More than twenty years then elapsed before the approaching termination
- of my naval career gave me sufficient leisure to examine my journals
- with that exclusive attention which the complicated and perplexing
- nature of the subject required. This interval of time has enabled
- me to obtain a more vivid perception of the relative proportions
- of the problem, and to bring together in a more defined focus the
- impressions and observations which had been written during the journey.
- The theories then adopted have been modified or strengthened by the
- knowledge <span class="pagenum" id="Page_vii">vii</span>that has been subsequently acquired in other quarters of the
- world.</p>
-
- <p>It will be observed, upon an examination of the illustrations of the
- ruins of Uxmal, that the Indians in Yucatan must have possessed great
- architectural capacities. Pyramids, Temples, Monasteries and other
- religious structures were built under most difficult circumstances, in
- a manner which commands admiration.</p>
-
- <p>But it is not only the later civilization of the Mexican Indians that
- has to be taken into consideration in any attempts that may be made
- to solve the difficult and complex problem of this Indian advance
- towards higher conditions of life. Underlying the whole question
- are the native proclivities based upon the strange and significant
- practices of earlier forms of Pagan superstitions and sacrifices. Some
- of the profoundly interesting characteristics of these developments of
- the aboriginal Indian belief in supernatural influences have formed
- the subject of that chapter which relates to the ancient religious
- observances of the North American Indians.</p>
-
- <div class="mt5"><span class="smcap">Athenæum Club</span>, <i>May</i> 15, 1894.</div>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CONTENTS">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_viii">viii</span>
- <h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
- </div>
- <hr class="short" />
-
- <table summary="Contents">
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc0"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class="tdr xsmall"><div>PAGE.</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- New York.—Mr. Grinnell.—Search for Sir John Franklin.—Southern States.—The
- Negroes and their prospects.—Naval Academy at Annapolis.—Military Academy
- at West Point.—Shakers.—Boston.—Professor Agassiz.—Prairies and Glacial
- Action.—Coral Reefs in Florida.—Mr. Ticknor.—Shell Mounds in Florida.—Schools.—Dr.
- Howe’s Institution for the Blind.—Laura Bridgman
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>1</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Professor Wyman.—Indian Antiquities.—Concord.—Mr. Ralph Waldo Emerson.—Margaret
- Fuller.—Note upon a visit to Mr. Longfellow.—Saturday Club.—Dinner at Harvard
- University.—Shell Mounds at Concord and Damariscotta.—Note upon the Ancient
- Inscription upon the Dighton Rock
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>19</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Indian Reservations.—Lake Superior.—Beavers and their works.—The
- Forest.—Houghton.—Ancient Indian mining pits and trenches.—An Indian battle
- ground.—The Glacial Drift.—Note regarding the Dauphin
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>34</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_ix">ix</span>
- <a href="#CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- <span class="smcap">Ancient Indian Mounds and Earthworks in Ohio</span>.—Earthworks
- of the Mound Builders and their geographical position.—Miamisburgh Mound.—Grave
- Creek Mound.—Ages and contents of burial mounds.—Rectangular, circular and octagonal
- Inclosures near Newark.—Marietta Earthworks.—Discoveries made in a burial
- mound.—Fortifications near Portsmouth.—Encampments in the valley of the Scioto
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>55</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- <span class="smcap">Mounds and Earthworks in Ohio</span>.—Ancient Fortified Inclosures
- at Circleville.—Discoveries in a Burial Mound.—Alligator Totem near Newark.—Fort
- Ancient.—Age of Trees growing upon the Ramparts at Fort Hill.—Traditions.—Geometrical
- Ground Plans of Indian Inclosures.—Conclusions
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>79</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- The burning of the Steamer Stonewall.—Indian Mounds and Earthworks at Cahokia.—Confluence
- of the Mississippi and Missouri.—Sacs and Foxes.—Education of Indians.—Nauvoo.—Winona.—Sioux
- Encampment.—Ancient Mounds near St. Paul’s.—The Sioux War in Minnesota.—Note upon the
- Ogallalas
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>104</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Prairies in Minnesota and Iowa.—Boulders.—Glacial Drift.—Wild Rice.—Snow Storm.—Nebraska.—The
- Pawnees.—Human Sacrifices.—Note on Indian Customs in War and Cannibalism.—Prairie
- Fires.—Prairie-Dog Villages.—Rattlesnakes.—Variations in the succession of growths of
- Trees.—Causes of absence of Trees upon Prairies.—Shoshone Indians on the Western
- Deserts.—Note upon Ute Indians and Fuegians
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>124</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_x">x</span>
- <a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- North American Indians.—Diversity of Languages.—The Iroquois.—Dialects.—Descent of
- Iroquois chiefs through the female line.—Pagan Indians.—Belief in a Great
- Spirit.—Ceremonies.—Dakotas.—Superstitions.—Dreams.—Fasts.—Sun worship.—Medicine
- men.—Customs of mourning by widows.—Supernatural
- influences.—Lightning.—Transmigration.—Worship of Spirit rocks.—Serpent
- worship.—Human sacrifices.—Burial customs.—Method of curing sickness by steam.—Note
- upon analogies between the customs of the Indians, Maoris, and the natives of the
- Sandwich Islands
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>149</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- The Golden City.—Coast of California—Cape San Lucas.—Manzanillo.—Alligators and
- Sharks.—Acapulco.—San José de Guatemala.—Escuintla.—City of Guatemala.—Indian
- pilgrims from Esquipulas.—Ancient mounds on the plains of Mixco.—Insurrection
- of Indians.—Decapitation of their leader.—Preparations for the journey across
- the Continent to Palenque and Yucatan
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>176</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Mixco.—La Antigua Guatemala.—Volcanoes of Fire and Water.—Comolapa.—Ancient
- Indian Ruins of Patinamit.—Kachiquel Indians.—A Dominican Priest.—Barrancas.—Las
- Godinas.—Panajachel.—Human Sacrifices to the Lakes and Volcanoes.—Lake
- Atitlan.—Sololá.—Orchids.—San Tomas.—Quiché Indians
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>194</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_xi">xi</span><div class="tdc">
- <a href="#CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Barrancas.—Santa Cruz del Quiché.—Padre Andres Guicola.—Ruins of Utatlan.—Report
- of Don Garcia de Palacio upon human sacrifices to the gods in Central America,
- Statement of Bernal Diaz, about the sacrifices in Mexico.—Burning of the Quiché
- Caciques at Utatlan.—Worship of idols by the Quichés.—Sierras.—Gueguetenango
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>216</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- The Sierra Madre.—Todos Santos.—Evening Prayer (La Oracion).—Indian domestic
- habits.—Religious devotion.—Goitre.—Jacaltenango.—Indian Festival.—A
- Temblor.—Indian Idolatry.—Custom of ancient inhabitants to serve the parents
- whose daughters they wished to marry.—Doubtful fidelity of my guide.—Condition
- of Mule.—Mexican Frontier.—Comitan.—Note on President Juarez, and the
- Execution of the Emperor Maximilian
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>238</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">CHAPTER XIII.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Camping on the plains.—A night amongst the hills in Chiapas.—Lopez.—Indian
- Sun worship.—Ocosingo.—An ancient idol.—Proposed expedition through the
- unknown region occupied by the Lacandones to British Honduras.—Bachajon.—Tzendal
- Indians.—Chilon.—Indian Carnival.—Yajalon.—Carnival amongst the
- Tzendales.—Drunkenness.—Dances.—Horse races.—Ruined Churches and
- Convents.—Influence of the Priests over the Indian Tribes.—Las Casas.—Forced
- labour.—The Presbitero Fernando Macal
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>259</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">CHAPTER XIV.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- An Indian steam bath.—Tumbalá.—Sierras and Forests.—San Pedro.—Desertion of
- guide.—Alguazils.—Construction<span class="pagenum" id="Page_xii">xii</span> of
- Indian huts.—Habits of Indians.—Cargadores.—Crossing a River.—Forests beyond
- San Pedro.—Powers of endurance of Indians.—Arrival at San Domingo del Palenque
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>278</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">CHAPTER XV.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Palenque.—The Forest.—The Palace or Monastery.—Night at Palenque.—Brilliancy
- of the light of the fireflies.—Pyramidal Mounds and Temples.—Tablet of the
- Cross.—Hieroglyphs.—An Indian Statue.—Antiquity of the Buildings.—The
- Tower.—Stucco Ornamentation.—Action of the tropical climate upon the
- Ruins.—Note upon the decipherment of the hieroglyphic characters
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>297</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">CHAPTER XVI.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Mounds in the valley of the Usamacinta.—Lacandones.—Catasaja.—Canoe
- voyage.—Rivers and Lagoons.—Alligators.—Jonuta.—Cortes’s March to
- Honduras.—Cannibalism.—The Mexican Emperor Guatimozin.—Palisada.—Laguna
- de Terminos.—Island of Carmen.—Campeachy.—Yucatan.—Pyramidal Altar.—Human
- sacrifices.—Tzibalché.—Maya Indians.—Arrival at Uxmal
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>318</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">CHAPTER XVII.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Uxmal.—Extent of ground occupied by the Ruins.—Teocallis.—Burial places
- at the foot of the Pyramid of the Dwarf.—Evening Service at the chapel
- of the hacienda.—Casa del Gobernador.—Sacrificial customs.—Preservation
- of the wooden lintels.—The Nunnery or Casa de las Monjas.—Religious
- customs of the Indians.—Emblem of the Serpent.—Sculptures.—Conjectures
- respecting the possibility of Moorish, Spanish, or Oriental influence
- upon architectural design.—Methods of construction.—Note upon a fall of
- rain supposed to be caused by the fires of the Indians
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>339</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_xiii">xiii</span>
- <div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">CHAPTER XVIII.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Departure from Uxmal.—Indian officials at Abalá.—Indian Ceremonies.—Worship
- of demons.—Baptismal customs.—Laws of the Emperor Charles V. for the
- government of the natives in Yucatan.—Superstitions.—An Indian Well.—Halt
- at night.—Merida.—Convent of the Conceptionistas.—Sisal.—The Basque brig
- Aguinaga.—Departure for Cuba and Florida.—Tampa.—Cedar Keys.—Buccaneers.—Shell
- Mounds.—Ancient Burial Mounds.—Florida Indians
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>360</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">CHAPTER XIX.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Mounds and Earthworks in North and Central America.—Migrations of the Toltecs
- and Aztecs.—The Quichés.—Aboriginal races.—Palenque.—Hieroglyphs.—Temples.—Desertion
- of the Temples and stone buildings in Yucatan.—Conquest of Yucatan by the
- Aztecs.—Antiquity of Palenque and Uxmal.—Aztec custom of imprisoning captives
- in cages and sacrificing them to the gods.—Civilisation of the Toltecs.—Note upon
- the symbol or Totem of the Serpent
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>378</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc"><a href="#CHAPTER_XX">CHAPTER XX.</a></div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">
- Conjectures respecting the descendants of the tribes who built the Temples.—Knowledge
- and education of the Caciques and Priests.—Traditions of the arrival of white
- strangers from the East.—Las Casas.—Quetzal-Coatl.—Crosses found in
- Yucatan.—Gomara.—Legend of the flight of Spaniards by sea towards the West after
- the conquest of Spain by the Saracens.—Fabulous island of Antilia.—Columbus on his
- outward voyage steers for Antilia.—Trade-winds.—Considerations upon the probabilities
- of vessels being driven across the Atlantic or Pacific Oceans towards America
- </td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>400</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#INDEX"><span class="smcap">Index</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>423</div></td>
- </tr>
- </table>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="ILLUSTRATIONS">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_xiv">xiv</span>
- <h2>ILLUSTRATIONS.</h2>
- </div>
- <hr class="short" />
-
- <table summary="Illustrations">
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc0">PLATES.</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class="tdr xsmall"><div>PAGE.</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_frontis"><span class="smcap">Altar-piece, Temple of the Cross, Palenque</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div><i>Frontispiece</i>.</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_036f"><span class="smcap">Beaver Dam, Lodge and Pond, near Ishpeming</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>36</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_050f"><span class="smcap">Chippewa Chief</span> (West of Lake Superior)</a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>50</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_108f"><span class="smcap">Indian Mounds, Cahokia</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>108</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_116fa"><span class="smcap">Chippewa Encampment</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>116</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_116fb"><span class="smcap">Sioux Encampment</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>116</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_118f"><span class="smcap">Spirit Rock</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>118</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_132f"><span class="smcap">Pawnee, (Sha-to-ko)</span> Blue-Hawk</a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>132</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_136f"><span class="smcap">Pawnee Woman</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>136</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_142fa"><span class="smcap">Prairie and Boulders, North Iowa</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>142</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_142fb"><span class="smcap">Prairie Dogs, Nebraska</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>142</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_146f"><span class="smcap">Indian, Salt Lake Valley, Utah</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>146</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_174f"><span class="smcap">Chiefs of the Ogallalas</span> (Dakotas)</a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>174</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_190f"><span class="smcap">Ancient Indian Mounds near Guatemala</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>190</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_196f"><span class="smcap">Cathedral and Square, La Antigua Guatemala</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>196</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_216f"><span class="smcap">Quiché Indian holding the office of Alguazil</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>216</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_238fa"><span class="smcap">Barranca, Central America</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>238</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_238fb"><span class="smcap">Indian Huts</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>238</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_288f"><span class="smcap">Indian Woman Grinding Chocolate</span>, (Central America)</a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>288</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_297f"><span class="smcap">Palace or Monastery, Palenque (east front)</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>297</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_339f"><span class="smcap">†Uxmal</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>339</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_340f"><span class="smcap">†Pyramid and Temple of the Dwarf</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>340</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_342fb"><span class="smcap">†An Angle of the Casa de las Monjas</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>342</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_342fa"><span class="smcap">†Casa del Gobernador</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>342</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_344fb"><span class="smcap">†An Angle of the Casa de las Monjas</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>344</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_344fa"><span class="smcap">†Casa de las Monjas</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>344</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_xv">xv</span>
- <a href="#i_350f"><span class="smcap">Serpent Emblem, Casa de las Monjas</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>350</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_352f"><span class="smcap">†Interior of the Casa de las Monjas and its adjoining Pyramid and Temple, Uxmal</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>352</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_356f"><span class="smcap">†Quadrangle, Casa de las Monjas</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>356</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_390f"><span class="smcap">Part of the Altar-piece in a Temple at Palenque</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>390</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_398f"><span class="smcap">Mexican Cacique making an offering</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>398</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_408f"><span class="smcap">Mexican Calendar Stone</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>408</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc">MAPS AND PLANS.</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_035"><span class="smcap">Lake Superior</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>35</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_054"><span class="smcap">Region of the Mound Builders</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>54</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_066"><span class="smcap">Inclosures near Newark</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>66</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_071"><span class="smcap">Inclosures at Marietta</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>71</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_081"><span class="smcap">Inclosures at Circleville</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>81</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_088"><span class="smcap">Fort Ancient</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>88</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_097"><span class="smcap">Octagonal and Circular Inclosures, Newark</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>97</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_418f"><span class="smcap">Antilia</span> (from Ruysch’s Map of the World, 1508)</a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>418</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_422fa"><span class="smcap">Central America And Yucatan</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>&nbsp;</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_422fb"><span class="smcap">United States And Mexico</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>&nbsp;</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2"><div class="tdc">ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT.</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_177"><span class="smcap">The Golden City passing the Seal Rocks</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>177</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_200"><span class="smcap">Volcan de Agua and Volcan de Fuego</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>200</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_227"><span class="smcap">Approach to Utatlan</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>227</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_264"><span class="smcap">Indian Statue, Ocosingo</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>264</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_311"><span class="smcap">Indian Statue, Palenque</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>311</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl"><a href="#i_348"><span class="smcap">Entrance to the Casa de las Monjas</span></a></td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>348</div></td>
- </tr>
- </table>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
- <p><span class="smcap">Note</span>.—The illustration of the Serpent Emblem in the
- Casa de las Monjas is reproduced from a large photograph taken
- at Uxmal by William D. James, Esq. It will be observed that the
- details of the sculpture of the rattlesnake are very clearly
- defined.</p>
-
- <p>The illustrations marked † are from a series of valuable
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_xvi">xvi</span>
- photographs, also taken at Uxmal, by Captain Herbert Dowding,
- Royal Navy, who placed at my disposal such of them as I
- considered to be required for the purposes of this work.</p>
-
- <p>I wish to call particular attention to the representation of
- that part of the Casa de las Monjas where the adjacent Temple
- of the Dwarf is seen. In comparing the structures with the
- pyramid, it has to be remembered that the Casa de las Monjas is
- placed upon a raised platform not less than seventeen feet in
- height. The Pyramid of the Dwarf is completely detached.</p>
-
- <p>Upon an examination of the frontispiece it will be noticed that
- the centre stone which, when I saw it lying on the ground at
- Palenque, was uninjured, is there shown in two portions which
- are kept in position by iron clamps.</p>
-
- <p>It was accidentally broken when being removed from Palenque to
- the museum in the City of Mexico.</p>
-
- <p>The left slab, upon which is graven the smaller figure, is from
- a photograph of a moulding made by M. Desiré Charnay. The right
- slab is from a photograph of the original stone now placed in
- the museum at Washington, and which was represented in the
- Memoir upon the Palenque Tablet written by Professor Rau, and
- published by the Smithsonian Institution. The photographs of
- the right and left slabs have been reduced to the size of that
- of the centre, and thus an exact reproduction of the whole of
- the Tablet of the Cross has been obtained. The representation
- in the frontispiece is, approximately, upon the scale of one
- inch to the foot and is therefore a twelfth of the size of the
- original tablet when it was in its position within the temple.</p>
-
- <p>The illustrations of Indians are from photographs collected by
- me during my travels and were selected as being typical of the
- respective tribes. My small sketch of the entrance to the Casa
- de las Monjas at Uxmal is drawn to scale, and the character of
- the Indian horizontal arch is delineated in its architectural
- proportions.</p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_I">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_1">1</span>
- <div class="ph2">
- <span class="xlarge">TRAVELS AMONGST AMERICAN INDIANS:</span><br />
- <span class="small">THEIR</span><br />
- <span class="xlarge">ANCIENT EARTHWORKS AND TEMPLES.</span>
- </div>
- <hr class="short" />
- <h2 class="no-break">CHAPTER I.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- New York.—Mr. Grinnell.—Search for Sir John Franklin.—Southern
- States.—The Negroes and their prospects.—Naval
- Academy at Annapolis.—Military Academy at West
- Point.—Shakers.—Boston.—Professor Agassiz.—Prairies and Glacial
- Action.—Coral Reefs in Florida.—Mr. Ticknor.—Shell Mounds in
- Florida.—Schools.—Dr. Howe’s Institution for the Blind.—Laura
- Bridgman.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Upon</span> my return to
- England, after having completed several years of
- foreign service, I obtained permission from the Admiralty to proceed
- upon a journey into North and Central America.</p>
-
- <p>There were certain subjects that I particularly wished to examine,
- especially those that were connected with the mounds or earthworks in
- the valley of the Ohio, and the ruined temples of the southern regions
- of Mexico and Guatemala. In the lands inhabited, at the time of the
- Spanish Conquest, by Indian tribes who had reached a singular form
- of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">2</span> civilisation, the origin of which has not yet been traced, it is
- probable that some discovery will be made which will throw light upon
- the manner in which their knowledge was obtained.</p>
-
- <p>The problems which have yet to be solved with respect to the ruins
- at Palenque, and in Yucatan, have a fascination for those who are
- interested in the endeavour to seek an explanation of the strange
- events that must have happened amongst the Indians who inhabited that
- part of the world. It is possible that evidences may be found which
- will lead to the conclusion that at some period, not very remote, there
- has been an introduction amongst the aboriginal races of influences
- derived from Europe or Asia, and it is not unreasonable to expect that
- when the hieroglyphs within the altars of Palenque are interpreted,
- much that is now unintelligible will be made clear. The investigations
- of Mr. Stephens, in 1840, together with the earlier reports of Del
- Rio and Dupaix, directed attention to the extraordinary character of
- the pyramids and stone structures that were found deserted and ruined
- within the tropical lands and forests.</p>
-
- <p>In the North the field of research has been carefully examined by
- competent explorers, but, even in that region, there is much that is
- open to theory or conjecture with regard to the purposes for which the
- great earthworks in the interior of the Continent were raised. There is
- also an almost complete absence of definite knowledge respecting the
- race and subsequent migrations of the tribes that dwelt within those
- embankments. The extensive shell heaps or kitchen middens found near
- the seacoasts, have been partly excavated, and, judging from the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">3</span>
- implements of bone and the weapons which they contain, it has been made
- evident that the Indians must have had customs singularly corresponding
- with those of the tribes who formed the shell mounds in Europe.</p>
-
- <p>I had no theories to establish, but I expected to find that the tribes
- in the West and North-West resembled the Manchu race I had seen in the
- North of China, and that the Indians in Central America would show
- traces of kindred with the Malays. I also thought that, in the ruined
- temples, there would be seen architectural affinities with the Buddhist
- monasteries in Upper Burmah and Cambodia. These were however only
- surmises, and I was prepared to recognise that it would be necessary to
- adopt other conclusions.</p>
-
- <p>It was difficult to arrange for any decided plan of travel, but I
- intended, in the first instance, to visit the Navy Yards and observe
- what progress was being made with respect to ships and their armaments;
- and then to proceed to those parts of America where the principal works
- of the aboriginal tribes still remain. Finally, I hoped to be able to
- cross the Continent and go down the Mexican and Guatemalan coasts, and
- from one of the ports on the Western seaboard, cross Central America
- from the Pacific to the Atlantic towards Yucatan. Such was the outline
- of the direction that I proposed to follow, but which would be varied
- or changed as circumstances might require.</p>
-
- <p>We left Liverpool in the Samaria on the 15th of March, 1869, and
- reached New York late in the evening of the 28th, after having
- experienced a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">4</span> continuation of head winds and stormy weather, which
- made our passage across the Atlantic long and tedious. My first care,
- upon arrival, was to call upon Mr. Henry Grinnell,<a id="FNanchor_1" href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> whose exertions
- and services in prosecuting, at his own expense, the search for Sir
- John Franklin and the ships beset in the Arctic ice, are so well known.</p>
-
- <p>In the year 1850 Lady Franklin sent her appeal to the President of the
- United States, in which she urged the Americans, as a kindred people,
- to help in the enterprise of rescuing our sailors from perishing from
- cold and starvation in those Northern latitudes. The appeal was not
- unanswered, but in consequence of the unavoidable delays incidental to
- obtaining the sanction of Congress for the necessary expenditure, there
- was much risk of the season becoming too advanced for reaching the
- channels in time, and that, consequently, a whole year’s work would be
- lost. It was then that Mr. Grinnell, a leading merchant and shipowner,
- prepared and fitted out for Arctic service two of his own vessels.
- These ships, respectively called the “Advance” and the “Rescue,” were
- officered and manned by the Naval Department and reached the ice in
- time to do useful work. The fate, however, of Sir John Franklin and his
- crew was not ascertained, although traces of his winter quarters were
- discovered.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">5</span></p>
-
- <p>At Washington, I found that Congress was sitting. Political affairs
- were in an unusually excited condition in consequence of the state of
- things resulting from the Civil War and the admission of negroes to
- the franchise. Soon after my arrival I attended the Levée of President
- Grant, and in the evening dined with our Minister, Mr. Thornton, at the
- Legation. Several members of the Diplomatic body were present, some of
- whom I had previously met in Europe.</p>
-
- <p>The question of the capacity of the negroes with respect to their
- taking an equal share with the white citizens in the management of the
- government policy occupied the attention of politicians. It was thought
- impossible to foresee what would be the effect of the emancipation of
- over three millions of slaves. It seemed certain that the Americans
- would have eventually a complicated problem to deal with, presenting
- grave difficulties.</p>
-
- <p>From Washington I went into the Southern States. In the districts
- where large numbers of slaves had been employed, the subject of their
- education was being seriously considered, and schools were established
- for the purpose of advancing the intelligence of the black children.
- The ignorant and hopeful parents were speculating upon the brilliant
- future that seemed to be opening before them. They had vague dreams
- that some new and prosperous destiny was going to be granted to their
- race. They thought that, as a result of freedom and education, their
- children would become active and useful citizens, equal, if they had
- fair opportunities, to those who had been their masters.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">6</span></p>
-
- <p>Such was the universal belief amongst the elders, and great will be the
- disappointment amongst the children upon growing up into manhood to
- discover, that, in obedience to an unexplained law, there seems to be a
- limit to their power of reaching the standard of proficiency to which
- they aspired.</p>
-
- <p>I had seen the emancipated negroes in the islands of the West Indies,
- and the extraordinary condition of Hayti when under the rule of the
- black emperor Soulouque. It was therefore not possible to think that
- there was any probability of these school children rising to an
- equality with the white races around them. There was something almost
- painful in listening to the faith of the fathers in the prospects of
- their sons, and the earnest manner in which they spoke of their future
- career, if they worked hard and did their best to deserve success.</p>
-
- <p>After passing through the low-lying lands near the coast, which had
- in previous years been cultivated by this race, I proceeded up the
- Chesapeake Bay, and stopped at Annapolis for the purpose of looking
- at the Naval Academy. The system of training officers for sea service
- is, in many respects, radically different from that which is followed
- in England. With regard to the comparative results it is difficult to
- form an opinion. It is presumable that the English system is the best
- for developing the naval capacity of English lads, and the regulations
- carried out at Annapolis may be more suitable for the Americans. Both
- schools succeed in producing efficient young officers.</p>
-
- <p>The principle underlying the policy of the training system in England
- is youth. It is thought that in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">7</span> order to make a good sailor, officer
- or man, the future seaman must be entered when young, and thus begin
- his sea life while he is still capable of being naturally accustomed to
- the performance of his duties. In America and also with the maritime
- powers on the European continent different conclusions are held. At
- Annapolis the age for entry is between fourteen and sixteen, and as the
- entries usually take place at the latest period, the age upon passing
- out into sea service is about twenty. The preliminary training is
- thoroughly carried out, and the Academy is exceptionally fortunate in
- being situated on the shores of a large and well-sheltered bay where
- there is room for practising the necessary gunnery exercises.</p>
-
- <p>The Military Academy at West Point is placed in a very beautiful
- situation. Nothing can be finer than the scenery at that part of
- the Hudson river. The site has been well selected with regard to
- the various requirements for training officers for general service,
- with reference to drills, cavalry exercises, and topographical and
- engineering studies. Professor Bartlett, to whom I had a letter of
- introduction from Professor Henry, of the Smithsonian Institute, did
- everything that was in his power to make my stay agreeable. I was also
- much indebted to General Pitcher, the officer in command, who made me
- acquainted with all the details of the system in operation.</p>
-
- <p>The Cadets are chosen in the same manner as at Annapolis. Ten are
- appointed annually by the President, and the remainder are usually
- nominated by members of Congress from their respective states. Private
- allowances are discouraged, and the Government <span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">8</span>make a grant of 500
- dollars a year for each pupil, or the same allowance that is given to
- the midshipmen at Annapolis. General Pitcher told me that about one
- half of the candidates usually failed at the preliminary examination,
- and that, upon the average, one-third of the remainder were rejected at
- the succeeding examinations, a proportion of failures which corresponds
- with that at the Naval Academy. They rise at five, clean their rooms,
- place everything in order, attend early drills, and are constantly
- at work throughout the day. The series of drills and studies is very
- continuous, and there is only just sufficient time allowed for meals,
- and very little time for recreation. The average age of the lads
- is over twenty-one; the term is for four years. Many distinguished
- officers have graduated here and habits of self-reliance are strictly
- enforced. The principle which governs the system which is maintained
- during the earlier part of the training is that of accustoming each
- cadet to be independent of help.</p>
-
- <p>In proceeding from West Point, I visited the Shakers at their
- settlements, near the village of Lebanon. I was received by their chief
- Elder, a man named Evans, who, by his energy and firmness of will, had
- obtained much personal influence over the community. The Shakers had
- been successful in securing for themselves a considerable degree of
- financial prosperity which was the result of their economy and industry.</p>
-
- <p>Evans was acquainted with the scheme of life contemplated by Mr.
- Harris, near Brocton. The community established there had been joined
- by Mr.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">9</span> Laurence Oliphant,<a id="FNanchor_2" href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> and I was interested in hearing the
- opinions of the Shakers about them. Evans thought that they could not
- long keep together, because marriage was permitted amongst its members.
- Marriage, he said, meant personal property and where that existed a
- communistic society could not succeed.</p>
-
- <p>A few days after arriving at Boston, I dined with Mr. Charles Francis
- Adams, who had for many years been the United States Minister in
- England. I had met him frequently at the house of Sir Charles Lyell in
- London. The conversation turned chiefly upon the conduct of the troops
- in the Civil War,<a id="FNanchor_3" href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> all the details of which were eagerly discussed.</p>
-
- <p>An officer present, who had commanded a brigade with distinction
- throughout the campaign, gave us <span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">10</span>some information with regard to the
- behaviour of the troops of the Northern army under fire, from the point
- of view of their respective nationalities. Of the negroes he spoke
- highly from personal knowledge, for during a part of his service, a
- regiment of those troops was placed under his command. He said that
- they were not intelligent, but were easily disciplined and controlled.
- They were found to be useful in covering an assault as they did not
- appear to be shaken in their courage or firmness by any great slaughter
- in their ranks.</p>
-
- <p>The Germans were expected to be cool and phlegmatic, but it was found
- that they were excitable and easily startled and unsettled. The Irish
- were always ready to fight, but they were soon depressed by any
- reverses. The Americans were excellent as cavalry, as infantry they
- were steady and deliberate.</p>
-
- <p>I mentioned that, at West Point, I had met General <span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">11</span>Vogdes, who had
- commanded a negro regiment, and that he considered his men to have
- proved that they were reliable and obedient, and capable upon occasions
- of showing that they were not wanting in daring. In the operations
- around Nashville, a great proportion of the losses in the army fell
- upon the coloured troops in consequence, as the general commanding
- reported, of the brilliant manner in which they charged the enemy’s
- earthworks. This kind of dashing courage on the part of negroes, who
- had been bred in slavery, was surprising. I was deeply interested in
- hearing the details of the war, particularly such of them as related to
- the conduct of the black troops when under fire.</p>
-
- <p>I had seen in the South, the emotional side of the character of the
- American born negroes, as shown in their political meetings and their
- religious services, but I had not been previously aware that these
- apparently lethargic people had by nature, the capacity for becoming
- brave and impulsive soldiers. It is obvious that they felt they were
- fighting for freedom, and for the emancipation of their wives and
- children, the most powerful incentives that could stimulate their
- actions. They were ready and willing to face the risk of death in order
- to obtain that freedom which, to those that have it not, must be the
- most coveted prize that this world can give.</p>
-
- <p>One afternoon I went to Cambridge for the purpose of meeting Mr.
- Bartlett, a partner in the publishing firm of Messrs. Little and Brown.
- I was indebted to him for many kind acts in assisting me in visiting
- the museums, and we had arranged to go to the Harvard University
- together, in order to have<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">12</span> an interview with Professor Agassiz, who
- had returned from Florida, where he had been engaged in the examination
- of the coral reefs.</p>
-
- <p>After looking at the extensive collection of corals and shells which
- had been placed in the Museum, we walked across the college grounds
- to the Professor’s house. I delivered my letter of introduction, and
- was received with great courtesy. Agassiz for some time talked about
- his varied experiences in many parts of the world and his recent
- researches, but upon hearing that I was going to visit the prairies in
- the North-west, he showed much interest in the details of the journey
- that I proposed to take.</p>
-
- <p>He said that he had been in many parts of those prairies, and had made
- several careful investigations with the object of establishing certain
- facts with regard to their formation, and had come to the conclusion
- that they were caused by glacial action. He thought that the theory
- that they were once sea beaches was erroneous, for he was convinced
- that the sea had never been in those regions. He also spoke about the
- consequences of the habits of the numerous herds of buffaloes that had
- roamed, in remote times, over those lands and had made their wallows
- there. These shallow depressions collected large quantities of water,
- and influenced the manner in which many of the streams originated.</p>
-
- <p>After having drawn my attention to the chief objects of geological
- interest that might possibly come within my notice in the region to the
- south of Lake Superior, Agassiz mentioned his work in Florida. He had
- given much consideration to the outlying banks fringing the southern
- coasts of that promontory.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">13</span> The facts he had established were not in
- accordance with the views of Darwin and Lyell. “If,” he said, “the
- Pacific formations were as described by Darwin and others, those on
- the coast of Florida were entirely different. In no way could Darwin’s
- theory explain the Florida formations.” He had ascertained that the
- corals grew up from great depths, for he had dredged to a depth of
- eight hundred fathoms and had brought up live corallines; thus proving
- that they existed and worked in very deep waters. It was his opinion
- that Darwin’s coral theories had not had a sufficient study of evidence
- given to them.</p>
-
- <p>In the evening, at Mr. Ticknor’s house, there were present at dinner
- Commodore Rogers, Superintendent of the Navy Yard; Mr. Francis
- Parkman, author of several historical works relating to the early
- European settlements in North America; Mr. Hillard, also an author of
- considerable reputation, and Mr. Frank Parker. Mr. Ticknor<a id="FNanchor_4" href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> told us
- anecdotes of his travels in Europe soon after the restoration of Louis
- XVIII. He had known many of the celebrities of that time, and spoke of
- Sir Walter Scott, Sir Humphrey Davy, Mrs. Siddons, Lord and Lady Byron,
- Talleyrand, Madame de Stael and Madame Récamier.</p>
-
- <p>There was a long discussion upon the uncertain future of the republic.
- It seemed to be considered that as America became more populated, it
- was much <span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">14</span>to be feared that universal suffrage, freedom and equality
- of race, would lead to disorder. Mr. Ticknor mentioned that Prince
- Metternich, when speaking to him about this subject, remarked that
- there was a great difference between old Austria and America. In
- Austria he had always to look out for mischief and prepare to meet
- it or contrive a remedy. In America, he said, a mischief, if it
- exists, takes time and grows until it gradually forces itself upon the
- attention of the people. Finally, if it becomes alarming, the mass
- deals with it and arrests its progress as it best can, and then things
- go on as before.</p>
-
- <p>Professor Jeffries Wyman,<a id="FNanchor_5" href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> who had discovered several extensive
- shell banks on the eastern coasts of Florida, gave me, at his house at
- Cambridge, an interesting account of his investigations. He thought
- that the mounds were entirely formed by the refuse of the food eaten by
- the tribes dwelling near the sea; but, whether by a large settlement
- of tribes in a comparatively short time, or by a small tribe in a
- long time, it was difficult to determine. Some of the banks were from
- fourteen to twenty-five feet high. They varied in length from one
- hundred to five hundred yards. On the tops of several of them he had
- seen large trees, whose age he estimated to be not less than eight
- hundred years. It did not appear that the mounds followed the outlines
- of any particular plan of encampment, except in an instance where one
- of the longest of them had the shape of an amphitheatre.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">15</span></p>
-
- <p>He also examined some fresh water shell heaps. These, he thought, were
- made in the same manner as the sea shell mounds, by the Indians eating
- the fish and piling up the shells. In all of them he had discovered
- fragments of pottery and other marks of human life. The Professor
- proposed that I should make an appointment with him in order to have a
- thorough examination of his collection, not only from the shell heaps,
- but also from the tumuli of the mound builders and other Indian tribes.
- A day for this purpose was accordingly fixed. In the meanwhile my time
- was occupied in visiting the public schools: Mr. Frank Parker, who was
- interested in educational work, usually went with me.</p>
-
- <p>From a national point of view it was considered of great importance
- that the children of the emigrants should receive a sound education
- so as to enable them to become useful and self-respecting citizens.
- The majority of the parents upon their arrival at New York or Boston,
- do not attempt to seek their fortunes away in the West, but settle in
- those quarters of these cities where they find that others of their
- race are already established. The elder members of the emigrating
- families are quite aware that their age or other circumstances
- practically debar them from all hope of success in any attempts to
- gain a livelihood by their own work. Thus their attention is directed
- to the training of their children, so that these may have a fair start
- in life. For this purpose, the free and thoroughly practical system of
- education carried out in the schools seems to be excellent.</p>
-
- <p>It is needless to dwell upon the methods adopted in American cities
- for raising the standard of knowledge <span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">16</span>among the boys and girls of the
- poorer classes, for they are well known. Nothing can be more pleasing
- than to observe the development of the minds of these young wanderers
- from other lands, where their fate was adverse and their lives were
- without hope. They appear to seize with eagerness the chances that are
- given them to attain, by their own intelligence, higher and more secure
- positions, and thus break away from the discouraging conditions into
- which they were born. The construction and size of the school buildings
- were well adapted for their purpose. The health and attention of the
- students are, therefore, not affected by close confinement or the
- insufficiency of pure air.</p>
-
- <p>There was an institution in Boston, devoted to the work of teaching
- the blind, which had an especial interest of its own, and I was
- therefore glad to accept Dr. Howe’s invitation to dine with him and
- then see Laura Bridgman,<a id="FNanchor_6" href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> the blind girl, whose education had been so
- successfully managed, and whose history had, for many years, attracted
- observation.</p>
-
- <p>After dinner Laura came into the room. I noticed that she was of
- average height and looked thin, pale and delicate. She had a shy and
- peculiar manner. Mrs. Howe placed herself in communication with her,
- and Laura immediately became more assured. When I was introduced she
- expressed, by the movements of her fingers, that she was much pleased
- to have my companionship. I asked if she wished to inquire <span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">17</span>about any
- English friends? She replied, “Yes. Do you know Dickens, how is he?”
- Then suddenly, before I had made any answer, she felt Mrs. Howe’s
- sleeve and said, “You have a new dress,” and named the material—a
- sort of French silk. Mrs. Howe said that the guess was correct. She
- then became more animated and bright, but showed a singularly quick
- impatience when wanting Mrs. Howe to listen to her. When not occupied
- in maintaining a conversation she became quiet and looked sad.</p>
-
- <p>Mrs. Howe asked in what way she amused herself and what was her
- greatest pleasure. She replied, “reading.” “What reading do you like
- best?” To this question Laura replied, “Bible, hymns and psalms.” Mrs.
- Howe turned round to me and said this answer was very curious as Dr.
- Howe had brought her up without any religious training, because he did
- not wish to give her mind any especial bent in that matter; but owing,
- it was supposed, to the influence and teaching of some friend, she had
- been made acquainted with the Bible and had become intensely attached
- to it.</p>
-
- <p>It was said that Laura was able to articulate two words—“Doctor” and
- “Grandmother”—and I asked her to say them. “Doctor,” was pronounced in
- a distinct manner giving the sound “Dok-tá.” The word “Grandmother”
- was not so clearly spoken and she gave the sound very rapidly. It
- was however sufficiently expressed to be understood. I was told that
- these words had in some manner been learnt by feeling the throats of
- other people who pronounced them, and finding that certain expansions
- of the muscles occurred when the sounds were made. She conversed <span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">18</span>by
- holding out one hand and moving the fingers. Mrs. Howe held her wrist
- and communicated her remarks by touch upon it. In this manner an
- intelligent conversation was carried on. Laura evidently enjoyed the
- excitement caused by this interchange of ideas, for when thus engaged
- she looked very happy.</p>
-
- <p>She was blind, deaf and dumb.</p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_II">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">19</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER II.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Professor Wyman.—Indian Antiquities.—Concord.—Mr. Ralph
- Waldo Emerson.—Margaret Fuller.—Note upon a visit to Mr.
- Longfellow.—Saturday Club.—Dinner at Harvard University.—Shell
- Mounds at Concord and Damariscotta.—Note upon the Ancient
- Inscription upon the Dighton Rock.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Upon</span> the day arranged for my visit to Cambridge, I found Professor
- Wyman prepared to employ several hours in examining the Indian
- collections. He proposed that we should begin by looking carefully over
- the contents of a case within which was placed everything that had been
- discovered in a burial mound in Illinois. The mound had contained the
- bones of nine adults, several fragments of rude stone implements, and
- some arrowheads. The skulls had been flattened and shaped by pressure.</p>
-
- <p>We then examined the collections of human skulls that had been received
- from all parts of the continent. Amongst these, were several of an
- important character, obtained by Mr. Squier in Central America. They
- were long and flattened upon the top, and were supposed to have
- belonged to the race that built the stone temples in Yucatan. Other
- groups were then compared. It was observable that some tribes had the
- custom of pressing in the back of the head to such an extent as to make
- it nearly perpendicular.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">20</span> Others pressed the skulls so as to give them
- great length. In a few instances, they were given a tall, oval form.
- The Californian Indians appear to have given their children a high,
- receding forehead. This method of shaping the head is still followed by
- the Flathead Indians in the West. It is done by the pressure of boards
- tied together in such a manner that the infant gets its skull shaped
- when it is in the cradle.</p>
-
- <p>A question arose as to the effect of the artificial shapes of the
- head upon the character of the tribes; and particularly, whether, in
- accordance with certain theories, there was any known difference in
- disposition between the tribes who flattened the forehead and those who
- flattened the skull at the back. The Professor said that the matter
- had been the subject of inquiry. It was considered, as far as could
- be ascertained, that the alterations in shape made no difference in
- the character, and that the Indians, whether with long, high, or flat
- heads, were similar in their savage nature.</p>
-
- <p>Amongst the Mexican antiquities were a number of terra-cotta figures
- which were thought to be emblematic of the worship of serpents,
- lizards, and other reptiles. There were also idols carved out of
- hard, volcanic stone. After having seen these, and also quantities of
- rudely shaped stones, which were probably used by the Indians on the
- north-east coast for sinking their nets, the Professor began to examine
- the various things that had been taken from the American shell mounds.</p>
-
- <p>First, in order, were the collections that had been brought from Maine
- and Massachusetts. There were<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">21</span> oyster shells, the bones of wolves, deer
- and birds, fragments of coarse pottery, layers of charcoal, and bone
- awls. In the shell heaps at Concord there had been discovered various
- stone weapons and flint arrowheads. In the Florida mounds there were
- found the remains of crocodiles, implements made of stone, the bones of
- deer, and numbers of small sharp needles, made from bird bones, which
- had been used by hand.</p>
-
- <p>It appears from the evidence obtained by the investigation of the
- shell banks, that tribes of similar habits dwelt on the cold coasts
- of New England and the almost tropical shores of Florida. It is also
- clear, that in many of their customs and methods of obtaining food they
- resembled the races that formed the kitchen middens in Denmark. Their
- stone and flint implements and their bone awls and needles were of the
- same shapes as those used by the prehistoric people who lived upon the
- shores of the Swiss lakes.</p>
-
- <p>Many of the stone axes and arrowheads that have been found in
- the burial mounds, or in the neighbourhood of the ancient Indian
- encampments in North America are of the same type, and show the same
- system of workmanship as those that were made by the aboriginal tribes
- in Western Europe. The similarities in form, size and methods of
- adaptation for use are remarkable, for, although it may be expected
- that men, in an uncivilised condition would, in all parts of the
- world, have the same wants or necessities, yet it must be considered
- surprising that in the construction of the implements for war and for
- domestic purposes, the methods of design should be so singularly <span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">22</span>alike
- amongst the savages of the old and new continents.</p>
-
- <p>Upon a subsequent occasion, when the doubtful question of the influence
- of the formation of the skull upon the mind was discussed, Mr. Ticknor
- mentioned the singular fact that the head of Daniel Webster<a id="FNanchor_7" href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> grew
- larger after he had passed middle age. His attention had been drawn
- to this circumstance by observing a change in the likeness of that
- statesman, and, as he knew Webster intimately, he asked him about
- the matter, and Webster said, “Yes, I find that I have constantly to
- increase the size of my hats.”</p>
-
- <p>Towards the latter part of my stay in Boston, I received a letter from
- Mr. Ralph Waldo Emerson, asking me to dine with him at Concord, and
- mentioning that he had also invited Mrs. Julia Ward Howe. Upon the day
- he had fixed for the purpose, we travelled down to the station, and
- were met by Miss Emerson, who drove us home in her quaint old-fashioned
- carriage. The pony, she told us, was a friend who had been in the
- family for twenty years. We were received by Mr. and Mrs. Emerson. A
- few other guests came from Cambridge, and then we went in to dinner.
- Mr. Emerson talked much of De Quincey, whom he had known <span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">23</span>at Lasswade,
- near Edinburgh, and then referring to our English poets, mentioned
- with admiration, Tennyson’s poem, “Tithonus.” One of his daughters
- spoke with enthusiasm about Professor Agassiz’s deep sea dredgings, the
- lectures upon which she had been attending.</p>
-
- <p>Finally, the (always) absorbing topic of American politics was dwelt
- upon, especially with respect to the effect of democratic institutions
- upon the character of the people. Mr. Emerson alluded with much sadness
- to those evil influences of political corruption and office-seeking
- which appeared to be inevitable blots upon all systems of democracy,
- but he said that he thought things would come right in the end. Upon
- the various occasions that I met and conversed with leading politicians
- (amongst whom was Chief Justice Chase), I observed that they usually
- spoke of the future of their country with the same anxiety.</p>
-
- <p>There was much doubt and uncertainty as to what was going to happen
- in the Southern States, which had so recently been made desolate.
- Men’s minds were still agitated by the memory of the serious events
- that had happened during the Civil War. That great national convulsion
- had engaged the thoughts and actions of all American citizens to the
- fullest extent, and had necessarily diverted the conduct of affairs
- from the ordinary channels. There was consequently a feeling of
- disquietude amongst those who loved their country, their freedom and
- their laws. But this temporary form of misgiving was always accompanied
- by the firm conviction that in some manner, not then quite clear, the
- nation would ultimately triumph over all difficulties.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">24</span></p>
-
- <p>After dinner, Mr. Emerson took me into the library, and began to look
- over his books and point out his favourites. He said that what he most
- delighted in were the translations from Persian and other Eastern
- works. Finding that I was interested in his Oriental studies, he did
- not care to quit his books, and so we remained in the library until it
- was time to leave. In the meanwhile, he had taken down from the shelves
- many volumes. He also showed me photographs of his friends, and drew my
- attention to a likeness of Margaret Fuller, whom he had known for many
- years, and for whom he had felt great regard and esteem.</p>
-
- <p>Margaret Fuller, who must have been a woman of extraordinary
- genius, was one of the leaders of the school of thought called
- Transcendentalism. Her end was as strange as her life. She crossed
- the Atlantic, travelled in Italy, married the Marchese d’Ossoli and
- was in Europe when the Revolution of 1848 broke out. Her sympathies
- being entirely with the cause of Italian freedom, she took a prominent
- part, under the direction of Mazzini, Garibaldi and other patriots, in
- the defence of Rome, doing much good service in the hospitals. After
- the adverse events of 1849, she embarked with her husband on board a
- sailing vessel bound for her own land, on the shores of which she was
- wrecked in a storm and all perished.</p>
-
- <p>Before we went away, Mr. Emerson suggested that I should look at the
- exterior of the house, in which he seemed to take great interest. He
- told me that he had lived in it thirty-five years and had only made one
- change—the addition of the drawing room. It<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">25</span> was an unpretending plank
- building of two stories, standing in its own small grounds, and was
- chiefly noticeable in consequence of having some fine chestnut trees in
- front between the door and the road.</p>
-
- <p>Upon our return to the city, the President of the University asked me
- to be the guest of the Alumni of Harvard. His letter ran thus:—</p>
-
- <blockquote>
- <p class="right">“<i>June</i> 23.”</p>
-
- <p class="noindent">“<span class="smcap">My dear Sir</span>,”</p>
-
- <p>“On behalf of the Alumni of Harvard College, I invite you to be
- present at the Commencement Dinner in Harvard Hall, Cambridge,
- on Tuesday, the 29th inst. The Alumni and their guests will
- assemble in Gore Hall, the Library, at 2 p.m. on that day. I
- hope to receive your acceptance, and to have the pleasure of
- meeting you on the occasion.”</p>
-
- <p class="right">“Very respectfully yours,<br />
- WM. GRAY,<br />
- <i>Pres. of Alumni Assoc.</i>”</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <p>At one of the customary afternoon meetings of the members of the
- Saturday Club, I dined with them as the guest of Dr. Howe. Among
- those present <span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">26</span>
- were Mr. Sumner, Professor Wyman, Mr. Lowell, Judge
- Hoar, Mr. Oliver Wendell Holmes, and Professor Gurney, the editor
- of the North American Review. Mr. Emerson was the chairman. The
- possibility of spontaneous generation, was the topic that happened to
- be chiefly discussed. Professor Wyman had been carrying out a series of
- experiments at Cambridge, and he told us what had been the results of
- his experience. He said that he had ascertained that the theory that
- boiling water killed life was, to a certain extent, erroneous. A first
- boiling killed some of the living creatures, a second boiling killed
- more, living organisms being reduced gradually in quantity. After a
- fourth severe boiling he failed to trace any life whatever. Finally
- after having carried out with great care, tests of all natures, he
- doubted the possibility of creating life where no life had previously
- existed.</p>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
- <blockquote>
- <p>In the following year I accepted the invitation of Mr. Ticknor
- to stay a few days with him before leaving America, and I was
- fortunate in meeting at his house, Mr. Longfellow, who, at
- the time of my previous visit to Boston, was away from home,
- travelling in England, chiefly, as he afterwards told me,
- amongst the English lakes and in Devonshire. He proposed that
- I should go and see him at Cambridge, and this was arranged,
- and I went down there upon the first available day. I found
- him in his study, a small room looking out upon the lawn, and
- commanding a view of the country towards the bridge.</p>
-
- <p>Before dinner, he showed me a bill of fare which had been
- given to him at a public banquet in London, which was framed
- and placed on the mantel piece of the dining-room. It was
- a coloured drawing of a scene described in his poem of
- “Hiawatha.” The sun was shining on the still waters of a
- lake, or inland sea, and a group of Indians were gazing at
- it. I think it was meant to represent the final departure of
- Hiawatha, westwards towards the sunset.</p>
-
- <p>Mr. Longfellow said that he was much pleased with this mark of
- attention, not only on account of the merit of the picture, but
- because he appreciated the feeling that prompted the gift, as
- “Hiawatha” was the poem by which he most cared to be remembered.</p>
-
- <p>He expressed strong sympathies with the poetical legends and
- traditions of the Iroquois and Dakota Indians. His conversation
- was, however, chiefly directed to the question of the future
- social and political condition of the negroes in the Southern
- States.</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
-
- <p>Later in the day, I witnessed a most important triumph of mechanics,
- as applied to the removal of a <span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">27</span>
- heavy building. The house that was
- being moved was large and strongly constructed of stone. It stood at
- the corner of a street which was about to be widened, and therefore it
- was necessary, either to pull it down or place it in another position,
- and it had been decided to execute the latter operation. The building
- had a frontage of seventy feet and a depth of one hundred feet. It was
- composed of a basement, five principal stories and a Mansard roof.
- The engineer in charge of the works told me that his calculations
- were based upon having to move a weight of fifty thousand tons. At
- the time I saw the house, it was full of residents, many of whom were
- looking out of the windows and watching the proceedings. The contractor
- permitted me to go underneath and observe the process of moving. The
- weight was taken by a vast number of screw jacks, and the building was
- lifted off the foundations. It was progressing towards its new site at
- the rate of fourteen inches in one hour.</p>
-
- <p>On Commencement Day I went down to Cambridge early in the afternoon,
- and after being received by the President, fell into my place in the
- ranks of the procession formed in the college grounds. We then marched
- into dinner and I took my seat at the table. My immediate neighbours
- were Mr. Lowell, Mr. Oliver Wendell Holmes, Judge Hoar and Judge Grey.
- About six hundred were present in the hall and three hundred dined in
- another room. The gradations of age corresponded with the positions of
- the tables. The seats towards the left were occupied by comparatively
- young men, but on the right, were successive rows of heads, showing
- advancing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">28</span>
- years, until upon the extreme right were the white haired seniors.</p>
-
- <p>At the conclusion of the dinner, in accordance with an ancient custom,
- all stood up and sang a Psalm to the tune known by the name of St.
- Martin. The President then gave his annual address and the usual
- speeches followed. Mr. Adams made a good speech and referred to his
- late absence as the United States Minister to Great Britain. The
- President then rose and told the Alumni that a “representative of Great
- Britain” was present and called upon me to respond. This I did as
- briefly as possible, and upon resuming my seat I was astonished at the
- enthusiastic manner with which the said representative was received.
- After much cheering, the band played “God save the Queen,” which was
- again the occasion for a strong outburst of cordial good feeling
- towards England. As I looked down the hall I saw the slight, tall form
- of Mr. Emerson bending forward as he joined in our National Anthem. Mr.
- Holmes then recited a poem and Mr. Lowell gave a speech in which he
- alluded to the question of the Alabama which was causing such bitter
- feeling in America, and after speaking of the volcanic ground into
- which he had wandered, said</p>
-
- <div class="center-container">
- <div class="poetry">
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="i0">“O matre pulchra filia pulchrior,</div>
- <div class="i0">Pout if you will, but sulk not into war.</div>
- <div class="i0">Had Adams stayed, this danger had not been,</div>
- <div class="i0">This less than kindness of two more than kin.”</div>
- </div>
- </div>
- </div>
-
- <p>The singing of “Auld Lang Syne” was the fitting conclusion to an
- interesting day.</p>
-
- <p>Professor Wyman told me that, before leaving the States, I ought to
- visit the shell mounds at Damariscotta in Maine and also those near
- Concord. The<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">29</span>
- latter were considered to be remarkable on account of
- their being composed of fresh-water shells. Mr. Emerson had offered to
- help me in my examination of them, but not wishing to occupy his time
- in this unusual manner, I went down to Concord and tried to find them
- by myself. In this attempt I failed, and, finally, I decided to obtain
- his help. Fortunately, he was at home and at once put the harness on
- his pony and drove me down to the place. We crossed some fields and
- found the shell heaps near a sharp bend of the river. They were about a
- hundred and fifty yards long, twenty yards wide and twelve feet high,
- and were chiefly composed of mussel shells. For more than an hour we
- worked zealously and made slight excavations at different parts of the
- banks, and found some fragments of bones which had been shaped by hand,
- but we were not successful in seeing any stone celts. We then went to
- an adjoining hillock upon which the Indians were accustomed to encamp
- and there we picked up three rudely-made arrow heads which had been
- formed out of hard porphyritic stone.</p>
-
- <p>After finishing the inspection of the middens, we went back to the
- house, and remained for an hour or two in the library where we had tea.
- Mr. Emerson told me that in order to pass through, with comparative
- comfort, the long winter, he and others had formed a society of
- twenty-five members and arrangements were made for meeting at their
- respective houses. Each member gave a reception in turn upon Tuesdays.
- When the time was at hand for going to the train he went to the stable,
- and again harnessed the pony, and drove me to the station. When saying
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">30</span>“Good-bye,” he expressed many kind wishes with regard to my projected
- journey.</p>
-
- <p>Americans must naturally feel interested in whatever relates to the
- past history of the native races who were the original inhabitants of
- their country, and who possessed, in combination with their savage
- nature and cruel practices, certain qualities of honour and fortitude
- which seem to point to the existence of latent conditions of mind
- placing them upon a different footing from other ordinary savage races.
- Theories which relate to the migrations of the tribes who entered
- Mexico from the North have also much attraction. As years roll onwards,
- and the events, that then occurred, are more distant or obscure, the
- causes of those movements and the origin of the influences that created
- the subsequent advance in civilisation amongst those Indians are
- becoming almost incomprehensible.</p>
-
- <p>On the way from Concord towards Canada I stopped at Portsmouth for
- the purpose of seeing the Navy Yard,<a id="FNanchor_8" href="#Footnote_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> which was the last naval
- establishment that I had to visit on the eastern coast, and then
- proceeded to the remotely situated village of Damariscotta.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">31</span></p>
-
- <p>The shell mounds near the adjacent river far exceeded in magnitude
- what I had expected to find. They were placed about twelve miles from
- the sea within the limits of the ebb and the flow of the tides, and
- formed the banks of a small promontory round which the river made a
- sharp bend. Within these banks was a flat space of land which had been
- used by the Indians for their camping ground, and which is known to
- have been visited by small bands of them as late as the end of the last
- century. The heaps extend along the shores of the river and round the
- promontory for a length of about six hundred yards, and vary in height
- from fifteen to thirty-five feet. It was difficult to estimate their
- average width, but in many places it was not less than twenty-two yards.</p>
-
- <p>The mound that I chiefly examined rose directly from the beach close to
- the line of the present high water mark. It was thirty-three feet high,
- sixty feet wide and one hundred and fifty feet long. Looking <span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">32</span>from the
- river, it presented the appearance of a steep cliff formed of compact
- layers of large oyster shells. In consequence of the face of this cliff
- being exposed, it was possible to trace all the horizontal strata.
- Beginning from the top of the bank there was, in the first place, a
- deposit of shells closely packed about eighteen inches thick. Then
- there was a well-defined layer of earth or mould, averaging a thickness
- of half-an-inch throughout the whole length of the bank without any
- break or change in its width. The next layer was not so deep as that on
- the top, and was one foot thick. Then came another deposit of mould,
- half-an-inch in thickness, resting upon another layer of shells. In
- this manner, the alternating deposits of earth and shells succeeded
- each other down to the base.</p>
-
- <p>There were not any signs of kitchen midden refuse amongst the shells,
- but in the intermediate layers of earth I saw fragments of broken
- pottery, charred wood, several rounded stones, small quantities of
- bones of animals, and one bone awl which had evidently been much used.
- A portion of the cliff which had been undermined by the action of the
- river had slipped down upon the beach, consequently the interior of the
- mound was exposed. I made an excavation into this new face and found a
- stone knife, or scraper, and a small stone chisel. In another part of
- the bank I discovered a plank lying flat upon the third layer of mould
- below the surface. It was made of fir, and was four feet six inches
- long, six inches wide and half-an-inch thick.</p>
-
- <p>These shell heaps, the relics of the feasts and food of the Indians,
- although interesting as evidences of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">33</span> the habits of life of the savage
- races that once occupied this part of America, prove but little more
- than the fact that those races have existed and passed away. The
- successive layers of earth in the heaps would enable an estimate to be
- made of their age, if the length of the intervals of time that elapsed
- between the encampments could be known. The saw-cut plank, resting upon
- the third layer is an evidence that the two upper deposits of shells
- were made since the arrival of the English colonists. The Indians then
- dwelling on these lands were called the Abenakis. These oyster heaps
- may have been raised by them when they visited the coast of Maine after
- leaving their hunting grounds.<a id="FNanchor_9" href="#Footnote_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a></p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_III">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">34</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER III.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Indian Reservations.—Lake Superior.—Beavers and their
- works.—The Forest.—Houghton.—Ancient Indian mining pits and
- trenches.—An Indian battle ground.—The Glacial Drift.—Note
- regarding the Dauphin.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">From</span> Damariscotta I went up the valley of the St. Lawrence, and visited
- the reservation lands of the Algonquins, Hurons, and other tribes
- that had originally held possession of that part of the country. The
- most important assemblage of Indians was placed upon a large tract
- of land near the banks of the Grand river in Upper Canada. There I
- saw, dwelling in their separate villages, the descendants of the once
- powerful confederacy of the Iroquois, who had been our faithful allies
- in our wars.</p>
-
- <p>Nearly three thousand Indians were gathered together belonging to
- the tribes of the Senecas, Onondagas, Mohawks, Cayugas, Oneidas and
- Tuscaroras. Some of them had been converted, but many still maintained
- their ancient faiths and performed their customary Pagan ceremonies.</p>
-
- <p>It was extraordinary to observe how unavailing had been the influence
- of European civilisation in advancing the intellectual capacities of
- the tribes. The French missionaries at Lorette, Oka, and St. Régis,
- many of whom were well acquainted with the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">35</span>
- language of the converts
- put under their care, told me that all their efforts were useless, and
- that the labours of nearly three centuries were absolutely without any
- practical result.</p>
-
- <p>After having passed a few weeks in the vicinity of the lakes, for the
- purpose of seeing the condition of various remnants of certain North
- American Indian tribes placed upon reservations, I reached the shores
- of the Georgian bay, and then proceeded to the port of Marquette in
- Michigan.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_035"><img src="images/i_035.jpg" width="600" height="388" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption">Plan of the Lake Superior Iron and Copper region.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>My chief object in landing upon the southern shores of Lake Superior,
- was to visit the places where ancient Indian mining operations had
- been discovered, in order that I might be, in some degree conversant
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">36</span>
- with matters relating to the origin of the copper ornaments that had
- been found in some of the burial mounds in Ohio. I also wished to make
- some excursions into the forests where, amongst the numerous lakes and
- rivers, the beavers were still constructing their dams and building
- their lodges. I desired to see something of beaver life and work before
- the advance of civilisation had removed these forests and beavers away
- for ever.</p>
-
- <p>I obtained convenient quarters in the mining village of Ishpeming,
- placed in a clearing that had been made in the forest, on the summit of
- the hills ten miles from the coast. In the interior, within a few miles
- from the settlement were two rivers called the Carp and the Esconauba.
- Upon these streams and their connected ponds, the works of the beavers
- were numerous. They consisted of lodges, dams, canals, excavations, and
- the open spaces in the forests called beaver meadows.</p>
-
- <p>There happened to be an unusually large work constructed across one of
- the principal bends of the Carp, which by its action in confining the
- waters had created a small lake. As the size and formation of that dam
- give a good knowledge of the capacity of the beavers, and their powers
- of executing works of considerable magnitude, it will be interesting to
- describe it with some detail.</p>
-
- <p>It was two hundred and sixty-two feet in length and nearly six feet
- high in the centre, where the water was deep. This height diminished
- gradually towards the banks. The average width upon the top was two
- feet. The slope outwards was in the direction of the angle which
- happened to give the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">37</span>
- utmost resisting power. The base was about
- fourteen feet wide. The dam was not made in a direct line across the
- stream, but had curves which were convex towards the current, and were
- placed at the points of the greatest pressure. The slopes were formed
- in such a manner that the upper side acted as a barrier against the
- water, and the opposite side acted as a supporting buttress.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_036f"><img src="images/i_036f.jpg" width="700" height="490" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Beaver Dam, Lodge, and Pond, near Ishpeming, Michigan.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>The entire construction was evidently made with a correct knowledge
- of the strength that was necessary to resist the outward pushing
- force that was exerted against it. When an engineering work of this
- nature, so great in proportion to the power and intelligence of
- its constructors, is examined, and its fitness for the object for
- which it has been made and for the duty it has to perform, has been
- ascertained, it occurs to the mind to consider whether such operations
- are the results of instinct or of some exceptional degree of reasoning
- faculties.</p>
-
- <p>Within the pond was the lodge. It was placed near to the bank which by
- its curve gave the most shelter. It was shaped like a rounded beehive
- and measured nearly eight feet in diameter, and twenty-two feet over
- the outer circumference. The exterior was composed of small sticks cut
- in nearly equal lengths, and so intertwined, crossed and plastered with
- mud as to give great cohesion.</p>
-
- <p>There were three entrances, two of them leading in the direction of the
- bank, and one towards the middle of the pond. The former are said to be
- used as the approaches to the inner room, and the latter for escape.
- All these entrances were below the surface of the water, and ran
- upwards into the dwelling room<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">38</span> which was a dry comfortable apartment,
- the floor being well above the highest water level.</p>
-
- <p>The beavers, when cutting the branches of the trees into the requisite
- lengths, seem to have an accurate perception of what is necessary for
- the special works that are then in progress. Thus in their lodges,
- which are chiefly made for shelter and warmth, the sticks composing
- them are small, and when well plastered together with mud make a
- good compact residence. The dams which have a different purpose are
- differently built, and in these the sticks are often of considerable
- size, being sometimes fully six feet long. Some of the cuttings,
- however, are small and many of them are like short poles, having a
- diameter about the size of a man’s arm.</p>
-
- <p>The methods of forming the foundations of their dams are most
- practical, and the manner in which earth, stones, mud, twigs, fibres
- and brushwood are combined, not only show marvellous ingenuity, but
- prove that beavers work perseveringly together with incessant labour
- for long periods of time.</p>
-
- <p>The superstructures are differently made. They are composed of a
- framework of sticks placed at various angles inclined upwards. This
- open form of disposition appears to be intended to allow the surface
- waters to escape to the extent that is necessary to keep the level of
- the pond at the uniform height that is desirable.</p>
-
- <p>Although it is usually considered that the intelligence of the beaver
- communities is chiefly shown by their ability in raising works of
- construction, I was informed by men who were intimately acquainted with
- the habits of these animals, that a greater<span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">39</span> sagacity was displayed
- in the methods adopted by them, under especial circumstances, for
- maintaining communications between their dwelling places and the woods
- from which they obtained their food and building materials.</p>
-
- <p>These rare and singular works of excavation are called beaver canals.
- One of these, which was the largest that was known to occur in this
- part of Michigan, I examined with the utmost attention. It was an open
- trench or channel, about half a mile long, two to three feet wide,
- and from one to two feet deep. The bottom was of the same width as
- the surface, the sides being perpendicular. It connected a large pond
- with the adjacent forest. The canal was sufficiently large to give
- room for a beaver to swim in it and push in front of him the cutting
- of birchwood that was to be conveyed to the lodge and there stored for
- the winter supply of food. The depth was enough for the purpose of
- concealment.</p>
-
- <p>I also examined some other canals connecting the ponds with trees,
- which were of a different character and much smaller. The Indians were
- of opinion that these must have been made exclusively for escape when
- the beavers, whilst at work, were suddenly alarmed.</p>
-
- <p>But the most important results of the actions of the beavers are the
- alterations made by them in the aspect of the country, in consequence
- of their raising the levels of the water and causing large spaces of
- land to be subject to overflow. Thus, when the dams are in order and
- efficiently maintained, much of the adjoining land, when it lies low,
- becomes a swamp and the trees decay and fall. Then if the works<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">40</span> are
- neglected and the waters follow their usual direction, the lands become
- dry and are changed into fertile grass meadows. Some of these meadows
- are of considerable extent. Around Ishpeming they supply the fodder
- required for the cattle employed at the mines. One of them, which
- occupies a large acreage, yields over fifty tons of hay annually.</p>
-
- <p>An explorer who happened to pass through a region of this nature after
- it had been deserted by the beavers, would be surprised, when following
- the trail through the forest, to find himself entering into one of
- these open spaces, which have the appearance of small savannahs, and he
- would be unable to understand how such sharply defined inclosures could
- have been formed.</p>
-
- <p>Near the borders of the meadows and ponds, several birches were
- undergoing the process of being felled. The operations were extremely
- curious, and it was evident that the beavers are both careful and
- ingenious in the execution of the work.</p>
-
- <p>The trees selected for their purposes are generally about three or
- four feet in circumference at the part that is within reach. The trunk
- of each tree is, in the first place, gnawed evenly round, until only
- a portion of the centre, about two inches in diameter, is left to
- maintain it in an upright position. It is then carefully gnawed from
- the direction towards which the tree is intended to fall, which is
- often a matter of some importance. When it is lying upon the ground,
- the bark is stripped and stored for food, the branches are cut into
- the requisite lengths and used also partly for winter provision, but
- chiefly with regard to what may be wanted for the construction and
- repair of the dams and lodges.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">41</span></p>
-
- <p>Upon returning one afternoon from the River Carp, I found that, by some
- inattention, I had left the track and had wandered into the forest. Men
- who are accustomed to explore this region had stated that the safest
- course to adopt when such an event occurred was to observe the position
- of the marks of the weather upon the trunks of the trees. In Michigan,
- it held been noticed that these evidences of exposure, consisting of
- moss or lichen, were upon the Northern sides, and it was considered
- that by watching these indications, a line of direction could be
- followed.</p>
-
- <p>It is possible that in places where the trees are much exposed this
- system may be useful, but in this case I did not find it so.</p>
-
- <p>The indications of weather were often very faint and difficult to
- trace. Where they did clearly exist, they varied so greatly in
- their position, that it was impossible to follow a straight line. I
- consequently soon gave up the attempt to find the trail by this method.
- Night was approaching, and the outlook was becoming grave. In all
- directions but one, there was nothing but many miles of dense forest,
- which it would be hopeless to attempt to pass through.</p>
-
- <p>The direction which was available had a broad base, being the road
- from Ishpeming to Marquette. This I knew must lie between south and
- south-west. Consequently if I could follow a line between these points,
- it was probable that the road would soon be reached, as its distance
- was less than three miles. I had my watch with me, and fortunately,
- the sun could be seen occasionally, so it was possible to make that my
- guide.</p>
-
- <p>Upon a rough calculation of the true bearing of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">42</span> the approaching
- sunset, I found that by keeping the glimmer of the light on the right
- hand, and walking steadily forward, the road ought to be reached before
- dark. It was, however, anxious work and it was getting late when I
- unexpectedly emerged into an open clearing, where a squatter had
- temporarily settled. It was with no slight pleasure that I heard the
- sounds of life, the lowing of cattle, and the welcome movements of a
- busy farmyard.<a id="FNanchor_10" href="#Footnote_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a></p>
-
- <p>After concluding my expeditions to the lands and ponds of the beavers,
- I went to that part of Michigan where the ancient mining pits and
- trenches have been discovered. The earliest knowledge of them was
- obtained by an American explorer who, in the year 1847, when seeking
- for indications of metal ore, <span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">43</span>noticed several depressions in the
- ground, and saw lying in a heap, near what seemed to be an ancient
- excavation, a number of rude stone hammers that he thought had probably
- been used by hand.</p>
-
- <p>In the following year another excavation was discovered, and after
- clearing this out to a depth of eighteen feet, there was found a
- detached mass of copper weighing over six tons which rested upon oak
- sleepers, and beneath it there was a vein of copper five feet thick.
- There were also several stone hammers, grooved for the purpose of
- having handles attached to them, and a copper chisel with a socket for
- a wooden handle, a fragment of which although much decayed, was still
- in its place. In an adjoining pit at a depth of ten feet, there was
- a wooden bowl and some charcoal.<a id="FNanchor_11" href="#Footnote_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> In some workings, subsequently
- discovered upon Isle Royale and near the end of <span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">44</span>the Kee-wai-wona
- promontory, a number of wooden wedges were seen, together with traces
- of extensive trenches.</p>
-
- <p>In consequence of these discoveries further investigations were
- made, and a large number of ancient pits were found in the forests,
- especially in the districts where are now placed the towns of Ontonagon
- and Houghton. It was within a few miles from the latter town, that the
- explorers observed the heap of stone hammers, and their attention was
- directed to the fact that they had been preceded in the search for
- copper by men of some unknown race, who possessed capacities for mining
- operations greater than could be attributed to the Chippewas who then
- occupied the land.</p>
-
- <p>In order to examine this heap I engaged a man—who knew the mining and
- forest region—to guide me to the spot where the hammers still remained.
- After crossing the Portage Lake and passing over some low neighbouring
- hills, we came to a depression in the ground which looked like an old
- ditch or trench. At the side of this ditch, I saw several hundreds of
- rounded water-worn stones of various sizes. These had evidently been
- chosen on account of the convenience of their shape, for the purpose of
- being used for crushing the rocks that contained metal.</p>
-
- <p>A few of the stones appeared to have been partly shaped by hand,
- but the majority of them were in their natural form. Several were
- perforated by small round holes, caused probably by the action of
- water. Some men who happened to be employed at one of the mines in the
- neighbourhood, told me<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">45</span> that in their opinion they had been made for
- thumb holes. They were, however, much too small for such a purpose.</p>
-
- <p>Upon my return to Houghton I met Mr. I. H. Forster, who was the agent
- for mines and a Senator for the State. He proposed to accompany me to
- the sites of those ancient workings that he had personally inspected.
- After passing through a forest of birch and pine trees, we reached an
- open space where we saw the evidences of the nature of the operations
- that had been executed.</p>
-
- <p>The direction of the trenches could be easily traced, although they
- were filled with earth and leaves. Several of the pits had been cleared
- out by the men employed at one of the new mines, and it was therefore
- possible to go down to the bottom of them and observe the methods of
- excavation. The first that I examined was twelve feet deep; from the
- base there ran two nearly horizontal galleries or adits, following the
- direction of the lode which ran N.W. and S.E. These adits were five
- feet wide and extended laterally about six feet. Upon the surface, near
- the edge of the pit, was the stump of a basswood tree, six feet in
- circumference, and at the opposite edge was the stump of a pine, four
- feet in circumference.</p>
-
- <p>The second pit was twenty yards from the first, and had evidently been
- sunk in the direction required in order to reach the same lode. It was
- ten feet deep. From the base there was one adit following the direction
- of the deposit of copper. Close to the edge of this pit was the stump
- of a small birch tree. Beyond this were seven other pits, from twenty
- to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">46</span> fifty yards apart, and in connection with these, there were several
- short trenches from two to four feet wide.</p>
-
- <p>The pits were discovered in 1865. Some animals were being driven along
- a track in the forest, when one of them straying from the path, plunged
- his feet deep into the ground; this was noticed, and an explorer for
- copper examined the place and pushed his stick down it. This led to a
- further search, and the hole was found to be an ancient pit. Shafts
- were sunk, and the result has been, that, one of the most important
- mines in the district was established near the spot.</p>
-
- <p>Upon another occasion I went with Mr. Forster to look at the trenches
- and pits that had been found in a more distant part of the forest.
- These pits were smaller than those that I had previously seen, but the
- trenches were frequently of considerable depth. I measured several that
- exceeded six feet deep. These trenches were usually in short lengths,
- but one of them was nearly two hundred feet long. Upon making inquiries
- amongst the leading men of the various copper mines that have been
- placed in the neighbourhood of the earlier workings, I was told that
- the practical miners were of opinion that these excavations were of
- considerable antiquity. It has, however, been proved by the condition
- of the things that were found in the pits that these conjectures are
- not well founded.</p>
-
- <p>Near Ontonagon, to the south-west of Portage Lake, a line of trenches
- was observed in 1863, and a shaft was sunk in a depression which was
- considered to be an old pit. At a depth of nine feet, one of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">47</span>
- workmen drew out upon the point of his pickaxe, a small untanned
- leather bag in a good state of preservation. It was noticed that the
- mouth of the bag was traversed by a leather string, which was in its
- place and could be used for drawing the opening together. The bag was
- seven inches wide and eleven inches deep.</p>
-
- <p>Two years afterwards, some men exploring the same part of the forest,
- observed a small mound about six feet high. After digging through
- it down to the ground, they reached the surface of a pit, which was
- carefully excavated by them. At the top there was a deposit of sand;
- below that, were many closely pressed layers of decayed leaves. At
- the bottom of the pit they saw a birch bark basket, in all respects,
- similar to those that are made and used by the modern Chippewas. Near
- the basket they also found a bit of beaver or otter skin with the fur
- upon it, portions of the jaw of a bear, several pieces of charcoal, a
- beating block—fourteen inches square and three inches thick—made out
- of a lump of copper conglomerate, some lengths of knotted strips of
- buckskin, and a rough bit of wood about three feet long, which the
- miners call a digging stick. A collection of these things had been
- placed in an office at Houghton, where I saw them. I noticed that the
- digging stick was worn and frayed at the end where it had been used,
- and that the fur on the beaver skin was still in good condition.</p>
-
- <p>In the same forest country as that where the pits were dug, several
- copper spear heads have been picked up. Those examined by me were
- unquestionably made by persons skilled in the working <span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">48</span>of metal.
- Several of the members attached to the mission at Sault Ste.
- Marie,<a id="FNanchor_12" href="#Footnote_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a>
- in the early part of the eighteenth century, made crosses and ornaments
- from copper that was brought to them by Indians, who had found small
- lumps of the metal on the surface of the ground. The spear heads may
- have been made at the mission house.</p>
-
- <p>After the cession of the Canadas to Great Britain in 1763, an English
- Company was formed for the purpose of searching for metal in this
- region. The operations were conducted by Mr. Alexander Henry, and it
- has been ascertained that for several years he worked near Ontonagon,
- and at other places upon the Kee-wai-wona promontory. Judging from the
- method in which, at the ancient workings, the lodes of copper have
- been traced through dense forests, it is evident that fixed plans of
- operations must have been pursued, and I came to the conclusion that
- the surveyor who directed them, must have had a competent knowledge of
- the use of the compass. It is <span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">49</span>therefore not unreasonable to assume,
- that all the pits and trenches were excavated under the superintendence
- of Europeans, at some period later than the sixteenth century.</p>
-
- <p>Several miles to the south of these works I was shown the spot
- where the last and decisive battle was fought between the Chippewas
- and Iroquois. This battle field, which was on a point of land near
- Kee-wai-wona bay, was remarkable because it affords an instance of
- the great distances that were sometimes traversed by Indians when
- conducting their wars of extermination. The Iroquois whose territories
- and villages were upon the southern shores of Lakes Ontario and Erie,
- crossed into the Chippewa lands by the way of the channels leading to
- Sault Ste. Marie. Therefore, supposing that they followed the most
- direct line to the place where the battle was fought, they must have
- passed over a distance of not less than six hundred miles.</p>
-
- <p>One of the burial mounds which had been opened, contained a large
- skull, a pipe made of dark slate and a stone hatchet. Upon the
- top of the mound was a pine tree which measured thirty inches in
- circumference. The scattered descendants of the Chippewa tribes dwell
- in the districts to the west of Lake Superior, but they occasionally
- wander into their original country. I met some of them near the shores
- of that great inland sea.</p>
-
- <p>During the time that I was travelling in these iron and copper regions,
- I took the opportunity of accompanying the superintendent of one of the
- mines to look at the evidences of the action of the glacial drift upon
- the surfaces of the hills that had been<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">50</span> cleared for the purpose of
- executing some preliminary mining operations. Some of these hills were
- composed of solid hematite iron and jasper, and yet these hard rocks
- were deeply grooved by the pressure that had been exerted against them.</p>
-
- <p>Near Ishpeming there was a low range of hills or knobs, whose formation
- was a compact greenstone with wide veins of iron, which had been
- subjected to a severe grinding, and was furrowed with grooves two feet
- wide and five and a half inches deep. The general direction of this
- range was from E.N.E. to W.S.W. and the action of pressure was greatest
- where the sides of the hills faced towards the north. The grooves were
- about nine hundred feet above the level of Lake Superior. Large erratic
- boulders covered the surface of the land. I measured one of them which
- was lying exposed in a depression between two conical hills, eight
- hundred and fifty feet above the lake. It must have weighed over twenty
- tons. The boulders were usually masses of basalt, black or red granite,
- porphyry and jasper. Rounded boulders of pure copper are sometimes
- found. One of these, of exceptional size, was in the forest, in the
- direction of Ontonagon, and was estimated to weigh about eighteen tons.</p>
-
- <p>Near Houghton, Mr. Forster showed me the surface of a hill, four
- hundred feet above the lake, which had been made perfectly smooth by
- the action of the drift passing over it. At another part where the rock
- was exposed we counted fifty-seven grooves over a space of sixty-seven
- feet of surface. Judging from the direction of the groovings on the
- Kee-wai-wona promontory and the iron hills of Michigan,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">51</span>
- the boulders appear to have been carried from Labrador.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_050f"><img src="images/i_050f.jpg" width="516" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Chippewa Chief.<br />(west of lake superior.)</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>The waters and floating icebergs must have swept over this country with
- much force for in many places the pressure exerted seems to have been
- enormous.</p>
-
- <p>On my way south from this land, which contained so much that attracted
- attention, I visited the reservation of the Oneidas, at the spot where
- the council fire of that tribe was originally established, near Lake
- Ontario. I was received by the hereditary chief of that tribe, who
- was named Beech-tree. As he could not speak a word of English, our
- conversation was carried on with the assistance of his grandson, who
- acted as interpreter. Beech-tree was a large, broad shouldered man,
- with a remarkably massive head. If I had met him in the north of China,
- I should have taken him for a Manchu Tartar. His hair was very long and
- black, and tinged with grey.</p>
-
- <p>He told his grandson to say that he was proud of his unmixed descent
- from the ancient chiefs of his nation, which had once been powerful,
- and that the land upon which we stood belonged by right to the Oneidas,
- and was the place where they held their great councils and decided
- upon questions of war or peace. After having made, with assumed
- dignity, this brief oration, Beech-tree retired into the interior of
- his hut, and I returned to my country cart, which had conveyed me to
- his territory, and finally reached the shores of Lake Erie. After
- traversing Lakes Huron and Michigan, I proceeded to the banks of the
- Ohio river, with the purpose of making expeditions to the works of the
- Mound Builders.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">52</span></p>
-
- <p>Before quitting the Oneida reservation, I made inquiries about a man
- named Williams, concerning whom I had heard, when at Boston, a strange
- and romantic story. It appears that Williams, whose parentage was
- uncertain or unknown, was sent early in the present century from the
- Indian village of St. Régis, to act as a missionary among the Oneidas.
- Some years later, rumours were spread to the effect that he was the
- true Dauphin, the son of Louis XVI. These rumours were stated to be
- based upon grounds which warranted a fair degree of belief.</p>
-
- <p>The story as told to me at Oneida was that Williams was supposed to
- have been born at St. Régis (a picturesque village reservation on the
- South bank of the St. Lawrence, and which, at the time that I saw it,
- contained a population of fifteen hundred Iroquois, the majority of
- whom were half-breeds).</p>
-
- <p>In early manhood he was sent to a college, trained for missionary work,
- and ultimately appointed to preach among the Oneidas. I was informed,
- by those who had previously known him, that he was an honest, zealous
- missionary, who was quite incapable of attempting any form of imposture.</p>
-
- <p>It however happened (such is the story,) that the Prince de Joinville,
- when travelling in America, came to Oneida and saw Williams. It is also
- stated that he visited him on a second occasion. After this second
- meeting, it was thought by the residents in the neighbourhood, that
- Williams was possibly the Dauphin.</p>
-
- <p>A picture of Simon, the gaoler who treated the young prisoner in
- the Temple with such incredible brutality, was shown to him, and he
- instantly started back with horror, as if recalling some painful
- memory. Williams had no recollection of anything about his youth before
- the age of fourteen.</p>
-
- <p>In consequence of these apparent corroborations of the local surmises,
- it was conjectured that after the execution of Louis XVI., the young
- Dauphin was removed from the prison, sent to America and placed in an
- Indian family at St. Régis. Williams lived for many years with the
- Oneidas, and died at an advanced age. He was described as having been
- a man of portly physique, with large features and big hands and feet.
- His complexion was rather dark. I think it is probable that he was
- descended from half-breed Indian parents.</p>
-
- <p>It will be observed, that, the whole value of the evidence supporting
- the theory of his being the Dauphin, depends upon the accuracy
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">53</span> of the
- story that he received two visits from the Prince de Joinville. This
- statement, if correct, appears however to establish the presumption
- that the Royal Family of France, may have had some doubts with regard
- to the truth of the report of the death of Louis XVII. in the Temple.
- It is certain that a boy, said to have been that young prince, was
- buried by the orders of the Commune in an obscure churchyard in the
- Faubourg St. Antoine, in the year 1795; but the evidence is scarcely
- conclusive upon the subject.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">54</span>
- <a id="i_054"><img src="images/i_054.jpg" width="700" height="487" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption"><i>Plan of the region within which are the Earthworks
- of the Mound builders.</i></div>
- </div>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_IV">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">55</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER IV.<br />
- <span class="subhead center"><b>ANCIENT INDIAN MOUNDS AND EARTHWORKS IN OHIO.</b></span>
- <span class="subhead">
- Earthworks of the Mound Builders and their geographical
- position.—Miamisburgh Mound.—Grave Creek Mound.—Ages and
- contents of burial mounds.—Rectangular, circular and octagonal
- Inclosures near Newark.— Marietta Earthworks.—Discoveries made
- in a burial mound.—Fortifications near Portsmouth.—Encampments
- in the valley of the Scioto.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">The</span> great earthworks in Ohio are the subject of much antiquarian
- interest and conjecture. Several surveys of them have been made for the
- purpose of ascertaining their purpose and the probable period of their
- construction, but nothing definite has yet been determined.</p>
-
- <p>In considering the various theories respecting the migrations of
- the aboriginal tribes, it is strange that traces of the same kind
- of encampments have not been found either in the North-West towards
- Asia, or in the southern parts of the valley of the Mississippi. It
- is difficult to understand how it happens that these works only occur
- within a comparatively confined region. Their actual geographical
- limits are contained within an area bounded approximately, towards the
- South, by the left bank of the river Ohio, from the neighbourhood of
- Cincinnati towards the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">56</span>
- West, to Wheeling towards the East, and not
- extending northwards beyond a line drawn from East to West through the
- centre of Ohio.</p>
-
- <p>Consequently it will be seen, upon making a reference to the map, that
- the works of the people called the Mound Builders, are situated within
- the southern division of the State including both banks of the Ohio
- river. These were their extreme limits, but the part of the country
- chiefly occupied by them has a much lesser area.</p>
-
- <p>It is evident from the positions of the earthworks, that the tribes
- which raised them thought it necessary to maintain their communications
- by water with the valley of the Ohio, and on the banks of that river
- they had several important fortifications or encampments. It is,
- however, upon the banks of the tributaries that fall into the Ohio from
- the North, that their settlements were most numerous, especially upon
- the Scioto, the Muskinghum and the streams entering those rivers near
- Newark and Chillicothe.</p>
-
- <p>The first earthwork that I visited was the great mound of Miamisburgh,
- which is situated upon the summit of high ground overlooking the
- valley of the Little Miami river. It was opened and examined in 1869,
- a few months before I saw it. In appearance and shape it resembled the
- largest of the Tumuli that were raised upon the plains of Troy, but the
- dimensions of this American mound are much greater. It is sixty-eight
- feet high, and has a circumference at the base of about eight hundred
- and thirty feet.</p>
-
- <p>A perpendicular shaft was sunk from the centre of the summit to the
- centre of the base, and two horizontal shafts were made, one at
- eighteen feet, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">57</span>
- another at thirty-six feet respectively. At a
- depth of four feet from the top, there was a layer of wood ashes. At
- eight feet there was discovered a skeleton and some decayed wood. At
- fifteen feet there was a layer of charcoal and lime. At the depth of
- twenty-four feet a singular construction was found. It consisted of an
- upright stone, standing upon two flat stones, together with a number of
- rounded water-worn stones. With these there was some closely pressed
- material, looking like a kind of cloth made from wood fibre. Upon
- reaching the depth of thirty feet, there was discovered a quantity of
- charcoal and ashes. Six feet below this was a hollow space and, from
- the character of the contents within, it was supposed that there must
- have been a vault there, which had been surrounded and covered with
- logs of wood. At the base of the mound there was a large quantity of
- charcoal.</p>
-
- <p>Before the tumulus was opened, it had been conjectured that it was
- raised by the Indians for the purposes of observation. It is situated
- at the extreme western limit of the territories of the Mound Builders,
- and at a considerable distance from any of their other earthworks.
- The other great burial mound was placed in a similar manner beyond
- the eastern boundary at the confluence of a small stream called the
- Grave Creek with the Ohio, near Wheeling. On my way there by the
- river, I passed the mouths of the Scioto and Muskinghum, and the towns
- of Portsmouth and Marietta,<a id="FNanchor_13" href="#Footnote_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> where are the remains of
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">58</span>extensive
- encampments.</p>
-
- <p>The Grave Creek Mound is similar to that at Miamisburgh, but it is, in
- all its measurements, rather larger and rises to a height of seventy
- feet. In the early part of the present century, some slight excavations
- were made upon the slopes, and it was then ascertained that numerous
- skeletons were buried there.</p>
-
- <p>In the year 1838, a more thorough system of examination was adopted.
- A shaft was carried through horizontally from the surface of the
- ground at the base to the centre. Then a perpendicular shaft was sunk
- from the centre of the summit to the base, connecting these with the
- passage already opened. At three feet from the summit there was found
- a skeleton in a complete state of decay. Thirty-two feet lower down,
- there was a small vault or structure of logs of wood, within which was
- another skeleton also decayed. At the base there was a larger vault,
- containing two skeletons which were in a sufficiently well preserved
- condition to enable them, subsequently, to be exhibited. These
- skeletons were found to be partly enveloped in a fibrous material, and
- they were placed within a structure, formed by a number of upright logs
- of wood, covered by other similar logs placed horizontally. Upon the
- top of this roof there had been piled a small heap of stones.</p>
-
- <p>The excavation of the horizontal shaft, near the surface, disclosed a
- very singular system of burial.</p>
-
- <p>Dr. Clemens,<a id="FNanchor_14" href="#Footnote_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> in his account of this operation,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">59</span>states that at a
- distance of twelve or fifteen feet were found masses of a substance
- composed of charcoal and burnt bones, and also that when enlarging the
- lower vault, in which were the two skeletons, ten more skeletons were
- discovered, all of them in a sitting posture, but in a state so fragile
- as to defy all attempts to preserve them. In this lower vault there
- were six hundred and fifty beads made of shell and perforated in the
- centre. In the smaller vault above, in which was the single skeleton,
- there were seventeen hundred shell beads, about one hundred and fifty
- small plates of mica perforated at their sides and corners, five
- hundred marine shells and five copper bands or bracelets which were
- placed on the bones of the arms.</p>
-
- <p>There was a tree growing upon the top of the mound which interfered
- with the operations. Dr. Clemens stated that it was two-and-a-half
- feet in diameter, and had three hundred growths from centre to
- circumference. Some years earlier another oak which had become decayed
- was cut down by the proprietor, who said that he had counted upon it
- nearly five hundred annual rings. The number of rings in the trunk of
- a tree, growing upon any part of the mound, gives clear evidence upon
- the question of its least age, and therefore it may be assumed that the
- date of the completion of the burial mound cannot be later than the
- fourteenth century. It is, however, possible that there may have been
- several successive growths of trees on the slopes, and in that case it
- may have been raised at some earlier period. The Miamisburgh mound, at
- the time when I saw it, was covered with trees, none of which appeared
- to be of great age.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">60</span>
- They must have been preceded by other growths.</p>
-
- <p>The nature of the ornaments buried with the skeletons in the Grave
- Creek mound, seems to prove that there must have been communications
- between these Ohio races, and the tribes dwelling to the South of
- the Mississippi valley,<a id="FNanchor_15" href="#Footnote_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a> for the small sea shells were considered
- to be of the same kind as those seen on the beaches in Florida. The
- glittering flat slabs of mica, which hung over the breast, either as
- ornaments or marks of distinction, were similar to those discovered in
- burial mounds in the Iroquois country, near Lake Ontario. The copper
- bracelets were of rude workmanship, and were probably hammered into
- their shape from lumps of native copper. Similar bracelets have been
- found <span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">61</span>
- in some smaller burial mounds in other parts of Ohio. Those
- examined by me were made in the most rough and simple manner. The
- copper seems to have been beaten out into the required lengths, and
- then bent over to form the bracelets. The shapes resembled the bangles
- made in Hindostan and Persia.</p>
-
- <p>There are circumstances with respect to the manner of burial by the
- Mound Builders which require to be noticed. It seems from the evidence
- of the various excavations that have been made, that it was frequently
- the custom to construct in the centre of the spot intended to be a
- burial place, a vault surrounded by upright logs of wood. In this was
- put the earliest burial, which was probably that of a chief. This vault
- was then covered with a roof of logs, and over it was piled a heap of
- stones. Other mounds were added in the course of time, and were placed
- on the surface of the ground in a circle surrounding the vault. This
- system of placing mounds was then continued in circles, one outside
- the other, until the space or area intended to be occupied was filled
- up. The later interments were probably made successively one above the
- other, until the tumulus was completed. The time that would elapse
- before a tribe had raised such a high mound as that at the Grave Creek,
- would necessarily be very long.</p>
-
- <p>In the town of Newark, situated in a part of the country which appears
- to have been much occupied by the races that built the ancient
- earthworks, a very interesting collection of local antiquities had been
- brought together. Amongst the various relics discovered in the mounds
- were, stone axes and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">62</span>
- chisels, quantities of rude coarse pottery, many
- shell beads, and some copper bracelets.</p>
-
- <p>Dr. Wilson, who was a resident in the neighbourhood, and took much
- personal interest in antiquarian investigations, told me he had
- observed that the larger burial places seemed to have been raised
- gradually, and at intervals. He had formed the opinion that the
- Indians usually traced upon the surface of the ground the outer base
- of the tumulus. Within the inclosed space a number of skeletons were
- then laid and covered over with layers of earth or small mounds. Over
- these, after a certain time had elapsed, more skeletons were placed
- and similarly covered. This system of burial was continued until the
- mound was completed. There were evidences of a great burning having
- taken place upon the top of every successive series of burials. The
- nature of the contents of such of the smaller mounds as had been opened
- varied in many respects. In some instances nothing was found except
- ashes and broken pottery. In others were skeletons together with stone
- pipes, chisels made of hard greenstone, flint arrow heads, bone awls
- and numerous beads. There were also occasionally found a few rudely
- made copper rings. In a mound which was supposed to be a child’s grave,
- a necklace of beads, strung upon a kind of fibre, was placed round the
- neck of the skeleton.</p>
-
- <p>There was a large cairn, above forty feet in height, placed a few
- miles south of the town, which was destroyed about the middle of the
- present century in order to obtain materials for constructing a portion
- of the banks of a canal. When the stones were removed, fifteen small
- mounds composed of earth were<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">63</span>
- discovered ranged in a circle at some
- distance from the centre, and near the outer part of the base. There
- was also a central mound which contained a quantity of human bones. In
- one of the outer mounds the explorers saw a hollow wooden trough, in
- which was a skeleton and several rings made of copper. I examined some
- fragments of this trough that were preserved in the Museum. The wood
- was black and very hard. It was considered that the mounds beneath the
- cairn contained earth that must have been brought from a distance. This
- singular fact is in accordance with what has been observed in other
- Indian works, and probably has a special significance.</p>
-
- <p>Judging from the character of the relics that have been discovered
- in the Ohio mounds,<a id="FNanchor_16" href="#Footnote_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> it does not appear that there is any reason
- to justify the conclusion<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">64</span>
- that the Mound Builders differed in
- their condition of civilisation from the other Indian tribes. The
- consideration of this subject has been made perplexing in consequence
- of the existence of the numerous burial places of the tribes who were
- settled in this region after the arrival of the Europeans. In several
- mounds were found gunbarrels, silver crosses and other objects which
- are undoubtedly of foreign workmanship. The crosses were usually placed
- upon the breasts of the skeletons, and from this circumstance it is
- probable that they belonged to Indians who had been converted by the
- French missionaries.</p>
-
- <p>After I had seen the principal burial places of the Mound Builders, I
- proceeded to look at the largest and most important group of that class
- of earthworks, which were considered by Messrs. Squier and Davis, who
- surveyed them in 1845, to have been raised for the purpose of religious
- ceremonial, and who accordingly called them sacred inclosures. It has
- also been conjectured that they may have been fortified camps.</p>
-
- <p>They are situated a few miles from Newark, upon a slightly elevated
- plain, about forty feet above a river now called the Licking Creek.
- Upon two sides of them there are smaller streams, respectively named,
- South Fork and Racoon Creek: thus the camps are surrounded on three
- sides by water. The site chosen by the Indians was well adapted for
- the purpose of defence, when the habits or requirements of the tribes
- were such as to make it desirable for them to establish their dwelling
- places as near as possible to a river. The inclosures are designed
- with skill, and their construction must have involved arduous and long
- continued labour, which was probably <span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">65</span>
- executed in consequence of the
- apprehension of serious danger from the attacks of enemies. Upon an
- examination of their formation, it becomes evident that the men who
- traced the lines of the embankments, followed clear and well-defined
- rules.</p>
-
- <p>As these earthworks are, with respect to their principles of
- construction, the most remarkable of their kind in North America, it
- is expedient to investigate their plans with careful attention. The
- inclosure, which is marked A on the annexed ground plan, consists
- of a large octagonal work connected with a smaller circular work.
- The octagon contains an area of about forty acres, surrounded by an
- embankment whose existing average height slightly exceeds five feet.
- There are eight entrances or gateways placed at equal distances from
- each other. They are guarded by mounds, made sufficiently wide to
- extend a little beyond the width of the openings and thus cover the
- approach. These mounds are of the same height as the ramparts, and are
- placed within them. They were made flat upon the top, and possibly the
- platform thus made was useful for defensive operations.</p>
-
- <p>At one end of the inclosure the ramparts leave the octagon, and form
- two parallel banks leading into the circle B. This approach
- is nearly one hundred yards long and about fifteen yards wide. At its
- termination the banks turn to the right and left, and form a circular
- work containing an area of twenty acres. At the outer edge of the
- circle and opposite to the entrance, is placed a large flat-topped
- mound, attached to, but outside the general line of the banks. This
- mound, according to my measurements, was twelve feet in perpendicular
- height, and had a platform on its summit which was about one hundred
- and eighty feet long by thirty feet wide. In consequence of being
- several feet higher than the embankments and outside their line, it
- commands the approaches to that part of the inclosure. There is no
- exterior or interior ditch to either of these works.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">66</span>
- <a id="i_066"><img src="images/i_066.jpg" width="700" height="488" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption"><i>Plan of Indian Inclosures and Parallel Embankments
- near Newark, Ohio</i></div>
- </div>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">67</span></p>
-
- <p>From the central, or eastern opening of the octagon a long low line
- of parallel embankments connect it with another group of earthworks
- which, in the plan, is marked C. The inclosure has been, in
- many parts, destroyed or levelled, but it is possible to trace its
- original form. It appears to have been an exact square, containing
- an area of twenty acres. This square is connected with the circular
- work D by parallel banks in the same manner as the octagon
- is joined to the circle B, but they are of greater length
- and magnitude. At the entrance, where the banks diverge outwards and
- begin to form the curve of the circle, they rise to a height exceeding
- fifteen feet.</p>
-
- <p>The appearance of these great avenues of approach, and the inclosing
- banks, covered with forest trees, is very impressive, and it can be
- well understood why it has been thought probable that the circular
- work was raised for the purpose of performing religious or sacrificial
- ceremonies. With respect to that opinion it should be observed that, in
- this particular instance, the theory that the lofty banks were intended
- as a fortification is to some extent doubtful, because it happens that
- the ditch is placed within the ramparts. This method of defence is
- unquestionably <span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">68</span>
- opposed to all the rules of European fortification.
- Possibly in the systems of Indian warfare where stockades were
- generally used, and sometimes placed on the sides of sloping banks, an
- inner ditch may have been considered more capable of defence than one
- placed externally.</p>
-
- <p>The inclosure, like that at B, is in the shape of a circle.
- It contains an area of about twenty-six acres. The ramparts have an
- average height of nearly twelve feet, and the depth of the ditch is
- over nine feet. At that part of the work which is near the entrance,
- the dimensions are, however, of still greater importance, and the
- perpendicular height measured from the bottom of the ditch exceeds
- twenty-eight feet. The length of the inner slope may be estimated as
- being about forty-two feet. In the centre of the inclosure, there is a
- low heap of earth and stones which, in consequence of its shape, has
- received the name of the eagle mound. It is not improbable that this
- was the spot where, after the Indians returned from their wars, their
- prisoners were tied to a stake, then tortured, and burnt in accordance
- with the usual customs, and war dances with other savage ceremonies,
- were performed in the presence of the women and children assembled
- around.</p>
-
- <p>When taking into consideration the various circumstances which are
- apparent in the<a id="FNanchor_17" href="#Footnote_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a>Newark <span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">69</span>
- inclosures, particular attention should be
- given to the fact that their ground plans are geometrical figures.
- Thus the circle B is accurately traced. D has some small difference
- in the lengths of its diameters, but is very nearly a true circle.
- The square has its four sides equal, and all its angles are right
- angles. The octagon is carefully laid down, and its angles are almost
- mathematically correct.</p>
-
- <p>The plans and measurements are evidences of the existence of mental
- capacities which were far in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">70</span>
- advance of those of the present Indian
- races, who are remarkable for their extreme indifference to all ideas
- of regularity of form, and who have not, and never could have had, the
- slightest acquaintance with the rules of geometry.</p>
-
- <p>The Licking river, after passing these inclosures, finally enters the
- Muskinghum, and the Muskinghum falls into the Ohio. The confluence
- takes place near the town of Marietta, where there are groups of
- earthworks which, in many respects, resemble those at Newark, and
- some of the areas were equal. The positions for the inclosures
- were evidently chosen upon similar principles. They were upon a
- comparatively elevated plateau, and had direct communication with the
- river.</p>
-
- <p>In the early part of the present century some discoveries were made,
- which were considered to be of the utmost importance. It was thought
- that they had a direct bearing upon the question of the civilisation
- and antiquity of the Mound Builders, and a letter, written by Dr.
- Hildreth, has been acknowledged to be a very important contribution to
- the evidence upon these subjects.<a id="FNanchor_18" href="#Footnote_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a></p>
-
- <p>The letter ran as follows:-</p>
-
- <blockquote>
- <p class="right">“Marietta, July 19th, 1819.</p>
-
- <p>“In removing the earth which composed an ancient mound in one
- of the streets of Marietta, on the margin of the plain, near
- the fortifications, several curious articles were discovered
- the latter part of June last. They appear to have been buried
- with the body of the person to whose memory this mound was erected.</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">71</span>
- <a id="i_071"><img src="images/i_071.jpg" width="496" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Inclosures at Marietta. 1837.</div>
- </div>
-
- <blockquote>
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">72</span>
- “Lying immediately over, or on the forehead of the body, were
- found three large circular bosses, or ornaments for a sword
- belt, or a buckler; they are composed of copper, overlaid
- with a thick plate of silver. The fronts of them are slightly
- convex, with a depression, like a cup, in the centre, and
- measure two inches and a quarter across the face of each. On
- the back side, opposite the depressed portion, is a copper
- rivet or nail, around which are two separate plates, by which
- they were fastened to the leather. Two small pieces of the
- leather were found lying between the plates of one of the
- bosses; they resemble the skin of an old mummy, and seem to
- have been preserved by the salts of the copper. The plates of
- copper are nearly reduced to an oxyde, or rust. The silver
- looks quite black, but is not much corroded, and on rubbing,
- it becomes quite brilliant. Two of these are yet entire; the
- third one is so much wasted, that it dropped in pieces on
- removing it from the earth. Around the rivet of one of them
- is a small quantity of flax or hemp, in a tolerable state of
- preservation. Near the side of the body was found a plate of
- silver which appears to have been the upper part of a sword
- scabbard; it is six inches in length and two inches in breadth,
- and weighs one ounce; it has no ornaments or figures, but has
- three longitudinal ridges, which probably corresponded with
- edges, or ridges of the sword; it seems to have been fastened
- to the scabbard by three or<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">73</span>
- four rivets, the holes of which yet remain in the silver.</p>
-
- <p>“Two or three broken pieces of a copper tube, were also found,
- filled with iron rust. These pieces, from their appearance,
- composed the lower end of the scabbard, near the point of the
- sword. No sign of the sword itself was discovered, except the
- appearance of rust above mentioned.</p>
-
- <p>“Near the feet, was found a piece of copper, weighing three
- ounces. From its shape it appears to have been used as a plumb,
- or for an ornament, as near one of the ends is a circular
- crease, or groove, for tying a thread; it is round, two inches
- and a half in length, one inch in diameter at the centre, and
- half-an-inch at each end. It is composed of small pieces of
- native copper, pounded together; and in the cracks between the
- pieces, are stuck several pieces of silver; one nearly the size
- of a four-penny piece, or half a dime. This copper ornament
- was covered with a coat of green rust, and is considerably
- corroded. A piece of red ochre, or paint, and a piece of
- iron ore, which has the appearance of having been partially
- vitrified, or melted, were also found. The ore is about the
- specific gravity of pure iron.</p>
-
- <p>“The body of the person here buried, was laid on the surface of
- the earth, with his face upwards, and his feet pointing to the
- north-east, and head to the south-west. From the appearance of
- several pieces of charcoal, and bits of partially burnt fossil
- coal, and the black colour of the earth, it would appear that
- the funeral obsequies had been celebrated by fire; and while
- the ashes<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">74</span>
- were yet hot and smoking, a circle of flat stones
- had been laid around and over the body. The circular covering
- is about eight feet in diameter, and the stones yet look
- black, as if stained by fire and smoke. This circle of stones
- seems to have been the nucleus on which the mound was formed,
- as immediately over them is heaped the common earth of the
- adjacent plain, composed of a clayey sand and coarse gravel.
- This mound must originally have been about ten feet high, and
- thirty feet in diameter at its base. At the time of opening
- it, the height was six feet, and diameter between thirty and
- forty. It has every appearance of being as old as any in the
- neighbourhood, and was, at the first settlement of Marietta,
- covered with large trees, the remains of whose roots were yet
- apparent in digging away the earth. It also seems to have been
- made for this single personage, as the remains of one skeleton
- only were discovered. The bones were much decayed, and many of
- them crumbled to dust on exposure to the air. From the length
- of some of them, it is supposed the person was about six feet
- in height.</p>
-
- <p>“Nothing unusual was discovered in their form, except that
- those of the skull were uncommonly thick. The situation of
- the mound on high ground, near the margin of the plain, and
- the porous quality of the earth, are admirably calculated
- to preserve any perishable substance from the certain
- decay which would attend it in many other situations. To
- these circumstances, is attributed the tolerable state of
- preservation in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">75</span>
- which several of the articles above described
- were found, after lying in the earth for several centuries. We
- say <i>centuries</i>, from the fact that trees were found growing
- on those ancient works, whose ages were ascertained to amount
- to between four and five hundred years each, by counting the
- concentric circles in the stumps after the trees were cut down;
- and on the ground, besides them, were other trees in a state of
- decay, that appeared to have fallen from old age.”</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <p>It should be observed with reference to the statements made in the
- above letter, that the age of the trees, said to have been estimated by
- the early settlers at Marietta, has generally been accepted as being
- correct, and based upon direct and accurate evidence. Consequently it
- would be necessary to admit that the earthworks were raised at some
- period before the fifteenth century.</p>
-
- <p>Passing from the question of this date, as calculated by the annular
- rings counted upon the trees, to the subject of the contents of the
- burial mound which was excavated in the presence of Dr. Hildreth; the
- problem that has chiefly to be solved is the age of the silver-plated
- ornaments. It is difficult to fix the time when these were made, but
- judging from the sketches of them, as published in the account of these
- discoveries, the ornaments appear to have been such as would have been
- placed upon the sword belt and scabbard of a European officer of rank.</p>
-
- <p>When the inclosures and their ramparts were for the first time surveyed
- and described in the year 1805, it was observed that there were
- parallel passages or protected ways leading from the larger of
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">76</span> the
- forts down to the river. These appear to correspond with the parallels
- that can still be traced at Newark, and which also lead to the river.
- Those at Marietta were however more remarkable, because, in order to
- obtain the gradual approach which was required, it was necessary,
- apparently, to excavate the river bank in such a manner as to make a
- sunken road. A conveniently sloped communication with the water was
- thus constructed. It is probable that at the river side where the
- protecting embankments terminated, a fleet of canoes was kept ready for
- use or escape.</p>
-
- <p>The next confluence of rivers below Marietta, occurs at the point
- where the Scioto falls into the Ohio. Near the spot where the town of
- Portsmouth is now situated, are traces of an extensive series of low
- embankments which seem to have been made for temporary entrenchments.
- On the opposite or south bank of the river, there was an inclosure
- constructed in the shape of a square, each of the sides being eight
- hundred feet long; the area inclosed was nearly fifteen acres. The
- embankments were over twelve feet high: and there was no ditch.</p>
-
- <p>This fort was brought into especial notice in consequence of a strange
- discovery. A large number of iron pickaxes, shovels and gunbarrels were
- found buried in the ramparts. It has been conjectured that they were
- hidden there by the French soldiers when they retreated down the Ohio
- after the capture of Fort Du Quesne<a id="FNanchor_19" href="#Footnote_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> by the British forces in the
- year <span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">77</span>
- 1758. The Indian fortifications on the banks of that river were
- placed upon the direct line of the communication with the other French
- forts in the valley of the Mississippi and Louisiana. In the ordinary
- course of events they would probably have been used by the French and
- their Indian allies, when they happened to be in their neighbourhood.</p>
-
- <p>The valley of the river Scioto above Portsmouth, towards Chillicothe,
- was evidently much frequented by the Indians, who dwelt in inclosures
- resembling in their formation the square and circular works at
- Newark, although the embankments were of smaller dimensions. A brief
- description of one of them as it existed when first surveyed, is
- sufficient to give a knowledge of the usual plans of these encampments.
- It was situated on the left bank of a tributary of the Scioto, called
- Paint Creek.</p>
-
- <p>There was a square inclosure, each of whose sides was one thousand and
- eighty feet in length. Attached to this square, which contained an area
- of twenty-seven acres, was a large circular inclosure having a diameter
- of about seventeen hundred feet. This circle had another smaller work
- connected with it which was also circular, and had a diameter of eight
- hundred feet. The embankments of all these inclosures were low, and did
- not anywhere <span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">78</span>
- exceed five feet in height. The position of the gateways
- and the mounds protecting them was the same as in the octagonal work
- at Newark. The large circle had an opening into it leading out of the
- square, and the small circle had also one opening which connected it
- with the other.</p>
-
- <p>This part of Ohio was, in the eighteenth century, occupied by
- settlements of the Shawnee tribes. In several of the burial mounds,
- which are supposed to have belonged to them, there have been found
- copper kettles, silver crosses and iron gunbarrels—all of which must
- have been unquestionably made by workmen of European descent.</p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_V">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">79</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER V.<br />
- <span class="subhead"><b>MOUNDS AND EARTHWORKS IN OHIO.</b></span>
- <span class="subhead">
- Ancient Fortified Inclosures at Circleville.—Discoveries
- in a Burial Mound.—Alligator Totem near Newark.—Fort
- Ancient.—Age of Trees growing upon the Ramparts at Fort
- Hill.—Traditions.—Geometrical Ground Plans of Indian
- Inclosures.—Conclusions.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Before</span> quitting the subject of those ancient earthworks, which were
- planned upon geometrical figures, it is necessary to take into
- consideration certain inclosures that were situated in the higher parts
- of the Scioto Valley, in a position which is at the present time,
- occupied by the town of Circleville.</p>
-
- <p>The embankments or ramparts have been razed to the ground, and no
- traces remain of what appears to have been one of the most perfect
- examples of the mathematical accuracy of that type of construction. It
- is fortunate that during the demolition of the works, there happened
- to be present an antiquarian of such an acknowledged reputation as
- Mr. Atwater, for he has written a full account of their form and
- dimensions,<a id="FNanchor_20" href="#Footnote_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a> together with a report upon the strange
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">80</span>discoveries
- made when excavating a burial mound, inside the circular inclosure near
- its centre. Mr. Atwater, who evidently took careful measurements,<a id="FNanchor_21" href="#Footnote_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a>
- wrote a statement which includes the following extracts:-</p>
-
- <blockquote>
- <p>“There are two forts, one being an exact circle, the other an
- exact square. The former is surrounded by two walls, with a
- deep ditch between them. The latter is encompassed by one wall,
- without any ditch. The former was sixty-nine rods in diameter,
- measuring from outside to outside of the circular outer wall;
- the latter is exactly fifty-five rods square measuring the
- same way. The walls of the circular fort were at least twenty
- feet in height, measuring from the bottom of the ditch, before
- the town of Circleville was built. The inner wall was of clay,
- taken up probably in the northern part of the fort, where was a
- low place, and is still considerably lower than any other part
- of the work. The outside wall was taken from the ditch which
- is between these walls, and is alluvial, consisting of pebbles
- worn smooth in water, and sand, to a very considerable depth,
- more than fifty feet at least. The outside of the walls is
- about five or six feet in height now; on the inside, the ditch
- is, at present, generally not more than fifteen feet. They are
- disappearing before us daily, and will soon be gone. The walls
- of the square fort are at this time, where left standing, about
- ten feet in height. There were eight gateways or openings
- leading into the square fort, and only one into the circular
- fort. Before each of these openings was a mound of earth,
- perhaps four feet high, forty feet perhaps in diameter at the
- base, and twenty or upwards at the summit. These mounds, for
- two rods or more, are exactly in front of the gateways, and
- were intended for the defence of these openings.” ...</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">81</span>
- <a id="i_081"><img src="images/i_081.jpg" width="484" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption"><span class="smcap">Inclosures at Circleville.</span><br />
- <span class="small">Reduced from the survey of Mr. Atwater.</span></div>
- </div>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">82</span>
- “The extreme care of the authors of these works to protect and
- defend every part of the circle, is nowhere visible about this
- square fort. The former is defended by two high walls, the
- latter by one. The former has a deep ditch encircling it, this
- has none. The former could be entered at one place only; this
- at eight, and those about twenty feet broad.” ... “The round
- fort was picketed in, if we are to judge from the appearance of
- the ground on and about the walls. Half-way up the outside of
- the inner wall, is a place distinctly to be seen, where a row
- of <em>pickets</em> once stood, and where it was placed when this work
- of defence was originally erected.” ...</p>
-
- <p>“What surprised me on measuring these forts, was the exact
- manner in which they had laid down their circle and square;
- so that after every effort, by the most careful survey, to
- detect some error in their measurement, we found that it was
- impossible, and that the measurement was much more correct
- than it would have been, in all probability, had the present
- inhabitants undertaken to construct such a work.”</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <p class="noindent">The mound that had been raised within the circle
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">83</span> was ten feet high.
- Its summit had been levelled in order to obtain a platform which had a
- diameter of nearly thirty feet, and had probably been used as a site
- for the dwelling of the chief of the tribe. Mr. Atwater watched the
- proceedings when this mound was destroyed. He states that it contained:—</p>
-
- <ol>
- <li>“Two human skeletons lying on what had been the original
- surface of the earth.</li>
-
- <li>“A great quantity of arrow heads, some of which were so
- large as to induce a belief that they were used for spear heads.</li>
-
- <li>“The handle either of a small sword or a large knife,
- made of an elk’s horn; around the end where the blade had been
- inserted, was a ferule of silver which, though black, was not
- much injured by time. Though the handle showed the hole where
- the blade had been inserted, yet no iron was found, but an
- oxyde remained of similar shape and size.</li>
-
- <li>“Charcoal and wood ashes on which these articles lay,
- which were surrounded by several bricks very well burnt. The
- skeleton appeared to have been burned in a large and very hot
- fire, which had almost consumed the bones of the deceased.
- This skeleton was deposited a little to the south of the
- centre of the tumulus, and, about twenty feet to the north of
- it was another, with which were—</li>
-
- <li>“A large mirror, about three feet in length, and one foot
- and a half in breadth, and one inch and a half in thickness.
- This mirror was of isinglass (mica membranacea) and on it—</li>
-
- <li><span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">84</span>“A
- plate of iron which had become an oxyde; but before it
- was disturbed by the spade, resembled a plate of cast iron.
- The mirror answered the purpose very well for which it was
- intended. This skeleton had also been burned like the former,
- and lay on charcoal and a considerable quantity of wood ashes.
- A part of the mirror is in my possession as well as a piece of
- brick, taken from the spot at the time.”</li>
- </ol>
-
- <p>About two hundred yards from this tumulus, and outside the circular
- inclosure was a large mound, supposed to have been the common Indian
- cemetery. It contained an immense number of human skeletons of all
- sizes and ages. The skeletons are laid horizontally, with their heads
- generally towards the centre, and the feet towards the outside of the
- tumulus. A considerable part of this work still stands uninjured,
- except by time. In it have been found, besides these skeletons, stone
- axes and knives, and several ornaments with holes through them, by
- means of which, with a cord passing through these perforations, they
- could be worn by their owners.</p>
-
- <p>The vestiges of occupation that have been left by those ancient tribes
- who raised the earthworks in this region are not of a character that
- render it possible to form any absolute conclusions about them.</p>
-
- <p>There are, however, in Ohio two large and important mounds built in the
- shape of animals which may, possibly, have been made for the purpose
- of indicating the emblems which were adopted by the Indians as their
- totems. One of these is placed on the summit of a hill overlooking the
- valley of one of the tributaries of the Licking river, and about three
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">85</span>
- miles from the octagonal inclosure near Newark.</p>
-
- <p>In consequence of its shape, it is called the Alligator. There have
- been various theories with regard to this strange earthwork, and it has
- been supposed that sacrificial ceremonies were performed there. I had
- expected to find this figure to a certain extent excavated upon the
- surface of the earth, but I observed, upon examining it, that it was a
- regularly built up mound of considerable size.</p>
-
- <p>The other large totem, which represents a huge serpent, is upon the
- brow of a hill about one hundred miles to the South-west of the
- Alligator, above a small river called the Brush Creek. According to the
- measurements of the earliest surveyors, its length, if extended, is
- about one thousand feet. It was five feet high in the centre, and had,
- at that part, a base of thirty feet, which diminished towards the head
- and tail.<a id="FNanchor_22" href="#Footnote_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a></p>
-
- <p>Upon the slopes of the hills near the Alligator, there are numerous
- remains of ancient earthworks. One of the most extensive of them was in
- every respect different from those at Newark, and other geometrically
- designed works, and seems to have been raised for other purposes, or
- possibly by a different tribe. Its embankments, which are irregular in
- their form, are in no part higher than six
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">86</span>feet, and are thrown up in
- such a manner as to inclose the top of a small hill, which is situated
- a short distance from the Alligator. The area contained within them is
- about eighteen acres. In the centre there is a small circular earthwork
- nearly one hundred yards in circumference, and in another part of the
- inclosure there are two mounds which have been opened. They contained
- large quantities of ashes and some broken pottery.</p>
-
- <p>There are also other camping grounds near the river. The largest of
- them inclosed a space exceeding twenty acres, and was surrounded
- by a low bank evidently thrown up for the purposes of inclosing a
- temporary encampment. Near the Alligator totem I noticed a singular
- earthwork made in the shape of a half-moon. The farmers living in the
- neighbourhood told me that they had opened and destroyed many of the
- small mounds that had been upon their lands. In all cases they had
- contained nothing but fragments of rough pottery, together with small
- heaps of ashes.<a id="FNanchor_23" href="#Footnote_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a></p>
-
- <p>Finally, there remains to be taken into consideration those great
- earthworks on the hills which have been specially classified as having
- been undoubtedly raised <span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">87</span>
- for the purposes of defence, and which
- entirely differ from such works as those that were placed upon the
- plains. The largest of these camps has been called Fort Ancient, and
- it must be acknowledged to be one of the most important fortified
- entrenchments that has ever been constructed in any part of the world.</p>
-
- <p>It is placed upon the summit of a hill overlooking the Little Miami
- river about thirty miles above its junction with the Ohio. The site
- that was chosen by the Indians is remarkable for its natural strength
- and is, upon three sides of it, almost impregnable. The hill which is
- about two hundred and thirty feet above the valley, is in the form of
- a narrow promontory having almost precipitous sides except where it is
- joined to the plateau. The Little Miami winds round one part of the
- base, and some small tributary streams join it from the other side.</p>
-
- <p>The shape and length of the embankments are shown in the accompanying
- plan, which is a reduction that I have drawn from one that was made
- in 1843 by Professor Locke of Cincinnati.<a id="FNanchor_24" href="#Footnote_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a> It will be observed
- that the ramparts follow closely the curves of the ridge of the hill
- and that the camp is practically divided into two parts, the outer
- division being near the plain, and the inner one being at the head of
- the promontory, where the sides of the hill are the most steep and
- inaccessible. The latter was probably intended as a final stronghold in
- the event of the outer work being captured.</p>
-
- <p>The magnitude of the inclosing embankments of the outer camp is
- astonishing. It is here that the position is most open to direct
- attack, and no efforts or labour have been spared in carrying out
- what was thought necessary to prevent capture. No Roman or British
- encampment that I have seen surpasses this great Indian work. I walked
- round the entire circuit of the ramparts. They are not less than four
- miles in length. They follow every curve of the hill and the heads of
- all the numerous ravines.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">88</span>
- <a id="i_088"><img src="images/i_088.jpg" width="500" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption"><i>Fort Ancient</i></div>
- </div>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">89</span></p>
-
- <p>The ground of the inclosure is level. At the time of my visit it was
- covered with forest trees, amongst which were many poplars. Upon the
- slopes of the embankments there was a luxuriant growth of large beeches
- and oaks. The quantity of earth that must have been conveyed and thrown
- up when forming these banks must have been enormous. The ramparts
- vary in height between ten and twenty feet according to the character
- of the natural defence afforded by the slopes of the hill. At the
- approach from the plain they are fifteen feet high and have a base of
- sixty-three feet. The platform at the top averages five feet wide.</p>
-
- <p>There is no ditch. Nothing could more clearly mark the difference
- between this fortification and one that would have been made by a white
- race. An outer ditch is usually considered as not only of essential
- importance in works of defence, but its excavation supplies the earth
- required for the ramparts. It seems evident that either these Indians
- in their method of defensive warfare did not always consider a ditch to
- be useful, or it is possible that, in consequence of not having shovels
- or pickaxes, they preferred obtaining earth in some other manner which
- they found more convenient.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">90</span></p>
-
- <p>Upon inquiring among the farmers who were occupying the adjacent land,
- I found that there was a prevalent opinion amongst them that the earth
- composing these embankments had been brought from a distance and that
- it had been carried by hand. It was also believed by them that the fort
- could not have been made by Indians and that it was built at a very
- remote period by some other race.</p>
-
- <p>When walking upon the top of the broad ramparts I observed that there
- were no evidences of the excavations that supplied the earth for the
- formation of the enormous banks. In some parts of the interior there
- were some shallow depressions, and also several holes which had been
- made for some unknown purpose, but they could not have provided the
- quantities required. It is possible, and, I think probable, that the
- earth was taken from the surface of the land within the inclosure. A
- shallow excavation made to a depth not exceeding six inches over the
- whole area of one hundred and forty acres would have given a sufficient
- supply. The methods of digging the ground, and of conveying the earth
- must necessarily have been very primitive, and it is surprising that,
- with all the difficulties that had to be overcome, works of such
- magnitude should have been raised.</p>
-
- <p>At a gap in an angle over-looking the river the remains of a road,
- which led down to the water, can still be traced. At the part where
- this road entered the fort it is evident that it had been paved
- with flat water-worn stones. The ramparts here reach their greatest
- dimensions, being fully twenty feet high. The appearance of Fort
- Ancient from this position was very remarkable, and the effect was
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">91</span>
- heightened by the beautiful foliage of the forest trees that crowned
- the summits of these lofty earthworks.</p>
-
- <p>The inner part of the camp was strongly fortified. High banks were
- raised across the narrow part of the enclosure at the centre, and
- two mounds guarded the approach. The road to the outer camp from the
- plain was also protected by two mounds, and from these there ran low
- parallels for a distance of nearly fourteen hundred yards. They then
- terminated by closing round another mound which was probably used for
- the purpose of a look-out. Some labourers at a farm near this position
- told me that there once existed other parallel banks connected with the
- fort, which could be traced for several miles, but that these had been
- destroyed.</p>
-
- <p>There are certain features in the construction of this fortification
- which have attracted attention, but their purpose has not been, and
- probably cannot be, explained. There are not less than seventy gaps
- or openings leading out of the embankments. It has been supposed that
- these were intended to allow the escape of water from the interior.
- There is another theory which has been suggested, according to which
- it is thought possible that they were openings made with the object
- of enabling the Indians to rush out at several points to repel their
- enemies, and that they were fenced by stockades.</p>
-
- <p>It, however, happens that these gaps are sometimes in positions where
- the slopes of the hill are so steep as to be practically inaccessible,
- and at other places they are on the level ground from which no surplus
- waters could drain away. They seem to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">92</span>
- have formed part of the system
- of fortification, for they occur in the same inexplicable manner at
- another hill work of defence, built under similar conditions, on the
- summit of a promontory with precipitous slopes, about forty miles to
- the south-east of this position, which was evidently built by the same
- race.</p>
-
- <p>This large earthwork is called Fort Hill, and it is singular in the
- respect of having afforded to its surveyor the means of forming a
- judgment upon the question of its antiquity. Consequently it has become
- possible to establish well-founded conclusions with respect to the
- dates of the construction of earthworks of a similar character.</p>
-
- <p>Professor Locke, in his report on the geology of that part of Ohio,
- stated that on the top of the wall of Fort Hill stood a chestnut tree
- six feet in diameter. “Counting and measuring,” he observes, “the
- annual layers of wood where an axeman had cut into the trunk, I found
- them at nearly 200 to the foot, which would give to this tree the age
- of 600 years. A poplar tree, seven feet in diameter, standing in the
- ditch, allowing the thickness to the layers which I have found in
- like poplars, 170 to the foot, would give nearly the same result, 607
- years.”<a id="FNanchor_25" href="#Footnote_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a></p>
-
- <p>Accepting the deductions of Professor Locke as being correct, it
- follows that the period when this hill fort was constructed was not
- later than the thirteenth century. Admitting that the thirteenth
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">93</span>
- century, is therefore the latest age that can be ascribed to works
- of this type, they may be much older, for the forest trees within the
- inclosures may have succeeded earlier growths.</p>
-
- <p>It is not possible to form an estimate of the age of earthworks from
- their appearance,<a id="FNanchor_26" href="#Footnote_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a> and it is only by counting the annual rings
- of trees that happen to have been growing upon them, that any safe
- theories respecting their antiquity can be adopted.</p>
-
- <p>Looking at the geographical position of Fort Ancient, with reference
- to the other hill works of defence that are supposed to have been
- made by the Mound Builders, there are good reasons for assuming that
- this was their last stronghold, built with the intention of creating
- a permanent barrier against the attacks of their enemies. In time
- of war it was a secure encampment, large enough to contain the men,
- women and children of a numerous tribe. In time of peace it was well
- situated for the usual requirements of Indians. It was in the midst
- of a country abounding with game, and was immediately connected with
- a good navigable river which enabled their canoes to maintain direct
- communications with the Ohio and Mississippi.</p>
-
- <p>Although, as far as I was able to judge, there was nothing in the
- principles of construction of the hill defensive works which appeared
- to be beyond the capacities of a purely Indian race, I invariably
- found <span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">94</span>
- that the men who were settled as farmers near the principal
- entrenchments held the opinion that they must have been raised by a
- people possessing a superior condition of civilisation to the tribes
- who occupied the land at the close of the eighteenth century, and who
- were personally known by many of the early settlers.</p>
-
- <p>It is, perhaps, desirable that these local opinions should not be
- altogether disregarded, especially when it is remembered that they are
- supported to some extent by Indian traditions and by the fact that no
- embankments of a similar formation exist in any other part of North
- America. It is therefore necessary that the statements of the Indians,
- respecting the previous occupation of parts of Ohio and Kentucky by men
- of a white race, should be given a passing consideration.</p>
-
- <p>The Shawnees, who were found to be in possession of this region,
- informed the European colonists that the ancient forts had been made
- by white people, who after long wars against the Indians had been
- exterminated. Their traditions upon this subject were said to have been
- clear and decided.</p>
-
- <p>On the other hand the statements of the Delawares, who were settled in
- the Northern parts of the State point to other conclusions. They said
- that the men who had raised the forts and entrenchments were called
- the Tallegewi, and that great wars took place between them and the
- Iroquois. After many years the Tallegewi were defeated and left the
- country. The Delawares made no allusion with respect to any differences
- of race or colour between the Tallegewi and the other Indian tribes.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">95</span></p>
-
- <p>It is much to be regretted that the evidence upon this interesting
- subject is so vague and obscure. If men of foreign origin had been
- settled in Ohio before the fourteenth century it would be reasonable
- to expect that traces of them would have been left there or some
- remaining indications of their religion. In the reports and letters of
- the French missionaries, many of whom spoke and understood the language
- of the tribes amongst whom they lived, there is no mention made of any
- rumours or traditions of white people having dwelt in this part of
- America. There were however at a later period, about the middle of the
- eighteenth century, certain statements made by officers and men who had
- been made prisoners by the Indians, which, at that time, received much
- attention. A cavalry officer, named Stuart, said that in the country
- west of Mississippi he had seen a tribe of Indians who were remarkably
- white in colour and had reddish hair. He was informed by them that
- their forefathers came from a foreign land and had settled in Florida,
- but that when the Spaniards invaded that country they moved to their
- present dwelling places. A fellow-captive, who was a Welshman, declared
- that he understood the language of the tribe, as it differed very
- little from what was spoken in Wales.</p>
-
- <p>Other reports of a similar character were made by men who had lived
- with tribes occupying lands near the southern parts of the Mississippi
- valley. It has also been noticed that Indians having fair hair and
- blue eyes, were living with the Mandans in their settlements near the
- Missouri. With respect to the statements about Welsh speaking Indians,
- it is possible <span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">96</span>
- that the captives may have been influenced by the
- belief in the truth of the tradition that ships, under the direction
- of Prince Madoc, left the Welsh coasts in the twelfth century and
- landed their crews and emigrants on the eastern shores of the Florida
- peninsula.<a id="FNanchor_27" href="#Footnote_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a></p>
-
- <p>It is not, however, necessary to account for the existence of large
- but irregular embankments, such as those at Fort Ancient, by the
- supposition that the actions of a numerous tribe of Indians were under
- the influence or direction of men belonging to another race. But it is
- otherwise with reference to the geometrical inclosures on the plains,
- for these must have been unquestionally planned by men who possessed a
- competent knowledge of the methods of tracing mathematical designs.</p>
-
- <p>Take for example the plans of the works at Newark and Circleville.
- It may be thought that simple figures, such as the squares, would be
- within the comprehension of uneducated Indians. It would nevertheless
- be found difficult to lay down upon open fields a square, with all the
- sides equal and its angles true right angles, containing so large an
- area as twenty acres.<a id="FNanchor_28" href="#Footnote_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a></p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">97</span>
- <a id="i_097"><img src="images/i_097.jpg" width="493" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Octagonal and Circular Inclosures<br />
- <span class="small">near newark</span>.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">98</span></p>
-
- <p>The execution of the outlines of correct circles inclosing spaces of
- nearly thirty acres, presents still greater difficulties. It would
- have required a specially trained mind to form the conception of a
- circumference having an imaginary point within, from which all lines
- drawn to it would be equal.</p>
-
- <p>But the figure which would have been absolutely impracticable to
- construct without proper surveying appliances for making accurate
- measurements, and fixing the true angles, is that of the octagon. Even
- under the most favourable circumstances, with the help of suitable
- instruments, it would have required much skill and calculation to
- trace a true octagon <span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">99</span>
- whose embankments contained within them an area
- exceeding forty acres. It is difficult to suppose that an accurately
- designed work of this shape and magnitude could have been planned by
- Indians, or that the construction of a figure so essentially scientific
- and unusual, could have been originated by them. It is therefore
- possible to conclude, that, the geometrical earthworks in Ohio may have
- been raised by native tribes, acting under the direction of European
- surveyors, or of men who had received a mathematical education.</p>
-
- <p>Considerations upon the subject of the race and capacity of the
- builders, have been to some extent complicated by the reports that were
- made concerning the ages of the trees that grew upon and within the
- ancient ramparts at Marietta. In the letter of Dr. Hildreth, quoted
- in the previous chapter, it is clearly stated that trees were growing
- there which were from four to five hundred years old.</p>
-
- <p>As this evidence is very important it is desirable to examine it with
- attention. This statement was made when he was attempting to fix an
- approximate date for the age of a burial mound which was placed near
- the fortifications. It was at the bottom of this mound that were
- discovered the ornaments of a sword belt and scabbard. These ornaments
- were made of copper and plated with silver, and must therefore have
- been of European manufacture.</p>
-
- <p>The calculation of the age of the trees is probably based upon the
- results of an examination that took place shortly after the settlement
- of Marietta during the latter part of the eighteenth century. It was
- at that time decided by several of the inhabitants to
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">100</span> fell some of
- the largest and oldest trees then growing within the earthworks, and
- ascertain their ages by counting the number of annual rings contained
- in them. The operations were executed in the presence of Governor St.
- Clair and the Rev. Dr. Cutler. Several of the trees were found to have
- between three hundred and four hundred circles. One tree was carefully
- examined and Dr. Cutler stated that it contained at least four hundred
- and sixty-three circles.<a id="FNanchor_29" href="#Footnote_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a></p>
-
- <p>As nothing can be more conclusive as a proof of age than the number
- of rings found in any tree growing beyond the tropics, this evidence
- establishes an antiquity for these embankments earlier than the middle
- of the fourteenth century.</p>
-
- <p>The ages of the trees growing upon the Marietta inclosures do not
- however enable a date to be estimated for the construction of such
- works as those at Newark, for the shapes at Marietta are irregular
- and, according to the survey, do not appear to have been laid down
- with geometrical accuracy. It is therefore probable that the Newark
- inclosures were made at some later period.</p>
-
- <p>The fact of a ferule of silver and a plate of iron having been placed
- with the skeletons in the burial mound at Circleville leads to the
- conclusion that the tumulus like the one at Marietta was raised since
- the time of the arrival of the Europeans. On account of its having been
- placed within the inclosure it was
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">101</span>originally conjectured that it
- belonged to the same people that formed the surrounding embankment, but
- the evidence is not sufficient to establish the correctness of a theory
- of such importance.</p>
-
- <p>It is difficult to understand what could have been the object of the
- Indians in constructing large earthworks in the shapes of squares and
- circles. Various theories have been advanced upon the subject, but
- nothing that can be considered satisfactory has yet been ascertained.
- Upon an examination of the plans it naturally occurs to the mind
- to endeavour to form an opinion as to the reasons which led to the
- adoption of these particular forms.</p>
-
- <p>It is probable that these types of inclosures would be convenient for
- the habits and purposes of an Indian tribe during peace, and that
- they afforded protection in war. The square inclosures may have been
- intended to contain the village, the dwellings of the chiefs, and the
- council house. The circles, with their single opening for approach,
- which could be strongly guarded, would in that case be the strongholds
- in which, during hostilities, would be placed the women and children.
- A circular fort, such as that at Newark, would, under the usual
- conditions of Indian warfare, be practically impregnable. In the event
- of the outer square being captured it would have a sufficient area to
- give the space that would be wanted for the defending tribe.</p>
-
- <p>The antiquity of these works is a problem that does not possess all
- the elements that are required for its solution. But in consequence
- of the exceptional system of construction certain inferences can be
- determined. It may be assumed that the geometrically
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">102</span>shaped inclosures
- could not have been planned by Indians, and that therefore the
- square, circular and octagonal works, were constructed at some period
- subsequent to the landing of the Spaniards in Florida, in the beginning
- of the sixteenth century.<a id="FNanchor_30" href="#Footnote_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a></p>
-
- <p>If these embankments were raised before that period, it would be
- almost necessary to admit, that white men possessing a knowledge of
- mathematics were living amongst the Indians before the discovery of
- America by Columbus in 1492.</p>
-
- <p>The difficult and interesting questions relating to the origin,
- civilisation and fate of the Mound Builders, have been the subjects of
- frequent investigations and of numerous theories. They appear to have
- inhabited Ohio for many centuries.</p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_VI">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">104</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER VI.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- The burning of the Steamer Stonewall.—Indian Mounds
- and Earthworks at Cahokia.—Confluence of the
- Mississippi and Missouri.—Sacs and Foxes.—Education of
- Indians.—Nauvoo.—Winona.—Sioux Encampment.—Ancient Mounds
- near St. Paul’s.—The Sioux War in Minnesota.—Note upon the
- Ogallalas.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">Upon</span> the conclusion of a navigation of the waters of the Ohio, which
- had extended over a distance exceeding nine hundred miles, we arrived
- at the mouth of that river, and proceeded on our course up the
- Mississippi. Evening was approaching when we saw a large steamer called
- the Stonewall, passing us on her way to New Orleans, crowded with
- passengers happily unaware of the terrible nature of their impending
- fate, and of the event about to happen before nightfall.</p>
-
- <p>At sunset, all those who were on board of our vessel, were assembled
- upon the upper deck, watching the unusual brilliancy of the reflections
- upon the water, and the vivid colouring of the clouds gathering round
- the setting sun. We then supposed these effects to be caused by the
- haze sometimes observed in the atmosphere during that beautiful season
- towards the close of the year, which has been given the name of the
- Indian summer. We were ignorant of the conflagration that was taking
- place<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">105</span>
- lower down the river, or we might have surmised that the glowing
- tints were possibly caused by the smoke and flames rising from the
- burning of the steamer we had seen earlier in the afternoon.</p>
-
- <p>We were afterwards informed that news had been received, that a
- disastrous fire had occurred on board the Stonewall shortly after we
- passed her, and the flames spread with such rapidity, that, although
- she was close to the river banks, only thirty-five out of two hundred
- and forty passengers were saved. The accident was caused by the
- carelessness of a man, who, when lighting his pipe, accidentally set
- fire to a quantity of hay that was carried between the upper decks as
- cargo. It was usual to protect the hay when embarked in this manner,
- by covering it with a tarpaulin, but through some inattention this
- precaution had been neglected. The Stonewall was burnt to the water’s
- edge.</p>
-
- <p>As we drew near to St. Louis, we passed the wide low plains upon which
- is situated the great Cahokia Mound. As it was my purpose to make an
- expedition to that part of Illinois before proceeding to the upper part
- of the Mississippi Valley, I went there a few days after we had landed
- from the steamer.</p>
-
- <p>The mound when seen from the plains, stands out from them in a manner
- so isolated and prominent, that it seems at the first glance, to be
- unquestionable that it must have been raised by human labour; but upon
- a closer investigation there are good reasons for believing it to be
- a natural formation of the land, shaped originally like a rounded
- hillock, and subsequently terraced and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">106</span>
- altered in such a manner as to
- make it appear to be altogether artificial. It is ninety feet high, and
- the base, if the whole of the irregular and spreading area is included,
- covers a space of about nine acres. The summit is level, and contains
- nearly two acres. Upon this was established a substantial farmhouse,
- which I found to be tenanted by a kind and hospitable family, who were
- evidently in a prosperous condition, and able to cultivate their land
- advantageously.</p>
-
- <p>The hillock has been given locally the name of Monks Mound, in
- consequence of its having been for several years the site of a small
- monastery, belonging to some of the brethren of La Trappe, who, towards
- the close of the last century, emigrated to this remote spot when the
- monastic orders were suppressed during the French Revolution. The
- monks used the lower slopes as a garden, and there still remain the
- indications of the terraced ground which was used by them for their
- solitary walks. The Trappists are supposed to have left Cahokia at the
- time of the restoration of the Bourbons. Probably they returned to
- France when the Monastery of La Trappe was re-established, in the reign
- of Louis XVIII.</p>
-
- <p>Before the mound was used as a farm there was on its summit an Indian
- tumulus. The farmer <span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">107</span>
- taking a practical view of this burial heap,
- destroyed it and spread the contents over his land.</p>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
- <blockquote>
- <p>The accompanying sketch of the mounds was taken from the slope
- of the Cahokia Mound, at a height of about forty feet above
- the plain. It represents what now remains of these singular
- earthworks; they must originally have been much more numerous.</p>
- </blockquote>
- <hr class="tb" />
-
- <p>On the plain below, there exists a remarkable group of circular and
- platform mounds, which, in consequence of their unusual position and
- ground plan, demand careful attention. They differ from the earthworks
- in Ohio, and appear to have been raised by a tribe having exceptional
- customs and habits of life. The mounds are not surrounded by any
- embankments, and were entirely unprotected. They were probably raised
- to make high platforms for the dwellings of the chiefs. One of them was
- used, at the time of my visit to Cahokia, as the site of the village
- schoolhouse.</p>
-
- <p>I endeavoured to trace the plan of the ancient inclosure, which
- contained a group of the greatest archæological importance, but so
- many of the mounds had been levelled, that it was difficult to form
- definite conclusions with regard to its shape or extent. It seems to
- have been an irregular parallelogram, about fifteen hundred yards in
- length, having at each end a large earthwork or mound, with a wide
- and well levelled platform on the top. In the centre, there were two
- conical mounds, which must have been raised in that position for some
- important purpose. They were each about forty feet high, and appeared
- to have been so placed as to dominate the mounds forming the sides of
- the inclosure. The men farming the adjacent plains, stated that there
- had been a large number of small burial mounds on their lands, most of
- which had been destroyed. They had found in them quantities of bones
- and skulls, but no ornaments or stone weapons.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">108</span></p>
-
- <p>When ploughing the ground, they had seen below the surface, fragments
- of rude pottery and many flint arrow heads. A large and highly polished
- stone spear head was discovered near the settlement and given by the
- finder to the young American lady who was then acting as teacher at the
- school house on the mound. It was a hard kind of flinty chert, and was
- a singularly fine specimen of Indian workmanship.<a id="FNanchor_31" href="#Footnote_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a></p>
-
- <p>When I had completed the measurement of the spaces inclosed by the
- mounds on the plain, I returned to the great mound in order to examine
- it, and my previous conjecture that it was a natural formation remained
- unchanged. It was, however, impossible to form a decided opinion
- upon the subject, for it required a properly executed scientific
- investigation to be made, before the problem of the construction could
- be determined. If it should be proved to be artificial, its position
- and shape as a high platform earthwork, would support a theory, that it
- was raised by the same race that built the greater temple platform of
- Cholula, in Mexico.</p>
-
- <p>After quitting the Cahokia mounds and traversing several miles of the
- plains, where for centuries many generations of Indians had encamped,
- I returned to St. Louis and embarked on board the Muscatine, a steamer
- about to proceed to the highest part of the navigable waters of the
- Mississippi. Sixteen miles above St. Louis we passed the mouth of the
- Missouri, and observed how its waters, thickly charged with
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">109</span> earth,
- entirely changed the character of the river into which it flowed. Above
- the confluence, the Mississippi is a clear, tranquil stream, but after
- receiving the Missouri it becomes muddy, rushing, and turbulent.<a id="FNanchor_32" href="#Footnote_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a></p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_108f"><img src="images/i_108f.jpg" width="700" height="533" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Indian Mounds, Cahokia.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>It had been my intention to have gone up the Missouri to Nebraska, and
- the ancient hunting grounds of the Pawnees, but there were certain
- difficulties which made that plan impracticable, so I decided to
- proceed northwards, and then to cross the prairies of Minnesota, and
- Iowa towards the valley of the river Platte. I was fortunate in having
- as a companion on board the steamer, an American judge, who, before
- being appointed to the post he then held, had been for many years
- acting as Indian agent to the Sacs and Foxes, and was well acquainted
- with the habits of the tribes, who were at that time dwelling upon the
- territories bordering on the banks of the river.</p>
-
- <p>Judge Williams had great sympathy for the condition of the tribes with
- whom he lived, and he endeavoured to ascertain if it were possible
- to establish a higher state of civilisation amongst them. He thought
- that the younger members of the Sacs and Foxes might be educated in
- such a manner, that with due attention to the nature of the Indian
- temperament, they could be made capable of taking
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">110</span>a sensible part
- in the conduct of affairs, and become fitted to fulfil the duties or
- occupations of useful and peaceful citizens. The authorities with
- whom he consulted, agreed with him as to the utility of the scheme
- suggested. Suitable school buildings were placed upon the reservation,
- and good teachers were selected. For a time the work progressed
- favourably; the boys were in the first place well grounded in the
- English language, and then their attention was directed to mathematics.</p>
-
- <p>After several years of study, the senior class of boys had become so
- far advanced, as to be able to draw geometrical figures and understand
- elementary algebra. The teachers were hopeful, and it was thought
- probable, that some of the pupils might ultimately make such progress
- as to enable them to be prepared for Yale University. All the zeal and
- energies of the masters, were however proved to have been useless.
- One morning the whole of the senior class appeared at school, dressed
- and painted for war. They had thrown off their ordinary clothes, had
- put on mocassins and leggings, twisted their hair in accordance with
- savage customs and had stuck feathers in it. The principal asked them
- what was meant by this extraordinary conduct. “We have come to say,”
- they replied, “that we now leave you; we are no longer boys: we are
- Indians.” They then, without saying another word, abruptly left the
- school and never returned to it.</p>
-
- <p>The experiences of Judge Williams, with respect to the subject of the
- higher education of those tribes of North American Indians, whose
- territories were in the upper part of the valley of the Mississippi,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">111</span>
- corresponded with what I was told by the French Missionaries placed in
- charge of the Indian convents in the valley of the St. Lawrence. More
- than two centuries had elapsed since the work of converting, educating
- and civilising the Iroquois, Chippewa and Algonquin tribes was
- undertaken. During that long time there had been no good result. The
- earnest labours and devotion of their lives to these duties had been
- unavailing, and the attempts to overcome the wild instincts of Indians
- were thoroughly unsuccessful. The Judge was of opinion, that, with all
- Indians, the desire for a free and savage life, became irrepressible
- upon reaching manhood.</p>
-
- <p>On the plains near the river, there were numerous vestiges of native
- encampments. At Nauvoo, I was told by a farmer that he opened a great
- number of low mounds which were on his land, and had found in them
- nothing but broken pottery and charcoal, but in ploughing his fields
- he had discovered quantities of arrow heads, and several grooved stone
- hammers.<a id="FNanchor_33" href="#Footnote_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a> Higher up the Mississippi we entered the country once
- occupied by the Dakotas, who in the seventeenth century were considered
- to be a <span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">112</span>
- most brave and powerful tribe, having superstitious customs
- and tribal regulations of an unusual nature.</p>
-
- <p>One of their minor methods of warfare was noticed by the early
- explorers on the prairies through which we were passing. It was the
- custom with wandering bands of this race, if surprised by a larger body
- of enemies and thus unable to make an open resistance, to dig wide,
- shallow pits, in which they placed the women and children, and obtained
- a certain amount of protection for themselves. These excavations were
- scooped out with great rapidity, the men and their families using
- for this purpose knives, tomahawks and wooden ladles. This method of
- digging the ground, may probably have been similar to that adopted by
- the Mound Builders in raising their ramparts. War pits were also made
- by the Hurons when retreating from the Iroquois. When coasting the
- north shore of Lake Superior, I was shown on the map the positions
- where several of these places of refuge and defence had been observed.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">113</span></p>
-
- <p>We saw at night upon the bluffs, the fires of Indian camps; it was
- thought probable that these Indians, whose villages were situated far
- towards the West, had come to this part of their ancient territory, for
- the purpose of performing certain forms of worship before one of the
- large detached granite boulders, situated on the plateau near to their
- tents. On the following evening, as we steamed slowly through Lake
- Pepin, we looked with much interest at the high steep promontory, upon
- whose summit the love-distracted maiden Winona<a id="FNanchor_34" href="#Footnote_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a> sang her death song,
- and then leapt from the edge of the cliff and was dashed to pieces on
- the rocks below, within sight of her tribe who were assembled near
- their tents on the shore.</p>
-
- <p>The Muscatine terminated her long upward voyage against the swift
- stream, at the city of St. Paul’s, nineteen hundred and forty-four
- miles above the mouth of the river, a few miles below the great falls
- of St. Anthony, and near the confluence of the Minnesota. All this
- region was at one time, the principal <span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">114</span>
- gathering place of the branch of
- the Dakotas, called Sioux, and near at hand was the cave where their
- annual council meetings took place. To this place were also brought for
- burial, the bones and skulls of their dead, whose bodies had previously
- been placed upon scaffolds, and exposed to the influences of the winds
- and weather.</p>
-
- <p>Upon a bluff overlooking the Mississippi, there are still to be seen a
- strange group of large mounds, whose purpose has not been ascertained.
- The examination of them has failed to afford the slightest clue by
- which any theory or conjecture can be safely established. Soon after my
- arrival I went there to examine them with particular attention, for I
- had observed certain peculiarities in their shape and position, which
- resembled portions of the defensive hill works of the Mound Builders.
- Mr. Hill, a member of the Historical Society of St. Paul’s, accompanied
- me, and pointed out those mounds which had been opened, and carefully
- inspected by competent observers. It has been supposed that they were
- the burial places of the Sioux during long periods of time, and it was
- hoped that some discoveries would be made of antiquarian importance.</p>
-
- <p>The largest of the mounds was first examined, but nothing was found
- in it. There were no signs of burials near the slopes, and at the
- base, contrary to expectation, there was not found any indication of a
- fire having been made, and there was no charcoal. In another conical
- mound, although no bones were seen, there was in the centre a hollow
- space which contained several pieces of charred wood. A comparatively
- low platform mound was then opened. Two
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">115</span> skeletons were found buried
- near the surface, but from their position and state of preservation,
- they were considered to be late interments; nothing else was found
- within. Finally a large mound, situated upon the extreme edge of the
- bluff, was thoroughly excavated, and in this there was found, as in
- the previously opened conical earthwork, a small hollow space in the
- centre. In consequence of these negative results, it was not possible
- to form any conclusions as to the object of Indians in raising these
- exceptional works. I thought it not improbable that it might have been
- their intention to use them, either for raised dwelling places, or for
- defensive inclosures which had not been completed.</p>
-
- <p>Their position is almost impregnable; the mounds are not placed
- separately but are closely joined together, so that they form a kind
- of embankment. The outer slopes are so close to the edge of the cliff,
- that they are practically a prolongation of the steep slopes, and thus
- present a singular parallel with portions of those embankments of Fort
- Ancient which overlook the valley of the Little Miami. The similarity
- in the methods of placing the mounds, is made additionally obvious from
- the fact, that there are numerous springs issuing from the upper parts
- of the bluff, which flow down as rivulets into the river below. There
- are altogether fifteen mounds on the top of the promontory; the largest
- of them is about twenty feet high.</p>
-
- <p>Upon our return to St. Paul’s, we heard that a band of Sioux had
- come into the neighbourhood, and were encamped amongst the woods on
- the opposite side of the river. As I wished to see these Indians, I
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">116</span>
- crossed over to the settlement of Mendota, and after a walk of a few
- miles, saw their tents pitched close to the borders of a small lake. I
- was greeted with a loud noise of barking from their dogs, who were as
- numerous outside the camp of the Sioux as they usually are around the
- dwellings of the Kurds in Asia Minor. After overcoming some preliminary
- hostile difficulties with these yelping curs, I received a silent and
- not pressing welcome from the Indians, who were mostly squaws and
- children, the men having gone away temporarily upon some expedition.</p>
-
- <p>It was getting dark, and the women were making preparations for supper.
- Good fires were burning brightly in the centre of the wigwams, the
- kettles were hung over them, the water was boiling, and the interiors
- were cheerful scenes of enjoyment. The life within and without, was
- similar to what may be seen in an English gipsy encampment in the New
- Forest in Hampshire. There was something singularly attractive in the
- habits of life amongst these wandering nomads, and the warmth and
- comfort inside the tents, was in pleasing contrast to the cold and
- wintry aspect without. This simple and natural state of existence, has
- unquestionably a great charm for those whose natures are essentially
- Bohemian. It is not surprising that Indian lads, accustomed to this
- kind of life, should feel wearied and cramped by the trammels of
- civilization. It is natural that they should long to get away from the
- confinement and irksome training of school, and return to the freedom
- and independence of their savage hunting and wandering instincts.</p>
-
- <p>There lived at the adjacent town of Mendota, a
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">117</span>half-bred Indian,
- of French and Sioux parentage named Faribault, with whom I became
- acquainted. In his youth, he had dwelt with his mother in the
- villages of the Sioux, and spoke their language. In manhood, he had
- acted as an agent and trader for the tribes, and passed much of his
- life in constant communication with them, and possessed an intimate
- acquaintance with their superstitions and religious ceremonies. This
- kind of direct personal knowledge, can only be obtained by a man whom
- the Indians consider as being one of themselves, in consequence of
- his having had an Indian mother belonging to their tribe. It was the
- custom of the Sioux, when they encamped in this part of the country, to
- meet at his house, and several of them happened to be there when I was
- present.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_116fa"><img src="images/i_116fa.jpg" width="600" height="432" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Chippewa Encampment.</div>
- </div>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_116fb"><img src="images/i_116fb.jpg" width="600" height="529" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Sioux Encampment.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>Faribault, like all Indians, was usually very reticent, but when he
- noticed that I took much interest in matters relating to the habits
- of his tribe, especially such as were connected with their religious
- beliefs and customs, he became frank and outspoken. He told me of his
- own various strange personal experiences, and was particularly earnest
- when he mentioned some of the most remarkable of the rules relating to
- their fasts and sacrifices. The Indians, who were usually standing near
- us listening to what he said, would occasionally, from time to time,
- signify their assent to his statements by harsh grunts of approval.</p>
-
- <p>Amongst the superstitions mentioned by him, none caused more attention
- than those connected with the worship of their Spirit rocks. One of
- these, which has always been considered to be an important
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">118</span> Manito,
- happened to be on the plateau above Mendota, and the Indians directed
- me to the spot where it was placed. I found it to be a huge granite
- boulder, which had probably been deposited there by the moving waters
- or icebergs, during that remote period when they were travelling
- southwards from the sub-arctic latitudes. As it had no geological
- relation whatever with the sandstone ground upon which it rested, the
- Sioux might have conjectured, that it had been dropped from the clouds.
- To ignorant savages, unversed in the mysteries and conclusions of
- scientific geology, no other explanation could have been satisfactory.
- It lies upon a level space of land, upon the top of a bluff, commanding
- magnificent views over the valleys of the Mississippi and Minnesota.
- The confluence of these great rivers can be seen, and the steep
- water-worn cliffs below the falls of St. Anthony.</p>
-
- <p>Whilst standing upon the promontory, and looking at this wide prospect,
- I was joined by a priest, who had been fulfilling his duties at a
- neighbouring settlement. We remained near the Spirit rock,<a id="FNanchor_35" href="#Footnote_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a> looking
- at the solitary mass of granite, glittering in the sunshine, and
- thought that it was not surprising that the Indians believed this
- strange rock to be the manifestation of a great unknown power, and
- should have invested with supernatural attributes what must have seemed
- to them to be marvellous.</p>
-
- <p>The boulder is polygonal in form, and stands about
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">119</span>seven feet high
- above the ground. In the other dimensions, it averages a thickness from
- nine to twelve feet. It is composed chiefly of grey granite, and its
- weight must exceed seventy tons. Faribault said that, when he was a
- young man, wandering bands of Sioux occasionally came to this Spirit
- rock and encamped near it. They usually stopped about a week, but
- sometimes during a whole moon. It was their custom during this period
- to continually offer sacrifices, dance round the stone, and paint it
- with various colours, red, blue or white. Finally, before taking down
- their tents, they covered it with their best furs or skins, and left
- them there as propitiatory offerings.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_118f"><img src="images/i_118f.jpg" width="600" height="543" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Spirit Rock.<br />
- <span class="small">Confluence of the Mississippi and Minnesota.</span></div>
- </div>
-
- <p>The falls of the Mississippi were also worshipped by the Indians,
- through whose territories that great river flowed in its upper course,
- and the manner in which adoration was made to the Power, which was
- manifested in the movements of these cataracts, is well described
- by Captain Carver, who visited them with one of the chiefs of the
- Winnebagoes in 1767. The chief in the first place, addressed a brief
- invocation to the Manito, and then he made his offerings. In this
- instance he gave everything he possessed, that was valuable, including
- all his ornaments, together with his pipe and roll of tobacco. He
- concluded his acts of devotion<a id="FNanchor_36" href="#Footnote_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a> by asking the Great
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">120</span>Spirit to give
- them his protection, a bright sun, a blue sky, and untroubled waters.
- I visited the spot near which the chief must have stood upon that
- occasion. Much had been changed in the succeeding century, but the wild
- and tumultuous character of the falls, and the noise and foam caused by
- the rushing waters, are still very impressive.</p>
-
- <p>From Mendota I proceeded towards the north-west, in the direction of
- the Minnesota as far as Mankato, with the intention of crossing the
- prairies southwards towards Nebraska. It was also my purpose to visit
- the Winnebagoes at their reservation. This tribe had been removed
- from their lands near Lake Michigan, and settled a few miles from
- Mankato; but upon my arrival at that town, I was informed that they
- had been again removed to a reservation further west, to give room
- for the occupation of the land by the numerous emigrants from Europe,
- especially those thrifty, hard-working agriculturists, who came from
- Sweden and Norway. The new settlements in this part of Minnesota were
- still in an alarmed condition, in consequence of the memory of the
- massacres that had taken place a few years previously, when the Sioux
- rose in rebellion, and committed a grave series of atrocities upon the
- white inhabitants.</p>
-
- <p>At the conclusion of the war, thirty-eight of the chief perpetrators
- of cruelties upon the unoffending <span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">121</span>
- white people, were condemned to
- death and were hanged. The events that took place upon that occasion
- were described to me by an eye-witness, as having been exceedingly
- repulsive, in consequence of the defiant shouts and gestures of the
- prisoners. Hanging is a form of execution particularly disliked by
- Indians, because they consider that it is ignominious. The war was
- caused by a belief, spread among the tribes, that they had been treated
- with great injustice. They declared that they were not allowed to
- remain in possession of their lands, and that the treaties which had
- been made with them, had not been fairly carried out. The savage desire
- for revenge was aroused, and barbarous acts were committed by the
- Sioux, whilst they were in a state of passionate excitement.</p>
-
- <p>On a terrace overlooking the waters of the Minnesota, close to the
- spot where the Sioux had been executed, I met a half-breed Indian, who
- was known to have seen some of the unmerciful deeds that had taken
- place. I asked him to give me an explanation of the reasons that had
- caused the Sioux, most of whom had led peaceful lives, to suddenly
- avenge themselves in this brutal manner. He said, that whatever may
- have seemed to be their character, all these Dakotas had an inveterate
- hatred for the pale faces, who had deprived them of their lands,
- their hunting grounds, their freedom, and all that made their lives
- tolerable. After a pause, he observed in a harsh angry tone, that the
- women and children were killed, because, in cases such as these, it was
- a rule with Indians, to not only kill all the men, but also all who
- could become men or give birth to men, and
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">122</span> that it was their object to
- secure the total extermination of their enemies.</p>
-
- <p>I afterwards met, near the lands which had been occupied by the
- Winnebagoes, one of those waifs of civilization, who prefer the
- adventurous freedom of the Indians to the ordinary forms of existence
- among the whites. He was a Virginian by birth, and had left his home at
- an early age to join the Apaches, whose hunting grounds were near the
- borders of New Mexico. He lived with them for several years, and then,
- desiring a change, he had joined a band of Chippewas. He was given by
- them the name of Ara-po-gai-sik or Day-Catcher, because he was first
- observed when approaching their camp at daybreak. I found him to be a
- man of considerable intelligence, and conversant with the habits of the
- tribes with whom he had dwelt.</p>
-
- <p>It is unusual to find men of English descent electing, by their own
- wish, to entirely live with Indians. It seems to be different as
- regards the French or French Canadians, who appear to have certain
- instincts in their nature, which enable them to conform readily with
- the domestic customs of Indian life.</p>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
- <blockquote>
- <p>The subject of the claims of the Indians to the possession of
- their ancient hunting grounds, was brought to the notice of the
- United States Government during the time I was at Washington,
- after my return from Yucatan in the summer of 1870.</p>
-
- <p>A large deputation from the Ogallalas, a warlike tribe of
- Sioux, who dwelt on the prairies to the west of the Missouri,
- came to the city for the purpose of making a statement of their
- grievances, with regard to their lands. They declared that the
- treaties concerning them had not been faithfully carried out.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">123</span></p>
-
- <p>The deputation consisted of the principal chief, an Indian
- named Red Cloud, who held a great reputation as a brave and
- daring warrior, and with him were Brave Bear, Rocky Bear, Red
- Dog, and other chiefs, who were also well known for their
- courage and fearlessness, which they had shown upon several
- occasions in fights upon the plains. Several men of the tribe
- accompanied them.</p>
-
- <p>I happened to see those Ogallalas frequently, under various
- circumstances; they had that power, which is characteristic
- with thoroughbred Indians, of assuming when thought necessary,
- a reserved and dignified manner. Red Cloud, especially,
- maintained the deportment consistent with his position as the
- hereditary chief of his nation.</p>
-
- <p>The speeches delivered by them in the presence of the
- Commissioner of Indian affairs were remarkable as proving
- that they possessed great natural oratorical abilities. The
- description of the events occurring in their territories, and
- the unfair treatment which they considered they had received,
- were expressed with much force and poetical imagination.</p>
-
- <p>Their appeals were, however, unavailing. It was made clear
- to them, that it was not possible, that small numbers of
- Indians could be permitted to retain possession of extensive
- grounds, to the exclusion of the necessities of an advancing
- civilization, and that they must accept the fate which was
- inevitable, and accustom themselves to be confined within
- reservations of a limited and definite area.</p>
-
- <p>The Secretary of the Interior, told the Sioux that the existing
- things were changing, and that they might as well try and keep
- back the winds with their hands, as to prevent these changes.</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_VII">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">124</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER VII.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Prairies in Minnesota and Iowa.—Boulders.—Glacial Drift.—Wild
- Rice.—Snow Storm.—Nebraska.—The Pawnees.—Human Sacrifices.—Note
- on Indian Customs in War and Cannibalism.—Prairie
- Fires.—Prairie-Dog Villages.—Rattlesnakes.—Variations in the
- succession of growths of Trees.—Causes of absence of Trees upon
- Prairies.—Shoshone Indians on the Western Deserts.—Note upon
- Ute Indians and Fuegians.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">It</span> was getting late in the year, when I commenced to cross the prairies
- of Minnesota and Iowa. The higher plateaux were in many places already
- covered with snow, upon which we saw numerous tracks of wolves. The
- long icicles upon the graceful little waterfall of the Minne-ha-ha,
- indicated the approach of a severe winter, and flocks of wild geese
- were flying towards the upper lakes.</p>
-
- <p>For many miles the surface of the land looked black, in consequence
- of the prairie fires that had burnt the grass, during the latter part
- of the autumn. On the eastern borders, near the rivers, we passed
- some scattered villages, chiefly occupied by emigrants of Welsh or
- Scandinavian origin; but towards the interior the land was too wet
- and exposed for the purposes of cultivation. Here and there, on the
- plains, we saw the lonely huts of adventurous squatters, who obtained
- a precarious<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">125</span>
- living by supplying the wants of those who passed near
- them, on their way towards the South. At one of these dwellings
- situated upon the open plain, twenty miles from the nearest village,
- we halted after a long journey over a dreary country, forming the
- watershed of the streams that flowed east or west into the valleys of
- the Missouri and Mississippi.</p>
-
- <p>The hut was occupied by a man, who, with his wife and family, had
- been settled in this remote region for several years. As there was no
- timber to be obtained in the neighbourhood, he had built the walls of
- his house with wide, thick slabs of turf, which made a good protection
- against the storms of winter. He possessed one hundred and fifty acres
- of land, of which he only cultivated the small portion he had been
- able to preserve from the ravages of prairie fires. The difficulty of
- guarding the homestead against this danger, had caused him to feel much
- anxiety, but he said that he had, at last, discovered an effectual
- method of preventing any damage being caused, as far as his crops and
- buildings were concerned.</p>
-
- <p>He saw upon one occasion, that the grass was burning on the verge of
- the southern horizon, and the flames appeared to be advancing rapidly
- in the direction of his farm. It occurred to him to try the plan of
- running two plough furrows in parallel lines between the edge of his
- land and the approaching fire. He made them about twenty yards apart,
- and then burnt the grass, thus leaving a bare space of blackened earth.
- The flames advanced upon their onward course, destroying everything
- before them until they reached the outer furrow, when they were
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">126</span>
- stopped by there not being any grass for fuel, and as they could not
- leap over the intervening space, the fire passed to the right and left,
- leaving the farm in the centre untouched. The prairie around this
- squatter’s home, was wild and dreary.</p>
-
- <p>The track led us over a region which had been shaped into hollows and
- undulations, caused by the action of numberless streams and rivulets
- which had cut their way in all directions. There were also many small
- depressions which contained pools of water. We observed in all these
- ponds numerous erratic boulders of various sizes. The majority of them
- were small, but others were of considerable magnitude, and must have
- weighed from fifteen to twenty tons. They were usually composed of
- red, green, and dark grey granites, similar to those I had seen on the
- surface of the country to the south-west of Lake Superior.</p>
-
- <p>The boulders were usually standing detached on the ground near the edge
- of the water, but sometimes they were heaped together in a pile in the
- middle of the pond. Upon an examination of the positions of the strange
- aggregations of stones which had been moved from their original place
- in the north to this plateau, the impression was conveyed to the mind
- that these smaller boulders may have been dropped during the period
- when icebergs were floating over the land. It seemed to be probable
- that some of the icebergs were stranded, and had left on these spots
- the cargo they had carried away from higher latitudes.</p>
-
- <p>Upon other parts of the level prairie where the land was dry, there
- were many isolated masses<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">127</span>
- standing up in their places upon the
- surface, in the same manner as the Spirit rock near Mendota. It was
- remarkable that these boulders, which were often very large, were not
- embedded in the soil, but appeared to have remained in the positions
- in which they had been deposited. Some of the larger ponds contain
- quantities of wild aquatic plants, which yield a kind of rice—the same
- which was frequently mentioned by the French exploring missionaries in
- the seventeenth century—by the name of La Folle Avoine. This wild rice
- was gathered by the Dakotas and Chippewas, and stored by them for food
- in time of scarcity.</p>
-
- <p>As we approached the boundaries of North Iowa, we found that the
- winter had set in earlier than usual, and the prairies were covered
- with several inches of snow. The aspect of the country, upon which the
- only marks of life were the footprints of animals, was exceedingly
- desolate. The horizon was sharply defined by the white edges of the
- land against the sky, and the curvature of the earth was thereby made
- distinct. The land seemed to fall away from the eye at a distance which
- looked very near. On plains of this perfectly level character in these
- latitudes, the actual true distance of the horizon—as seen by a person
- of average height standing upon the ground—would be about three miles;
- but in consequence of the conditions of light upon the surface of the
- snow, it appeared to be less, and the borders of the round line of
- horizon seemed to confine us within a small circle. This effect was
- particularly noticeable when the sun rose and touched the eastern parts
- of the curvature, the sky at that time in the morning being clear and
- cloudless.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">128</span></p>
-
- <p>The weather became daily more severe, and at last we had to encounter
- a hard gale of wind from the north-west. Suddenly one afternoon, a
- sweeping snow storm overtook us, and in a few hours all vestiges of
- the track were lost. Our position became perilous, as nothing could be
- seen which would help us in the slightest degree as a guide, and enable
- us to steer a straight course. The sky was gloomy and dark with snow
- clouds, and the prairie was as bare as the open sea.</p>
-
- <p>The night was approaching, and matters were beginning to be serious,
- when the coach was stopped by striking against some concealed obstacle,
- and the horses swerved round. After gazing upon the fresh snow for
- a few seconds, the driver said that it was practically useless to
- attempt to follow the track, as it was impossible to make out its
- direction. It was evident that there was not the slightest reason for
- making any endeavours to follow one way more than any other, and we
- had the dangerous prospect before us of having to pass the night under
- circumstances of great hardship.</p>
-
- <p>Fortunately it was suggested, that we might try the experiment of
- maintaining a line of progress by attending to the point from which
- the wind came. It had been observed that, when we were going along the
- straight track, the wind was upon the right hand, nearly abeam, and it
- was considered possible that if we could manage to keep it upon that
- bearing, we ought finally to arrive at our destination. The driver
- thought that this plan did not offer much prospect of success, on
- account of the scattered boulders and the rough nature of the country.
- He<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">129</span>
- however decided to do what was proposed, and started forward. An
- unforeseen difficulty soon arose. The horses having no track before
- them to follow, kept constantly swerving to the left to avoid the wind,
- and it required much skill and energy to keep their heads pointed in
- the right direction.</p>
-
- <p>The obstructions we had to encounter, caused us much anxiety, for
- we were exposed to a bitterly cold gale, and the storm blew against
- us with a severity that was unendurable. It was with no slight
- pleasure that, just before the night, we saw upon the verge of the
- horizon ahead, the lights of the town where we intended to stop.
- When we arrived there, it was found that the roads had become almost
- impassable, in consequence of the great depth of the snow that had
- fallen in a few hours.</p>
-
- <p>As the prairies of Western Iowa had thus become a vast white
- table land, whose ground was hidden from view, I crossed the Missouri
- as soon as possible and proceeded to the interior of Nebraska where
- the storm had not taken place and the surface of the land was still in
- its autumnal condition. I stopped at various places in the valley of
- the river Platte and, at one of the newly formed settlements, obtained
- convenient quarters in the house of a man who had passed the greatest
- part of his life with the Pawnees, a tribe of Indians who have always
- been considered to hold an exceptional position with respect to their
- religious observances and language.</p>
-
- <p>He had lived in the tents and was well acquainted with their habits
- of life, and like all other men whom I had met who had been much
- in contact with the Indians, occupying the country west of the
- Mississippi, <span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">130</span>
- he had been impressed by the reality of their personal
- faith in supernatural manifestations of power for good or evil.</p>
-
- <p>I was much interested in ascertaining the existence of certain facts
- which seemed to show analogies between these Pawnees and the race who
- under the name of Toltecs or Aztecs had migrated from some unknown
- country into Mexico. It has not hitherto been explained how it
- happened that this tribe who, as far as is known, have always lived
- in this region, placed in the centre of the continent, should possess
- a language which is absolutely different from that of any other race
- of North American Indians, and that they should have been, for a long
- period of time, surrounded by powerful tribes with whom they could
- never have held any spoken communications. Mr. Albert Gallatin, a
- learned American ethnologist, draws attention to their singularly
- isolated position. He states that “they speak a language altogether
- different from that of the Sioux tribes or of any other Indians known
- to us.”<a id="FNanchor_37" href="#Footnote_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a></p>
-
- <p>They do not appear to have been a numerous race, for, when their
- territories were first explored, it was estimated that, including men,
- women and children, their numbers were under seven thousand. At the
- time that I passed through the ancient hunting grounds in Nebraska,
- their descendants (of whom there were said to be about three thousand)
- were gathered together in a reservation north of the Platte. I saw a
- few of them near the banks of that <span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">131</span>
- river, and some others who had
- committed a series of ferocious acts on the plains and had carried
- off several scalps. They were captured, imprisoned and condemned to
- death. These men were wild-looking savages who stalked restlessly round
- the cells in which they were confined like intractable and untameable
- animals. Those I saw wandering near the Platte had, for some unknown
- reason, dressed themselves in war paint. Their eyes were encircled by
- broad bands of red ochre. Their faces were covered with blue stripes
- which in their outlines resembled the tattoed lines of the Maoris in
- New Zealand.</p>
-
- <p>The natural colour of the Pawnees I met was rather darker than the
- skins of the Sioux and Chippewas. The men were of more than the
- ordinary stature and were powerfully built. Their heads were broad and
- massive and all of them had remarkably high cheek bones.</p>
-
- <p>The early explorers, sent by the Government towards the West, did
- not learn much about the superstitions of the native tribes, but it
- is mentioned in the Report of the Expedition to the Rocky Mountains
- in 1819–20 that the Pawnees, then living near the forks of the river
- Loup in the valley of the Platte, had originally a custom, which was
- believed to be annual but was no longer followed, of offering a human
- sacrifice to the Great Star.</p>
-
- <p>The victim was always a prisoner that had been captured in war.</p>
-
- <p>Mr. James, one of the members of the exploring party, stated that the
- star to which the sacrifice was made, was the planet Venus. It is
- probable therefore that this ceremony had some connection with the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">132</span>
- worship of the sun, as the Indians, who were accurate observers of all
- natural events, would have noticed that Venus, both as a morning and
- evening star, appeared to govern the movements of the greater light,
- and either announced its approach at dawn or followed its departure at
- sunset.</p>
-
- <p>The Pawnees and the Dakotas are the only North American tribes known
- to have had the custom of killing human beings, for the purpose of
- presenting them to their gods as propitiations in time of distress, or
- as thanksgiving offerings after successful wars. The sacrifices made to
- their gods of war by the Aztecs were probably introduced into Mexico
- by that fierce race. The last human sacrifice offered by the Pawnees
- occurred in the year 1837, and in this case it is believed that the
- offering was made to the spirit who caused the land to produce fertile
- crops.</p>
-
- <p>A young girl of fourteen years of age had been captured during a war
- with the Sioux, and it was decided that she was to be killed and
- sacrificed to this particular Manito. The strange character of the
- method of immolation arrests attention. The girl was carefully secured
- upon a framework made of light poles, raised a few feet above the
- ground. When she was in the right position for the sacrifice, a fire
- was kindled beneath, but before the flames had actually begun to
- touch her, and precisely at the moment when it was perceived that the
- fire was sufficiently strong to begin to burn her, she was suddenly
- killed by a flight of arrows.<a id="FNanchor_38" href="#Footnote_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a> She was then
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">133</span>taken down from the
- scaffolding and the flesh was cut into small portions and taken away
- into the fields, where the blood was sprinkled over certain parts of
- the land which had been planted.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_132f"><img src="images/i_132f.jpg" width="465" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Sha-to-Ko (Blue Hawk). A Pawnee.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>The fact of a sacrifice so important as that of a girl on the verge of
- womanhood being made to the god believed to have power over all matters
- relating to the growth of corn and other vegetable produce, proves that
- the Pawnees cultivated the earth to a greater extent than other tribes.
- Their neighbours, the Dakotas, were more exclusively a hunting race,
- and their human sacrifices, as far as has been ascertained by events
- that have happened within the past century, were usually made for the
- purpose of propitiation in the more solemn forms of Sun worship, or of
- appeasing the anger of evil spirits or demons when manifested by storms
- of lightning and thunder.</p>
-
- <p>My host told me that during the time he had lived amongst the Pawnees
- he had not seen anything in their observances which led him to suppose
- that they had any kind of belief in a future state beyond this world,
- or in any absolutely over-ruling Power. The few ceremonies performed by
- them were apparently propitiations of the various supernatural Manitos
- who, they considered, had influence over them either individually or
- as a tribe. One of their most frequent practices consisted of offering
- incense to them in the form of tobacco smoke, and they invariably
- presented it in the same manner by throwing the first whiff upwards
- towards the sky, the next downwards to the ground and then to the right
- and left. He had also observed that when
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">134</span> this act was finished, each
- Indian seemed to mutter some brief ejaculation or prayer.</p>
-
- <p>With respect to their superstitions he thought that they were
- practically spiritualists, and believed in the presence of unknown and
- unseen influences below, above or around them, having each in their own
- separate degree powers of good or evil. He mentioned an event which had
- happened within his personal observation.</p>
-
- <p>A Pawnee during a violent storm was injured by a flash of lightning.
- The tribe were convinced that this misfortune had been inflicted upon
- him as a direct punishment for some wrong deed he had committed, or
- that he had in some way, by his own conduct incurred the displeasure of
- the god of Lightning. As a consequence of this belief, he was avoided,
- and compelled to live apart, as a man placed under a curse or malignant
- influence.</p>
-
- <p>These Pawnees had the reputation of being cruel to their prisoners,
- and in that respect had the same usages as the Iroquois who tortured
- the captives and then burnt them at the stake.<a id="FNanchor_39" href="#Footnote_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a> All North
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">135</span>American
- tribes appear to have similar habits when their savage natures are
- aroused by bloodshed and war, but it is also acknowledged by those who
- have had an intimate knowledge of them, that under other and milder
- conditions, they possess <span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">136</span>
- qualities of an affectionate nature, which
- are shown in their domestic lives. An event occurred not far from the
- settlement which exemplified their attachment to their children.</p>
-
- <p>The only child of a Pawnee and his wife died and was buried in a grave
- dug in the open prairie near a spot where a small band of Indians
- had temporarily erected their tents. In the grave with the child
- were placed all the things which had belonged to her, including her
- mocassin shoes, her plate and cup and her trinkets. Her father had in
- his possession a good set of sleigh bells, said to be worth seventeen
- dollars which he had intended to sell to one of the white men in the
- neighbourhood, but after the death of his daughter he said that he was
- happy because no one had yet bought his bells, for he was consequently
- able to give them to her, and they were put by the child’s side and
- buried. The father and mother then built round the grave a wooden fence
- to keep the wolves away, as the Pawnees were going to move their tents
- to a distant part of the country. This fence was shortly afterwards
- destroyed by a prairie fire, and the place of the grave is not now
- known.</p>
-
- <p>These fires are becoming less frequent and, when they occur, are
- attributable to carelessness. I happened to see one of them sweeping
- over the plains near the river Missouri, my position at the time being
- at right angles to the line of its direction. A high wind was blowing
- from the South-west and the tall grass was bent over in such a manner
- that the flames instead of going with the wind towards the North-east,
- caught the tops of the grass and consequently travelled steadily to
- windward in the teeth <span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">137</span>
- of the gale. The smoke rolled away to leeward
- in dense clouds and the flames leapt upwards on tongues of fire to
- heights of twenty or thirty feet. The movement forward was like that of
- the rapidly advancing crest of a breaking wave. I estimated the length
- of the front of the fire to be nearly two miles.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_136f"><img src="images/i_136f.jpg" width="472" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Pawnee Woman.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>When wandering over the wide Iowa and Nebraska plains, many problems
- present themselves to the mind with regard to their formation and
- existing condition. Of these, none are so perplexing to the farmers
- as those which relate to the absence of trees. Several theories have
- been mooted and many conclusions have been adopted, and thought to be
- rational, but as a rule they cannot be accepted as being altogether
- satisfactory. One of the most general opinions, is that the treeless
- state of the land has been caused by the destructive effects of fire.
- Another opinion is that which attributes the greatest counteracting
- influence to the nature of the soil.</p>
-
- <p>One of the most careful investigators into this subject was the
- accomplished geologist Mr. J. W. Foster, whom I met at Chicago, and
- who was at that time President of the American Association for the
- Advancement of Science. He told me what had been the results of his
- work, and accompanied me to parts of the outlying Illinois prairies,
- to examine the character of the earth near the surface. He had, a
- short time previously, carried out a series of experiments relating to
- the physical geography of the Mississippi valley, and had given his
- attention to the composition of the upper formation of the prairies on
- both sides of the river.</p>
-
- <p>He had arrived at the conclusion that the absence of trees upon them
- was not caused by fires or by the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">138</span>
- character of the ground, but was the
- consequence of the conditions of rainfall, temperature, climate, and
- exposure, all acting in a direction opposed to that natural order of
- things in which trees would be inclined to flourish.</p>
-
- <p>On the way south from Mankato, I observed that the banks of the Des
- Moines river were thickly timbered, and that on the borders of the
- various rivulets which had cut their way through the ground to a
- considerable depth, there was usually a flourishing growth of trees,
- chiefly consisting of oak, black walnut, basswood, and maple varieties.
- In all these instances the trees were sheltered, but on the exposed
- prairie immediately adjacent the ground was bare, and without a vestige
- of any signs of trees or shrubs. In that particular region it seems
- therefore probable, that the exposure to gales of wind sweeping over
- the plateau, may be the principal cause of trees not being able to take
- root and live.</p>
-
- <p>There are, however, other prairies equally bare of timber which are
- not so exposed. Upon those situated near the water shed or dividing
- ridge of the tributaries of the Missouri and Mississippi, it may be
- the quantities of water lying permanently within a few feet below the
- surface which prevent any growth taking place. No single theory seems
- to explain the facts, but from my own observation, I am inclined to
- think that the chief deterring influence is the nature of the soil.<a id="FNanchor_40" href="#Footnote_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a></p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">139</span></p>
-
- <p>There is an unexplained problem respecting the growth of trees
- in certain parts of North America, which has received much local
- notice. My attention was directed to the subject when I was in the
- neighbourhood of Lake Simcoe in Upper Canada. An Englishman, who had
- established a homestead there and made clearings in the forests, told
- me he had observed that after the old trees had been felled, new shrubs
- and timber of an entirely different character grew up in their place.
- There was nothing in the nature of the surrounding woods which, to his
- mind, could account for the change, as there were no trees of the class
- that had taken root existing in that part of the country.</p>
-
- <p>A similar alteration in the order of succession of forest growths was
- reported by the geologists employed by the Government in conducting
- the early surveys of Michigan. They stated that large tracts of land,
- originally covered with pines, had been succeeded by a second growth
- consisting of white birch, aspen, pine and hazel. In this case the
- primeval forest had been destroyed by high winds and afterwards
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">140</span> burnt.
- It was supposed that where clearings had been made by fire, changes
- of the above nature occurred, but no suggestions were given as to the
- manner in which these new and strange growths established themselves.</p>
-
- <p>Near Ishpeming, I saw that in all cases where forest openings had been
- made by the action of fire, luxuriant masses of dense raspberry bushes
- occupied the land; and it was said that where the woods were cut down
- by the axe bushes of another class, bearing different berries, sprang
- up and flourished.</p>
-
- <p>In other parts of the North-west, variations in the succession of
- forest trees have been seen to occur; and usually there seems to be
- some connection between the type of the new plants and the methods by
- which the clearings have been made. As a general rule there are very
- few birds to carry seeds or pips from distant regions and therefore
- it is possible that in places where the ground has never for many
- centuries been previously disturbed and where the thick forest has
- been for the first time removed, and sunlight and fresh atmospheric
- conditions are admitted upon the land, new circumstances arise which
- are favourable to the development of dormant life.<a id="FNanchor_41" href="#Footnote_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a></p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">141</span></p>
-
- <p>Before leaving the valley of the Platte I made several excursions on
- the plains for the purpose of examining two of the most extensive of
- those singular groups of mounds which have been called prairie-dog
- villages. The largest of them was situated about two hundred miles west
- of the Missouri and three miles north of the Platte. It occupied a
- space exceeding fifty acres, which was covered by the rounded heaps of
- earth and pebbles thrown up by the little marmots when excavating their
- burrows. These creatures, when they are sitting on the tops of their
- mounds in a watchful attitude keeping a sharp look out around them and
- holding their paws before them, resemble a colony of ground squirrels.
- When I was at a certain distance from them they maintained continuous
- and defiant sounds like the shrill
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">142</span>
- yelps of puppies, but upon a nearer
- approach they suddenly disappeared down their holes.</p>
-
- <p>The existence of these isolated groups of burrowing animals, dwelling
- together in communities, was made the subject of observation by
- the expeditions sent by the United States Government to explore
- these regions, and it was reported that it was not unusual to find
- rattlesnakes living in the same holes as the prairie dogs. Captain
- Stansfield, the leader of one of these exploring parties, stated that
- the holes were generally guarded by a rattlesnake, and that when the
- hand was about to be thrust into the hole to draw out the prairie dog
- which had been shot at, but had got into its burrow, the ominous rattle
- of the reptile was heard within.</p>
-
- <p>Twenty years had elapsed since that time, and many changes had taken
- place in the conditions of animal life upon these plains. I thrust
- my stick down various holes but there were no rattlesnakes in them.
- I afterwards heard that in these districts the reptiles, which had
- been so numerous, had disappeared. Another group of these village
- communities which I examined was placed to the south of the Platte.
- Although it covered a comparatively small area it was more fully
- tenanted and the dwellings were closer together, each mound almost
- touching its neighbour. One of the young occupiers of this village
- had been captured and tamed by a squatter living near the settlement
- in which I was then stopping. As it rarely happens that the habits of
- these marmots can be regularly observed, this creature’s actions were
- noticed with great curiosity.</p>
-
- <p>It was the daily habit of this prairie dog to sit
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">143</span>for hours upon
- its haunches, with its fore-paws held steadily in front of him,
- continuously maintaining a careful watch upon everything that was
- happening. I observed that although the method of sitting was that
- of the squirrel tribe, the shape and appearance of the body was of
- a different type, and like that of a large guinea-pig. The most
- attractive point about the little animal was its keen manner of keeping
- guard like a sentinel. Nothing seemed to escape its vigilance.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_142fa"><img src="images/i_142fa.jpg" width="600" height="457" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Prairie and Boulders, North Iowa.</div>
- </div>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_142fb"><img src="images/i_142fb.jpg" width="600" height="457" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Prairie Dogs, Nebraska.<br />
- <span class="small">(the mounds are about eighteen inches high.)</span></div>
- </div>
-
- <p>When the fact of rattlesnakes living in the same holes as the prairie
- dogs was originally made known, there were several theories advanced
- upon the subject; but, in the absence of any direct evidence as to
- the nature of the apparent alliance or friendship, nothing could be
- positively proved. It was however subsequently discovered that young
- marmots were occasionally found inside the bodies of rattlesnakes which
- had been killed near the mounds. It is therefore probable that the
- reptiles used the burrows for their winter residences, after having
- expelled the previous inhabitants.</p>
-
- <p>Nothing is more surprising than the effect of the movement of
- civilisation westwards upon the number of the animals who were
- accustomed to exist upon the prairies. The explorers who passed through
- these waste lands in the beginning of the nineteenth century, reported
- that the surface of the country, especially near the river Platte, was
- often blackened by immense herds of bisons. Fifty years later when I
- went over the same ground no buffaloes were to be seen there, and they
- no longer frequented that part of Nebraska. The rattlesnakes have also
- almost<span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">144</span>
- disappeared in consequence of the introduction of animals that
- were hostile to them.<a id="FNanchor_42" href="#Footnote_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a></p>
-
- <p>The manner by which this destruction of the snake tribe has been
- carried out, was brought to my notice when I was crossing Lake Erie.
- Near the west shores of the lake there were several islands which had
- been infested with reptiles to such an extent as to make it dangerous
- for men to land upon them. A resident who had lived for many years upon
- the adjacent shore, and who happened to be on board the steamer when we
- passed near one of the largest of the islands, told me that in order
- to clear the ground a large number of hogs were landed upon it, and
- within a short time the island was made perfectly safe. It was observed
- that they rushed <span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">145</span>
- immediately forward and when close to the snakes they
- dropped upon their knees and commenced to devour them with the greatest
- avidity. The darting of the fangs upon them did not seem to have the
- slightest injurious effect. It is therefore probable that this strange
- invulnerability of the hog is due to the thickness of its hide, and the
- close stiff bristles which prevent the penetration of the poison.</p>
-
- <p>On the prairies, the explorers mention their having seen, besides
- buffaloes, deer, hares, wolves, eagles, buzzards and ravens. I saw
- several herds of antelopes and a few wolves: one of them belonging to
- the coyote species was observed in the evening to be prowling round
- the huts of settlers at the forks of the Platte. It was caught and
- forthwith dispatched. It was a good sized wolf with a thick coat of
- shaggy iron-grey hair and looked fierce and savage. On the banks of
- the southern branch of the river near this spot I joined an American
- companion in an expedition to look for prairie grouse. We found them
- amongst the brushwood in considerable numbers, but the birds were wild
- and it was difficult to get within range of them. The Platte at this
- part was nearly three thousand feet above the sea.</p>
-
- <p>On the desert, at a height of seven thousand feet, I saw antelopes
- grazing upon the prairie grass which was growing abundantly and
- afforded ample supplies of food for them. Wolves were also on these
- plains skulking in the vicinity doubtless hoping to appease their
- hunger before many hours had elapsed. These wide and lofty table lands
- were the ancient hunting grounds of the Dakotas and Cheyennes.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">146</span></p>
-
- <p>It was getting late upon a fine winter’s evening when our coach crossed
- the brow of a hill and we caught sight of the calm blue waters of the
- Great Salt Lake surrounded by snow-covered mountains. It was a quiet
- scene of singular beauty. The skies were brilliant with the glowing
- effects caused by the rays of the declining sun. It was nearly dark
- when we arrived at the City of the Mormons and our horses were pulled
- up at the door of an attractive little inn which Brigham Young had
- provided for the accommodation of strangers.</p>
-
- <p>After quitting the prosperous lands of Utah on my way to California
- I stopped in the centre of that part of the American desert situated
- near the borders of Oregon and bounded on the west by the ranges of the
- Sierra Nevada. It was my object to visit a tribe of Shoshones who were
- then encamped in the neighbourhood. I found them dwelling on a dreary
- and exposed plateau in the midst of a region covered with small black
- volcanic stones and fragments (or flakes) of obsidian, with which an
- old arrow head maker was busily engaged fashioning the rude weapons
- required by the tribe. It was the middle of December. The winter was
- cold, and the country around looked bleak and desolate.</p>
-
- <p>The Indians were in wigwams made of saplings or withies, bent over
- in such a manner as to form the shape of a semi-circle or a low
- rounded beehive. They resembled, in their construction and size, the
- temporary huts used by wandering bands of Chippewas upon the shores of
- Lake Superior. The interiors of these rude and miserable lodges were
- not inviting. Squalor, dirt and gloom were present to the eye, and
- influenced the mind.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_146f"><img src="images/i_146f.jpg" width="493" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Indian, Salt Lake Valley, Utah.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">147</span></p>
-
- <p>The men differed to some extent from all other Indians that I had seen,
- and were in appearance like the Asiatics in the southern Provinces
- of China, and had not the massive heads and aquiline features of the
- Dakotas or Pawnees; they were also of a more debased type. This,
- however, may have been the result of many centuries of struggles
- against starvation and exposure to the severe weather that must be
- experienced in the deserts upon which they wander. Outside the main
- part of the encampment there was a small group of wigwams, which I
- found to be occupied by Utes, a tribe even more degraded and wretched
- than the Shoshones.</p>
-
- <p>The Utes, or Digger Indians, have always been considered to be the
- lowest in civilization of all the American tribes. It has been thought
- that they may be the descendants of outcasts, but this opinion does not
- seem to be based upon sufficient evidence. There are good reasons for
- believing that they are allied in race and language with the Shoshones,
- and they are apparently treated by them on terms of friendship and
- equality.</p>
-
- <p>The Diggers have been given that name in consequence of it being
- their custom to live chiefly upon roots, or whatever other food they
- can obtain by digging. They also find a scanty support from grass,
- seeds and locusts. They have been occasionally met wandering in Utah
- in a naked and half-starved condition. It is not possible to imagine
- human beings to be in a lower or more harsh state of existence. Misery
- and want do not however appear to influence the natural buoyancy and
- cheerfulness of these nomads. Possibly their freedom, the constant
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">148</span>
- occupation of searching the hills and deserts for subsistence, and
- their unconstrained life, give them compensation for the hardships that
- they are forced to endure.</p>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
- <blockquote>
- <p>There is only one other race that I have seen living under
- similar conditions of continuous want and wretchedness, with
- whom the struggles for bare existence are equally severe.</p>
-
- <p>That unfortunate people are the Fuegians, who wander in search
- of food upon the rugged coasts of Tierra del Fuego.</p>
-
- <p>When passing through the Straits of Magellan in H.M.S. Pearl
- in January, 1877, we saw several families of the natives in
- Churruca Bay occupying wretched wigwams, placed close to the
- water’s edge.</p>
-
- <p>Some of them embarked in their canoes and came alongside to ask
- for food and tobacco. They appeared to be in a half-starved
- and emaciated state, and were sustaining life upon mussel and
- edible roots. The medical officers of the ship measured the
- men, as I wished to ascertain their size and weight as compared
- with the Patagonians dwelling upon the opposite shores of the
- Straits. It was found that the height of these Fuegians was
- between four feet nine inches and five feet two inches. The
- average stature was under five feet. The measurements round
- the chest were comparatively large, being thirty-four to
- thirty-five inches.</p>
-
- <p>We afterwards anchored in Gregory Bay, Patagonia. As soon as we
- were observed, a numerous tribe of Patagonians rode down to the
- beach, and pitched their tents opposite the ship. Several of
- the chiefs came on board and subsequently allowed themselves to
- be weighed and measured.</p>
-
- <p>It was ascertained that their average height was five feet
- eleven inches, and their chest measurements averaged forty-four
- inches. Their weights averaged two hundred and thirty-two
- pounds.</p>
-
- <p>The contrast in the physical condition between the Patagonians
- and Fuegians is extraordinary when it is considered that only a
- narrow channel of water, easily traversed by canoes, separates
- them. It is probable that the Utes, Shoshones and Fuegians
- may have been forced by adverse circumstances to retreat to
- the inhospitable regions in which they live. No race would
- willingly accept or undergo such unchangeable hardships.</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_VIII">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">149</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER VIII.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- North American Indians.—Diversity of Languages.—The
- Iroquois.—Dialects.—Descent of Iroquois chiefs through
- the female line.—Pagan Indians.—Belief in a Great
- Spirit.—Ceremonies.—Dakotas.—Superstitions.—Dreams.—Fasts.—Sun
- worship.—Medicine men.—Customs of mourning by widows.—Supernatural
- influences.—Lightning.—Transmigration.—Worship of Spirit rocks.—Serpent
- worship.—Human sacrifices.—Burial customs.—Method of curing sickness by
- steam.—Note upon analogies between the customs of the Indians, Maoris,
- and the natives of the Sandwich Islands.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">It</span> is expedient with respect to the condition of the North American
- Indians, to take into consideration some of the circumstances relating
- to their languages, customs, and superstitions; particularly such of
- them as may appear to have remote analogies with the observances of
- other races, or with the more advanced state of civilisation that
- existed in the fifteenth century, among the tribes who had conquered
- the aboriginal inhabitants of Mexico, Central America, and Yucatan.
- It is also especially necessary that a brief investigation should
- be directed to certain exceptional forms of the Indian faith in the
- influence and power of the unknown gods by whom the Dakotas believed
- themselves to be surrounded and who were propitiated by acts of severe
- personal suffering and penance.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">150</span></p>
-
- <p>In the Northern continent there are two principal facts which attract
- the attention of those who are thrown into contact with the Iroquois,
- Chippewas and Dakotas. The first of these which comes under notice
- is the extraordinary number and diversity of their languages, and
- afterwards, upon a more extended acquaintance with the customs of these
- Indians, the strange and most grave nature of the higher character of
- their ancient religion. With regard to the differences of the languages
- my attention was first called to this circumstance by M. Cuoq, who,
- when I visited the Missionary establishment upon the shores of the “Lac
- des deux Montagnes” in Canada, was in charge of the converts. M. Cuoq
- was a learned philologist and had published a volume of studies upon
- the Indian languages.<a id="FNanchor_43" href="#Footnote_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a></p>
-
- <p>The assemblage of Roman Catholic converts brought together at the
- Mission was composed of two tribes, who spoke different languages
- which were so absolutely distinct that they were unable to converse
- with each other. One of these groups were Algonquins, whose ancestors
- originally dwelt to the north of the St. Lawrence, the other was formed
- from the Iroquois who came from territories bordering upon the southern
- banks of that river. M. Cuoq, when conducting the religious services,
- preached to them in their own languages alternately. It is not
- surprising that these scattered remnants of the two great tribes whose
- languages were radically dissimilar should still (although they have
- lived as <span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">151</span>
- neighbours for several generations) be unable to understand
- each other. It is, however, a different matter when the conditions
- are considered under which the original Iroquois language has become
- changed into the six languages spoken by the Senecas, Oneidas,
- Cayugas, Onondagas, Mohawks and Tuscaroras. The extraordinary manner
- in which the Iroquois language has thus become separated is especially
- noticeable at the Canadian reservation of those tribes situated near
- the banks of the Grand River.</p>
-
- <p>According to the traditions of the Iroquois it appears that the nations
- were composed originally of one large tribe, all of whom spoke one
- language, and that they dwelt on the southern shores of Lake Ontario.
- It is stated that they became too numerous for the land which they
- occupied, and a great council was held to consider what steps should
- be taken to establish themselves in such a manner as to have hunting
- grounds sufficiently extensive to enable them to obtain supplies
- of food. After long discussion it was decided to disperse and to
- divide into communities. But, in order to prevent disaster from the
- possibility of being conquered by their enemies when thus separated,
- it was arranged that they should dwell near each other and thus be
- able to unite for the purpose of war. It happened, in consequence of
- this dispersion, that the language gradually became so greatly changed
- that the tribes were unable to understand each other, and in a period
- comparatively brief, six distinct dialects were formed which in the
- course of time became practically new languages.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">152</span></p>
-
- <p>When these Iroquois, who had been our allies in war, were gathered
- together and placed upon lands within the Canadian frontier, it was
- found expedient by them to make one of the dialects a language, which
- might be so far understood by the six nations, as to be employed upon
- all occasions when they had to perform their ceremonies, or carry out
- any purposes which they had in common.</p>
-
- <p>Upon the occasion of my visit to their reservation, I was accompanied
- by two Indians respectively of the Seneca and Cayuga tribes, both
- of whom spoke English intelligibly. I asked the Seneca what was the
- dialect they had chosen to be their language when the Iroquois were
- assembled together. He replied, that it was the Cayuga, because
- they believed it was the original language which had been spoken by
- all of them, and the six nations at the Grand River had learnt it
- sufficiently to enable them to understand what was said when they met
- at the Council house, but, for all ordinary purposes, and amongst
- themselves, each nation spoke its own dialect. With reference to this
- subject of variations in language, it is evident that amongst the
- North American Indians, who are scattered over such a large extent of
- country, the differences in the spoken tongues of the tribes must,
- in many instances, be caused by the fact of there being no written
- language, and of their being divided into races, kept apart by wars.
- It is therefore to be expected that great changes would occur within
- comparatively short intervals of time. With tribes originally belonging
- to one nation, these would rapidly become formed into dialects
- according to the manner in which the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">153</span> tribes moved into other hunting
- grounds, and became settled into distinct tribal groups. But after
- making all due allowances for these conditions, it still remains
- difficult to understand how so great a number of languages have become
- established amongst a comparatively small population. At no time, since
- the discovery of America, have the total numbers of Indians within the
- regions now forming the United States, exceeded five hundred thousand
- men, women and children. In 1829, it was estimated that the Indian
- population slightly exceeded three hundred and thirteen thousand. In
- 1850, according to the census, the total numbers were four hundred
- thousand.<a id="FNanchor_44" href="#Footnote_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a></p>
-
- <p>The most remarkable fact with regard to the Iroquois tribes is that,
- after having had one original language, they should have become
- unintelligible to each other, although they lived in close proximity.
- Their territories were within the limits now occupied by the State
- of New York. With the Dakotas and Chippewas, whose territories are
- adjacent, the conditions are different, for these languages have no
- relation with each other, and the most careful researches have failed
- to trace any connection between them. The Chippewa dialect belongs to
- the group of languages classified as Algonquin. Dialects belonging to
- that original stock are spoken by the Chippewas, Ottawas, Illinois,
- Shawnees, and <span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">154</span>
- all the New England tribes. The Dakota language is at
- present known to be spoken in thirteen principal dialects, and several
- sub-divisions. The Iroquois is exclusively confined to the six dialects
- spoken by the six nations assembled in their reservations.</p>
-
- <p>The history of the dispersion of this race seems to establish the fact
- that Indian languages can, within a comparatively short period, be so
- greatly altered as to become practically distinct. This has happened
- with a nation whose separated tribes have always remained at peace with
- each other and have united for common defence, or for the prosecution
- of a war against powerful enemies. With savage nations whose original
- languages are essentially dissimilar, the constant wars which take
- place between them possibly introduce elements of change which would
- influence very considerably the spoken dialects of the opposing tribes.
- It was a frequent custom after the conclusion of hostilities for the
- conquerors to incorporate in their tribe the women and children of
- those whom they had vanquished. Thus a new dialect would be introduced
- amongst them, and the two languages would necessarily become blended. A
- succession of wars would cause a continuance of variations of language,
- and thus it would gradually come to pass that dialects would be formed
- not only greatly differing from each other, but most difficult to trace
- to any positive origin.</p>
-
- <p>The Iroquois were not only exceptional in having a fixed system of
- confederation which enabled them to combine their forces in a manner
- which increased their fighting strength, but they also had special
- customs with regard to their chiefs. It was established
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">155</span>amongst them
- as an unalterable regulation that their hereditary descent should be
- in the female line. This unusual system has attracted much attention.
- When I was at their reservation I asked my Indian companions for an
- explanation of the manner in which this was carried into effect in
- ordinary practice, for it seemed to involve difficulties with regard to
- intermarriage between the respective nations, and I wished to hear some
- direct evidence upon that subject.</p>
-
- <p>The Seneca said: “Our children always take the rank of their mothers
- and join their tribe; thus I, a Seneca, not a chief, married a Cayuga
- woman the daughter of a chief and my son is therefore a Cayuga and
- will be a chief of the Cayugas.” Another Indian said: “I live with the
- Cayugas and my father was a Cayuga, but I am an Onondaga because my
- mother was an Onondaga woman.”</p>
-
- <p>Whilst I was talking with these men, and passing through the villages
- of the Oneidas, Senecas and Tuscaroras, I observed that there was no
- church or any building set apart for religious purposes and I asked
- the Seneca how this happened, as in the other Iroquois reservations
- that I had seen, the church usually was in a prominent position near
- the centre of the settlement. He said that I was amongst men who were
- called Pagan Indians, and that the Grand River Iroquois were divided
- into two classes, Christians and Pagans. The former were settled upon a
- part of the lands a few miles distant. He also told me that they always
- kept themselves distinct from the converts, and were careful to follow
- their ancient belief and maintain,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">156</span>
- as far as possible, the ceremonies
- and religious customs of their ancestors.</p>
-
- <p>I asked a Cayuga, who had joined us, and who was one of the leading men
- of his tribe, if he would tell me to what extent, and in what form,
- their Pagan worship was practised. I also mentioned, that I wished for
- information with regard to the Iroquois belief in a Supreme Being.
- It was ascertained by the Jesuit missionaries, that a belief in one
- over-ruling Power was found to exist among them, and in this respect
- they differed from all other American Indians, with whom it seemed
- to be conclusively ascertained, that their worship only consisted of
- propitiations of the various powers that they believed had influence
- for good or evil in connection with matters around them. It was found
- by the priests, that the chief obstacle in enabling the savages to
- comprehend the meaning of their teaching, was the want of capacity
- in the minds of the Indians to understand the nature of a Power who
- controlled all movements of the heavens and earth. It was consequently
- interesting to meet an Indian who could intelligently explain this
- unusual peculiarity of the Iroquois belief.</p>
-
- <p>This Cayuga, in reply to my questions, said, “We all believe in the
- Great Spirit whom we call How-wan-ni-yu, and we have four feasts in
- every year made to him. Those at the New Year and at the Harvest time
- are the greatest. We meet at the Long House<a id="FNanchor_45" href="#Footnote_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a> dressed, as was the
- custom in former times, <span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">157</span>
- with skins and feathers, and have our faces
- painted. In the middle of the room we place our offerings of wheat,
- fruit, tobacco, and flesh, according to what we can give, and the
- season of the year. Round this pile of offerings we have a dance. After
- this is over, our principal chief makes a speech and tells us about the
- goodness and nature of How-wan-ni-yu. Then we have another dance, after
- which another chief makes a speech, and so on, until all the speeches
- are finished. Then all the offerings are divided amongst us and the
- meeting ends.”</p>
-
- <p>I asked the Indians if they had any other kind of worship or prayer.
- They said they had nothing more, and that the dance to How-wan-ni-yu
- was not considered by them to be a prayer, but was meant as an
- acknowledgment of the goodness of the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">158</span>
- harvest. I found a difficulty
- in obtaining from these Iroquois any definite opinion with regard to
- their ideas of the nature of How-wan-ni-yu, but at last the Cayuga
- said abruptly: “We consider him to be the maker of all things upon
- the earth, and we know nothing more about the matter.” There were,
- originally, various ceremonies performed by the tribes in connection
- with the appearance of the first new moon of the year, and there
- were also tribal dances after any success in hunting or in war, but
- these are no longer performed. One of the new moon ceremonies was the
- sacrifice of a dog by fire, and the ashes were scattered over the
- ground as an offering.</p>
-
- <p>Upon leaving the reservation, it was not possible to feel otherwise
- than regret that it had become the fate of the descendants of a
- powerful nation of warriors to be penned within these restricted
- limits. Men, women and children, were leading aimless and useless
- lives. They were pensioners upon Governments which would gladly escape
- from the duties and expenses which the existence of these Indians
- demand, and who are, in many cases, victims to the temptations offered
- to them by the habits of modern civilisation.<a id="FNanchor_46" href="#Footnote_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a></p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">159</span></p>
-
- <p>The Dakotas and the Iroquois have always been considered as the most
- powerful and warlike of the aboriginal races of North America. Both of
- these tribes also possessed, certain religious customs relating to the
- mental and physical training of their youthful warriors, which were
- intended to strengthen their characters, and to give them the power to
- endure privations and suffering with fortitude. The Dakotas carried
- into effect their observances to an extent far beyond that of any other
- race. Their superstitions and religious ceremonies, with reference
- to this system of preparing the foundations for the establishment of
- the qualities required to enable a Dakota to fulfil his duties as a
- courageous and honourable member of his tribe, are most characteristic,
- and appear to be invaluable elements in the formation of the qualities
- required by a race dwelling in wild and desolate lands, surrounded
- by enemies. It was an invariable rule with all the Dakotas, that the
- youths upon reaching manhood, should pass through a probationary
- period of fasting. This was done for the purpose of enabling each
- young Dakota to obtain a knowledge of the spiritual world by which he
- was surrounded, and to learn, by the revelations that
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">160</span>would be made
- to him in dreams, the nature of the Manito which would influence his
- thoughts and actions during his life. The fasts were always performed
- in solitude, far away from the tribe, and frequently continued for a
- considerable time. It was supposed that towards the latter part of this
- probation, his dreams would give him an insight into the mysterious
- conditions of life and nature that appeared to be supernatural, and
- that he would discover the god, animal or other object to which he was
- especially linked and which he was to propitiate by sacrifices.</p>
-
- <p>It was an essential part of this early endurance of trial and
- abstinence, that it not only should be performed in secret, but that
- for the remainder of his life the Indian should hold his faith in
- silence, and never communicate to others what his dreams had revealed
- to him. Thus far this early initiation into the mysteries of the
- unknown world had practically the effect of establishing the mental
- character, and was a form of training which impressed upon each Indian
- a separate individuality. Upon the conclusion of the probation of
- fasting and solitude, the youths had each to pass through trials of
- their physical endurance, and had to suffer various tortures to prove
- themselves to be capable of becoming warriors, and to show their
- manhood by their power of bearing pain with unflinching fortitude.</p>
-
- <p>When I was in that part of the continent which for long periods of
- time had been occupied by the branch of the Dakota race called Sioux,
- I endeavoured to ascertain the nature and practice of these customs as
- far as they were known by the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">161</span>
- existing Indians. In prosecuting these
- researches into a subject so interesting and exclusive, I was fortunate
- in meeting with a man so well informed upon all matters connected
- with these Indians as the half-breed Faribault. He had lived with the
- Sioux for many years at the time when they had possession of lands
- bordering upon the banks of the Mississippi, and had been present, on
- several occasions, when their most serious superstitious ceremonies
- were performed. Amongst these were the propitiations made to the sun, a
- form of worship which was more rigidly and earnestly practised by the
- Dakotas than by any other nation in North America.</p>
-
- <p>Sun worship existed amongst all the Indian tribes dwelling in the
- Mississippi valley, particularly with the Natchez in Louisiana, but
- the manner and the ceremonies differed, and with none of them were the
- painful personal sufferings and penances, undergone by the worshippers,
- so great as they were with the Dakotas. An instance of the severity
- of this penance occurred in the year 1849, when Faribault was living
- with a Sioux tribe encamped on the western shores of the Mississippi,
- near Prairie la Crosse. “An Indian,” he said, “dreamt that he had
- incurred the displeasure of the Great Spirit, and that it was necessary
- to appease him by sacrificing to him everything that he valued, and
- also to perform penance by undergoing the utmost pain that he was
- able to endure. A scaffolding was raised near the camp, consisting of
- two upright poles—of sufficient length—which were firmly fixed in the
- ground. These were connected near the top by a cross pole. When this
- was completed the Indian stood up and, shortly
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">162</span> before daybreak, a cut
- was made within the fleshy parts of each arm near the shoulders through
- which was passed a rope. Cuts or holes were then made in the breasts
- and other ropes were pushed through them. The cords were then tied to
- the stakes in such a manner that the arms were suspended by them. The
- breast ropes were secured in a position such as to allow that a certain
- portion of the man’s weight was held by them. His feet were allowed
- just to touch the ground. His dog was killed and placed in front of
- him together with his blanket, cut into strips, his feathers, his
- ornaments, and all that he possessed.</p>
-
- <p>“When these preparations were made the Indian waited for the rising
- of the sun, and directly it appeared above the eastern horizon he
- threw his head back and fixing his gaze upon it commenced dancing. His
- friends at the same time maintained an incessant beating of a small
- drum. The dancing continued throughout the day, the Indian moving his
- position as the sun moved and taking care always to keep the sun in his
- front and to gaze steadfastly upon it without shrinking from its full
- light. After sunset he remained watching the western sky throughout the
- night. In the morning he turned round towards the dawn and when the sun
- appeared, was immediately cut down from the scaffold and fell exhausted
- upon the ground.”</p>
-
- <p>This act of sun worship is frequently performed, and the Sioux firmly
- believe that if they do not obey the dream which points out to them
- this duty, serious misfortunes will happen to them and their families.
- Instances have been known of men being
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">163</span> able to endure long periods of
- torture, and young Indians, when passing through the early trials of
- their strength, will frequently remain for hours entirely suspended
- by ropes rove through their flesh. It is not possible to estimate the
- actual personal suffering thus inflicted upon themselves by these
- North American Indians, by the standard of what would be felt by more
- sensitive and more highly organised races. I have seen Chinamen endure
- with stolid indifference, tortures that would cause Europeans to feel
- the utmost agony.<a id="FNanchor_47" href="#Footnote_47" class="fnanchor">[47]</a></p>
-
- <p>The Dakotas had another form of sun worship, which is still practised
- by some of the tribes in the West, but which appears to be chiefly
- intended as a tribal thanksgiving or rejoicing. A pole is raised in
- the centre of the encampment and upon it are placed figures of birds,
- beasts and reptiles. The Indians dance round this pole during the day
- taking <span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">164</span>
- care to keep their faces towards the sun. Shortly before sunset
- the figures are shot at until they have all fallen upon the ground.
- After this there is another dance which ends when the sun sinks below
- the horizon. The ceremony is then concluded.</p>
-
- <p>Sickness is, with the Dakotas as with the Pawnees, considered to have
- been sent as a punishment for some wrong deed that has been committed
- either by an individual or by the tribe. I was told by Faribault that
- whenever a Sioux found that he was suffering from illness he sent for
- the medicine man,<a id="FNanchor_48" href="#Footnote_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a> who, upon his arrival, would immediately proceed
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">165</span>
- to ascertain what evil act the patient had done, and would then take
- the requisite measures to drive out the evil spirit representing the
- nature of the offence. It is assumed that the offence committed by
- the sick person has some reference to a man, woman or animal. The
- medicine man, who pretends to have the power of second-sight, looks
- steadily at the patient, until he declares that he can see the inner
- demon that torments him. After certain incantations, he makes out
- of clay an image of the creature which is causing the sickness, and
- then shoots at it until it is shattered. It is expected that this act
- will cause the devil to depart. If this method of cure fails, other
- images are made, as it is then assumed that more than one evil deed
- has been perpetrated. Finally, if all these remedies are unsuccessful
- it is pronounced that the patient must perform a penance. This usually
- consists of a long fast, and is considered to be a personal matter
- strictly confined to the relations that exist between the Indian and
- the Manito under whose guidance he believes himself to be, and which
- has been ascertained during the period of the great fast performed in
- his youth.</p>
-
- <p>It was the custom with the Sioux, whenever the head of the household
- died, for the women to mourn for a year. One of their chiefs had died
- a few years before I was at Mendota, and Faribault, who had known him
- intimately, went to the settlement to see the widow. He found her
- engaged in the occupation of cutting deep gashes in her arms and legs.
- She had, in her hand a rounded scalping knife and with this weapon
- she was striking herself and inflicting
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">166</span> wounds from which blood was
- flowing. All the furniture and mats had been removed from the tepee or
- tent, and she was sitting upon the earth. At the conclusion of the time
- of mourning it is usual for the women to go to their friends or join
- some other household, and the old tepee is then thrown down and left in
- a heap upon the ground.</p>
-
- <p>At the time that Faribault was speaking about these customs, there
- were present several Sioux, who had come from their encampment, and
- were listening to him. When he had finished his narrative, I took the
- opportunity of asking these men some questions about the belief of
- the Sioux, with respect to lightning and thunder, as I had heard that
- the Dakotas held some especial opinions upon these manifestations of
- supernatural power. One of the beliefs attributed to them was that
- lightning was a stone, and it was difficult to understand what could be
- their reason for holding such a strange belief. They said, in answer
- to my question, that lightning was certainly a stone, and that they
- knew it was so because they had seen it, and it was very hard and like
- a rock. Possibly the Indians had seen the fall of some aerolites, or
- they may have observed the effects of lightning after it had struck the
- earth. They state, that sometimes a small hot stone is found near the
- roots of a tree that has been injured by a flash of lightning.</p>
-
- <p>I asked Faribault, whether any of the tribes with whom he had
- lived, appeared to have any belief in one supreme Great Spirit. He
- replied, that, as far as he had been able to judge of this matter,
- the Sioux held this belief vaguely, but, that it did
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">167</span> not influence
- their actions. The Dakotas have a Pagan custom of investing animals,
- hills, mountains, and all remarkable natural manifestations of
- unknown powers with especial spirits of good or evil influence, each
- demanding different forms of worship and propitiation. They have
- also—under certain conditions—a belief in the transmigration of souls
- into animals. They consider that this takes place when an Indian has
- been guilty of some act of cowardice or treachery. In such a case,
- his spirit is supposed, after death, to go into some animal or to
- take its form, and then it is sometimes believed that it haunts the
- neighbourhood of the camp. The superstitious nature of the Sioux is
- often strangely affected by traditions respecting these wandering
- spirits, and when under this influence, it is said by the half-breeds
- living amongst them, that they seem to possess the power of seeing
- supernatural things.</p>
-
- <p>There was an instance of this mentioned as having occurred a few years
- previously. A Sioux died: it was known that he had dreamed that, after
- his death, he would enter the body of a bear, and would then wander
- round the tents of the tribe. After his death, an Indian looked out
- at daybreak, and declared that he saw upon an opposite hill a large
- grey bear. Upon hearing this rumour the tribe assembled, and many of
- the men imagined that they saw it. After this appearance there was a
- universal dread of the bear. It was frequently seen, and the Indians
- were careful to avoid meeting it. During the time that the tribe were
- encamped in this part of the country, south of the Minnesota, the bear
- was occasionally seen prowling over the hills. One
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">168</span> of the chiefs was
- asked by a white man, who was trading with this tribe, why it was not
- killed, and he was told, that it was because it contained the spirit
- of a dead brother. There was no doubt in the minds of the Indians
- about the reality of the vision. They were positive in declaring that
- they saw the bear, and would point it out to the half-breeds staying
- in the camp, who could never see it. This power of seeing what is to
- other men unseen, is stated to be possessed by many of the Dakotas, and
- is probably, in a great measure, due to a highly sensitive condition
- of mind, caused by their long periods of self-imposed abstinence.
- Faribault said, that Sioux, when travelling the country, will
- suddenly start and tremble, and point to something not visible to the
- half-breeds, and declare that they see the form of the spirit that they
- dread.</p>
-
- <p>The dreams and fasts of the Dakotas, and the time passed by them
- in solitude, explain much that is strange and exceptional in their
- nature. It is thus intelligible how it happens, that the young Indians
- have such an earnest and vivid belief in the spiritual nature of the
- unknown and mysterious world, and that they invest with supernatural
- attributes the mysterious powers which surround them. It must seem
- natural to them, that thunder and lightning, sun, moon, mountains, and
- rivers, should be considered as manifestations of powerful spirits,
- that require to receive worship and sacrifice. What, however, is not
- so obvious, is the cause which impels them to worship large rocks and
- stones, which cannot, by any stretch of the imagination, be supposed
- to possess active powers of good or evil.
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">169</span> Upon this subject I asked
- the Indians for their explanation, saying, that I supposed they did not
- directly worship a stone, such as that near Mendota, but the spirit who
- had placed it there. Faribault said, that this worship also followed
- upon dreams, and the Indians, who were present, concurred in his
- statement. It sometimes happens that a Sioux, in his dream, instead of
- seeing the image of the sun or some animal, will see nothing but one of
- these large Spirit rocks. It is thus conveyed to his mind, that this is
- his god, by which his actions and fate are to be governed during his
- life, and to whom he must offer sacrifices.</p>
-
- <p>The whole tribe will occasionally take part in the worship of a
- boulder.<a id="FNanchor_49" href="#Footnote_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a> A dreamer, usually in this case, a man who is supposed to
- be gifted with prophetic power, dreams that it has become necessary to
- propitiate some unknown spirit. Then if he afterwards dreams of one of
- these boulders he acquaints the tribe with the nature of his dream, and
- the camp is immediately moved to the neighbourhood of the particular
- stone that is to receive sacrifices. This worship of Spirit rocks
- continues to take place. There is a large rounded mass of granite on
- the west bank of the Mississippi, lying upon the prairie a few miles
- below Lake Pepin, which is still visited by wandering bands of Sioux.
- It had been painted a bright red colour. When passing near the spot
- where it was situated, I saw the fires of the encampment of Indians who
- had come there to perform their ceremonies.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">170</span></p>
-
- <p>Amongst the various superstitious customs of the Dakotas, none are
- more singular than those which are related to serpent worship, and I
- listened with attention to the opinions of the Sioux upon this subject.
- They said that with serpents, as with other animals, the sacrifices
- made to them were entirely a personal matter, depending upon the
- nature of the dreams and upon the special kind of affinity that an
- Indian might believe himself to possess with them. With regard to
- rattlesnakes the methods of propitiation varied, for it happens that
- some of the men of a tribe find that they have a power of fascination
- over these reptiles. Others are aware of a feeling of dread of them,
- and consequently act differently. Usually a snake worshipper, upon
- meeting a rattlesnake, carefully clears and smooths the ground and
- places upon it his offering. He then fills his pipe with tobacco,
- lights it and turns the mouth-piece towards the snake, holding the bowl
- in his hands. He then makes his request.<a id="FNanchor_50" href="#Footnote_50" class="fnanchor">[50]</a> But, said the Sioux, these
- things are done in secret and very little is known about them. Each
- Indian, especially concerned, knows how and in what manner to offer his
- sacrifice.</p>
-
- <p>There is necessarily a difficulty in comprehending the depth or extent
- of the belief in the supernatural powers of the gods ruling over them,
- as understood and acted upon by ignorant and savage natures, such as
- the Dakotas, whose opinions have been <span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">171</span>
- formed after they have undergone
- long periods of fasting and suffering. An event occurred in a tribe
- then dwelling near the banks of the Minnesota, which proved that these
- Indians believed that their gods took a direct part in the government
- of the world beneath them, and manifested their anger by punishing
- those men who had offended them, unless a sufficient sacrifice was made
- as a propitiation. This event was reported in the year 1852, by Mr.
- Prescott, who was residing amongst the Sioux.</p>
-
- <p>His letter ran as follows:—</p>
-
- <blockquote>
- <p class="right">“St. Peters, <i>January</i> 26, 1852.</p>
-
- <p class="smcap noindent">“Sir,</p>
-
- <p>“I mentioned an instance of human sacrifice amongst the Sioux,
- but I did not know for what cause at the time, but since I have
- found out the cause of the sacrifice.</p>
-
- <p>“There came up a terrible thunder-storm. The lightning was
- flashing and falling in every direction about the Indian’s
- lodge, and the Indian thought the lightning or thunder was
- angry with him, and was about to kill him; so the Indian took
- his gun and shot his own son, and offered him as a sacrifice to
- the thunder, to save his own life.”<a id="FNanchor_51" href="#Footnote_51" class="fnanchor">[51]</a></p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <p>Amongst the Indian races occupying the Northern American continent,
- the Dakotas and the Pawnees are the only tribes who are known to have
- had the custom of sacrificing human beings to their gods. It is of
- importance to remark that these two races dwelt in neighbouring lands,
- and had customs <span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">172</span>
- which point to analogies with the Toltecs and Aztecs,
- in Southern Mexico, and the Mound Builders in Ohio. With the Dakotas
- human sacrifices were the greatest of the propitiations to their angry
- gods. It was known that Faribault had dwelt with a tribe of the Sioux
- upon an occasion when one of these sacrifices occurred, and I asked
- him to give me a detailed account of the proceedings that then took
- place, for cases of that serious nature rarely happen, although some
- centuries earlier, when tribal wars were frequent and perilous, it may
- be conjectured that they were numerous.</p>
-
- <p>Faribault said that, at the time when this human sacrifice occurred,
- he was living with a band of Sioux belonging to the Sissiton tribe,
- and they were encamped near the west shores of Lake Pepin. “They
- had come to the conclusion that, for some reason which they did not
- comprehend, a curse was upon them. Everything seemed to go wrong. Game
- was scarce and hard to kill, and there was much distress and sickness.
- Fastings and the usual sacrifices seemed to be of no avail, and nothing
- removed the evil influences which surrounded them. Finally an Indian,
- not a chief, but a man who was an orator and a prophet, had it made
- known to him by a dream what propitiation was required. This man had
- three daughters. The youngest of them was twelve years old; she was a
- beautiful child and her father’s favourite. He dreamt that, to appease
- the Great Spirit, it was necessary to sacrifice this child. In the
- morning before sunrise, he awoke the girl and told her to go out of
- the tent, wash herself and then put on her best dress and all her
- ornaments. He<span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">173</span>
- then called the tribe together and told them his dream.
- When they had heard what he declared they removed the tents to an
- adjacent camping ground and remained there until he joined them. He was
- then left alone with his daughter. He told her that in his dream he had
- seen the Great Spirit who had commanded that she should be sacrificed.
- His daughter accordingly stood up, and facing the sun, began to sing
- her death song, which was a kind of hymn. At noon, when the sun had
- risen to its highest point in the sky, he killed her.”</p>
-
- <p>The Sioux stated that after this sacrifice everything prospered,
- sickness ceased, game became abundant and all went well with the
- tribe.<a id="FNanchor_52" href="#Footnote_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a></p>
-
- <p>The burial customs of the Dakotas were, in several respects,
- distinctive. The dead were placed upon an open framework or
- scaffolding, which, when the tribes were encamped upon the prairies,
- was raised a sufficient height above the ground to be out of the reach
- of wolves. Ultimately the bones were taken to the tribal burial places.
- It is not improbable that the Mound Builders had similar usages.<a id="FNanchor_53" href="#Footnote_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a></p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">174</span></p>
-
- <p>The Sacs and Foxes who dwelt on the lands near the southern borders of
- a part of the Dakota territories had different customs. Judge Williams
- told me that, when he was residing amongst them, it was their practice,
- when burying a man, to fix two upright posts. The body was placed in
- a sitting position on the surface of the ground with the back resting
- against one of the posts, and the feet touching the other. It was then
- covered over with earth.</p>
-
- <p>The methods followed by the Dakotas and Chippewas in curing illness by
- the use of steam appear to be of very ancient origin, and evidently are
- the same as those that were described by Clavigero as being practised
- by the Aztecs in the towns of Mexico. They are also adopted by the
- Shoshones in the deserts of Utah. Amongst the Dakotas a low circular
- wigwam is made about four feet high. The frame is usually covered
- with buffalo skins in such a manner that no steam can escape. A small
- opening is left through which the patient can crawl in. In the interior
- of the wigwam some sand is put upon the ground. Stones which have been
- heated by fire are then pushed in under the wigwam and placed upon this
- sand, together with a jar of water. The patient then pours the water
- upon the stones until the interior is filled with vapour or steam.</p>
-
- <p>When the Jesuit missionaries surveyed the shores of Lake Superior in
- 1669, they reported that the savages in preparing their meals, used
- a pail made of birch bark, which contained water. Hot stones were
- thrown into this until the water was raised to a temperature which was
- sufficiently high to cook<span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">175</span>
- their food. This custom was similar to
- that which was followed by the Maoris in New Zealand.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_174f"><img src="images/i_174f.jpg" width="600" height="597" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Bear Skin.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
- Red Dog.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; Rocky Bear.<br />
- Chiefs of the Ogallalas.<br />
- <span class="small">(dakotas.)</span></div>
- </div>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
- <blockquote>
- <p>It is hazardous to attempt to form any conclusions, based upon
- analogies, respecting the habits and superstitions of savage
- races, but with regard to the Maoris and the Dakotas, there are
- circumstances which require that a passing notice should be
- given to them.</p>
-
- <p>The New Zealanders, like the Dakotas, placed the bodies of the
- dead upon platforms or high scaffoldings. After a certain time
- the bones were scraped and gathered together, and taken to the
- burying place.</p>
-
- <p>The Maoris also had much faith in dreams, and believed that it
- was chiefly through them that they received communications from
- their gods. It was also usual for widows to show their grief,
- upon the death of their husbands, by cutting themselves with
- sharp instruments.</p>
-
- <p>The Sandwich Islanders, who are believed to be of the same race
- as the Maoris, used, in cases of sickness, a steam bath in the
- same manner as the Dakotas.</p>
-
- <p>In 1878, I met a number of Maoris in the valley of the Waikato,
- in the northern island of New Zealand. The men and women
- differed from the Malay type, and resembled, in many respects,
- the North American Indians. I am of opinion, that at a remote
- period, there must have been a communication between the
- aboriginal natives of the Sandwich Islands, and the Indians
- dwelling upon the western coasts of North America.</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_IX">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">176</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER IX.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- The Golden City.—Coast of California.—Cape San
- Lucas.—Manzanillo.—Alligators and Sharks.—Acapulco.—San José de
- Guatemala.—Escuintla.—City of Guatemala.—Indian pilgrims from
- Esquipulas.—Ancient mounds on the plains of Mixco.—Insurrection
- of Indians.—Decapitation of their leader.—Preparations for the
- journey across the Continent to Palenque and Yucatan.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span>In</span> the forenoon of the third day of January, the “Golden City”
- commanded by Captain Lapidge, left San Francisco for the Central and
- South American Pacific ports.</p>
-
- <p>We had on board, as passengers, several members of the Austrian
- mission, originally embarked in the frigate Danube under their chief
- Rear-Admiral Baron Petz, with instructions to make commercial treaties
- with China, Japan, Siam, Guatemala, Chili and other Spanish-American
- States. This part of the mission had been detached to visit Guatemala
- and it was arranged that upon the completion of their duties in Central
- America, they should rejoin the frigate in the Southern Pacific. Dr.
- Scherzer, the author of the narrative of the voyage of the Novara, and
- who had also published the journal of his travels in Central America,
- was placed in charge of this service. He was accompanied by Baron
- Herbert and Baron<span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">177</span>
- Ransonnet, acting as secretaries. I had already met
- these members of the staff and it was a mutual pleasure to find that we
- were proceeding to the same regions.</p>
-
- <p>Soon after leaving the harbour we approached the rocks upon which great
- numbers of seals were seen. They watched our movements with attention,
- and in reply to the sound of the blows of our paddlewheels upon the
- water, bellowed at us defiantly.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_177"><img src="images/i_177.jpg" width="600" height="305" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption">The “Golden City” passing the Seal Rocks.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>We at first steered a course near the shore, but finding that there
- was a heavy ground swell, we kept about four miles out from the land,
- a distance sufficiently close to enable us to have a good view of the
- Californian hills. One night, large beacon fires were reported to be
- observed on the heights of the southern extremity of Lower California.
- The course was consequently altered towards a small bay within Cape San
- Lucas, and a boat came alongside conveying passengers. It was very dark
- and the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">178</span>
- signal fires threw a fitful glare upon the sea and our ship,
- at intervals. As we followed the line of the coast, the scenery became
- very grand as we approached the mountain ranges of Mexico. The weather
- was fine, the sea, rightly called Pacific, was as smooth as glass, and
- there was an effect of atmosphere which gave a marvellously beautiful
- colouring to the slopes and valleys of the mountains.</p>
-
- <p>Several days after our departure from San Francisco we entered the
- little land-locked harbour of Manzanillo. When rounding the point
- we disturbed several flocks of pelicans. They gathered speed with
- a few flaps of their great wings and then swept over the water
- noiselessly without further effort, altering the direction of their
- flight until they were sheltered from observation by some intervening
- rocks.<a id="FNanchor_54" href="#Footnote_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a> Manzanillo is one of the seaports of the city of Mexico,
- and communicates with the capital by a road leading to Colima and
- Guadelajara. Near the village there is a shallow lake called La Laguna
- de Cuyutlan, in which exist an extraordinary number of alligators.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">179</span></p>
-
- <p>After our ship had anchored, some of the passengers went to look at
- this quiet reptile-infested lagoon, which is separated from the sea by
- a narrow strip of land. Captain Lapidge told us that a few years before
- our arrival, there had been a long continuance of westerly winds, and
- these together with an unusually high tide caused the sea to flow over
- the isthmus into the lagoon. Numerous alligators then came out from it
- and crossed over into the bay where they were immediately attacked by
- sharks, which abound on this part of the coast. He said that a fearful
- combat took place and for several days the bay was deluged with blood.</p>
-
- <p>It had become dark before we returned from the lagoon, and we passed
- through the Indian village situated near its banks. The women were busy
- grinding, on rounded granite slabs, grains of maize; or cooking various
- herbs and vegetables in small earthern pans. The interior of their huts
- contained one room. The ground was usually bare, but in some instances
- a few mats were laid down. The exterior was formed of long upright
- poles or sticks closely bound together. The roofs, which were high and
- sloped steeply downwards, were made of brushwood and palm leaves.</p>
-
- <p>During the night we continued our voyage near the Mexican coast, and on
- the morning of the 10th entered the harbour of Acapulco. In the crowded
- market place we saw a strange medley of races, Indians, Negroes,
- Ladinos, Mestizos, and Pintos who afforded ample occupation for the
- artistic talents of Baron Ransonnet. The Indians were of moderate
- stature and of a dark swarthy colour, their faces
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">180</span> were broad, and
- their hair was long, heavy and very black. All had peculiarly restless
- eyes. We were interested in looking at the Pintos, a numerous race of
- Indians inhabiting the hills of this part of Mexico, who are given that
- name in consequence of the coloured spots on their skin. Some of them
- were merely spotted, others had their feet or hands almost white and of
- a disagreeable livid tint. In several, the dark red skin of the face
- was completely covered with white round spots. These spots always begin
- as blue marks and develop into sores, which afterwards heal into these
- indelible white scars. The Indians say that this kind of leprosy is
- inherited. In all other respects they were perfectly healthy.</p>
-
- <p>At midnight on the 13th, we arrived off San José de Guatemala. Captain
- Lapidge lowered a boat and put us on board the nearest vessel, which
- we afterwards found to be a North German barque called the Gelert.
- Although the sea was smooth she was rolling heavily. The Golden City
- also gave some deep lurches, and it was difficult to get in or out of
- the boat. Baron Ransonnet left us with the intention of proceeding to
- Panama. Finally Dr. Scherzer, Baron Herbert, and myself, made the best
- of our position and slept—or endeavoured to sleep—for the rest of the
- night upon the deck of the Gelert.</p>
-
- <p>The view from the barque when the sun rose above the horizon, was of
- a character not to be forgotten. The great range of volcanoes which,
- commencing in the North in Alaska, runs like a backbone near the
- Pacific Coast through the entire length of the American continent to
- the southern limits of Patagonia, is here very remarkable. The
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">181</span> great
- mountains of Agua and Fuego, rising respectively over twelve and
- thirteen thousand feet above the sea, were immediately opposite to us.
- The volcano of Pacaya was on the right, and, on the left, were the
- distant volcanoes near the Lake of Atitlan.</p>
-
- <p>Our landing was accomplished without difficulty, and in the forenoon
- we left San José for the capital in an open carriage, with three good
- horses harnessed abreast. The road ran in a straight line through the
- forest which covered the low tropical plain, extending for a distance
- of forty miles from the sea to the base of the hills. Occasionally
- we passed the huts occupied by the mixed race descended from African
- negroes and Indians, who have been given the name of Zambos.</p>
-
- <p>It would be difficult to account for the existence of a race of African
- descent, dwelling near the Western coasts of the Pacific, if we did not
- possess the statements of the Spanish historians, and their explanation
- of the circumstances which necessitated the introduction of negroes for
- the purpose of working in the mines or plantations, and to take the
- place of the Indians who died in great numbers in consequence of the
- severity of their treatment by the conquerors. The features of these
- Zambos, resembled those of the aboriginal race of Indians, but the hair
- was like that of the negroes on the West coast of Africa.</p>
-
- <p>At the village of Masagua, we saw several Indians who had come down
- from the hills. They were men of unusually diminutive stature, all
- of them being under five feet in height, but they were well-formed,
- muscular and active. The town of Escuintla was reached after sunset,
- and towards midnight I went<span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">182</span>
- to the Plaza to see the numerous groups of
- Indians, who were resting there for the night on their way to a church
- festival that was going to be held several days’ journey eastwards.
- The moonlight was extraordinarily brilliant, and the Indians evidently
- considered that its influence was dangerous, for they carefully avoided
- it, and sheltered themselves amongst the trees, or within the deep
- shadows cast by the walls of the church. The platform in front of the
- beautiful façade of that building, was surrounded by colonnades of palm
- trees. Beyond, but seemingly close at hand, were the gigantic forms of
- the twin volcanoes of Water and Fire.</p>
-
- <p>Before daybreak we arrived at the village of Amatitlan, situated on
- the borders of the lake of that name near the base of the volcano of
- Pacaya, and in the morning we saw before us the plateau upon which
- stands the city of Guatemala, five thousand feet above the sea.
- Gradually we found that we were accompanied by Indians belonging to the
- various villages near the road, who were on their way to the market
- place, carrying on their backs heavy loads of wood, crockery and
- vegetables.</p>
-
- <p>As we approached the gates of the city, our horses increased their
- pace, and the scene became very animated. Hundreds of Indians joined
- us from all directions, and ran by the sides of our carriage. The
- bells of the numerous churches were ringing for prayers. We passed the
- castle, the market place crowded with Indian women selling their wares,
- and the cathedral. Priests and sisters of mercy were hurrying along
- the streets; groups of soldiers carrying old-fashioned muskets, were
- lounging near their<span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">183</span>
- barracks. Our horses became excited and broke into
- a gallop, and finally, with great noise and speed, we drove up to the
- doors of the Hotel Aleman, and were soon installed in comfortable rooms
- opening into the central court or patio, which forms such an agreeable
- feature in all well-arranged Spanish inns.</p>
-
- <p>Soon after our arrival Colonel Miguel Garcia y Granados, one of the
- Government officials, called upon Dr. Scherzer and gave us a vivid
- report of the political condition of the Republic. The Indians of the
- provinces between Guatemala and the Mexican frontier were in rebellion.
- A large force of them under the leadership of an Indian, named
- Serapio Cruz, were marching towards the city, and a battle between
- them and the Government troops was imminent. He also mentioned some
- interesting facts with respect to the late President Carrera. Carrera
- was a remarkable instance of native capacity. He was an uneducated
- Indian of obscure birth who, by sheer force of character, energy, and
- courage, was, at an early age, placed at the head of large bodies of
- Indians during the various revolutionary outbreaks which succeeded the
- declaration of Independence from Spain. Finally he became President of
- the Republic and governed the people with such obstinate determination
- and firmness of will that, in a few years, he was able to place the
- whole country under a steady system of control. In doing this he was
- assisted by the fact of being an Indian and having, consequently, great
- personal influence over the natives. He also received the support of
- the priests for, like all Indians, he was extremely fanatical.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">184</span></p>
-
- <p>Colonel Garcia told us that Carrera always had on his writing table
- a toy representing Louis Philippe with his hat in his hand. This toy
- had a rounded base and was so weighted that, when it was touched, it
- rolled backwards and forwards, and would thus represent Louis Philippe
- constantly bowing hat in hand. Carrera when engaged at his official
- work would frequently make the toy move, and then would say to those
- that stood near him “It was in that way, by too much bowing, that
- Louis Philippe lost his throne, I shall take care that I do not make
- the same mistake.” Carrera was not only supported by the priests, but
- also by the Spaniards, who knew that he alone could keep the Indians in
- subjection. Latterly he spoke much of the Indian chief Cruz, and said
- that he was the only man in the State who was to be feared.</p>
-
- <p>During our residence in Guatemala, I was fortunate in having the
- acquaintance of Don Francisco Gavarrete, who held a post under the
- Government and was well informed upon all subjects relating to
- the Indians. He was also, I understood, the proprietor of some of
- the lands within which were the sculptured monoliths and idols of
- Quirigua. At the Museum in the city there was a good collection of
- Indian antiquities which had been found within the territories of
- the Republic, including several idols from Copan and Santa Cruz del
- Quiché. When examining these I was accompanied by him and he directed
- my attention to certain objects of importance. Many of them were well
- carved and it was clear that the sculptors were able to work and shape
- the hardest stone with accuracy and skill.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">185</span></p>
-
- <p>There was a small idol, made of hard green stone, which had been
- found hidden behind the high altar of a church near the town of
- Gueguetenango. Dr. Scherzer, who during his travels in Central America,
- had learnt much about the religious customs of the natives, told us
- that the priest of a church situated amongst the hills near Atitlan
- had noticed an Indian girl, who was one of his parishioners, showing
- an unusual fervour in her devotions, and he tried to find out the
- cause. He, at last, discovered that she had buried an idol in the
- ground close behind the church beyond the altar, so that although she
- appeared to be praying to what was before her in the church, she was
- actually addressing her requests to the idol outside. This priest
- considered that his Indians were by nature idolaters and that it was
- not practicable to prevent them from returning to their ancient habits.
- Señor Gavarrete said that in the Department of Vera-Paz the Indians
- had still the custom of erecting somewhere near the churches small
- idol-houses in which they kept the image of a saint. To this they
- offered sacrifices of meats and flowers, and at certain seasons they
- were accustomed to keep watch or guard at the door throughout the night.</p>
-
- <p>It is more than strange that nothing has been discovered in the course
- of the explorations of the various ancient sites in this part of the
- continent, which throws any light upon the methods employed by the
- Indians, for the purpose of carving and shaping granite, green marble,
- and hard lava. No mason’s implement of any kind has been found. A
- few copper chisels appear to have been used for some purpose which
- is unknown. They could not apparently
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">186</span>have been of much service in
- working stone, for the edges were rounded and the metal was soft. This
- question as to the system adopted by the Indian sculptors in producing
- such excellent work, is as inexplicable now as it was to the Spaniards
- in the sixteenth century.</p>
-
- <p>Señor Gavarrete asked me to accept a fine obsidian spear head which had
- been found amongst the ruins of Quirigua. This black volcanic glass is
- admirably adapted for cutting and wounding purposes. I had previously
- picked up in an ancient earthwork outside the city, several fragments
- of the same substance, which had evidently been placed on the edges of
- wooden daggers or swords which inflicted jagged and dangerous wounds.
- Obsidian knives were used by the Aztec priests when offering human
- sacrifices to their gods. The spear head was in form and in the method
- followed for chipping the mineral into the requisite shape, similar to
- the large arrow heads made by the Indians in the western parts of North
- America, where obsidian is obtained near the volcanic ranges of the
- Sierra Nevada.</p>
-
- <p>During the latter part of the month numerous groups of Indians passed
- through the city on their return from the pilgrimage to Esquipulas.
- The festival of the church at that place occurs annually on the 15th
- of January. It is estimated that upon an average over eighty thousand
- Indians are present upon that occasion. Esquipulas became an important
- shrine in consequence of a wooden crucifix, black from age, having
- been found buried in the ground near that town. It was supposed by
- the Spaniards<span class="pagenum" id="Page_187">187</span>
- that it must have been lost by one of their missionary
- priests when passing through that part of the province at some early
- period soon after the conquest. This black crucifix was placed in the
- sanctuary, and from some cause which has not been ascertained, it was
- soon held in the highest veneration by the natives.</p>
-
- <p>Indians assembled there in great numbers from all parts of the country,
- and travelled great distances in order to be present at the festival,
- and to take part in the performance of the religious ceremonies.</p>
-
- <p>At the Cathedral in Guatemala we frequently saw the pilgrims kneeling
- before the shrines and showing much devotional respect to certain
- images. These natives were invariably grown up men and women.
- They journeyed on foot, carrying with them their provisions and
- water-gourds. They seemed to be desirous of avoiding all contact or
- conversation with others. Their conduct was quiet and unobtrusive.
- It was their custom to pass silently through the city. At the doors
- of each church they stopped for a few moments, and then entered and
- knelt before the altar. After the completion of these acts of worship,
- they proceeded on their journey across the plains towards the huts and
- villages scattered over the slopes of the distant hills. They never
- halted in the street, or took any part in the daily movements of the
- inhabitants.</p>
-
- <p>The pilgrimage is also undertaken by Indians from the distant regions
- of Central America. Many of them traverse hundreds of miles. There is
- something in the devotional nature of these ignorant aboriginal people
- which escapes the comprehension<span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">188</span>
- of those who observe them. I noticed
- that the Indians varied considerably in stature and complexion. The men
- who dwelt among the Cordilleras seemed to be of a finer race than those
- who were settled on the plains, and were much darker in the colour of
- their skin.</p>
-
- <p>The most attractive spot in the city was the market place. Within the
- square, crowds of people, Indians and Ladinos, were daily assembled,
- all of them buying, selling and carrying on the ordinary traffic, with
- a silence and listless indifference which was in strong contrast with
- the life and animation of the cities in the United States. It was a
- constant pleasure to observe the movements of the younger Indian women,
- who in their appearance and demeanour, were far superior to the men.
- This difference arises from their habits and employment. The women
- have a certain kind of dignity in their manner, caused, in a great
- measure, by their usage of carrying water jars and pans of crockery
- poised upon their heads. They therefore walk slowly and hold themselves
- upright. This custom which begins from early childhood, and forms part
- of their daily life, has the result of giving them good figures and a
- particularly graceful movement.</p>
-
- <p>The men, on the contrary, have a crouching appearance, caused by the
- method in which they have been accustomed, from boyhood, to carry
- their burdens. They relieve the pressure of the weight on their
- backs by means of a broad band passed over the forehead and thus,
- by bending forward, the load is made less oppressive. The men and
- boys consequently contract a stooping posture, and this presents
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_189">189</span>
- an unfavourable contrast to the women, whose bearing is precisely
- the reverse. There is another circumstance which has its influence
- in shaping the figures of the women. They carry all small things on
- the open palm of the left hand, which is thrown back and held well
- raised up. In fact the same causes which affect the appearance of the
- Indians in North America are present here, but with the difference
- that there it is the squaw who contracts the stooping and bent figure,
- through carrying her children and other burdens, and it is the man who
- maintains the upright figure and dignified manner.</p>
-
- <p>On the plains a few miles to the west of the city, in the direction of
- the village of Mixco, there is a large and extensive group of ancient
- Indian mounds of whose construction or purpose nothing is known. They
- have never been scientifically examined and I was not able to ascertain
- that any plans had been made of them. No author has alluded to them
- unless by a mere passing notice, and yet they seemed to throw more
- light upon the question of the Toltecan or Aztecan migrations than any
- other remains of ancient antiquities. Possibly no previous traveller in
- this part of Central America had also seen the mounds of Cahokia, near
- the eastern banks of the Mississippi, or he could hardly have failed to
- have observed that their resemblance is so great, and indeed so evident
- as to place it almost beyond doubt, that the builders of the mounds
- at Cahokia were of the same race as those that dwelt on the plains of
- Mixco.</p>
-
- <p>As it would be highly improbable that any nation would migrate from
- lands abounding with means of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_190">190</span>
- food, comfort and warmth to what must
- have been, at that period, the comparatively inhospitable regions of
- North America, the tribes that constructed these mounds must have
- originally migrated from the valley of the Mississippi.</p>
-
- <p>I was employed for several days in making a rough survey of this Indian
- settlement and took measurements of the inclosure. The ground plan was
- made in the form of an extensive and irregular parallelogram about
- twelve hundred yards long and five hundred yards wide. The mounds upon
- the sides of the greatest length vary in their dimensions. Some of them
- are very large and exceed forty-five feet in height. The most important
- are those platform earthworks at each end of the inclosure upon which
- may have been placed the principal communal buildings, or the houses of
- the Caciques. There was also a mound of an exceptional shape, situated
- in the interior which, from its position, may have been intended for
- purposes similar to those that existed within the embankments of Fort
- Ancient in Ohio.</p>
-
- <p>When Carrera was President of Guatemala he wished to know for what
- object these mounds were built, and he therefore gave orders that
- one of the largest of them should be thoroughly examined. It was
- ascertained, contrary to expectation, that it was not a burial place.
- The only thing found in it was a large and well carved granite
- grindstone of the same shape as those at present used by the Indians
- for grinding maize. The results of Carrera’s excavations appeared
- to establish the conclusion that the mounds were chiefly raised for
- the purpose of placing dwellings upon them; and this is also, I was
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">191</span>
- informed, the opinion of the natives living in the neighbourhood.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_190f"><img src="images/i_190f.jpg" width="700" height="447" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Ancient Indian Mounds near Guatemala.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>In the meanwhile from day to day the capital had been disturbed by
- rumours of the movements of the advancing insurgents, and it was
- difficult to make any decided plans with regard to my journey in the
- interior. It was considered by the Government authorities that it would
- be highly imprudent for me to attempt to pass through the disturbed
- provinces, as the natives were known to have become unsettled and
- excited. It was therefore with great satisfaction that I heard that the
- Indians were coming near and that a decisive battle was imminent. The
- President Don Vincente Cerna had taken all proper precautions, and had
- placed the troops under the command of his most able officer, General
- Solares.</p>
-
- <p>On the twenty-third of January we were informed that the rebels were
- approaching, and that an action between the forces was expected to
- take place immediately. Baron Herbert and myself then went into the
- adjoining country with the hope of obtaining a distant view of the
- operations. In the afternoon we heard the firing of guns from the
- castle announcing to the people that the Indians were defeated, and,
- to prevent there being any doubts upon the subject, messengers arrived
- from General Solares bringing with them the head of his opponent. This
- practical method of assuring the inhabitants of the success of the
- Government troops had a good effect. It was afterwards made known that
- the Indians had been surrounded at an early hour and taken by surprise
- whilst they were amongst the ravines. Serapio Cruz fought desperately
- but was killed and decapitated.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_192">192</span></p>
-
- <p>Thus ended the Indian rebellion, and a period of considerable local
- anxiety. A political revolution is an event which may be expected to
- occur frequently in Spanish-American republics, but a rising of Indians
- in rebellion or, as it is called, a “Guerra de Castas” (war of races),
- is a far more serious matter, as was proved by the occurrences that
- happened at the time of the revolt of the Indians in Yucatan, in 1847,
- when their war cry was “Death to all Spaniards.”</p>
-
- <p>At a dinner given at the English legation upon the evening of the
- conclusion of the insurrection, the subject of the state of the
- Guatemalan provinces was considered, with reference to the expediency
- of my intention to travel alone through the disturbed districts.
- Many of the members of the foreign legations were present.<a id="FNanchor_55" href="#Footnote_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a> It
- was thought that the Indian population near the Mexican frontier
- and amongst the remote parts of the Cordilleras would be, for some
- time, in a restless and excitable condition, and might be inclined
- to show their revenge for what had lately happened, by killing any
- white man who should attempt to pass through the country or who
- should by misadventure fall into their power. I was however informed
- by a Spaniard who understood the character of the native races
- that, although <span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">193</span>
- this opinion was true with respect to Spaniards, an
- Englishman would probably travel over the Cordilleras with safety. I
- accordingly lost no time in completing my preparations for the journey.</p>
-
- <p>There was a difficulty in obtaining a good ambling mule, without which
- long rides over a rugged country would be necessarily fatiguing.
- Fortunately the Duke de Licignano, who was residing in Guatemala,
- was willing to part with one of his trained mules, and it was with
- great satisfaction that I saw this well-bred animal brought into the
- courtyard of the inn, and placed under the care of my guide.</p>
-
- <p>I received from the Government an official passport or letter of
- recommendation to the Corregidors under their jurisdiction, which I
- hoped would be of service as far as the frontier.</p>
-
- <p>Mexico was reported to be temporarily in a lawless condition, but
- I expected to find upon my arrival within its boundaries, that the
- authority of the republic was sufficiently established to enable me to
- proceed without any serious obstacles to the ruins of Palenque.</p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_X">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">194</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER X.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Mixco.—La Antigua Guatemala.—Volcanoes of Fire and
- Water.—Comolapa.—Ancient Indian Ruins of Patinamit.—Kachiquel
- Indians.—A Dominican Priest.—Barrancas.—Las
- Godinas.—Panajachel.—Human Sacrifices to the Lakes and
- Volcanoes.—Lake Atitlan.—Sololá.—Orchids.—San Tomas.—Quiché
- Indians.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">At</span> daybreak on the thirtieth day of January, my Indian guide Anastasio,
- reported that the mules were ready. He had filled the saddle bags with
- a good supply of provisions, together with a store of native chocolate,
- and had otherwise made due arrangements for the mules in the event of
- any mischance happening to them. We then proceeded on our way to the
- town of La Antigua Guatemala. Baron Herbert came with us for several
- miles, and Mr. Hague proposed to accompany me for a day’s journey and
- see me safely started on my road.</p>
-
- <p>When we came near the Indian mounds, I halted for a short time to take
- a sketch of them from some rising ground whence a good view could be
- obtained. On the left rose the Volcan de Agua. In the distance could
- be seen the village of Mixco, and on the right were the Sierras,
- stretching far away towards the North, looking well defined in the
- clear atmosphere of a bright and sunny morning.</p>
-
- <p>At Mixco we stopped for breakfast, and were
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">195</span> joined by the cura of the
- parish, who was an agreeable and well-informed man. Mixco is especially
- interesting to Englishmen on account of its having been the curacy
- of our fellow countryman, Thomas Gage.<a id="FNanchor_56" href="#Footnote_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a> He was appointed there in
- December, 1629, and had the charge of this and some adjacent parishes
- for about seven years. He then left Guatemala and returned to England.
- Beyond the village we obtained a view of the Lake Amatitlan. We then
- passed San Lucas, and reached La Antigua Guatemala in the afternoon.</p>
-
- <p>Upon our arrival we called upon Padre Martinez, and asked him to show
- us the ancient cathedral. It was in a ruined condition, and at the
- time of our visit the nave and aisles were occupied by cattle. In the
- centre of the roof we observed the emblem of the imperial arms of
- Austria, the double-headed eagle, which fixed the date of the erection
- of the building as being in the reign of the Emperor Charles V. There
- still remained within the shrines many fine wood carvings, and it
- could be seen that the ornamentation of the interior must have been in
- accordance with the artistic abilities of the Spanish architects of
- that period. After leaving this fine example of one of the earliest
- churches in Central America, we looked at the ruins of the palace
- and government buildings. It was evident that the ancient Guatemala,
- before it was destroyed by earthquakes, must have well deserved its
- reputation<span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">196</span>
- of being, next to Mexico, the most flourishing city in the
- New World.</p>
-
- <p>Close at hand and dominating the ruins, are the lofty twin volcanoes
- of Agua and Fuego (Water and Fire). The former in 1541, caused the
- destruction of the first town established by the Spaniards, which
- is now called La Vieja Guatemala. The manner in which that capital
- was overwhelmed and destroyed, was so exceptional, that it is
- desirable that the events which then occurred should be brought into
- consideration.</p>
-
- <p>It was stated by a Spanish resident who was present on that occasion,
- that although the rainfall had been abundant during the year, there
- was nothing in the other atmospheric conditions to give any reason for
- anxiety. But on the 10th of Sept., 1541, two hours after sunset, a
- mass of water suddenly issued from the crater of the nearest volcano,
- and rushing down the slope of the mountain with great velocity,
- immediately swept away the greater part of the town. This inundation
- was accompanied by the shock of an earthquake. During the night the
- disasters caused by the rapid waters are described as having been
- terrible. The torrents, with which were mingled masses of detached
- rocks and the trunks of uprooted trees, carried away everything before
- them. Amongst those who perished was Doña Beatriz de la Cueva, the
- widow of Alvarado, the conqueror of these southern provinces.<a id="FNanchor_57" href="#Footnote_57" class="fnanchor">[57]</a></p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_196f"><img src="images/i_196f.jpg" width="483" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Cathedral and Square, La Antigua Guatemala.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">197</span></p>
-
- <p>The Spanish inhabitants formed the belief that this unusual disaster
- must have been caused by movements of a miraculous nature, and that the
- eruption of a volcano throwing out floods of water was a punishment
- inflicted upon them on account of their sins. They thought that evil
- spirits had been permitted to cast loose upon them the penalties of
- fire, water and earthquake. Bernal Diaz who a few years afterwards
- resided at La Antigua Guatemala, gives in his History of the Conquest a
- vivid but imaginative description of the horrors of that night, based
- upon statements made by the bishop of the diocese. He reports that
- during the tempest great stones were rolled down the mountain and into
- the city by numbers of demons (<span xml:lang="es">muchos demonios</span>,) and that many people
- heard shouts, yells, and voices, and saw two monstrous black men moving
- in the rolling waters, calling out, “Forsake everything, for the end of
- all things is at hand.”<a id="FNanchor_58" href="#Footnote_58" class="fnanchor">[58]</a></p>
-
- <p>Various theories have been suggested in explanation of this outburst
- of water from the volcano. It is supposed that the crater may have
- contained a large volume of water, which after the excessive rainfall
- of the year exerted such pressure as to burst open the inclosing
- sides and that the contents were suddenly set free. If this theory is
- accepted as being correct, it must be granted that the interior of the
- crater was sufficiently compact to enable it to be water-tight, and
- consequently <span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">198</span>
- capable of becoming a small reservoir or lake. It is
- possible that the Volcan de Agua may have been for a long time extinct,
- and that consequently the sides of the interior of the crater gradually
- became impermeable. Under ordinary circumstances the materials of which
- volcanic cones are formed, would not be capable of retaining great
- quantities of water.<a id="FNanchor_59" href="#Footnote_59" class="fnanchor">[59]</a></p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">199</span></p>
-
- <p>I believe that the destruction of La Vieja Guatemala by the action of a
- vast torrent of water issuing from a volcano is the only instance that
- is known of such an extraordinary event, and it can be well understood
- how it happened that the superstitious residents in that capital felt
- assured that such a catastrophe must have been the work of demons and
- the powers of darkness. The second city was placed in a position where
- there was less liability to injury from any eruption, but it suffered
- so constantly from the shocks of numerous and successive earthquakes,
- that it was abandoned after having been occupied for more than two
- centuries. The present capital was established in 1775.</p>
-
- <p>The Volcan de Fuego is still occasionally active, and not many years
- before I passed near it, flames and dense volumes of smoke were
- reported to have come out of the crater, but no serious eruptions have
- taken place in this century. In the last century several occurred, and
- upon one occasion the city was enveloped in complete darkness during
- the greater part of the day. At the present time the volcanoes
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">200</span>look
- down upon the ruined cities with grandeur and repose.</p>
-
- <p>On the morning of our departure from La Antigua Guatemala, we rode
- through the Plaza and passed near to the ancient palace of the Spanish
- governors, the public buildings, and the cathedral. All these ruins
- looked beautiful in the clear light of dawn.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_200"><img src="images/i_200.jpg" width="600" height="346" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption">Volcan de Agua.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
- &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
- &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; Volcan de Fuego.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>As the sun rose we began to ascend the hills. When we reached the
- summit I stopped for a few minutes for the purpose of observing,
- towards the south, the lofty cones of Agua and Fuego whose graceful
- outlines were clear and distinct in the atmosphere of a deep blue
- tropical sky. In the forenoon we reached Chimaltenango, which was once
- a place of importance but is now becoming deserted. Beyond this town we
- followed a track leading to the village of Comolapa, and had to descend
- an abrupt<span class="pagenum" id="Page_201">201</span>
- and deep ravine, which crossed that part of the country.
- We then rode up a long hill and passed near several groups of oak
- trees, whose leafless branches were made gay by clusters of brilliantly
- coloured orchids.</p>
-
- <p>Upon arriving at Comolapa, I obtained a room in a little inn, where
- we arranged to remain for the night, having already accomplished a
- distance of nine leagues. The parish priest, Padre Rodriguez, proposed
- that I should join him at supper, at which meal there also appeared a
- Mexican, travelling on his way to Guatemala from the frontier, and who
- was able to give me some useful intelligence about the roads and the
- political state of the country in the province of Chiapas. The Padre
- spoke with earnestness about the difficulties he had to overcome with
- regard to the teaching of the Catholic doctrines. He said that there
- were more than two thousand Indians under his charge. They attended
- church as a custom, and seemed to take part in the services, yet, he
- was certain that in their hearts they retained a faith in their ancient
- worship, and that they had shrines concealed amongst the mountains
- where they kept their idols. He had also found, by experience, that
- there was the greatest repugnance amongst them to all attempts at
- education, and no children would attend school after they were seven or
- eight years old.</p>
-
- <p>We looked at the interior of the church. Some of the wood carvings
- at the altars were well designed and executed. Over the western
- porch there was a large coat-of-arms, with lions as supporters. In
- this district a great number of the Mexican allies,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_202">202</span> who accompanied
- Alvarado in the conquest of Guatemala, were given lands, and many of
- them, during the early periods of the Spanish occupation, were men of
- considerable wealth; but their descendants and their families have now
- disappeared or have become merged into the aboriginal population.</p>
-
- <p>On the following morning we proceeded on our journey to Patinamit. We
- passed a high mound, situated near the path, which in shape was like
- that of Grave Creek, in Virginia; but it was not so large. Its height
- was about fifty-five feet. Augustin proposed that we should take a
- short cut, in consequence of which we lost our way, lengthened the
- ride by over two leagues, and had to descend and ascend a profound and
- precipitous barranca. On the sides of the track we saw many ferns, and
- passed clumps of mountain firs and other trees belonging naturally to
- high altitudes. We were riding over a country at an average height of
- seven thousand feet, and following steep and rough tracks, which tried
- the prudence of our sure-footed mules to the utmost. At noon we reached
- Tepan Guatemala, and were received at the convent by Padre Viatoro.
- The remainder of the day was passed in examining the ruins of ancient
- Patinamit, the chief city of the Kachiquels, a tribe of the same race
- as the Quichés.</p>
-
- <p>Patinamit is placed upon the summit of a height separated from the rest
- of the world by a steep ravine, which, except at one narrow point, so
- completely encircles it as to make it practically a kind of detached
- island. The site resembles that of Fort Ancient, and the earthworks
- are nearly as large as those upon that great fortified hill. It is
- supposed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_203">203</span>
- that the palaces and temples of the Kachiquels were built
- upon this plateau, but nothing of them can now be traced. There are a
- few mounds from ten to thirty feet high, and there are several heaps
- of large loose stones, evidently taken from the ravine. The position
- must have been exclusively chosen for the purposes of defence, for
- it is almost impregnable to assault. The surrounding barranca is, in
- several places, perpendicular for a depth of over two hundred feet. The
- slopes are composed of a firm volcanic substance, consisting chiefly of
- pumice, pozzolana, ashes and stones.</p>
-
- <p>It has been stated<a id="FNanchor_60" href="#Footnote_60" class="fnanchor">[60]</a> that, in Patinamit there was, during the rule
- of the Kachiquels, a small building, in which was kept a kind of stand
- formed of a substance resembling glass. The judges sat round this
- building and heard the causes brought before them. In the ravine below
- there was a black transparent stone, in looking into which, could be
- seen the representation of the punishment to be awarded. It was also
- consulted in time of war. Upon my return to the convent, I asked the
- padre if he knew anything about this stone, which might have been an
- unusually large fragment of obsidian, such as would have been found in
- this region, formed of matter thrown out from the craters of volcanoes.
- He said that he had never seen it, and did not know whether it still
- existed. He wished me to understand that he did not take any interest
- in the past history of the parish, but devoted his attention to
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_204">204</span>his
- work amongst the numerous Indians placed under his care.</p>
-
- <p>Upon the morning of our departure, whilst the guide was saddling the
- mules, I went out to the platform in front of the convent walls, to
- look at the wide and distant views which it commanded. This outer court
- was placed well above the ground. On the top of the steps which led
- up to the platform, stood Padre Viatoro, dressed in his robes, and
- receiving the homage of his Indian parishioners as they passed beneath
- him on their way to their daily work. I had already become aware that
- the influence of priests of the Dominican Order was exceptionally great
- amongst the Indian tribes in the Cordilleras, but I had not hitherto
- observed the actual evidence of their personal power over the minds of
- the aboriginal race. The events that were taking place before me, were
- extremely strange and characteristic. Each of the Indians, as he went
- by, bowed down towards the earth, and waited to receive a blessing.
- Several women who had requests to make, knelt and remained in that
- posture. All of these meek, simple and ignorant natives seemed to look
- upon their priest as a being of a far superior nature to themselves,
- and Padre Viatoro by his imperious manner, did not permit them to
- suppose that he could be approached otherwise than with the greatest
- respect and deference.</p>
-
- <p>As we proceeded on our journey, I stopped my mule in order to take
- a final glance at the convent, and saw the tall erect figure of the
- Dominican sharply defined against the sky, whilst men, women and
- children were still passing before him. In the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_205">205</span> far distance were the
- ranges of the Cordilleras, and close at hand was the great stronghold
- of the Kachiquel conquerors, who, many centuries earlier, held the
- ancestors of this submissive race under their subjection and cruel
- tyranny. It was a scene in all respects so remarkable, that it remains
- fixed upon the memory.</p>
-
- <p>Our path to the hamlet of Las Godinas led over hills and plains, until
- we arrived at the edge of a barranca which we had some difficulty in
- crossing. This great chasm was about one mile wide at the top, and
- was more than a thousand feet deep; it crossed the level country for
- several miles. The sides were almost perpendicular for the first three
- hundred feet of descent, and then sloped sharply downwards. Our path
- was narrow and, in the places where it curved round the projecting
- precipitous banks, looked dangerous, but the mules went forward without
- hesitation. As it seemed to be unadvisable to attempt to guide my mule,
- I adopted the plan which I thought to be the most safe, and dropped the
- bridle over her neck, and she was thus left free to choose the road. I
- soon found by experience, that complete confidence could be placed in
- her wise and cautious judgment.</p>
-
- <p>Upon reaching the bottom we rode for some distance up the valley, and
- then ascended to the level of the plain. After a short ride across the
- open country we came to another equally steep barranca which had to be
- crossed. This chasm I estimated to be nearly twelve hundred feet deep.
- The sides were composed of volcanic ash, pozzolana and blocks of lava.
- The nature of the violent influences <span class="pagenum" id="Page_206">206</span>
- that must have been at work in
- the production of the ravines, which have thus separated these plateaux
- has yet to be fully investigated. With regard to the theory that they
- were caused by earthquakes, it may be observed that those around Tepan
- Guatemala must be approximately twenty miles from the nearest volcano.</p>
-
- <p>At noon we reached Las Godinas and halted at a rancho to get breakfast,
- and to give our mules a feed of sacate, which is an excellent and
- nutritious fodder composed of the stalks of maize. At this hamlet
- were assembled a large number of Indians who had come there from the
- adjoining highlands. The men were in many respects like the North
- American Indians. They were of a deep copper colour, and had black
- hair, and large, well shaped noses, broad faces and peculiarly long
- upper lips. Their eyes were round, black, furtive and restless. They
- belonged to the Kachiquel tribe, and spoke a dialect of the Quiché
- language.</p>
-
- <p>After a few hours’ rest we proceeded. Suddenly we opened upon a
- magnificent view. Two thousand feet below us was the great Lake of
- Atitlan, five thousand feet above the sea. It was a bright, calm, sunny
- afternoon, and the still waters, reflecting the colour of the sky, were
- as blue as a sapphire. On the opposite shore, overlooking the lake, was
- the Volcano of Atitlan, eleven thousand, eight hundred feet high, and
- beyond was a continuous chain of volcanoes stretching westwards towards
- Quezaltenango. As we descended the hills the points of view kept
- changing. It would be difficult to surpass these marvellously beautiful
- combinations of lake and volcanic mountain scenery.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_207">207</span></p>
-
- <p>In the afternoon we reached Panajachel, and after having found a place
- of shelter for the mules, I asked the way to the house of a lady to
- whom I had a letter of introduction. The envelope bore the address of
- Doña Aña Gertrudio Leon de Montalban. I was told that I should find
- her at home, and that I was to make inquiries at the small grocer’s
- shop in the main street. Accordingly I went to the shop and asked the
- old woman behind the counter, who was at the time employed in selling
- tallow candles, if she could kindly tell me where Doña Aña de Montalban
- was to be found. She said “Señor, permit me to look at the letter,” and
- putting on her spectacles, she gazed at the envelope, opened it and
- slowly read what was inside. After having grasped the meaning of the
- writing, she smiled and said—“I am Doña Aña and this letter is written
- by a very good friend of mine, and Señor, my house is very much at
- your service; if you will wait for a few minutes until I have closed
- the shop, I will give you a room, the cook shall prepare a supper this
- evening, and I hope you will make yourself as comfortable as the poor
- means at my disposal will permit.”</p>
-
- <p>Panajachel was crowded with Indians. It was the day of the festival
- of the Patron Saint of an adjacent church, and they had all been to
- there present offerings and light their candles at the shrines. In
- the evening numerous Indian women dressed in white passed through the
- village, carrying candles home to place before the altar of their own
- house idol.</p>
-
- <p>The cura of the district, Padre Pedro, asked me
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_208">208</span> to join him, after his
- duties were concluded, and talk about the events of the day. The Padre
- was evidently a capable and zealous priest. He had the reputation of
- having studied the character and language of his Indian congregations,
- and of being acquainted with their habits and traditions. I was
- therefore glad to have an opportunity of obtaining from such a good
- authority some well-founded information respecting the reports of
- sacrifices to the lake and volcano.</p>
-
- <p>Father Pedro said that the ancient custom of sacrificing maidens at
- Atitlan, was also followed at the mountain near Quezaltenango. Whenever
- the rumbling noises were heard, threatening an eruption, a maiden
- was offered as a sacrifice to the angry god by throwing her into the
- crater. There used also to be performed some sacrificial ceremonies
- connected with the worship of the goddess of the lake, but he did not
- know what were the customs upon those occasions. The Abbé Brasseur de
- Bourbourg relates, in his notes of a journey through S. Salvador, that
- the lake of Xilopango was originally consecrated to the goddess of
- water, and that in each year, when the maize was about to ripen, four
- young girls were sacrificed.</p>
-
- <p>It was reported that, in some remote districts, sacrifices were still
- offered, but this is very doubtful. The Padre observed that the
- Indians at Panajachel, and in the villages bordering on the lake were
- excessively superstitious. In their houses or huts they usually had
- a room or space set apart for the abode of their saint’s image. This
- image would sometimes be carried to the parish church and be
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_209">209</span> left
- there for a time, and then would be taken back to the house again with
- ceremonies and lighted candles. I mentioned to the Padre how I had
- noticed that the Indian women here had a habit of talking together in a
- low tone. He said this was chiefly owing to the dialect of the Quiché
- language which was spoken in this district, in which many of the sounds
- were expressed like a whisper.</p>
-
- <p>At daybreak Augustin was at the door with the mules, and my kind
- hostess prepared for me a cup of chocolate which she said would
- fortify me for the journey. We then left for Sololá, and soon were
- watching a glorious sunrise. The lake of Atitlan is irregular in its
- shape. According to my travelling map it has a circumference exceeding
- thirty miles. The most remarkable features are its great depth, and
- the almost perpendicular cliffs on the northern side which seem to be
- of volcanic formation. The deep blue of its waters is possibly owing
- to their depth, and the rarefied state of the atmosphere at this
- altitude. Our road led us through several villages containing chiefly
- Indian populations, and then we ascended a long and abrupt hill. As
- the day advanced we were joined by bands of Indians with cargo mules,
- travelling to the market.</p>
-
- <p>Sololá is the chief town of the Department, and the Corregidor was good
- enough to add some recommendations to my government letter. We stopped
- there long enough to rest the mules, and then proceeded on our way to
- San Tomas, eight leagues distant. Upon reaching the upper slopes of
- the hill I dismounted, in order to visit some Indian farm buildings
- that occupied several acres of rising
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_210">210</span> ground near our path. Although
- there were evidences of what may be called comparative wealth, these
- Indians—like all others that I had seen—only possessed a single hut
- with one large room in it. Men, women and lads were all busy; the boys
- cleaning and spinning wool for their black ponchos or cloaks, and the
- women, as usual, engaged in grinding maize and making tortillas.</p>
-
- <p>We followed a steep ascent. The path was cut into broad steps, up which
- my excellent mule clambered with the utmost ease and rapidity, and in
- a manner which brought back to the memory many rides amongst the Druse
- villages in the mountains of the Lebanon. Upon reaching the summit of
- the sierra, I turned the mule’s head round to enable me to look at the
- lake and the group of volcanoes beyond it. It was then a scene of great
- beauty, but at some remote period in the world’s history, it must have
- been a centre of great volcanic violence and devastation.</p>
-
- <p>Our track led, in an almost straight direction, over hills and across
- valleys, maintaining an average altitude of about seven thousand feet.
- In this region orchids were numerous. On the edge of one of the lofty
- plateaux overlooking a narrow valley, I stopped to look at and sketch a
- tall wide-spreading pine, upon whose branches these plants were growing
- with the utmost luxuriance. The orchids in this part of Guatemala are
- constant to a certain altitude which, as nearly as can be estimated, is
- about six thousand five hundred feet. They exclusively prefer to dwell
- upon the branches of oaks and pines, and always cling to such as are
- strong and full-grown.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_211">211</span></p>
-
- <p>The manner of their habits in selecting the trees upon which they
- desired to settle, was eccentric. Thus, with respect to the pines,
- they chose those that had broad, spreading branches, and avoided those
- whose branches grew upwards. They adopted the same rule with the
- oaks. In no instance did I see orchids growing upon any trees except
- oaks and pines; all others were left bare. But even when the groups
- seemed to be all well suited for their purpose, they would select
- certain favourites, and upon the branches of these they would abound,
- giving life and colour to them, and leaving the neglected trees dark
- and gloomy by contrast. The majority of the orchids were green, but
- sometimes they were of a bright rose colour, and these when seen, as
- we then saw them, clearly defined against a deep blue sky, gave a
- brilliant colouring to the foreground. They added much to the pleasure
- of our day’s ride. They were gay, capricious and beautiful.</p>
-
- <p>San Tomas stands high and commands wide and extensive views of the
- sierras. Upon reaching the plateau we rode through the village, and
- finally stopped at the gate of the convent within whose walls we were
- received by Padre Hernandez. He afterwards proposed that I should look
- at his church and the altars.</p>
-
- <p>There was much in the interior that had a special interest, in relation
- to the obscure subject of the ancient faith of the Quichés, the great
- tribe that possessed the dominant power in this part of Central America
- at the time of the Spanish Conquest, and whose descendants are believed
- to dwell in this<span class="pagenum" id="Page_212">212</span>
- secluded part of the country. There was no religious
- service taking place or about to be held, and there was nobody present
- within or without; but the nave and chapels were illuminated with
- numbers of candles. The church was large and there were several side
- altars. In front of each of them rows of lights had been placed. Down
- the length of the nave there was a long thick block of wood in which
- were fitted sockets for holding candles. There were also quantities
- of offerings placed before each image, or whatever emblem the Indians
- chose to worship.</p>
-
- <p>“For in these matters,” said the Father, “I do not interfere, and in
- fact, I have no power or authority whatever within my own church. The
- Indians come and go as they please, light their candles, hold their own
- services before the altar, and frequently take one of the saints out of
- the church, and carry it away to some hut where, for several days, they
- will perform musical ceremonies before it, and then the saint will be
- brought back to its proper altar.”</p>
-
- <p>Padre Hernandez, although he had lived many years with these Indians,
- had not been able to obtain the slightest positive knowledge of what
- they really believed. All that he knew about the subject was, that they
- were very superstitious and devotional. He said that in many cases in
- the sierras, they had their places of worship where they kept idols,
- and at certain seasons of the year went to make offerings, and also to
- sacrifice animals to them.</p>
-
- <p>After a stroll through the village, I went to the Plaza, in the centre
- of which were assembled the Alcaldes and other parish dignitaries. They
- were sitting round a wood fire, discussing some urgent
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_213">213</span> matters of
- local interest. As I had not hitherto stopped in a populous district or
- village entirely peopled by Indians, and controlled by native Alcaldes,
- I decided to join the group. I received an Indian welcome from these
- Quichés, by not being noticed and was given a place in the circle in
- silence. I soon became interested in listening to their extremely harsh
- and guttural language, and in observing the types of the men, all of
- whom were Indians of leading families.</p>
-
- <p>It was a fine night. The new moon was low in the horizon. The planet
- Venus was just beneath it, and immediately above was Jupiter, a rare
- and beautiful conjunction, looking bright and sharply defined in the
- clear atmosphere of this elevated table land.</p>
-
- <p>When the discussion came to an end I left the Alcaldes engaged in
- toasting tortillas over the embers of the fire, and returned to my
- host at the convent. It had been the fate of Padre Hernandez to have
- passed the best years of his life in the vain endeavour to get these
- Indians to understand the tenets of his faith, but he had latterly
- given up, as useless, all these attempts and left them to follow
- their own wills. One great and unexpected difficulty he had found
- impossible to overcome, in consequence of the imperfection of the
- Quiché language, was his inability to convey in equivalent terms
- the ideas he wished to explain. He also experienced another serious
- hindrance in the execution of his duties. His parish was extensive and
- contained several villages which lie amongst the sierras, remote from
- each other; and as the Quiché is an unwritten
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_214">214</span>language, and there are
- consequently no grammars or dictionaries to create a fixed standard,
- words are forgotten, sometimes their meaning becomes changed or they
- are differently accented or applied; and thus, in the course of time,
- the dialect of one village differs from another.</p>
-
- <p>I observed to the Padre, that, on the way from Sololá, I had noticed
- that the Indians contrived to live in an isolated manner. He said this
- was always the case with them. They were naturally inclined to keep
- much apart. Those who lived amongst the mountains had their huts at
- considerable distances from each other, and the villages maintained
- but little communication; as a natural consequence the language was
- always changing. “All these Quichés,” he said, “are becoming extremely
- ignorant. They keep no record of time or events, and do not seem to
- take interest in anything except the dull procedure of their daily
- lives.”</p>
-
- <p>The Padre had found it impossible to feel in any degree assured,
- that he understood the private feelings or political views of these
- Indians. He considered them to be apparently indifferent to what
- was passing around them, and yet capable of being aroused in a very
- sudden manner, and of acting together for some common purpose. Their
- enthusiasm for anything relating to their superstitious devotion to the
- images was however very evident. One of the things which he thought
- to be inexplicable, was their extraordinary veneration for the rite
- of baptism. They seemed to attach some peculiar importance to this
- ceremony, although the Padre did not think that what was in their
- minds<span class="pagenum" id="Page_215">215</span>
- had any reference to the Church tenets. In all matters connected
- with religion, the Indians had become quite independent. They came from
- afar to make offerings of blossoms and leaves, lighted candles before
- the altars of those saints they wished to honour, and then silently
- returned to their huts.</p>
-
- <p>In the morning, before leaving San Tomas, I was interested in observing
- in the crowded Plaza, some of the characteristics of this once
- powerful Indian race. The men were of middle size, strongly built and
- of a swarthy copper colour. Their noses were large and remarkably
- broad at the base. Their eyes were dark and wild. In features many
- of them resembled the Sioux. Their voices were loud and the language
- disagreeably rough. The women had soft voices and were very gentle in
- their manners. They reminded me of the Coptic women of Lower Egypt, in
- their method of carrying their pitchers of water. There was the same
- graceful attitude, and slow and steady walk. What perhaps, added to
- some extent to the resemblance was the long blue dress, and the little
- turban-shaped mat placed on the head to receive the pressure of the
- weight.</p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XI">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_216">216</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XI.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Barrancas.—Santa Cruz del Quiché.—Padre Andres Guicola.—Ruins
- of Utatlan.—Report of Don Garcia de Palacio upon human
- sacrifices to the gods in Central America, Statement of
- Bernal Diaz, about the sacrifices in Mexico.—Burning of
- the Quiché Caciques at Utatlan.—Worship of idols by the
- Quichés.—Sierras.—Gueguetenango.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">The</span> journey from San Tomas to Santa Cruz del Quiché was made
- unexpectedly fatiguing, in consequence of the difficulties placed
- across our track by the numerous barrancas which traversed the plains.
- Several of these ravines were of considerable depth, and their slopes
- were abrupt. It was satisfactory to realize that we were travelling
- in the dry season, and the footing for the mules was therefore fairly
- secure.</p>
-
- <p>Upon our arrival at the village, I rode onwards to the convent steps
- where I was met by Padre Andres Guicola, who was unfeignedly delighted
- to see me. He said that he was glad to welcome me, and talk to somebody
- who was not an Indian, and was particularly pleased to hear that I was
- an Englishman, for he was a Biscayan, and had been born and bred near
- San Sebastian, and had listened to the traditions concerning the great
- Duke of Wellington, and memories, on the part of the ladies,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_217">217</span>
- of the brave officers of his army. It added much to the pleasure he felt
- in receiving me, to know that his guest was the son of one of those
- officers, who had not only been present at the operations in Biscay and
- on the French frontier, but was also severely wounded at Albuera, a
- battle held in great respect by all patriotic Spaniards.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_216f"><img src="images/i_216f.jpg" width="437" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Quiché Indian.<br />
- <span class="small">(holding the office of alguazil.)</span></div>
- </div>
-
- <p>His isolation amongst these secluded mountains, must have been
- repugnant to the nature of this kind hearted and genial padre. He told
- me that he had been living in his parish twenty-one years, having been
- appointed in 1849, and during that long time regularly fulfilled his
- duties amongst his Indians. He declared, in answer to some questions
- that I asked with reference to the adjacent ruins of Utatlan, that he
- knew but little except from what he had read in the history of Juarros.
- The friars of the convent wrote some observations about them, and
- also possessed some documents relating to the ancient customs of the
- Quichés, but these were destroyed during the revolution of 1829, when
- the churches and convents were sacked. Consequently no records existed.</p>
-
- <p>The view from the Convent was magnificent, commanding towards the
- north-west the ranges of the Cordilleras, and towards the south-west
- the hills near Quezaltenango. The lofty plateau upon which it stood,
- was nearly seven thousand feet above the sea. It is upon three sides
- severed from the outer world by a steep barranca which almost surrounds
- it. The ruins of Utatlan, the ancient capital of the Quichés, were
- about one mile distant, and were evidently placed in such a manner as
- to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_218">218</span>
- take the greatest advantage of this ravine, in order to form a
- stronghold, which according to the conditions of Indian warfare must
- have been practically impregnable.</p>
-
- <p>After having obtained some local information respecting the structures
- that I wished to examine, I crossed the plain and entered this
- fortress, which once held the reputation of being one of the greatest
- of the Indian cities. I was prepared to see much that would be of the
- highest interest, because no change had taken place within its walls
- since the time when it was destroyed by Alvarado, in 1524. The site has
- never since that period been occupied or in any way disturbed. Upon
- making a slight preliminary survey of the position, it was evident that
- it had been chosen for a fortified inclosure, in the same manner and
- for the same purpose as Patinamit. Both fortresses resembled in their
- character the defensive encampment of Fort Ancient in Ohio.</p>
-
- <p>Utatlan is, with the exception of its narrow approach, surrounded by
- ravines. In consequence of the ground being thus confined, the original
- extent of the city can be easily ascertained, and it is therefore
- indisputable that the population maintained within the ramparts could
- never have been numerous. It is however observable that it must have
- contained buildings, temples, and sacrificial altars of considerable
- magnitude. The sites of many of these were still apparent and their
- ground plans could be traced. Portions of the walls were also standing.
- Parts of the altars were covered with a strong thick cement.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_219">219</span></p>
-
- <p>After having walked round the exterior of the fortress, I made a
- series of measurements of the spaces covered by the courts of those
- structures which were supposed to have been temples or places set apart
- for the purposes of religion and instruction. I observed that some
- of the ground plans were similar in their proportions to those that
- I had noticed within some ancient earthworks near the modern city of
- Guatemala.</p>
-
- <p>The pyramidal altars or Teocalli had, in their forms and constructions,
- their platforms and places for idols, many points of resemblance with
- others that were known to have existed in Mexico.</p>
-
- <p>The rectangular courts in front of the altars, were possibly the
- quadrangles within which the ceremonies connected with human sacrifices
- were performed. Nothing is absolutely known with respect to the
- sacrificial customs of the Quichés, and the allusions to them in the
- Quiché manuscripts are not definite. It is, therefore, fortunate that
- there exists a statement made to the King of Spain in the year 1576,
- upon the condition of the country and the customs of the Indians in the
- districts presided over by the government of Guatemala, which describes
- in considerable detail what happened amongst the Chontal and Pipil
- Indians dwelling in the south-eastern parts of the province. It was
- made by the licentiate Don Garcia de Palacio, and with respect to the
- subject of these human sacrifices, there has been nothing written which
- gives so full and evidently accurate an account of those remarkable
- ceremonies. The Report is so valuable and instructive, that it is
- desirable to quote what immediately<span class="pagenum" id="Page_220">220</span>
- relates to them. Palacio, after describing the country near lake Uxaca, says:—</p>
-
- <p>“Three leagues from this is the village of Micla, where anciently the
- Pipiles Indians of this district performed great devotions, and came
- to offer their gifts and hold their sacrifices; as likewise did the
- Chontales and other adjacent Indians of differing languages. They had
- in their sacrifices some particularities different from other places,
- and had <i>Kues</i> and <i>teupas</i> of great authority, of which there are yet
- large signs and indications.</p>
-
- <p>“Besides the Cacique and usual chief, they had a Pá-pa<a id="FNanchor_61" href="#Footnote_61" class="fnanchor">[61]</a> whom they
- called <i>Tecti</i>, who was dressed in a long blue robe and wore on the
- head a diadem, and sometimes a mitre worked in different colours, and
- at the top of this a bunch of very fine feathers, from some birds that
- there are in this country, which they call Quetzales.<a id="FNanchor_62" href="#Footnote_62" class="fnanchor">[62]</a></p>
-
- <p>“He commonly carried in his hand a staff like a bishop, and all obeyed
- him in whatever related to spiritual matters. Next to him, the second
- place in the priesthood was held by another who was called <i>tehu a
- matlini</i> who was the chief wizard and most learned in their books and
- arts, and who declared the auguries and made prognostications.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_221">221</span></p>
-
- <p>“There were, besides these, four priests who were called <i>teu pixqui</i>
- dressed in different colours, and with robes down to their feet, black,
- green, red and yellow; and these were of the council in the matters of
- their ceremonies, and were those who assisted in all the superstitions
- and follies of their heathenism.<a id="FNanchor_63" href="#Footnote_63" class="fnanchor">[63]</a></p>
-
- <p>“There was also a majordomo who had the charge of the jewels and
- ornaments of the sacrifices, and who took out the hearts of those that
- were sacrificed, and performed the other personal things that were
- necessary; and besides there were others who had trumpets and heathen
- instruments to convoke and call together the people to the sacrifices
- that were going to take place.”</p>
-
- <p>Palacio states that the rising sun was worshipped and that there
- were two idols, one representing a man named Quetzalcoatl and the
- other a woman named Itzqueye and that to these all the sacrifices
- were made. There were two special ceremonies which took place, one
- at the commencement of the winter and the other at the beginning of
- the summer, when two boys between the ages of six and twelve were
- sacrificed. Palacio then describes the sacrificial customs in war:—</p>
-
- <p>“The high priest, the learned wizard, and the four priests met
- together, and ascertained by their <span class="pagenum" id="Page_222">222</span>
- sortileges and witchcrafts whether
- they should have war or if any one was coming against them, and if the
- sortileges said yes, they called the Cacique and captains of war, and
- told them how the enemies were coming, and where they should go to make
- war.</p>
-
- <p>“The Cacique summoned all his warriors, and went out in search of the
- enemies, and if they gained the victory in the battle, the Cacique
- dispatched a messenger to the high priest, and informed him upon what
- day he had succeeded, and the sage examined unto whom the sacrifice
- should be made. If it was to Quetzalcoatl the ceremonies lasted fifteen
- days, and upon each day one of the Indians of those that had been
- captured in the battle was sacrificed; and if it was to Itzqueye the
- ceremonies lasted five days, and upon each day an Indian was sacrificed.</p>
-
- <p>“The sacrifice was performed in this manner. All those who had been
- in the war came in order singing and dancing, and they brought those
- that they had to sacrifice, with many feathers and <i>chalchivetes</i><a id="FNanchor_64" href="#Footnote_64" class="fnanchor">[64]</a>
- on their feet and hands, and with strings of cacao upon their neck,
- and the captains conducted them in their midst. The high priest and
- priests together with the people went out to receive them with dances
- and music, and the caciques and captains presented to the high priest
- these Indians for the sacrifices, and then they all went together to
- the court of their <i>teupa</i>, and they danced all the above said days and
- nights.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_223">223</span></p>
-
- <p>“In the middle of the court they placed a stone like a bench, and upon
- this they placed the Indian that was to be sacrificed, and the four
- priests held the Indian by the hands and feet. The majordomo then came
- out with many feathers and covered with bells, with a stone razor in
- his hand, and opened the breast and pulled out the heart, and when he
- had taken it out he threw it upwards towards each of the four cardinal
- points, and the fifth time he threw it in the middle of the court
- directly upwards, thus declaring and giving to the god the reward for
- the victory. This sacrifice was made in public, so that every one both
- small and great could see it.”</p>
-
- <p>It is interesting to turn from the customs described as occurring in
- the remote town of Micla, to the events that happened in the city
- of Mexico, several hundreds of leagues distant. It was late in the
- afternoon of a summer’s day, in the year 1521. The Spaniards had
- been repulsed in one of their most important attacks on the enemy,
- and had been driven back over the causeway after suffering serious
- losses; Cortes was wounded, and sixty Spaniards had been captured,
- together with many of their Indian allies. In accordance with the
- Aztec superstitious rites, these captives were at once conveyed to the
- Teocalli of the war gods.</p>
-
- <p>Bernal Diaz, who had taken a prominent part in the battle, states that
- “during the retreat, they frequently heard the great drum resounding
- with a deep and dismal noise.” At last the Spanish troops reached a
- place of comparative safety, where they were secure from the enemy’s
- attacks, and out of reach of stones and arrows, and then, Diaz says,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_224">224</span>
- “Sandoval and Francisco de Lugo, and Andres de Tapia with Pedro de
- Alvarado, were each relating what had happened and what orders Cortes
- had given, when the drum of Huitzopotli again began to sound, together
- with kettledrums, shell horns and other instruments like trumpets, and
- these sounds were horrible and dismal, and we looked at the summit of
- the highest Kue, and we saw our companions who had been captured in
- the rout, and that they were being carried up by force, and with blows
- and thrusts, and being taken violently to be sacrificed, and when they
- had reached the top at a place where was the shrine in which were the
- accursed idols, we saw that many of them had feathers put upon their
- heads, others were made to dance before Huitzopotli, and after they had
- danced they were thrown on their backs on the top of the sacrificial
- stone, and then they cut open their breasts with flint knives, and
- pulled out their heating hearts and offered them to the idols that were
- in that place. The bodies and feet were thrown down the steps below,
- where other Indian butchers were waiting, and who cut off their arms
- and legs, and then flayed the skin from their faces, and tanned them
- like glove skins with the beards on, and kept them to show at their
- festivals and when they had their drunken feasts. In this manner were
- all sacrificed; they devoured the legs and arms, and the hearts and
- blood were offered to the idols.<a id="FNanchor_65" href="#Footnote_65" class="fnanchor">[65]</a> These cruelties
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_225">225</span>were seen by the
- whole camp, and by Pedro de Alvarado, and Gonzalo de Sandoval, and all
- the captains, and we said amongst ourselves, thank God that I was not
- carried off to-day to be sacrificed.”<a id="FNanchor_66" href="#Footnote_66" class="fnanchor">[66]</a></p>
-
- <p>In the whole range of American history, there is nothing which more
- vividly strikes the imagination than the scenes described by the
- Spanish conquerors during the siege of Mexico. The human sacrifices
- and the subsequent cannibalism, represent the most revolting acts of
- superstition that have ever disgraced human nature.</p>
-
- <p>It is strange that, although so much has been recorded of the Aztecs
- and their customs, no clear<span class="pagenum" id="Page_226">226</span>
- account has been given of the shape and
- dimensions of their Teocallis within the city of Mexico. We have only
- very doubtful representations given of them. Taking these as the best
- available guides it is evident that the altars in Utatlan were built
- upon similar principles, following upon a smaller scale the same
- general structural plan and proportions. Utatlan was considered as
- one of the most important places in Central America. According to the
- historian Juarros, it held a rank only second to the capital of the
- Aztecs.</p>
-
- <p>Alvarado conquered the city in April, 1524, and he states in his
- official Report to Cortes, that in consequence of the natural strength
- of the place, and the depth of the ravines which prevented a general
- action, he had decided to destroy it. He gave directions to burn the
- chief caciques alive, to set fire to the town and completely reduce it
- to ruins, for it was so strong and dangerous, that it was more like a
- stronghold of bandits than a town of citizens.<a id="FNanchor_67" href="#Footnote_67" class="fnanchor">[67]</a></p>
-
- <p>A curious circumstance is mentioned by him as happening during his
- march against Utatlan. On the way, and near some rising ground, he
- saw the Indians sacrifice a woman and a dog, and he says that his
- interpreters told him that this act meant defiance. This statement is
- remarkable because it has always been supposed that dogs were not found
- amongst the Mexicans. Bernal Diaz observes that
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_227">227</span>these dogs were of
- small size, that they were used for food, and did not bark.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_227"><img src="images/i_227.jpg" width="600" height="290" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption">Approach to Utatlan from the plain.<br />
- <span class="small">Height of mound is about 30 feet.</span></div>
- </div>
-
- <p>Before leaving Utatlan, Alvarado placed in office as chief of the
- Quichés, an Indian named Sequechul, who was according to the laws of
- that race the next in succession. From this time nothing more was known
- of the Quichés, until the licentiate Alonzo de Zurita, passed this way
- about the year 1554, in the execution of the duty assigned to him by
- the command of the king, to report upon the condition and customs of
- the Indians, both before and after the conquest. Zurita was informed
- that, before the conquest, the Quichés had three chiefs. The first had
- over his seat or throne three canopies of feathers, the second two, and
- the third one. He says that the city had at one time contained several
- kues, (small pyramidal altars) dedicated to idols, but that they were
- then in ruins, and the successors of the caciques were in the utmost
- poverty.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_228">228</span></p>
-
- <p>I passed over the ground where Alvarado’s camp had been pitched,
- and where the caciques were sentenced to be burnt. Certainly the
- sixteenth century witnessed most extraordinary scenes of cruelty
- and carnage in this unhappy country. At this distance of time it
- is difficult to understand what could have been the reasons which
- impelled the Spaniards to burn the Indians in such numbers. Many
- of them were consigned to the flames for disobedience to orders,
- others upon suspicion of treasonable designs against the conquerors,
- others for being discovered worshipping their ancient gods, or for
- not conforming to the new religion. Perhaps the most inexplicable of
- all these cruelties is what happened soon after the conquest of the
- city of Mexico. Cortes, upon his return there after his expedition to
- Honduras, heard that during his absence, there had been a rising of
- Indians in one of the distant provinces, a sort of local rebellion
- which had been suppressed. Upon his making inquiries as to the cause of
- this disaffection, the principal inhabitants of the province came and
- reported to him that the Spaniards under whom they had been placed had
- burnt alive eight of their principal chiefs, five of whom died on the
- spot, and the remaining three a few days afterwards, and although they
- had demanded reparation and justice it had not been granted to them.<a id="FNanchor_68" href="#Footnote_68" class="fnanchor">[68]</a></p>
-
- <p>Later in the century all the penalties of the Inquisition were
- established, but it was found that the results of these acts to enforce
- the Spanish rule, and <span class="pagenum" id="Page_229">229</span>
- to convert the Indians were unsatisfactory. The
- Indians fled to the hills and forests, and would not obey the orders
- to form communities or villages and thus be exposed to such cruelties.
- Finally the punishment of burning alive was abolished, and the milder
- punishment of whipping at the post was introduced and has remained. It
- is at the present time the customary method of punishing the natives
- for any default or misconduct.</p>
-
- <p>In considering this subject of the treatment of the Indians at the
- time of the conquest, due weight has to be given to the influence of
- the priests, their enthusiasm, and their intense desire to convert the
- natives by persuasion or by force. The well-known inveterate hatred
- of the Indians towards their conquerors, a hatred which still exists,
- was a dangerous element always present and to be guarded against by
- adopting severe measures of repression. The good fortune that had
- attended the operations of Cortes and his handful of Spaniards in the
- conquest of this region, was doubtless in a great measure due to the
- condition of the country, and the never ceasing tribal wars. Cortes and
- his generals were consequently always able to obtain the assistance of
- numerous allies who were glad to seize any opportunity of destroying
- their enemies. But when the conquest was completed and the Spaniards
- had the lands distributed amongst them, and the system of <i>encomiendas</i>
- was adopted, it became necessary, at all hazards, to prevent any
- combinations of Indians against them, and to put down or crush out with
- unmerciful firmness the slightest tendency to rebel against the iron
- and cruel rule under which they<span class="pagenum" id="Page_230">230</span>
- found themselves to be subjected. Many
- risings were quelled, all tendency to insubordination was punished,
- and the Indians remained under control. But this result was only
- obtained after these unfortunate tribes had been subjected to the most
- astonishing severities that have ever been inflicted by a civilised
- race of conquerors.</p>
-
- <p>At the convent at Santa Cruz, Padre Guicola spoke much about his
- parishioners. He said that he was impressed with the conviction that
- the Quichés in many respects still followed their old idolatries, and
- worshipped their idols secretly. He thought that he had discovered
- that certain Indians were “sacerdotes” to these idols, and that in
- some manner which he had not been able to find out, they, amongst
- themselves, maintained their ancient priesthood.</p>
-
- <p>The accommodation for strangers was more monastic than I had expected
- to find. My cell contained nothing but a wide hard board placed upon
- four legs, and there were neither hooks nor posts to which I could hang
- my hammock, consequently it was not practicable to make convenient
- arrangements for securing comfortable quarters at night.</p>
-
- <p>Before my departure I had a conversation with the Padre about the
- history of the convent, and the work that used to be carried out by
- the monks. Some of the descendants of the caciques of Utatlan were
- educated by them, and the traditions of the origin and migrations of
- the Quichés were composed by them, whilst they were still capable of
- remembering what had been related concerning their early history. The
- most important of the manuscripts <span class="pagenum" id="Page_231">231</span>
- is stated to have been written in
- 1544, by the son of one of the Quiché caciques, who took part in the
- operations of war at the time of the arrival of the Spaniards. The
- Padre was not well acquainted with the subject of the past history of
- his convent, and like the other priests that I had met in the Indian
- parishes, his attention was almost exclusively directed to his duties,
- one of the most significant of which, in the opinion of his Indians,
- was the performance of the rite of baptism.</p>
-
- <p>I asked him what was the best track to follow in crossing the sierras,
- and he made inquiries for me. Several of the inhabitants of the village
- said, that in the remote parts of the hills I wished to cross, the
- paths were not well known, and might be found to be impracticable, and
- there was the danger of meeting scattered bands of rebels. Augustin
- however informed me, that he had learnt from several of the natives, in
- whom he could place confidence, that we need not expect to meet with
- any serious difficulties, and that in the event of being uncertain
- about the right direction, we might rely upon coming across Indians who
- would guide us. My large Government map was of no use in the matter,
- as nothing was marked upon it except ranges of mountains. Meanwhile
- to guard ourselves against possible trouble, I gave directions that
- we should take with us a sufficient supply of food for ourselves and
- the mules, and thus we started upon our road, without feeling any
- hesitation with regard to our future proceedings.</p>
-
- <p>In the forenoon we came to a halt amongst the mountains, and Augustin,
- who was proficient in his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_232">232</span>
- knowledge of making a fire out of the most
- scanty materials, prepared breakfast. Whilst we were thus engaged
- we were passed by numbers of Indians carrying goods and provisions.
- Young and old were hurrying rapidly forward, urged by some impulse
- which we were unable to comprehend, towards a destination which was
- to us unknown. They looked wild and restless, and when addressed were
- shy and reserved. In the evening before sunset we arrived at some
- farm buildings, and I slung my hammock to the rafters of a deserted,
- half-ruined shed. Augustin obtained from an adjoining hut some
- tortillas, frijoles<a id="FNanchor_69" href="#Footnote_69" class="fnanchor">[69]</a> and eggs, the three chief elements of Indian
- domestic existence, and with these, together with a good supply of
- sacate for the mules, we made ourselves at home in the Cordilleras.</p>
-
- <p>In accordance with a custom that I usually adopted whenever it was
- possible, I established friendly relations with an Indian family in the
- neighbourhood in order to obtain some knowledge of their language or
- dialect. I had a list of words in Spanish to which I obtained the local
- equivalents. In this manner I made a small vocabulary of the dialects
- spoken by the Indians amongst the Altos near Guatemala, by the Quichés
- at Santa Cruz and San Tomas, by the Kachiquels near Las Godinas, and by
- the tribe near Patinamit. This custom was not only useful in helping
- me to understand the various links or differences in the tribes that
- we met, but it was also a means of <span class="pagenum" id="Page_233">233</span>
- bringing about a small degree of
- friendliness, and of overcoming that very decided unsociability which
- forms such an integral part of the Indian nature.</p>
-
- <p>At sunrise we were in our saddles, and soon found ourselves to be
- riding over a difficult and rugged country. The hills were steep, and
- the mule tracks, in many places, almost impassable. In the afternoon we
- crossed a high mountain ridge, and then descended towards the Indian
- hamlet of San Lorenzo, and pushed on as fast as possible, in order to
- reach Gueguetenango before the night. On our arrival, we rode up to the
- convent gate, where I was welcomed by Padre Juan Batista de Terran.
- He was in a highly disturbed and irritated state of mind. His convent
- had been battered and almost destroyed by the artillery of the Indian
- rebels, commanded by Cruz, and his church was filled with soldiers who
- had been quartered there, and were eating and drinking, gambling, and
- leading wild and irreverent lives within the shrines.</p>
-
- <p>On the following day I called upon the Corregidor and obtained a
- passport for Augustin, and then sent him and the baggage mule back
- to Guatemala. He had faithfully performed his duties as guide and
- attendant, and had been careful in looking after the wants of the
- mules, often taking great trouble in finding for them a proper supply
- of forage wherever we were quartered in the night. But he had not
- expected to meet with such rough tracks as we had passed over amongst
- the sierras and down the barrancas, and was glad to be able to return
- by more secure and better known roads.</p>
-
- <p>The inhabitants of Gueguetenango, at the time of
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_234">234</span> our arrival, were
- in an excited and disorganised condition. They had not recovered from
- the alarm caused by the recent events of the rebellion. The Plaza
- was crowded with wild-looking Indians, and throughout the town there
- was an unusual movement of armed men. My chief preoccupation was the
- search of a trustworthy guide, which was a matter for considerable
- difficulty. Finally I succeeded in securing the services of an Indian
- belonging to a local tribe of the Mams. He bore the name of Carlos, and
- spoke Spanish sufficiently well to enable me to keep up a tolerably
- intelligible conversation with him.</p>
-
- <p>I now thought it advisable to make some changes with regard to the
- manner of travelling. Hitherto I had managed very well with Augustin
- and one spare mule. The mule carried in the saddle bags, provisions
- for several days, together with a change of clothing in case of wet
- weather, but experience had shown me that it would be better to reduce
- the weights to what could easily be carried by an Indian in his pack,
- and who, at the same time, could act as guide. I should thus avoid the
- risk of being detained by any accident happening to the cargo mule.
- My own good mule carried nothing but its rider, and a great coat and
- hammock, rolled up in military fashion, and strapped over the pommel of
- the saddle.</p>
-
- <p>Everything being satisfactorily arranged, Carlos appeared at the
- convent steps at daybreak with his pack duly placed over his shoulders,
- and carried by the head band. Into this were put two days’ provisions,
- and part of the change of clothing. My
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_235">235</span> mule carried the halter wound
- round her neck. A small supply of fodder was added to the Indian’s
- load, and thus we started. Carlos took the lead by breaking into a
- quick, rapid pace, or steady Indian run. The mule followed at her
- best speed, and before the sun had risen above the summits of the
- Cordilleras, we were well forward on our way towards Jacaltenango and
- the Mexican frontier.</p>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
-
- <blockquote>
- <p>Gueguetenango, the chief city of the Department, was a place
- of importance before the conquest. It was the capital of the
- Mams, a warlike tribe, whose caciques and principal families
- were of the same race as the Quichés. They were conquered
- and reduced to submission by the Spaniards in 1525. There
- are certain circumstances respecting that campaign and the
- methods of defence adopted by the Mams, which should receive
- particular attention in connection with the theories and Indian
- traditions, respecting the migrations of the mysterious tribe
- who have been named the Toltecs, and who appear to have been
- the predecessors of the Aztecs. There are, in the accounts of
- the campaign several details which are valuable, as leading to
- the conclusion that the Mams, Quichés and Kachiquels, whose
- leaders were all of the same race, pursued systems of defensive
- warfare, which had analogies with the habits of the tribes who
- raised the fortified hill works in Ohio.</p>
-
- <p>When it was decided by Alvarado to attack the Mams, a force
- suitable for the purpose was organized. It consisted of a main
- body of Mexican Indian allies who were supported by a small
- force of Spanish cavalry and infantry; there were three hundred
- Indians carrying spades and hatchets acting as pioneers, and
- many others who were employed in the work of transport. After
- an engagement with the Mams, who were defeated, the attacking
- forces advanced to <a id="FNanchor_70" href="#Footnote_70" class="fnanchor">[70]</a>Gueguetenango. Upon their arrival at
- that place the Spanish General was informed that the Mams had
- retreated to their fortress of Socoleo. The position of this
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_236">236</span>
- entrenched camp was so strong, that it was not possible to
- capture it by direct assault, and the Spaniards in the end
- reduced the Indians to surrender by famine.</p>
-
- <p>The historian Fuentes who is stated to have personally examined
- this fortress about the year 1695, reported (according to
- Juarros) that the approach “was by only one entrance and that
- was so narrow as scarcely to permit a horseman to pass it; from
- the entrance, there ran on the right hand a parapet, raised
- on the berm of the fosse, extending along nearly the whole of
- that side; several vestiges of the counter-scarp and curtain
- of the walls still remain, besides parts of other works, the
- use of which cannot now be easily discovered; in a courtyard
- there stood some large columns, upon the capitals of which were
- placed quantities of pine wood, that being set on fire, gave
- light at night to the surrounding neighbourhood. The citadel or
- lofty cavalier of this great fortification was in the form of
- a square, graduated pyramid, rising twelve or fourteen yards
- from the base to the platform on the top, which was sufficient
- to admit of ten soldiers standing on each side; the next
- step would accommodate a greater number, and the dimensions
- proportionably increased to the last or twenty-eighth step.
- The steps were intersected in unequal portions by parapets
- and curtains, rendering the ascent to the top so extremely
- difficult, that Fuentes says, he attempted several times to
- reach the platform, but was unable to perform the task, until
- his Indian interpreter acted as his guide and conducted him
- to the summit. The ruins of several buildings were then in
- existence; they appeared to have been intended as quarters for
- the soldiers; were extremely well arranged, and distributed
- with due regard to proportion. Between each three or four of
- these buildings there was a square courtyard paved with slabs
- made of stiff clay, lime, and sand; every part of the fortress
- was constructed of hewn stone, in pieces of great size, as
- one which had been displaced, measured three yards in length,
- by one in breadth.” ... “As the place was circumvallated by
- a deep ravine, there was no way by which the walls could be
- approached.”</p>
-
- <p>From the above description of Socoleo it is made clear that
- its construction and position were in accordance with the
- principles and objects which governed the selection of the
- strongholds at Patinamit and Utatlan. The pyramidal structure
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_237">237</span>
- called the citadel must have closely resembled the Resguardo
- which guarded the entrance into the Quiché fortress.</p>
-
- <p>It is of importance to note that the account given by Fuentes
- of Socoleo, establishes to a great extent, the accuracy of
- certain portions of the manuscripts composed by the young
- Quiché caciques which relate to the traditions of the
- migrations of the Quichés from Mexico, and the manner in which
- they divided into separate governments the countries which they
- had conquered, under the names of Quiché, Kachiquel, Mam and
- Zutugil. With regard to the three first-named divisions the
- methods adopted to secure their domination, were so identical,
- that there can be no doubt that the statements recorded in the
- manuscripts, so far as they relate to the historical accounts
- of the Quichés after their arrival in Central America, may be
- assumed to be trustworthy records of the Indian traditions.</p>
-
- <p>According to the dispatches of the Spanish conqueror Alvarado,
- he found that the Quichés inhabited the town of Quezaltenango,
- and it was after the decisive battle fought near that place,
- that they retreated to their entrenchments at Utatlan; thus
- adopting the same tactics as were afterwards followed by the
- Mams, who fought their chief battle near Gueguetenango and then
- after their defeat fled to Socoleo. This custom of the Quichés
- appears to be similar to that of the Mound Builders in Ohio,
- who established their fortified camps in positions which were
- naturally nearly impregnable or most difficult to approach,
- and it is such as would be considered advisable by the chiefs
- of tribes who hold their territories by conquest, and would
- therefore endeavour to maintain their power by having large
- entrenched encampments, within which they would be secured from
- danger in the event of being unable to meet their enemies on
- the plains.</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XII">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_238">238</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XII.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- The Sierra Madre.—Todos Santos.—Evening Prayer
- (La Oracion).—Indian domestic habits.—Religious
- devotion.—Goitre.—Jacaltenango.—Indian Festival.—A
- Temblor.—Indian Idolatry.—Custom of ancient inhabitants
- to serve the parents whose daughters they wished to
- marry.—Doubtful fidelity of my guide.—Condition of
- Mule.—Mexican Frontier.—Comitan.—Note on President Juarez, and
- the Execution of the Emperor Maximilian.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">On</span> our way to Jacaltenango we had to cross the Sierra Madre, a range
- of mountains which traverses the centre of Guatemala. The mule track
- led us over some steep and rugged ascents, and through a long and deep
- barranca filled with a cold damp mist. During the greater part of the
- day we were enveloped in clouds which covered the summits of the hills.
- We finally reached the hamlet of Todos Santos, and obtained shelter at
- an Indian rancho.</p>
-
- <p>Towards nightfall we heard the distant bell of the chapel ringing
- for evening prayer.<a id="FNanchor_71" href="#Footnote_71" class="fnanchor">[71]</a> The Indians<span class="pagenum" id="Page_239">239</span>
- stood in front of their huts,
- and looking in the direction of the sound of the bell, recited the
- Ave Maria. This is one of the religious customs taught by the Spanish
- friars that retains its influence upon the inhabitants of these remote
- highlands.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_238fa"><img src="images/i_238fa.jpg" width="600" height="637" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Barranca, Central America.</div>
- </div>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_238fb"><img src="images/i_238fb.jpg" width="600" height="289" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Indian Huts.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>Darkness rapidly succeeds daylight in tropical latitudes, and upon my
- return to the rancho I observed that the hut was lighted by a method
- mentioned by the early historians of the conquest as having been in
- universal use amongst the Mexican Indians. In the centre of the room
- was a rude wooden stand, upon which was placed crosswise, a lighted
- piece of resinous pinewood. The flame gave a sufficient light for all
- practical purposes. After turning into my hammock, I watched by the
- fitful glare of the firebrand, the domestic habits of the Indians. The
- first thing done, was to put the child to bed, and this was managed in
- the following manner:—The mother wrapped the child tightly in swaddling
- clothes, until it looked like a mummy. The head was left exposed. It
- was then fastened upon a flat board about three feet high and eighteen
- inches wide. This board was put upright against an angle of the wall.
- The child remained throughout the night perfectly quiet. The bed upon
- which the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_240">240</span>
- father and mother slept, was a low wide frame resting on
- four legs, and raised a few inches above the ground. Everything was of
- the rudest simplicity. The smoke from the fire rose directly upwards
- and escaped through the roof.</p>
-
- <p>In the morning, while Carlos was making a cup of chocolate, the Indian
- came to my side and said that he wished to ask me a question about the
- people who lived beneath the earth (abaxo). He had been told, that men
- like ourselves were living and moving about below us, and he could not
- understand how this was possible. I endeavoured to explain to him that
- the world was round, and that on the other side of the earth beneath,
- things were much the same as at Todos Santos. My attempts to teach the
- laws of gravitation were, however, not successful, and he went away in
- a state of bewilderment, probably under the impression that the people
- below were upside down.</p>
-
- <p>After leaving the hamlet, we passed by the little church whose bell
- we had heard upon the previous night. The door was closed, and I
- noticed that it was charred by burning and blackened by smoke. I was
- told that this remote church was frequently closed during the time
- that the priest was away in other parts of the district, and when the
- Indians came here, they stuck lighted candles upon the door as nearly
- as possible in the direction of the image to which they wished to make
- their offerings. The church door was consequently deeply marked by the
- flames. Here, as also before the closed doors of other chapels in the
- mountains, the Indians have the custom of raising a temporary altar
- outside,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_241">241</span>
- before which they place offerings, and sit patiently in
- silence for many hours. They then fill a brazier with chips of resinous
- wood, and light their candles and the brazier and go away to their
- huts, leaving the incense burning. This is possibly a survival of the
- ancient usage of burning copal incense before their idols.</p>
-
- <p>During the forenoon we went over several steep ranges of hills, and
- down very abrupt descents until we arrived at the village of St.
- Martin, when we stopped at a deserted shed, and Carlos proposed that
- he should get ready the breakfast. It was always a pleasure to watch
- an Indian lighting a fire. His materials are usually a few dry sticks,
- some leaves, a flint, a steel, and a roll of prepared cotton, which,
- when slightly burnt, easily catches fire from the sparks of the flint.
- There was often, however, a difficulty in getting the fuel to burst
- into a flame, and the steady persistent patience of Indians in doing
- this is extraordinary. It was a great comfort in riding amongst the
- sierras, to have always the power of making a fire. It was of still
- greater importance to carry your own bed.</p>
-
- <p>Each morning when starting upon a journey over an unknown country,
- with much uncertainty as to where quarters would be found for the
- night, there was a sense of satisfaction in seeing placed upon the
- pommel of the saddle the hammock in which you intended to sleep. It
- gave freedom from all anxiety with regard to the future. There was
- no cause to feel any doubts respecting the beds at a Spanish posada,
- or the rough interior of an Indian hut, and there was always the
- prospect of obtaining, after<span class="pagenum" id="Page_242">242</span>
- the fatigues of the day, a good night’s
- rest. In thus travelling and having at hand sufficient provisions and
- fuel to guard against being by any accident in want amongst these
- mountainous regions, there was a feeling of independence which was
- very exhilarating. This kind of gipsy, Bohemian life was singularly
- attractive, and the small element of risk from the possibility of
- meeting hostile Indians was too slight to have any influence upon the
- mind. There was a certain degree of solitude in thus riding without a
- companion, as the guide ran several hundred yards ahead, but this was
- not much felt, for there was a never ending change of scene, and every
- hour brought something new and unexpected.</p>
-
- <p>In the evening as we descended the slopes of the valleys, we met
- numbers of Indians carrying heavy loads on their backs. I had noticed
- when riding amongst the higher parts of these hills that crosses were
- placed upon all remarkable positions, and at the corners where paths
- branched off towards the hamlets. When passing these crosses the men
- invariably took off their broad straw hats, and showed by their manner
- great respect.</p>
-
- <p>I was surprised at observing in the valleys that the Indians suffered
- much from goitre. This unsightly growth seemed chiefly to affect
- the women. It was the same in size and appearance as that which
- exists amongst the inhabitants of several of the secluded valleys in
- Switzerland.</p>
-
- <p>At intervals during the afternoon we heard the distant sound of the
- beating of a drum calling the attention of the Indians for some purpose
- which we did not then understand. When we drew near
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_243">243</span> to Jacaltenango
- we became aware that something was occurring which caused considerable
- excitement amongst the people. We passed an open space at the entrance
- of the pueblo, upon which had been built, temporarily, a “Santo” house.
- It was a small round hut, within which was an image, which had been
- removed from the church and placed there, in order that it should
- receive special honour and devotion. Before this shrine a dance was
- taking place. It represented incidents of the wars between the Spanish
- Christians and the Moors during the period when the latter were finally
- driven out of Spain. A little beyond the “Santo” house was the church
- where an Indian festival was in progress, and an orchestra was busily
- engaged within, performing a musical service. I stopped for a few
- minutes to look at the strange and fantastical scene, and the groups of
- swarthy, wild-looking Indians, and then rode on to the convent, where
- we were welcomed by Padre Juan Chrysostemos Robles. My guide Carlos
- went away to join in the festivities of his tribe.</p>
-
- <p>In the morning an Indian passed rapidly through the village beating a
- small drum, and later in the day, a large crowd of Indians assembled
- in the square in front of the church. It thus became known that an
- important meeting was to be held in order to bring about a settlement
- of some difficulty or disagreement between two hamlets, with respect
- to the buying and selling of lands. About three hundred of the men,
- chiefly interested, gathered together. The speaking began in tones so
- harsh that it was almost inconceivable that human
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_244">244</span> language could have
- developed into such rough and grating sounds.</p>
-
- <p>These Mams were men of strong and muscular frames, compact and well
- made, but they were all short in stature. Their general appearance was
- wild and they had a restless manner. They came from the adjacent hills,
- and it was noticeable with them as with other Indians I had seen in
- the mountains, that they were darker than those living on the plains.
- The meeting lasted for about an hour, and as soon as the business
- was ended they immediately left Jacaltenango and returned to their
- homes. I was told that the matter in dispute had been settled to the
- satisfaction of all present, and that there was no longer any fear of
- local disturbances.</p>
-
- <p>Meanwhile the numerous orchestral services within the church were still
- proceeding. It was a curious scene. The chief instrument was a large
- wooden marimba made on the principle of short and long sounding boards,
- the upper notes of which were played by the leading performers, whilst
- three other men kept up a continuous accompaniment on the bass. It was
- evidently an improvement upon the African marimba which had probably
- been introduced into America by the negro slaves. There were also
- violins and several rudely constructed guitars. The musical ceremonies
- were performed before the altars, the Indian congregation maintaining
- a complete silence. Not the least strange part of the function was the
- fact that Padre Robles was an unconcerned spectator, although it was
- his church that was occupied by the Indians and his
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_245">245</span> “Santos” that were
- being carried about and worshipped, and to whom offerings were made.</p>
-
- <p>Although the music was noisy and monotonous, the players seemed to have
- a correct knowledge of harmony. The Padre explained how this happened.
- He said that this comparative knowledge of music was obtained in
- consequence of the teaching of the friars before the dissolution of the
- monasteries. These friars devoted much of their time to the education
- of a certain number of Indian lads in orchestral music, in order to
- train them to take part in the church services, and he supposed that
- the instruction then given was kept up in some way which he did not
- understand, and that young Indians were taught in their villages for
- this work. He thought that the preparations for the church festivals
- and for the dances were also arranged in a similar manner.</p>
-
- <p>In the afternoon we went to the entrance of one of the valleys, as the
- Padre wished to show me the position of an Indian “<i>adoratorio</i>”<a id="FNanchor_72" href="#Footnote_72" class="fnanchor">[72]</a>
- situated on the side of a steep mountain. He said he had not seen it,
- but had been told by his Indians what occurred there. An idol, held
- in much reverence by the Mams had its shrine inside, and the Alcaldes
- charged with the duties of the religious rites and other ceremonies
- relating to Indian sacerdotalism, visited it at certain seasons of
- the year and offered sacrifices to it. The idol had also days for the
- performance of penances, <span class="pagenum" id="Page_246">246</span>
- and there was one special day when there
- was a solemn feast, and turkeys were killed and eaten with peculiar
- observances, and the blood of the turkeys was sprinkled and offered in
- a manner unknown to him.</p>
-
- <p>After passing through the place where the “Santo” house was erected,
- and before which dances and other ceremonies were still going on, we
- returned to the convent.</p>
-
- <p>Soon after sunset an event occurred which proved that a disturbance
- had taken place in the interior of the earth. We were sitting inside
- the precincts when we were alarmed by, what was to me, a quite unknown
- rumbling sound amongst the adjacent mountains. At first I thought that
- it was caused by distant thunder reverberating amongst the valleys,
- but it was soon evident that the sounds were of an entirely different
- character.</p>
-
- <p>The Padre, who was listening attentively to the noise, said, after
- a few moments’ pause, that it was a “Temblor” or trembling of the
- earth below, and that it was quite different from a “Terra Moto” or
- earthquake, as it never caused any harm, although it was considered to
- be a warning. According to my map, the nearest crater was the Volcan de
- Tacara, fourteen leagues away in a south-easterly direction. The deep
- sounds rolled like thunder beneath the massive ranges of the Sierra
- Madre.</p>
-
- <p>When living amongst these mountains, and hearing these intimations of
- great volcanic movements below the surface of the ground, it can be
- understood how it came to pass that the superstitious and fanatical
- Indians living in these regions believed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_247">247</span>
- that the earth beneath them
- was peopled by evil demons capable of doing injury, who required to be
- propitiated, and that when seeing the expression of their anger in the
- fire, smoke and ashes issuing from the craters, thought it necessary
- to appease them by offering them their daughters. It is probable that
- the sacrifices known to have taken place to the volcanoes near Atitlan
- and Quezaltenango were also customary throughout the long range of
- volcanoes in this part of Central America.</p>
-
- <p>When talking about the present customs of the Indians living in these
- sierras, the Padre said that the ancient rule of young men serving for
- a certain time the parents of the girl they wished to marry had ceased,
- and that now it was usual for an Indian to make up his mind on the
- subject, and then to begin his courtship by giving presents of maize,
- fowls, or clothing to the parents.<a id="FNanchor_73" href="#Footnote_73" class="fnanchor">[73]</a> Finally he proposes to take the
- girl in marriage, and if they consent, he pays for her according to
- his means, generally about two dollars, but sometimes as much as eight
- dollars.</p>
-
- <p>Upon the morning of our departure from Jacaltenango, whilst I was
- engaged in superintending the saddling of the mule and the various
- preparations<span class="pagenum" id="Page_248">248</span>
- for the day’s journey, which from the neglected state
- of the road was expected to be long and fatiguing, I observed Padre
- Robles walking rapidly backwards and forwards in front of the convent,
- evidently in a state of much anxiety and alarm.</p>
-
- <p>Presently, when Carlos had moved to another part of the courtyard, the
- Padre hurried to my side and said, in a very decided tone, “Señor you
- must go back at once to Guatemala.” I said, “What is the meaning of
- this! What has happened?” He replied, “I must not tell you, but I know
- that if you do not go back to Guatemala you will be robbed and perhaps
- killed,” and, he added with a look of much distress, “they will steal
- your beautiful mule.” I told him that it was quite impossible that I
- should return to Guatemala, and that I intended to go forward. “But,”
- I said, “if you know anything about which I ought to be informed, you
- should tell me what it is that you fear.”</p>
-
- <p>After some hesitation, he took me aside close to the convent wall and
- said, “It is this, Señor: last night my housekeeper overheard two
- Indians talking together in a low tone. One of them was your guide,
- the other was a man whom she did not know, and she listened to what
- they were saying. They were sitting in a corner of the courtyard, just
- beneath her window, and she could hear what they said. She heard them
- arrange a plan to rob you and to take away your mule. Their plan was
- this: At about an hour’s journey from this pueblo, you have to pass a
- long hedgerow of aloes; when you arrive at the aloes, an Indian will
- jump out from behind them into the road. Your guide will then come to
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_249">249</span>
- you and say, that the man is his brother who wishes to go to Comitan,
- and he will ask if he may be permitted to accompany you. After you
- have gone on for some distance, the Indians intend to come behind you
- and take a favourable opportunity to attack and rob you, and, whatever
- happens you will certainly lose your mule.”</p>
-
- <p>After walking together within the quadrangle for a few minutes to
- discuss the subject, I said, that I had no reason to doubt the fidelity
- of Carlos. He had been recommended to me by the priest at Gueguetenango
- as a trustworthy guide, and was considered to be a good and honest
- man. He had proved himself, so far, to be faithful, and was willing
- and careful; consequently I should still continue to place confidence
- in him. With respect to the conversation that had taken place, I
- thought that the housekeeper must have made some mistake, and had been
- unreasonably alarmed. In any case, however, I said it was necessary for
- me to proceed across the frontier. The Padre looked very unhappy, so I
- told him that he must not be anxious about my fate, and that I would
- take care to send him information about my movements. I hoped that he
- would soon hear of my safe arrival in Mexico. He then gave me a letter
- of introduction to his brother Captain Robles, who commanded the small
- force stationed on the frontier at Lenton.</p>
-
- <p>By this time Carlos had filled his pack, fitted the head band over his
- forehead, and was waiting to start; so I said good-bye to the kind
- Padre, and as I turned round in the saddle to get a last glimpse of
- Jacaltenango, the most beautifully situated<span class="pagenum" id="Page_250">250</span>
- village that I had seen in
- Guatemala, I observed him watching us from the top of the convent steps.</p>
-
- <p>I had ridden about a league or more and had quite forgotten all about
- the housekeeper and her forecast of events, when I noticed that we were
- approaching a long row of tall aloes bordering the left side of the
- path, and soon afterwards an Indian—a most villainous and evil-looking
- scoundrel—jumped from his place of concealment amongst the aloes and
- stood before me on the road. At the same moment Carlos ran back close
- to the mule’s head and told me that this man was his brother who wished
- to go to Comitan and asked permission to join us.</p>
-
- <p>The scene was like the realisation of a dream. For a few moments I was
- in doubt as to the best course to pursue, but having been forewarned
- I was forearmed, and knowing that the Indians could not have the
- slightest idea that I was aware of their plans, I decided to go on
- without showing them that I had any suspicions. I said to Carlos “you
- tell me that this man is your brother and perhaps you are stating the
- truth, but he is a stranger to me and I do not like his appearance.”
- However I gave him permission to join us. Carlos thanked me, and the
- other Indian, who did not understand Spanish, gave a guttural sound of
- satisfaction, and then both men ran forward and kept their places well
- in front, at about a hundred yards distance.</p>
-
- <p>In the forenoon we passed St. Marcos and halted at St. Andres, in
- a district remarkable for the luxuriant growth of fruit trees and
- plantains. We then descended a long hill at the foot of which we halted
- for breakfast.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_251">251</span></p>
-
- <p>As the mule had shown signs of distress, I took off the saddle and
- noticed that there was a broad low swelling upon her back. A muleteer
- happened to be passing by on his way to Jacaltenango, and I asked him
- to examine the swelling and give me his opinion about it. He told me
- that the mule was ill from a “pica de luna” or moonstroke, and that
- upon some previous night I must have tethered her out in the open air
- exposed to the light of the full moon, whilst her back was still warm
- after the saddle had been removed. I said that I remembered this having
- been done. The muleteer said that the injurious effects of the moon
- was well known, and that the mule ought not to have been exposed to
- it so soon after I had dismounted. He thought that the swelling would
- not prevent my riding her, provided that the pressure was taken off by
- resting the saddle upon pads placed upon each side of the swelling, and
- he arranged some rolls of padding for the purpose.</p>
-
- <p>In the afternoon we were going through a desolate and uninhabited
- part of the country, when I observed that my guide and his brother
- were lagging on the way. Finally they dropped behind, and began to
- run together a few yards in the rear. The time had now come when it
- was necessary to take a decisive action. I had to be careful not to
- let Carlos suppose that there were any doubts in my mind about his
- fidelity, for I knew nothing of the road, and it was important that I
- should appear to have entire confidence in his guidance.</p>
-
- <p>I stopped the mule, and called Carlos up to my side, and said, “Carlos,
- you must not run behind<span class="pagenum" id="Page_252">252</span>
- me. You are the guide, and must keep in front
- to enable me to follow you, and not miss the track, and,” I added in
- a more marked manner, “remember that you are to keep well ahead. Let
- there not be any mistake in this matter, and your brother is to be with
- you.” Carlos immediately obeyed my orders. There was no danger to be
- apprehended so long as this precaution was taken, for I always carried
- with me a small loaded revolver to defend myself in case of attack, an
- event which I thought to be improbable.</p>
-
- <p>When we arrived at Lenton, we were given rooms within the quarters
- of the garrison. Captain Robles, the commandant, showed me every
- attention, and at supper I joined the officers’ mess. In the morning
- it was found that although every possible care was taken to raise
- the saddle above the swelling, the mule could not bear any pressure.
- Consequently I asked Captain Robles if he could provide me with a
- horse. After some difficulty an animal was obtained, which although of
- very rough appearance, I thought would answer the purpose of carrying
- me the two days’ journey to Comitan. An Indian lad, called a mozo, was
- hired to bring the horse back, and lead my disabled mule. By the time
- that all these arrangements were completed it was getting late in the
- morning. More than three hours daylight were lost, and it was important
- with regard to my Indians to reach our next stopping place before
- sunset.</p>
-
- <p>For eight leagues the road led through a dreary desert without any
- signs of habitation, and then we reached a pond called San José where
- we halted for an hour. It was quite dark when we reached a hut
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_253">253</span> near
- Sinigiglia within the Mexican frontier, and where I decided to stop. An
- Indian and his wife were inside, but they not only refused to open the
- door and give us shelter, but to all applications for food or water,
- replied in the words so usually employed by all Indians when asked for
- anything, “No hay.” “There is nothing.” The only thing to be done was
- to make the best of the circumstances, so a supper was made from our
- store of provisions, and with the saddle for a pillow, and the hammock
- stretched upon the ground, I passed the night.</p>
-
- <p>On the following day the sun was sinking below the horizon when we
- entered the town of Comitan, and I was not sorry to find myself within
- the walls of a comfortable posada, called the Hotel de la Libertad,
- where I was given a room looking into the court. I was not, however,
- destined to pass the night without disturbance.</p>
-
- <p>After having been asleep for several hours I was startled by hearing
- a peculiar noise. It was a gentle and continuous tapping, accompanied
- by the word Señor spoken in a low, soft voice. It was quite dark so
- I lighted the candle and asked who was there, and I heard “Señor it
- is your mozo from Lenton, and I have brought your saddle, and wish to
- speak to you.” I opened the door and told the lad to explain the reason
- for coming to me in the middle of the night. He came in looking very
- frightened and said that he was afraid of my Indians for he thought
- they were bad men. He had heard them say that it was their intention
- to go back with him, and he feared that when they were in the deserted
- part of the country they would steal the horse; so he came to
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_254">254</span> ask my
- permission to leave at once. The Indians were asleep but he was afraid
- that they would soon awake and prevent him from getting away alone.
- He said also that the mule was safe in the stable, and that he had
- brought with him the saddle, sheepskin and halter which he placed upon
- the floor in a corner of the room. I thought that the fears of the lad
- were perhaps well founded, and gave him directions to leave at once and
- get on as fast as possible. As he still looked anxious, I assured him
- that measures should be taken to prevent the Indians from following him
- for several hours. The mozo thanked me and disappeared into the dark
- courtyard, and I never heard of him or the horse again. It is to be
- hoped that he arrived at his village in safety.</p>
-
- <p>Shortly before sunrise I was awoke by a loud tapping at the door. This
- time it was the landlord who came to tell me that my Indians were
- making a great noise and were very excited. They were calling out
- that the mozo had gone away during the night with my horse, and they
- wished to see me immediately and be paid and discharged. I told the
- landlord what had happened and that the mozo had left by my orders, and
- then requested him not to permit the Indians to leave the inn, and to
- tell them that I would not see them before the middle of the day. “I
- understand you,” said the landlord, “and will do all that is necessary.”</p>
-
- <p>In the afternoon at the time when I estimated that if the mozo had made
- a proper use of his start he would be at least forty miles away, the
- Indians were discharged, and an hour afterwards I was
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_255">255</span> informed that
- they had been seen on the road running fast towards the frontier.</p>
-
- <p>It was now necessary to take steps to cure the mule and get a guide.
- Don Manuel Castillo, to whom I had a letter of introduction, was away
- at his hacienda, but his friend Don Mariana Godillo in the kindest
- manner undertook to arrange everything for me. Upon an examination
- of the mule it was considered advisable that she should have a few
- days’ rest to allow the swelling to subside, and in the meanwhile, the
- experience of local muleteers was made available in applying the most
- approved remedies.</p>
-
- <p>During this time the town of Comitan was in a state of unusual
- excitement in consequence of the arrival of numerous bands of Indians
- to take part in the festival of San Caralampio, to whom was dedicated
- one of the churches. In front of that church numerous Indians were
- assembled. In some respects the scene was like that which took place at
- Jacaltenango, but the proceedings were more of the character of a fair
- than of a religious ceremony. The plaza was covered with booths, and a
- local Indian traffic was being busily transacted. Indian musicians with
- drums, fifes, and fiddles were engaged in making an incessant noise.
- The interior of the church was always crowded, and continuous services
- were performed at the shrines. The women wore white hoods which were
- drawn tightly across the lower part of their faces. The men usually
- wore black yergas.<a id="FNanchor_74" href="#Footnote_74" class="fnanchor">[74]</a></p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_256">256</span></p>
-
- <p>Upon the fourth morning of my stay in the town, as I could not see any
- signs of improvement in the state of the mule, and it was necessary not
- to lose any more time, I held a small meeting of experts in the stable.
- It was thought that some weeks must elapse before she would be fit to
- travel, and Señor Godillo proposed to give me one of his best mules in
- exchange for her, and also insisted upon giving me twenty dollars, as
- he considered my mule to be well worth that additional value. In the
- end this arrangement was carried out, and thus with infinite regret I
- parted with my intelligent and sure-footed companion.</p>
-
- <p>It was reported at Comitan that the border provinces toward Palenque
- had become settled and had ceased to be in a lawless condition. This
- state of things was undoubtedly due to the remarkable influence of
- the President Juarez over the Indian tribes, and it was probable that
- the cause of this influence was attributable to the fact that, like
- Carrera, the first President of the Republic of Guatemala, he was by
- birth an Indian.</p>
-
- <p>Juarez was known to be an Indian of a good unmixed stock. He was born
- in Oaxaca, the province bordering Chiapas on the west. Of his early
- youth but little is known, but as a young man he took a prominent
- part in the political movements which preceded the declaration
- of Independence. He was elected a Deputy to the Congress, and in
- 1858 became President, and was given very extensive authority. In
- considering the characteristics and capacity of the Indians in
- Central America, it can never be forgotten that, during a period of
- great<span class="pagenum" id="Page_257">257</span>
- revolutionary agitation, two unknown Indians should, in a most
- extraordinary manner, have risen to the surface, and controlled the
- destinies of the new Republics.</p>
-
- <p>Under such conditions, requiring much administrative ability, it
- might have reasonably been expected that men of a white race, either
- Spaniards or belonging to the large population of half-castes of
- partly Spanish descent, would, in consequence of their superior
- qualifications, or their education, or military training, have taken
- the lead in these revolutions. As a matter of racial capacity, it
- is strange that ordinary Indians with absolutely no help from their
- surrounding circumstances, should have attained the highest power.<a id="FNanchor_75" href="#Footnote_75" class="fnanchor">[75]</a></p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XIII">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_259">259</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XIII.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Camping on the plains.—A night amongst the hills in
- Chiapas.—Lopez.—Indian Sun worship.—Ocosingo.—An ancient
- idol.—Proposed expedition through the unknown region occupied
- by the Lacandones to British Honduras.—Bachajon.—Tzendal
- Indians.—Chilon.—Indian Carnival.—Yajalon.—Carnival amongst
- the Tzendales.—Drunkenness.—Dances.—Horse races.—Ruined
- Churches and Convents.—Influence of the Priests over the Indian
- Tribes.—Las Casas.—Forced labour.—The Presbitero Fernando Macal.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">It</span> was a fine February morning when we left Comitan. An Indian named
- Lopez was hired to guide me as far as Ocosingo, three days’ journey
- distant. No trustworthy man could be found who was acquainted with the
- country beyond that place. With regard to the subject of safety and
- fidelity, it was arranged that Lopez should receive half his wages in
- advance and the remainder upon his return. The money was deposited
- with my friend who engaged him. Lopez was also to bring back a letter
- from me to the effect that he had performed his duty, and that I
- was satisfied with his conduct. These measures of precaution were
- considered to be advisable.</p>
-
- <p>After a long day’s ride we reached a place where we decided to pass the
- night. It was upon an open plain where we saw some muleteers encamped.
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_260">260</span>
- As there were no trees upon which to hang the hammock, it was necessary
- to sleep on the ground. There was a heavy mist and everything was very
- damp. We noticed that the muleteers had taken off the halters from
- their mules and tied them together and placed the long rope thus made
- in a circle, within which they were sleeping. Lopez said that I must
- follow the same plan, which he explained to be a method employed to
- prevent serpents from crawling near them, the rough fibrous nature of
- the halter being so disagreeable to them that they would not pass over
- it. Consequently I was encircled in this manner and with a saddle for
- a pillow, endeavoured to get rest, but the thick mist was the cause of
- much discomfort. Lopez passed the time on guard, watching the mule.</p>
-
- <p>The next day as early as possible we continued our journey. After
- passing a few huts called Jotána, we entered upon a wide expanse of
- undulating land well studded with trees. Here we met some Mexicans
- travelling on their way from their hacienda or farm. They were men,
- women, boys and girls, all bright and gay, riding horses and mules,
- galloping over the smooth grass land and enjoying the sunny weather.
- I took the opportunity of occasionally joining the laughing cheerful
- group, and I was sorry when we had to part company and follow different
- paths.</p>
-
- <p>In the afternoon we reached a steep, sharp ascent. The track was
- difficult to trace, and in several places was almost impassable. Large
- masses of stone had fallen over it. There were also numerous deep,
- slippery ruts, through which the mule plunged with difficulty. It was
- sunset when, after having made<span class="pagenum" id="Page_261">261</span>
- our way over several leagues of this
- rough ground, we came to an open space, where it was thought expedient
- to stop. We found two trees, between which the hammock was secured.
- The mule was tethered within reach, and Lopez went to an adjacent wood
- and got some twigs and leaves to enable us to make a fire. This was a
- work of difficulty requiring great patience; no one but an Indian would
- have succeeded. The first supply of fuel, after half an hour’s useless
- endeavour, could not be ignited, and Lopez made a second expedition
- to find drier materials. Finally, when I thought that it was useless
- to continue the attempt, an accidental spark suddenly set fire to a
- dry leaf and we were soon sitting round a blazing mass of flame, and
- preparing a supper of tortillas and chocolate.</p>
-
- <p>The air was too chilly and damp to permit of our expecting much rest,
- and the night was chiefly occupied in attending to the fire, and
- in listening to Lopez’s account of his superstitions and religious
- beliefs, and those generally held by his tribe. There was something
- in Lopez’s character which showed that he was possessed of a kind of
- devotional enthusiasm, which made his stories of Indian faiths, past
- and present, singularly interesting, because it was evident that he
- spoke with earnestness and as a man convinced. Thus the night passed
- away, and in the morning as soon the earliest signs of dawn appeared in
- the sky, and long before the sun had risen over the hills, we continued
- our journey northwards through Chiapas.</p>
-
- <p>In the forenoon we reached the hamlet of San Carlos. I observed that
- Lopez went to the rising<span class="pagenum" id="Page_262">262</span>
- ground near at hand, and stood for several
- moments facing the sun, with the palms of his hands joined together and
- raised to the level of his face. He seemed to be muttering a request.
- When he returned I asked him what he had been doing. He said that the
- Indians of his tribe always thanked the sun in the morning for coming
- and giving light, and thus enabling men to work. In the evening they
- again thanked the sun for what had been done, and asked it to return
- again. They also offered prayers to the moon for the same reason,
- because it gave light and helped men to live. The stars they did not
- worship.</p>
-
- <p>In answer to questions that I put to him, he said that the Indians
- always prayed or made offerings with reference to the world in which
- they lived, and for objects relating to themselves and their wants,
- and never took into consideration anything regarding a future life.
- He thought it was impossible to know if a man was to live again, or
- whether he was to be given some other shape or kind of existence.
- I told Lopez about the “adoratorio” in the Sierra Madre above
- Jacaltenango. He declared that the Indians near Comitan also had a
- stone image in a cave amongst the hills. He went there once a year to
- light a candle, “la sua candela,” before it, but it was usual amongst
- the men of his tribe to go there more frequently. The image was about
- two feet six inches in height, and had its arms folded. It was one of
- the ancient idols worshipped before the conquest.</p>
-
- <p>From San Carlos there was a ride of six leagues over a less difficult
- road, and as we approached<span class="pagenum" id="Page_263">263</span>
- Ocosingo we passed through some fine
- scenery. The path followed the line of the summit of the hills, and
- commanded extensive views of both valleys. At Ocosingo, I called upon
- Don Remigio Salorzano, to whom I carried a note of introduction. Don
- Remigio told me that the ancient Indian ruins were over a league from
- the pueblo, but that there was very little to be seen there.</p>
-
- <p>The temples were almost destroyed, and the materials had been taken
- away for building purposes. There were, however, fragments of stones
- covered with hieroglyphic characters still remaining there. I went with
- him to look at some idols that had been brought from the ruins. One of
- these at once arrested my attention. It was made of hard sandstone, and
- was about three feet high. The head was broken off, and had been taken
- away to prevent the Indians from worshipping it. I at first thought
- that the idol must have been made subsequent to the Spanish occupation
- of this part of Mexico, for by the costume it seemed to be intended to
- represent a Spanish cavalier. In front of the waist belt there was a
- small head surmounting a rudely shaped cross.</p>
-
- <p>It appeared as if the native sculptor had wished to make the image
- of a knight holding before him a head, such as is not infrequently
- seen in early sacred pictures.<a id="FNanchor_76" href="#Footnote_76" class="fnanchor">[76]</a> But although this was the vague
- impression made upon the mind by an examination of the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_264">264</span>front of the
- statue, it was evident upon looking at the reverse side that the date
- of its sculpture was of a much earlier period, for it was covered
- with an upright line of hieroglyphics of the same character as those
- carved upon the idols at Copan. I examined with care the details of the
- figure, and made sketches of the front and back, as I thought that it
- would be useful to preserve a slight memorial of this idol which may
- eventually share the fate of many others and be destroyed.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_264"><img src="images/i_264.jpg" width="206" height="450" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption">Indian statue. Ocosingo.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>Two larger idols were placed against the wall of the church. These
- were also headless. Don Remigio showed me several long stones that
- were used<span class="pagenum" id="Page_265">265</span>
- for the door steps at the entrance of some of the largest
- of the huts occupied by Ladinos and which had been taken from the
- ruins. One of these, made of limestone, was covered with deeply carved
- hieroglyphics still quite clear and distinct. In front of one of the
- dwellings there was a flat stone measuring about three feet square. On
- the surface of this stone were two figures. A woman in an imploring
- attitude was presenting a cup to a man, who was standing up and bending
- forward to receive the offering. The wall of an adjoining house was
- partly built with stones also taken from the temples. They had a
- perfectly smooth surface and were each about two feet long, one foot
- wide and two inches thick. Similar stones were scattered about the
- pueblo, and many were used as stepping stones across the stream that
- flowed eastwards to join the waters of the river Usamacinta.</p>
-
- <p>The church, from its size and manner of construction, had been
- evidently of considerable importance. It was then in ruins and the roof
- had fallen. As there were no funds available for its restoration it was
- deserted.</p>
-
- <p>The Gefe Politico, who held the appointment in this town and district
- of Civil Governor, spoke to me about an expedition that was under
- consideration, for constructing a road or mule path to connect this
- part of Mexico with the English port of Belize in Honduras. He thought
- that if such a road was practicable it would become the principal
- line for trade, and the ranges of mountains near Tumbalá would be
- avoided. This was to be the primary purpose of the expedition, but
- there were other objects which<span class="pagenum" id="Page_266">266</span>
- influenced the minds of the inhabitants
- of Ocosingo. It was thought that the surveyors might make strange
- discoveries in the mysterious and unknown region occupied by the
- Lacandon Indians. Possibly amongst the forests in the sierras, temples
- and hidden treasures might be found; or perhaps a city where the
- ancient ceremonies and sacrifices were still performed.</p>
-
- <p>The Gefe said that a small band of explorers had lately penetrated
- a few leagues into the forest, and had seen several circular shaped
- huts, but the Indians who lived in them had fled. They found maize and
- tomatoes growing upon the open spaces, but they saw no horses, dogs or
- other animals. He pointed out to me the hills amongst which the wild
- Lacandones lived. It was afterwards suggested that I might take the
- post of leader of the proposed expedition.</p>
-
- <p>If I had been quite free, with sufficient time at my disposal, I
- should have been much inclined to assist to the best of my power in
- the formation of a preliminary surveying party. I thought that a
- practicable route would be found to connect Ocosingo with the existing
- road leading from Guatemala to Flores, on the lake of Peten, and
- thence to Honduras, and that, in this manner, the distance to Belize
- would be much shortened. The first portion of the survey would have
- to be conducted through a region which is unknown, and possibly many
- interesting facts would be ascertained, and perhaps an ancient ruined
- temple might be discovered.</p>
-
- <p>Whilst staying at Ocosingo I collected a small vocabulary of the words
- of the local dialect. These<span class="pagenum" id="Page_267">267</span>
- were nearly the same as those spoken near
- Comitan, and I was surprised to find that Lopez could not carry on a
- conversation with these men. I asked him how this happened and he said
- that the languages (lenguas) were quite different, and that he could
- not speak with the Ocosingos. It seems probable that, in the course of
- time, the construction of the phrases commonly used, or the manner of
- the application of the words must have become changed. Although it is
- only three days’ journey between the two tribes, it is evident that
- there cannot have been much communication between them for several
- centuries.</p>
-
- <p>As Lopez did not know the country beyond Ocosingo, it was settled that
- he should return to Comitan. I was sorry to part with him. He had
- carried the luggage and provisions, and although a part of the journey
- must have been extremely fatiguing to him he never complained. He
- also showed the utmost zeal in obtaining forage for the mule, and was
- willing and attentive. Don Remigio hired for me a guide named Bito, who
- spoke Spanish and knew the paths as far as Chilon, about eleven leagues
- distant. Bito brought with him a horse, and thus we were able to travel
- at a fair speed. After riding through several leagues of pine forests
- we reached Bachajon in the afternoon.</p>
-
- <p>Bachajon was a strictly Indian village, for the natives objected to any
- white people or Ladinos settling amongst them. In the Plaza we found
- numbers of Indians congregated together. They differed greatly from
- those that I had hitherto seen both in appearance and dialect. The
- men wore a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_268">268</span>
- white cloth folded round the head, and white frocks and
- trousers. The women wore a white frock cut open and square over the
- shoulders, and below this a blue skirt reaching nearly to the feet.
- Their thick black hair was tied back with a strip of bright red cotton.
- Many of the younger women were handsome, but their figures were spoilt
- and bent by the custom of carrying large water jars on the hip. The men
- were of a larger stature than the natives on the Pacific side of the
- Cordilleras, and their skin was of a dark copper colour. Their faces
- were broad, but the cheek bones were not so high as is usual with the
- North American Indians. Their hair was long, black and very thick, and
- their eyes were dark, large, round and restless. With all of them the
- nostrils were very wide.</p>
-
- <p>The church was in ruins, the roof had entirely disappeared, and only
- the porch and outer walls remained standing. I remained for several
- hours in the Plaza, and my attention was directed to a remarkable
- observance. The Indians, when returning from their fields upon the
- completion of their day’s work, invariably, before going to their
- huts, went to the front of the ruined porch. There they knelt down
- and prayed for some minutes. I was deeply interested in observing the
- practice of this custom. There was something that appealed strongly to
- the imagination in witnessing the simple and earnest devotion of these
- wild, ignorant and uncivilised people. It was impossible to conjecture
- what was present in their minds, as one by one they, in their solitary
- manner, knelt devoutly before these ruined walls. Possibly they
- worshipped in their memory<span class="pagenum" id="Page_269">269</span>
- the images that, many years before, had
- been enshrined within.</p>
-
- <p>In the evening, as we approached Chilon, we met hundreds of Indians,
- men and women, all of whom came forward by the side of my mule, and
- inclined their heads saying “Tá” (Padre.) Bito told me that they
- supposed that I was a priest, and that they expected me to follow the
- custom of the priests and put my hand upon their foreheads. As I did
- not wish to sail under false colours, I made an objection to this
- proceeding, but Bito said that if I did not do it the Indians would
- feel distressed, and would not understand why they were treated in an
- unkind manner. He also begged me to do what they wished, or otherwise
- some trouble might arise, as many of the men appeared to be in a
- half-drunken condition.</p>
-
- <p>At Chilon I was welcomed by the Justicia, to whom I had a letter from
- Don Manuel Cansino. The town was in a state of much excitement. It was
- the commencement of the Carnival, an event which caused a considerable
- degree of anxiety and apprehension in the minds of the officials.
- Processions of Indians, dressed in appropriate costumes, were marching
- through the town, and groups of wild-looking men were dancing to the
- sounds of rudely shaped fifes and hollow wooden drums. In the morning
- these Indians, in accordance with their annual custom, performed a
- dance before the door of each house. These dancers were supposed to be
- dressed like the conquerors. They wore red, slashed doublets, and loose
- white trousers. They carried spears or lances with coloured pennons.
- The scene was bright, gay and picturesque.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_270">270</span></p>
-
- <p>During the day I discharged Bito, and obtained a guide to accompany me
- to Yajalon. We arrived there about sunset and the Presbitero Fernando
- Macal received me with much kindness and attention. At Yajalon the
- Indians had assembled in great numbers and the Carnival was at its
- height. Here as at Chilon, the performances chiefly consisted of
- processions and dances. There were also horse races in front of the
- cabildo, and one of the most curious scenes was the representation of
- the Spaniards entering a captured city on horseback. The Indians were
- Tzendales of the same race as those at Bachajon and were very wild
- looking men. An important part of the festival consisted in eating as
- great a quantity of food as possible, and drinking copious draughts of
- strong spirits. In the evening there was much drunkenness.</p>
-
- <p>The Carnival lasted for three days, and during that time I had to
- remain in Yajalon, as no Indian could be found who would willingly
- leave this scene of revelry and excitement. On the second day the
- President called upon me at the convent, and informed me that, in
- his opinion, it would be highly dangerous for a white man who was a
- stranger, to venture out into the open country before the Indians had
- recovered from the effects of the carnival, as, in consequence of their
- known hatred to all white people, it was impossible to say what might
- happen when they were in an excited condition. In anticipation of local
- troubles he had organised a small police force which was employed in
- patrolling the pueblo day and night, for the purpose of preventing any
- quarrels of castes. He had also a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_271">271</span>
- company of seventy soldiers prepared
- to act in the event of any serious outbreak. As far as I could judge,
- the Indians, when in a drunken state, were quiet and inoffensive, but
- the President was evidently very anxious about their conduct.</p>
-
- <p>As I had no share in the responsibility for maintaining good order, the
- strange life and the sounds of drums and fifes and marimbas afforded
- me inexhaustible pleasure and amusement. The pretty dresses of the
- women also added much to the charm of the scene. Many of these Tzendal
- women were very handsome. Their heads were well set upon finely shaped
- throats and shoulders. Their costume consisted of a long white frock
- cut open round their neck, and embroidered with red and yellow squares,
- which had a pleasing effect of colour. But not only was the festival
- attractive from the quaint and novel character of the scene, but it was
- also most enjoyable weather. The skies were blue, the sun was bright,
- and the surrounding hills and valleys formed an agreeable contrast.
- There was perhaps a slight, underlying sense of danger and a doubt as
- to what would occur after sunset, and what might be the effect of the
- subsequent orgies upon the savage natures of these Indians. Possibly
- what began at daylight as a drama might end at night as a tragedy.
- The conduct of the timorous half-caste population or Ladinos was
- remarkable. They were conscious that they were hated by the Indians,
- and consequently they remained within their houses, and kept themselves
- out of sight.</p>
-
- <p>The dances and processions are said to have been taught by the Spanish
- monks. It is<span class="pagenum" id="Page_272">272</span>
- evident that they usually have some connection with the
- events of the wars between the Spaniards and the Moors, for the Indians
- always speak of these representations under the general name of “los
- Moros.” But they are also mixed up with other subjects which, not
- improbably, have some relation to events that happened before Cortes
- conquered Mexico.</p>
-
- <p>There was a peculiarity in the Indian character which was noticeable in
- all their proceedings. This was the absence of all conversation amongst
- the numerous spectators. The games, races and processions, the beating
- of the wooden drums and the continuous sounds of the marimbas went
- on incessantly, but there was no other noise and no murmur of human
- voices. The gift of speech with these tribes seems almost unnecessary
- for the purposes of their lives, and the language of signs would
- possibly be sufficient for their requirements.</p>
-
- <p>The Spaniards in the sixteenth century were astonished by the
- extraordinary debauchery of the Indians during their festivals. The
- events which occurred upon these occasions, especially in Yucatan,
- surprised the soldiers belonging to a nation remarkable for its
- sobriety. The Indians in Cuba, Hayti, and the islands of the Caribbean
- sea, and those inhabiting Florida, the valley of the Mississippi, and
- other parts of North America, had no knowledge of an intoxicating
- spirit. The origin of the excessive insobriety amongst the Mexican
- Indians is clearly traceable to the indigenous growth of the Maguey
- (_Agave Americana_). This aloe grows abundantly in the sterile regions
- of Central America, and supplies a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_273">273</span>
- fluid which, after undergoing
- certain preparations, is highly alcoholic.</p>
-
- <p>At Yajalon, as at Bachajon and Ocosingo, the church was in ruins. There
- was nothing left of it except the bare walls, marks of the old altars
- and parts of the chancel. Long grass was growing over the ground of
- the nave. The convent was also in a ruinous condition and only one
- side of the quadrangle remained. The interior was overgrown with weeds
- and grass, and was used as a pasture for the horses belonging to the
- convent.</p>
-
- <p>The Presbitero was eloquent upon the subject of the wrongs suffered by
- the Catholics in Mexico, and he particularly dwelt upon the harm that
- had been done to the people in consequence of the decrees which had
- nationalised the possessions of the church, suppressed the convents and
- abolished all religious fraternities. He thought that the withdrawal
- of the monks would have an injurious effect upon the condition of
- the Indians, and that they would gradually relapse into a state of
- ignorance and barbarism. Thus the system begun by Bishop Las Casas,
- and carried on afterwards by monks and priests would come to an end,
- and all their efforts to advance and benefit the aboriginal tribes be
- rendered useless and vain.</p>
-
- <p>It is difficult at this distance of time to estimate correctly the
- value of the work done by Las Casas, and the consequences of the
- enactments in favour of the Indians, obtained by his appeals to the
- Spanish government. In this diocese of Chiapas his zeal led to the
- establishment of numerous churches and convents. Dominicans and
- brethren of other orders<span class="pagenum" id="Page_274">274</span>
- came over from Europe for the purpose
- of living amongst these Indians, converting them, educating them
- and forming centres of local civilization. To a certain extent the
- ceremonies of the church, and especially the worship of images, seemed
- to obtain a powerful hold upon the devotional nature of many of the
- tribes, and the monks obtained great influence over them.</p>
-
- <p>Thus far the work begun by Las Casas unquestionably did much good in
- this and the adjoining provinces. The exhortations of the principal
- authorities of the Church in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries,
- were also beneficial in moderating the hardships inflicted upon the
- natives by the Spanish landowners. But in advocating the cause of the
- Indians, Las Casas, in the fervour of his zeal, created evils the
- effect of which he could not have foreseen. It was in consequence
- of the measures adopted through the representations of this ardent
- reformer that negro slavery was introduced into America. It was also
- chiefly owing to his efforts that consecutive ordinances was decreed,
- which, although issued with the intention of putting a stop to the
- harsh treatment of the Indians, made it almost impossible to carry on
- successfully the government of New Spain. Thus, by the abolition of
- forced labour, it was found that there was an immediate danger of the
- lands granted to the Spaniards becoming thrown out of cultivation and
- their owners ruined. In no part of New Spain was this danger more to be
- apprehended than in the neighbourhood of La Antigua Guatemala, and in
- the country through which I passed on my way to
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_275">275</span> Santa Cruz del Quiché.
- The lands there were fertile and the farms prosperous. The Indians
- performed labour upon them under fixed rules which, although strict
- and exacting, were not opposed to their previous habits. When these
- regulations were withdrawn the Indians ceased to work. Finally protests
- were made to the government, and it was pointed out that this usage
- of forced labour was not introduced by the Spaniards, but that it had
- previously been practically the base of the tribal administration.</p>
-
- <p>There was another usage which was stopped by orders from Spain. This
- was the employment of natives as carriers of merchandise. The abolition
- of this system was found to be disadvantageous to the prosperity of the
- country, and it was submitted to the king that it had always been the
- custom amongst the Indians to transport all things by men working as
- porters, for before the arrival of the Spaniards there were no horses
- or other beasts of burden. The practice of personally carrying heavy
- loads still forms part of the habits of all the inferior classes of
- Indians in Central America.</p>
-
- <p>The restrictions enforced upon the Spanish landowners did not however
- much affect the prosperity of the church, particularly in the more
- remote districts, where the priests and friars devoted themselves to
- the spiritual welfare and education of the natives. At the convents,
- schools were established for boys and, in the chief towns, sisters
- belonging to nunneries in Spain, came across the Atlantic to teach
- the girls. The monks also endeavoured to arrange that the boys upon
- completing their studies, should teach other Indians and thus spread
- education <span class="pagenum" id="Page_276">276</span>
- amongst them. These exertions which, in their origin,
- seemed to promise well were not subsequently attended with success,
- and the authority of the brethren declined. Finally the declarations
- of Independence, the revolutions, and the establishment of republics,
- dealt a fatal blow to all educational work.</p>
-
- <p>Amongst the various consequences of the nationalisation of
- ecclesiastical property, it had come to pass that in the country
- parishes, there were no funds available for maintaining the churches in
- repair, and they were all rapidly falling into ruins. The Presbitero
- was convinced, now that the influence of the priests upon the
- characters of the tribes was no longer felt, and the church services
- were not maintained, that the Indians, especially the Tzendales under
- his care, would return to the practice of their ancient idolatries.</p>
-
- <p>Upon a subject so doubtful as the effect of the teaching of the priests
- upon the minds of the Indians it is difficult to form an opinion.
- In the sixteenth century the Roman Catholic religion appeared to be
- willingly accepted by the natives; but several of the priests that I
- had met and who discussed this question, were in doubt as to whether
- this readiness to conform with the ceremonies had not some vague
- connection with some previous religious customs. The influence of
- the friars also possibly had some relation to the system of Indian
- priesthood before the conquest; for, according to the statements
- of the Spaniards, there was a strange and inexplicable coincidence
- between certain regulations by which they were bound, and those of the
- Franciscans and Dominicans.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_277">277</span></p>
-
- <p>It was fortunate that during my detention at Yajalon I was the guest of
- a man so well informed and highly educated as the Presbitero Fernando
- Macal. It was an exceptional fate for him to be thus placed in that
- parish, with its numerous detached hamlets, to perform clerical duties
- amongst these intractable tribes. At the convent in the evening, the
- Presbitero usually discussed questions of theology, together with his
- opinions upon the aboriginal and mixed races in Chiapas. The President
- occasionally joined us, but his mind was preoccupied with anxiety about
- the maintenance of order. All the time, both day and night, the pueblo
- was disturbed by the continuous and monotonous sounds of native music.</p>
-
- <p>On the fourth morning the Carnival was over and a dissipated,
- savage-looking Tzendal named Villafranca appeared at the convent
- wall, and volunteered to act as my guide to Tumbalá and Palenque.
- The necessary arrangements were made to secure the fulfilment of his
- duties. The mule was brought out of the quadrangle and we were soon
- ready to start. I was warned that the paths over the sierras were in a
- bad condition, and that many difficulties would have to be overcome in
- passing through the forests.</p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XIV">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_278">278</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XIV.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- An Indian steam bath.—Tumbalá.—Sierras and Forests.—San
- Pedro.—Desertion of guide.—Alguazils.—Construction of Indian
- huts.—Habits of Indians.—Cargadores.—Crossing a River.—Forests
- beyond San Pedro.—Powers of endurance of Indians.—Arrival at
- San Domingo del Palenque.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">The</span> base of the sierra whose summit we had to reach before night, was
- about two leagues from Yajalon. After having ridden that distance I
- expected to see some indications of Tumbalá, but not being able to make
- out anything, I asked Villafranca where it was. He pointed upwards
- towards the sky, and said “En el núbe, (in the cloud) Señor.” In effect
- it was just possible to see the church amongst the clouds which were
- sweeping over the highest ridge of the Cordilleras.</p>
-
- <p>The greater part of the day was passed in making the ascent, which was
- a steep and continuous rise for over three leagues. In the afternoon,
- when we had attained to a considerable height, we left below us the
- bright and sunny daylight, and entered into the region of cloudland.
- The weather became cold and gloomy, and as we approached Tumbalá it
- was scarcely possible to see our way for we were moving in a dark fog.
- Near the outskirts of the hamlet we passed close to a structure of an
- unusual shape, not<span class="pagenum" id="Page_279">279</span>
- unlike an oven. I was afterwards informed that it
- was used by Indians in time of sickness and was practically a steam
- bath. The methods of using it were similar to those adopted by many of
- the tribes in North America. The patient finds inside a supply of water
- to generate steam. Heated stones are passed in from outside and these
- he drops into the water. This system is said to be efficacious in the
- disorders to which men living amongst the Cordilleras are subject, and
- which are probably caused by exposure to sudden changes of temperature.
- It was strange to see amongst these remote sierras a practice which
- seemed to establish the fact that there were links connecting these
- Mexican Indians with the Dakotas in North America, the natives of
- Hawaii, and the Maoris in the distant islands of New Zealand.</p>
-
- <p>When we arrived at the walls of the convent it was evident that there
- was a general state of commotion without and within. Some event had
- happened, the nature of which I was unable to ascertain. The precincts
- were crowded with numerous groups of Indians and Ladinos. The priest
- was living in a large shed. The quadrangle was apparently used as
- a farmyard and was filled with cattle, horses, mules, turkeys and
- fowls, all wandering about at their own free will, and causing an
- indescribable disturbance. The mists were so thick that it was quite
- impossible to make anything out clearly.</p>
-
- <p>Inside the shed the state of affairs was equally confusing. Men, women
- and children were busily engaged in preparing to pass the night under
- the protection of the roof, and were choosing their sleeping
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_280">280</span> places.
- As it was necessary to find room without delay, I told Villafranca to
- hang my hammock to the rafters as near to the fire as possible. We then
- went out and tethered the mule upon a level open space beyond, which we
- thought to be convenient for the purpose, but the clouds were so dense
- that we could not see what we were doing. After some further trouble,
- supplies of forage and water were obtained, and placed within the
- mule’s reach. We then returned to the shed within which the priest was
- endeavouring to find suitable quarters for his numerous visitors.</p>
-
- <p>Later in the evening we were joined by a young couple who had just
- been married, and wanted shelter. It happened that there was an Indian
- bedstead available and this together with two extemporized pillows
- was placed at their disposal. When it became night, we sat round the
- fire and cooked our suppers, and then sleeping mats were unrolled and
- spread upon the ground. The Cura placed his mat near the fire, beneath
- my hammock. Amongst the crowd were several young mothers who had
- their infants with them. These little creatures were duly attended to
- and their wants supplied. The mothers then proceeded to roll them up
- tightly in swaddling clothes until only their heads were visible. They
- were afterwards placed in a row against the wall, where they looked
- like diminutive Egyptian mummies, their large round eyes staring at us
- in a most unmeaning manner. When all these various arrangements were
- completed the doors were closed.</p>
-
- <p>What happened during the night I do not know, but upon awaking in the
- morning I found that I<span class="pagenum" id="Page_281">281</span>
- was alone and that the shed was empty. All the
- numerous inmates of the previous night had departed. I turned out of
- my hammock and joined the Cura who was walking in front of his ruined
- convent. He said he would accompany me for a few hundred yards to the
- outer edge of the sierra, to look at the world around and beneath us.</p>
-
- <p>The clouds had disappeared, the sun had risen brightly above the
- eastern horizon, the sky was blue, the air felt pure and exhilarating,
- and the view was magnificent. Not only did we command range upon
- range of these Cordilleras, but there were also extensive views of
- the valleys below us. Beyond, looking northwards, were the savannahs
- and the tropical lowlands near Palenque; and in the far distance the
- sunlight was flashing upon the calm waters of the Laguna de Terminos.</p>
-
- <p>Near at hand were groups of wild-looking Indians watching our
- movements. The Cura said he believed they belonged to the Maya
- race, and were allied to the tribes that occupied Yucatan. In their
- appearance they were like the Tzendales near Bachajon. They were
- strongly built men, rather low in stature, and very dark in colour;
- their eyes had peculiarly rounded orbits, and their long black hair
- was cut square over the forehead. They spoke a language which sounded
- very rough and abrupt. The Cura observed that the Indians dwelling
- amongst the mountains were daily becoming neglected, and that they
- were left entirely free to follow their own beliefs and customs. In
- consequence of there being no regular stipend for the clergy, it had
- become impossible to maintain a sufficient number
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_282">282</span> of priests to
- carry out the duties. He had to superintend the parishes at Tumbalá,
- San Pedro, Palenque and the districts around Las Playas, near the
- river Usamacinta, and therefore he could not attend personally to the
- numerous and scattered Indians placed under his charge.</p>
-
- <p>Upon our return to the convent, Villafranca came to me and reported
- that the mule was ready and that he had got his machete sharpened
- in order to clear away any branches or brushwood that we might find
- to be obstructing the track. He added to his pack some part of the
- weights carried by the mule, as it was necessary that she should be as
- free as possible, to push her way through the woods, and we reduced
- the quantities of food and other necessaries to the lowest amount
- practicable. A young Mexican who was going to the seacoast came with
- us as far as the entrance to the forest. He then told me that he should
- not attempt to go through it with his clothes on, so he stopped and
- stripped to the skin, and tied his clothes up in a bundle which he
- fastened to the top of his head. He was a white man of mixed descent
- and in his action he showed some elements of the nature of his remote
- Indian ancestry. He ran rapidly to the front, plunged into the forest
- like a lithe athletic young savage, and was soon out of sight.</p>
-
- <p>As it was not possible to ride I dismounted, and we began to descend
- the steep sides of the mountain. It was very hard work. Villafranca
- led the way. I followed close to him, holding the halter at its full
- length, to prevent the mule as she slipped forward from falling upon
- me. This manner of progression<span class="pagenum" id="Page_283">283</span>
- was made difficult by the obstinate
- conduct of the mule. She would occasionally attempt to choose her own
- way and go the wrong side of a tree, and as no energy expended in
- trying to get her back was of any use, I had always to yield and to
- follow her round the trunk. Upon one occasion she got away into the
- forest and was nearly lost. The guide at once threw off his pack and
- went after her.</p>
-
- <p>The instincts of an Indian were apparent in his proceedings. He
- carefully marked every step of his advance through the dense
- undergrowth by cutting down small branches of the trees and placing
- them on the line of his track. He also here and there, but always
- on the left hand side, cut notches in the trees or bent some twigs
- backwards. After a few minutes interval he returned triumphantly with
- the mule, and after this experience I took care not to allow the halter
- to leave my hands again.</p>
-
- <p>The fatigues of the day were beyond description. I had been prepared
- to expect difficulties from the steepness of the ascents and descents
- and the growth of the underwood, but there were other obstacles which
- were previously unknown. Our track was constantly barred by creepers
- which crossed from tree to tree in festoons like thick ropes. They hung
- loosely in bends and bights in every conceivable shape, but usually
- they swept the ground in semicircles. Others were hanging in graceful
- loops three or four feet above the ground, so that the mule was unable
- to pass under them. There were also miry, swampy places in which the
- mule sometimes sank to an almost dangerous depth. But what I found
- to be the most serious trial was the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_284">284</span>
- want of ventilation. There was
- absolutely no movement in the air or any sounds of life, and there was
- very little daylight, for the rays of the sun above did not penetrate
- to the ground.</p>
-
- <p>The forest was dark and gloomy, and the atmosphere most oppressive.
- The want of a proper supply of fresh air to breathe made the journey
- extremely exhausting. After struggling for several hours down the
- rugged slopes of the first mountain, we reached a narrow valley and
- crossed a small stream. We then had to climb up another sierra so
- steep that it required all my available strength to reach the summit.
- From this height there remained another league to be traversed down a
- steep rocky slope to a wide open savannah, upon which was situated San
- Pedro. Towards sunset we arrived at the village and found shelter under
- a shed, within which was installed the official who ruled over the
- district, and who was called the Maestro.</p>
-
- <p>In the morning I discovered that during the night my guide had
- deserted. Possibly some accident may have happened to him, but in my
- opinion his conduct was a deliberate act of desertion. I reported the
- case immediately to the Maestro, but Villafranca could not be found
- and I never saw him again. It was supposed that he found the work and
- fatigue of the day greater than he had expected, and was not willing to
- make his way on the morrow through the equally dense forests between
- San Pedro and Palenque. If this surmise was correct his view of the
- situation was quite intelligible, but as I did not consider that an act
- of this kind should remain unpunished, I arranged with the Maestro that
- a letter<span class="pagenum" id="Page_285">285</span>
- from me should be dispatched to Yajalon where the man had
- been hired.</p>
-
- <p>I wrote to the Presbitero Macal an account of the desertion and
- requested him to bring the case to the notice of the alcalde, in order
- that Villafranca should receive a punishment in accordance with the
- custom of the country, and that he should be deprived of his wages
- which had been left in the Presbitero’s charge. I also requested that
- this money should be given to any of his deserving or distressed
- parishioners. In justice however to this Tzendal, it should be noted
- that he did not rob me. I found everything carefully piled up in
- a corner of the shed; saddle, clothes, rug and the remains of the
- provisions sufficient for one day. The mule was safely tethered outside
- the door.</p>
-
- <p>I was thus placed in a very insecure position and had to rely entirely
- upon my own resources. The hamlet was surrounded in all directions
- by sierras and forests, and I had not the slightest knowledge of the
- mountain passes. With regard to food I could manage very well as I was
- able to make a fire and was prepared to make the provisions last for
- more than one day if necessary, but in other respects I was entirely
- dependent upon the good will of the San Pedro Indians about whom very
- little was known, but who were considered to be untrustworthy.</p>
-
- <p>The Maestro declared that he would do all that was in his power to
- assist me, and promised that he would get a guide who would go with
- me to Palenque. But he said that he could not find a man at once, and
- that it would be necessary that I should stop in
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_286">286</span> the convent until the
- following day. In some respects I was not sorry to be detained, for I
- was thus enabled to have some spare time to see something of the habits
- of life amongst the inhabitants of this isolated village, so singularly
- placed in the heart of these remote Cordilleras. I observed that the
- Maestro maintained towards those who were placed under his rule a
- dignified and reserved manner. He was supported in his authority by two
- alcaldes, and two alguazils who were Indians elected annually for these
- posts. The alguazils wore suitable dresses and performed regular police
- duties, walking at intervals about the village, carrying long wands of
- office. It was also their custom to visit the Maestro occasionally,
- attend to his wants, and render such personal service as he required.
- In obedience to his directions, they obtained for me supplies of maize
- and water for the mule, and tortillas and beans for myself, and thus I
- was able to cook a tolerable breakfast.</p>
-
- <p>During the day I wandered amongst the huts within and near the hamlet
- in order to see something of the natives who lived in them and were
- said to follow the ancient customs and habits of domestic life. Near
- the borders of the savannah some Indians were building a large hut and
- I observed a method of construction which, although absolutely the
- reverse of any system that I had previously known, was most suitable
- for their wants. In the first place the roof is built. This when
- completed, looks like an open thatched shed resting upon upright poles.
- The eaves are brought down low, but sufficiently high to enable a man
- of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_287">287</span>
- moderate height to pass under them without stooping. When the roof
- is considered firm and secure, the four walls inclosing the room are
- made. They are usually constructed of crossed laths and sticks, and
- thickly plastered over with a kind of mud which has a good binding
- consistence.</p>
-
- <p>The walls are raised until they reach within a short distance from the
- slope of the roof, a sufficient space being left for the escape of
- smoke. The size of the hut and the height of the walls are determined
- by the width and slope of roof. A few rough cross poles are placed
- across the top of the walls for the purpose of hanging up any household
- goods, and sometimes at one end some of these poles are placed close
- together so as to form a platform, where bags of maize and other farm
- produce are kept or dried. When the roof is wide and the overhanging
- eaves are low there is an agreeable and well shaded space outside the
- main hut, where the Indians rest during the day.<a id="FNanchor_77" href="#Footnote_77" class="fnanchor">[77]</a></p>
-
- <p>As far as it was possible to judge from a passing observation the
- Indians at San Pedro seemed to be a contented race. They cultivated
- their milpas or corn fields sufficiently to get enough to supply them
- with maize bread and pozole, and at most of the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_288">288</span>huts there were fowls
- and a few pigs. The women laboured in some form of household work,
- and much of their time was occupied in grinding the maize to make
- tortillas. At this village, as in others chiefly inhabited by Indians,
- there was an absence of any human sounds. In the interior of the huts,
- as also outside them, all the occupations of life were performed in
- silence. In the evening, when the men returned home from their work,
- there was the same manner of moving about without noise. There appeared
- to be also an absence of all interest in what was happening around
- them, which gave an element of sadness to the scene. Their lives seem
- to be passed in a state of quiet melancholy and listlessness.</p>
-
- <p>This condition of the Indians is practically the same throughout this
- part of Central America. The problem of existence is worked out in its
- lowest terms. It cannot however be said that they live in want and
- poverty, because they have no wants. They exist, and are apparently
- content to exist, in the state in which they find themselves placed.
- The bare ground, a thatched roof, bedstead, a few mats, some firewood,
- and a small store of maize suffice for the necessities of their lives.
- Their submissive natures assent to these conditions and they seem to
- accept their fate with passive resignation.</p>
-
- <p>Upon my return to the shed in the evening, I found that it was
- enlivened by the arrival of a busy, loud-voiced Spaniard named Don Pepe
- Ortiz. He informed me that he was travelling from Oaxaca towards the
- coast of the Gulf of Campeachy with a cargo of tobacco. He had with
- him a band of <span class="pagenum" id="Page_289">289</span>
- cargadores to carry the bales. He also employed for
- his own personal use a man of great strength to carry him in places
- where he could not ride a mule. The direction of his journey over the
- sierras was for some distance the same as my own, and he proposed that
- we should, without delay, make arrangements for crossing a river which
- occasionally was difficult to pass over. I had not heard that there was
- a stream of any importance in our way, and I asked Don Pepe to do what
- was expedient. Accordingly he sent on an Indian to order several canoes
- to be in readiness for us on the following morning.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_288f"><img src="images/i_288f.jpg" width="469" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Indian Woman Grinding Chocolate, Central America.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>At sunrise my new guide José arrived and we all started together. After
- riding about a league we reached the bank of a river, called the San
- Pedro, which we found to be a deep stream about three hundred yards
- wide. The passage was not made without difficulties, chiefly caused by
- the conduct of the mules, when they reached the opposite bank, which
- was very steep. The canoes were in attendance, and I selected one
- which seemed to be convenient for the moderate weights to be carried.
- The mule was fastened by the halter to the stem of the canoe, and
- swam across with ease, but she obstinately refused to go on shore at
- the proper landing place, and consequently, after several unavailing
- attempts, I allowed her to go free and choose for herself. She swam
- down with the current for about a hundred yards, and then with much
- good judgment she selected her own spot and scrambled safely up the
- bank.</p>
-
- <p>After having successfully accomplished my crossing,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_290">290</span>I watched the
- movements of Don Pepe and his men in their canoes. It was a picturesque
- scene, but it was within two hours of midday before we were all
- established on the northern side of the river. We then commenced the
- dreaded ascent about which many warnings had been given to me. It was
- a steep climb for five long leagues and it was nearly sunset when we
- reached the summit. We stopped for the night in a small shed which
- sheltered us from the dew.</p>
-
- <p>Don Pepe’s Indians arrived after us and insisted upon lighting a large
- fire just outside the hut, with the object they said of keeping away
- tigers, and kept it burning like a bonfire as long as it was dark. At
- daylight José and myself and mule began the descent of the opposite
- slope of the sierra. I had been told that we should find this part of
- the journey very arduous, but it exceeded in difficulty anything that I
- had imagined.</p>
-
- <p>The track, or opening through the trees had almost disappeared, and
- we had to make our own way between detached masses of sharp, angular
- rocks. Frequently it was necessary to scramble over them or to slide
- down them, and it occasionally seemed to me that we were going at
- random down the side of the mountain. But what made our progress more
- than usually difficult was the fact that, in several places, decaying
- trunks of large trees had fallen across our path, and as it was not
- practicable to get the mule over them, we were obliged to diverge into
- the forest to pass round them. When it was thus necessary to quit our
- line of direction, José would instantly draw his machete and mark
- our movements<span class="pagenum" id="Page_291">291</span>
- by cutting down branches, so as to secure the means
- of retreat to our starting point, in case we failed to find the path
- again. I was quite aware of the importance of this action. It was
- astonishing to find how in a few seconds in a dense forest and amongst
- thick growth of underwood and creepers all knowledge of direction seems
- to be lost.</p>
-
- <p>The length of this precipitous descent was a little more than five
- miles, and we took four hours to accomplish the distance. During that
- time I never saw a glimpse of the sky, although I knew that, above the
- trees, the sun was shining brilliantly.</p>
-
- <p>In the forenoon we reached the banks of the Nopá, which ran at the
- base of the sierra, and halted there to rest. We then passed over the
- river, and pushed or cut our way through two leagues of dense forest
- and thick brushwood. There were also several small streams with low but
- steep and slippery banks that had to be crossed. Finally we reached and
- forded the river Michol. The worst was then over, and we emerged from
- the forest and saw before us a savannah where we decided to encamp. I
- obtained a slight shelter under the sloping roof of a little open hut,
- which had been left there by some passing Indians. Thus ended a most
- fatiguing day.</p>
-
- <p>Don Pepe and his Indians arrived after sunset and encamped near us. The
- methods adopted by these Indians when preparing to pass the night upon
- an open savannah were instructive. In the first instance they placed
- upon the ground a quantity of broad dry leaves to protect them from the
- damp grass. They then dispersed, and in a few minutes
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_292">292</span> the adjacent
- forest resounded with the noise of the blows made by their machetes.
- They returned bearing loads of firewood and also several strong forked
- branches. These they sharpened at one end and fixed into the earth
- near the camping place to form supports to carry the bales of tobacco.
- In this manner the cargo was raised about three feet, and thus they
- carried out the invariable rule of Indians who never leave anything
- upon the ground at night. They then lighted a large fire.</p>
-
- <p>There were characteristics with respect to these Oaxaca Indians, which
- I had already observed on the previous day, but which more particularly
- came under my notice upon this occasion. They had gone through a long
- day’s work of most severe labour, and yet upon settling down for
- the night’s rest they neither ate any food or drank any water. My
- guides, who were not, like these men, trained to carry great weights
- for considerable distances, were also able to live upon very small
- quantities of food and never seemed to be tired at the end of the day’s
- journey.</p>
-
- <p>It was the custom of each Indian before leaving his home to provide
- himself with a small quantity of a substance called pozole, which was
- prepared for him by his wife. This was usually made in the following
- manner. A sufficient quantity of maize was partly boiled, until the
- grain could be easily removed from the husks. These softened grains
- were then ground upon the metatl or grindstone until a thick paste was
- made. This was either put into a little bag or rolled up in a green
- leaf. This paste was the principal part of the food that was carried,
- but<span class="pagenum" id="Page_293">293</span>
- sometimes the wives gave their husbands a supply of tortillas. To
- make these, the grains of maize, after being slightly boiled, are put
- upon the metatl, and rolled out into a very thin pancake; this is taken
- off the stone and put upon a large leaf and made into a round shape.
- It is then placed upon a pan and held for a few minutes over the fire,
- until it is properly baked, when it becomes a tortilla. With a few of
- these and his scant store of pozole an Indian always considers himself
- to be amply provisioned until he returns to his village or secluded
- country hut.</p>
-
- <p>My guides took their principal meal about noon. A portion of the paste
- was taken out of the leaf and placed upon the palm of the left hand, a
- small quantity of water was then mixed with it until it became slightly
- fluid and then it was eaten. In the evening they usually took more
- pozole and a tortilla, after which they would drink some water mixed
- with enough of the pozole to make it become the colour and consistency
- of thin milk. In this manner they avoided drinking pure cold water.
- This was the daily food of my Indians, upon which they could go long
- journeys carrying considerable weights, and they never appeared to be
- tired.<a id="FNanchor_78" href="#Footnote_78" class="fnanchor">[78]</a></p>
-
- <p>The cargadores are trained from boyhood to carry heavy burdens over
- great distances. Don Pepe expected them to travel eight leagues a day.
- But <span class="pagenum" id="Page_294">294</span>
- when carrying lighter loads they will sometimes travel for several
- consecutive days at the rate of nearly forty English miles a day. When
- the cargo-bearers were moving in single file with their burdens, they
- looked like the Tamemes bearing tribute to Montezuma as represented
- in the ancient pictures. It is probable that these men were enduring
- labours similar to those that had been performed by their ancestors for
- centuries before the arrival of the Spaniards.</p>
-
- <p>In the morning the Indians proceeded on their journey towards the
- coast. We followed a path leading in another direction, through open
- and wooded lowlands. Finally after a ride of four leagues we reached
- the savannah upon which is situated the village of San Domingo del
- Palenque.</p>
-
- <p>Never have I known a moment of more keen pleasure and satisfaction,
- than that when José pointed out to me this beautiful spot. I had become
- fatigued by the hardships of the previous days, and the buoyancy
- of mind that was felt in getting at last into a region of life and
- sunshine cannot be adequately expressed.</p>
-
- <p>We stopped to ask where Doctor Coller lived, and were shown the
- position of a low, thatched cottage, at the door of which stood the
- only European living in the village.<a id="FNanchor_79" href="#Footnote_79" class="fnanchor">[79]</a> I was received by him with
- friendly <span class="pagenum" id="Page_295">295</span>
- welcome. My hammock was placed under the shade of the
- projecting thatch. The mule was set free to wander at will amongst the
- plains, and I was advised to take twenty-four hours complete rest. On
- the following forenoon I made arrangements for proceeding to the ruins,
- and a few Indians were sent there to open the path, and to clear the
- inner courts of the palace from weeds and brushwood.</p>
-
- <p>San Domingo del Palenque is placed upon a rising grassy slope studded
- with fine trees. The church was in ruins and roofless. The population
- consisted chiefly of Ladinos. The Indians lived in secluded places near
- the outskirts, where they cultivated their milpas or cornfields. There
- was a charm about this sunny fertile savannah and the simple habits of
- life of its inhabitants, which must be attractive to men of sensitive
- temperaments. The land is fertile, corn is abundant, and cattle, horses
- and mules wander over the green pastures in freedom.</p>
-
- <p>It was an unusual series of circumstances that had caused Dr. Coller to
- settle for life in this remote part of the world. He told me that he
- was a native of Switzerland and was born at Zurich. He was educated in
- that city but completed his studies at Berlin. Much of his early life
- was passed in different countries. About ten years before my arrival,
- he felt a wish to see Palenque and found his way to this region from
- the shores of the Gulf of Mexico. Upon reaching the village he was
- fascinated by its beautiful situation, its repose and its proximity to
- the ancient ruins in which he felt the strongest interest. He found
- that the life at San Domingo had an attraction for him which he did
- not wish to resist,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_296">296</span>
- and he decided to make this place his home, and
- married a native who possessed, in her own right, some land in the
- neighbourhood.<a id="FNanchor_80" href="#Footnote_80" class="fnanchor">[80]</a></p>
-
- <p>Dr. Coller was a man of varied and extensive information and an
- excellent linguist. He had devoted much time, not only to the
- investigation of the Indian antiquities, but also to the study of the
- geology and botany of the district, and I was much pleased when he
- proposed to accompany me to Palenque. It was of the greatest advantage
- thus to have the benefit of his accurate knowledge of the positions of
- the mounds and temples.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_297f"><img src="images/i_297f.jpg" width="700" height="480" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Palace or Monastery, Palenque.&nbsp; &nbsp; east front.</div>
- </div>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XV">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_297">297</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XV.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Palenque.—The Forest.—The Palace or Monastery.—Night at
- Palenque.—Brilliancy of the light of the fireflies.—Pyramidal
- Mounds and Temples.—Tablet of the Cross.—Hieroglyphs.—An
- Indian Statue.—Antiquity of the Buildings.—The Tower.—Stucco
- Ornamentation.—Action of the tropical climate upon the
- Ruins.—Note upon the decipherment of the hieroglyphic
- characters.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">It</span> was a bright tropical morning when we mounted our horses and
- followed the narrow path leading to Palenque. After riding for a league
- through woods, savannahs, and cornfields, we reached and crossed the
- river Michol.</p>
-
- <p>As we approached the ruins, the forest was so thick that we were not
- able to see anything beyond the track which had been cleared for us by
- our men. At a distance of about three Spanish leagues from San Domingo,
- we came to the borders of a small running stream. Dr. Coller stopped
- and said that at this point we should dismount, as we had arrived at
- our destination. We then went up a steep slope, on the summit of which
- I could see dimly, the pillars and ruined roof of the “Palace.”</p>
-
- <p>Our Indians met us at the entrance. They had already cleared the
- brushwood which had overgrown the quadrangles, and had removed all that
- interfered<span class="pagenum" id="Page_298">298</span>
- with any exploring work that they thought we might wish
- to carry out. The luxuriance of the vegetation was surprising. In one
- of the open courts we observed a large plant which we found to be a
- species of arum. The leaves were of an extraordinary size, and averaged
- four feet six inches long by three feet six inches wide; the stalks
- were over seven feet high.</p>
-
- <p>The greater part of the day was occupied in making a survey of the
- ground plans of the building, as far as it was possible to trace them
- amongst the accumulations of fallen ruins. Upon the completion of this
- work, and after having made an examination of the series of small
- chambers below the corridors, it became evident that the building
- was erected with the intention of establishing a monastery, similar
- to those which were described by the historians of the conquest of
- Mexico as being dedicated to the use of the priests who worshipped
- and performed ceremonies at the shrines of the god Quetzalcoatl, and
- who, in addition to those duties, were given the charge of educating
- the children of the chiefs. They also trained those youths who were
- intended to become priests.</p>
-
- <p>It is to be regretted that this great structure was called by its first
- discoverers “The Palace,” and that its purpose was rendered perplexing
- by theories connected with the dwellings of Kings or Caciques.</p>
-
- <p>According to the investigations of Mr. Stephens, its extreme dimensions
- were two hundred and twenty-eight feet long, by one hundred and eighty
- feet wide. The height of the rectangular mound upon which it is placed
- has been variously estimated. It appears to have been about twenty
- feet high.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_299">299</span>
- Upon the summit of this platform was built with stone and
- mortar, the various foundations upon which the buildings and galleries
- of the monastery were erected. The base upon the east front was about
- ten feet high. The height of the building may be estimated to have been
- nearly twenty-four feet. Thus it may be concluded that the whole height
- from the ground to the roof must have been approximately fifty-four
- feet. The architectural proportions seem to have been well designed.</p>
-
- <p>The interior gave me the impression of being Moorish in its style,
- especially with respect to the open inner courts, the arrangement
- of the corridors and the lavish employment of stucco ornamentation,
- brilliantly coloured. A closer investigation into architectural details
- left the subject in doubt, but there still remained upon the mind the
- feeling that in some unintelligible manner, the construction had been
- directed either by foreigners or by Indians who were partly descended
- from men of foreign origin. The forms of ancient mosques and of the
- inner courts and quadrangles of Arabian or Moorish and Spanish public
- buildings were indistinctly recalled to the memory. It was however to
- be observed, upon an examination of the methods adopted at Palenque
- in supporting the weight of the roofs, that the arches (if it is
- permissible for that term to be applied to straight converging slopes
- covered with flat coping stones,) are absolutely exceptional and unlike
- any other arch that is known. I was reminded, to a certain extent, of
- the ruins of Alatri, near Mycenæ on the plains of Argos, and of an
- Etruscan tomb near Perugia, but the system employed by the American
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_300">300</span>
- architects, in placing the cap or terminal cross stones was essentially
- different.</p>
-
- <p>In the exploration of the ruins our attention was chiefly directed
- to certain doubtful points, particularly with regard to the chambers
- which are beneath the corridors, and are entered from the level of the
- courts. There have been several conjectures respecting the purposes
- of these cells. I think that it is probable that they were used as
- dormitories. In some of the chambers there was a low, wide stone table,
- placed against the wall at the end. These benches were large flat
- smooth slabs of limestone supported on four stone legs. In height,
- shape and dimensions they were like the wooden bedsteads used by the
- Indians at the present time.</p>
-
- <p>There is a square tower in one of the inner courts which must be
- considered as the most singular structure in Palenque. In position and
- manner of construction it is abnormal in character. It was probably
- intended for some special object, after the monastery had been
- completed. When Captain Del Rio saw this tower, in 1787, he estimated
- its height to be sixteen yards. In 1870 there were heaps of rubble
- and fallen stones piled against the base, which made it difficult for
- me to make exact measurements, but an approximate estimate gave the
- sides of the square near the base as twenty-three feet, and the height
- about forty-five feet. The peculiarity about the construction is the
- fact that it consists of a tower within a tower. The inner structure
- contains a steep and narrow staircase. Light is obtained through large
- openings in the sides of the outer tower, and then through
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_301">301</span> smaller
- openings in the walls of the interior one. The steps appear to have
- led up to the top. The walls are formed of rough slabs of limestone
- which had been thickly coated over with cement, portions of which
- still remained. It was raised to a height which commanded views of the
- adjacent temples.</p>
-
- <p>Upon my return to the eastern front, I found that the Indians had
- slung the hammocks in the outer corridor overlooking the forest. A
- few minutes before sunset we heard the strange and beautiful notes of
- a solitary bird singing amongst the ruins. The song resembled in its
- tone that of a thrush. Dr. Coller said that the bird was a kind of
- nightingale, and that it was only known to live within and around the
- Palenque temples. The bird sang in a slow, deliberate manner, each of
- the notes having a short interval of time between them. The song was
- maintained during the twilight, and ceased as soon as it became dark
- and the night had begun. It was an evening hymn to the setting sun.
- The hoarse screams and movements of troops of monkeys then disturbed
- the precincts. These harsh noises gradually stopped, and as the
- night advanced the forest became silent. The moon was up and we knew
- that it was shining brightly above the trees, but we could only see
- occasionally its faint glimmer. I had expected to hear the croaking of
- frogs or the sounds of cicadas, the usual accompaniment to a tropical
- evening, but although there was a running stream of water at the foot
- of the mound, these familiar sounds were absent.</p>
-
- <p>The brushwood covering the ground was made brilliant by numerous
- fireflies. The light which shone<span class="pagenum" id="Page_302">302</span>
- from these beetles far exceeded
- anything of that nature that I had seen in other regions, and I took
- the opportunity of ascertaining the strength of the illuminating power.
- I sent one of the men into the wood to catch the largest firefly
- that he could find, and then, after having made the corridor dark by
- extinguishing our candles, the insect was held about two inches from a
- blank page of my note book, Dr. Coller watched the experiment. We found
- that the light was steady and shed a soft clear phosphorescent glow
- over the paper. The luminous power was sufficient to enable us to read
- or write with ease over a surface two inches square. After writing a
- few notes upon what had been done during the day we added:—</p>
-
- <blockquote>
- <p class="hang">“Written by the light of a firefly in the Palace, in the ruins
- of Palenque, the night of Wednesday, March 10th, 1870, the
- candle (firefly) held by Dr. Albert Coller. The light about
- equal to that of a small wax candle and very pure. The light
- rather greenish.”</p>
-
- <p class="right">“Dr. <span class="smcap">A. J. Coller</span>.”</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <p>Before turning into my hammock I visited the horses tethered at the
- base of the mound near the stream. They were much worried by flies,
- mosquitos, and small ticks called garrapátas, which find their way
- under the skin and cause great irritation. In the corridor, thirty
- feet above them, we were not troubled with any of these pests, but
- there were numerous bats. The Indians said that, sometimes, horses were
- seriously injured by bats biting them above their hoofs.</p>
-
- <p>In the morning, upon the earliest indications of
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_303">303</span> dawn, the solitary
- nightingale again began its song, and the clear staccato, and
- singularly musical note was again heard amongst the ruins until
- sunrise, when it ceased. Thus this bird sang its song of praise as the
- herald of the day.</p>
-
- <p>At sunrise Dr. Coller returned to San Domingo, leaving me alone at
- Palenque to carry out the investigation of the mounds and temples, a
- work which he thought would be laborious and oppressive. My guides
- were however well acquainted with the ruins, and I consequently
- knew that I should be spared all unnecessary exertion. But until I
- began the exploration I had no idea of the difficulties that had to
- be encountered. The men were employed in cutting a path through the
- brushwood and it was impracticable to do more than follow a certain
- line of direction and obtain ideas of distances by counting the
- number of paces or by noting intervals of time. I soon ascertained
- that with the means at my disposal it was hopeless to expect to do
- more than obtain a general knowledge of the extent and form of the
- chief structures, and the positions of the mounds. It was a serious
- disappointment to find that it was impossible to make a thorough
- examination without the aid of a large number of Indians to cut down
- the trees and clear the ground. This would have been a work involving
- much time and expenditure and was entirely beyond my power. The forest
- was sombre, for the light that penetrated through the trees, was
- insufficient. It was however possible to obtain a fair knowledge of the
- extent of the space covered by the mounds, and their distances from the
- monastery. The ground plan of the inclosure could also be approximately
- understood.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_304">304</span></p>
-
- <p>The first and, with respect to its altar, the most important building
- that I saw, was that known by the name of the Temple of the Cross.
- Before ascending the sides of the mound upon which it stands, I
- examined the formation of an ancient causeway which covered, for some
- distance, the stream near its base. I traced it for about one hundred
- and fifty yards. A small portion was sufficiently preserved to enable
- the system of construction to be ascertained. It appears to have been
- intended for the purpose of confining the rivulet that ran beneath it,
- and thus to secure a dry roadway, or crossing, during the rainy season.
- It was stated by the Indians, that there still existed, in the forest,
- the remains of a stone bridge. As far as I could understand their
- description, it appeared that in shape it was not unlike the ancient
- Chinese bridges, and rose to the centre by steep gradients.</p>
-
- <p>After finishing the measurements of the causeway we began to ascend
- the mound. About halfway up the slope, the men stopped and pointed to
- a place where, lying with its face on the ground, was the stone of
- the cross. As this tablet had been the subject of much investigation,
- and is undoubtedly, with respect to its meaning, the most remarkable
- monument at Palenque, I was anxious to examine it with the utmost care.
- I directed the Indians to turn it over and thoroughly clean it from
- moss and dirt, so as to enable me to make a sketch of it. I found that,
- in consequence of the action of the earth upon the face of the stone,
- parts of the sculpture were difficult to trace, but the central figures
- were quite distinct. I was able to make a satisfactory outline,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_305">305</span>
- chiefly confining my attention to the cross, the bird surmounting it,
- and the dress of the man, having in his hands what seemed to be a
- child, which he was presenting as a votive offering.</p>
-
- <p>The bird, with its long double tail feathers, was probably the
- representation of the Quetzal, the sacred bird of the Quichés, and
- thus it may be assumed that the temple in which this tablet formed the
- centre of the altar-piece, was dedicated to the worship of the god
- Quetzalcoatl. But, judging by the peculiarities of the dress worn by
- the principal worshipper, I formed the opinion that he was not, as has
- previously been supposed, a priest offering sacrifice. The worshippers
- and the offerings have, I believe, other significations.<a id="FNanchor_81" href="#Footnote_81" class="fnanchor">[81]</a></p>
-
- <p>The temple, placed upon the top of the mound, must have been—when it
- was externally perfect—a graceful and well proportioned shrine; but
- when I saw it, the outer walls were so enveloped in brushwood and
- enclosed by trees, that it was not practicable to do more than obtain
- a conception of its proportions. After having measured the length,
- breadth and height, and made a ground plan, I examined the interior.
- A corridor ran along the front; within was the chamber which had
- contained the inscribed stone slabs which formed the back of the altar,
- in the centre of which had been the figure of the cross. This, and the
- right and left hand tablets, had been <span class="pagenum" id="Page_306">306</span>
- all closely joined together so
- as to form one subject,<a id="FNanchor_82" href="#Footnote_82" class="fnanchor">[82]</a> the meaning of which was probably explained
- by the hieroglyphic characters. The right hand tablet, which had been
- removed, I had already seen at the museum in Washington.</p>
-
- <p>After leaving this sanctuary, we descended the southern slope until
- we reached the base, and then began to ascend the adjoining mound, on
- whose summit was another temple. Thus we proceeded until we reached a
- singular little structure which has been considered to be exceptional,
- from the fact that the figure upon the altar had been placed upon a
- base supported by what are supposed to have been two tigers. I could
- only trace the remains of the feet, as everything within and without
- the temple was in ruins. Following the direction of the quadrangular
- precincts, we finally crossed over an unusually lofty mound, and then
- arrived at the back or western face of the monastery.</p>
-
- <p>We had completed a slight survey of the mounds and temples on the sides
- of the inclosure, having passed successively over them and examined the
- altars, as far as their more or less ruined state permitted. These all
- varied in their dimensions, but they were evidently built for analagous
- purposes as shrines for the worship of the Indian gods.<a id="FNanchor_83" href="#Footnote_83" class="fnanchor">[83]</a> There
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_307">307</span>was,
- however, one important exception which requires to be noticed.</p>
-
- <p>At the south-west angle of the monastery—and connected with it in such
- a manner that it seems to have been an adjunct to the main building—are
- the ruins of a structure which has been considered to have been a
- temple, but which, I think, served for a different purpose. It stands
- upon a mound about forty-five feet high. Its frontage was found to be
- longer than that of any of the other temples. In the interior there
- was no altar, but the upright slabs of stone placed upon the inner
- wall were covered with hieroglyphs. When the Indians, who accompanied
- Mr. Stephens, saw these groups of characters they declared that the
- building was an escuela or schoolhouse. Other opinions were also given,
- but the subject has not received any investigation. I think it is
- probable that the opinion of the Indians was correct, and that it was
- here that the boys were taught the meaning of the hieroglyphic symbols,
- and were thus able to read and interpret the signs placed upon the
- idols and altars.</p>
-
- <p>In the afternoon we re-entered the monastery. We had been for nearly
- seven hours occupied in crossing over the mounds and clearing a path
- through the forest, and yet at no time did I estimate that we were more
- than five hundred yards from our starting point. At the end of this
- part of <span class="pagenum" id="Page_308">308</span>
- the day’s work, I found that I was able to establish some
- deductions respecting the positions and heights of the raised platforms
- and the character of the stone edifices.</p>
-
- <p>It may be concluded that Palenque consists of a group of mounds having
- buildings upon them exclusively devoted to the purposes of religion.
- In the year 1840, five of the mounds had temples upon their summits
- which were in a fair state of preservation. The survey of Captain
- Antonio Del Rio was made in the year 1787, and, as he was an officer
- of the Artillery, his Report, with respect to the general plan, and
- the bearings and distances of the mounds then remaining, may be
- accepted as being correct. He states that he visited the ruins called
- Casas de Piedras (stone houses) on the 5th of May, and finding that
- nothing could be distinctly made out in consequence of the forest,
- he engaged a large number of Indians from Tumbalá, who felled the
- trees and afterwards cleared the ground by fire, thus opening up a
- sufficient space to enable him to observe the true positions of the
- mounds and buildings. He found that they were all contained within a
- rectangular area, four hundred and fifty yards long and three hundred
- yards wide. In the centre was the mound upon which stood the largest
- structure. This was surrounded by other edifices, “namely: five to the
- northward, four to the southward, one to the south-west, and three to
- the eastward.”</p>
-
- <p>Thus it appears that in 1787 there were thirteen mounds with buildings
- upon their summits, besides the large platform earthwork upon which
- was placed the “Palace.” In 1806, nearly twenty years afterwards,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_309">309</span>the
- Spanish Government ordered another survey to be made. The expedition
- was placed under the orders of Captain Dupaix, who had served as
- an officer in the Dragoons. He reported that, at that time, eleven
- temples were still standing. Thirty-four years later, Mr. Stephens
- could only discover five temples not utterly ruined. It is strange that
- in these short intervals of time, such changes should have happened
- amongst monuments of this nature. With regard to this subject, it is
- of consequence to notice the statements given by the local authorities
- who made the original discoveries which led to the survey of Del Rio.
- The explorations were conducted, under the orders of the Spanish
- authorities at Guatemala, by one of the principal inhabitants of
- the village of San Domingo, named Calderon, aided by the Government
- architect, Bernasconi. In their Report, which was made only three years
- before that of Del Rio, they declared that there were evidences of the
- ruins of numerous houses occupying a large space of land to the west
- of the temples. Nothing was known by my Indians upon this subject. It
- should, however, be observed, with respect to undiscovered ruins, that
- any rumours relating to what may, or may not, exist in the heart of a
- tropical forest, must necessarily be doubtful, for where nothing can be
- seen, except what may happen to be found in the direction of the path,
- much must be unknown.</p>
-
- <p>On the slopes of the ground in front of one of the temples I saw a
- large and rudely carved statue, which in consequence of its form
- and manner of sculpture is of much importance. There is reason to
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_310">310</span>
- believe that it was intended to represent Quetzalcoatl, an Indian god,
- a mythical or real personage, who, for many reasons connected with
- Palenque, requires to have an especial consideration given to him. It
- is a distinctive characteristic of this statue, that the features are
- essentially different from those of the Indians whose figures are to be
- seen upon the altars of the temples and within the courts and corridors
- of the monastery. These have receding foreheads and sharply defined
- prominent faces, quite unlike the present races in Central America, but
- in a marked degree resembling the tribes of the North American Indians,
- who had the custom of flattening the heads of their children.</p>
-
- <p>The statue by my measurement, was a few inches more than eight feet in
- height, exclusive of the lower part of the stone, which tapered off in
- such a manner as to show that it had been originally placed upright and
- fixed in the ground. The feet stood on a base upon which was carved the
- hieroglyph which probably denoted the name. The forehead was low and
- straight. The face was completely different in type and expression,
- from that of any known race of Indians. The head was surmounted by a
- kind of high tiara. The left hand held in front of the figure a small
- head, in the same position as in the little figure at Ocosingo.</p>
-
- <p>As, after completing the circuit of the mounds, there were still a few
- hours at my disposal before leaving Palenque so as to reach the village
- before nightfall, I decided to devote the time to the investigation of
- certain problems regarding the age and construction of the buildings.
- But in the first place,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_311">311</span>
- attention should be directed to the manner in
- which the open courts within the monastery are disposed, and access is
- obtained to the rooms beneath the corridors. Commencing from the east
- front, there are two ranges of corridors which are separated throughout
- their whole length by a strong wall, which receives the thrust of the
- two inner slopes supporting the roof. There is only one entrance or
- means of communication between them in the existing northern portion
- of the ruins. The interior width of each of these galleries is about
- seven feet four inches. After passing across them, the principal
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_312">312</span> court
- is reached and the floor of the open space is seen ten feet below.
- A wide flight of large and well hewn stone steps leads down to the
- bottom, which appears to have been paved with several layers of cement.
- This court is twenty-eight paces wide. The rooms are entered through
- doorways in the sides of the inclosing walls. Opposite to the first
- flight of steps there are similar steps leading to a second series of
- corridors. Passing through these, another court is reached, and beyond
- is the outer gallery which runs along the western side of the building.
- The total width of this cross section of the monastery is approximately
- one hundred and seventy-six feet.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_311"><img src="images/i_311.jpg" width="214" height="450" alt="" /></a>
- </div>
-
- <p>When wandering amongst these courts, and looking at the vestiges of
- an unknown state of civilisation, I endeavoured to form conclusions
- with regard to the purpose and antiquity of all that was seen. The
- problem is difficult to solve. It has been surmised that the temples
- of Palenque were erected during a period not exceeding four centuries
- before the Spanish conquest. This opinion was based upon what has been
- observed with respect to the condition of the ruins, and the freshness
- of portions of the colouring of the stucco. This method of estimating
- comparative antiquity presents some local difficulties.</p>
-
- <p>The square tower was originally faced with thick cement, and then
- covered with washes of colour, in the same manner as the walls of the
- Teocallis in the Quiché city of Utatlan upon which the faded colours
- are still visible. If the existing outer coating was the only one that
- had been given it would<span class="pagenum" id="Page_313">313</span>
- be reasonable to infer that the age of the
- tower was not great. But it happens that in those places where portions
- of the stucco have fallen, there have been numerous applications
- of colour, and therefore admitting that the latest may look bright
- and fresh, it is not possible to estimate the periods that may have
- elapsed between the dates of successive layers. Although I was at first
- inclined to think that the building could not be ancient, yet a more
- careful examination left the subject indeterminate. Any conclusions
- which may have been thought probable on account of the state of the
- walls and roofs are equally uncertain. With regard to this matter it is
- necessary to take into consideration certain existing conditions.</p>
-
- <p>Immediately behind the ruins are the slopes of the sierras which
- I traversed on the way from Tumbalá. They are covered with loose
- fragments of the limestones of which they are formed. These were the
- building materials used by the architects of the temples. Their small
- size and flat surface were suitable for the purpose, when combined with
- mortar, the mixing of which the Indians well understood. The walls of
- the monastery were made with layers of these flat stones bound together
- with quantities of this mortar. The outer faces were carefully arranged
- to receive a thick casing of cement, which was so hard and sound, that
- it is evident the builders must have had an accurate knowledge of the
- best proportions of the substances required for its composition. The
- cement had a smooth surface and in several places it was still perfect.
- The colours laid upon it are red, blue, yellow and white.
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_314">314</span> They appear
- to have been made more or less vivid and varied in accordance with what
- was thought necessary to obtain good contrasts. The stucco figures and
- scrolls were skilfully designed, and were coloured in a manner which
- was harmonious and effective. The sound state of the cement where
- it is sheltered from the action of the rain is extraordinary. It is
- strange that in this tropical climate where, for half the year there
- are continuous and heavy rainfalls, the variations from the damp, close
- atmosphere in the summer to the dry season of winter should not have
- had a more destructive influence upon buildings, mainly composed of
- rubble and mortar.</p>
-
- <p>In one instance, that of the tower, the astonishing growth of tropical
- vegetation has had the effect of preventing its fall. Thick creepers
- have wound themselves like strong ropes around the walls and bound
- them firmly together. The walls at the corners of the entrances to the
- courts were remarkably uninjured. The cement was intact, and this, even
- in positions where it might have been expected that, in a long course
- of time, in consequence of being partly exposed and partly sheltered,
- it would have broken away and fallen.</p>
-
- <p>It would be justifiable to conclude from these evidences of stability
- that the buildings are comparatively modern. But there is a difficulty
- with regard to this assumption which has to be considered. In the
- year 1525, when Cortes on his march from Mexico to Honduras passed
- with his expeditionary forces within a few leagues of this place, the
- temples had been already abandoned. Consequently not less than four
- centuries must have now elapsed since<span class="pagenum" id="Page_315">315</span>
- Palenque was deserted. If then,
- within the tropics, buildings made of such perishable materials have
- remained for that long period in a fair state of preservation, it may
- be inferred that there are some local circumstances which have caused
- an exceptional power of resistance to the disintegrating action of the
- climate. The forest may have afforded some protection, and therefore
- the age of the monastery may be greater than might be estimated from
- the condition of the ruins.</p>
-
- <p>There are, however, other facts which are opposed to any theories
- of great antiquity. The Indians had cleared, for my inspection, the
- stone steps leading from the western side of the principal court.
- Upon these were carved groups of hieroglyphs which were in an almost
- perfect state. The edges of the steps were unworn. It was therefore
- made evident that in an open court, completely exposed to the weather
- and the influence of the tropical rains, inscriptions graven upon the
- surface of these flat stone slabs had remained uninjured.</p>
-
- <p>After looking at the sculptures, and the coloured stucco figures which
- adorned the piers and inner walls, I endeavoured to establish some
- standard of comparison by which I might be able to form well-founded
- conjectures regarding their age. I thought of various ruins in Egypt
- and Asia Minor, then of those belonging to later periods in Italy
- and Great Britain, but there were such essential differences in the
- materials used, and the influences of the atmosphere, that it was not
- possible to establish any assured conclusions. Opinions formed upon
- the results of an examination of the temples on the mounds
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_316">316</span> would
- be equally unsatisfactory, for some of them, especially in their
- interiors, were in a comparatively good condition, others were in
- ruins. But, there are proofs of a moderate antiquity. The lintels
- that once supported the walls over the doorways and other openings
- have completely disappeared. In only one instance, which came under
- my notice, were there any signs of the thick, hard beams of zapote
- wood which had been employed for that purpose. A broad lintel in the
- monastery had left its impress upon the under surface of the wall which
- had weighed downwards upon it. The marks of the fibre and the shape
- of the lintel were clearly defined upon the mortar. Dr. Coller found
- amongst the ruins a piece of this wood. It was exceedingly heavy and
- close-grained, and was of the nature of what is known, in the East
- Indies, by the name of iron wood. The zapote trees grow chiefly in the
- forests in the valley of the Usamacinta and towards the lake of Peten.</p>
-
- <p>When the evening drew near, I called my Indians together and entered
- the forest on the way back to the village. As I rode slowly forward
- I felt that these mysterious ruins contained a secret which has yet
- to be unravelled. The priests of a powerful race, having strange and
- unknown forms of religion, had been for centuries worshipping at these
- shrines. Within the sanctuaries were graven upon tablets of stone those
- records which, when interpreted, may throw some light upon what is now
- obscure.<a id="FNanchor_84" href="#Footnote_84" class="fnanchor">[84]</a></p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XVI">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_318">318</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XVI.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Mounds in the valley of the
- Usamacinta.—Lacandones.—Catasaja.—Canoe voyage.—Rivers
- and Lagoons.—Alligators.—Jonuta.—Cortes’s March
- to Honduras.—Cannibalism.—The Mexican Emperor
- Guatimozin.—Palisada.—Laguna de Terminos.—Island of
- Carmen.—Campeachy.—Yucatan.—Pyramidal Altar.—Human
- sacrifices.—Tzibalché.—Maya Indians.—Arrival at Uxmal.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">At</span> San Domingo Dr. Coller showed me a chart which he had drawn of
- the country around for a distance of twelve miles, exclusive of the
- neighbourhood of Palenque where the forest prevented him from making a
- survey. Upon this chart he had placed the positions of eleven mounds
- that he had discovered. They were situated near the left bank of the
- Usamacinta. On the slopes of these mounds were loose slabs of worked
- limestone which he thought must have formed part of houses built on
- their summits. Some excavations had been made and it was proved that
- the mounds were not burial places.</p>
-
- <p>I met in the village the proprietor of a small hacienda near Balancan.
- He told me that in one of his fields there was a large mound forty feet
- high, which must have had a building upon it, for on the top there
- were large blocks of squared stone. He<span class="pagenum" id="Page_319">319</span>
- wished to know what the mound
- contained and had therefore dug through it, but he found nothing but
- a curved grindstone precisely similar in shape and size to those now
- used by the women in the neighbourhood. In the adjoining land he had
- found near the surface numerous terra-cotta idols, but he had not seen
- any human bones. It is a coincidence perhaps of some importance, with
- reference to the origin of the race once occupying Palenque, that a
- grindstone was also the only thing found within the mound opened by
- the orders of Carrera on the plains of Mixco, in that part of Central
- America which, before the conquest, had been occupied by the Quichés.</p>
-
- <p>San Domingo is occasionally visited by groups of the wild Indians
- called Lacandones who live isolated amongst the adjacent forests.
- Dr. Coller told me that during his ten years’ residence, he had seen
- several of these men enter the village for the purpose of exchanging
- beans, tobacco and wax for spirits and other goods. They were always
- dressed in long white cotton frocks which reached nearly to their feet,
- and they wore their hair loose and very long. They seemed to be of a
- shy and inoffensive disposition. It is probable that they are of the
- same tribe as the Indians who live scattered amongst the Cordilleras
- near Comitan, a few of whom occasionally come down to that town from
- the forests bringing for barter bags of cocoa beans.</p>
-
- <p>The journey from Palenque to the coast of the Gulf of Mexico had to
- be made by rivers and lagoons. The embarkation place was at Catasaja,
- where canoes were to be obtained. After riding eight leagues through
- forests and savannahs we reached “Las<span class="pagenum" id="Page_320">320</span>
- Playas,” where I was welcomed by
- the Licenciado Vadillo. Catasaja was a flourishing village, prettily
- situated on the upper waters of a branch of the Usamacinta. It was in
- an unusually busy state. Preparations were in progress for holding a
- fair, and celebrating the annual festival of the church. Great numbers
- of Indians and Ladinos were expected to arrive from the surrounding
- country, and sheds were being built as shelters for them. In the
- morning, at an early hour, I found that Señor Vadillo had made all
- necessary arrangements for my journey, and had secured for me a good
- canoe manned by trustworthy Indians. With his assistance I was able to
- sell my mule. The saddle and hammock were retained as I should want
- them in Yucatan.</p>
-
- <p>In the forenoon the men reported that the boat was ready. After
- paddling swiftly down the stream for several leagues we entered a
- channel whose muddy banks were covered with alligators. The river also
- swarmed with them. Upon several occasions I thought that the canoe was
- in danger of being capsized by the waves made by the alligators, in
- consequence, as we approached them, of their habit of slipping off the
- bank into the river, and I told the Indians to be careful. They said
- that the canoe was perfectly safe, but that if, by any accident, we
- should be rolled over there was nothing to be feared, as the alligators
- never attacked people in the water. I was doubtful about this theory,
- although it may be correct. It is well known that natives in other
- parts of the world have been seized by alligators when incautiously
- going too near them when they were watching for their prey on the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_321">321</span>
- banks. But I do not know if there is any evidence to show that they
- would seize men in the same manner if they were actually floating in
- the water.<a id="FNanchor_85" href="#Footnote_85" class="fnanchor">[85]</a></p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_322">322</span></p>
-
- <p>Lower down the river we came to a place where the stream was sluggish.
- The banks were flat and covered with dense vegetation. Here we saw
- an extraordinary scene. The water was thick, green, and putrid with
- animal matter. The surface was covered with the inflated bodies of dead
- alligators.</p>
-
- <p>Large carrion birds were feeding upon them in the most revolting
- manner. Their claws were firmly fixed upon the hard skin of the
- reptiles, and they drove their beaks, like pickaxes, deep down into
- their entrails and gorged themselves with the decaying flesh. The
- stench was horrible, and together with the oppressive heat, the foul
- state of the air and the enormous mosquitoes, made this part of the
- journey very disgusting.</p>
-
- <p>At sunset we arrived at a place called Jonuta, near the junction of the
- river Palisada with the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_323">323</span>
- river Usamacinta, and the canoe was hauled
- up on the bank. We could not have been far from the spot where Cortes
- crossed over on his march to Honduras, one of the most extraordinary
- military expeditions, through an absolutely unknown country and amongst
- unknown men, that has ever been successfully accomplished. This part
- of the march through the forest and across the numerous streams of
- the estuary of the Usamacinta was especially difficult and laborious,
- and at one time, the forces were driven to great straits for want of
- provisions. The events that occurred here are described by Bernal
- Diaz, who accompanied the troops, and by Cortes in his despatch to the
- Emperor Charles V. One of these events was so remarkable that it at
- once arrests the attention.</p>
-
- <p>The Spaniards and their Indian allies had been for several days
- suffering from famine, and the state of affairs in the camp was
- becoming serious. It was then discovered that several acts of
- cannibalism had taken place. “It appeared,” states Bernal Diaz, “that
- certain Caciques from Mexico had captured two or three of the Indians
- belonging to the villages that we had passed through, and had brought
- them hidden amongst their baggage, and on account of the hunger on
- the road they killed them and roasted them in ovens which were made
- under the ground with stones, as was their custom in Mexico, and they
- devoured them, and in the same way they had also secreted the two
- guides that we had with us who had run away, and they ate them. When
- Cortes knew what had happened he ordered the Mexican Caciques to be
- called together and spoke angrily to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_324">324</span>
- them, and told them that if such
- things occurred again he would punish them. The Franciscan friar, who
- accompanied us, also preached to them many holy and good sayings and
- after he had concluded his sermon Cortes, as a matter of justice,
- ordered a Mexican Indian to be burnt on account of the murder of the
- Indians that they had eaten.”</p>
-
- <p>Cortes in reporting this punishment to the Emperor says,—“I ordered
- him to be burnt, giving the said Señor to understand the reason for
- this act of justice. That it was because he had killed an Indian and
- eaten him; which act was forbidden by your Majesty and that I, in your
- Royal name, had notified and ordered that it should not be done, and
- that therefore for having killed and eaten him I ordered him to be
- burnt.”<a id="FNanchor_86" href="#Footnote_86" class="fnanchor">[86]</a></p>
-
- <p>Another strange event that took place whilst the troops were in this
- region, was the tragic fate of Guatimozin, who had succeeded Montezuma
- as Emperor of Mexico. It is difficult to understand what could have
- been the object that Cortes had in view when he ordered this monarch
- to be executed. He may have thought it expedient to destroy, as far
- as possible, the whole race of caciques throughout New Spain and thus
- minimise the risk of any organized rebellion. These chiefs ruled with
- absolute power over the natives, and it is possible that the Spanish
- authorities deemed it advisable to get rid of them. Hundreds of them
- were burnt alive <span class="pagenum" id="Page_325">325</span>
- at the stake upon the slightest pretexts. After one
- of the local insurrections the officer who suppressed it reported that
- he had burnt forty of the rebellious caciques. In a similar manner the
- leaders in Cuba and Haiti were also destroyed.</p>
-
- <p>In the case of Guatimozin, Cortes considered that he and his cousin,
- the King of Tlacupa, had been proved guilty of conspiring with other
- Indians to kill the Spaniards; and he accordingly ordered them to be
- put to death. The sentence was immediately carried out, and the two
- Mexican monarchs were hanged upon a tree within sight of the army as it
- continued its march through the forest.</p>
-
- <p>The positions where these events occurred can only be approximately
- determined. The wooden bridges which were constructed for the passage
- of the troops have disappeared. All local records of this famous march
- have passed away. The villages or pueblos mentioned by the conquerors
- no longer exist, and their names are forgotten. It is only by the most
- attentive study that even a presumptive knowledge of the route can be
- obtained. From the accounts given in the official dispatches and the
- statements of Bernal Diaz, and also from the fact that Cortes steered
- a straight course by compass, it may be concluded that the forces must
- have passed near Jonuta and about twenty-eight miles from the ruins of
- Palenque.</p>
-
- <p>With respect to the acts of cannibalism it should be observed, in
- justice to other tribes, that the caciques who devoured the bodies were
- Mexicans, and there are reasons for believing that before the arrival
- of the Aztecs cannibalism was unknown in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_326">326</span>
- Central America. The method
- of cooking by baking in ovens which, after the holes had been dug out
- of the ground, were surrounded and covered by heated stones, are the
- same as those that were customary with the Maoris in New Zealand, who,
- after their fights, feasted upon their captured enemies in that manner.</p>
-
- <p>Upon the evening of the day upon which we left Jonuta, we reached
- Palisada and brought to an end our wearisome canoe voyage down the
- Usamacinta. At Palisada the logwood, which is obtained in the forests
- bordering upon the upper parts of the rivers, is gathered together and
- shipped upon small schooners which carry their cargoes of palo tinto
- (red wood) to the town of Laguna on the island of Carmen, whence the
- wood is sent to Europe and other parts of the world.</p>
-
- <p>In one of these little fore-and-aft rigged schooners I embarked and
- proceeded on my way down the river. In the afternoon we stopped in a
- place where we could get some shade until sunset. I found a shelter
- within a hut near the bank. Throughout the night the atmosphere was
- very oppressive. We slowly made our way by the help of a small boat,
- manned by our Indian crew, which took us in tow. All of us suffered
- greatly from the attacks of myriads of mosquitoes. On the following day
- we arrived at an open sheet of water, called the inner lagoon, where
- it was perfectly calm and we had to endure on the open and exposed
- deck, the full strength of the tropical sun. In the evening a strong
- head wind called “el Norte” sprang up, together with heavy squalls and
- showers of rain which continued all that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_327">327</span>
- night and the whole of the
- next day. As we could not make any headway we anchored. The sun was
- very powerful and it was not possible to escape from its influence.
- The Indians appeared to be much affected by the weather and were in
- a worn and prostrate condition. I had to endure, equally with them,
- the alternate exposure to extreme heat and cold driving rain. During
- the night the wind moderated, and towards the morning we weighed our
- anchor and proceeded to the entrance of the outer lagoon and waited for
- daylight. As the sun rose, the wind suddenly shifted, and we sailed
- rapidly across the bay to the anchorage off the town, arriving there
- early in the forenoon.</p>
-
- <p>Thus terminated the voyage “par los rios” (by the rivers). The exposure
- to the sun by day, the attacks of mosquitoes by night, and the sickly
- condition of the banks of the rivers and lagoons, had combined to make
- that part of the journey across the continent extremely exhausting.</p>
-
- <p>The long narrow island of Carmen is placed like a natural breakwater,
- sheltering the bay from the open sea of the Gulf of Campeachy. The
- earliest notice of it occurs in the Reports of the Spanish expedition
- under Grijalva in 1518. Bernal Diaz, who was one of those who took
- part in it, mentions a fact that throws some light upon the religious
- customs of the Indians. He observes that the fleet after having
- visited the coasts of Yucatan arrived at this island and remained
- for several days at anchor in the bay. Many of the officers and men
- landed, he being amongst the number. After traversing the island it
- was ascertained that it was not inhabited, but some
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_328">328</span> small temples
- (adoratorios) were seen. These were made of stone and mortar, and
- contained many idols made of clay and of wood, some were like figures
- of gods, others like women, and many seemed to represent serpents. At
- the present time there are no remains visible of these adoratorios.
- The fact, however, of their having been erected upon this island is
- instructive. It tends to prove that temples were placed in positions
- where there were no inhabitants, and thus, to some extent, supports the
- theory that certain holy places were set apart for religious purposes,
- and were not necessarily attached to centres of population.</p>
-
- <p>During the stay of Grijalva’s fleet, a greyhound, belonging to one of
- the ships, strayed on shore and was lost. The following year, upon the
- arrival of a second expedition, when the ships anchored, the dog was
- seen on the beach watching them. Bernal Diaz relates how the dog knew
- his own ship, and fawned upon the crew when they landed, showing the
- utmost happiness and affection. How the dog had obtained food and water
- through such a long period was not known.</p>
-
- <p>Soon after my arrival I was informed that a small schooner called the
- Rosita was about to sail for Campeachy and that her skipper would take
- a few passengers. I accordingly made arrangements with him and went on
- board. I found that the only accommodation was the open hold under the
- main hatch. Here on the top of the cargo, made smooth and level for
- the purpose, were placed mats. We embarked two ladies and some Spanish
- officials and left La Laguna at daylight. The wind was against us and
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_329">329</span>
- we had to make a long tack towards the Yucatan coast, near Champoton.
- During the night the wind became more favourable and in the forenoon
- we sighted the white walls of Campeachy. The cathedral and mediæval
- fortifications looked very picturesque from the sea as we approached
- the coast. The Rosita did not draw much water, so we were able to
- anchor within half a mile of the landing place. I was glad to find in
- the town a tolerable inn called the Paloma, and a worthy, attentive
- landlord named Ruiz. The constant exposure and the hardships endured
- latterly had seriously affected my constitution, and I felt weak and
- ill. It was a comfort to get shelter and quiet, and the shade and rest
- which was obtained by having a large room opening upon an inner court.
- Here I remained for several days suffering from very severe headaches
- and without feeling that I was, in any perceptible degree, regaining my
- strength.</p>
-
- <p>On the morning of the fifth day I heard a gentle tap at the door, and
- my landlady asked if she could come in. She looked at me with much
- sympathy and said, “Señor, may I speak to you?” I replied, “Certainly.”
- She then said, “Señor, you have upon you the lagoon fever, from which
- strangers seldom recover, and I have come to ask you where you keep
- your money and where your friends live, so that I may be able to carry
- out your wishes.” I said, “My kind donna, perhaps I may get better if
- I change the air. Do you know how I can get away?” The landlady looked
- pleased and said that she knew that a certain Señor Escalanta was about
- to start for a village called Tzibalché, and that perhaps he
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_330">330</span> would
- share with me the expenses of a conveyance. This arrangement was made,
- and in the forenoon a covered cart, with three mules harnessed abreast,
- was drawn up at the door of the inn. I took my place upon a mattress,
- and before midday we were several leagues away breathing the pure and
- bracing air of the open country. The change acted like magic. The fever
- seemed almost immediately to leave me, but there remained a persistent
- headache.</p>
-
- <p>We stopped at a village to get dinner, and met an intelligent man who
- was employed as constructor of a new road that was being made on this
- part of the coast. It had happened, that in the course of his work, he
- had made several cuttings and excavations, and discovered many things
- of much antiquarian importance. He told us of a large pyramidal altar
- or Kue which was situated in the neighbourhood, and as I particularly
- wished to see it, Señor Escalanta consented to halt whilst an
- examination of it was made.</p>
-
- <p>We found the altar to be one of that type of structures upon the
- summit of which the Mexican priests were accustomed to perform human
- sacrifices. This Yucatecan Kue was more than fifty feet high and was
- entirely faced with large, squared, well hewn blocks of hard limestone.
- It was very steep. I estimated the angle of the slope to be about
- 70°. There were two ledges, respectively one-third and two-thirds up
- the pyramid and on the top was the platform, which was in a ruinous
- condition.</p>
-
- <p>There were a number of small stone chambers built on the sides. The
- existence of these singular little cells had caused the people in the
- adjacent<span class="pagenum" id="Page_331">331</span>
- hamlets to form the opinion that the Kue had been inhabited
- by dwarfs. We examined these chambers very carefully, and although it
- was not possible to come to any satisfactory conclusion with regard to
- their purpose, it was clear that they could not have been intended for
- habitation. It seemed probable that they were either places for idols
- or that they were used as vaults for burial. They were built with much
- skill, and the squaring of the masonry was perfect. The inner wall of
- these cells was formed by the stone casing of the pyramid. Several
- small idols were found here. We were chiefly interested in examining
- the method of construction followed by the Indian architects. This was
- made apparent by the fact that portions of the outer casing had been
- demolished. It appeared that the inner portion was a solid mass of
- stones and mortar which, when completed, was covered with thick slabs
- of masonry, smooth and well jointed. On the west face there were the
- remains of a large chamber, but as that part of the pyramid was in a
- ruinous condition, its dimensions could not be measured.</p>
-
- <p>It is strange that so little is known concerning the ancient rites and
- ceremonies performed by the priests upon these high altars. Immediately
- after the conquest these Indian customs ceased, and all the signs of
- their religion and religious usages disappeared like a dream. When
- Grijalva’s expedition reached the Bay of Campeachy, they saw a large
- Kue which must have been similar to that we were examining. Bernal
- Diaz in his history relates that they landed to get a supply of water
- for the ships near a spot where there was a village. The natives came
- down<span class="pagenum" id="Page_332">332</span>
- to the beach in a friendly manner, and asked them if they arrived
- from the spot where the sun rose. They then proposed that they should
- go with them to their pueblo, and took them to a large building made
- of stone and mortar. Whilst the Spaniards were looking about them
- and observing the habits of the people, “Ten Indians dressed in long
- white cloaks came out of another adoratorio. Their long thick hair was
- clotted with blood and so twisted, that it could not have been combed
- or spread without cutting it off. These men were sacerdotes of the
- idols, and in New Spain they called themselves Pápas. Again I say that
- in New Spain they called themselves Pápas, and thus I shall name them
- henceforwards. These Pápas brought to us perfumes like a kind of resin
- which they call copal, and with earthen braziers filled with fire they
- commenced to incense us.” Diaz thought that the stone buildings were
- altars, and he saw numerous idols, and “it appeared to us,” he says,
- “that at this time they had been sacrificing to the idols certain
- Indians to give them the victory over us.”</p>
-
- <p>On their further voyage near another part of the Mexican coast, where
- is now situated the town of Vera Cruz, the fleet arrived at the Island
- of Sacrificios, a name that was given to that land in consequence of
- what was observed to take place there. The island was explored by the
- Spaniards, and they discovered two Kues made of lime and stone, and
- ascended by steps. “In these altars,” observes Diaz, “were idols of
- evil figures which were their gods, and here they had sacrificed on
- the previous night five Indians. Their breasts were opened and their
- arms and thighs<span class="pagenum" id="Page_333">333</span>
- were cut off and the walls were covered with blood.”
- It happened that the Chaplain-General of the Fleet wrote an itinerary
- of this voyage, and he also visited these temples. He mentioned the
- extraordinary fact of having noticed within one of the shrines “some
- bordered stuff made of silk, similar to what was worn by the Moors and
- which were called by them “Almaizales.”<a id="FNanchor_87" href="#Footnote_87" class="fnanchor">[87]</a> At another temple, situated
- near the coast, four Indian priests were seen, who had lately been
- performing sacrifices. In this instance they had sacrificed two young
- boys. Their breasts had been opened and their hearts had been taken out
- and placed before the idol as an offering. The Spaniards were surprised
- when they observed that these priests were dressed like Dominicans and
- wore long cloaks and capes. This, together with their manner of using
- incense, seemed in some inexplicable degree to resemble the observances
- of their own monastic fraternities.</p>
-
- <p>In the various accounts that have been given by the conquerors
- concerning the Indians, there is nothing mentioned about the burial
- customs, and even at the present time the subject is obscure. I was
- therefore interested in listening to the contractor’s remarks about
- some discoveries made by his workmen when excavating along the line of
- road. They found the ruins of several houses. Each of
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_334">334</span>them contained
- beneath the centre of the principal room a vaulted tomb, in which it
- was supposed that the proprietor had been buried when he died. They
- also found, when tracing the direction of the work, several small Kues
- of pyramidal shapes, around the sides of which were numerous small
- stone cells. The contractor told me that he had measured and surveyed
- these carefully. He had come to the conclusion that they were burial
- places.</p>
-
- <p>These discoveries were important, and corroborated in every essential
- particular the statements of several Indian caciques dwelling beyond
- Uxmal, in the sixteenth century. They informed the Spanish missionaries
- that it had been customary, with the common people in Yucatan, to
- bury their dead either inside their houses or at the back of them.
- In certain cases they afterwards abandoned these dwellings and moved
- elsewhere. The bodies of caciques and chiefs were burnt, and the ashes
- were placed in urns. Small pyramids or temples were sometimes raised
- over them.<a id="FNanchor_88" href="#Footnote_88" class="fnanchor">[88]</a></p>
-
- <p>I was sorry when it became necessary to proceed on our journey. The
- road contractor was an official who took a comprehensive interest
- in whatever related to the ancient inhabitants, and his practical
- knowledge was invaluable.</p>
-
- <p>It was late when we finished the survey of the pyramid and its
- chambers; we consequently travelled <span class="pagenum" id="Page_335">335</span>
- throughout the night at our best
- speed. We passed through the pueblos of Tenabon and Hekelchakan and
- reached Señor Escalanta’s house in Tzibalché at daylight. We were
- received by the ladies of the establishment with cold and tranquil
- apathy. Without saying a word, they turned out of their hammocks, and
- proceeded to carry out their respective household duties. It must be
- understood that the arrangements with all Ladino families are very
- simple. In the <span xml:lang="es">tierras calientes</span> or hot regions every one sleeps in a
- hammock. The hammocks are slung to the cross poles in the principal,
- and often, only apartment. At night when the ladies wish to go to bed
- they turn in, to use a sailor’s expression, all standing. The women
- of all ages, young or old, wear but one dress which is always a long
- cotton garment reaching from the shoulders to the feet. This is worn
- day and night. The languid indifference of men and women, towards
- each other and to all around them, is a marked characteristic of the
- whole of the Ladino race throughout Central America. Nothing seems to
- arouse their indolent natures, and although many of them are fairly
- educated, they do not appear to have those qualities which form the
- foundation of a good and energetic population. It cannot be considered
- that the enervating influences of a tropical climate are chiefly the
- cause of this inertness, for it exists in varying altitudes. It should,
- however, be acknowledged that this half-caste race retains much of the
- old-fashioned courtesy of their Spanish ancestors. The Ladinos have
- ceased to intermarry with the Indians, and there is now no sympathy
- between the two races.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_336">336</span>
- The Indians have almost as great a dislike to
- them as they have to the Spaniards.</p>
-
- <p>At Tzibalché I enlisted in my service an Indian, named Anastasio, and
- after some difficulty, hired a horse of doubtful merit. Anastasio
- declared that we could avoid the long round to Uxmal by the main roads,
- as he knew a short cut across the country which would shorten the
- journey. By that path, he said, the distance to the hacienda at Uxmal
- did not exceed nine or ten leagues. Accordingly we quitted the village
- at sunrise and soon afterwards entered the bush.</p>
-
- <p>This part of Yucatan was covered with a thin light kind of brushwood
- which grew to a height of about twelve feet. Our path was cut through
- this bush which excluded all view to the right or left. Occasionally
- we passed through a few acres of open land where the Indians were
- cultivating some crops, but the soil was poor and stony. At noon we
- arrived at a farm; the proprietor was inclined to be hospitable and
- gave me food and shelter. I was suffering from a recurrence of what I
- had endured at Campeachy and could scarcely bear the fatigue of the
- journey, especially as the rays of the nearly vertical sun were very
- powerful.</p>
-
- <p>During the afternoon, whilst resting in the shade, I listened to the
- loud, discordant, and grating sounds pronounced by the Indians around
- me. The language spoken was Maya, which has been ascertained to be the
- parent stock of most of the languages and dialects spoken in Guatemala,
- Yucatan and the bordering territories. I asked my host to give me a
- specimen of their dialect. He replied that he would tell me
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_337">337</span> what had
- happened in the morning, and he leant forward and said:—<span xml:lang="myn">“Ti lé kin
- béhilá, kuch yuayé humpel tzul ingles, bin tiar ten. Tumentin, katah
- uchi y etel tin káhol ta hatchutz apockzi chalé; katin kámá tin nayle,
- katin sah balu hante kati álá téné bin ku bétic Uxmal, tacthoh cásumac
- tuh lú mil.”</span> “This day came here an English Señor and spoke to me.
- Having questioned him and knowing him to be of a good heart, I received
- him in my house and gave him to eat. Then he told me that he was going
- to Uxmal, and thence to Merida and afterwards to his own land.”</p>
-
- <p>Towards the end of the day, when the sun was low, I ventured out of
- the hut, mounted my horse, and pushed forward rapidly towards Uxmal.
- After passing through several plantations of sugar-cane attached to
- small Indian farms, we reached some rising ground and I saw, about four
- miles distant towards the east, the great building, called the Casa
- del Gobernador, with its terraces and adjacent pyramids standing out
- high and distinct. The sun had disappeared below the horizon, and the
- sky was brilliant with the vivid colouring of a tropical sunset. The
- Casa del Gobernador was clear and well defined in the midst of this
- magnificent frame of evening splendour, looking scarcely less beautiful
- than a Greek temple on some lofty headland, when seen at twilight from
- Ægean seas.</p>
-
- <p>It was getting dark when we slowly passed round the base of a Teocalli,
- and it was night when we halted at the hacienda. The proprietor and
- the agent were both absent, but the mayor-domo received me with much
- kindness. He gave me a large<span class="pagenum" id="Page_338">338</span>
- room next to one which he told me had
- been occupied by the Empress Charlotte when she visited Uxmal in 1866.
- The next morning, after giving Anastasio directions to join me at the
- Casa del Gobernador and to bring with him my hammock and provisions, I
- walked out to the ruins.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_339f"><img src="images/i_339f.jpg" width="700" height="440" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Casa del Gobernador.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
- &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
- Casa de las Tortugas.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
- Casa de las Palomas.<br />
- UXMAL.</div>
- </div>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XVII">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_339">339</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XVII.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Uxmal.—Extent of ground occupied by the
- Ruins.—Teocallis.—Burial places at the foot of the Pyramid of
- the Dwarf.—Evening Service at the chapel of the hacienda.—Casa
- del Gobemador.—Sacrificial customs.—Preservation of the wooden
- lintels.—The Nunnery or Casa de las Monjas.—Religious customs
- of the Indians.—Emblem of the Serpent.—Sculptures.—Conjectures
- respecting the possibility of Moorish, Spanish, or
- Oriental influence upon architectural design.—Methods of
- construction.—Note upon a fall of rain supposed to be caused by
- the fires of the Indians.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">It</span> is considered that the ruins of Uxmal are, in extent and
- construction, the most important in Yucatan, and therefore, excepting
- in certain particulars, those at Palenque, the most remarkable in
- Central America and Mexico.</p>
-
- <p>The ground occupied by them is in length about six hundred yards.
- The width is slightly more than five hundred yards. Consequently the
- area within which Uxmal is contained, may be approximately estimated
- as being sixty acres. It therefore exceeds by twenty acres the space
- covered by the mounds of Palenque. The buildings are irregularly
- placed. The Casa del Gobernador (House of the Governor) with its
- adjacent pyramids form the principal group towards the south. The
- Casa de las Monjas (House of the Nuns) is situated towards the north.
- These are the two great<span class="pagenum" id="Page_340">340</span>
- structures upon which the other temples and
- mounds seem chiefly to depend. There are two smaller edifices called
- respectively, the Casa de las Palomas (House of the Pigeons) and the
- Casa de las Tortugas (House of the Turtles). There is also a detached
- pyramid with a ruined temple upon its summit, which has been given the
- name of the House of the Old Woman. Looking at these ruins as a group,
- they appear to have consisted of quadrangular residences with pyramidal
- mounds attached to them, raised for the purpose of obtaining lofty
- sites for the altars of the Indian gods.</p>
-
- <p>One of the most important of these is that known as the Pyramid of
- the Dwarf. I examined it with particular attention for the purpose
- of studying the character of a series of small stone vaults or cells
- placed round its base, which were similar in size and design to those
- that I had seen on the lower slopes of the Kue near the coast above
- Campeachy. Many of these cells were sufficiently perfect to enable
- their dimensions and shape to be verified. It seemed evident that they
- must have been made for sepulchral purposes. If this conclusion is
- correct it is probable that they were the burial places for the ashes
- of the caciques who ruled over this part of Yucatan.</p>
-
- <p>Upon an investigation of the outer parts of the pyramid, it is to be
- observed that it was not only carefully constructed, but its plan must
- have been accurately drawn and the relative mathematical measurements
- calculated with reference to the space that was required for the
- temple. The magnitude of the base could not be determined, on account
- of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_341">341</span>
- the quantities of fallen stones and other débris. In 1841, Mr.
- Stephens considered that it was two hundred and thirty-five feet long
- by one hundred and fifty-five feet wide. The perpendicular height to
- the platform was estimated to be eighty-eight feet.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_340f"><img src="images/i_340f.jpg" width="507" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Pyramid and Temple of the Dwarf.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>The steps leading up to the summit are broad, and must have formed an
- imposing approach, but in consequence of the angle of the slope they
- are necessarily steep, and are placed so close together that there
- is barely sufficient width for the foot to rest. At the base of the
- pyramid there is an open court, which I observed to be similar in shape
- to one adjoining the base of an altar built by the Quichés at Utatlan,
- but it was larger in extent. The court leads to the entrance of the
- Casa de las Monjas.</p>
-
- <p>This building may be considered to be the result of the greatest powers
- of sculpture and ornamentation that the Indians possessed, and judging
- from the condition of many of its chambers, it is probably one of the
- latest of their works. It is nearly quadrangular, and encloses an area
- of over six thousand square yards.</p>
-
- <p>My first day at Uxmal was employed in making a rough survey of the land
- occupied by the ruins.</p>
-
- <p>Upon my return to the hacienda, I found that an evening service, called
- “el Rosario,” was being held in the chapel. A large number of Indians
- were assembled. These Yucatecos had attached to the fingers of the
- church images, many of their own small idols, made of metal. It was
- consequently impossible to know (as the priests in the Cordilleras
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_342">342</span>
- said of their Indian parishioners), whether they were worshipping the
- saints, or following in secret their ancient idolatries.</p>
-
- <p>The next morning I established myself in the “House of the Governor,”
- and selected for our occupation the largest of the outer series of
- apartments, opening upon the eastern courts. The size of these was
- necessarily regulated by the angle of the converging slopes of the
- walls, for the builders were limited in their plans in consequence
- of their incomplete acquaintance with the formation of arches. In
- one of the rooms there were some cross poles made of zapote wood, to
- which Anastasio fastened my hammock. The architectural proportions
- of the exterior are unusual. The length is about three hundred and
- twenty-two feet, but the breadth is only thirty-nine feet, and the
- low, narrow structure, is only twenty-five feet high. The effect,
- however, of the long and elaborately carved façade, is particularly
- pleasing both to the eye and the mind. In all respects, the Casa del
- Gobernador is rightly given the distinction of being the grandest of
- the stone structures that were built by Indians. The platform upon
- which this great edifice stands, is forty feet above the level of the
- ground. Sixteen feet below this is a large open court, which is about
- one hundred and eighty yards long, and over eighty-two yards wide,
- containing a level surface of nearly fifteen thousand square yards—or
- more than three acres. There is a third outer terrace, raised a few
- feet above the plain.</p>
-
- <p>The Casa de las Monjas is also placed upon three terraces, but they are
- of smaller dimensions, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_343">343</span>
- the height of the base of the building
- above the natural ground, is not more than seventeen feet. The terraces
- were surrounded by strongly built walls. Wide stone steps gave access
- to each platform. When looking at these flat spaces, pyramids and
- temples, it is practicable to form reasonable conjectures regarding the
- nature of the religious ceremonies that may have taken place within, or
- before them.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_342fa"><img src="images/i_342fa.jpg" width="600" height="527" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Casa del Gobernador.</div>
- </div>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_342fb"><img src="images/i_342fb.jpg" width="600" height="450" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">An Angle of the Casa de las Monjas.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>Bishop Landa, in his work on Yucatan, which he wrote in that country
- soon after the conquest, gives an account of the feasts and sacrifices
- performed in the temples. His description was based upon information
- which he received from the descendants of caciques, who had governed a
- powerful tribe dwelling east of Uxmal. After mentioning the nature of
- the offerings made to the idols during certain festivals, he observes
- that, besides sacrificing animals, the priests would sometimes on
- occasions of tribulation or public necessity, command that human
- victims should be sacrificed. There is this statement given of what
- then happened.</p>
-
- <p>“Every one took their part in offering contributions, in order that
- slaves should be bought, and some of the more devotional would offer
- their little children. Great care was taken of them that they should
- not run away or commit any fault, and whilst they were conducted from
- village to village with dancing, the priests fasted. Upon the arrival
- of the day, they all came into the patio (court) of the temple, and if
- the victim had to be sacrificed by wounds from arrows he was stripped
- naked, his body was anointed with blue, and a cap like a mitre was
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_344">344</span>
- placed on his head.” He was then, after certain dances made by the
- people in honour of the god, killed by flights of arrows.</p>
-
- <p>It will be remembered that a similar custom was followed by the
- Pawnees in North America who, upon certain occasions, chiefly in
- connection with offering a propitiation to the Manito who had power
- over the harvest, also killed the victim by a flight of arrows.<a id="FNanchor_89" href="#Footnote_89" class="fnanchor">[89]</a> The
- coincidence of this practice is very strange.</p>
-
- <p>Landa, after relating the manner in which these Indians in Yucatan
- conducted the ceremony of inflicting death by arrows, proceeds to
- state what was done if the priests, for some special reasons, directed
- that the victim should be offered to the gods in accordance with their
- more appalling rites. “If it had been decided to take out the heart,
- he was taken to the patio with much pomp, and was accompanied by many
- people, and after being daubed over with blue, and his mitre placed on
- his head, he was carried to the round step which was the place where
- these sacrifices were made, and after the priest (sacerdote) and his
- officials had anointed this stone with blue colour, and had cast out
- the devil by purifying the temple; the unfortunate man that was to be
- sacrificed was then seized, thrown suddenly backwards upon the stone,
- and held there by the legs and arms kept apart from the middle. Then
- came the sacrificer with a stone razor, and struck with much dexterity
- and cruelty, a gash between the ribs<span class="pagenum" id="Page_345">345</span>
- of the left side below the
- teat; he then thrust in his hand and took hold of the heart like a
- furious tiger and snatched it out still palpitating, and put it upon a
- dish which he gave to the priest, who took it quickly and anointed the
- faces of the idols with the fresh blood.”<a id="FNanchor_90" href="#Footnote_90" class="fnanchor">[90]</a></p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_344fa"><img src="images/i_344fa.jpg" width="600" height="376" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Casa de las Monjas, Uxmal.</div>
- </div>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_344fb"><img src="images/i_344fb.jpg" width="600" height="593" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">An Angle of the Casa de las Monjas.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>This statement of the sacrificial customs in Yucatan is in accordance
- with the Report made by Palacio<a id="FNanchor_91" href="#Footnote_91" class="fnanchor">[91]</a> concerning the sacrifices of the
- captives taken in war by the Pipiles, a tribe who were believed to be
- of Mexican origin and were then dwelling near the Pacific coast of
- Guatemala. It may also be surmised that the ceremonies performed by the
- priests of the Quichés upon the altars at Utatlan were of a similar
- nature. It thus seems evident that the barbarous practices that are
- supposed to have been introduced by the Aztecs into Mexico, during some
- period subsequent to the twelfth century, were becoming prevalent in
- Central America.</p>
-
- <p>It is possible that the custom of offering human sacrifices, together
- with subsequent acts of cannibalism, may have become grafted upon
- the religious observances of an earlier and less cruel race. It is,
- however, to be noticed that the plan of the pyramid of the Dwarf with
- its altar, and the open court at the foot of the steps leading down
- from the temple, conform with the particular purposes of the ceremonies
- connected with the sacrifices to the idols. <span class="pagenum" id="Page_346">346</span>
- Bernal Diaz, when
- describing the manner in which the Spanish captives were sacrificed and
- eaten during the siege of Mexico, mentions facts which agree with the
- statements made by the caciques in Yucatan, concerning the events that
- occasionally happened in their sacred places.</p>
-
- <p>“Sometimes,” observes Landa, “the sacrifice took place on the stone
- upon the highest step of the temple, and then the body was thrown down
- the steps and rolled below. The officials then seized it and flayed off
- the skin excepting the feet and hands, and the priest, having taken off
- his garments until he was naked, covered himself with it, and danced
- with the others. This was considered to be a matter of much solemnity.
- It was the custom to bury those who were sacrificed in the court of the
- temple, or, if not, they were eaten by the chiefs and those who were
- able to obtain portions; the hands, feet and head were for the priest
- and officials. Those who were thus sacrificed were held as saints
- (tenian por santos). If they were slaves captured in war their owner
- took the bones and kept them to show them in the dances as emblems of
- victory.”</p>
-
- <p>The aboriginal inhabitants of Yucatan were, like those dwelling in the
- neighbouring land of Guatemala, devoted to the worship of idols, and
- travelled great distances to take part in the ceremonies which were
- performed at the shrines of their principal gods. The Island of Cozumel
- was one of the sacred sites which was held in great veneration when
- the fleet of Grijalva arrived there in 1518. It was observed by the
- Spaniards that there and elsewhere, the pyramidal structures or altars
- were maintained<span class="pagenum" id="Page_347">347</span>
- in good order, and had regular priests attached to
- them for the purpose of executing the various duties connected with the
- superstitious usages. It was afterwards ascertained that several of the
- larger sacred temples in the interior had at that time been abandoned,
- although many of them looked as if they had not been long built. With
- respect to Uxmal, it was considered that the ruins were comparatively
- modern and belonged to a period but little anterior to the Spanish
- conquest.</p>
-
- <p>The well preserved state of portions of the buildings is, at the
- present time, nearly four centuries after the arrival of the
- Spaniards, especially noticeable. I observed that the wooden lintel
- over the door of my room in the Casa del Gobernador was in perfect
- condition. The edges or corners were still sharp and unworn. It was
- also evident that, although the great weight of the masonry above must
- have exerted a heavy pressure upon the centre of the lintel, there
- were no signs of the slightest deflection. The strength of the wood
- seemed to be unimpaired. The preservation of many of the lintels over
- the doorways of the rooms in the Casa de las Monjas was, in several
- instances, equally sound. Many of the stone carvings on the exterior
- were also apparently uninjured by their exposure to the weather. But,
- before proceeding with this subject, it is expedient to take into
- consideration some of the characteristics of this building.</p>
-
- <p>It is not known why it was called the Casa de las Monjas (House of the
- Nuns). Possibly the Spaniards may have been surprised by its similarity
- in plan with their own nunneries, but it is also not improbable
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_348">348</span> that
- there may have been some tradition received from the Indians which
- caused the adoption of this name. It has been stated by Clavigero, and
- other historians, that there were certain especial customs attending
- the worship of the god Quetzalcoatl. Women served for terms of years
- within his temples. They were dedicated to the performance of religious
- service from an early age, lodged in a convent and instructed in
- religion. They were also educated and employed in a manner suitable
- to their station and sex. It was said that certain vows were made and
- various religious duties were performed.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_348"><img src="images/i_348.jpg" width="600" height="483" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption">Entrance to the Casa de las Monjas.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_349">349</span></p>
-
- <p>The main entrance to the nunnery is through a gateway placed in the
- centre of the southern part of the quadrangle. Upon each side of this
- entrance there are four chambers, and it is to be noticed, as an
- evidence of the conventual character of the building, that these are
- the only rooms that have direct access to the outer world. All the
- others are within and look into the court. They had a blank wall at the
- back, which excluded all communication with the exterior. The principal
- front looks towards the pyramids adjoining the Casa del Gobernador.
- The architectural proportions of the archway are symmetrical. The
- height and span, like all other parts of these Indian structures, are
- practically determined by the angle of inclination of the converging
- sides. In this case the arch is about seventeen feet high and nearly
- eleven feet wide. After passing through it, a wide court is entered. It
- is surrounded on four sides by long ranges of low stone buildings. The
- base, or lower part of them, is built of plain square slabs of masonry.
- The upper parts are covered with fanciful designs, sculptured with
- great skill.</p>
-
- <p>The whole of these buildings are exclusively arranged for the purpose
- of providing the greatest possible number of chambers or monastic
- cells. I did not count them, but it has been stated that there are
- altogether eighty-eight. It is perhaps important to note, with
- reference to this unusual number of rooms, that they are too numerous
- to admit of the theory that they were intended for the accommodation
- of the priests serving the adjacent temples, for according to the
- statements of Clavigero, the number of priests always corresponded with
- the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_350">350</span>
- number of the Teocallis. It is therefore presumable that these
- cells had some other purpose. The priests may have been lodged in the
- Casa del Gobernador. That building contains twenty-four chambers, the
- majority of which are of the same size and plan as these in the Casa de
- las Monjas. It is useless to attempt to conjecture the precise purposes
- of these buildings, for there has been no exact information obtained
- upon the subject, but everything points to the conclusion that the
- whole of the structures at Uxmal were connected with the worship of the
- gods, and had no relation to the ordinary lives of the Indians.</p>
-
- <p>It is probable that places like Uxmal and Palenque with their temples
- and monasteries, were set apart for religious purposes, and the
- Indians assembled there from the adjacent country with the object of
- being present at the ceremonies, in the same manner as they are now
- accustomed to perform their pilgrimages when the patron saints of the
- churches have their festivals. When taking into consideration the
- question of the period when it may be conjectured that the temples at
- Uxmal were abandoned, it is necessary to direct attention to the design
- or emblem which is placed upon one of the walls of the interior of the
- Casa de las Monjas.</p>
-
- <p>Upon an examination of the accompanying illustration, it will be
- observed that the figure represented is that of a huge serpent or
- rattlesnake. A serpent was also the emblem or Totem of one of the
- tribes of the Mound Builders in Ohio, and there appear to be singular
- resemblances between the reptile carved in stone at Uxmal and that
- which is rudely made of <span class="pagenum" id="Page_351">351</span>
- earth and stones, and placed on high ground
- overlooking a valley in North America. Both reptiles have peculiarly
- large mouths, opened wide, ready to devour and swallow their prey
- or their enemies. It is perhaps not unreasonable to infer that the
- tribe who migrated from the north, conquered the unwarlike natives
- of Yucatan, raised the great pyramids, and built the temples in that
- region, were subsequently conquered by a more powerful tribe of the
- same race, also migrating from higher latitudes. The former tribe were
- forced to desert their buildings, and avoided slavery or extermination
- by escaping into the interior. The serpent stands out in bold relief.
- The whole of the façades of the nunnery are elaborately sculptured, and
- the mechanical abilities of the builders are well brought into notice.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_350f"><img src="images/i_350f.jpg" width="442" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Serpent Emblem, Casa de las Monjas.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>As all investigations or theories respecting these architects and their
- works, depend greatly upon the conclusions that may be drawn from the
- evidence regarding the period when Uxmal was built, I directed my
- attention to certain points bearing upon this subject. Conjectures
- upon the origin and civilisation of the Indians must be influenced by
- what can be ascertained with respect to the probable dates when these
- religious buildings were constructed.</p>
-
- <p>It is to be seen in the Casa de las Monjas that there was a lavish use
- of ornamentation in stone. There is, throughout, a wealth of sculpture
- which is astonishing when it is remembered that the sculptors, as far
- as we know, had no proper implements to work with. Stone chisels and
- obsidian scrapers appear to be inadequate for the purpose.</p>
-
- <p>It can be understood that if the Indian masons
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_352">352</span> and stone cutters had
- wished to show their ability, they might have adorned their buildings
- with barbarous figures or rude idols, such as were carved by the
- natives of Easter Island out of soft volcanic stone. But at Uxmal they
- revelled in their powers. The walls of the Nunnery and the Casa del
- Gobernador are covered with designs deeply cut and perfectly joined.
- Thus it is proved that the sculptors had not only much capacity as
- workmen, but they must have been able to chisel hard limestone with
- ease and facility of execution. In the interior of the Nunnery many
- of the designs are most artistic. Nothing can be more graceful than
- the block of buildings on the eastern side of the quadrangle. The
- lattice work, in its appearance and general effect, seems to have an
- indefinable accordance with the wood and stone carvings that are to
- be seen in the ancient quarters of Cairo, and the interior of the
- earliest Arabian mosques. Upon the opposite side of the quadrangle,
- the ornamentation upon the walls is of a different character and in
- some respects resembles the designs of Hindoo or Buddhist architecture.
- This confusion of styles is puzzling to the eye and embarrassing to the
- judgment.</p>
-
- <p>At Palenque the long corridors, the courts, and the use of coloured
- stucco ornamentation appeared to have some vague relation to a mixed
- style of Moorish and Spanish architecture. If a corsair, with a crew
- of Moors and a cargo of Spanish captives, had been driven by the trade
- wind across the Atlantic, and the strangers, after landing upon the
- new continent, had married the daughters of the caciques; it would be
- intelligible that the descendants of the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_353">353</span>mixed races might have
- constructed monasteries, temples and pyramids of this strange and
- complex design. Such was my impression when pacing the corridors at
- Palenque.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_352f"><img src="images/i_352f.jpg" width="700" height="436" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Interior of the Casa de las Monjas and its adjoining Pyramid and Temple, Uxmal.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>At Uxmal there were no coloured stuccoes and no corridors. The bold and
- fantastic style of the sculptures had a character more Eastern, and it
- might be permissible to imagine that wandering fakirs from Hindostan,
- or Buddhist pilgrims from Java, Burmah or Cambodia, had reached the
- Pacific coasts, and had implanted their incomplete acquaintance with
- the forms of Hindoo or Buddhist temples upon the barbaric ideas of the
- Indians, and that in this manner were produced the fanciful types of
- construction or symbolism that are present at Uxmal.</p>
-
- <p>These are only conjectures, but it cannot be supposed that this
- knowledge of architecture and of sculpture arose as suddenly as it
- disappeared, and sprang into existence as the outcome of the natural
- capacity of the Indian mind. The problem is interesting and attractive.
- It is one that is exceedingly difficult to solve.</p>
-
- <p>There are certain differences in the methods of construction of
- Palenque and Uxmal which have to be analyzed. The walls at Palenque
- are composed of compact masses of stones and mortar covered with thick
- layers of cement. At Uxmal no coatings of cement are used and the walls
- are faced with well-worked masonry. At Palenque there are great numbers
- of human figures either formed of thick stucco, or graven upon slabs
- of stone. At Uxmal there are no human figures, no delineations of
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_354">354</span>
- caciques, priests, or captive victims. The principle of ornamentation
- is different.</p>
-
- <p>Judging from the condition and appearance of the buildings it is clear
- that Uxmal must be more modern than Palenque, and this is particularly
- noticeable upon an examination of the Casa del Gobernador and the
- Casa de las Monjas. The influences of the tropical climate (Uxmal is
- half a degree south of the twenty-first parallel) are such as would
- be expected to act injuriously upon exposed limestone sculptures, for
- between May and November the rains are heavy and continuous. But the
- façades of these structures seem to have been very little affected by
- the weather.</p>
-
- <p>In forming opinions respecting the antiquity of ruins, it is perhaps
- injudicious to give much weight to considerations based upon appearance
- or state of dilapidation, but in the instance of Uxmal there are
- circumstances which make it impossible to admit that it belongs to
- a period more than very few centuries earlier than the arrival of
- the Spaniards. Thus the preservation of the wooden lintels over the
- doorways in the Casa de las Monjas must be taken into consideration,
- when any attempts are made to estimate the age of that building. They
- have had to bear considerable pressure, for there are heavy masses of
- concrete and masonry to be supported.</p>
-
- <p>With regard to this subject, it is necessary to draw attention to the
- size and construction of one of the principal rooms which I measured,
- and it will be understood how the architects were limited or restricted
- in their actions, and to what extent the employment of wood was found
- to be requisite.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_355">355</span></p>
-
- <p>It was a narrow chamber twenty feet four inches long, twelve feet
- wide, and about twenty-three feet high. The height of the entrance was
- eight feet, the width six feet seven inches. The interior walls were
- perpendicular up to nine feet three inches from the ground, and then
- curved inwards until they approached within one foot of each other.
- They were capped by broad flat stone slabs. The curvature of the walls
- was correctly formed, and a considerable gain in space was thereby
- obtained. It was evident that the Indians were advancing towards a
- knowledge of the round arch and keystone. This form of rounding the
- inner roof was not however adopted in all the rooms of the nunnery.
- Many of them still retained the straight lines of converging walls, as
- at Palenque. The manner in which the advance in construction had been
- reached was simple and yet ingenious.</p>
-
- <p>I measured a room in another part of the quadrangle which had different
- dimensions, and was more in accordance with the earlier system of
- building. It was twenty-two feet long and ten feet five inches wide.
- The height of the perpendicular portion of the walls was eight feet
- three inches, and the length of the upper slope to the cap-stone was
- eight feet nine inches. The total height of the room about sixteen
- feet. The doorway was a little over seven feet high and the width
- was five feet eight inches. The dimensions of the chambers round the
- quadrangle varied, but the instances I have given represent their
- average sizes. There were two lintels over each doorway, for the width
- of each piece of timber was not sufficient to
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_356">356</span> occupy the full depth of
- the wall. In the first-mentioned chamber they were each nine feet five
- inches long, one foot wide and eight inches deep, and had a bearing
- upon each wall of one foot five inches. In this and other openings the
- inner lintel rested in its place a little lower than the outer one.
- The object of this singular method of placing these supports was not
- apparent. The lintels were externally in perfect condition, and were
- without any signs of decay.</p>
-
- <p>The main mass of the Uxmal walls is composed of rubble limestones, made
- into a strong compact substance, by the plentiful use of good binding
- mortar. Each facing stone was made into a triangular shape, and the
- point or apex seems to have been pushed or fitted into its place, and
- there firmly secured by mortar. This method of applying the masonry
- was adopted not only with the plain smooth blocks of square stone used
- for facing the lower portions of the buildings, but also with all the
- sculptured portions of the walls. The blocks fit closely together
- in their places so accurately and with such careful finish that the
- joints or edges can scarcely be distinguished. It is thus made evident
- that the stone-masons who built Uxmal must have been men capable of
- performing their work with skill. The architect must have possessed a
- competent knowledge of the preparation of a plan or design, and the
- masons, in separately executing their part of the sculpture, must
- have been able to follow the design with an exactness that is almost
- mathematical.</p>
-
- <p>There have been many theories respecting the methods that may have been
- practised by the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_357">357</span>
- Indians in executing their carvings upon stone,
- but no knowledge has been obtained which throws sufficient light upon
- the subject.<a id="FNanchor_92" href="#Footnote_92" class="fnanchor">[92]</a> No attention has however been directed to the artisan
- qualities of the workmen who shaped and fitted the lintels, which
- however prove that the workers in wood were as skilful as the masons.
- The lintels were made of wood harder than mahogany. I examined many
- of them with the utmost care, and could not detect the slightest mark
- or dent. It is doubtful whether a good carpenters plane could have
- given them a smoother surface. The zapote trees out of which
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_358">358</span>they
- were formed, must have been fashioned into broad baulks of timber, and
- afterwards squared and divided into the required lengths. The face of
- the timber was levelled and smoothed, and the corners or angles were
- sharply defined. All this work had to be done, as far as is known, with
- stone implements.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_356f"><img src="images/i_356f.jpg" width="700" height="447" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Quadrangle, Casa de las Monjas.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>Upon taking a final glance at these ruins it seems reasonable to form
- the conclusion that Uxmal was built exclusively for the purposes of
- religion. The pyramids and their teocallis or temples were devoted as
- shrines for the gods, and monasteries were attached to them. The human
- sacrifices and the ceremonies that were customary in time of war took
- place in the open courts attached to the high altars of the chief idols.</p>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
-
- <blockquote>
- <p>Upon the last day of my stay at Uxmal, the morning was fine
- and the sky was clear. In the forenoon I observed that there
- were dense volumes of light-coloured smoke covering the fields
- towards the east. As the day advanced the air became hot and
- oppressive, and the sky was obscured. Upon inquiring the cause
- of this smoke I was told that the Indians were burning their
- weeds and stalks in accordance with their custom at that time
- of the year.</p>
-
- <p>In the afternoon, whilst I was engaged in sketching the
- south-east angle of the Casa del Gobernador, heavy drops of
- rain began suddenly to fall. As it was the dry season, this
- change of weather was unexpected. The rain drops soon ceased,
- but after an interval there were some slight showers which
- continued for about two hours. At the farmhouse I was told
- that such weather was unusual, and that the rain must have
- been caused by the smoke and heat rising from the fires. If
- this opinion was correct the change may have been caused by
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_359">359</span>
- the heated air rising into a cooler region above, and thus
- producing an atmospherical disturbance.</p>
-
- <p>This fact of rain being produced or caused by human agency
- supports the opinion that the efforts of the rain-makers
- amongst the North American Indians were in accordance with some
- vague knowledge, and were not altogether absurd, and that the
- action of the Californian rain-maker, whose attempts to obtain
- rain were successful, was based upon an experience which was
- practical.</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XVIII">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_360">360</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XVIII.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Departure from Uxmal.—Indian officials at Abalá.—Indian
- Ceremonies.—Worship of demons.—Baptismal customs.—Laws
- of the Emperor Charles V. for the government of the
- natives in Yucatan.—Superstitions.—An Indian Well.—Halt at
- night.—Merida.—Convent of the Conceptionistas.—Sisal.—The
- Basque brig Aguinaga.—Departure for Cuba and
- Florida.—Tampa.—Cedar Keys.—Buccaneers.—Shell Mounds.—Ancient
- Burial Mounds.—Florida Indians.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">At</span> sunrise on the day of our departure from Uxmal, the Indians were
- hurrying along the paths on their way to the corn fields, and the women
- were engaged in carrying water from the wells. It was a busy scene of
- life and movement.</p>
-
- <p>We proceeded to Múna and then journeyed onwards to the village of Abalá
- which we reached in the afternoon, having accomplished a distance of
- eight leagues. We obtained shelter in a public building called the
- cabildo, which was used as a travellers’ rest house, where everyone,
- as in a Turkish or Syrian caravansary, selected whatever spot was
- available or unoccupied. Anastasio deposited the luggage in a corner
- and found a place where my hammock could be secured above the ground.</p>
-
- <p>Upon examining my horse I found that it was quite unfit for work, and
- therefore I went at once to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_361">361</span>
- the head man of the district, who was an
- Indian holding the office of Judge, and was at the time sitting in the
- Court-house. I asked him if he would give directions that I should be
- supplied with another horse or mule to carry me to Merida. The Judge at
- first made some objections and said that there were no horses, or that,
- if there were any, they were in the fields and would have to be caught.
- Finally, after a long discussion, the second or junior Judge, who
- seemed inclined to help me, promised that a horse should be ready at
- the cabildo on the following day as soon as the sun appeared. Trusting
- in this arrangement, I discharged Anastasio and sent him back with the
- old horse to Tzibalché.</p>
-
- <p>In the morning the sun duly appeared but no horse came, and as
- Anastasio had left at daybreak, I found myself unattended, and
- surrounded by strange groups of Indians passing through Abalá. It
- was fortunate that, in accordance with a local regulation, an Indian
- alguazil was in charge of the cabildo, for this native official
- immediately informed me that he would attend to my requirements. He
- was useful in carrying out my wishes, and performed his duties with
- care and zeal. After waiting for an hour to see if any horse arrived,
- I went again to the Court-house but found that the Judges were not
- sitting, and that they were away for the day upon other occupations. On
- my return to my quarters it was evident that some event had occurred.
- I was told that a band of muleteers on their way from the interior had
- halted there, and intended to proceed to Merida later in the day, after
- their mules had been given rest and food. These men were
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_362">362</span> uncouth and
- noisy, but I thought it would be wise to join them, if they made no
- objection. It happened that they had with them a young horse that was
- not laden. After overcoming some preliminary difficulties, an agreement
- was made that I should hire the horse, but that he was not to carry
- any weight except that of the rider; one of their mules was to convey
- my luggage. As soon as all preparations were completed the leader of
- the muleteers told me that they would be ready to proceed late in the
- afternoon and that he would call for me at the cabildo. The men then
- dispersed.</p>
-
- <p>Having the greater part of the day at my disposal, I walked out beyond
- the village for the purpose of being present at an Indian ceremony. It
- was the commemoration of a death that had taken place in the previous
- year. I was informed that in this part of Yucatan it was the custom
- amongst the Indians to have three services or meetings of this nature.
- The first took place a week after the death; the second after an
- interval of a month, and the last on the anniversary. This was the
- anniversary service and was considered the most important. Very few
- of the religious ceremonies of the Indians have been permitted to be
- maintained, for they were so singularly connected with their worship of
- demons, that it was found necessary to abolish everything that recalled
- their ancient superstitions. These memorial observances are, however,
- to a modified extent yet performed.</p>
-
- <p>Upon arriving at the hut I saw that it was crowded with Indians. I
- was received in the usual manner with apparent inattention, and was
- allowed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_363">363</span>
- to take my place with the others. I noticed that my friend
- the junior Judge, who had promised to send me a horse, was one of the
- mourners. As he made no remark and I had made other plans the subject
- was not mentioned, and my attention was directed to what was going
- on around me. The Indians were engaged in making melancholy sounds
- of wailing. In the centre of the room was a table upon which was a
- large plain wooden cross. Before the cross were placed offerings of
- flowers, fruits and baked tortillas. I waited for some time to see what
- ceremonies were going to take place, but nothing happened. The wailing
- continued in a dreary and monotonous manner.</p>
-
- <p>The scene reminded me in some respects of observances of a religious
- character that I had previously witnessed when travelling amongst the
- Cordilleras of Guatemala, and again at a village near Tzibalché, on
- the road to Uxmal. When the Spanish priests settled in their various
- parishes in these regions after the conquest, it was noticed by them
- that the Indians appeared to have a peculiar dread of death. This dread
- did not seem to be caused by any personal fear, but had its origin in
- connection with their belief in demons. They believed that death was
- an evil spirit that required to be propitiated, and whose influence
- over the sick or dying person was malignant. Thus it was usual to make
- offerings to this demon, who was supposed to be lying in wait somewhere
- near the hut. They imagined that he might be contented with what was
- given to him and not carry off his victim. When I was at Palenque,
- I was told that in some of the remote parts of the province, this
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_364">364</span>
- ancient observance still existed and that the Indians placed offerings
- of food outside the door of the hut in the hope that the demon would be
- appeased, and pass by without stopping to enter within.<a id="FNanchor_93" href="#Footnote_93" class="fnanchor">[93]</a> In Yucatan
- a similar custom prevailed, but the method of propitiation was slightly
- different. Various kinds of food and jars of liquid were hung upon the
- walls or thatch outside the hut to gratify the demon and cause him to
- accept the offerings instead of human life.</p>
-
- <p>Amongst the ancient customs of the Indians none, however, are more
- strange than those connected with an almost unintelligible form of
- baptism. The Franciscan missionaries who endeavoured to convert the
- Indians at the time of the conquest, observed with astonishment the
- veneration of the natives for the Catholic rites of baptism and the
- readiness of their converts to accept this part of their teaching.
- In the course of their inquiries upon the subject they discovered
- that a form of baptism already existed, and was considered to be one
- of the most important and essential of their ceremonies.<a id="FNanchor_94" href="#Footnote_94" class="fnanchor">[94]</a> Upon
- an examination of the accounts of the manner in which the Indians
- performed their customary <span class="pagenum" id="Page_365">365</span>
- rites, it does not appear that there was
- much analogy with the ceremony that was insisted upon as a duty by the
- friars, except that the Indian baptism was a religious act performed by
- their priests, in which the children were touched with something that
- had been dipped in water.</p>
-
- <p>The Indians, although disinclined to adopt the new faith, showed
- extraordinary ardour and devotion in this particular observance. It was
- found that they would frequently bring their children to be baptised
- again after they had already received baptism. Finally the conduct
- of the Indians in this matter became so unsatisfactory that special
- clauses upon the subject, were introduced into the laws established by
- the order of the Emperor Charles V. for the government of the Indians
- in Yucatan.</p>
-
- <p>One of these clauses ran thus—</p>
-
- <p>“Baptism is one of the sacraments which is not to be repeated, and
- if this is done great offence is committed against the Holy Ghost
- conferred upon us by baptism when it is repeated.</p>
-
- <p>“Many of the natives of this province say that although already
- baptised, they repeat baptism deceiving the ministers of the gospel,
- and furthermore they say that they baptise others and consent that
- others should do so. For which reason I order that henceforth no Indian
- man or woman of this province who has once received legitimately holy
- baptism shall return to be baptised or consent to others doing it, or
- baptise on their own authority any other person.”</p>
-
- <p>Since these orders were put in force many changes have taken place,
- and the Indians have become, in a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_366">366</span>
- manner reconciled to the new order
- of things. It is, however, stated that in remote parishes the priests
- are still frequently deceived, and that children are sometimes brought
- three or four times to be given baptism.</p>
-
- <p>The circumstances under which the cross was placed upon the table
- in the hut near Abalá were peculiar. It was clear that the cross
- was looked upon as an idol, and that the offerings made to it were
- propitiations. In Yucatan there were instances known of several of
- the principal Indians keeping a cross in their house. This was not
- necessarily a Latin cross, for it was sometimes formed into a shape
- varying according to the imagination of the owners. The Indians are
- rapidly becoming so neglected with regard to all religious education,
- that it is not improbable that they will gradually return to many of
- their idolatrous practices.</p>
-
- <p>In the beginning of this century the Spanish authorities in Mexico
- ordered an inquiry to be made regarding the condition of the Yucatan
- Indians, and directions were given to ascertain whether they still
- maintained any of the superstitious usages followed before the
- conquest. There was a Report made by the curate of Yaxcabá which was
- considered to be especially deserving of mention, because he had been
- in charge of a large parish and had lived for many years among his
- Indians, and was known to be well acquainted with their language and
- habits. One of the superstitions that he reported is remarkable from
- its having evident analogies with one of the methods adopted by the
- medicine men in curing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_367">367</span>
- the sick amongst the Dakotas in North America.
- It will be seen by his account of the custom of divining through the
- medium of a crystal, that ignorant human nature in Yucatan, as in many
- other parts of the world, seeks to learn the future by similar methods.</p>
-
- <p>The curate, in his reply to one of the questions put to him, stated
- as follows<a id="FNanchor_95" href="#Footnote_95" class="fnanchor">[95]</a>:—“Amongst the common masses of the Indians there are
- many superstitions. In the first fifteen years that I held this curacy
- they told me much, but after making examples upon the delinquents by
- punishing them with floggings and penances in accordance with superior
- commands, it is now fully fifteen years that all is done in silence,
- and it is only from time to time that there is any sign.</p>
-
- <p>“The most frequent divination is by means of a piece of crystal which
- they call <i>zaztun</i>. This is a clear and transparent stone, by which
- they say that occult things are seen and the causes of sickness. What
- I have been able to understand in this matter is that they have had
- some one who, by a compact with the demon, has divined by the means
- of the said <i>zaztun</i>: but the more ordinary way is that those that
- use it are certain cheating impostors who by this means gain credit
- amongst themselves and are consulted and are well treated so that they
- have idle lives, and with their artifices and cunning make the simple
- and ignorant believe that they have <span class="pagenum" id="Page_368">368</span>
- divined what they have secretly
- managed. I will take this example which is frequent: they make the sick
- man believe that by the means of the <i>zaztun</i> they have known that
- some malevolent person has bewitched him, and in order to discover the
- wizard or evil doer it is necessary to watch three nights and make
- preparation of ardent spirits or pitarilla, provisions and lighted
- candles; during these three nights they enjoy themselves and eat and
- drink till they are satisfied. When the others are not observing or
- asleep they bury inside the house or near it a small figure of black
- wax having a thorn run into the part corresponding to that where the
- sick person feels the most pain. Finally when all are awake they
- commence to make their operations with the <i>zaztun</i> and go straight to
- the spot where they buried the little figure, they take it out within
- sight of everybody and make them believe that this was the witchcraft.
- They then apply for the cure any herbs that they can find and if
- sometimes by chance the sick person gets cured they gain much credit
- amongst the ignorant.”</p>
-
- <p>A most extraordinary account was given by the curate of Yaxcabá, of
- a religious or superstitious ceremony which at a certain season of
- the year was performed by the Indians of his parish in the beginning
- of this century. They erected near the village a rudely constructed
- table upon which was placed a turkey. When the ceremony commenced, the
- Indian who acted as the priest poured into the beak of the turkey a
- small quantity of pitarilla. He then killed the bird and gave it to
- his assistants at the table, who carried it away to season it and
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_369">369</span>
- prepare it for being eaten. Large tortillas were also prepared and
- when everything was ready the turkey and tortillas were placed upon
- the table together with several jars of pitarilla. “Then,” stated the
- cura, “the sacerdote commences to incense them with copal.”... “And
- then taking some of the pitarilla upon a hissop he sprinkles it towards
- the four winds invoking the four <i>Pahahtunes</i> who are the gods and
- custodians of the rains. Then approaching the table he raises on high
- one of the jars, and offers it to the mouths of the surrounding people,
- who are kneeling. The function concludes by all eating and drinking to
- their satisfaction.”</p>
-
- <p>Near a hamlet a few leagues from Uxmal, I observed a group of Indians
- performing ceremonies similar to those described by the curate of
- Yaxcabá, and I then formed the opinion that they were imitating what
- they had seen in the Spanish churches. It may, however, be possible
- that these native observances have some relation to practices that
- may have been customary amongst the natives before the conquest. Near
- Jacaltenango, amongst the hills of the Sierra Madre, ceremonies and
- sacrifices were still, at certain periods of the year, performed by
- the Mams; turkeys were killed, and special and peculiar rites were
- customary. In Yucatan it was found necessary in the sixteenth century
- to enforce regulations, preventing the caciques from convening meetings
- of the natives which were held for the purpose of maintaining the
- ancient worship of their gods. These meetings usually took place in
- secret, and the services and superstitious propitiations were
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_370">370</span> taught
- or performed by men who were the descendants of the priests or caciques.</p>
-
- <p>The tendency of the Indians to have religious rites performed in their
- houses or in huts set apart for the purpose, and their custom of having
- these ceremonies conducted by one or more men selected from among
- themselves to act as priests, or “sacerdotes,” is noticeable throughout
- Guatemala, Yucatan and Chiapas.</p>
-
- <p>Before leaving Abalá I visited a large and deep cenote or well. It was
- one of those natural caverns the Indians of Yucatan were accustomed to
- use for their supply of water, and which presumably mark the sites of
- the ancient centres of population. It was chiefly fed by the waters
- penetrating through the surrounding calcareous limestone formation. As
- it was late in the dry season of the year, the waters were low and the
- natives were engaged in going up and down the steps cut into and around
- the sides of the cavern. The work of filling their jars was laborious,
- as the depth to which they had to descend was nearly one hundred feet.</p>
-
- <p>After examining this natural well, I returned to the cabildo, where I
- found that everything was ready and the muleteers were waiting for me.
- We started without delay. At night we stopped at what appeared to be a
- farmhouse. The muleteers unloaded the mules and found places to sleep
- in an outer shed. I unrolled my hammock and secured it to the rafters
- outside the dwelling of the young proprietress, and found protection
- from the dew under the overhanging thatch. From this exposed position I
- watched for several hours the clear star-light,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_371">371</span> regretting that this
- was the last time that I should lead this free and wandering life; for
- on the next day we were to be in Merida. At daybreak we continued our
- journey and arrived in the capital of Yucatan shortly before noon and
- halted in the market place.</p>
-
- <p>My travelling companions then left me and I remained a solitary
- stranger amongst a crowd of busy Indians. I was told that there was no
- hotel, but that possibly I might get a room in an old disused convent
- which was being altered for the purpose of receiving guests. I rode
- up to the gate and there saw a Spaniard who informed me that he had
- lately bought a portion of the ruins, and was re-arranging the interior
- sufficiently to enable him to keep an inn. He had a room at my disposal
- and assured me that he would be pleased if I would occupy it. This room
- had been a nun’s cell, the door of which opened into the quadrangle.</p>
-
- <p>I found that I was quartered within the Convent of the Conceptionistas,
- which after the suppression of the monastic orders had been abandoned.
- Thus, by a strange series of events, I had come from the ruined Indian
- “nunnery” at Uxmal to the ruined Spanish nunnery at Merida. The cells
- and the quadrangle of the Conceptionistas reminded me of the interior
- of the “Casa de las Monjas.”</p>
-
- <p>During my brief sojourn in Merida I was generally occupied during the
- day in observing the habits of the Indians who came into the town from
- the adjacent country. In the evenings, within the convent walls where,
- for many years, the nuns had led their quiet and secluded lives, I
- listened to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_372">372</span>
- the plans of my worthy and eager landlord for converting a
- building, constructed for the purposes of solitude and prayer, into a
- busy and prosperous inn. I frequently thought of the past of this land.
- The monastic institutions of an unknown race of Indians had flourished
- and had been destroyed, and were succeeded by the churches and convents
- established by an enthusiastic race of devoted missionaries who came
- across the Atlantic to spread their faith in the New World. Many
- changes had happened, the old order of things had passed away. The
- work of the Spanish priests for the education and conversion of the
- Indians, maintained for centuries with such zeal and self-sacrifice,
- was destined to become useless, and in their turn the monasteries of
- the Spaniards are doomed to fall into the same condition of ruin as the
- temples and religious structures of the Indians.</p>
-
- <p>One evening the landlord (Miguel Yturran) told me that a brig had
- arrived and was at anchor off the port of Sisal, and was going to sail
- for Cuba on the afternoon of the next day. I accordingly arranged to
- leave on the following morning. A good level road led to the northern
- coast, the distance was about thirty-eight miles. We changed mules at a
- village called Junucuma, and reached Sisal before nine in the morning.
- We had left Merida at daybreak and travelled at an average speed
- exceeding twelve miles an hour. In the offing we saw the brig with her
- sails loosed, preparing for sea.</p>
-
- <p>Upon getting on board I was told that she was the Aguinaga, belonging
- to the port of San Sebastian. She was manned by a crew of Basques.
- Shortly before weighing our anchor, I was leaning
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_373">373</span>over the port side
- of the vessel looking at the long, low, line of coast stretching
- far away towards the east, when my attention was called to an
- animated conversation that was taking place between the Basques and
- a boat’s-crew of Indians who had come alongside, bringing provisions
- and fruit. It was surprising to hear a conversation carried on between
- men of races so absolutely distinct, and I asked the skipper, who was
- standing near me, how this power of communicating ideas between his
- crew and these Yucatan Indians had been established.</p>
-
- <p>He said that he did not know, but as a matter of fact, his men,
- speaking Basque, were able to make themselves understood by the Indians
- living on these coasts, especially in the regions around Tabasco beyond
- Carmen and the bay of Terminos.</p>
-
- <p>In the afternoon we left Sisal and were employed in beating against a
- fresh N.E. wind, usually standing in towards the coast during the day
- and tacking out to sea at night. It was not until the sixth day that
- we weathered the parallel of Cape Catoche, the extreme eastern point
- of Yucatan, and it was with no slight satisfaction that, after having
- been nine tedious days at sea, I heard that Cuba was in sight. The
- confinement on board the brig had been extremely irksome, and had only
- been made tolerable by the novelty of being thrown amongst a race of
- men that I had never met before and whose language was unintelligible.</p>
-
- <p>These Basques were excellent sailors, quick and handy at their work
- aloft or on deck, and although incessantly employed, were willing and
- obedient. My messmates in the cabin consisted of the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_374">374</span>skipper, the
- boatswain and the mate, and a fellow passenger who had been for the
- greater part of his life a Honduras pilot. There was also a second
- class passenger who usually lived under the forecastle. This man was a
- wanderer upon the earth; an exile from his own land who, in the course
- of his travels, had seen much of men and manners. He told me that he
- was a Frenchman and had been drawn for the conscription, but he managed
- to evade his duty and had got away from France, consequently he was
- not able to return to his home as he was liable to be punished. He had
- managed to subsist by following various trades and he was about to try
- his fortune in one of the islands.</p>
-
- <p>Upon approaching Havannah we at last got a fair wind and were able
- to find an obscure berth amongst the merchant shipping without
- difficulty.<a id="FNanchor_96" href="#Footnote_96" class="fnanchor">[96]</a> After leaving the brig and her Basque crew I proceeded
- across the Gulf to Florida. Amongst the various places that I visited
- was Tampa, situated at <span class="pagenum" id="Page_375">375</span>
- the head of a bay, near the spot where Hernando
- de Soto landed in 1539 and began the conquest of that part of America.</p>
-
- <p>About one hundred miles to the north of Tampa are numerous sand
- islets. Upon one of these was situated the old settlement of Cedar
- Keys. I was fortunate in meeting there a good seaman and enthusiastic
- antiquary named Clarke, who had made his home at that place. He was
- well acquainted with the various channels and bays of the coast, and
- in consequence of the interest that he felt in all that related to
- the customs of the Indian tribes, had gathered together a store of
- information that was exceedingly curious. He had also made discoveries
- respecting the haunts of the buccaneers, and knew of stories about
- hidden treasure. Fragments of old vessels that were supposed to have
- belonged to the pirates had been found, and clearings in the forest had
- been noticed, where it is supposed they formed their camps when the
- crews were landed. This part of the Florida coast with its tortuous
- channels and land-locked bays is precisely the position that buccaneers
- would have chosen for careening their vessels and for all purposes that
- required concealment after their raids upon the Spaniards.</p>
-
- <p>Upon one of the islands near the main-land there was an ancient kitchen
- midden or shell mound of unusual size. We found that it extended along
- the beach for eight hundred yards. It averaged eighty yards in width
- and was forty feet high. It was composed principally of large oyster
- shells, but there were also the shells of clam fish and numerous
- smaller shells. The mound throughout
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_376">376</span>its length presented on its face
- a series of alternate layers of earth, about half-an-inch thick. The
- thickness of these intervening deposits of shells was greater than at
- Damariscotta in Maine, from which fact it may be inferred that the
- tribes who came here were more numerous, or that they were capable
- of extraordinary powers of consuming oysters. Upon cutting away
- portions of the outer slope of the mound, we found many fish bones and
- quantities of fragments of broken pottery.</p>
-
- <p>Not far from the shell mound was an ancient Indian burial place.
- Captain Clarke had made excavations into it, and amongst the
- accumulation of bones he had found some flint arrow heads and a few
- rude stone axes. I examined these and noticed that they were similar
- to those that had been found in several of the burial mounds of the
- Iroquois. As I wished to see this mound for the purpose of ascertaining
- certain points respecting the methods of burial adopted by the Florida
- Indians, Captain Clarke proposed that we should make an examination of
- it.</p>
-
- <p>The heap was irregular in shape and about four hundred yards in
- circumference at the base. It consisted entirely of quantities of human
- skulls and bones. We examined it sufficiently to enable certain facts
- to be made clear. From the manner in which groups of skulls and thigh
- bones were placed and separated, it was evident that the burials took
- place at considerable intervals of time. This is in accordance with
- what is known of the funeral customs of the Indians in Florida and the
- southern parts of the Mississippi Valley at the time of the expedition
- of De Soto.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_377">377</span></p>
-
- <p>It was then ascertained that in each of the villages there was a large
- building in which were kept boxes containing human bones. Before the
- bones were collected in this manner, the bodies had been placed in
- the adjacent forest, exposed to the air but raised on a scaffolding
- sufficiently high to prevent them from being disturbed by wild animals.
- After a suitable time had elapsed the bones were separated and
- cleaned, and were then deposited in the charnel-house, where religious
- ceremonies were frequently performed. Upon certain occasions, when the
- boxes were getting full, the bones were taken away and conveyed to the
- tribal burial place.</p>
-
- <p>Judging from the manner in which the bones were deposited in the mound,
- it is probable that they were brought in their separate cases, and that
- the contents of each case were carefully kept together and finally
- thrown out in separate heaps. The occasions when the bones were brought
- here, may have been those when the tribes made their migrations to
- the seacoast. The methods of cleaning and removing the bones of the
- Indians in Florida were similar to those of the Dakotas.</p>
-
- <p>On the coast, a few miles north of Cedar Keys, there were other large
- shell mounds, and in Tampa Bay I was shown the position of a long and
- extensive range of similar heaps on its southern shores. It is evident
- that before the sixteenth century there must have been a numerous
- aboriginal race inhabiting these coasts. The scattered remnants of the
- tribes that remained in Florida at the conclusion of the last Indian
- war in this region, have been removed and placed upon lands beyond the
- Mississippi.</p>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XIX">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_378">378</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XIX.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Mounds and Earthworks in North and Central America.—Migrations
- of the Toltecs and Aztecs.—The Quichés.—Aboriginal
- races.—Palenque.—Hieroglyphs.—Temples.—Desertion of the
- Temples and stone buildings in Yucatan.—Conquest of Yucatan
- by the Aztecs.—Antiquity of Palenque and Uxmal.—Aztec custom
- of imprisoning captives in cages and sacrificing them to the
- gods.—Civilisation of the Toltecs.—Note upon the symbol or
- Totem of the Serpent.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">In</span> the following chapters I propose to bring together the various notes
- upon the Indians and their temples and earthworks which were made when
- traversing Central America, and to add to them the conclusions which
- have been formed subsequently.</p>
-
- <p>There are certain problems which particularly require to be examined.
- With respect to the antiquity of the stone buildings and pyramids,
- it would be difficult to attempt to do more than endeavour to form
- reasonable deductions from the evidence afforded by the state of those
- ruins, and the information given about them by the Indians at the time
- of the conquest. The conquerors, after they had settled in Yucatan and
- Guatemala, were accompanied by Spanish missionaries of great ability.
- We possess in the writings of Bishop Las Casas and Bishop Landa works
- of the greatest value, for both those prelates when they were engaged
- in their duties of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_379">379</span>
- converting the natives, were acquainted with the
- language of the tribes amongst whom they worked.</p>
-
- <p>In the prosecution of researches into subjects which relate to Central
- America, it is desirable as a preliminary step to consider the
- comparative civilisation of the Indians, as far as that is brought
- into evidence by what has been discovered with respect to mounds and
- earthworks, not only in that region, but also throughout the valley of
- the Mississippi. A distinction must also be made between earthworks
- which are unquestionably of great antiquity, and those that possibly
- may have been raised since the date of the arrival of European
- settlers. Therefore the geometrically planned inclosures in Ohio should
- be excluded from this inquiry. It is otherwise with great ramparts such
- as those inclosing Fort Ancient on the steep promontory in the valley
- of the Little Miami, which are of special importance on account of the
- parallelisms with the similar fortifications made by the Quichés and
- Kachiquels in Guatemala.</p>
-
- <p>There are exceptional circumstances connected with the mounds in North
- America. It has to be remembered that they were not always burial
- places. When De Soto arrived with his fleet in Florida, the chief
- cacique of the tribe dwelling near the landing place, was living on the
- top of a mound about fifty feet high. This mound was pointed out to me
- when I was at Tampa. It appeared to be made for the purpose of placing
- huts upon its summit. The platform was sufficiently large to give room
- for several dwellings. There are also mounds near the western bank of
- the Mississippi, between Natchez and the mouth of the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_380">380</span> Arkansas. One of
- them resembled that at Tampa, and had a wide level space on the summit.</p>
-
- <p>When the earliest Spanish expedition passed through that part of the
- country, it was observed that the Indians frequently placed their
- houses upon artificial earthworks raised sufficiently high to be above
- the inundations. At Natchez the tribe, which, from their peculiar
- customs, have been called the sun worshippers, raised mounds primarily
- for the residence of their chiefs, who differed from other Indians of
- that rank, in being invested with special attributes in connection with
- ceremonies performed before the rising sun. But there were customs with
- respect to them which require to be noticed. It was stated by Father le
- Petit, who was for many years a missionary amongst the Natchez, that
- when their principal chief died his hut was demolished and a new mound
- was raised, upon which was built the wooden cabin of his successor in
- that dignity. It can be understood that where a large tribe having
- this custom dwelt for a long time in one place, it might happen that
- a series of connected platform mounds, forming an inclosure, would
- probably have a rectangular shape.</p>
-
- <p>Higher up the Mississippi, above the junction of the Ohio, are the
- Cahokia earthworks. There were also several mounds placed on high
- ground near the east bank of the river, not far from the borders of
- Illinois and Wisconsin. One of these, which was about forty feet
- high, was opened ten years before I went to St. Paul’s. A vault was
- discovered beneath the level of the ground, which contained several
- skeletons sitting in a circle. The earth of which it
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_381">381</span> was composed was
- a kind of loam, not occurring in the vicinity, and it was supposed
- that it must have been brought from a considerable distance by Indians
- who wished to show their respect for the burial place of their chiefs,
- by bringing tributes of earth taken from the ground near their
- encampments. The high mounds placed around the edge of the promontory,
- now called Dayton’s Bluff, and which are the most northern group in the
- valley of the Mississippi, have been described in a preceding chapter.</p>
-
- <p>When I was in Chiapas, the Presbitero Macal told me that he was present
- when two mounds were examined in 1860, near San Cristobal. They were
- each ten feet high and covered vaults made of large flat slabs of
- stone. Within these tombs were two skulls, but nothing else was found.
- There were no weapons or fragments of pottery. In the vault under the
- mound in Illinois there were several large pieces of pottery, and on
- the surface, immediately above the tomb, were ashes and other evidences
- of fire.</p>
-
- <p>But before proceeding farther with this subject, it is necessary to
- bring under consideration the progress of archæological knowledge in
- North America, since the date of my visit to the ancient mounds and
- earthworks in Ohio. Great advances have been made in the classification
- of the discoveries that have taken place in the burial mounds that
- exist throughout the United States. Deductions can consequently be
- established with regard to the civilisation of the Indians, and it has
- become possible to establish, upon a scientific basis, their position
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_382">382</span>
- as a race. A long series of investigations have been completed, and a
- summary of the results published, under the auspices of the Smithsonian
- Institution, by Professor Cyrus Thomas.<a id="FNanchor_97" href="#Footnote_97" class="fnanchor">[97]</a></p>
-
- <p>“It seems desirable at the present time,” he observes, “to make a
- statement explaining the plans and describing the work of the mound
- exploring division of the Bureau of Ethnology.”... “The questions
- relating to prehistoric America are to be determined not alone by
- the study of its ancient monuments, but by the study also of the
- languages, customs, art, beliefs, and folk-lore of the aborigines.
- Only by such a comprehensive study can the exact relations of the
- ancient archæological remains to the historic Indian tribes be made
- apparent. Major J. W. Powell, the Director of the Bureau, taking this
- comprehensive and scientific view of the subject, saw at the outset the
- necessity of deciding as soon as possible the question ‘Were the mound
- builders Indians?’”</p>
-
- <p>The work was carried on for several years, and Professor Thomas states
- that “Over two thousand mounds have been explored, including almost
- every known type as to form.... Nothing trustworthy has been discovered
- to justify the theory that the mound builders belonged to a highly
- civilised race, or that they were a people who had attained a higher
- culture status than the Indians. It is true that
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_383">383</span>works and papers
- on American archæology are full of statements to the contrary, which
- are generally based on the theory that the mound builders belonged to
- a race of much higher culture than the Indians. Yet when the facts
- on which this opinion is based are examined with sober, scientific
- care, the splendid fabric which has been built upon them by that
- great workman, imagination, fades from sight.” Professor Thomas also
- observes—“That the links discovered directly connecting the Indians and
- mound builders are so numerous and well established that there should
- be no longer any hesitancy in accepting the theory that the two are one
- and the same people.”</p>
-
- <p>The origin and nature of the American mounds, and the customs of the
- Indians who raised them, have also been investigated by Professor
- Lucien Carr. He claims “that the mounds and inclosures of Ohio, like
- those in New York and the Gulf States, were the work of the red Indians
- of historic times, or of their immediate ancestors.”<a id="FNanchor_98" href="#Footnote_98" class="fnanchor">[98]</a></p>
-
- <p>With reference to this much debated question of the formation of these
- inclosures, a re-survey of several of them was made. The measurements
- of Professor Thomas and his assistants appear to have established the
- fact of the geometrical accuracy of the octagonal, square and circular
- works near <span class="pagenum" id="Page_384">384</span>
- Newark.<a id="FNanchor_99" href="#Footnote_99" class="fnanchor">[99]</a> In the introduction to the memoir upon the
- Ohio mounds, Professor Thomas observes that “The constantly recurring
- question ‘Who constructed these works?’ has brought before the public
- a number of widely different theories, though the one which has been
- most generally accepted is that they originated with a people long
- since extinct or driven from the country, who had attained a culture
- status much in advance of that reached by the aborigines inhabiting
- the country at the time of its discovery by Europeans. The opinions
- advanced in this paper, in support of which evidence will be presented,
- is that the ancient works of the State are due to Indians of several
- different tribes, and that some at least of the typical works, were
- built by the ancestors of the modern Cherokees.”<a id="FNanchor_100" href="#Footnote_100" class="fnanchor">[100]</a></p>
-
- <p>As a consequence of the examination of the Indian mounds throughout
- the United States, the majority of the modern American archæologists
- consider that the aboriginal inhabitants were never in a higher
- state of civilisation than they were when they first became known to
- Europeans. It is not however the questions of the burial mounds, and
- the importance of what has been found in them which have chiefly to
- be considered here. Attention should be principally
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_385">385</span> directed to the
- difficult problem respecting the great fortified ramparts of Fort
- Ancient.</p>
-
- <p>The traditions of the Delawares,<a id="FNanchor_101" href="#Footnote_101" class="fnanchor">[101]</a> which affirmed that the defensive
- earthworks of Ohio were built by the Tallegwi, have generally been
- accepted as being well founded. They were stated to have been a
- powerful tribe who built fortifications and entrenchments. Finally
- they abandoned their lands and went southwards, down the valley of the
- Mississippi and never returned. It may be conjectured, after observing
- the similar works and methods of selecting their defensive positions
- in Guatemala, that the Tallegwi were the same race who were afterwards
- known as Toltecs. The probability of this assumption being reasonable,
- becomes more evident when the group of platform and circular mounds on
- the plains near Mixco are observed to be similar to those raised on the
- plains of Cahokia near the banks of the Mississippi.</p>
-
- <p>The question of the condition of intelligence amongst the North
- American Indians, has a direct bearing upon the problem of the origin
- of the civilisation of the Toltecs and Aztecs, and it is satisfactory
- to know that there are sound reasons for supposing that the Indians
- who constructed the fortified camps in Ohio were not more advanced in
- knowledge than the tribes who were dwelling in that region at the time
- of the discovery of America by Columbus.</p>
-
- <p>Several years after the conquest of Mexico, the
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_386">386</span>Spaniards sent
- expeditions into the southern parts of Central America, and conquered
- the Quichés and the surrounding country, in which were situated
- the ramparts defending Utatlan and Patinamit. It was subsequently
- considered desirable that investigations should be made into the
- ancient systems by which the aboriginal inhabitants had been governed
- by their caciques, and orders were given to this effect by the Emperor
- Charles the Fifth and by his successor Philip the Second. In the
- reports of the officers who conducted these inquiries, it was stated
- that an extraordinarily rigid line of caste was maintained amongst the
- Quichés. There was an absolute distinction between the ruling families
- descended from the caciques, and the great mass of the races who were
- under their control. It was also evident, judging from the language of
- several appeals made by Indian chiefs to obtain justice and to have
- their rank and authority acknowledged, that they considered the working
- classes of Indians as their absolute slaves.</p>
-
- <p>“There was no instance,” states the historian Juarros, “of any person
- being appointed to a public office, high or low, who was not selected
- from the nobility; for which reason, great anxiety was felt by them
- to keep the purity of their lineage unsullied. To preserve this rank
- untainted in blood, it was decreed by the law, that if any cacique
- or noble should marry a woman who was not of noble family, he should
- be degraded to the caste of mazegual or plebeian, assume the name of
- his wife, and be subject to all the duties and services imposed upon
- plebeians.” These services generally consisted of works
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_387">387</span> performed
- by forced labour. The lands belonging to the ruling families were
- cultivated in this manner, and, in fact, the Indians of the native
- and working class were entirely at the disposal of their masters. One
- of the Spanish bishops, whose diocese was in Mexico, mentions that he
- had ascertained that these mazeguales could be sold or killed by their
- owners. There were marked differences in the dress of the people. The
- mazeguales wore, as a rule, nothing but the loin cloth, or sometimes,
- as is the case now with the Lacandones, a long cotton shirt, reaching
- nearly to the feet. It was a matter of observation amongst the
- conquerors that the inferior classes of Indians were submissive, but
- that their rulers were intractable, harsh and warlike.</p>
-
- <p>It is inexpedient to pursue this particular subject to any great
- extent, for it is made clear by the reports of the Spanish authorities
- that the relations of the governing class of the Quichés to the
- other Indians under their rule were those of a race of conquerors
- to a race of slaves, and the victors treated those whom they had
- conquered in a manner in accordance with the habits of a savage and
- barbarous tribe of North American Indians. This much may be admitted
- from the consideration of the circumstances of the laws and customs
- of the Quichés at the time of the arrival of the Spaniards. But if a
- due estimation is also given to the evidence afforded by the strange
- and otherwise inexplicable similarities in the methods of choosing
- fortified positions and raising ramparts with those in Ohio, it becomes
- reasonable to infer that the Quiché chiefs originally migrated from
- that part of North America.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_388">388</span></p>
-
- <p>It is however necessary to note that, at whatever period their
- migration may have taken place, it cannot be granted or inferred that
- the Ohio tribes brought with them any knowledge of architecture, or
- of any form of civilisation, for had it been otherwise, they would
- have left behind them some vestiges of that civilisation or mechanical
- skill. It is especially remarkable that throughout the length and
- breadth of North America there is not the smallest fragment of any
- hewn stone building, or of any carved stone hieroglyphic characters.
- Thus the theory of migratory tribes of Indians bringing with them from
- the North into Mexico, a comparatively advanced knowledge of arts
- and sciences is opposed to all evidence. It is almost certain that
- the state of civilisation that at one time existed in the regions of
- Chiapas and Yucatan, was introduced into the country at some period
- subsequent to the arrival of the invading tribe, unless it can be
- established that the aboriginal races already possessed a competent
- intelligence, and an architectural capacity. A proposition of this
- character cannot be reasonably maintained, for it is known that in
- the fifteenth century the Indians in Cuba and Haiti, the Caribs on
- the coasts south of Yucatan, and the aborigines in the interior were
- savages, existing in a low state of human intelligence. This subject
- respecting the Indian migrations and the state of civilisation that was
- existing, or had existed, in Central America, can be more definitely
- considered after attention has been directed to the question of the
- antiquity and purpose of the buildings at Palenque and
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_389">389</span> Uxmal. It is
- much to be regretted that Palenque was not known to the Spaniards when
- Cortes marched within a few leagues of it in 1524. Possibly, at that
- time it had not been long abandoned, and perhaps some of the caciques
- dwelling in that part of the valley of the Usamacinta might have been
- able to explain the meaning of the hieroglyphs. Unfortunately the
- ruins were not discovered until more than two centuries had elapsed,
- and nothing could be ascertained from the Indians which gave the
- slightest clue to their signification. It has been surmised—and there
- are good reasons for thinking that the surmise may be correct—that the
- characters relate to the migrations of the tribes. But in consequence
- of the incomplete knowledge of these Indian hieroglyphs, it would be
- impossible to attempt to form any satisfactory conjectures regarding
- their meaning.</p>
-
- <p>There exists, however, graven on the tablet of the cross, two figures
- which, if I am correct in my opinion with regard to them, are of the
- greatest importance in establishing certain facts with regard to the
- builders of Palenque. Upon referring to the illustration of the altar
- tablet that was placed within the temple of the cross, it will be
- noticed that the two standing figures offering sacrifice to the quetzal
- or sacred bird of Quiché, are evidently intended to represent persons
- actually living at the time that the altar was designed, for there is
- nothing fantastic in the costume that is worn by them. If a careful
- examination is made into the details of their dress it will, I think,
- be concluded that these men were the chief caciques of the Quichés.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_390">390</span></p>
-
- <p>“The nobles,” observes Juarros, “wore a dress of white cotton dyed or
- stained with different colours, the use of which was prohibited to the
- other ranks. This vestment consisted of a shirt and white breeches,
- decorated with fringes; over these was drawn another pair of breeches,
- reaching to the knees and ornamented with a species of embroidery;
- the legs were bare; the feet protected by sandals, fastened over the
- instep and at the heel by thongs of leather; the sleeves of the shirt
- were looped above the elbow, with a blue or red band; the hair was
- worn long, and tressed behind with a cord of the colour used upon the
- sleeves, and terminating in a tassel, which was a distinction peculiar
- to the great captains; the waist was girded with a piece of cloth of
- various colours, fastened in a knot before; over the shoulders was
- thrown a white mantle, ornamented with figures of birds, lions and
- other decorations of cord and fringe. The ears and lower lip were
- pierced, to receive star-shaped pendants of gold or silver.”</p>
-
- <p>Upon an examination of the figures it will be observed that, although
- their dress corresponds with what is described as being worn by the
- Quiché caciques, neither of them are wearing sandals. But, on the
- altar of the temple placed on an adjacent mound, the same figures are
- again offering sacrifices, and the tallest of them is wearing sandals
- precisely as described above. It was the custom among the Quichés
- to associate with the principal cacique another chief, to whom was
- intrusted the control and management of the troops and the conduct of
- all hostilities, and it is stated that sometimes
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_391">391</span>
- this chief was the
- eldest son of the cacique. As the second temple appears to have been
- dedicated to the god of war, it may be assumed that the shorter figure
- was intended to represent a war chief. He is dressed in accordance
- with that rank and wears a mantle and a heavy tassel. In this temple
- the chief is drawn as standing upon a kneeling captive, but in that
- dedicated to Quetzalcoatl he is placed upon a block of stone, upon
- which is a hieroglyph. To Quetzalcoatl the offering appears to have
- been in conformity with the attributes assigned to him, of religion
- and education. Possibly the child, held in the hands of the tallest
- cacique, was dedicated to serve in the temple after having been trained
- for the priesthood in the monastery.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_390f"><img src="images/i_390f.jpg" width="417" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Part of the Altar-piece in a Temple at Palenque.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p>It is satisfactory to be able to establish the conclusion that the
- figures are caciques of the Quichés, for it thereby becomes possible to
- advance a few steps towards the solution of a problem which presents
- many difficulties with regard to the period of the construction of
- Palenque, and state of civilization of the builders. In a manuscript
- left in a Franciscan convent by one of the descendants of the Quichés,
- an account was given of the migrations of that tribe before they
- settled near Utatlan. It was stated that they reached that country
- after a long journey from Mexico, and adopted the name of Quiché in
- memory of one of their leaders; but before that time the people were
- called Toltecs.</p>
-
- <p>Before endeavouring to establish conclusions with regard to Palenque,
- attention should be directed to the temples and other stone buildings
- in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_392">392</span>
- adjacent regions. With respect to the numerous groups of
- ruins in Yucatan, we possess the testimony of the Spanish priests who
- dwelt in their parishes in that country at a period when many of the
- governing class of Indians were of the same generation as those who
- inhabited the land when it was conquered. One of these missionaries
- was Father Landa, who was not only zealous in the performance of his
- duties, but also studied the language and civilisation of the race
- amongst whom he dwelt. He was present in Tihoo soon after the capture
- of that Indian settlement, which was afterwards chosen for the site of
- the city of Merida.</p>
-
- <p>He states that in that place there were several stone edifices. He made
- a plan of the largest of them from which it is evident that they were
- of the same character as those at Uxmal. Tihoo was occupied by the
- Spanish forces in 1541, and the terraces, upon which were placed the
- principal buildings, were given to the Franciscans as a site for their
- convent. The friars began their work in 1547. Thus only six years had
- elapsed since the Indians had left their town. Landa’s descriptions
- of the state and condition of the ancient ruins are therefore of the
- greatest assistance in forming conclusions with regard to them.</p>
-
- <p>The principal edifice was placed upon the highest of three terraces,
- each of which was surrounded or faced by thick walls, and approached
- by steps. There was a large interior quadrangle having ranges of
- rooms or cells occupying the four sides. These were similar to those
- in the “House of the Nuns” at Uxmal. In the vicinity there were
- several pyramids <span class="pagenum" id="Page_393">393</span>
- which had small temples on their summits. It was
- observed that all these structures appeared to have been disused for a
- considerable period. The Franciscans found that the Indian structures
- were covered with thick brushwood. This was cleared away. The buildings
- were destroyed and the materials supplied the stone required for their
- church and convent.<a id="FNanchor_102" href="#Footnote_102" class="fnanchor">[102]</a></p>
-
- <p>The fact that the desertion of the temples had occurred before the
- arrival of the Spaniards is important. It explains many of the
- circumstances then existing in Yucatan which otherwise would be
- unintelligible. When the conquerors settled in that land they were
- surprised to find numerous stone buildings in various parts of the
- country, all of which were unoccupied. They were informed that they had
- not been abandoned in consequence of their conquest. They found that
- it was impracticable to obtain from the natives any explanation of the
- nature of the events which had happened and had caused this change.
- Thus the problem regarding the purposes of these extensive buildings,
- and the architectural skill of the constructors was as obscure to them
- at that time as it is now to the present inhabitants.</p>
-
- <p>At Izamal, about thirty-five miles east of Tihoo, there were also
- numerous temples, and it was noticed by Landa that there were evidences
- of there having been a paved road between the two
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_394">394</span>places. A Franciscan
- convent was established at Izamal, and a brief account of its temples
- was written in 1663 by Father Lizana, in which he states, with respect
- to the ruins in Yucatan, that the deserted edifices appeared to
- have been of one style of architecture, and that some of them were
- so perfect that it might be said that twenty years had not elapsed
- since they were built. These edifices were however, he observes, not
- inhabited by the Indians when the Spaniards arrived. The natives lived
- scattered in huts amongst the woods, but they used them as temples or
- sanctuaries, and occasionally performed religious ceremonies and fasts
- there.<a id="FNanchor_103" href="#Footnote_103" class="fnanchor">[103]</a></p>
-
- <p>The Franciscan missionaries were not able to obtain from the natives
- an intelligible explanation of the events that had occurred which had
- caused the temples to be abandoned. But they were informed that an
- invasion had taken place about two hundred years before their arrival,
- and many of the caciques and ruling families had been driven out of the
- land. The invaders did not occupy the sacred buildings, and allowed
- them to fall into ruin, but they were visited occasionally by those who
- still had faith in the ancient gods and wished to offer sacrifices to
- them. It was ascertained that the greater part of Yucatan had become
- subject to the control of chiefs belonging to the Aztec race, and that
- several of them paid tribute to Montezuma.</p>
-
- <p>The question of the antiquity of the temples of Palenque, Uxmal and
- other structures of that <span class="pagenum" id="Page_395">395</span>
- character must therefore, in a great degree,
- be decided by the evidence upon which are based the traditions of the
- migrations of the Toltecs who preceded the Aztecs, and were the first
- of the hordes who conquered the aboriginal races of Central America.
- The historians who have investigated those traditions concur in
- considering that the arrival of the Toltecs within Mexican territory
- happened in the seventh century. After remaining some time in the
- northern part of the country, they migrated southwards to Cholula,
- Palenque and Yucatan.<a id="FNanchor_104" href="#Footnote_104" class="fnanchor">[104]</a> If the historic evidence is accepted as
- being trustworthy, it follows that all the stone edifices in these
- regions must have been erected later than that date. The Aztecs arrived
- at the close of the twelfth century. Therefore it may be concluded that
- Palenque was built later than the eighth century, and was deserted
- before the fourteenth century. Uxmal is evidently more modern than
- Palenque, and it may be assumed that it was constructed after the tenth
- century, and <span class="pagenum" id="Page_396">396</span>
- abandoned not much earlier than a hundred years before
- the Spaniards landed upon the shores of the New World.</p>
-
- <p>The Aztec chiefs introduced into Yucatan one of their barbarous
- customs which was similar to what was practised by them elsewhere.
- It was found by the conquerors, that in Mexico they kept slaves and
- prisoners in cages, where these victims were fattened and prepared for
- sacrifice.<a id="FNanchor_105" href="#Footnote_105" class="fnanchor">[105]</a> After having been killed and offered as propitiations
- to the gods their bodies were eaten. In 1511, it happened that a
- Spanish vessel was wrecked upon some shoals fifteen leagues south of
- the island of Jamaica. The crew after having
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_397">397</span>been thirteen days in
- an open boat, landed upon the north-eastern shores of Yucatan near
- Cape Catoche, and were made captives by the cacique of the district.
- Valdivia, who was in command, together with four of his men, were at
- once sacrificed and eaten, others were put in cages, but several of
- these men escaped. When the fleet under the command of Cortes anchored
- off Cozumel, in 1519, one of the captives, named Aguilar, went on board
- the flagship.</p>
-
- <p>Bernal Diaz, who was with the expedition and saw this man when he
- arrived, relates that when Aguilar came before the presence of Cortes
- he cowered down according to the manner of Indian slaves. Aguilar
- stated that only he and another Spaniard named Gonzalo Guerrero, were
- then alive. Most of his companions had been sacrificed to the gods,
- but some had died, and two women who were with them had perished from
- misery and the severity of the labour of grinding maize. Guerrero had
- married an Indian woman and followed the native customs. He had been
- tattoed, his ears were pierced and his lips were turned down.<a id="FNanchor_106" href="#Footnote_106" class="fnanchor">[106]</a>
- Aguilar had become acquainted with the Maya language, and was
- afterwards employed by Cortes as an interpreter. Guerrero remained in
- Yucatan with the Indians.</p>
-
- <p>Upon a review of the facts ascertained by the conquerors in the
- sixteenth century in Mexico and Guatemala, and by the Franciscan and
- Dominican <span class="pagenum" id="Page_398">398</span>
- missionaries in Yucatan and Chiapas, together with the
- researches made since that time by archæologists and explorers, it
- appears to be possible to form certain conclusions. The architectural
- and mechanical knowledge, and the advance towards writing characters,
- forming calendars and reckoning time by astronomical observations must
- have been reached within a period of less than four centuries. It is
- therefore probable that the priests of the Toltecs became acquainted
- with their arts and sciences not long after they had left North America
- and had migrated to the regions around Téotihuacan in the direction
- of the shores of the Gulf of Mexico. In what manner and under what
- circumstances their knowledge was obtained, is a problem which requires
- to be given a careful investigation.</p>
-
- <hr class="tb" />
-
- <blockquote>
- <p>In an Aztec or Toltec manuscript which forms part of the
- collection of ancient Mexican codices placed in the library of
- the Vatican, there is a representation of a cacique making an
- offering to a rattlesnake.</p>
-
- <p>The manner of propitiation resembles the methods of sacrificing
- to this Manito which were followed by the Dakotas (see p. 170).
- The head dress of the cacique which consists of plumed feathers
- is similar to that worn by the chiefs of that race, and is
- placed in the same position as the feathers of Rocky Bear
- (illustration, chapter viii).</p>
-
- <p>The rattlesnake appears to have been the Totem of the Toltecs
- and is the chief emblem at Uxmal and Chichen Itza.</p>
-
- <p>It is thought that a serpent is represented upon the central
- stone of the tablet of the cross at Palenque and as the
- god to whom the temple is dedicated was named Bird-Serpent
- (Quetzal-Coatl), it is probable that the sculptors delineated
- the symbol in a manner that was intelligible to the Quichés.</p>
-
- <p>Upon an examination of the illustration of the centre tablet,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_399">399</span>
- which is an exact reproduction from a photograph of the
- original stone (see frontispiece), these symbols may perhaps
- be traced. I may here venture to express the opinion that the
- Toltecs may have been the tribe that once dwelt in that part of
- Ohio to the west of the river Scioto, where is still to be seen
- the Totem of the serpent.</p>
-
- <p>The illustration of the propitiation to the serpent is taken
- from a part of the Mexican manuscript represented in Humboldt’s
- “Vues des Cordilléres.”</p>
- </blockquote>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_398f"><img src="images/i_398f.jpg" width="546" height="700" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Mexican Cacique (?) making an offering to a Rattlesnake.<br />
- <span class="small">(from an ancient toltec or aztec manuscript.)</span></div>
- </div>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="CHAPTER_XX">
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_400">400</span>
- <h2>CHAPTER XX.<br />
- <span class="subhead">
- Conjectures respecting the descendants of the tribes who
- built the Temples.—Knowledge and education of the Caciques
- and Priests.—Traditions of the arrival of white strangers
- from the East.—Las Casas.—Quetzal-Coatl.—Crosses found
- in Yucatan.—Gomara.—Legend of the flight of Spaniards by
- sea towards the West after the conquest of Spain by the
- Saracens.—Fabulous island of Antilia.—Columbus on his outward
- voyage steers for Antilia.—Trade-winds.—Considerations upon the
- probabilities of vessels being driven across the Atlantic or
- Pacific Oceans towards America.
- </span>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
- <p class="noindent"><span class="smcap">The</span> subject of the origin and migrations of the Toltecs has been given
- much attention. It has been a matter of conjecture whether any of
- the descendants of the people who built the temples of Palenque, and
- inscribed upon tablets of stone their hieroglyphic records, are at
- present living in Central America.</p>
-
- <p>The chief difficulty in attempting to form a decision upon this
- question, is the uncertainty regarding the distinction to be made
- between the people belonging to the conquering Quichés and the
- aboriginal races whom they had reduced to slavery, and who constituted
- the greater part of the population. It is known that the caciques and
- other members of the governing families of Utatlan became gradually
- reduced to the utmost poverty. But there were other chiefs of tribes of
- Quiché origin who did<span class="pagenum" id="Page_401">401</span>
- not resist the Spaniards, and who volunteered
- to become their allies. Many of these were permitted to hold lands in
- the neighbourhood of Lake Atitlan, and lived in a prosperous condition
- until the early part of the eighteenth century, when they disappeared
- from notice. Possibly, in accordance with Quiché customs, they may have
- kept apart from those who were mazeguales, and intermarried amongst
- Indians of the same race as themselves.</p>
-
- <p>The statements of the grandsons of the caciques of Utatlan, as recorded
- in their manuscripts, with regard to the dates of the arrival of their
- tribe, the building of the fortresses, and their system of dividing the
- country they had conquered into separate governments, are undoubtedly
- entitled to be considered as deserving of attention. They agree in
- a remarkable manner with what has been since ascertained. It may be
- inferred from the account of their migrations and the list of their
- kings or chief caciques, that they had been settled in Guatemala about
- three or four hundred years before Utatlan was conquered by Alvarado.</p>
-
- <p>During the time that I was crossing the Cordilleras in the region
- which had been governed by the Quichés, I endeavoured to ascertain if
- there were any marked differences in the types or characters of the
- tribes then occupying the land. Near Patinamit I saw several groups of
- Kachiquels who were of the same race as the Quichés, and I noticed that
- in many respects they resembled the Dakotas, and in appearance were
- unlike the ordinary natives. I also observed in the district adjacent
- to Santa Cruz del Quiché that the Indians holding official positions
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_402">402</span>
- in the villages were usually of a larger stature than the inferior men
- and, in their harsh and overbearing manner and features, recalled to
- mind the chiefs of the North American tribes. I found, however, that it
- was not possible to form definite conclusions based upon the facts that
- came within my personal observation. The Quichés are reserved in their
- intercourse with strangers. Whatever may be their comparative condition
- of wealth or poverty they all live in the same manner, and seem to be
- satisfied with the barest necessaries. Near Jacaltenango, when amongst
- the Mams, I met one of the richest and most influential of the Indians
- of that tribe. He was living like the meanest of the people, although
- he was the owner of a prosperous estate. This apparent equality in the
- habits of life is universal amongst the Indians.</p>
-
- <p>In the sixteenth century, after the conquest, the caciques of the
- Quichés and Mams who had submitted to the Spaniards were accustomed
- to maintain a state ceremonial of considerable dignity; and at a
- later period the Indians who claimed to have held high rank and who
- were granted lands and privileges lived in a manner suitable to their
- condition. This comparative distinction has entirely disappeared. With
- respect to the migrations of the governing classes of the Quichés it is
- a matter of interest to observe that several of the Indian chiefs who
- accompanied the Spanish conquerors from Mexico, married the daughters
- of these Quichés, and said that they did so because they had discovered
- that they were of the same race as themselves.</p>
-
- <p>In the consideration of subjects relating to the Indians it is
- necessary to discriminate between the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_403">403</span>
- observances of the aboriginal
- inhabitants and those of the races who were of foreign origin. Thus
- with respect to the superstitious and extremely devotional inclinations
- of the natives in Guatemala and Chiapas, it may be assumed that those
- instincts belong to the race who dwelt in those lands before they were
- conquered by the Toltecs and Aztecs; but the customs of sacrificing
- human beings to the gods together with other acts of barbarity were
- introduced from North America.</p>
-
- <p>The Spaniards considered that the most evident proclivities of the
- masses of the natives were drunkenness and idolatry. The latter
- tendency prevailed to an excessive degree. Las Casas states that
- throughout New Spain the idols were so numerous that they could not
- be counted. During his journeys he found them in every place and of
- every kind, in their huts, in the villages, amongst the hills and in
- the sacred places. The numbers of them, he relates, were infinite.
- In the sixteenth century the Indians were gradually, but not without
- difficulty, brought under the control of the Spanish ecclesiastics. The
- idols were destroyed, and the superstitious practices, especially all
- those which were connected with the worship of demons, were suppressed.</p>
-
- <p>The national instinct of idolatry still remains. There is in the
- nature of the aboriginal races a religious fervour which apparently
- forms an integral part of their character. They are also submissive
- and inoffensive, and it can be understood how any invading and warlike
- tribe would, without difficulty, conquer and control people having
- this mild disposition. It is not surprising that a fierce tribe of
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_404">404</span>
- North American Indians was able to reduce them into a state of servile
- obedience. The Toltecs and, afterwards, the Aztecs would undoubtedly
- have introduced into Mexico the barbarous usages which prevailed
- amongst the tribes dwelling in the valleys of the Mississippi and Ohio,
- and these usages, when grafted upon the vices which existed amongst the
- natives, may have been the inciting cause of the revolting condition of
- national demoralisation which was so severely described by Bernal Diaz
- and other Spanish historians.</p>
-
- <p>The Dominican missionaries in Guatemala observed that the Indians
- were passionately fond of dancing and singing. The joyousness which
- originally existed in their nature or temperament has become extinct.
- The usual tenour of their lives seems to be accompanied by a quiet,
- subdued melancholy. It is not improbable that, as a consequence of
- several centuries of Spanish domination, the aboriginal races have
- sunk into a dull and apathetic state. It is however possible that
- other influences acted upon the taciturn and wild natures of these
- tribes.<a id="FNanchor_107" href="#Footnote_107" class="fnanchor">[107]</a> The innate disposition of the natives to worship idols
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_405">405</span>in
- Guatemala was found to be equally existing with the Mayas in Yucatan,
- who also had the custom of making pilgrimages to the shrines. It is
- mentioned by Landa that the pilgrims stopped when passing near any of
- the deserted or ruined temples, and were accustomed to mutter prayers,
- and offer incense. This custom was in accordance with the acts of
- devotion which I saw practised by the Tzendal Indians in Chiapas before
- the ruined walls of the church at Bachajon.</p>
-
- <p>There are circumstances connected with the domination of the Aztecs,
- and possibly also with that of their predecessors the Quiché-Toltecs,
- which require to be noticed. It is unquestionable that slavery would
- have been the fate of any tribe or race conquered by North American
- Indians. But the fact of slaves or captives being bought and sold for
- the purpose of being killed and offered to the gods is extraordinary.
- Great numbers of the natives were annually sacrificed, and astonishing
- acts of cannibalism were committed. Whatever may have been the
- hardships inflicted by the Spaniards upon the Mexican Indians, it is
- satisfactory to be assured that the discovery of America, and the
- conquests of Cortes put an end to the most horrible condition of things
- that has ever been known to have existed in any part of the world.</p>
-
- <p>There are, however, other facts to be taken into consideration. It has
- been assumed that there was a condition of comparative civilisation
- amongst the ruling tribes, which seemed to be in such a progressive
- state as to lead to the conclusion that there were elements of
- knowledge which might have been so far
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_406">406</span> developed in the course of
- time as to have brought these Indians into the ranks of civilised
- nations. With regard to this subject it should be observed that when
- the Spaniards conquered Central America, the progress that may have
- been partially made had already ceased. The monasteries at Palenque and
- in Yucatan had been abandoned. Even when they were flourishing, the
- knowledge that was taught did not extend to the people. It was confined
- to the priesthood, the caciques, and the few scholars who were trained
- for the purpose of interpreting the signs and characters by which
- information was spread abroad. It was by one of these interpreters that
- Cortes was made acquainted with the conspiracy that was being organized
- against him by Guatimozin during the march to Honduras. How or in what
- manner this comparative intelligence arose suddenly in the land is a
- problem of the greatest difficulty.</p>
-
- <p>The possibility of a previous condition of civilisation having existed
- amongst the aboriginal tribes cannot be considered as being within the
- limits of reasonable conjecture, for there are no vestiges of any stone
- buildings, sculptures, or of hieroglyphic inscribed characters, used as
- a means of recording events, except in those regions which are known
- to have been occupied by the Toltecs or Aztecs. With especial regard
- to the temples on the mounds at Palenque, it is evident that these and
- their sculptures and hieroglyphs were the results of a certain degree
- of architectural knowledge obtained by the Quiché-Toltecs after they
- had migrated into Mexico.</p>
-
- <p>But admitting that this may have been the case, it becomes extremely
- difficult to understand how<span class="pagenum" id="Page_407">407</span>
- their mechanical skill could have sprung
- into existence within such a limited period of time. It was found
- that the Indian progress in their peculiar civilisation was very
- local. Bishop Landa, writing exclusively about Yucatan, states that
- all education was under the management of the priests attached to the
- monasteries. Similar systems appeared to have been followed in other
- regions which had been under the rule of the Toltecs.<a id="FNanchor_108" href="#Footnote_108" class="fnanchor">[108]</a> The results
- of the investigations<span class="pagenum" id="Page_408">408</span>
- into the subject of the extent and methods which
- were adopted for the purpose of maintaining knowledge amongst the
- Indians, confirm the opinion that the literature and civilisation found
- to have existed in Mexico and Yucatan was exclusively caused by the
- teaching of the priests.</p>
-
- <p>Explanations of the circumstances under which the priests became
- acquainted with their sciences were given to the Spaniards by the chief
- priests attached to the temple of Quetzalcoatl at Cholula and also by
- certain caciques in Yucatan.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_408f"><img src="images/i_408f.jpg" width="600" height="667" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">Mexican Calendar Stone.</div>
- </div>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_409">409</span></p>
-
- <p>Las Casas relates that when he was making a journey within his diocese,
- he met one of his missionaries named Francisco Hernandez, who had been
- for some years living in Yucatan, and had become acquainted with the
- language. Thinking that this ecclesiastic would be useful for the work
- of converting the Indians to the faith, he made him his vicar and sent
- him into the interior to preach amongst the natives. After a lapse
- of several months he received a letter from the vicar stating that
- he had been told by one of the principal caciques, that it was known
- that, anciently, there had arrived in Yucatan twenty strangers. They
- were dressed in long robes, had sandals upon their feet, and taught
- religion. It was also mentioned that these men wore long beards,<a id="FNanchor_109" href="#Footnote_109" class="fnanchor">[109]</a>
- and that they had a leader who was named Cucul-can (Quetzalcoatl).</p>
-
- <p>Las Casas concludes by observing that “Certainly the land and kingdom
- of Yucatan gives us to understand most especial things, and of the
- greatest antiquity with regard to the grand, admirable and exquisite
- styles of ancient edifices, and writings of certain characters which
- are in no other place. Finally, these are secrets which God only knows.
- (<span xml:lang="es">Finalmente, secretos son estos que sólo Dios los sabe</span>).”<a id="FNanchor_110" href="#Footnote_110" class="fnanchor">[110]</a></p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_410">410</span></p>
-
- <p>But the most explicit statements with regard to Quetzalcoatl were
- those which were given by the chief-priests of the temples raised to
- his memory at Cholula.<a id="FNanchor_111" href="#Footnote_111" class="fnanchor">[111]</a> They affirmed the tradition of the arrival of
- strangers of a white race and foreign origin coming by sea in vessels
- from the east. These strangers were said to have taught the Indians to
- build monasteries, and maintain seminaries for religious
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_411">411</span>instruction.
- According to Clavigero, they taught certain natives the methods of
- arranging the divisions of time and the use of the calendar. The
- priests also showed the Spaniards some ornaments which they said had
- been worn by the chief of these strangers.</p>
-
- <p>The positive declarations about white people having landed upon the
- shores of the Mexican Gulf have been carefully investigated. It has
- been usually <span class="pagenum" id="Page_412">412</span>
- considered that they were the result of a myth, or that
- they were based upon vague traditions relating to events which, if
- they had any foundation, must have happened at a period exceedingly
- remote and possibly referred to early migrations from Asia. But it has
- to be remembered that the facts reported by the caciques and priests
- invariably related to a period when their tribes were established in
- Yucatan or Mexico; and the arrival of the strangers was always said to
- have taken place on the eastern seaboard of those lands. As the Toltecs
- according to the Indian records were not established there before the
- sixth century the event, if it occurred, must have happened after that
- date.</p>
-
- <p>There are also other circumstances connected with this legend which
- appear, to some extent, to remove it from a mythical character and to
- place it within the limits of legitimate inquiry and investigation. The
- Indians who described the events spoke of them in a manner which was
- not vague, but was clear and decided, and as being within the personal
- knowledge of their ancestors. They also always gave a description of
- the monuments of the strangers or of their chief. Thus, in Yucatan,
- the leader was said to have left that region for the coast of Mexico.
- At Cholula, it was the tradition that Quetzalcoatl, with several of
- his companions, went away to the sea shore near Goascoalco, in the
- direction of Yucatan and never returned. In the regions of the interior
- of Chiapas and Guatemala, it was stated that in several of the native
- manuscripts accounts were given of a great leader or chief named
- Votan who was believed to have arrived in that country with
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_413">413</span> nineteen
- companions or other chiefs. Votan was supposed to have landed in
- America near the Laguna de Terminos and to have established his first
- settlement near Palenque.<a id="FNanchor_112" href="#Footnote_112" class="fnanchor">[112]</a></p>
-
- <p>The most singular circumstance relating to the worship of Quetzalcoatl
- is the fact that a cross should have been the chief emblem in the
- temple especially dedicated to him at Palenque. The fact of this symbol
- being worshipped by the Indians in the New World may perhaps not be
- deemed particularly strange, but it has to be taken into consideration
- that there is no record of any figure in the shape of a cross having
- been an object of devotion in any part of America, except in the
- regions that had been occupied by the Toltecs.</p>
-
- <p>When the Spaniards arrived in Yucatan they reported that they saw in
- the court of a temple at Cozumel a cross made of lime and stone which
- was worshipped by the natives. There were some doubts about the precise
- meaning assigned to this image, possibly owing to the difficulties of
- understanding the Maya language, but it was afterwards ascertained that
- it represented the god of rain.</p>
-
- <p>The cross on the altar at Palenque is of an entirely different
- character, and evidently forms the principal part of the emblem
- representing Quetzalcoatl. How did it come to pass that this
- exceptional figure of a cross should have been sculptured upon the
- tablet representing the emblems of the white
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_414">414</span>stranger who, according
- to the Indian traditions, landed upon their shores, coming from the
- east in a sacerdotal dress, wearing sandals upon his feet and having
- red crosses embroidered upon his cape?<a id="FNanchor_113" href="#Footnote_113" class="fnanchor">[113]</a></p>
-
- <p>It is this coincidence that causes attention to be directed to an
- endeavour to form some reasonable solution of the problem. It will be
- observed, upon an examination of the illustration of the tablet of the
- cross, that the name Quetzalcoatl is represented by the quetzal, the
- emblematic bird of the Quichés, and by peculiar marks surrounding the
- cross which are thought to be intended to denote a serpent (coatl)
- which, as at Uxmal, was probably the Totem of the tribe.<a id="FNanchor_114" href="#Footnote_114" class="fnanchor">[114]</a> But
- the principal figure placed in the centre of the altar is the cross.
- This by its shape and position must have been intended to have had an
- especial significance.</p>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_415">415</span></p>
-
- <p>It is related by Gomara that, upon the occasion of the discovery of
- Yucatan by the expedition under the command of Francisco Hernandez
- in 1517, the Spaniards observed in the country near Cape Catoche,
- crosses of brass and wood placed over graves. The unexpected finding of
- these crosses in an hitherto unknown land attracted the attention of
- geographers in Spain and, to some extent, led to theories with regard
- to the possible arrival in Yucatan of the Spanish ecclesiastics who
- had, according to an ancient legend, fled from Spain when that country
- was conquered by the Saracens in the eighth century, and were believed
- to have reached an island in the western parts of the Atlantic ocean
- called Antilia.</p>
-
- <p>What Gomara wrote upon this subject is as follows:—</p>
-
- <p>“In that place there were found crosses of brass and wood over the
- dead, from whence some argue that many Spaniards had fled to this land
- when the destruction of Spain was done by the Moors in the time of
- the King Don Roderick: but I do not believe it; since there are not
- any in the islands that we have mentioned: in some one of which it is
- necessary, and also compulsory to touch at, before arriving there.”</p>
-
- <p>Gomara was undoubtedly correct in not believing that these crosses
- were placed over the graves of Spaniards who had arrived in Yucatan
- after the defeat and flight of King Roderick. It is not requisite to
- go back to events that occurred in Spain in the eighth century to
- account for the existence of crosses on the promontory of Cape Catoche.
- When Hernandez landed there in 1517, nearly a quarter of
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_416">416</span> a century
- had elapsed since Columbus had founded his settlements in Cuba and
- Hispaniola, and during that interval many small expeditions had been
- organised by Spanish adventurers for the purpose of exploring the
- coasts in the direction of Honduras and Nicaragua. In pursuing these
- voyages of discovery their vessels must have frequently passed at no
- great distance from the eastern shores of Yucatan where, on their
- return from the south, they would have been baffled by contrary winds
- and currents. Under such conditions it is not improbable that one of
- the vessels may have been wrecked or abandoned off Cape Catoche, and
- that some of the crew perished and were buried by the survivors near
- the seacoast.</p>
-
- <p>The Spanish legend to which Gomara refers is, with respect to America,
- chiefly remarkable for its surprising concurrence in date and other
- circumstances with the Toltec legend of the arrival of strangers
- wearing cassocks. It is therefore necessary to ascertain if there
- are sufficient reasons for placing any confidence in statements that
- appear to be founded upon tradition, and whether the event that was
- believed to have taken place could have been possible. The tradition
- did not escape the attention of Washington Irving. In his “Life of
- Columbus”<a id="FNanchor_115" href="#Footnote_115" class="fnanchor">[115]</a> he states that “It was recorded in an ancient legend,
- that at the time of the conquest of Spain and Portugal by the Moors,
- when the inhabitants fled in every direction to escape from slavery,
- seven bishops, followed by a great number of their people,
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_417">417</span>took
- shipping, and abandoned themselves to their fate on the high seas.
- After tossing about for some time, they landed upon an unknown island
- in the midst of the ocean. Here the bishops burnt the ships to prevent
- the desertion of their followers, and founded seven cities.”<a id="FNanchor_116" href="#Footnote_116" class="fnanchor">[116]</a></p>
-
- <p>In the principal maps published during the fifteenth century, before
- the discovery of America, the island of Antilia was usually given a
- position in the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_418">418</span>
- middle of the western Atlantic, south of the Azores.
- In the chart of the geographer Toscanelli, which was sent to Columbus,
- Antilia was placed in the direct track by sea from the Canary islands
- to Cipango (Japan), the large and prosperous country supposed at that
- time to be situated in the extreme west, near the eastern limits of
- Asia. It is evident that Columbus firmly believed in the existence of
- Antilia, for when he left the Canaries on his outward voyage, he shaped
- his course for that island and steered due west for about sixteen
- hundred miles.</p>
-
- <p>Upon reaching the latitude and longitude where he expected to see
- land, the admiral conferred with his captains, but as nothing had been
- observed it was thought that the ships must have passed the island.
- At sunset, the captain of the Pinta hailed the admiral and reported
- that land was in sight to the south-west. The course of the ships was
- accordingly altered towards that direction. On the next day it was
- found that what had been seen was cloudland. The ships resumed their
- course and proceeded until the landfall was made upon the island of
- Guanahani.</p>
-
- <p>The belief in the existence of the legendary island was, however,
- not then dispelled and it is remarkable, as a proof of the opinions
- of geographers, that in the important map of the world by Ruysch,
- published in 1508, in which were placed the latest discoveries in the
- west; Antilia still retained its position.<a id="FNanchor_117" href="#Footnote_117" class="fnanchor">[117]</a></p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <a id="i_418f"><img src="images/i_418f.jpg" width="700" height="417" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="caption smcap">From Ruysch’s Map of the World (1508).<br />
- <span class="small">(Nordenskiöld’s Facsimile Atlas.)</span></div>
- </div>
-
- <p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_419">419</span></p>
-
- <p>In the early part of the sixteenth century, several expeditionary
- fleets were fitted out and sailed across the seas towards the New
- World. Many islands were seen, but Antilia was not found. Thus when it
- became known that Yucatan had been discovered and that a cross placed
- within a stone temple was worshipped by the Indians, and that other
- crosses had been seen placed over graves, it was surmised that the
- bishops must have finally reached that distant land.</p>
-
- <p>Such an event may be thought to be improbable, but as, in consequence
- of the trade-winds, it is not impossible, it is expedient to consider
- in what manner it might have happened. It has to be assumed that the
- legend, so far as it relates to Christian fugitives escaping from the
- tyranny of Mahometan conquerors, may be considered as being within the
- limits of reasonable historical inquiry. <span class="pagenum" id="Page_420">420</span>
- Men deliberately leaving
- their own country to seek a place of refuge where they would be free to
- establish their religion, would, before embarking upon unknown seas,
- take with them supplies of provisions and water, and thus, by proper
- precautions, secure themselves from the risk of starvation. It is also
- probable that they were informed by the pilots or other navigators
- acquainted with the adjacent shores, that there were islands situated
- beyond the Mauritanian coasts within a distance not too great for them
- to undertake the voyage with a fair prospect of reaching land.</p>
-
- <p>In the eighth century the Canary Islands had not been discovered by
- Europeans, but their position was known to the Arabs and Moors and
- rumours concerning them and their proximity to the coast of Morocco
- were doubtless familiar to the sea-faring men living near Cadiz. The
- pilots would, therefore, have shaped a course for the Canaries. They
- would have expected to reach those islands within eight or ten days.
- But a slight error in their course would have taken the vessels into
- the trade-winds and, in that case, they would have been driven across
- the Atlantic in the direction of Florida, whose coasts might easily
- have been reached in less than six weeks from the date of the departure
- from Spain. It is also possible that they may have been chased by some
- of the armed vessels which had conveyed the Saracens from Mauritania.</p>
-
- <p>It is not, however, necessary to pursue this investigation to any
- greater length. It is sufficiently clear that if the event, as recorded
- by tradition, actually happened, there is no difficulty in accepting
- <span class="pagenum" id="Page_421">421</span>
- the conclusion that several of the bishops and their companions may
- have reached America in safety.<a id="FNanchor_118" href="#Footnote_118" class="fnanchor">[118]</a> Thus the statements of the Indian
- priests, that white strangers wearing beards and dressed in cassocks
- had arrived from the East, would be confirmed.</p>
-
- <p>Upon an examination of the laws that govern the direction of the
- trade-winds in the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, it is found that there
- is a strong easterly wind continuously blowing across the Atlantic
- towards Florida, Mexico and Yucatan. There is also a strong westerly
- wind invariably blowing across the North Pacific, over the regions
- between the fortieth and fiftieth parallels of latitude, from Japan
- towards the north-west coast of North America. In consequence of this
- prevailing wind several junks have <span class="pagenum" id="Page_422">422</span>
- been driven out of their course
- and have reached the American seacoasts. In 1833 a junk was wrecked
- near Vancouver island and several of the crew landed and were received
- by the Indians. In the previous year a Japanese junk laden with fish
- arrived at the Sandwich islands. She had been driven across the seas by
- a violent storm which had caught her off Japan. Four of her men were
- alive and they were taken to Honolulu.</p>
-
- <p>Taking therefore into consideration the prevalence of trade-winds
- blowing towards America, and the peculiar conditions of architectural
- and astronomical intelligence possessed by the Mexican Indians, there
- are certain inferences which may be accepted. It is not improbable that
- men belonging to European, Moorish, or Asiatic races arrived in Central
- America during a period between the sixth and eleventh centuries.
- There is not sufficient evidence to determine in what manner this may
- have happened; but after giving due weight to the statements of the
- Indian priests and caciques, and the traditions of the circumstances
- under which their knowledge was introduced into Mexico, together with
- the adoption of monastic institutions, and the systems of education,
- it is reasonable to conjecture that the comparative civilisation of
- the Toltecs and Aztecs was originally caused by the influence and
- instruction of strangers who came to their land in vessels which had
- crossed the Atlantic.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter w700">
- <a id="i_422fa"><img src="images/i_422fa.jpg" width="700" height="538" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="attribr"><i>London: Stanford’s Geog<sup>l</sup>. Estab<sup>t</sup>.</i></div>
- <div class="caption clear">A Map to illustrate<br />
- “TRAVELS AMONGST AMERICAN INDIANS”<br />
- by Admiral Lindesay Brine.</div>
- </div>
-
- <div class="figcenter w700">
- <a id="i_422fb"><img src="images/i_422fb.jpg" width="700" height="597" alt="" /></a>
- <div class="attribr"><i>London: Stanford’s Geog<sup>l</sup>. Estab<sup>t</sup>.</i></div>
- <div class="caption clear">A Map of<br />
- THE UNITED STATES,<br />
- MEXICO &amp;c.<br />
- to accompany “Travels amongst American Indians”</div>
- </div>
-
- <hr class="page" />
- <div class="chapter" id="INDEX">
- <span class="pagenum" >423</span>
- <h2>INDEX.</h2>
- </div>
- <hr class="short" />
-
- <ul>
- <li><span class="smcap">Abalá</span>, village of, <a href="#Page_360">360–362</a>, <a href="#Page_366">366</a>,
- <a href="#Page_370">370</a>.</li>
- <li>Abenakis Indians, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
- <li>Acapulco, <a href="#Page_179">179</a>.</li>
- <li>Adams, Mr. Charles Francis, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>, <a href="#Page_28">28</a>.</li>
- <li><i>Adoratorio</i>, an Indian, <a href="#Page_245">245</a>, <a href="#Page_246">246</a>,
- <a href="#Page_262">262</a>.</li>
- <li>Agassiz, Professor, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>, <a href="#Page_13">13</a>, <a href="#Page_23">23</a>.</li>
- <li>Agua, volcano, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>, <a href="#Page_182">182</a>, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>,
- <a href="#Page_196">196–200</a>.</li>
- <li>Aguilar, <a href="#Page_397">397</a>.</li>
- <li>Aguinaga, brig, <a href="#Page_372">372–374</a>.</li>
- <li>Albatrosses in the South Pacific, <a href="#Page_178">178</a>.</li>
- <li>Alcaldes, the, at San Tomas, <a href="#Page_212">212</a>, <a href="#Page_213">213</a>.</li>
- <li>Algonquin tribe of Indians, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_111">111</a>,
- <a href="#Page_150">150</a>, <a href="#Page_153">153</a>.</li>
- <li>Alligator totem, <a href="#Page_85">85</a>, <a href="#Page_86">86</a>.</li>
- <li>Alligators, <a href="#Page_179">179</a>, <a href="#Page_320">320–322</a>.</li>
- <li>Alumni, the, of Harvard, <a href="#Page_25">25–28</a>.</li>
- <li>Alvarado, Pedro de, <a href="#Page_202">202</a>, <a href="#Page_218">218</a>, <a href="#Page_225">225–228</a>,
- <a href="#Page_235">235–237</a>.</li>
- <li>Amatitlan, village of, <a href="#Page_182">182</a>.</li>
- <li>American Civil War, <a href="#Page_9">9–11</a>.</li>
- <li>American politics, <a href="#Page_23">23</a>.</li>
- <li>Annapolis, Naval Academy at, <a href="#Page_6">6–8</a>.</li>
- <li>Antilia, Island of, <a href="#Page_417">417–419</a>.</li>
- <li>Apache Indians, <a href="#Page_122">122</a>.</li>
- <li>Ara-po-gai-sik (Day-catcher), <a href="#Page_122">122</a>.</li>
- <li>Atitlan, volcano of, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>.</li>
- <li>Atwater, Mr., and the Circleville Inclosures, <a href="#Page_79">79–84</a>.</li>
- <li>Aztecs, the, <a href="#Page_130">130</a>, <a href="#Page_172">172</a>, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>,
- <a href="#Page_385">385</a>, <a href="#Page_394">394</a>, <a href="#Page_404">404–406</a>,
- <a href="#Page_422">422</a>:<br />
- sacrifices of, <a href="#Page_132">132</a>, <a href="#Page_224">224–226</a>, <a href="#Page_345">345</a>:<br />
- barbarous custom of, <a href="#Page_396">396–398</a>:<br />
- obsidian knives used by, <a href="#Page_186">186</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Bachajon</span>, village, of 267, <a href="#Page_268">268</a>,
- <a href="#Page_273">273</a>.</li>
- <li>Baird, Dr., <a href="#Page_98">98</a>.</li>
- <li>Baptismal customs, Yucatan Indians, <a href="#Page_364">364–366</a>.</li>
- <li>Barrancas (ravines), <a href="#Page_205">205</a>, <a href="#Page_216">216</a>.</li>
- <li>Bartlett, Professor, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>.</li>
- <li>Bartram, Mr., <a href="#Page_322">322</a>.</li>
- <li>Basques, crew of, <a href="#Page_372">372</a>, <a href="#Page_373">373</a>.</li>
- <li>Bates, Mr., <a href="#Page_321">321</a>.</li>
- <li>Beaver dams, <a href="#Page_36">36–40</a>.</li>
- <li>Beech-tree, chief of the Oneidas tribe, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
- <li>Bisons, herds of, <a href="#Page_143">143</a>.</li>
- <li>Boulders, on the Minnesota prairies, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>, <a href="#Page_127">127</a>:<br />
- Sioux worship of, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>.</li>
- <li>Braddock, General, <a href="#Page_134">134</a>.</li>
- <li>Bridgman, Laura, <a href="#Page_16">16–18</a>.</li>
- <li>Burial customs; of the Dakotas, <a href="#Page_173">173</a>:<br />
- of the Sacs and Foxes, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>:<br />
- in Yucatan, <a href="#Page_333">333</a>, <a href="#Page_334">334</a>.</li>
- <li>Burial by the Mound Builders, manner, <a href="#Page_61">61–63</a>.</li>
- <li>Burial mounds in Illinois, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>: (<i>see also</i> Ohio, &amp;c.).</li>
- <li>Burial place of Sioux, <a href="#Page_114">114</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Cabarrus</span>, M. de, <a href="#Page_192">192</a>.</li>
- <li>Cahokia earthworks, the, <a href="#Page_105">105–108</a>, <a href="#Page_189">189</a>,
- <a href="#Page_380">380</a>, <a href="#Page_385">385</a>.</li>
- <li>Californian Indians, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
- <li>Cambridge, Indian collections at, <a href="#Page_19">19–21</a>:<br />
- Commencement Day at, <a href="#Page_27">27</a>, <a href="#Page_28">28</a>.</li>
- <li>Campeachy, <a href="#Page_328">328</a>, <a href="#Page_329">329</a>:<br />
- gulf of, <a href="#Page_327">327</a>.</li>
- <li>Cannibalism, <a href="#Page_135">135</a>, <a href="#Page_323">323–325</a>,
- <a href="#Page_345">345</a>.</li>
- <li>Cape San Lucas, <a href="#Page_177">177</a>.</li>
- <li>Cargadores, the, <a href="#Page_293">293</a>, <a href="#Page_294">294</a>.</li>
- <li>Carmen, Island of, <a href="#Page_326">326–328</a>.</li>
- <li>Carnival, an Indian, <a href="#Page_269">269–272</a>, <a href="#Page_277">277</a>.</li>
- <li>Carp, River, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>, <a href="#Page_41">41</a>.</li>
- <li>Carr, Professor Lucien, <a href="#Page_383">383</a>.</li>
- <li>Carrera, President, <a href="#Page_183">183</a>, <a href="#Page_184">184</a>,
- <a href="#Page_190">190</a>, <a href="#Page_256">256</a>.</li>
- <li>Carver, Captain, <a href="#Page_119">119</a>, <a href="#Page_120">120</a>.</li>
- <li>Casa de las Monjas at Uxmal, <a href="#Page_xiv">xiv</a>, <a href="#Page_xv">xv</a>,
- <a href="#Page_339">339–343</a>, <a href="#Page_347">347–358</a>.</li>
- <li>Casa del Gobernador at Uxmal, <a href="#Page_337">337–343</a>, <a href="#Page_347">347–358</a>.</li>
- <li>Castillo, Don Manuel, <a href="#Page_255">255</a>.</li>
- <li>Catasaja, <a href="#Page_319">319</a>, <a href="#Page_320">320</a>.</li>
- <li><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_424">424</a></span>
- Catherwood, Mr., <a href="#Page_294">294</a>.</li>
- <li>Cayugas, tribe, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_151">151</a>, <a href="#Page_152">152</a>,
- <a href="#Page_155">155</a>, <a href="#Page_156">156</a>, <a href="#Page_158">158</a>.</li>
- <li>Cedar Keys, settlement of, <a href="#Page_375">375</a>.</li>
- <li>Ceremonies of the Dakotas, <a href="#Page_157">157</a>, <a href="#Page_158">158</a>.</li>
- <li>Cerna, President Don Vincente, <a href="#Page_191">191</a>.</li>
- <li>Charnay, M. Desiré, <a href="#Page_xv">xv</a>, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>.</li>
- <li>Chase, Chief Justice, <a href="#Page_23">23</a>.</li>
- <li>Cherokee Indians, <a href="#Page_384">384</a>.</li>
- <li>Cheyenne Indians, <a href="#Page_145">145</a>.</li>
- <li>Chiapas, mounds in, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>, <a href="#Page_277">277</a>, <a href="#Page_381">381</a>.</li>
- <li>Chimaltenango, <a href="#Page_200">200</a>.</li>
- <li>Chilon, <a href="#Page_269">269</a>.</li>
- <li>Chippewas, Indians, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>,
- <a href="#Page_49">49</a>, <a href="#Page_111">111</a>, <a href="#Page_127">127</a>,
- <a href="#Page_131">131</a>, <a href="#Page_135">135</a>, <a href="#Page_150">150</a>,
- <a href="#Page_153">153</a>, <a href="#Page_173">173</a>, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>.</li>
- <li>Cholula, temple at, <a href="#Page_410">410</a>, <a href="#Page_412">412</a>.</li>
- <li>Chontal Indians, <a href="#Page_220">220–224</a>.</li>
- <li>Circleville, inclosures at, <a href="#Page_79">79–84</a>, <a href="#Page_96">96–102</a>.</li>
- <li>Civil War, troops in the American, <a href="#Page_9">9–11</a>.</li>
- <li>Clarke, Capt., of Cedar Keys, <a href="#Page_375">375</a>.</li>
- <li>Clavigero, <a href="#Page_411">411</a>.</li>
- <li>Clemens, Dr., and the Grave Creek Mound, <a href="#Page_58">58–60</a>.</li>
- <li>Coller, Dr., at Palenque, <a href="#Page_138">138</a>, <a href="#Page_294">294–297</a>,
- <a href="#Page_301">301–303</a>, <a href="#Page_316">316–319</a>.</li>
- <li>Columbus and the island of Antilia, <a href="#Page_416">416–419</a>, <a href="#Page_421">421</a>.</li>
- <li>Commencement Day at Cambridge, <a href="#Page_27">27</a>, <a href="#Page_28">28</a>.</li>
- <li>Comitan, town of, <a href="#Page_253">253</a>, <a href="#Page_255">255</a>.</li>
- <li>Comolapa, village of, <a href="#Page_200">200</a>, <a href="#Page_201">201</a>.</li>
- <li>Conceptionistas, Convent of the, <a href="#Page_371">371</a>, <a href="#Page_372">372</a>.</li>
- <li>Concord, shell heaps at, <a href="#Page_21">21</a>, <a href="#Page_28">28</a>, <a href="#Page_29">29</a>.</li>
- <li>Copan, <a href="#Page_410">410</a>, <a href="#Page_411">411</a>:<br />
- idols at, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>.</li>
- <li>Copper mines in Michigan, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>, <a href="#Page_43">43–51</a>.</li>
- <li>Corbett, Mr., <a href="#Page_192">192</a>.</li>
- <li>Cordilleras, the, <a href="#Page_204">204–205</a>, <a href="#Page_278">278</a>.</li>
- <li>Cortes, <a href="#Page_228">228</a>, <a href="#Page_314">314</a>, <a href="#Page_323">323–325</a>,
- <a href="#Page_397">397</a>, <a href="#Page_406">406</a>.</li>
- <li>Cozumel, island of, <a href="#Page_346">346</a>:<br />
- cross at, <a href="#Page_414">414</a>.</li>
- <li>Cruz, Serapio, Indian named, <a href="#Page_183">183</a>, <a href="#Page_184">184</a>,
- <a href="#Page_191">191</a>, <a href="#Page_233">233</a>.</li>
- <li>Cuba, <a href="#Page_373">373</a>.</li>
- <li>Cuoq, M., <a href="#Page_150">150</a>.</li>
- <li>Curing illness by steam, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>, <a href="#Page_175">175</a>.</li>
- <li>Cutler, Rev. Dr., <a href="#Page_100">100</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Dakota</span> Indians, <a href="#Page_127">127</a>, <a href="#Page_133">133</a>,
- <a href="#Page_145">145</a>, <a href="#Page_147">147–149</a>, <a href="#Page_150">150</a>,
- <a href="#Page_153">153</a>, <a href="#Page_154">154</a>, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>:<br />
- human sacrifices of the, <a href="#Page_132">132–134</a>, <a href="#Page_171">171–173</a>,
- <a href="#Page_401">401</a>:<br />
- language of, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>, <a href="#Page_160">160</a>:<br />
- and sun worship, <a href="#Page_163">163</a>, <a href="#Page_164">164</a>:<br />
- and sickness, <a href="#Page_164">164–165</a>:<br />
- and lightning, <a href="#Page_166">166</a>:<br />
- and transmigration, <a href="#Page_167">167–168</a>:<br />
- fasts of the, <a href="#Page_168">168–169</a>:<br />
- and serpent worship, <a href="#Page_170">170</a>:<br />
- burial customs of, <a href="#Page_173">173</a>, <a href="#Page_175">175</a>:<br />
- curing illness by steam, <a href="#Page_174">174–175</a>:<br />
- burial mound, <a href="#Page_377">377</a>.<br />
- (<i>see also</i> Sioux.)</li>
- <li>Damariscotta, shell mounds at, <a href="#Page_27">27</a>, <a href="#Page_30">30–33</a>,
- <a href="#Page_376">376</a>.</li>
- <li>Dance, Indian, at Chilon, <a href="#Page_269">269–272</a>.</li>
- <li>Dancing, Indians and, <a href="#Page_404">404</a>.</li>
- <li>Darwin’s coral theories, <a href="#Page_13">13</a>.</li>
- <li>Dauphin, the (Williams), <a href="#Page_52">52</a>, <a href="#Page_53">53</a>.</li>
- <li>Davis, Mr., <a href="#Page_64">64</a>.</li>
- <li>Dayton’s Bluff, <a href="#Page_381">381</a>.</li>
- <li>Debauchery of the Mexican Indians, <a href="#Page_272">272</a>, <a href="#Page_403">403</a>.</li>
- <li>Demons, Indian offerings to, <a href="#Page_363">363</a>, <a href="#Page_364">364</a>.</li>
- <li>Des Moines River, <a href="#Page_138">138</a>.</li>
- <li>Delaware Indians, <a href="#Page_94">94</a>, <a href="#Page_134">134</a>, <a href="#Page_385">385</a>.</li>
- <li>Dialect at Ocosingo, <a href="#Page_266">266</a>, <a href="#Page_267">267</a>.</li>
- <li>Dialects of the North American Indians, <a href="#Page_151">151–154</a>:<br />
- of Guatemala Indians, <a href="#Page_232">232</a>.</li>
- <li>Diaz, Bernal, <a href="#Page_197">197</a>, <a href="#Page_220">220</a>, <a href="#Page_223">223–227</a>,
- <a href="#Page_323">323–328</a>, <a href="#Page_331">331–333</a>, <a href="#Page_346">346</a>,
- <a href="#Page_396">396–398</a>, <a href="#Page_404">404</a>.</li>
- <li>Digger Indians, <a href="#Page_147">147</a>, <a href="#Page_148">148</a>.</li>
- <li>Dighton, rock at, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
- <li>Dowding, Captain Herbert, xv.</li>
- <li>Dupaix, Captain, <a href="#Page_309">309</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Earthworks</span> in Ohio, ancient Indian, <a href="#Page_54">54–103</a>,
- <a href="#Page_379">379–385</a>.</li>
- <li>Emerson, Mr. Ralph Waldo, <a href="#Page_22">22–26</a>, <a href="#Page_28">28</a>,
- <a href="#Page_29">29</a>.</li>
- <li>Escalanta, Señor, <a href="#Page_335">335</a>.</li>
- <li>Esconauba, River, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li>
- <li>Escuintla, town of, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>.</li>
- <li>Esquipulas, pilgrimage to, <a href="#Page_186">186–188</a>.</li>
- <li>Evans, chief Elder of the Shakers, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Faribault</span>, half-breed Indian, <a href="#Page_117">117–119</a>, <a href="#Page_161">161</a>, <a href="#Page_164">164–169</a>, <a href="#Page_172">172</a>, <a href="#Page_173">173</a>.</li>
- <li>Fasting of the Dakotas, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>, <a href="#Page_160">160</a>.</li>
- <li>Festival, Indian, at Jacaltenango, <a href="#Page_243">243–245</a>.</li>
- <li>Festival of San Caralampio, <a href="#Page_255">255</a>.</li>
- <li>Fire, Indian method of lighting a, <a href="#Page_241">241</a>, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>.</li>
- <li>Flathead Indians, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
- <li>Florida, <a href="#Page_102">102</a>, <a href="#Footnote_30">103</a>:<br />
- Professor Agassiz and, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>, <a href="#Page_13">13</a>:<br />
- shell mounds in, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>, <a href="#Page_21">21</a>:<br />
- rivers in, <a href="#Page_322">322</a>:<br />
- coast of 374–377:<br />
- Indians in, <a href="#Page_376">376</a>, <a href="#Page_377">377</a>.</li>
- <li>Forests; in Michigan, <a href="#Page_41">41</a>, <a href="#Page_139">139</a>, <a href="#Page_140">140</a>:<br />
- near Palenque, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>, <a href="#Page_138">138</a>, <a href="#Page_139">139</a>:<br />
- of Aracan, <a href="#Page_140">140</a>, <a href="#Page_141">141</a>:<br />
- between San Pedro and Palenque, <a href="#Page_282">282–284</a>, <a href="#Page_290">290–294</a>,
- <a href="#Page_303">303</a>.</li>
- <li>Forster, Mr. J. H., <a href="#Page_45">45</a>, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>, <a href="#Page_51">51</a>.</li>
- <li>Foster, Mr. J. W., <a href="#Page_137">137</a>.</li>
- <li><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_425">[425]</a></span>
- Fort Ancient, on the Little Miami river, <a href="#Page_87">87–96</a>, <a href="#Page_190">190</a>,
- <a href="#Page_202">202</a>.</li>
- <li>Fort Du Quesne, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>, <a href="#Page_77">77</a>.</li>
- <li>Fort Hill, <a href="#Page_92">92</a>.</li>
- <li>Foxes, Indian tribe, <a href="#Page_109">109</a>, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>.</li>
- <li>Franciscan Missionaries in Yucatan, <a href="#Page_364">364–366</a>.</li>
- <li>Franklin, Sir John and Lady, <a href="#Page_4">4</a>.</li>
- <li>Fuegians similar to the Ute Indians, <a href="#Page_148">148</a>.</li>
- <li>Fuego, volcano, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>, <a href="#Page_182">182</a>, <a href="#Page_196">196</a>, <a href="#Page_199">199</a>, <a href="#Page_200">200</a>.</li>
- <li>Fuentes, the historian, <a href="#Page_236">236</a>, <a href="#Page_237">237</a>.</li>
- <li>Fuller, Margaret, <a href="#Page_24">24</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Gage</span>, Thomas, <a href="#Page_195">195</a>.</li>
- <li>Gallatin, Mr. Albert, <a href="#Page_130">130</a>.</li>
- <li>Game in the Platte valley, <a href="#Page_145">145</a>.</li>
- <li>Garcia y Granados, Colonel, <a href="#Page_183">183</a>, <a href="#Page_184">184</a>.</li>
- <li>Gavarrete, Señor, <a href="#Page_184">184–186</a>.</li>
- <li>Glacial action near Ishpeming, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>.</li>
- <li>Godillo, Don Mariana, <a href="#Page_255">255</a>, <a href="#Page_256">256</a>.</li>
- <li>Goitre, Indians suffering with, <a href="#Page_242">242</a>.</li>
- <li><i>Golden City</i>, ship, <a href="#Page_176">176</a>, <a href="#Page_177">177</a>, <a href="#Page_180">180</a>.</li>
- <li>Gomara, <a href="#Page_415">415</a>, <a href="#Page_416">416</a>.</li>
- <li>Grant, President, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li>
- <li>Grave Creek Mound, <a href="#Page_58">58–61</a>.</li>
- <li>Great Britain, Daniel Webster on, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>.</li>
- <li>Great Salt Lake, the, <a href="#Page_146">146</a>.</li>
- <li>Great Star, human sacrifice to the <a href="#Page_131">131–134</a>.</li>
- <li>Grey, Judge, <a href="#Page_27">27</a>.</li>
- <li>Grinnell, Mr. Henry, <a href="#Page_4">4</a>.</li>
- <li>Grijalva, <a href="#Page_346">346</a>.</li>
- <li>Guatemala, city of, <a href="#Page_182">182</a>, <a href="#Page_183">183</a>:<br />
- museum at, <a href="#Page_184">184–187</a>:<br />
- cathedral in, <a href="#Page_187">187</a>:<br />
- market place, <a href="#Page_188">188</a>:<br />
- foreign residents in, <a href="#Page_192">192</a>.</li>
- <li>Guatimozin, Emperor, <a href="#Page_224">224</a>, <a href="#Page_406">406</a>:</li>
- <li>execution of, <a href="#Page_324">324</a>, <a href="#Page_325">325</a>.</li>
- <li>Gueguetenango, <a href="#Page_233">233–237</a>.</li>
- <li>Guerrero, Gonzalo, <a href="#Page_397">397</a>.</li>
- <li>Guicola, Padre Andres, <a href="#Page_216">216</a>, <a href="#Page_230">230</a>.</li>
- <li>Guides, Indian; Anastasio, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>, <a href="#Page_231">231–233</a>:<br />
- Bito, <a href="#Page_267">267</a>, <a href="#Page_269">269</a>, <a href="#Page_270">270</a>:<br />
- Carlos, <a href="#Page_234">234</a>, <a href="#Page_235">235</a>, <a href="#Page_240">240</a>,
- <a href="#Page_241">241</a>, <a href="#Page_248">248–252</a>:<br />
- José, <a href="#Page_289">289</a>, <a href="#Page_290">290</a>:<br />
- Lopez, <a href="#Page_259">259–262</a>, <a href="#Page_267">267</a>:<br />
- Villafranca, <a href="#Page_277">277</a>, <a href="#Page_278">278</a>, <a href="#Page_282">282–285</a>.</li>
- <li>Gurney, Professor, <a href="#Page_26">26</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Hague</span>, Mr., <a href="#Page_192">192</a>, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>.</li>
- <li>Hardy, M., <a href="#Page_192">192</a>.</li>
- <li>Harris, Mr., <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li>
- <li>Harvard, the Alumni of, <a href="#Page_25">25</a>.</li>
- <li>Haven, Mr., <a href="#Page_98">98</a>.</li>
- <li>Henry, Mr. Alexander, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>, <a href="#Page_135">135</a>.</li>
- <li>Herbert, Baron, <a href="#Page_176">176</a>, <a href="#Page_180">180</a>, <a href="#Page_191">191</a>, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>.</li>
- <li>Hernandez, Padre, <a href="#Page_211">211–214</a>, <a href="#Page_409">409</a>, <a href="#Page_415">415</a>.</li>
- <li>Hieroglyphs in temples at Palenque, <a href="#Page_307">307</a>, <a href="#Page_315">315</a>, <a href="#Page_389">389</a>.</li>
- <li>Hildreth, Dr., and inclosures at Marietta, <a href="#Page_70">70–75</a>, <a href="#Page_99">99</a>.</li>
- <li>Hill, Mr. of S. Pauls’ city, <a href="#Page_114">114</a>.</li>
- <li>Hillard, Mr., <a href="#Page_13">13</a>.</li>
- <li>Hoar, Judge, <a href="#Page_26">26</a>, <a href="#Page_27">27</a>.</li>
- <li>Hockmeyer, Mr. and Mrs., <a href="#Page_192">192</a>.</li>
- <li>Hogs, and destruction of rattlesnakes, <a href="#Page_144">144</a>, <a href="#Page_145">145</a>.</li>
- <li>Holmes, Mr. Oliver Wendell, <a href="#Page_26">26–28</a>.</li>
- <li>Houghton, town of, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>, <a href="#Page_45">45</a>, <a href="#Page_47">47</a>, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>.</li>
- <li>Howe, Dr., <a href="#Page_25">25</a>:<br />
- institution in Boston, <a href="#Page_16">16–18</a>:<br />
- Mrs. Julia Ward, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>.</li>
- <li>How-wan-ni-yu (the Great Spirit), <a href="#Page_156">156–158</a>.</li>
- <li>Huitzopotli, <a href="#Page_224">224</a>.</li>
- <li>Human sacrifices: of the Pawnees, <a href="#Page_131">131–134</a>, <a href="#Page_171">171–173</a>:<br />
- of the Dakotas, <a href="#Page_171">171–173</a>:<br />
- of the Pipil Indians, <a href="#Page_220">220–224</a>:<br />
- in Yucatan, <a href="#Page_332">332</a>, <a href="#Page_333">333</a>.</li>
- <li>Humboldt and the Toltecs, <a href="#Page_395">395</a>.</li>
- <li>Hunting grounds of Indians, the U.S. Government and, <a href="#Page_122">122</a>, <a href="#Page_123">123</a>.</li>
- <li>Hurons, tribe of Indians, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>.</li>
- <li>Huts, Indian construction of, <a href="#Page_286">286</a>, <a href="#Page_287">287</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Idolatry</span> of Indians, <a href="#Page_403">403</a>.</li>
- <li>Idols, Indian, <a href="#Page_221">221–223</a>:<br />
- in Museum at Guatemala, <a href="#Page_184">184–186</a>:<br />
- at Ocosingo, <a href="#Page_263">263–265</a>:<br />
- in Yucatan, worship of, <a href="#Page_346">346</a>, <a href="#Page_347">347</a>.</li>
- <li>Illinois, burial mound in, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>.</li>
- <li>Illinois, Indians, <a href="#Page_153">153</a>.</li>
- <li>Inclosures, sacred; near Newark, <a href="#Page_64">64–70</a>:<br />
- at Marietta, <a href="#Page_70">70–76</a>:<br />
- at Circleville, <a href="#Page_79">79–84</a>, <a href="#Page_96">96–102</a>.</li>
- <li>Indian, battlefield, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>:<br />
- baptismal customs, <a href="#Page_364">364–366</a>:<br />
- carnival, an, <a href="#Page_269">269–272</a>, <a href="#Page_277">277</a>:<br />
- ceremonies in Yucatan, <a href="#Page_362">362–365</a>:<br />
- cemetery, <a href="#Page_84">84</a>:<br />
- civilisation in Yucatan, <a href="#Page_406">406–8</a>:<br />
- collections at Cambridge, <a href="#Page_19">19–21</a>:<br />
- construction of huts, <a href="#Page_286">286–287</a>:<br />
- debauchery, <a href="#Page_272">272</a>:<br />
- dialects, <a href="#Page_232">232</a>:<br />
- domestic habits, <a href="#Page_239">239–241</a>:<br />
- earthworks in Ohio, <a href="#Page_54">54–103</a>:<br />
- education, Judge Williams and, <a href="#Page_109">109–111</a>:<br />
- farmhouse, an, <a href="#Page_209">209</a>, <a href="#Page_210">210</a>:<br />
- festival, an, <a href="#Page_243">243–245</a>:<br />
- idols, <a href="#Page_184">184–186</a>, <a href="#Page_221">221</a>, <a href="#Page_245">245–6</a>:<br />
- inclosures, <i>see</i> Circleville, Marietta, Newark, &amp;c.:<br />
- marriage custom in the Sierra Madre, <a href="#Page_247">247</a>:<br />
- mines round Lake Superior, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>:<br />
- officials at Abalá, <a href="#Page_361">361</a>, <a href="#Page_362">362</a>:<br />
- mounds in Ohio, <a href="#Page_54">54–103</a>:<br />
- <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_426">[426]</a></span>
- pilgrims, <a href="#Page_186">186–188</a>:<br />
- population in North America, <a href="#Page_153">153</a>:<br />
- reservations in North America, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>:<br />
- rebellion in Guatemala, <a href="#Page_183">183</a>, <a href="#Page_191">191</a>:<br />
- religious devotion, <a href="#Page_240">240</a>, <a href="#Page_241">241</a>,<br />
- <i>see also</i> Yucatan:<br />
- skulls, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>:<br />
- statue at Ocosingo, <a href="#Page_264">264</a>:<br />
- steam bath, <a href="#Page_279">279</a>:<br />
- traditions, Ohio earthworks, <a href="#Page_94">94–103</a>:<br />
- warfare, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>:<br />
- war customs, <a href="#Page_134">134–5</a>:<br />
- well, an, <a href="#Page_370">370</a>.</li>
- <li>Indians, diversity of languages, <a href="#Page_150">150–154</a>:<br />
- hunting grounds of, the U S. Government and, <a href="#Page_122">122</a>, <a href="#Page_123">123</a>:<br />
- shell heaps of, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>, <a href="#Page_21">21</a>, <a href="#Page_28">28–33</a>.</li>
- <li>Indians; <i>see</i> Abenakis, Algonquins, Apaches, Californian, Cheyennes,
- Chippewas, Chontal, Dakotas, Delaware, Flathead, Florida, Foxes,
- Hurons, Iroquois, Kachiquels, Lacandon, Maya, Mohawks, Natchez,
- Oaxaca, Oneidas, Onondagas, Pawnees, Pipiles, Quichés, Sacs,
- Senecas, Shawnees, Shoshones, Sioux, Tzendales, Utes, Winnebagoes,
- Yucatan, Zambos, &amp;c., &amp;c.</li>
- <li>Insurrections of Indians in Guatemala, <a href="#Page_183">183–4</a>, <a href="#Page_191">191</a>.</li>
- <li>Iowa, prairies in, <a href="#Page_124">124–127</a>, <a href="#Page_129">129</a>, <a href="#Page_137">137</a>.</li>
- <li>Iron mines in Michigan, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>, <a href="#Page_45">45–51</a>.</li>
- <li>Iroquois, Indians, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_77">77</a>, <a href="#Page_111">111</a>,
- <a href="#Page_112">112</a>, <a href="#Page_134">134</a>, <a href="#Page_150">150</a>, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>:<br />
- battle with the Chippewas, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>:<br />
- burial mounds of the, <a href="#Page_63">63</a>, <a href="#Page_376">376</a>:<br />
- traditions and customs of, <a href="#Page_151">151–155</a>:<br />
- the Grand River, <a href="#Page_155">155</a>, <a href="#Page_156">156</a>.</li>
- <li>Ishpeming, village of, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>, <a href="#Page_40">40</a>, <a href="#Page_50">50</a>,
- <a href="#Page_140">140</a>.</li>
- <li>Itzqueye, idol of, <a href="#Page_221">221–223</a>.</li>
- <li>Izamal, <a href="#Page_393">393</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Jacaltenango</span>, <a href="#Page_235">235</a>, <a href="#Page_243">243–249</a>,
- <a href="#Page_369">369</a>, <a href="#Page_402">402</a>.</li>
- <li>James, Mr. William D., <a href="#Page_xiv">xiv</a>, <a href="#Page_131">131</a>.</li>
- <li>Jesuit Mission at Sault St. Marie, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
- <li>Jonuta, <a href="#Page_322">322</a>, <a href="#Page_326">326</a>.</li>
- <li>Jotána, <a href="#Page_260">260</a>.</li>
- <li>Juarez, President, <a href="#Page_256">256–258</a>.</li>
- <li>Juarros, the historian, <a href="#Page_226">226</a>, <a href="#Page_386">386</a>, <a href="#Page_387">387</a>,
- <a href="#Page_390">390</a>, <a href="#Page_410">410</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Kachiquels</span> Indians, <a href="#Page_202">202</a>, <a href="#Page_203">203</a>, <a href="#Page_205">205</a>, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>, <a href="#Page_235">235–237</a>, <a href="#Page_401">401</a>.</li>
- <li>Kee-wai-wona Bay, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>, <a href="#Page_49">49</a>.</li>
- <li>Kue (altar) at Yucatan, <a href="#Page_330">330–334</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">La Antigua</span> Guatemala, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>, <a href="#Page_195">195</a>.</li>
- <li>Lacandon Indians, <a href="#Page_266">266</a>, <a href="#Page_319">319</a>.</li>
- <li>Ladinos, the, <a href="#Page_179">179</a>, <a href="#Page_271">271</a>, <a href="#Page_295">295</a>, <a href="#Page_335">335</a>.</li>
- <li>Laguna de Terminos, <a href="#Page_281">281</a>.</li>
- <li>Lake Amatitlan, <a href="#Page_195">195</a>.</li>
- <li>Lake Atitlan, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>, <a href="#Page_209">209</a>.</li>
- <li>Lake Ontario, mound near, <a href="#Page_60">60</a>.</li>
- <li>Lake Pepin, <a href="#Page_113">113</a>.</li>
- <li>Lake Simcoe, <a href="#Page_139">139</a>.</li>
- <li>Lake Superior, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>:<br />
- ancient Indian mines round, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>.</li>
- <li>La Laguna de Cuyutlan, <a href="#Page_178">178</a>, <a href="#Page_326">326</a>, <a href="#Page_328">328</a>.</li>
- <li>Landa, Bishop, work on Yucatan, <a href="#Page_343">343–346</a>, <a href="#Page_364">364</a>,
- <a href="#Page_378">378</a>, <a href="#Page_392">392</a>, <a href="#Page_393">393</a>, <a href="#Page_405">405</a>,
- <a href="#Page_407">407</a>.</li>
- <li>Languages, diversity of, among Indians, <a href="#Page_150">150–154</a>.</li>
- <li>La Oracion, a prayer in Guatemala, <a href="#Page_238">238</a>, <a href="#Page_239">239</a>.</li>
- <li>Lapidge, Captain, <a href="#Page_176">176</a>, <a href="#Page_179">179</a>, <a href="#Page_180">180</a>.</li>
- <li>Las Casas, Bishop, <a href="#Page_iii">iii</a>, <a href="#Page_iv">iv</a>, <a href="#Page_247">247</a>, <a href="#Page_273">273–276</a>, <a href="#Page_378">378</a>, <a href="#Page_403">403</a>, <a href="#Page_408">408</a>, <a href="#Page_409">409</a>, <a href="#Page_414">414</a>.</li>
- <li>Las Godinas, <a href="#Page_205">205</a>, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>.</li>
- <li>La Vieja Guatemala, <a href="#Page_196">196</a>, <a href="#Page_199">199</a>, <a href="#Page_200">200</a>.</li>
- <li>Lenton, <a href="#Page_252">252</a>.</li>
- <li>Licignano, Duke de, <a href="#Page_192">192</a>, <a href="#Page_193">193</a>.</li>
- <li>Licking Creek, <a href="#Page_64">64</a>, <a href="#Page_70">70</a>.</li>
- <li>Little Miami River, the, <a href="#Page_87">87</a>.</li>
- <li>Lizana, Father, <a href="#Page_394">394</a>.</li>
- <li>Locke, Professor, <a href="#Page_87">87</a>, <a href="#Page_92">92</a>.</li>
- <li>Longfellow, Mr., <a href="#Page_25">25</a>, <a href="#Page_26">26</a>.</li>
- <li>Lowell, Mr., J. R., <a href="#Page_26">26–28</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Macal</span>, Presbitero Fernando, <a href="#Page_270">270</a>, <a href="#Page_277">277</a>,
- <a href="#Page_285">285</a>, <a href="#Page_381">381</a>.</li>
- <li>Madoc, Prince, <a href="#Page_96">96</a>.</li>
- <li>Maguey (aloe), <a href="#Page_272">272</a>, <a href="#Page_273">273</a>.</li>
- <li>Maine, shell mounds in, <a href="#Page_28">28–33</a>.</li>
- <li>Mams tribe, <a href="#Page_234">234–237</a>, <a href="#Page_244">244</a>, <a href="#Page_245">245</a>,
- <a href="#Page_402">402</a>.</li>
- <li>Mandans, the, <a href="#Page_95">95</a>.</li>
- <li>Mankato, <a href="#Page_120">120</a>, <a href="#Page_138">138</a>.</li>
- <li>Manzanillo, <a href="#Page_178">178</a>.</li>
- <li>Marietta, mounds at, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>, <a href="#Page_58">58</a>:<br />
- inclosures at, <a href="#Page_70">70–76</a>, <a href="#Page_99">99–101</a>.</li>
- <li>Marimba (instrument), <a href="#Page_244">244</a>.</li>
- <li>Maoris; curing illness by steam, <a href="#Page_175">175</a>:<br />
- method of cooking, <a href="#Page_326">326</a>.</li>
- <li>Marquette in Michigan, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>.</li>
- <li>Martinez, Padre, <a href="#Page_195">195</a>.</li>
- <li>Masagua, village, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>.</li>
- <li>Maudslay, Mr., <a href="#Page_357">357</a>.</li>
- <li>Maximilian, Emperor, execution of, <a href="#Page_257">257–258</a>.</li>
- <li>Maya race of Indians, <a href="#Page_281">281</a>, <a href="#Page_336">336</a>, <a href="#Page_405">405</a>.</li>
- <li>Mechanics, a triumph of, <a href="#Page_26">26</a>, <a href="#Page_27">27</a>,</li>
- <li>Medicine man, the, <a href="#Page_164">164</a>, <a href="#Page_165">165</a>.</li>
- <li>Mendota, settlement of, <a href="#Page_116">116</a>, <a href="#Page_118">118</a>, <a href="#Page_120">120</a>, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>.</li>
- <li><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_427">[427]</a></span>
- Merida, <a href="#Page_371">371</a>, <a href="#Page_392">392</a>, <a href="#Page_393">393</a>.</li>
- <li>Mestizos, the, <a href="#Page_179">179</a>.</li>
- <li>Metternich, Prince, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>.</li>
- <li>Mexican antiquities at Cambridge, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
- <li>Miamisburgh mound, <a href="#Page_56">56–59</a>.</li>
- <li>Michigan, beavers in, <a href="#Page_36">36–40</a>:<br />
- ancient mining pits in, <a href="#Page_42">42–51</a>:<br />
- early surveys of, <a href="#Page_139">139</a>, <a href="#Page_140">140</a>.</li>
- <li>Michol River, <a href="#Page_291">291</a>, <a href="#Page_297">297</a>.</li>
- <li>Micla, village of, <a href="#Page_220">220–223</a>.</li>
- <li>Military Academy at West Point, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li>
- <li>Mines in Michigan, ancient Indian, <a href="#Page_35">35</a>, <a href="#Page_36">36</a>,
- <a href="#Page_42">42–51</a>.</li>
- <li>Minnesota, prairies in, <a href="#Page_124">124–127</a>.</li>
- <li>Mississippi River, <a href="#Page_108">108</a>, <a href="#Page_109">109</a>:<br />
- falls of, <a href="#Page_119">119</a>.</li>
- <li>Missouri River, <a href="#Page_108">108</a>, <a href="#Page_109">109</a>.</li>
- <li>Mitla, ruins of, <a href="#Page_357">357</a>.</li>
- <li>Mixco, ancient mounds near, <a href="#Page_189">189–191</a>, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>,
- <a href="#Page_385">385</a>.</li>
- <li>Mohawks, tribe, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_151">151</a>, <a href="#Page_157">157</a>.</li>
- <li>Monastery at Palenque, <a href="#Page_297">297–302</a>, <a href="#Page_307">307–317</a>.</li>
- <li>Monks Mound, <a href="#Page_106">106</a>.</li>
- <li>Montalban, Doña Aña de, <a href="#Page_207">207</a>.</li>
- <li>Montezuma, <a href="#Page_411">411</a>.</li>
- <li>Morgan, Mr. Lewis, <a href="#Footnote_30">103</a>, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>.</li>
- <li>Mormons, the, <a href="#Page_111">111</a>, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>.</li>
- <li>Mounds and earthworks of Indians in Ohio, <a href="#Page_54">54–103</a>, <a href="#Page_379">379–385</a>:<br />
- near Mixco, <a href="#Page_189">189–191</a>, <a href="#Page_194">194</a>, <a href="#Page_385">385</a>.</li>
- <li>Mounds near St. Paul, <a href="#Page_114">114</a>, <a href="#Page_115">115</a>:<br />
- near Lake Ontario, <a href="#Page_60">60</a>,<br />
- <i>see</i> Mixco, Palenque, &amp;c.</li>
- <li>Mourning customs of the Sioux, <a href="#Page_165">165</a>, <a href="#Page_166">166</a>.</li>
- <li>Múna, <a href="#Page_360">360</a>.</li>
- <li>Murray, Hon. C. A., <a href="#Page_144">144</a>.</li>
- <li>Muskinghum River, <a href="#Page_70">70</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Natchez</span> Indians, <a href="#Page_161">161</a>, <a href="#Page_380">380</a>.</li>
- <li>Nauvoo, <a href="#Page_111">111</a>.</li>
- <li>Naval Academy at Annapolis, <a href="#Page_6">6–8</a>.</li>
- <li>Naval power, the Atlantic seaboard, and, <a href="#Page_30">30</a>, <a href="#Page_31">31</a>.</li>
- <li>Nebraska, <a href="#Page_129">129</a>, <a href="#Page_130">130</a>:<br />
- plains in, <a href="#Page_137">137</a>.</li>
- <li>Negroes in the Southern States, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>:<br />
- in the American Civil War, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>.</li>
- <li>Newark, town of, <a href="#Page_61">61</a>:<br />
- inclosures at, <a href="#Page_64">64–70</a>, <a href="#Page_96">96–103</a>.</li>
- <li>New Zealanders, burial custom of, <a href="#Page_175">175</a>.</li>
- <li>Nightingale, a, at Palenque, <a href="#Page_301">301</a>, <a href="#Page_303">303</a>.</li>
- <li>Nopá river, <a href="#Page_291">291</a>.</li>
- <li>North American Indians, <i>see</i> Indians.</li>
- <li>Norwood, Dr. Joseph, <a href="#Page_141">141</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Oaxaca</span> Indians, <a href="#Page_292">292</a>.</li>
- <li>Obsidian knives used by Aztecs, <a href="#Page_186">186</a>.</li>
- <li>Ocosingo, <a href="#Page_259">259</a>, <a href="#Page_263">263–267</a>, <a href="#Page_273">273</a>.</li>
- <li>Ogallalas, tribe of Sioux, <a href="#Page_122">122</a>, <a href="#Page_123">123</a>.</li>
- <li>Ohio, ancient Indian mounds and earthworks in 54–103, <a href="#Page_384">384</a>, <a href="#Page_385">385</a>.</li>
- <li>Oliphant, Mr. Laurence, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li>
- <li>Omaha, prison at, <a href="#Page_163">163</a>.</li>
- <li>Oneidas tribe, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_151">151</a>, <a href="#Page_155">155</a>:<br />
- reservation of the, <a href="#Page_51">51–53</a>.</li>
- <li>Onondagas, tribe, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_151">151</a>.</li>
- <li>Ontonagon, town of, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>, <a href="#Page_46">46</a>, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
- <li>Orchids in Guatemala, <a href="#Page_210">210</a>, <a href="#Page_211">211</a>.</li>
- <li>Ortiz, Don Pepe, <a href="#Page_288">288–294</a>.</li>
- <li>Ottawa Indians, <a href="#Page_153">153</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Pacaya</span>, volcano, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>, <a href="#Page_182">182</a>.</li>
- <li>Palacio, Don Garcia de, <a href="#Page_219">219–223</a>.</li>
- <li>Palenque, ruins and temples at, <a href="#Page_2">2</a>, <a href="#Page_193">193</a>,
- <a href="#Page_303">303–307</a>, <a href="#Page_350">350–358</a>, <a href="#Page_389">389</a>,
- <a href="#Page_391">391–395</a>, <a href="#Page_406">406</a>, <a href="#Page_413">413</a>:<br />
- arrival at, <a href="#Page_294">294–296</a>:<br />
- “Palace” or monastery at, <a href="#Page_297">297–302</a>, <a href="#Page_307">307–317</a>,
- <a href="#Page_406">406</a>:<br />
- square tower in 300, <a href="#Page_301">301</a>, <a href="#Page_312">312–314</a>:<br />
- mounds about, <a href="#Page_318">318–320</a>.</li>
- <li>Palisada, <a href="#Page_326">326</a>:<br />
- river, <a href="#Page_322">322</a>.</li>
- <li>Panajachel, <a href="#Page_207">207</a>, <a href="#Page_208">208</a>.</li>
- <li>Parker, Mr. Frank, <a href="#Page_13">13</a>, <a href="#Page_15">15</a>.</li>
- <li>Parkman, Mr. Francis B., <a href="#Page_158">158</a>, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>.</li>
- <li>Patinamit, Indian ruins of, <a href="#Page_202">202</a>, <a href="#Page_203">203</a>.</li>
- <li>Pawnees, the, <a href="#Page_109">109</a>, <a href="#Page_129">129–136</a>, <a href="#Page_147">147</a>,
- <a href="#Page_163">163–165</a>, <a href="#Page_344">344</a>.</li>
- <li>Pedro, Padre, <a href="#Page_207">207–209</a>.</li>
- <li>Pelicans, flocks of, <a href="#Page_178">178</a>.</li>
- <li>Penance of Indians, <a href="#Page_161">161–163</a>.</li>
- <li>Petz, Rear-Admiral Baron, <a href="#Page_176">176</a>.</li>
- <li>Pilgrimage to Esquipulas, <a href="#Page_186">186–188</a>.</li>
- <li>Pipiles, Indians, <a href="#Page_220">220–224</a>.</li>
- <li>Pintos, the, <a href="#Page_179">179</a>, <a href="#Page_180">180</a>.</li>
- <li>Pitcher, General, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li>
- <li>Platte, valley of the, <a href="#Page_141">141</a>, <a href="#Page_143">143</a>, <a href="#Page_145">145</a>.</li>
- <li>Portsmouth Ohio, Indian entrenchments at, <a href="#Page_57">57</a>, <a href="#Page_58">58</a>.</li>
- <li>Pozole, substance called, <a href="#Page_292">292</a>, <a href="#Page_293">293</a>.</li>
- <li>Prairie-dog villages, <a href="#Page_141">141–143</a>.</li>
- <li>Prairie fires, <a href="#Page_125">125</a>, <a href="#Page_126">126</a>, <a href="#Page_136">136</a>,
- <a href="#Page_137">137</a>.</li>
- <li>Prairies and glacial action, <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</li>
- <li>Prairies in Minnesota and Iowa, <a href="#Page_124">124–129</a>.</li>
- <li>Prescott, Mr., <a href="#Page_171">171</a>.</li>
- <li>Pyramid of the Dwarf, Uxmal, <a href="#Page_xv">xv</a>, <a href="#Page_340">340–342</a>, <a href="#Page_345">345</a>.</li>
- <li>Pyramidal altars, Yucatan, <a href="#Page_330">330–334</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Quezaltenango</span>, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>, <a href="#Page_208">208</a>, <a href="#Page_217">217</a>, <a href="#Page_237">237</a>.</li>
- <li>Quetzalcoatl, god named, <a href="#Page_221">221–223</a>, <a href="#Page_310">310</a>, <a href="#Page_348">348</a>, <a href="#Page_391">391</a>, <a href="#Page_409">409</a>, <a href="#Page_412">412</a>, <a href="#Page_413">413</a>, <a href="#Page_414">414</a>.</li>
- <li><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_428">[428]</a></span>
- Quetzales (birds), <a href="#Page_220">220</a>, <a href="#Page_305">305</a>.</li>
- <li>Quichés Indians, <a href="#Page_202">202</a>, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>, <a href="#Page_209">209</a>,
- <a href="#Page_214">214–5</a>, <a href="#Page_230">230</a>, <a href="#Page_387">387</a>,
- <a href="#Page_389">389–391</a>, <a href="#Page_400">400–402</a>:<br />
- religious ceremonies of the, <a href="#Page_212">212</a>, <a href="#Page_213">213</a>,
- <a href="#Page_219">219</a>:<br />
- chiefs, <a href="#Page_227">227–8</a>:<br />
- traditions of, <a href="#Page_235">235–7</a>,<br />
- <i>see also</i> Utatlan.</li>
- <li>Quirigua, idols at, <a href="#Page_184">184</a>:<br />
- ruins of, <a href="#Page_186">186</a>, <a href="#Page_410">410</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Rae</span>, Dr., <a href="#Page_141">141</a>.</li>
- <li>Rain, a fall of, <a href="#Page_358">358</a>, <a href="#Page_359">359</a>.</li>
- <li>Rain-makers, <a href="#Page_164">164</a>, <a href="#Page_359">359</a>.</li>
- <li>Ransonnet, Baron, <a href="#Page_177">177</a>, <a href="#Page_179">179</a>, <a href="#Page_180">180</a>.</li>
- <li>Rattlesnake totem, xiv, <a href="#Page_398">398</a>, <a href="#Page_399">399</a>.</li>
- <li>Rattlesnakes, <a href="#Page_142">142</a>, <a href="#Page_170">170</a>.</li>
- <li>Rau, Professor Charles, xv., <a href="#Page_316">316</a>, <a href="#Footnote_84">317</a>, <a href="#Page_414">414</a>.</li>
- <li>Red Cloud, a chief of the Sioux, <a href="#Page_123">123</a>.</li>
- <li>Religious ceremonies in Yucatan, <a href="#Page_362">362–365</a>, <a href="#Page_368">368–369</a>.</li>
- <li>Religious devotion of Indians, <a href="#Page_240">240–241</a>.</li>
- <li>Reservation lands for Indians, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>.</li>
- <li>Rigdon (Mormon preacher), <a href="#Page_111">111</a>, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>.</li>
- <li>Rio, Captain Antonio del, <a href="#Page_300">300</a>, <a href="#Page_308">308</a>, <a href="#Page_309">309</a>.</li>
- <li>Robles, Captain, <a href="#Page_249">249</a>, <a href="#Page_252">252</a>.</li>
- <li>Robles, Padre Juan C., <a href="#Page_243">243–249</a>.</li>
- <li>Rodriguez, Padre, <a href="#Page_201">201</a>.</li>
- <li>Rogers, Commodore, <a href="#Page_13">13</a>.</li>
- <li>Romero, Señor Matias, <a href="#Page_257">257</a>.</li>
- <li>Roubaud, Father, <a href="#Page_135">135</a>.</li>
- <li>Ruins, of Uxmal, <a href="#Page_339">339–358</a>, <a href="#Page_389">389</a>, <a href="#Page_394">394</a>,
- <a href="#Page_395">395</a>.<br />
- <i>see also</i> Palenque, &amp;c.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Sacrificial</span> customs at Uxmal, <a href="#Page_343">343–346</a>.</li>
- <li>Sacrificial rites of the Aztecs, <a href="#Page_224">224–226</a>.</li>
- <li>Sacrifices of the Indians to Volcanoes and Lakes, <a href="#Page_208">208</a>.<br />
- <i>see also</i> Human.</li>
- <li>Sacrificios, island of, <a href="#Page_332">332</a>.</li>
- <li>Sacs tribe of Indians, <a href="#Page_109">109</a>, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>.</li>
- <li>St. Andres, <a href="#Page_250">250</a>.</li>
- <li>St. Clair, Governor, <a href="#Page_100">100</a>.</li>
- <li>St. Louis, <a href="#Page_108">108</a>.</li>
- <li>St. Martin, village of, <a href="#Page_241">241</a>.</li>
- <li>St. Paul, city of, <a href="#Page_113">113–115</a></li>
- <li>Salorzano, Don Remigio, <a href="#Page_263">263–265</a>, <a href="#Page_267">267</a>.</li>
- <li>Salt Lake City, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>, <a href="#Page_146">146</a>.</li>
- <li>San Caralampio, festival of, <a href="#Page_255">255</a>.</li>
- <li>San Carlos, <a href="#Page_261">261</a>.</li>
- <li>San Domingo de Palenque. <i>see</i> Palenque.</li>
- <li>San José de Guatemala, <a href="#Page_180">180</a>.</li>
- <li>San Pedro, <a href="#Page_284">284–288</a>:<br />
- Indians, <a href="#Page_285">285–288</a>:<br />
- River, <a href="#Page_289">289</a>.</li>
- <li>Santa Cruz del Quiché, <a href="#Page_216">216</a>, <a href="#Page_230">230</a>.</li>
- <li>Santorin, island of, <a href="#Page_198">198</a>.</li>
- <li>San Tomas, <a href="#Page_209">209</a>, <a href="#Page_211">211</a>, <a href="#Page_215">215</a>.</li>
- <li>Sault Ste. Marie, Jesuit Mission at, <a href="#Page_48">48</a>.</li>
- <li>Scherzer, Dr., <a href="#Page_176">176</a>, <a href="#Page_180">180</a>, <a href="#Page_183">183</a>,
- <a href="#Page_185">185</a>.</li>
- <li>Scioto River, <a href="#Page_76">76</a>, <a href="#Page_77">77</a>.</li>
- <li>Seal rocks, the, <a href="#Page_177">177</a>.</li>
- <li>Senecas tribe, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_151">151</a>, <a href="#Page_152">152</a>,
- <a href="#Page_155">155</a>, <a href="#Page_157">157</a>.</li>
- <li>Sequechul, Indian named, <a href="#Page_227">227</a>.</li>
- <li>Serpent totems, xiv, <a href="#Page_350">350</a>, <a href="#Page_351">351</a>.</li>
- <li>Serpent worship, <a href="#Page_398">398</a>, <a href="#Page_399">399</a>:<br />
- by the Dakotas, <a href="#Page_170">170</a>.</li>
- <li>Seward, Mr., <a href="#Page_257">257–258</a>.</li>
- <li>Shakers, the, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>, <a href="#Page_9">9</a>.</li>
- <li>Shawnee tribe, <a href="#Page_94">94</a>, <a href="#Page_153">153</a>:<br />
- burial mounds of, <a href="#Page_78">78</a>.</li>
- <li>Shell heaps at Concord, <a href="#Page_21">21</a>.</li>
- <li>Shell mounds in Florida, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>, <a href="#Page_375">375</a>, <a href="#Page_377">377</a>:<br />
- in Maine, <a href="#Page_28">28–33</a>.</li>
- <li>Shoshone Indians, <a href="#Page_146">146–148</a>, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>.</li>
- <li>Sierra Madre mountains, <a href="#Page_238">238</a>, <a href="#Page_246">246</a>, <a href="#Page_247">247</a>.</li>
- <li>Sierras between San Pedro &amp; Palenque, <a href="#Page_282">282–284</a>, <a href="#Page_290">290–294</a>.</li>
- <li>Sinigiglia, <a href="#Page_253">253</a>.</li>
- <li>Sioux Indians, <a href="#Page_131">131</a>:<br />
- methods of burial with, <a href="#Page_63">63</a>:<br />
- an encampment of, <a href="#Page_114">114–116</a>:<br />
- worship of spirit rocks, <a href="#Page_117">117–119</a>, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>:<br />
- the Ogallalas tribe of, <a href="#Page_122">122</a>, <a href="#Page_123">123</a>:<br />
- Red Cloud, chief of the, <a href="#Page_123">123</a>:<br />
- and sun worship, <a href="#Page_162">162</a>, <a href="#Page_163">163</a>:<br />
- medicine man, <a href="#Page_164">164</a>, <a href="#Page_165">165</a>:<br />
- mourning customs, <a href="#Page_165">165–166</a>:<br />
- and lightning, <a href="#Page_166">166</a>:<br />
- and transmigration, <a href="#Page_167">167–168</a>:<br />
- human sacrifice of, <a href="#Page_172">172</a>, <a href="#Page_173">173</a>.</li>
- <li>Sioux War, the, <a href="#Page_120">120–122</a>.</li>
- <li>Sisal, port of, <a href="#Page_372">372</a>, <a href="#Page_373">373</a>.</li>
- <li>Sissiton tribe of Sioux, <a href="#Page_172">172</a>, <a href="#Page_173">173</a>.</li>
- <li>Skulls of Indians, <a href="#Page_19">19</a>, <a href="#Page_20">20</a>.</li>
- <li>Smith, Mr. James, <a href="#Page_134">134</a>.</li>
- <li>Smith, Joseph, founder of Mormonism, <a href="#Page_111">111</a>, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>.</li>
- <li>Snowstorm, a violent, <a href="#Page_128">128</a>, <a href="#Page_129">129</a>.</li>
- <li>Socoleo, fortress of, <a href="#Page_235">235–237</a>.</li>
- <li>Solares, General, <a href="#Page_191">191</a>.</li>
- <li>Sololá, <a href="#Page_209">209</a>.</li>
- <li>Southern States of America, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li>
- <li>Spain and Utatlan, <a href="#Page_226">226–231</a>:<br />
- and employment of natives as carriers in Mexico, <a href="#Page_275">275</a>.</li>
- <li>Spaniards kept in cages by Aztecs, <a href="#Page_397">397</a>.</li>
- <li>Spirit rocks, Sioux worship of, <a href="#Page_117">117–119</a>, <a href="#Page_169">169</a>.</li>
- <li>Squier, Mr. E. G., <a href="#Page_19">19</a>, <a href="#Page_64">64</a>, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>,
- <a href="#Page_221">221</a>.</li>
- <li>Stansfield, Captain, <a href="#Page_142">142</a>.</li>
- <li>Steam bath, an Indian, <a href="#Page_279">279</a>.</li>
- <li>Stephens, Mr., <a href="#Page_2">2</a>, <a href="#Page_294">294</a>, <a href="#Page_298">298</a>,
- <a href="#Page_307">307</a>, <a href="#Page_309">309</a>, <a href="#Page_341">341</a>.</li>
- <li><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_429">[429]</a></span>
- Stone at Dighton, <a href="#Page_33">33</a>.</li>
- <li>Stone hammers, <a href="#Page_44">44</a>.</li>
- <li><i>Stonewall</i>, S.S., <a href="#Page_104">104</a>, <a href="#Page_105">105</a>.</li>
- <li>Succession of forest trees, <a href="#Page_139">139</a>, <a href="#Page_140">140</a>.</li>
- <li>Sumner, Mr., <a href="#Page_26">26</a>.</li>
- <li>Sun worship, by the Pawnees, <a href="#Page_133">133</a>:<br />
- by all the Indian tribes in Mississippi valley, <a href="#Page_161">161–164</a>, <a href="#Page_261">261–262</a>.</li>
- <li>Sun worshippers, the Natchez tribe, <a href="#Page_381">381</a>.</li>
- <li>Superstition, the Pawnees and, <a href="#Page_134">134</a>:<br />
- the Dakotas and, <a href="#Page_170">170</a>:<br />
- Yucatan Indians and, <a href="#Page_366">366–369</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Tacara</span>, volcano, <a href="#Page_246">246</a>.</li>
- <li>Tallegewi, the, <a href="#Page_94">94</a>, <a href="#Page_385">385</a>.</li>
- <li>Tampa, <a href="#Page_374">374</a>, <a href="#Page_377">377</a>, <a href="#Page_379">379</a>.</li>
- <li>“Temblor,” a, <a href="#Page_246">246</a>.</li>
- <li>Téotihuacan, pyramids of, <a href="#Page_395">395</a>.</li>
- <li>Temples at Izamal, <a href="#Page_393">393</a>:<br />
- at Uxmal, <a href="#Page_339">339–358</a>, <a href="#Page_394">394</a>, <a href="#Page_395">395</a>.</li>
- <li>Temple of the Cross, at Palenque, <a href="#Page_304">304–306</a>.</li>
- <li>Tepan Guatemala, <a href="#Page_202">202</a>, <a href="#Page_206">206</a>.</li>
- <li>Terran, Padre Juan Batista de, <a href="#Page_233">233</a>.</li>
- <li>Thomas, Professor Cyrus, <a href="#Page_68">68</a>, <a href="#Page_69">69</a>, <a href="#Page_382">382–384</a>.</li>
- <li>Thornton, Mr., <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li>
- <li>Ticknor, Mr., <a href="#Page_13">13</a>, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>,
- <a href="#Page_25">25</a>.</li>
- <li>Tihoo, <a href="#Page_392">392</a>, <a href="#Page_393">393</a>.</li>
- <li>Tlacupa, King of, <a href="#Page_325">325</a>.</li>
- <li>Todos Santos, <a href="#Page_238">238–241</a>.</li>
- <li>Toltecs, <a href="#Page_391">391</a>, <a href="#Page_395">395</a>, <a href="#Page_398">398</a>,
- <a href="#Page_400">400–404</a>, <a href="#Page_422">422</a>,<br />
- <i>see also</i> Aztecs, Tallegwi.</li>
- <li>Totems of Indians, <a href="#Page_84">84–86</a>:<br />
- of the Toltecs, <a href="#Page_398">398</a>, <a href="#Page_399">399</a>.</li>
- <li>Trade-winds in the Atlantic, <a href="#Page_419">419</a>, <a href="#Page_420">420</a>:<br />
- in the Pacific, <a href="#Page_421">421–422</a>.</li>
- <li>Traditions, Indian, <i>re</i> Ohio earthworks, <a href="#Page_94">94–103</a>.</li>
- <li>Trappists, the, at Cahokia, <a href="#Page_106">106</a>.</li>
- <li>Trees, marking forest, as a guide, <a href="#Page_42">42</a>, <a href="#Page_43">43</a>:<br />
- Professor Locke and age of, <a href="#Page_92">92</a>, <a href="#Page_93">93</a>:<br />
- absence of, on the Iowa plains, <a href="#Page_137">137–138</a>:<br />
- succession of forest, <a href="#Page_139">139</a>, <a href="#Page_140">140</a>.</li>
- <li>Troops in the American Civil War, <a href="#Page_9">9–11</a>.</li>
- <li>Tumbalá, <a href="#Page_278">278–282</a>.</li>
- <li>Tuscaroras tribe, <a href="#Page_34">34</a>, <a href="#Page_151">151</a>, <a href="#Page_155">155</a>.</li>
- <li>Tzendales, Indians, <a href="#Page_270">270</a>, <a href="#Page_271">271</a>, <a href="#Page_276">276</a>, <a href="#Page_281">281</a>, <a href="#Page_405">405</a>.</li>
- <li>Tzibalché, <a href="#Page_335">335</a>, <a href="#Page_336">336</a>, <a href="#Page_363">363</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Usamacinta River</span>, <a href="#Page_318">318–323</a>, <a href="#Page_326">326</a>.</li>
- <li>Utatlan, ruins of, <a href="#Page_217">217–220</a>, <a href="#Page_312">312</a>, <a href="#Page_401">401</a>:<br />
- conquest of, <a href="#Page_226">226–9</a>.</li>
- <li>Utes, the, or Digger Indians, <a href="#Page_147">147</a>, <a href="#Page_148">148</a>.</li>
- <li>Uxmal, <a href="#Page_336">336–338</a>:<br />
- ruins of, <a href="#Page_339">339–358</a>, <a href="#Page_389">389</a>:<br />
- antiquity of temple at, <a href="#Page_394">394</a>, <a href="#Page_395">395</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Vadillo</span>, Señor, <a href="#Page_320">320</a>.</li>
- <li>Valdivia, <a href="#Page_397">397</a>.</li>
- <li>Vestal the (frigate), <a href="#Page_374">374</a>, <a href="#Page_421">421</a>.</li>
- <li>Viatoro, Padre, <a href="#Page_202">202</a>, <a href="#Page_204">204</a>.</li>
- <li>Vogdes, General, <a href="#Page_10">10</a>, <a href="#Page_11">11</a>.</li>
- <li>Volcanoes in the American Continent, <a href="#Page_180">180</a>, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>,
- <a href="#Page_247">247</a>,<br />
- <i>see also</i> Agua, Atitlan, Fuego, Pacaya, Tacara.</li>
- <li>Votan, chief, <a href="#Page_412">412</a>, <a href="#Page_413">413</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Washington</span>, <a href="#Page_5">5</a>.</li>
- <li>Webster, Daniel, <a href="#Page_22">22</a>.</li>
- <li>Well, an Indian, <a href="#Page_370">370</a>.</li>
- <li>Welsh speaking Indians, <a href="#Page_95">95</a>, <a href="#Page_96">96</a>.</li>
- <li>West Point, Military Academy at, <a href="#Page_7">7</a>, <a href="#Page_8">8</a>.</li>
- <li>Whittlesea, Mr., <a href="#Page_98">98</a>.</li>
- <li>Williams, Judge, <a href="#Page_174">174</a>:<br />
- and Indian education, <a href="#Page_109">109–112</a>.</li>
- <li>Williams (the Dauphin), <a href="#Page_52">52</a>, <a href="#Page_53">53</a>.</li>
- <li>Wilson, Professor Daniel, <a href="#Page_60">60</a>, <a href="#Page_62">62</a>, <a href="#Page_159">159</a>.</li>
- <li>Winnebagoes, the, <a href="#Page_119">119–123</a>.</li>
- <li>Winona, an Indian maiden, <a href="#Page_113">113</a>.</li>
- <li>Woolner, Mr., <a href="#Page_357">357</a>.</li>
- <li>Wyman, Professor Jeffries, <a href="#Page_14">14</a>, <a href="#Page_19">19–21</a>, <a href="#Page_26">26</a>,
- <a href="#Page_28">28</a>.</li>
- <li>Wynne, Dr., <a href="#Page_192">192</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Yajalon</span>, <a href="#Page_270">270</a>, <a href="#Page_273">273</a>,
- <a href="#Page_277">277</a>.</li>
- <li>Yaxcabá, curate of, <a href="#Page_366">366–369</a>.</li>
- <li>Young, Brigham, <a href="#Page_112">112</a>, <a href="#Page_146">146</a>.</li>
- <li>Yucatan, pyramidal altars at, <a href="#Page_330">330–334</a>:<br />
- Indians in, <a href="#Page_336">336</a>.</li>
- <li>Yucatan, Bishop Landa’s work on, <a href="#Page_343">343–346</a>:<br />
- worship of idols in, <a href="#Page_346">346–347</a>:<br />
- religious ceremonies in, <a href="#Page_362">362–365</a>:<br />
- superstition of Indians, <a href="#Page_366">366–368</a>:<br />
- ruins in, <a href="#Page_394">394</a>:<br />
- education in, <a href="#Page_407">407–408</a>:<br />
- discovery of, <a href="#Page_415">415</a>.</li>
- <li>Yule, Colonel, <a href="#Page_140">140</a>.</li>
- <li>&nbsp;</li>
-
- <li><span class="smcap">Zambos</span> Indians, <a href="#Page_181">181</a>.</li>
- <li>Zurita, Alonzo de, <a href="#Page_227">227</a>.</li>
- </ul>
-
- <hr class="full" />
- <p class="center"><b>Farmer &amp; Sons, Printers, 295, Edgware Road, W.</b></p>
-
- <div class="footnotes">
- <div class="footheader">Footnotes:</div>
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a>
- <p>Many of those who were interested in Arctic research and the
- then unknown fate of Sir John Franklin, will remember the meetings
- at Lady Franklin’s house at Kensington Gore, and how greatly Mr.
- Grinnell’s exertions and enterprise were appreciated.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a>
- <p>Mr. Laurence Oliphant, whom I had known in other parts of the
- world, was then living with his community upon the Southern shores
- of Lake Erie.</p>
- <p>The last time that I saw him was at a Levée, held in St. James’s
- extreme Palace, in the year 1880, under circumstances which were
- in contrast with his daily life of labour at Brocton. I understood
- that he had come over to England to arrange some business matters
- connected with the affairs of his society.</p>
- <p>America is the home of many groups of people endeavouring to carry
- out their various schemes of communistic life. I visited several
- of their settlements and found that their methods of management
- were very different. The prosperity and the harmony of the men and
- women, evidently depended upon their faith in their own strange
- forms of religion. It was also observable that, in all cases, the
- leaders were men of dogmatic character.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a>
- <p>The question respecting the proportion of foreigners in the
- armies of the North came under consideration.</p>
- <p>It had been supposed that a large number of the troops consisted
- of men of foreign nationalities, but an investigation that had
- been made into the subject has proved that the alien strength of
- the army had been the subject of much exaggeration.</p>
- <p>Upon the examination of the numbers it will be seen, however,
- that the composition of the forces deserves attention. Their
- classification was as follows:—</p>
-
- <table summary="Numbers of foreigners in the army">
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">British Americans (volunteers from British possessions in N. America)</td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>53,500</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">English</td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>45,000</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">Irish</td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>144,000</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">German</td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>176,800</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">Men of unknown nationality</td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>74,900</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">Negroes (about)</td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>140,000</div></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="tdl">National Americans</td>
- <td class="tdr"><div>1,523,000</div></td>
- </tr>
- </table>
-
- <p>National Americans include all emigrants who in consequence of
- having been five years in the States are entitled to become citizens.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a>
- <p>Mr. Ticknor preceded Mr. Longfellow at Harvard University as
- Professor of Modern Languages. As an author he is well known by
- his History of Spanish Literature, and the biography of his friend
- Mr. Prescott, the historian.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a>
- <p>Then Professor of Anatomy in Harvard College, and Curator of
- the Peabody Museum of Archæology and Ethnology.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a>
- <p>Laura Bridgman was born in 1829 so, at the time that I saw her,
- she was forty years old.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a>
- <p>In one of the many brilliant speeches made by this orator, the
- following graceful allusion to the mother-country may be mentioned
- here. “Great Britain,” he said, “had dotted over the whole surface
- of the globe with her possessions and military posts, whose
- morning drum-beat, following the sun and keeping company with the
- hours, circles the earth daily with one continuous and unbroken
- strain of martial music.”</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a>
- <p>The geographical conditions of the Atlantic seaboard are so
- favourable for the development of naval power, that it is evident
- that the United States have every possible natural advantage
- placed at their disposal to enable them to become a great maritime
- nation.</p>
- <p>There is, however, a difficulty for them to surmount. Serviceable
- American-born men do not readily volunteer to join their ships
- of war, and, consequently, the crews are largely composed of
- foreigners, chiefly of English and German origin. The reasons
- for this disinclination on the part of the Americans to accept
- sea service seem to be caused by the fact that the prospects
- for success in life in other directions are sufficiently good
- to prevent them from seeking an employment in which they would
- be subject to discipline and have to sacrifice their habits of
- independence. It will probably be found expedient, ultimately, to
- adopt a system of entry and training for seamen similar to that
- which has been found to succeed in England. The systems followed
- on the European continent, and which are based upon conscription,
- could find no place amongst a people with whom all service must be
- essentially voluntary.</p>
- <p>If the difficulties with regard to men can be overcome, the naval
- strength of the United States may be as great as Congress may
- deem desirable, for, with respect to the capacities of harbours
- and dockyards and the means available for the construction and
- armaments of ships, there is practically no limit to the power of
- fitting out and maintaining large fleets.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_9" href="#FNanchor_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a>
- <p>In the summer of 1870 I went to the village of Dighton to look
- at the inscribed stone in the river near that place.</p>
- <p>Upon my arrival there it was high water and the rock was covered.
- The next day, when the tide was low, I hired a boat, pulled down
- the stream and stopped by its side, which was then fully exposed,
- and examined it with care. It was a boulder formed of hard close
- grained granite.</p>
- <p>As the inscription was originally supposed by Danish and other
- antiquarians to have had some relation with the history of the
- arrival of the Northmen upon that coast, I traced the figures and
- rude characters with particular attention.</p>
- <p>I have seen rolls of birch bark scratched in the same manner by
- Chippewas, for the purpose of giving information of the movements
- of their hunting parties, and I think that the figures on the
- Dighton stone were meant to represent similar events. As, however,
- the inscriptions are deeply cut, and as it must have taken some
- considerable time to execute them, it may be granted that the
- Indians wished to leave, near the mouth of the river, a permanent
- record which would be intelligible to others.</p>
- <p>At many parts of this seaboard the New England tribes, as at
- Damariscotta visited the tidal waters to obtain food.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_10" href="#FNanchor_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a>
- <p>When afterwards passing through the forests near Palenque,
- in Central America, I observed that whenever the Indians found
- it necessary to quit the track, they immediately broke off small
- branches from the trees, and placed them on the ground over which
- they had trodden. As an additional precaution, they also made
- marks on the trunks with their hatchets. It was thus easy for
- them to get back to the place from which they had started. It is
- however evident, that this plan is only useful in those cases
- where the path is intentionally left. When the path is
- accidentally missed, it is of the greatest importance not to lose
- touch with the spot where you happen to be when your error is
- discovered. This position will necessarily be within a short
- distance by a straight line from the place from which you
- wandered. It has been ascertained that it is the tendency of men
- who have lost their way to unconsciously move in a circle, and
- thus much time may be wasted in trusting to personal judgment. It
- is a good plan to make a series of short tentative marches in
- different directions, in straight lines from your starting point,
- which should be considered as a central position to which you can
- always return if necessary. Such straight lines of direction can
- be made by marking trees, and keeping them as much as possible in
- line with each other. In dense forests a watch is not serviceable,
- as the sun does not penetrate them, and its bearing cannot be
- seen. A compass is useful to a certain extent, but the constant
- deviations that have to be made to avoid obstacles, tend to make
- the line of progress a succession of broken curves, and it becomes
- unsafe to rely upon the accuracy of the direction. Explorers have
- found it desirable to send men occasionally to the tops of the
- tallest trees to observe the nature of the country that is being
- traversed. When Cortes made his celebrated expedition from Mexico
- to Honduras, he maintained a straight march by the use of a ship’s
- compass, but in that case there was no difficulty, for the
- direction was followed by cutting down the trees that were in the
- line of the advance.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_11" href="#FNanchor_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a>
- <p>See “Report on the Geology and Topography of a portion of the
- Lake Superior Land District,” by I. W. Foster and I. D. Whitney.
- Washington, 1850.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_12" href="#FNanchor_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a>
- <p>The Jesuit Mission that was placed at Sault Ste. Marie, at
- the entrance of Lake Superior was, during the seventeenth and
- eighteenth centuries, one of the most important and influential
- of the missionary establishments in North America. Many of the
- Fathers who were attached to it had received a good mathematical
- education and were capable of making accurate geographical
- surveys. An excellent plan of Lake Superior and its islands was
- made by them in 1670, and the coast lines and bays were traced
- over a distance exceeding fifteen hundred miles. Amongst the
- distinguished men who worked at the mission were the Fathers
- Jogues, Allouez, Mesnard (who lost his way and perished in the
- forest when travelling across the Kee-wai-wona promontory),
- Dablon, and the well-known and devoted missionary, Jacques
- Marquette.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_13" href="#FNanchor_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a>
- <p>At Marietta, there still exists an ancient Indian mound or
- tumulus, about thirty feet high. It is situated near the
- south-east limits of the inclosures. When I saw it, it was under
- the care of the local authorities.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_14" href="#FNanchor_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a>
- <p>Morton’s Crania Americana, pp. 221.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_15" href="#FNanchor_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a>
- <p>It is known that a communication between the south-western
- extremity of Lake Superior and the Mississippi Valley, existed
- from an early time. When I was at Toronto, Professor Daniel
- Wilson, to whom I was indebted for much information upon subjects
- relating to American archæology, told me that it had been
- ascertained that the copper found in these mounds, was of the same
- character as that in the Lake Superior Mines: so that the question
- of its origin was practically settled. It thus seems probable that
- some of the small lumps of pure copper found in the forests and on
- the shores of the lake, near the Kee-wai-wona promontory, were
- brought into Ohio.</p>
- <p>A mound that was opened near Lake Ontario, and whose contents I
- examined, was stated to have been twelve feet high. Within it were
- about twenty skeletons, some coarse pottery, a number of arrow
- heads made of a hard flinty stone and several flat rectangular
- stones, pierced with one or two holes, which had been used as
- breast ornaments, possibly denoting a certain rank. There were
- also stone gouges, some stone axes and many fragments of charred
- wood. This was probably an Iroquois grave.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_16" href="#FNanchor_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a>
- <p>In the valley of the Mississippi, especially in the northern
- part which had been occupied by the Dakotas, I afterwards saw many
- burial mounds, which, with the exception of the unusually great
- mounds near Miamisburgh and Wheeling, resembled in all respects
- those in Ohio. The methods of burial with the Sioux were evidently
- similar to those of the Mound Builders, with respect to the custom
- of conveying skeletons from considerable distances for the purpose
- of placing them together in one burying heap.</p>
- <p>In several of the ancient burial mounds in Ohio, thin flat plates
- or slabs of mica are placed with the skeletons. This shining and
- silvery looking mineral appears to have been greatly valued by
- Indians. When I was on the coast of California, I happened to
- be present when a shell bank was cut open and a section of it
- examined. There was found, piled within it, a confused heap of
- skulls and shells, together with a larger quantity of rough pieces
- of mica. It is remarkable that the use of mica as an ornament
- should have been prevalent over such a wide geographical area
- amongst tribes dwelling so far apart.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_17" href="#FNanchor_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a>
- <p>I have seen a re-survey of the Newark inclosures made on
- behalf of the Smithsonian Institution, under the direction of
- Professor Cyrus Thomas. The results of this survey are very
- useful. The measurements have evidently been taken with much care.
- With respect to the Octagon, Professor Thomas observes that, “The
- angles at the crossings of the diagonals and diameters at the
- centre O, are so nearly right angles as to be worthy of notice in
- this connection. For instance, the angles at the crossings of the
- diagonals BF and DH, differ but 10´ from true right angles, while
- those at the crossing of the diameters AE and CG differ but 2´.”</p>
- <p>As regards the Square he states, that, “This inclosure varies but
- slightly from a true square, the course of the opposite sides in
- one case differing but 31´, and the other but 6´. The greatest
- variation at the corners from a true right angle is 57´.”</p>
- <p>The large Circle D is said to have a difference of diameters of
- twenty-six feet, these being respectively 1189 feet and 1163 feet.</p>
- <p>The Observatory Circle, which is the inclosure connected with the
- Octagon, was found to have been made with remarkable correctness.
- “The widest divergence between the line of the survey and the
- circumference of the true circle is four feet. It is therefore
- evident that the inclosure approaches in form very nearly an
- absolute circle.”</p>
- <p>Professor Thomas also states with reference to the Observatory
- Circle, that the radius is almost an exact multiple of the
- surveyor’s chain.</p>
- <p>The geometrical accuracy of the lines of embankments and of the
- inclosed areas in earthworks of such great dimensions, covering
- such large spaces of ground, is not the least strange fact
- concerning these works.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_18" href="#FNanchor_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a>
- <p>Archæologia Americana, Vol. I. The plan of the Marietta
- Inclosures is a reduction of a part of the survey made in 1837
- by Mr. Charles Whittlesea, and published by the Smithsonian
- Institution in 1848.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_19" href="#FNanchor_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a>
- <p>Fort Du Quesne was built about the year 1752. It was
- situated near the spot where is now the town of Pittsburgh. In
- 1731 the Indians who then occupied the lands near Marietta formed
- an alliance with the French, and obtained their assistance in
- protecting them from the attacks of hostile tribes. These were
- probably the Iroquois, who at that period had made a treaty with
- the English, and were their allies during the wars against the
- French in Canada and this part of North America.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_20" href="#FNanchor_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a>
- <p>Archæologia Americana, Vol. I.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_21" href="#FNanchor_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a>
- <p>See Plan.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_22" href="#FNanchor_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a>
- <p>Upon an examination of the map it will be seen that the
- Serpent is placed in the territory west of the Scioto, and that
- the Alligator is east of that river.</p>
- <p>The mouth of the serpent is described as being opened wide. This
- peculiarity is observable with the serpent carved upon the walls
- of the Casa de las Monjas at Uxmal.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_23" href="#FNanchor_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a>
- <p>The valley below the Alligator is in the possession of a race
- of Welsh colonists who emigrated from Wales about the year 1802.
- At that time they did not speak English, and for many years
- refrained from learning that language.</p>
- <p>The church services are held in their town of Granville.</p>
- <p>These colonists were prosperous and contented. The majority of
- them bore the names of Griffith, Price, Lewis, and others which
- are usual in the seaboard counties of Wales.</p>
- <p>The adjacent high lands are called the Welsh hills.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_24" href="#FNanchor_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a>
- <p>“Ancient Monuments of the Mississippi Valley,” pp. 19.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_25" href="#FNanchor_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a>
- <p>Second Annual Report of the Geological Survey of the State of Ohio, 1838, pp. 269.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_26" href="#FNanchor_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a>
- <p>The earthworks thrown up between Gallipoli and the Gulf of
- Saros during the Crimean war in 1854–1855 had the appearance of
- considerable antiquity when I saw them nearly a quarter of a
- century afterwards in 1878.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_27" href="#FNanchor_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a>
- <p>According to Hakluyt, Madoc “prepared certaine ships with
- men and munition, and sought adventures by seas; sailing West and
- leaving the coast of Ireland so farre North, that he came vnto a
- land vnknowen, where he saw many strange things.</p>
- <p>Of the voyage and returne of this Madoc there be many fables
- fained, as the common people do vse in distance of place and
- length of time, rather to augment than to diminish: but sure it is
- there he was.... This Madoc arriving in that Westerne countrey,
- vnto the which he came in the yere 1170, left most of his people
- there, and returning backe for more of his owne nation,
- acquaintance and friends to inhabit that faire and large countrey,
- went thither again with ten sailes, as I find noted by Gutyn Owen.</p>
- <p>I am of opinion that the land whereunto he came was some part of
- the West Indies.”</p>
- <p class="center">Hakluyt’s Voyages, vol. iii, p. 21.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_28" href="#FNanchor_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a>
- <p>When examining the inclosures near Newark, I had with me
- the plan of the survey of Mr. Atwater, published in 1820 in the
- 1st Volume of the Archæologia Americana. The plan pp. 66 is, in
- its proportions, a reduction that I made of the survey of Mr.
- Whittlesea, but the inclosures are drawn according to the plan of
- Mr. Atwater.</p>
- <p>The survey of Mr. Whittlesea is given at pp. 67 “Ancient Monuments
- of the Mississippi Valley.” Some of the smaller earthworks and
- parallels no longer exist, having been probably removed by the
- plough.</p>
- <p>With respect to the subject of Archæology in North America, I have
- to thank Dr. Baird, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
- for having placed in my hands the valuable and impartial work
- written by Mr. Haven.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_29" href="#FNanchor_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a>
- <p>See the Journal of Mr. Thaddeus Harris, pp. 54, published in Boston in 1805.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_30" href="#FNanchor_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a>
- <p>Florida was discovered in 1512 by Ponce de Leon, the aged
- governor of Porto Rico, who was then seeking for the Fountain of
- Youth, which, according to the statements of the historian of the
- voyage, was believed to have the power to rejuvenate old men, and
- restore to them the vigour of early manhood.</p>
- <p>An expedition undertaken a few years later, in 1528, by Pamphilo
- de Narvaez had a disastrous termination. Many Spaniards were left
- behind, the majority of whom were probably tortured and killed.
- Others, in accordance with Indian customs, may have been chosen by
- squaws to be their husbands, and would have consequently taken
- part in the conduct of tribal affairs.</p>
- <p>It is not unlikely that some of these Spanish adventurers, would
- have taken advantage of any opportunity that may have occurred, to
- proceed into the interior of the new continent. Due consideration
- should also be given to the fact that the French may have assisted
- the Indians in the construction of their forts on the plains, at
- any period between the dates of their first partial occupation of
- Canada in 1541, and the final abandonment of their positions in
- the valley of the Ohio in 1758.</p>
- <p>Amongst the various opinions that have been held with respect to
- the Mound Builders, there is one which attributes their origin to
- the northern part of Mexico.</p>
- <p>Mr. Lewis Morgan, whose works upon the subject of the Indian races
- have placed him in the position of being a high authority upon all
- matters relating to them, wrote to me a letter upon the question
- of their migrations, in which he observed as follows:—“Any opinion
- as to who were the mound builders must be speculative. It is quite
- probable that they were village Indians from New Mexico, and
- having found the climate too severe for their type of village
- life, retired gradually from the country.” Although it has to be
- admitted that all theories as to the Mound Builders must be
- necessarily indeterminate, yet nothing has been found amongst the
- ornaments or weapons that were placed in their burial mounds,
- which supports the hypothesis that they were different in race or
- intelligence from the tribes that surrounded them.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_31" href="#FNanchor_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a>
- <p>The school teacher, Miss Maud Osborn, requested me to accept
- this spear head in memory of my visit.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_32" href="#FNanchor_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a>
- <p>The Missouri joins the Mississippi after having pursued a
- devious course from the Rocky Mountains, for a distance estimated
- to be nearly three thousand miles, of which the greater part is
- navigable at that season of the year when its waters are at their
- highest level.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_33" href="#FNanchor_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a>
- <p>Nauvoo was once brought into prominent notice in connection
- with the Mormons, as it was here that they built their first great
- temple.</p>
- <p>Judge Williams had personally known Joseph Smith, the founder of
- Mormonism, and Rigdon his chief colleague. Joseph Smith, he said,
- was an illiterate man, but, was remarkable for a kind of
- shrewdness combined with great insight into character.</p>
- <p>Rigdon, who had been formerly a Baptist preacher, was well
- educated, and was generally employed in obtaining converts and
- explaining to them the meaning of Smith’s visions and the
- doctrines of the new religion.</p>
- <p>He described Brigham Young, with whom he was also acquainted, as
- being a person of determined character, with a domineering manner.</p>
- <p>When I was at Salt Lake City, in the following December, I had a
- long interview with that able and astute leader of men.</p>
- <p>Within twenty years from the time when he conducted the flight
- of the Mormons across the deserts from Nauvoo to Utah, he had
- succeeded in establishing a highly satisfactory condition of
- good order and prosperity throughout the territories under his
- government; and controlled, with unquestioned authority, a
- community consisting of one hundred and forty thousand people.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_34" href="#FNanchor_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a>
- <p>As I looked at the cliff and the reflection of its shadow in
- the calm smooth waters of the lake, I recalled to mind a similar
- scene viewed from the deck of H.M.S. Racer when passing at sunset
- the promontory of Cape Leucate, in Santa Maura, the classical site
- of Sappho’s leap. There is a special interest attached to the
- fate of Winona, for it proves that Indian girls of Dakota birth
- are capable of higher degrees of sentiment with regard to their
- marriage, than those believed to exist among other tribes. She
- was not permitted for some tribal reason to marry the man she had
- chosen, and preferred death to marriage with the warrior to whom
- she was assigned by the command of her parents.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_35" href="#FNanchor_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a>
- <p>The accompanying illustration is drawn from a pencil sketch made by the author near this spot.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_36" href="#FNanchor_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a>
- <p>“I was greatly surprised,” states Captain Carver, “at
- beholding an instance of such elevated devotion in so young an
- Indian, and instead of ridiculing the ceremonies attending it, as
- I observed my Catholic servant tacitly did, I looked on the prince
- with a greater degree of respect for these sincere proofs he gave
- of his piety; and I doubt not, but that his offerings and prayers,
- were as acceptable to the universal Parent of mankind, as if they
- had been made with greater pomp, or in a consecrated place.”
- <i>Travels in North America</i>, pp. 62.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_37" href="#FNanchor_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a>
- <p>Archæologia Americana, Vol. II, pp. 128.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_38" href="#FNanchor_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a>
- <p>In Chapter xvii it will be seen that the Aztecs or Toltecs in Yucatan, also,
- in certain cases, killed the victim by a flight of arrows.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_39" href="#FNanchor_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a>
- <p>One of the best authenticated instances of this custom of
- torturing prisoners was witnessed by a Mr. James Smith who, during
- the time that he was a captive amongst the Delawares, was present
- when the English prisoners taken after General Braddock’s defeat
- were brought into camp by the Indians.</p>
- <p>He states that, upon that occasion, about a dozen of the prisoners
- were stripped and tied to stakes, tortured with fire-brands and
- burnt to death.</p>
- <p>The ferocity of the Indians towards their captives after battle
- was well known to the British and French commanders, and was one
- of the difficulties that attended their employment as allies.
- There is a subject indirectly connected with these Indian customs
- in war which may here be considered. It is that of cannibalism.</p>
- <p>Investigations into this question lead to the conclusion that
- there is no evidence to show that any of the North American tribes
- were in the habit of following this revolting custom except under
- rare circumstances during the prosecution of a serious war.</p>
- <p>I only know of two instances, seen and recorded, of Indians
- devouring human flesh. In both cases it is evident that the acts
- were committed in accordance with the usages of hostile tribes
- when engaged in war.</p>
- <p>The first case is mentioned in a report made to his superiors, by
- the French missionary, Father Roubaud, who accompanied the Indian
- allies of the French troops during the operations against the
- British forces in 1757.</p>
- <p>An English captive, who was believed to have been an officer, was
- cooked and eaten by the Ottawas under circumstances singularly
- repulsive. The Father Roubaud, who was present and witnessed part
- of the proceedings, was horrified by what he saw, and finding that
- he could do nothing to check the tribe in their savage feast was
- forced to withdraw to his tent.</p>
- <p>The other instance occurred after the capture of the garrison of
- Michel Mackinac by the Chippewas. Mr. Alexander Henry, the same
- person who, at another time, undertook the mining operations on
- the shores of Lake Superior which are mentioned in a preceding
- chapter, was a captive. He states that one of the white prisoners
- was killed and divided into five parts which were cooked in five
- kettles and then eaten at a special feast.</p>
- <p>Mr. Henry was of opinion, from what he observed, that this food
- was taken with repugnance. An Indian told him that what he saw was
- done to inspire the warriors with courage.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_40" href="#FNanchor_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a>
- <p>When I was at the village of San Domingo del Palenque in
- Central America, Dr. Coller, a resident there, told me he had
- carried out, during several years, a series of investigations to
- ascertain the reasons for the existence of large green savannahs
- in the heart of the adjacent forests. He had formed the conclusion
- that those open spaces were caused by the exceptional character of
- the ground which, he said, differed from that upon which the trees
- grew. The similar openings amongst the forests in Ceylon called
- patenas, are, I believe, also supposed to be the effect of the
- nature or poverty of the land.</p>
- <p>It is noticeable that the forests usually skirt or surround
- savannahs in sharp well-defined outlines like an enclosing
- barrier, in the same manner as the meadows, formed by the
- consequences of the action of beavers, occur in Michigan.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_41" href="#FNanchor_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a>
- <p>After my return to England I happened to discuss this subject
- with Colonel Yule, who had just then completed his work of editing
- the Travels of Marco Polo. He told me that when he was in Burmah,
- Lord Dalhousie, who was at that time Governor-General of India,
- sent him into the interior to visit the forests of Aracan.</p>
- <p>He found within them several large clearings, and observed that
- the new growths were of a different character from the old trees
- and were invariably bamboos. He also saw amongst the mountains
- many deciduous trees which were quite bare of leaves whilst their
- branches were covered with brilliantly coloured flowers.</p>
- <p>Upon another occasion Dr. Rae, who had passed much of his life in
- the Hudson Bay Territories and became known by his discovery of
- the relics of Sir John Franklin’s expedition, mentioned to me that
- he had frequently seen that when trees had been uprooted,
- raspberry bushes sprang up in their place thus showing that their
- seeds must have been in the ground. Dr. Joseph Norwood, Assistant
- Geologist, in his report of the survey of the region west of Lake
- Superior, undertaken in 1847, states that from facts which had
- come under his observation, he was led to believe that, “if after
- the clearing of the pine forests, the annual fires cease, a growth
- of oak springs up in some places and aspen in others.” (<cite>Owen’s
- Geological Survey</cite>, pp. 296). In British Columbia the ancient
- forest pines are often succeeded by cedars or alders.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_42" href="#FNanchor_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a>
- <p>The subject of the destruction of snakes is mentioned by Mr.
- Murray, in his “Travels in North America.”</p>
- <p>When passing through a ravine in the territories of the Pawnees
- he observed, “I never should have believed it possible that so
- many rattlesnakes could have been assembled together as I saw in
- that ravine. I think there must have been nearly enough to fatten
- a drove of Missouri hogs,” and he adds in a note. “It is well
- known that in the Western States where rattlesnakes are still
- plentiful the hogs kill and eat them; nor is their bite formidable
- to their swinish enemy, on whom its venomous fangs seem to produce
- no effect. It is owing to this well-known fact that families
- resident in those districts conceive that hogs-lard must be a kind
- of antidote to their poison, and frequently use it (I believe
- successfully) as a remedy.” (<i>Travels in North America, by Hon.
- Charles Augustus Murray, Vol.</i> ii, <i>pp</i>. 42.)</p>
- <p>An Englishman who had a large farm in West Virginia, told me that
- the hillsides were cleared of the snakes, which had previously
- infested them, by turning out pigs upon them.</p>
- <p>A similar result took place in Minnesota and upon the prairies
- east of the Missouri.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_43" href="#FNanchor_43"><span class="label">[43]</span></a>
- <p>“Etudes Philologiques sur quelques Langues Sauvages de L’Amérique,” Montreal, 1866.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_44" href="#FNanchor_44"><span class="label">[44]</span></a>
- <p>In the Encyclopædia Americana (1886), the total Indian
- population is said to be (exclusive of Alaska) 264,369. The
- Dakotas are stated to number thirty-one thousand.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_45" href="#FNanchor_45"><span class="label">[45]</span></a>
- <p>The Council building on the reservation was called the Long
- House, not on account of its size or shape, but in accordance with
- an ancient tradition.</p>
- <p>When the separation of the Iroquois took place, it was decided by
- the Council that the expression Long House was to be used as a
- symbol, that the nations were theoretically under one roof, which
- extended over all the lands occupied by them. In pursuance of this
- theory, certain tribes were given particular duties. The Senecas
- had to guard the gates looking towards the sunset, and the Mohawks
- were to watch the approaches to the gates placed in the direction
- of sunrise.</p>
- <p>As far as it is possible to form conclusions, with respect to the
- state of the Indian tribes in the sixteenth century, it appears
- that the Iroquois, in consequence of their league, had attained
- to a comparatively advanced state of warlike capacity, and had
- organised methods of conducting a campaign.</p>
- <p>They also formed regular alliances, and made treaties which they
- faithfully executed.</p>
- <p>In their treatment of captives they were cruel and barbarous, but
- they possessed in the highest degree the qualities of courage and
- endurance.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_46" href="#FNanchor_46"><span class="label">[46]</span></a>
- <p>I should here mention that, when I was at Boston, I was much
- assisted in making investigations into certain characteristics of
- the North American Indians by Mr. Francis Parkman, whose
- researches upon all subjects relating to the condition of the
- aboriginal tribes in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, have
- placed him in the first rank of the historians of that period.</p>
- <p>Mr. Parkman was personally well acquainted with the Dakotas,
- amongst whom he had dwelt for nearly two years.</p>
- <p>He, on several occasions arranged, in the kindest manner, that I
- should meet those who were interested in the native races. Upon
- one of these occasions I met Mr. E. G. Squier, whose original
- surveys of the ancient earthworks in Ohio were published by the
- Smithsonian Institution.</p>
- <p>The introductions given to me by Mr. Parkman to the distinguished
- archæologists, Mr. Lewis Morgan and Professor Daniel Wilson, were
- also most useful.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_47" href="#FNanchor_47"><span class="label">[47]</span></a>
- <p>In the prison at Omaha I saw three Pawnees named Blue-Hawk,
- Yellow-Son and Tall-Wolf, who had endeavoured to commit suicide in
- order to avoid being hanged. One of them, I think it was Blue-Hawk
- (Sha-to-ko), had managed to conceal a long piece of hard wood,
- one end of which he had rubbed down to a sharp point. He was
- employed in pushing this through his body, between the ribs, when
- he was observed by the warder and prevented from completing his
- purpose. Another prisoner had removed a brick from the floor and
- was trying to fracture his skull with it. All of them had torn
- away portions of their skin and cut themselves in many places with
- small fragments of glass which they had obtained secretly. The
- warder told me that he had taken every precaution to stop these
- desperate attempts of the Indians to destroy themselves. They
- seemed to be able to bear these self inflicted wounds without
- showing signs of distress.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_48" href="#FNanchor_48"><span class="label">[48]</span></a>
- <p>The supernatural powers attributed to the “medicine men” are
- not worthy of attention, except so far as they illustrate the
- credulity of Indians, and show the influence of certain methods of
- imposture upon them. Their tricks are usually of a kind which are
- perfectly within the capacity of an ordinary juggler.</p>
- <p>Their pretension of possessing the power of making rain is however
- a subject of a different nature.</p>
- <p>This particular act is chiefly remarkable because there is no form
- of imposture which can be so readily detected. Nevertheless the
- Indian tribes throughout the western parts of North America
- usually have “Rain-makers,” in whose powers they appear to have
- confidence.</p>
- <p>I met in California a young Englishman who had been living for
- several months with various tribes near the coast, between British
- Columbia and New Mexico.</p>
- <p>He told me that he had been present upon an occasion when a
- successful attempt at rain-making occurred. The event took place
- upon a promontory in the southern part of California.</p>
- <p>The tribe wanted rain, and their rain-maker declared that he could
- obtain what was desired. He proceeded to make upon an adjoining
- hill, a large bonfire which was kept well supplied with fuel and
- gave out dense volumes of smoke. The fire was kept burning for
- over twenty-four hours, and then the efforts of the rain-maker
- were rewarded by a good and sufficient fall of rain. Here, as
- elsewhere, the Indians employed fire and smoke as agents for
- producing rain.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_49" href="#FNanchor_49"><span class="label">[49]</span></a>
- <p>See Chapter VI.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_50" href="#FNanchor_50"><span class="label">[50]</span></a>
- <p>The offerings are sometimes made to appease the angry spirit dwelling in the serpent.</p>
- <p>Occasionally the Dakotas sacrifice a dog to it.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_51" href="#FNanchor_51"><span class="label">[51]</span></a>
- <p>“Indian Tribes of North America.” Vol. IV. pp. 51.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_52" href="#FNanchor_52"><span class="label">[52]</span></a>
- <p>The remaining daughters were alive when I was in Minnesota.
- One of them was married to a man of the tribe. The other was the
- wife of a white man, who, Faribault said, was employed as a
- drummer at Fort Snelling.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_53" href="#FNanchor_53"><span class="label">[53]</span></a>
- <p>With many of the Dakota and Chippewa tribes there existed a
- custom of placing upon the scaffolding a wand which was painted
- red, blue and white. They believed that the spirit of the Indian
- had to cross a river over which was a long log of wood. Upon
- reaching the opposite bank, the spirit met the spirits of his
- enemies. To one of them he would show the red, to another the
- blue, and finally he pointed to the white and then all enmities ceased.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_54" href="#FNanchor_54"><span class="label">[54]</span></a>
- <p>The albatrosses in the Southern ocean which, like the
- pelicans, are birds of great size and weight (I have measured some
- which exceeded twelve feet across the wings) maintain for hours an
- equal height above the level of the sea.</p>
- <p>In the high latitudes south of the Cape of Good Hope and the
- Crozet Islands there is always a strong gale blowing, and
- consequently by a very slight and imperceptible movement or
- inclination of the wings the albatrosses obtained the necessary
- pressure which enabled them to rise, descend, or maintain their
- hovering position.</p>
- <p>In the case of pelicans moving rapidly in a perfect calm, the
- method by which they maintain their height in the air is not so
- easily understood.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_55" href="#FNanchor_55"><span class="label">[55]</span></a>
- <p>The foreign residents living in Guatemala, included Mr.
- Corbett, our Chargé d’affaires; M. de Cabarrus, chief of the
- French legation; the Duke and Duchess de Licignano, Dr. Wynne, Mr.
- and Mrs. Hague, Mr. and Mrs. Hockmeyer, and M. Hardy: to all of
- whom I was indebted for much kindness and hospitality.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_56" href="#FNanchor_56"><span class="label">[56]</span></a>
- <p>Author of “A New Survey of the West Indies,” published in 1648.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_57" href="#FNanchor_57"><span class="label">[57]</span></a>
- <p>“Relation of what happened by the Will of God, on Saturday,
- the 10th of September, 1541, two hours after sunset in the town of
- Santiago de Guatimala.” Ternaux-Compans.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_58" href="#FNanchor_58"><span class="label">[58]</span></a>
- <p xml:lang="es">Historia Verdadera de la Conquista de la Nueva España escrita
- por el Capitan Bernal Diaz del Castillo, uno de sus Conquistadores.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_59" href="#FNanchor_59"><span class="label">[60]</span></a>
- <p>The substances thrown out from craters frequently differ in
- their character. Judging from the composition of the surface of
- portions of the land near the Guatemala volcanoes, especially upon
- the slopes of the barrancas, it is evident that large quantities
- of pozzolana were ejected. One of the latest eruptions that has
- occurred was at the Island of Santorin in the Grecian Archipelago
- in February, 1866. I was present when the new volcano emerged from
- the sea.</p>
- <p>The inhabitants of Santorin, upon seeing volumes of steam and
- smoke issuing from the waters of the bay, apprehended some serious
- peril to be imminent. They feared the possibility of their town
- being overwhelmed by an eruption of ashes, and made a request that
- a ship of war should be sent to the spot to render any assistance
- that might be necessary. I immediately went there in the “Racer”
- and remained until all fears of danger had passed away.</p>
- <p>The crater of the volcano, afterwards called Aphroessa, rose
- slowly from the surface of the water, and it was possible to
- observe the nature of the interior during the intervals between
- the eruptions. There was no lava or pozzolana, but only large
- cinders which, as they issued from the crater, were thrown into
- the air, and then fell upon the outer slopes, thus gradually
- forming an island.</p>
- <p>It was a very remarkable scene; during the day there were heavy
- volumes of smoke and constant rumbling sounds, as the pent up
- forces below the mouth of the crater were gathering strength to
- throw forth the mass of cinders that closed them in. At night the
- glare caused by the reflection of the fire of the interior upon
- the dense clouds immediately overhanging it was very vivid. The
- surface of the surrounding waters was over-spread by running
- tongues of brilliantly coloured flames. The island was composed of
- cinders and ashes, whose porous nature could never permit any
- lodgement of water upon them. I examined several of the craters of
- the extinct volcanoes on the islands adjacent to Aphroessa, and
- there was no instance of any small pond or collection of water
- existing within them. The interior of the Volcan de Agua, possibly
- contained a thick substratum of water-bearing pozzolana.</p>
- <p>An account of the volcanoes of Santorin was given by Sir Charles
- Lyell. “Principles of Geology.” Vol. ii, pp. 70.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_60" href="#FNanchor_60"><span class="label">[60]</span></a>
- <p> “History of the Kingdom of Guatemala,” by Don Domingo Juarros,
- translated by J. Baily, Lieutenant R.M., pp. 384.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_61" href="#FNanchor_61"><span class="label">[61]</span></a>
- <p>Bernal Diaz states that “Pá-pa,” was the name given by the
- Indians in Yucatan to their chief-priests. The Spaniards were much
- surprised to find upon their arrival in America, that the Indian
- chief-priests were called by the same name as the Pope of Rome.
- “Kues” were temples or altars.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_62" href="#FNanchor_62"><span class="label">[62]</span></a>
- <p>Quetzales are birds with bright green plumage, having their
- tail feathers of great length, and are found chiefly in the
- highlands of Guatemala.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_63" href="#FNanchor_63"><span class="label">[63]</span></a>
- <p>Palacio’s Report was published for the first time in the
- original Spanish by Mr. E. G. Squier, in 1860. As it is important
- that the author’s meaning should not be misunderstood, I have
- translated it literally, as far as this is possible, considering
- that it is written in the Spanish of the 16th century.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_64" href="#FNanchor_64"><span class="label">[64]</span></a>
- <p>Carved and polished ornaments made of hard stone of green colour.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_65" href="#FNanchor_65"><span class="label">[65]</span></a>
- <p>Diaz observes that Guatimozin—who, after the death of
- Montezuma had become the Emperor of the Mexicans—sent the hands
- and feet of the Spaniards that had been sacrificed, together with
- the heads of the horses that had been killed, to the Indian chiefs
- who had formed a league of alliance with Cortes, and sent them
- messages to the effect, that the remaining Spaniards would soon be
- conquered, and that consequently those chiefs should submit to the
- Aztec power and send ambassadors to him. In the meantime, human
- sacrifices took place daily in the great temple, accompanied by
- the dismal sound of the drum, the discordant noises of the shell
- trumpets, and the horrible shouts and yells of the Mexicans.
- During the night large fires were kept burning on the platform,
- and on each night several Spaniards were sacrificed.</p>
- <p>These ceremonies lasted for ten days, until all the captives had
- been sacrificed; and during this time the Mexicans made frequent
- and furious attacks upon the troops. Diaz relates, that the Indian
- soldiers told them that they were wretched creatures who would
- soon be all killed, and that their flesh was disagreeable to taste
- and bad to eat. <span xml:lang="es">“Vuestras carnes son tan malas para comer.”</span></p>
- <p>The last Spaniard who was sacrificed was Christobal de Guzman.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_66" href="#FNanchor_66"><span class="label">[66]</span></a>
- <p>Bernal Diaz, Historia Verdadera, chap. clii.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_67" href="#FNanchor_67"><span class="label">[67]</span></a>
- <p>First Report of Pedro de Alvarado to Cortes, dated Utatlan, 11th April, 1524.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_68" href="#FNanchor_68"><span class="label">[68]</span></a>
- <p>See the 5th letter of Cortes, to the Emperor Charles V.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_69" href="#FNanchor_69"><span class="label">[69]</span></a>
- <p>Small black beans.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_70" href="#FNanchor_70"><span class="label">[70]</span></a>
- <p>Juarros, Baily’s Translation, p. 457.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_71" href="#FNanchor_71"><span class="label">[71]</span></a>
- <p>In Guatemala this prayer is called La Oracion.</p>
- <p>This custom is familiar to those who have travelled upon the
- Italian coasts, or who have visited the western parts of Brittany
- near Carnac and in the Morbihan, where the faith of the peasants
- still remains strong.</p>
- <p>The Indians living amongst the hills frequently assemble in
- considerable numbers, and, kneeling on the ground, worship outside
- the doors of their churches; and there is a singular resemblance
- in the manner of their devotion to what is to be seen at the
- “Pardons” of the Bretons, where the peasants come from long
- distances, light their candles, and kneel before the church door,
- the line of the worshippers often extending beyond the precincts
- of the churchyard.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_72" href="#FNanchor_72"><span class="label">[72]</span></a>
- <p>A name given by Spanish priests to the ancient temples and shrines of the Indians.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_73" href="#FNanchor_73"><span class="label">[73]</span></a>
- <p>Las Casas, who was Bishop of the adjacent diocese of Chiapas
- in the sixteenth century, mentions that it was the custom there
- amongst the lower classes to give a year’s service to the
- parents.—<span xml:lang="es">“Pero la gente comun tenía de costumbre de servir in sus
- labores un año al padre de la que por mujer queria, de la manera
- que Jacob sirvio à Laban por sus hijas Rachel y Lya.”</span> This was
- also the custom in Yucatan.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_74" href="#FNanchor_74"><span class="label">[74]</span></a>
- <p>Long capes made of sackcloth.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_75" href="#FNanchor_75"><span class="label">[75]</span></a>
- <p>When I passed through Mexico, the execution of the Emperor
- Maximilian and the unhappy fate of the Empress Carlotta, were
- subjects of discussion. It has often been a matter of surprise,
- that Juarez should have thought it necessary that the sentence of
- the court-martial should be carried out. The French troops, upon
- whom the stability of the empire depended, had been withdrawn,
- and the success of the National party was assured. An act of
- forbearance upon this occasion would have met with approval, and
- have been acknowledged as a wise exercise of superior authority.
- It was however otherwise determined, and the Emperor was shot
- outside the walls of Querétaro.</p>
- <p>In the American official book upon Mexican affairs, there is a
- memorandum of the conversation between Mr. Seward, the Foreign
- Secretary, and Señor Matias Romero, the Mexican Minister, at
- Washington. Mr. Seward stated, that England, France and Austria,
- had desired the United States to use their good offices for
- Maximilian, and further observed, that “Mr. Seward does not fear
- any contingency possible in virtue whereof any European power may
- attempt to invade or interfere in future in Mexico, or in any
- other Republican nation on this continent. For this reason he does
- not think that Mexico need fear any attempt at reprisals on the
- part of any European powers, as a consequence of any extreme
- decision which the Mexican Government may take; but at the same
- time, Mr. Seward also believes that a feeling universally
- favourable, conciliatory and friendly towards the Republic of
- Mexico and the other American Republics, would probably be the
- result of the act of clemency and magnanimity, which the United
- States have thought proper to recommend.”</p>
- <p>Clemency is not a quality that naturally exists in the mind of a
- North or Central American Indian.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_76" href="#FNanchor_76"><span class="label">[76]</span></a>
- <p>It recalled to my memory an old Spanish picture belonging to
- Dr. Pusey, which always held the principal place upon the walls of
- his library in Christ Church, Oxford.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_77" href="#FNanchor_77"><span class="label">[77]</span></a>
- <p>The method of building their huts varies amongst different
- tribes, but the general principles are much the same. I have
- passed many hours of the day and night within them, and noticed
- their practical convenience in tropical climates; and although,
- according to civilised ideas of comfort, there is much that is
- wanting, yet for the purposes of the simple and solitary lives of
- these shy and inoffensive Indians, it would be difficult to
- contrive any shelter more suitable for their requirements.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_78" href="#FNanchor_78"><span class="label">[78]</span></a>
- <p>I had previously observed when travelling in the Cyrenaica in
- the regions around Cyrene, that the Bedouins could perform a long
- day’s hard work and subsist upon a few handfuls of grains of wheat
- moistened with water.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_79" href="#FNanchor_79"><span class="label">[79]</span></a>
- <p>Dr. Coller was surprised to see me. It was supposed that I was
- the first Englishman who had come to Palenque from the coasts of
- the Pacific, Mr. Stephens, my predecessor being an American. I am
- however under the impression that his companion, Mr. Catherwood,
- was an Englishman.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_80" href="#FNanchor_80"><span class="label">[80]</span></a>
- <p>Dr. Coller’s hut at San Domingo del Palenque was not a Castle
- of Lirias, but probably the lines quoted by Gil Blas were often in
- his mind. Indeed there are many others who, if they saw that
- hamlet as I saw it in the month of March, would concur with him in
- saying:</p>
-
- <div class="center-container" xml:lang="la">
- <div class="poetry">
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="i0">“Inveni portum. Spes et Fortuna valete.</div>
- <div class="i0">Sat me lusistis: ludite nunc alios.”</div>
- </div>
- </div>
- </div>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_81" href="#FNanchor_81"><span class="label">[81]</span></a>
- <p>In the final chapters, xix-xx, will be found the conclusions
- that I have formed with regard to the temple and tablet of the cross.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_82" href="#FNanchor_82"><span class="label">[82]</span></a>
- <p>See frontispiece.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_83" href="#FNanchor_83"><span class="label">[83]</span></a>
- <p>The areas occupied by the temples differed considerably in
- their extent. The largest of them which I measured was that of the
- Temple of the Cross.</p>
- <p>Its interior dimensions were forty-three feet seven inches long
- by twenty-five feet four inches deep; the outer walls were three
- feet thick. Therefore the ground space covered by the building was
- nearly fifty feet in frontage and a little more than thirty-one
- feet in depth. Its exterior height was about twenty feet. The
- measurements of the temple on the adjoining pyramid were less.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_84" href="#FNanchor_84"><span class="label">[84]</span></a>
- <p>A clear and instructive memoir by Professor Charles Rau, upon
- the subject of the interpretation of the Palenque hieroglyphs, is
- to be found in one of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge,
- published in 1879.</p>
- <p>Investigations have also been made in England, France and Germany.
- I believe it has been ascertained that a dot means one, a bar
- five, a bar with two dots seven, and two bars represent ten. It
- has also been discovered that the hieroglyphs are to be read from
- left to right, and from the top downwards. If this is correct it
- is a discovery of considerable importance. Upon an examination of
- the illustration in the frontispiece of the Palenque altar tablet
- it will be observed, from the position of the leading groups of
- figures on the left slab, that the heads are probably intended to
- represent the chiefs of the Toltec tribe.</p>
- <p>The numerous explorations that have latterly taken place
- throughout Mexico, Guatemala and Yucatan have practically
- determined the positions and extent of all the ancient Indian
- ruins that still exist in those lands. Therefore it is not
- expected that any more discoveries of importance will be made. It
- is however possible that one or more small temples or structures
- may be found hidden among the forests in the line of direction
- between Ocosingo and Flores.</p>
- <p>In the United States much attention is being given to the study of
- the Mexican and Maya manuscripts.</p>
- <p>It is to be hoped that methods of interpretation will be
- established upon a sound basis, and that the characters written
- upon the codices, and the hieroglyphs graven upon the idols and
- stone tablets will be ultimately deciphered.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_85" href="#FNanchor_85"><span class="label">[85]</span></a>
- <p>Some years after my return to England I had a long
- conversation upon the subject of alligators with Mr. Bates, who
- was then our Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society, and
- whose knowledge upon all matters concerning the habits of animals
- in tropical lands was very extensive. In his book “The Naturalist
- on the Amazons,” he mentions a case that happened at a place
- called Carcara.</p>
- <p>An Indian, one of the crew belonging to a trading canoe, whilst in
- a half-drunken state went down to bathe in the lake and stumbled.
- A pair of gaping jaws seized him round the waist and dragged him
- under water; after a short lapse of time the brute came up to
- breathe and was seen with one leg of the man sticking out from his
- jaws.</p>
- <p>Other instances of this kind have been mentioned by naturalists,
- but I do not remember any cases of men being seized when actually
- swimming in the water. Possibly my Indians may have known from
- hearsay or experience the truth of what they stated.</p>
- <p>It has been said that alligators, owing to the formation of their
- throats, cannot swallow their prey in the water, but are obliged
- to go to the banks for that purpose.</p>
- <p>It was not, however, upon the subject of the danger to men from
- approaching these reptiles that the conversation chiefly turned.</p>
- <p>We discussed the question of their food supply. Mr. Bates said
- that they lived upon fish. I observed, with reference to that part
- of the river where I had seen them congregated in such amazing
- numbers, that it was impossible that the supply of food from fish
- alone could be sufficient, and also that in consequence of the
- filthy state of the water no fish could live in it.</p>
- <p>Mr. Bates after some consideration said that their food must be
- fish, but he added, that it was probable that they could live in
- an almost torpid condition for long periods.</p>
- <p>Mr. Bates felt assured that fish formed the food of alligators. It
- was not possible to feel quite satisfied with this solution of the
- problem, especially under circumstances where alligators abound in
- stagnant lagoons in which fish must necessarily be scarce.</p>
- <p>In the unfrequented parts of the estuaries of rivers flowing into
- the Caribbean sea, it can be understood that at certain seasons of
- the year the supply of fish may be great, and we have the
- authority of that careful observer Mr. Bartram, for the statement
- that upon those occasions the numbers of alligators crowding the
- rivers in Florida were astonishing.</p>
- <p>In 1853 the “Vestal” happened to be cruising off Cuba, and I was
- sent in charge of the boats to look for fresh water in Guantanomo
- harbour, at a spot which was reputed to have been a favourite
- haunt of pirates in the seventeenth century.</p>
- <p>After some search we discovered a small stream, but the entrance
- was defended by such crowds of alligators that we had great
- difficulty in passing through them. If, as was possible, they were
- waiting for the arrival of fish from the upper waters, it may be
- inferred that a comparatively small supply of food suffices for
- their sustenance.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_86" href="#FNanchor_86"><span class="label">[86]</span></a>
- <p>“Cartas de Hernan Cortes,” collected by Don Pascual de Gayangos, p. 407.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_87" href="#FNanchor_87"><span class="label">[87]</span></a>
- <p>“Almaizal, a sort of veil or head attire used by the Moorish
- women, made of thin silk, striped of several colours, and shagged
- at the ends, which hangs down on the back.” Baretti’s Dictionary,
- 1807.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_88" href="#FNanchor_88"><span class="label">[88]</span></a>
- <p>See “Landa’s Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan,” edited and
- translated by L’Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_89" href="#FNanchor_89"><span class="label">[89]</span></a>
- <p>See chapter vii.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_90" href="#FNanchor_90"><span class="label">[90]</span></a>
- <p>Landa “Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan.” p. 164.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_91" href="#FNanchor_91"><span class="label">[91]</span></a>
- <p>See chapter xi.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_92" href="#FNanchor_92"><span class="label">[92]</span></a>
- <p>The facing stones placed upon the walls of the ruins of Mitla,
- in the Mexican province of Oaxaca, are fitted, or bedded, into the
- mortar and rubble in the same manner as at Uxmal.</p>
- <p>At one of the evening conversaziones given by the Royal Society at
- Burlington House, in the spring of 1892, I happened to discuss the
- subject of Palenque and Uxmal with Mr. Woolner, the sculptor. Some
- experiments had previously been carried out in France which had
- proved that with stone chisels it was possible to carve granite,
- limestones, and hard sandstones.</p>
- <p>The investigations did not, however, make it clear how it could
- have happened that the Indian sculptors were able to work with
- such facility that they covered their buildings with deeply
- chiselled ornamentation. Mr. Woolner said that he thought it
- probable that the Indians may have been acquainted with some
- strong acids, and that they may have used these to soften the
- stone and make it more workable.</p>
- <p>We were looking at some photographs exhibited by Mr. Maudslay,
- who had lately returned from Palenque, and the question of the
- method of carving the outlines of the figures on the stone slabs
- of the courts came under consideration. Mr. Woolner thought that
- the subject was very difficult, but that it was possible that the
- figures had been previously traced and then worked with acid as he
- had already suggested.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_93" href="#FNanchor_93"><span class="label">[93]</span></a>
- <p>When I heard of this Indian practice my thoughts went far away
- from the forests of Palenque. Memories of the Eton playing fields
- were recalled and an old Eton Latin grammar, and the familiar
- line, <span xml:lang="la">“Pallida mors æquo pulsat pede pauperum tabernas regumque
- turres.”</span> With Indians, as with others, the fatal footstep cannot
- be turned aside.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_94" href="#FNanchor_94"><span class="label">[94]</span></a>
- <p>For a description of this ceremony see Landa, chap. xxvi.
- “Manner of baptism in Yucatan. How it was celebrated.”</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_95" href="#FNanchor_95"><span class="label">[95]</span></a>
- <p>See “Historia de la Guerra de Castas de Yucatan,” p. 77. Merida, 1866.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_96" href="#FNanchor_96"><span class="label">[96]</span></a>
- <p>As the little Aguinaga was timidly seeking for an anchorage, I
- remembered a far different scene in which I had taken part in
- 1853, seventeen years earlier.</p>
- <p>The Vestal, a twenty-six gun frigate in which I was then serving,
- had captured three slavers off the north coast of Cuba. One of
- them was a fast sailing vessel called the Venus. She had become
- notorious for her success in evading our cruisers and landing
- large cargoes of slaves.</p>
- <p>When we arrived off the mouth of the port of Havannah we formed
- our fleet of prizes into line and passed between the castles in
- triumph: our movements being watched by thousands of the Spanish
- inhabitants as we took up our anchorage in the centre of the
- harbour.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_97" href="#FNanchor_97"><span class="label">[97]</span></a>
- <p>“Work in Mound Exploration of the Bureau of Ethnology,” by
- Cyrus Thomas, Washington, 1887.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_98" href="#FNanchor_98"><span class="label">[98]</span></a>
- <p>“The Mounds of the Mississippi Valley, Historically
- Considered,” by Lucien Carr, Assistant Curator of the Peabody
- Museum of American Archæology and Ethnology, Cambridge, Mass.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_99" href="#FNanchor_99"><span class="label">[99]</span></a>
- <p>See Note, chapter iv., p. 69.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_100" href="#FNanchor_100"><span class="label">[100]</span></a>
- <p>In the sixteenth century, the Cherokees occupied the lands in
- that part of America where the States of North Carolina, Alabama
- and Georgia border upon the State of Tennessee.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_101" href="#FNanchor_101"><span class="label">[101]</span></a>
- <p>See chapter v., p. 94.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_102" href="#FNanchor_102"><span class="label">[102]</span></a>
- <p>Merida now occupies the site of Tihoo. The stones, with which
- were built the pyramids and temples, were used in the construction
- of the new city.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_103" href="#FNanchor_103"><span class="label">[103]</span></a>
- <p>Relation des choses de Yucatan, p. 351.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_104" href="#FNanchor_104"><span class="label">[104]</span></a>
- <p>According to Humboldt, the Toltecs arrived in Anáhuac
- (Mexico) A.D. 648, and reached Tula in 670. The pyramids of
- Téotihuacan, a few leagues north of the modern city of Mexico,
- were built by them. They afterwards raised the great pyramid of
- Cholula, and on its platform built a temple for the worship of
- Quetzalcoatl. From Cholula, colonies of the Toltecs went to
- Tabasco and Yucatan.</p>
- <p>The Aztecs arrived in Mexico in 1190, and found there the pyramids
- which they believed to hive been the work of their predecessors
- the Toltecs, who had obtained a knowledge of hieroglyphics and
- of methods of computing time by calendars. The Aztecs founded
- Tenochtitlan (the city of Mexico) in 1325.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_105" href="#FNanchor_105"><span class="label">[105]</span></a>
- <p>The custom of confining captives or slaves in wooden cages
- for the purpose of being prepared for sacrifice, was supposed to
- have been established by the Aztecs about a century after they had
- settled in Mexico.</p>
- <p>There is reason to believe that in consequence of their being
- surrounded by enemies and engaged in constant wars, they
- considered it necessary to propitiate the war god in the most
- terrific manner. Thus when the great Teocalli, erected for the
- worship of Huitzil-pochli, was completed, many thousands of
- victims were sacrificed as propitiatory offerings. When colonies
- of the Aztec race were advancing in the direction of Tabasco and
- Yucatan, similar sacrificial ceremonies were performed.</p>
- <p>Bernal Diaz saw, in one of the Indian towns that had been captured
- by the Spaniards, three large cages full of prisoners who were
- waiting to be sacrificed. They were fastened by collars to prevent
- their escape. They were taken out of the cages and sent back to
- their own tribes. He elsewhere observes that the Indians devoured
- human flesh after the victims had been sacrificed, in the same way
- as the Spaniards devoured oxen. It is evident that great numbers
- of the aboriginal natives must have been kept in slavery and, in
- time of war, were killed and eaten by the Aztecs.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_106" href="#FNanchor_106"><span class="label">[106]</span></a>
- <p>Bernal Diaz, chapter xxix, and Landa, p. 12.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_107" href="#FNanchor_107"><span class="label">[107]</span></a>
- <p>It was noticed soon after the Spanish conquest that the
- Indians died rapidly from causes of a mental character. They died
- because they did not wish to live. The conditions of slavery they
- were forced to endure had such an effect upon them that they
- gradually lost their strength. After submitting for a time to
- the hardships imposed upon them they appeared to become resigned
- to their fate. Life was a burden. They lost heart and died from
- misery. This was particularly the case in Cuba and Hispaniola.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_108" href="#FNanchor_108"><span class="label">[108]</span></a>
- <p>The Indians in Yucatan, had a chief priest who had a general
- control over all matters relating to the priesthood. He nominated
- the priests to the villages, examined them in their sciences and
- ceremonies, provided them with books and sent them to attend in
- the service of the temples.</p>
- <p>According to Landa “they taught the sons of other priests and the
- younger sons of the chiefs that were brought to them for this
- purpose when they were children, if it was observed that they were
- inclined towards this office. The sciences which they taught were
- the computations of the years, months, and days, the festivals and
- ceremonies, the administration of their sacraments, the days and
- times that were fatal, the manner of divinations and prophecies
- and coming events, the remedies for sickness and things concerning
- antiquities, and to read and write with their books, and
- characters with which they wrote and with figures which explained
- the writings.”</p>
- <p>In Yucatan, as in Mexico, the calendar was carefully constructed.
- The year consisted of three hundred and sixty-five days and six
- hours. Landa observes that the months were of two kinds. One was
- lunar and was regulated by the movements of the moon. The other
- method of computation was formed by dividing the year into
- eighteen divisions or months, each consisting of twenty days and
- there were five days and six hours over. Of these six hours one
- day was made every four years. For these three hundred and
- sixty-six days they had twenty letters or characters by which they
- were named. (Relacion de las cosas de Yucatan, pp. 42; 202).</p>
- <p>Las Casas observes in his Apologética Historia, chapter cxxi, that
- “the year of the Mexican people consisted of three hundred and
- sixty-five days divided into eighteen months and five days. Each
- month was twenty days, and the week was thirteen days of which
- they had constituted a calendar, and for each day of the week, of
- the month and of the year they had its idol with its own name, and
- these names were of men, or of women which they held or had held
- as gods; and thus all the days were filled up with these idols
- and names and figures in the same manner as our breviaries and
- calendars have for each day its saint.”</p>
- <p>The illustration of the calendar stone is from a photograph
- taken from the original stone in the city of Mexico. This great
- astronomical record was discovered in the year 1790, buried
- several feet below the surface, in the spot where stood the chief
- pyramid and temple of the Aztecs. It is made from a large mass of
- basalt, and the circular part has a circumference of more than
- thirty-eight feet. It is probably one of the earliest and one of
- the most elaborate of the sculptured works of the Toltecs. It will
- be observed that the points have a singular resemblance to those
- of the mariner’s compass. The head placed in the centre has been
- supposed to represent the Mexican god of the sun. It is possible
- that it may have been intended to represent Quetzalcoatl, the
- traditional teacher and originator of the Mexican knowledge of
- astronomy.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_109" href="#FNanchor_109"><span class="label">[109]</span></a>
- <p>The fact of men wearing beards would be considered
- extraordinary by the American Indians. Landa states that
- “Cucul-can raised several temples, established regulations for the
- maintenance of good order, and then left Yucatan and proceeded
- towards Mexico.”</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_110" href="#FNanchor_110"><span class="label">[110]</span></a>
- <p>Apologética Historia, chapter cxxiii.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_111" href="#FNanchor_111"><span class="label">[111]</span></a>
- <p>With respect to the ancient Indian structures it is expedient
- to give a brief consideration to those that were raised at
- Copan and Quirigua. The earliest account of the sculptures
- existing at Copan was given by Palacio in 1576. In his Report
- to the King of Spain he mentions that within the ruins was a
- stone cross three palms high, and beyond it “There was a statue
- more than four yards high, sculptured like a bishop in his
- pontifical robes with his mitre well worked and with rings in
- his hands.”</p>
- <p>After describing other large statues and the ruins overlooking
- the river, Palacio observes, “I enquired with all possible
- attention for any traditions from the ancient people as to
- what people lived here, and if anything was known of their
- ancestors, and whether there were any books concerning these
- antiquities ... They say that anciently there came there a
- great chief of the province of Yucatan who made these edifices,
- and after several years he went back to his country, and left
- them solitary and unpeopled.... It also appears that the style
- of the said edifices is like what was found in other places by
- the Spaniards who first discovered Yucatan and Tabasco, where
- figures of bishops were seen and armed men and crosses, and
- since such things have not been found in other regions it can
- be believed that those that made them were probably of one
- nation.” (Report of the Licentiate Dr. Don Diego Garcia de
- Palacio to the King of Spain, 1576.)</p>
- <p>It is recorded by Juarros that in the year 1700, Fuentes, who
- wrote the Chronicles of Guatemala, stated with respect to
- Copan, that the figures, “both male and female were of very
- excellent sculpture, which then retained the colours they had
- been enamelled with; and what was not less remarkable, the
- whole of them were habited in the Castilian costume.” The same
- author relates that at “a short distance, there was a portal
- constructed of stone, on the columns of which were the figures
- of men likewise represented in Spanish habits, with hose, ruff
- round the neck, sword, cap, and short cloak”....</p>
- <p>“All the circumstances,” observes Juarros, “lead to a belief
- that there must have been some intercourse between the
- inhabitants of the old and new world at very remote periods.”</p>
- <p>The information given traditionally by the Indians living at
- Copan, is singularly in accordance with the traditions of the
- priests and caciques in Mexico and Yucatan with respect to the
- arrival of a stranger who commanded temples and pyramids to be
- built and then went away and never returned.</p>
- <p>It is remarkable that, in the first interview between Montezuma
- and Cortes, a singular tradition was mentioned by that Emperor.
- Cortes in his second letter (Segunda carta-relacion) dated
- 30th October, 1520, relates that Montezuma spoke to him as
- follows:—“We know from our writings that we received from our
- ancestors, that I and all those who live in this land are not
- the natives of it. We are strangers and came into it from very
- distant regions. We also know that our nation was led here by
- a chief whose vassals all were. He afterwards went back to his
- native country. Afterwards he returned and found that those he
- had left had married the native women (<span xml:lang="es">mujeres naturales</span>) and
- had many children, and had built villages where they lived, and
- when he wished them to proceed with him they did not want to
- go, or even receive him as their chief and therefore he went
- away.”</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_112" href="#FNanchor_112"><span class="label">[112]</span></a>
- <p>The author of the Popol Vuh, does not mention the tradition about Votan.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_113" href="#FNanchor_113"><span class="label">[113]</span></a>
- <p>Las Casas in commenting upon the subject of the Cozumel
- cross, mentions that it was ten palms high. In the course of
- the extensive explorations carried out by M. Desiré Charnay, in
- 1880–82, a similar stone was discovered at Téotihuacan. It is
- considered to be the emblem of Tlaloc, the god of rain.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_114" href="#FNanchor_114"><span class="label">[114]</span></a>
- <p>Professor Rau in his memoir upon the Palenque tablet, states
- that it is his belief that the Maya language, or a kindred
- dialect, was spoken by the builders of Palenque.</p>
- <p>With regard to this subject it has to be observed that when the
- Toltec tribes, or the tribe that built the temples, settled at
- Palenque they had possibly forgotten their own original language,
- which may have been a Pawnee or Dakota dialect.</p>
- <p>It would naturally happen after their wives had been taken from
- among the aboriginal race, that the children would speak the
- dialects of their mothers. It has been mentioned by an early
- Spanish writer that the Aztecs, when they settled in Mexico,
- endeavoured to establish their own language, but without success.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_115" href="#FNanchor_115"><span class="label">[115]</span></a>
- <p>Vol. iv., p. 333.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_116" href="#FNanchor_116"><span class="label">[116]</span></a>
- <p>According to Gibbon, the Goths under the command of King
- Roderick, were defeated by the Saracens on the plains of Xeres in
- the neighbourhood of Cadiz, upon July 19–26, A.D. 711. This great
- battle decided the fate of Spain. It was supposed that Roderick
- was drowned in the river but it was not known with certainty what
- became of him as his body was never found.</p>
- <p class="center">Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, chap. li.</p>
- <p>The subject of the flight of the bishops, was afterwards brought
- into notice by a report of the discovery of the island where they
- had settled. This fabulous report was believed, in the fifteenth
- century, to be true. An historian states that:—</p>
- <p>“In this yeare also, 1447, it happened that there came a Portugal
- ship through the Streight of Gibraltar; and being taken with a
- great tempest, was forced to runne westward more than willingly
- the men would, and at last they fell vpon an island which had
- seuen cities, and the people spake the Portugall toong, and they
- demanded if the Moores did yet trouble Spaine, whence they had
- fled for the loss which they had received by the death of the King
- of Spain, Don Roderigo.</p>
- <p>The boatswaine of the ship brought home a little of the sand, and
- sold it unto a goldsmith of Lisbon, out of the which he had a good
- quantitie of gold.</p>
- <p>Don Pedro, understanding this, being then gouernor of the realme,
- caused all the things thus brought home, and made knowne, to be
- recorded in the house of Justice.”</p>
- <p class="center">The Discoveries of the World, by Antonio Galvano.</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_117" href="#FNanchor_117"><span class="label">[117]</span></a>
- <p>Antilia appears as a large island in the Atlantic in the rare
- maps of Andreas Bianco (1436) and Bartolomeo Pareto (1454). On
- Martin Behaim’s globe (1492) it is placed about eighteen hundred
- miles west of the Canaries. In the earliest maps published after
- the return of Columbus to Spain, Antilia is placed near the newly
- discovered islands of the West Indies.</p>
- <p>The legend upon the accompanying map may be rendered as follows:—</p>
- <p>“The island of Antilia was, at some period, discovered by the
- Lusitanians, but the exact time is not known. There have been
- found there in it families who speak Spanish as it was spoken in
- the days of Roderick, who was the last King of Spain in the time
- of the Goths, and they are supposed to have fled to this island
- from the face of the Barbarians who had then invaded Spain. They
- have here one Archbishop with six other Bishops, each of whom has
- his own proper city, hence it is called by many the island of the
- seven cities. The population are strict Christians and abound in
- all this world’s wealth.”</p>
- </div>
-
- <div class="footnote">
- <a id="Footnote_118" href="#FNanchor_118"><span class="label">[118]</span></a>
- <p>In the first voyage of Columbus the vessels left the Canaries
- on the 6th of September and arrived off Guanahani on the night
- of the 11th of October, having been thirty days at sea. They had
- traversed a distance, according to the Admiral’s journal, of 1,092
- leagues or 3,276 miles. On the second voyage from the Canaries to
- Dominica they left on the 3rd of October and arrived on the 3rd of
- November. Upon the last voyage, Columbus left Ferro (one of the
- Canary islands) on the 26th of May and reached St. Lucia in the
- West Indies on the 15th of June. This was a quick passage and only
- occupied twenty days.</p>
- <p>In the Vestal, a sailing frigate of 26 guns, we left the island
- of Gran Canaria in the year 1852, on the morning of the 27th of
- September, and passed between Antigua and Guadeloupe at noon on
- the 16th of October after a voyage of nineteen days, having sailed
- over a distance of 2,800 miles. During the whole of this time we
- were running before the wind with our studding sails set, steering
- West. A favourable N.E. wind prevails from Florida to Yucatan and
- the Mexican coast. With respect to Columbus’s first voyage it
- should be observed that his landfall at Guanahani was four or five
- days’ sail further west than the islands of Dominica and St. Lucia.</p>
- </div>
- </div>
-
- <div class="transnote mt10">
- <p class="large"><b>Transcriber’s Notes:</b></p>
- <p>Redundant title page has been removed.</p>
- <p>Blank pages have been removed.</p>
- <p>Silently corrected typographical errors.</p>
- <p>Spelling and hyphenation variations made consistent.</p>
- <p>Page 416: Nicuaragua corrected to Nicaragua.</p>
- <p>Anchor added for footnote 111.</p>
- </div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Travels Amongst American Indians, by Lindesay Brine
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS AMONGST AMERICAN INDIANS ***
-
-***** This file should be named 60170-h.htm or 60170-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/1/7/60170/
-
-Produced by MFR, Robert Tonsing, and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
-produced from images generously made available by The
-Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e7f1321..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_035.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_035.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 65935d0..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_035.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_036f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_036f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 006bb02..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_036f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_050f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_050f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a66e4c2..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_050f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_054.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_054.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e5d31ed..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_054.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_066.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_066.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ccd9868..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_066.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_071.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_071.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b25c60..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_071.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_081.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_081.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f33d329..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_081.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_088.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_088.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a0cb727..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_088.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_097.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_097.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 699a28a..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_097.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_108f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_108f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 32abad9..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_108f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_116fa.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_116fa.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a17dd5..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_116fa.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_116fb.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_116fb.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c706224..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_116fb.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_118f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_118f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5912a16..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_118f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_132f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_132f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b1650a1..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_132f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_136f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_136f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8718f61..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_136f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_142fa.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_142fa.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index bf8c3f9..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_142fa.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_142fb.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_142fb.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d9cd276..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_142fb.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_146f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_146f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f24e4a..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_146f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_174f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_174f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 449fd78..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_174f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_177.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_177.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 938b3f9..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_177.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_190f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_190f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ec4c80a..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_190f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_196f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_196f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d59dbeb..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_196f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_200.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_200.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b5be7c7..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_200.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_216f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_216f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d3ce9a8..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_216f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_227.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_227.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b6f074d..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_227.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_238fa.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_238fa.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d37a89e..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_238fa.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_238fb.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_238fb.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 512ec23..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_238fb.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_264.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_264.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 03af07a..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_264.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_288f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_288f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f1c56a..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_288f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_297f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_297f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 59305e1..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_297f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_311.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_311.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index bc80575..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_311.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_339f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_339f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d019d81..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_339f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_340f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_340f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0910239..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_340f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_342fa.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_342fa.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3064cfd..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_342fa.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_342fb.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_342fb.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e01e42a..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_342fb.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_344fa.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_344fa.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 67ab014..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_344fa.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_344fb.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_344fb.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d158e6b..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_344fb.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_348.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_348.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a68420..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_348.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_350f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_350f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cb038c..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_350f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_352f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_352f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 92a39ff..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_352f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_356f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_356f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3896fd8..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_356f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_390f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_390f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fd41bb0..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_390f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_398f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_398f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fb75595..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_398f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_408f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_408f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5abd1ee..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_408f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_418f.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_418f.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index da836b9..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_418f.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_422fa.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_422fa.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c3e7e9..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_422fa.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_422fb.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_422fb.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d134f6c..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_422fb.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/60170-h/images/i_frontis.jpg b/old/60170-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 421b5fd..0000000
--- a/old/60170-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ